AK

~~

.

ba MAO eet an SPAT aes: SA
x = ny wea

LON

ee Oh ae es
“ ni 7c

cube ch te pt ase
Ore wer =

Ak e eens

Se ta) ™ Sh , « y

Pag a 7 ae i \ Ls Ws ie 3 iy
mm eve DD ORY PL ee TaN AR: OF a eee

University of the State of New York

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

54TH ANNUAL REPORT

OF THE

eG hy NekS

eoroe

VOL. 1

REPORTS OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLO-
GIST, OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST
AND OF THE STATE BOTANIST FOR 1900

AND

MUSEUM BULLETINS 32-34

TRANSMITTED TO THE LEGISLATURE 2 JAN. 1901

>
' Ls <a
5 : «>
4.G OG): 3 H
ALBANY
UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK

1g02

1874

1892

1873
1877
1877
1878
1881
1881
1883
1885
1888
1890
» 1890
1893
1895
1895

1897
1897
1899
[g00
IgOI
Igo!

1902

1888
1890

1890

University of the State of New York

| REGENTS

With years of election

Anson Jupp Upson L.H.D. D.D. LL.D.
Chancellor, Glens Falls
WILLIAM CROSWELL DOANE D.D. LL.D.
Vice-Chancellor, Albany

Martin I. Townsend M.A. LL.D. = _ Troy
CuHauncey M. Depew LL.D. = = s — New York
CHartes EB. Freon LL. Boas. » LAA - Rochester
WHITELAW REID M.A, LL.D. = = oo New York
WILLIAM H. Watson M.A. LL.D. M.D. = — Utiea
Henry E. Turner LL.D. = = = Lowville
St CLaiR McKe way M.A. L.H.D. LL. D. D.C.L. Brooklyn
DANIEL BeacH Ph.D. LL.D. = ns — — Watkins
CaRROLL E. SmitH LL.D. ~ <See - Syracuse
Puiny T. Sexton LL.D. - _ - _ - Palmyra
T. GuILForD SmitH M.A. C.E. LL.D. L. = Buffalo
Lewis A. Stimson, B.A. TL) M2. f= = — New York
ALBERT VANDER VEER Ph.D. M.D. - - - Albany
CHARLES R. SKINNER M.A. LL.D.

Superintendent of Public Instruction, ex officio
CHESTER 8. Lorp M.A. LL.D. - ~ ~ - Brooklyn
Timotuy L. Wooprurr M.A. Lieutenant-Governor, ex officio
Joun T. McDonoucu LL.B. LL.D. Secretary of State, ex officio

THomas A. Henprick M.A. LL.D. — = 2 Rochester

BENJAMIN B. ODELL JR LL.D. Governor, ex officio

ROBERT C. PRuyn M.A. ~ - _ = Albany

WILLIAM NOTTINGHAM M.A. Ph.D. = — Syracuse
SECRETARY

Elected by regents

1900 JAMES RUSSELL PARSONS JR M.A.

DIRECTORS OF DEPARTMENTS
Me.vit Dewey M.A. State Lérary and Home education
JAMes RUSSELL Parsons jR M.A.
Administrative, College and High school dep'ts
FREDERICK J. H. MERRILL Ph.D. State museum

STATE MUSEUM COMMITTEE 1900

Regent T. GuIrLFoRD SMITH Chairman

Regent CARROLL E. SMITH Sup’t oF PuBLic INSTRUCTION

ADMINISTRATION AND GEOLOGY

FREDERICK J. H. Merritt Ph.D.

EDWIN C. ECKEL C. E.

FREDERICK C, PAULMIER Ph.D.
HERBERT P. WHITLOCK C.E.

JOSEPH Mors»
C. ADELBERT TRASK

Director and state geologist

Assistant in geology

Assistant in zoology
Assistant in mineralogy

Clerk and stenographer

Junior clerk

Field assistants
In pre-Cambrian geology Prof. J. F. Kemp, Columbia university
Prof. H. P. Cusurne, Adelbert college
Prof. J. B. WoopworrTn, Harvard uni-

In Pleistocene geology

In economic geology
In zoology

versity

Prof. H. L. FarrcHiup, University of

Rochester

Dr. Hernricu Riss, Cornell university
Dr Tarteron H. Bean
Prof. James L. Ketioce, Williams

college

JOHN M. CLARKE M.A. Ph.D.
RUDOLF RUEDEMANN Ph.D.

GEORGE B. SIMPSON
Puitie Ast

JACOB VAN DELOO
MARTIN SHEEHY

D. Dana LUTHER
H. 8S. MatTimMoreE

_Caarues H. PrecK M.A.

BOTANY

ENTOMOLOGY

EPHRAIM Porter Frit D. Se.

‘CHARLES S. BANKS

Marcarer F. Boynron Ph.B.

GEORGE W. V. SPELLACY

ARCHEOLOGY

Rey. WiLLiAM M. BEAUCHAMP

PALEONTOLOGY

State paleontologist
Paleontologist’s assistant
Draftsman
Lithographer
Clerk and stenographer
Helper

Field assistant

Page and preparator

‘

State botanist

State entomologist
Entomologist’s assistant
Entomologist’s assistant

Page

Author of bulletins

Eee tice
a AR
Spare OF NEw YORK.

No. 46

Pk BeAr

2 Jan. 1901

» S47rH ANNUAL REPORT

OF THE

~ New York State Museum

To the Legislature of the State of New York

I have the honor to submit herewith, pursuant to law, as the
54th annual report of the University on the New York state
museum, the reports of the director of the museum and state
. geologist, of the paleontologist, of the botanist and of the ento-
age’ mologist, with appendix. |

beh.

ANSON Jupp Upson
_ Chancellor

CONTENTS

VOLUME 1

Report of the director and state geologist 1900

PAGE
AOMORI os is oie tale oi Sala baEee ae in bin |e a 5 CR Onc) So ates 7
Pre-Cambrian and cerystailine roehks ioc. se. < cass See a eee nif
QOusaternary formiations. . 06k fs pee ee ee ee. . eee ae rit
HCOMOMMC SCOLOTY: «0s o's. ee Gere oOo a be ie a ee ees eee r14
CFCOTORICG FMD. onc seeie by d!eie tem ikue Kea tarts TRA RIG a mtn tae acne ee r22
Recent geologic work in Franklin and St. Lawrence counties.
ce Sees Oy) 0b ht) Sen EM Ape pre rny Ie ent RCE OM TSS 123
Preliminary report of field work in the town of Minerva, Essex
co. George i: inlay Se pers ee cae 2a Cae ee eee r96
Pleistocene geology of western New York, report of progress
for LOO, ELS Ta” Ware tal. a. Fee ory erate a teen stele ss eae r103
The quarry industry in southeastern New York. Edwin C.
LG) erin ry TNT e my ae os r141
Recent developments in the gypsum industry in New York state. .
Arthar Ty, ~ PaArSOMS . <0. os Gd dws mee oie ele eie og eran etn oe biel WF
Palediwtélbsy 4.2.00 asl... KV Ee, 2 ee Se ess ee ee r184
PENTA NG OT oS c0% ou ola V, say ob wie,'s' ad Gon Siete elie Sek Dee eee ee Ste ae 2 een r188
CPETET A: ZOOL Y SA.c ola aca: 5/aos:le. ui wrens fel eon Gunes ieee ds eee r189
PUNGOMIOVOLY 6 vo siecle 5 wm via ve ein ahateieie-aueeteas ©Osin-} GRMN nT eee oe eer r196
EPO UAMNY 5 5.56 5. Sin te, gon Sule 6 a0 19 aye 9 laa ea eae es Bee ee r198
MTCMTMOIOSY oo sc. 65.0 eos oo Boe aly ate RST ae ee pete Tw cg soe anne r198
Pan-American exposition... ...20.45.6 a now bebe ee Mmae Sia eae daa eles Ae r199
Repairs and alterations, of Geologies! hall.gs.s.- cee. ee eee r199
Attendance at the museum... 55.0. semis pie aieaie sue meee ee r2
Aeccessions to collections in Geological hallo. 2... r201
Two new land isopods. James H. Stoller..... is ates wei G's le UREA thee 2 Sane 1208
Notes on the marine fishes of Long Island and a biologic reconnais-
Ssance of Cold Spring ‘Harbor “George*Ge Scottie? : cee tas hee Tr21e
Iroquois silver brooches. Harriet Maxwell Converse.............. r227
MO a se ego by gl wie eek pei, ws OI ere Oe Pe eat ee eee ene ie. ccc ae r20p..
Appendix 1
Keport of the state -paleontelogish Wa, ono. koe on icc JS ep eae 3
Report of. the. state botanist, SaWg eer. i 2). ieee os ie ee 130

32
33
34

35

36

38

Appendix 2: Museum bulletins 32-48

Beauchamp, W. M. Aboriginal occupation of New York...

Harr Mees. Cheek list of New York Birds: i)... cee eee de

Cumings, E. R. Lower Silurian system of eastern Mont-

gomery county; Prosser, C. S. Notes on the stratigraphy

of Mohawk valley and Saratoga county, N. Y............
VOLUME 2

Ries, Heinrich. Clays of New York; their properties and

ay snk Se aE BEN LO 2U SG 8, col cM MN ACS Cala ale ntaw'ohae id Ge ke 1a

Felt, E. P. 16th report of the state entomologist 1900......
VOLUME 3

Felt, E. P. Catalogue of injurious and beneficial insects of

PEAT IB CCN a2 1 RR aos en ag ee Co
Miller, G. S. jr. Key to the land mammals of northeastern
ARR Tate hie AR TUN Nos Oat Osa) seri hie) 6, Sa ia wiA Gig adele! a ah ctin afar
Clarke, J. M.; Simpson, G. B., & Loomis, F. B. Paleontologi
OPEN GES GS vd LAP AN A 5 CoS REALS, OP ns eb ea RR en
Simpson, G. B. Anatomy and physiology of Polygyra
albolabris and Limax maximus and embry-
pM Gpe om Mune Tan ete KAS EL A ROM TY US (alias om ore Biel's 0.» oe abs scape ee
Beauchamp, W. M. Wampum and shell articles used by
ELC ING Wie Orie URIROMIAIES Sb 5) Sih eave leita) au are Gangs! ae swims se. 6 aie
Ruedemann, Rudolf. Hudson river beds near Albany and
PRCUES HEMONOMIC: CONMLVAICTIUGA 5 2 chasse 6c! ak w s!ealstels « a uideis'e es

i)

‘Kellogg, J. L. Clam and scallop industries of New York....

Ries, Heinrich. Lime and cement industries of New York;
Eckel, E. C. Chapters on the cement industry...........

VOLUME 4

Grabau, A. W. Geology and paleontology of Niagara falls
AMC NDNCCETN TD Nite ts tet capa ant sti tad ths ond Sd le mde) elem ceankoee ay se) Be ae eels sya e
Felt, E. P. Secale insects of importance and a list of the
BaTR eae HE SY OIC shies. otras bss a aioe a) eves Rist cuisroh aot UR PeIGS we) eas Ge Ne
Needham, J. G. Aquatic insects in the Adirondacks........
Woodworth, J. B. Pleistocene geology cf portions of Nassau
county and the Borouen Of Queens... so cage Ss we) aya)si8 2 </slehoone

Merete tra MUENCHEN gd a bM sl ic oe so Wi nce adic, iT wD es Oe EERE a Meas Ge

PAGE
x

413

Absa. unk dm ieee sun RA, chore ga)

; ce PAE Sutin feotariet ys. “PRO Bes
fay Pty Noe RR OE aes i at he
. 60M lien ae RRR REM, reek at |
hea LRT eh ah ON oe Th enero es ania ”
the cs a ee iho era pike ee Piedoik

§ aunty 107
oa ne ‘ astern, Mat ia? wid ‘) veg tFLD ‘asbininee ti
Bi Ady igi Ay PI cy wip OG ae
‘oie Me \ AT sevice ibis Se otnbe alt te Wierd on a ati

| a2 nor ,
is : | ha eet orate dl Boi ban enoltatl We dena eithe, ne ae |
; | t bal bia a oe) ictus ae ate) iF il
bi 5 URED MH tex whe CeO [perp hitso at saa sy Ww va
‘ta ey Bh aie teetucte | 3 ARs te yaad |

4

\ sa Seabed enti : Ae Us agin. AS ab manne ban .L;

BI GOK. dunn simr av gpa ed Shec te aa

Sa berate. No © deli rin conden 1 cai

g Hi . vide pita oer am ays - a rit et rue hite ‘ alee
ny iri Wine Sepp ogi ls (0 ae ep wy byt reeitasc:

4 a Ji . ie Riess. ral) arore itis Yen fare lt Me aiid “le
i.) TT Rn ae On aoa ga yd wou ah MOREE aterm van ot

sith wage f bey stout "wh ‘vey ae tetiah) tees |
7 Ea Sept en dag ee ee
Tee) Ail “way. Ye By one wi teed its vise) wh ae

Cue eel Wl eet dash Hasan, fie ae Kia
be ee aterte@itt) a aid

+Hegiell toe

Oi ALIS iS
allay ie Ye: Gohan Lia fue. ewertoni ". ve once

f uve gs tae iy Ve ere Pe ee ou al'é hein hi
UoRE Hail See Tale Poet VA Ky toe nies:

re \ sn ) r 5
hg a 3 “aie Ae bee ile
ert usb ot ‘

eae Ge ieee he sie i)
ee ae San ied > ag ie ae Lahey: hae

University of the State of New York

New York State Museum

Hp. 30, 19007
ue ris Respectfully yours
| FREDERICK J. H. Merrivy |

(gt) p> ee TOBE ara ay A, ato ask

su

ree ‘wah, Ae ht Seino a : tay

es

’

New York State Museum

GEOLOGY
Owing to the liberal aid received from the legislature of 1899

and 1900, the director and state geologist is enabled to report

a very satisfactory degree of progress in the work under his
supervision. |

In the field of geology the following is a synopsis of the results
accomplished.

PRE-CAMBRIAN AND CRYSTALLINE ROCKS

The resurvey of Westchester county, begun some years ago by
the present state geologist and since continued under his direc-
tion, has been carried nearly to completion by Edwin C. Eckel,
assistant in geology, and Harry C. Magnus, volunteer assistant.

During the month of October Mr Eckel was engaged in areal
work in Westchester county, covering the region near the Croton
river. Records of borings for dam sites along the Croton river
were obtained from Alphonse Fteley, chief engineer of the Croton
aqueduct, and the materials shown by these borings were re-
ferred, so far as possible, to their respective geologic formations.

From Noy. 1 to Jan. 15 he was employed on field and office
work in the final revision of the geology of the Harlem quad-
rangle for the New York folio. In order to use all new informa-
tion rendered available by recent excavations, a number of bound-
aries were retraced, and careful search was made for records of
borings on and near New York island. As several Jersey City
records mentioned the occurrence of “ gneiss,” several days were
spent searching for outcrops in Jersey City and in mapping the
serpentine area at Hoboken.

His time from March 8 to April § was occupied with the final
drafting of the geology of the Harlem quadrangle. During the
remainder of April and all of May he was engaged in detailed
work on the Carmel quadrangle and in reconnaissance work in
Fairfield county, Ct. This work proved that the two bands of
Harrison diorite shown in Westchester county on the map of
1895 unite in Connecticut and cover a large area.

rg NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Early in June in response to a request from Dr Macy, super-
intendent of the Willard state hospital, for information con-
cerning reliable sources of water supply for that institution, he
spent several days in Seneca county, investigating this question.
A second visit in regard to the same matter was made in August.

The latter part of June and all of July were spent in recon-
naissance in Putnam county and detailed work in northern West-
chester.

Mr Eckel worked from Aug. 27 to Sep. 15 in Dutchess county,
mapping, on the newly issued Millbrook quadrangle, the pre-
Cambrian boundaries of Stissing and Dover mountains. A few
days late in September were spent in Orange county, mapping
the geologic boundaries which occur on the Schunemunk quad-
rangle.

Mr H.C. Magnus commenced work in Westchester county June
16 and continued till September. During this period he mapped
very satisfactorily a large part of the area covered by the Tarry-
town quadrangle, also spending some time on the West Point
and Stamford quadrangles.

The resurvey of Putnam county, begun last year by Dr D. H.
Newland, was continued by Mr Benjamin F. Hill, fellow in
Columbia university. A large amount of territory was covered
in reconnaissance and an extensive suite of specimens collected.

The survey of the crystalline area of the northeastern Adiron-
dacks, begun by Prof. H. P. Cushing in 1893, has been continued
by him during the past season.

The first two weeks of his field work were spent in Ontario,
where, through the kindness of Dr Dawson, the director of the
Canadian survey, and of Dr Barlow, he had the privilege of
accompanying the latter through a most interesting region. The
purpose of the trip was to make a comparison between the rocks
of eastern Canada and those of the Adirondack region. While
the region visited was somewhat too far to the west to afford
the best possible basis for comparison, yet this drawback was
more than compensated for in the very great interest of its rocks.

REPORT OF THD DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r9

The Grenville series was seen to consist of rocks in every way
like those comprising the crystalline limestone series of the
Adirondacks. It seems also quite certain that the two series
may be directly followed from one district to the other through
the Thousand Island region, and it would appear quite proper that
the same name should be applied to the series in both districts.
It was also made apparent that the great mass of the gneisses
of the Adirondacks would be classed with the Ottawa gneiss by
‘the Canadian geologists, were the Adirondack region a part of
Canada. But, on the other hand, it was manifest that other rocks
_ were also included here which do not appear in the Adirondacks
at all, and the propriety of using this name in the Adirondacks is
perhaps not so evident as in the case of the Grenville rocks.
Field work in the Adirondacks was sadly hindered by the
almost incessant rainfall during July and August. The work
was confined to the vicinity of Tupper lake, its purpose being to °
determine the limit of the Tupper lake augite syenite on the
west, and to determine, if possible, the relations of the syenite
to the anorthosite on the one hand, and to the surrounding
gneisses on the other. These relations are exceedingly obscure
and puzzling, and exposures which would aid in deciphering ©
them were not forthcoming. At one locality unmistakable
anorthosite was found, cut by what was taken to be augite
_syenite. The intrusive is not typical and can not be traced
to connection with any body of syenite, yet is still regarded
as being of that rock. The syenite was found to run well
to the west in St Lawrence county, and is well exposed in the
many cuts along the New York Central and Hudson River
railroad between Tupper lake and Horseshoe. Except on the
east, where it is in contact with anorthosite, the syenite is sur-
rounded by a belt of granitic gneiss and amphibolite, and the two
are so blended and intermingled that no sharp boundary can be
drawn between them. Moreover, patches of the one are found in
the other, and vice versa. The relations are such that the two
would naturally be classed together as parts of the same great
series of gneisses. The workers in the Adirondacks have found

r10 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

these syenite gneisses to be very widespread, extending far
beyond the limits of the anorthosites, and it is an important ques-
tion to determine their exact age and relations. ,

At the close of the season the pre-Cambrian outcrops at Little
Falls and at the “Noses” in the Mohawk valley were visited to
form a comparison with those visited farther north. The rock
at Little Falls belongs to the augite syenites instead of to the
gabbros. It is involved with granitic and gabbroic gneisses
which clearly are closely related to it and of about the same age.
The rock at the “ Noses” is a quartzose gneiss whose relation-
ships are quite clearly with the crystalline limestone series,
though no other rocks of that series were noted. |

A visit was also made to Clinton to see Prof. Smyth’s collections
from the western Adirondacks and for a comparison of results
and conclusions. As the work of the two observers had been
wholly independent, the harmony in conclusions which the con-
ference developed was most gratifying.

Prof. J. F. Kemp, assisted by George I. Finlay, has continued
his studies of the crystalline rocks north of the Mohawk valley.
Five weeks were spent by Mr Finlay, beginning July 3, in detailed
mapping of the limestone areas which occur in the town of
Minerva, Essex co. and in obtaining evidence as to the relation
between the surrounding gneisses and anorthosites. The first
two weeks was spent around Olmstedville. A third week was
spent on the limestone area along the Hudson river northward
from the town of North River for three miles. The remaining
two weeks were occupied in tracing the limestones along the
Boreas river for two miles north of its junction with the Hud-
son and in defining the similar area in the district between
Mink pond and the Boreas.

A visit was also made to the Chain lakes on the line between
Essex county and Hamilton county, where cliffs of limestone en-
tirely similar in character to those in the town of Minerva are
exposed along the north shore. The ledges of limestone which |
occur along the Hudson river between Blue Ledge and the mouth
of Cedar river were also mapped. The theory that the lime-

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r1i

stones are in the same series of altered sediments with the heavy
bedded gneisses which occur throughout the greater part of the
town, receives support from the obtainable facts of stratigraphy.
As far as could be ascertained, the limestones lie, very generally,
closely parallel with the gneisses, and in some cases the two lie
together in apparent conformity.

AB QUATERNARY FORMATIONS

The study of the Pleistocene deposits of the eastern part of

q | _ the state was assigned to Mr J. B. Woodworth of Harvard uni-

versity, a specialist of high reputation in glacial geology, who
has made a detailed survey of western Long Island and a recon-

q naissance of the Hudson river valley through Lake Champlain

to Montreal in order-to consider the evidences of marine sub-
4 sidence. |

--'The month of June was spent in making a detailed map of the
Oyster Bay and the Hempstead quadrangles on Long Island.
This work showed the existence of an early Pleistocene series of
gravels and sands, locally folded and involved with disturbed

4 beds of underlying Cretaceous. This Pleistocene formation is

thought to be the equivalent in age of McGee’s Columbia forma-

qi tion. Resting on it are the morainal deposits of the last or Wis-

a consin ice epoch with an outwash plain covering the southern
half of the island, except for a ridge of nonglacial gravels reach-
_ ing the sea at Far Rockaway. North of the main morainal ridge
_ isa line of sand plains with attendant morainal deposits skirting

a the shore. A water level 80 feet above the present sea level is
x ; marked in this stage by a well defined delta at Port Washington.
a In a reconnaissance of the area to the west, another level was
_ determined at about 40 feet. The relation of the 80 foot terrace
pS to contemporaneous sea level has not yet been determined, but the

x - 40 foot level appears to be associated with numerous evidences

of submergence to that extent early in the period of ice retreat.
A detailed report on this work is contained in bulletin 48.

Subsequent work in determining the limits of the terminal
A ‘moraines on eastern Long Island was done by Mr J. E. Woodman
@ under the direction of Mr Woodworth.

rid NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

A reconnaissance of the valleys of the Hudson river and Lake
Champlain, occupying most of the months of July, August and
, September, was undertaken with the purpose of determining the
nature and extent of the evidence of marine transgression clearly
marked in the latter valley. Beginning on the south, the Hud-
son valley exhibits several series of glacial deposits correspond-
ing to as many temporary halts in the retreating ice front. These
‘deposits are successively newer as one proceeds northward, and
each stage is accompanied by terraces bordering the present
river channel. These terraces lie on an older rock terrace whose
levels have been approximately determined between New York ~
and Albany. <A deeply eroded series of glacial clays was traced
to within a few miles of Peekskill. Between Croton point and
Haverstraw there extends the trace of a moraine with an attend-
ant frontal plain or delta, best marked at the mouth of Croton
river. At Peekskill deltas and terraces occur at an elevation of
from 100 to 120 feet, the deposit at Jones Point having appar-
ently been laid down in contact with ice in the Hudson channel.

Another terrace of this nature occurs at West Point at an
elevation of 180 feet. North of the Highlands, clays reappear,
capped at Newburg by glacial outwash contemporaneous with
kames, indicating the presence of masses of ice just west of
that city. From the mouth of Wappinger creek and thence north —
of Poughkeepsie the Hudson valley is again free of clays and
contains deposits of gravel and sand, showing the occupation of
the valley by ice remnants. Near Coxsackie the clays reappear
and continue northward to and beyond Albany, forming a part
of the delta of the Mohawk.

East of Albany and Troy there is a possible shore line at about
380 feet. The full interpretation of this apparent water level
depends on work yet to be carried on in the Champlain valley.

A reconnaissance of the country within a radius of 10 to 15
miles of Fort Edward revealed a variety of glacial deposits,
most of which are contemporaneous with masses of land ice.
No definite shore lines were discovered. |

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r13

The clays of the upper Hudson valley were traced as eroded
remnants of a once thicker formation from Fort Ann through
Comstock to Whitehall, thus connecting the upper Hudson de-
posits with those of Lake Champlain.

In the Lake Champlain area definite beaches were determined
near Port Kent at elevations as high as 590 feet, according to the
contourmap. The tracing of these lines was not completed when
Mr Woodworth was obliged to leave the field.

A visit was made to Mount Royal in Montreal with the result
of reaching an essential agreement with the opinion of Baron
De Geer that the sea stood in Pleistocene time as high as 620
feet on the sides of that mountain.

In conclusion the results of the field work for the season just
past afford no decisive evidence of submergence in the lower
Hudson valley, but make it probable that there was water at sea
level in the upper Hudson connected with the Champlain area.
It remains to determine by future special work the marine origin
of the highest beaches in the Champlain area and the southward
limit of these traces in the upper Hudson valley. This work may
modify the general conclusions here set forth. In the report
which Mr Woodworth is now preparing will be given the descrip-
tion of the phenomena as they were observed. |

Prof. H. L. Fairchild of the University of Rochester has con- —
tinued under the auspices of the state the studies of the lake

_ basins and valleys of central New York which he began some

years ago, and will soon prepare for publication a valuable report
on this important subject. |

In the work of the past season the larger part of July and
August were spent by him in the field, with short trips during
the subsequent months. The work was spread over central-
western New York, but was mainly done in three districts.

a 1) The district east of Syracuse, or between Syracuse and Oneida;

the phenomena being the remarkable series of channels cut by
the glacial waters escaping toward the Mohawk. 2) The district
southwest of Buffalo, or the Cattaraugus-Chautauqua region; the
work being the examination of the divide with reference to the

r14 NEW YORK STATH MUSEUM

escape of the higher glacial waters, and of channels and shore
lines on the slope facing the Erie basin. 38) The region of the
matured shore line of Lake Iroquois between Richland and
Watertown. ‘To the first district three trips were made; to the
second district, two trips; and to the third district, one trip.

The work was not completed in either the east or west dis-
tricts, as unexpected and important phenomena were discovered.
Final work on the Morrisville quadrangle was deferred in order
to wait for the engraved map, the photolithograph being unsatis-
factory. A large body of new and interesting facts has been
noted and mapped, and one or two more seasons of field work
will put the results in good shape for publication.

ECONOMIC GEOLOGY

Dr Heinrich Ries of Cornell university has completed an im-
portant report on the lime and cement industries of the state,
which is now in the printer’s hands. The report on clay indus-
tries of New York by the same author is printed and nearly
ready for distribution.

Mr A. L. Parsons has studied the recent developments in the
production of gypsum.

H. T. Dickinson, during the past season, has spent four months
in the field study of the deposits and quarries of bluestone and
flagstone in New York. An article on quarries of southeastern
New York has been prepared by Mr E. C. Eckel. This work is
part of that which has been initiated for the preparation of a
new publication on the building stones of New York.

Tests of road metal

By arrangement made with William H. Burr C. E., professor
of civil engineering in Columbia university, a number of speci-
mens of rock used in various parts of the state for road metal
were tested in the engineering laboratory at Columbia university.
The method of testing was, in general, that described in museum
bulletin no. 17, entitled Road materials and road building in New
York, and the results are given in the following tables. |

The tests were conducted under the direction of Prof. Burr by
Prof. A. Black, his assistant.

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATHD GEOLOGIST 1900 r15

- Report of abrasion tests

Test no. Sample ABRASION Remarks
Coeffi- Percent
cient
1 Conklin & Foss, Rockland Lake 16.81 2.38 diabase (trap)
2 ae Ks 14.9 2.68 oo
3 J.S. Lane & Son, Weehawken N. J. 14.39 . 2.78 f
4 F. E. Conley, B, Munnsville 9.08 4.4 limestone
5 F.E. Conley, A, Higginsville 8.09 4.94 sandstone
6 tae Ke 9.08 4.4 a
7 A. L. Swett iron works, Medina 9.64 4.15 — -
Bea se ef 9.08 4.4
Beg Whitmore, Rauber & Vicinus, Rochester 13.44 2.98 limestone
10 ne ¢ 11.84 3.38 ue
11 Isaac Wagar, Saratoga Springs 9.38 4,26 is
12 ay . , 9.97 4.01 l
13 Helderberg cement co. Howe Cave . 6,32 6.32 cf
14 “ Ce uyi 6.41 6.24 ea
15 2, Tomkins Cove stone co. Tomkins Cove 5.42 7.37 Me
16 es ue £91 1 Sle ae

_ 17 Barber asphalt paving co. Buffalo 8.68 4.6 oe
18 é ge 8.82 4.53 ee
19 Brown & Fleming, Verplanck ; 7.04 5.68 Bs
i 20. iat “ 6.22 6.33 ‘e
21 Buffalo cement co. limited, Buffalo 9.67 4.13 aa ice

22 | gfe Be ane 8.38 4.78 66
23 ©. Worlock, Perryville 6.78 5.89 x
p24 4 fs 6.97 5.74 ‘

_ 25 C.B. Whitmore, Lockport 11435 3.5 sandstone
p> 26 ; « “ 11.58 3.46 <
27 W.T. Smith, Sharon Springs 7.18 5.58 limestone
a 28 fe ef MPATAL yG& a
_ 29 The Carpenter Bros. Co. Guttenberg N. J. 15.99 2.56 diabase (trap)
mm. 30 ; ae 14.55 2.75 os

- 81 Newark lime and cement co. Rondout 9.21 4,34 limestone
_ 32 Mohawk Valley stone co. Palatine Bridge 9.13 4.38 fe
33 Dwight Babcock, Waterloo 8.2 4,88 gf

ot ci, a Ngee THOR! 2 5.08 seh

35 F. E. Conley, C, Oriskany Falls 10.22 3.91 ee

36 “ Z 10.3 3.88 “
87 R. Dunlop & Co. Jamesville Gals (ele a
38 ea a « Peas T.Gbal Ged “

- 39 Callanan road impt. co. South Bethlehem 9.22 4.34 a

40 es be S712 439 us
_ 41 Chazy marble lime co. Chazy 7.8 5.13 thi
42 a “ 8.0L )./5 a

_ 43 Round Island granite
nd (Daniel E. Donovan, New York) 12.51 3.2 granite
_ 44 A. Shear & Co. Schenectady 9.04 4.43 sandstone
4 45 Hudson Riv. stone sup. co. New Hamburg 13.01 3.17 limestone
46. “s gs 13.35 3 sk

r16 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Report of impact tests
Test no. Sample No. of blows

1&2 Conklin & Foss, Rockland Lake 56
65
46

3 J.S. Lane & Son, Weehawken, N. J. 16

4 F. E. Conley, B, Munnsville

5&6 F. E. Conley, A, Higginsville | 18.

7&8 A. L. Swett iron works, Medina 12

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATH GEOLOGIST 1900 r17

no. ‘ Sample No. of blows.
0 Whitmore, Rauber & Vicinus, Rochester Pes

B. 3
as 4
Bile 6
pes 4
5
[ 12 Isaac Wagar, Saratoga Springs 2
BR i : ye
DOr 3
r 2
2
1 &14 Helderberg cement co. Howe Cave ~ 12
el | 10
14

9 :

14
14
&16 Tomkins Cove stone co. Tomkins Cove 10
eS 11
ae ) ; | \ ee
17 &18 Barber asphalt paving co. Buffalo 17
27
36
36.
19 & 20 Brown & Fleming, Verplanck 0
| 0
0
0
0
0

r18 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Test no. Sample No. of blows

21 &22 Buffalo cement co. limited, Buffalo 17
17

23 & 24 C. Worlock, Perryville . 8

10

25 &26 C.B. Whitmore, Lockport

27&28 W. T. Smith, Sharon Springs 37

(imperfect) 12
29 &30 The Carpenter Bros. Co. Guttenberg N. J. 50
7 61

~ tite , Oy Cee Wit wer eer Oe Gk et ee en © be a oe AMD | te OR ee Ae POW Tr eg ll ere

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATH GEOLOGIST 1900 = r19

no. ; Sample th pte No. of blows
31 Newark lime & cement co. Rondout 12

12
14

ti —_——-

3536 F. E. Conley, C, Oriskany Falls — 24

LW)
TSG

& 40 Callanan road improvement co. South Bethlehem 44
ee | i FO
51
40
Rijn ae : ) 45

r20 NEW YORK STATH MUSEUM

Test no. Sample ‘No. of blows

41 &42 Chazy marble lime co. Chazy | 21
2s

43 Round Island granite, |
(Daniel E. Donovan, New York) 10

44 A. Shear & Co. Schenectady 41

45 &46 Hudson River stone supply co. New Hamburg 40

The following additional tests were made for the state engi-
neer, Hon. Edward A. Bond, and have been published in his
annual report for 1900.

LOCALITY OF QUARRY Name of stones tation Where used
Coeffi-| Per | value
| clent | cent

Clinton point, neai(Gray limestone.| 13.8 | 2.9 39,Used for base of 9

, Poughkeepsie miles of roads in
eastern New York,
built by state in
1899 and 1900, and
also for base and
top ef many roads
in vicinity of New
York

_. Waterworn stones from|Blue sandstone

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 TP

Additional tests (continued)

WEAR
Cemen- c
LOCALITY OF QUARRY Name of stones tation Where used
Coeffi-| Per | value
cient | cent

Little Falls, Herkimer|Hornblendic 15.16
co., Moss island, Mo-| = gneiss

hawk river

Glacial drift field stone,|Red sandstone 9.03
near Rochester, Mon-
roe co.

Glacial drift field stone,|White sandstene| 11.05
near Rochester, Mon-

TOe Co.

Seneca Clark quarry,|Gray sandstone | 5.97
12 miles south of
Syracuse, near La-
fayette, Onondaga
co.

National wall plaster| Limestone 10.95
co. Jamesville, On-
ondaga co.

Alvord quarries, near/Blue limestone 9.14
east line of town of
Onondaga, Ononda-
ga co.

Split Rock quarries,|Gray limestone 6.2
Solvay process co.
town of Onondaga,
also Indian quarries,
on n. e. part On-

_ondaga reservation,
also Jamesville quar-
Ties near _ peniten-
tiary of Onondaga
co

Indian quarries, over-|Blue limestone 5.99
lying the gray, on
n. e. part Onondaga

reservation
(|Buffalo Plains} 8.29
| limestone,with
Buffalo. cement co. little embed-|
quarries, in north!}| ded flint .

part of Buffalo « [Buffalo Plains| 9.66

| limestone, with
much embed-

L

ded flint

_ Bluestone quarry near|Blue sandstone | 11.17
‘Phoenicia, Ulster co.
10.42
_bed of Esopus creek,
_ near Phoenicia, Ul-
ster co. (similar to
the quarry stones)

2.64 10/Used for base and
top of 1 mile of
Frankfort and
Utica road, built
by state in 1900

( Used for base of

4.43 16| | Little Ridge road
| west from Roch-
ester 6 miles,
3.62 24|| built by state
during 1899 and
L 1900
6.69 68
3.65 15
4.38 89

6.45 22|Used for base of 2
miles of James st.
and Cortland st.
roads, near Syra-
cuse, built by state
in 1899 and 1900

6.68 33

Used for base and

top of 33 miles
of 16 foot road-
ways in 10 cities
and towns of
western New
York during the
years
1900; used for
base of 6 miles

(
4,82 67 |
|
j
4
|
| of state road
|
)
L

4.14 94

near Buffalo

Used for base and
top of 6 miles of
Ulster and Dela-
ware road, built
near Phoenicia
by state in 1900

3.58 39
3.84 11

1893 to.

!

r22 NPW YORK STATH MUSEUM

Additional tests (concluded)

LOCALITY OF QUARRY Name of stones tation Where used
Coeffi-| Per | value
cient cent

-—$ —- | — | —__—————

Smith & Post quarry,/Sandstone, Eso-
West Catskill pus grit 8.52) 4.69 60

Turtle Pond quarry,|Shaly gray New
Kaaterskill Scotland lime-| 10.09; 3.96 68
stone

Holdridge quarry, Becraft reddish
Kaaterskill gray crystal-| 7.61) 5.25 56
line limestone

Tests of trap rock from report of Mass. highway commission 1900 ©

WEAR
es ae Cemene
LOCALITY OF QUARRY Name of stones tation Where used
Coeffi-| Per | value
cient | cent

Amherst Mass......-- Diabase (trap)-..| 20.33
Beverly Mass......... Diabase (trap)-..| 16.71
Boundbrook N. J..... Basalt (trap).--| 18.61
Byram Station N. J.../Basalt (trap)...| 26.93
Great Notch N. J..... Diabase (trap) ..| 18.59
Rockland Lake N. Y..|Diabase coarse

_
~]
~l
(Je)
Se FPHeRNS NEDPNS
© co “JOT bo bo he He et 09 CO
lan O10 © 1 Ore Orc =]
—
wo

(trap) .
~ Lynn Mass... ........|Diabase (trap)..| 18.17} 2.20)..2.0,
Meriden Ci... ....)..-. Diabase (trap)..| 15.49 28
Milton Mass.......-... Diabase(trap)-..| 22.77 34
West Springfield Mass.|Diabase porphy-
ry (trap) 22.14 17
Millington Mod ni 4 (PAD | ne 5s Sn tome 19.64 53

Averages) lose | a ccemeane~ naer 19.91; 2.06 30

GEOLOGIC MAP

The compilation of the base for the new geologic map by C. C.
Vermeule C.E. is completed, and a contract for the publication
of 2000 copies has been made by the state printer with the firm
of Julius Bien & Co. The base is now being photolithographed,
and proofs of two sheets have been submitted. The correction of
the proof and the compilation and drafting of the geology are
rapidly. progressing, and it is expected that the new edition will
be ready for distribution by the close of the next calendar year.

NT GEOLOGIC WORK IN FRANKLIN
‘AND ST LAWRENCE COUNTIES
head ) ER iP: eons

CON J Ne

TO EPO UAC TAONE oo) oo. ie tanto» nw 0 8 aavele ls hiowece SCN ails ee a 125
TODOS ATMA oid oc. oS ekg. wk 6 oe a a walntp tae wie ete) Stade oats ee 125
Sands in the northern portion of the lake belt.................. r28
Observations in the,anorthosife @POa. oo. os. ia dae eis ee os ln ee r30
General statement .. «ses cease aie oe ee eee I ss Ayan niet SR r31
Section between Saranac and Lake Clear, N. Y. C. & H.R. R. R. r32
Hxposures in ‘the vicinity of Saranac... s. <. 5. ..-s 614.06 eee r35
Section west from Saranac Inn station, N. Y. C. & H. R. R.R... r37
Exposures ahowt Brandon. .s w <b ncisisinncm eck eOMeNe « cine lel ee r39
General summary of previous sections......... 0.0... ect eee ee ees r40
Observations along the southwest anorthosite boundary............ r4i
Section from Tupper lake to Rollins pond, N. Y¥.C. & H. R. R.R. r42
Section from Tupper Lake village toward Wawbeek............ r44
Relation of augite syenite to enelss. Wiel ou ok Gavel sae a veo os once r47
Section from Tupper Lake junction to Horseshoe.............. r47
District between Big Tupper lake and Horseshoe pond.......... ro2
General conclusions ...f oi. 24 xcemusecew im v tie ep in ume 0 ow lo ro7
Classification of the Adirondack pre-Cambrian.................. r58
Recent work. of Kemp .ang Snryth? 2. 6.06 5.0 = as ee el eee r60
Relationship of the syenite and granite to anorthosite.......... r62
The eruptive core of :the Adirondacks. 2.0%). .i: “Wa ase eerene r64
Order of succession of the Adirondack eruptives................ r68
Chemical analyses and discussion... ... .s. sats mieee eels ee r68
Molecular TATIGS. <5 50 e sisce a pw ara wile & 0 main ee ore eee ec tae al r69
'DISEUSSION:, |../0..5 ik. 2's RRR a eal Bie Bae eee ee es se oe r70
General characters of the Adirondack eruptives............---- r75
NOMGMCIAGIFE, 4 cies sss kk ar nbgnesne Ui ee NN RR aa ie re he 2 r79

Pe) ‘

™ bar.
e'h) he S Poa’ 1
an ; Ca -- ’

#

- “ ~~?
ee ee re Se TER 8 asim alma ea SS de glial lat ie ck, ee ne

New York State Museum

RECENT GEOLOGIC WORK IN FRANKLIN AND ST LAW-
RENCE COUNTIES

INTRODUCTION
The work done in Franklin county, since the preliminary report
on the geology of that county published in the 18th annual report
of the state geologist was written, has had for its main object the
determination of the age and relationships of the augite syenite.
As the tract of which Tupper lake is the center seemed to offer
the most promise for this investigation, the work has been mainly .
in that vicinity. The establishment of the limits of this syenite
area has necessitated carrying the work over into the eastern tier
of townships in St Lawrence county. In addition, certain tracts
in Franklin county, which had been left unvisited during the

previous, hurried work, have received attention.
TOPOGRAPHY

The following notes on the topography are supplementary to
the general discussion of that matter in the 18th annual report.

What may be called the “ lake belt ” is a most impressive fea-
ture in the Adirondack region. While ponds and small lakes
abound throughout the district, they are much more numerous
in this belt than elsewhere, and it has other peculiar topographic
features. It mav be said to extend from Loon lake in a south:
southwest direction to First lake of the Fulton chain. It is
widest, and contains water bodies most numerously in southern
Franklin county. It is sharply marked off from the district just
east, the district of the high Adirondack peaks, by its low relief.
Rock ridges are abundant but rise very little above the general
valley levels, one or two hundred feet in general as a maximum.
Hills of sufficient elevation to be locally dubbed mountains and to
receive names are exceptional, though such do occur; even then,
they will not bear comparison with the peaks to the east, where
such are the rule. Wide tracts occur of very insignificant relief
yet with abundant rock ridges.

The contrast with the district on the west is less striking,
though of the same kind; there is much more diversity of surface

UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
LEGEND TRERIee ORL GECEoutay SHDN NOES SUESIND RAND ESVOLOE Ht 20 T ANNUAL REPORT Suir Goan Gnten
PRE-CAMBRIAN :
Sedimentary t } } 7
==
Grenville series;
marbles and clastic

Rainbow f.
‘S —
Rainbow
Sneisses
Doubtful

+ AN Y de K EES ; >
PS \ s : ; sr fee tn
Sy a” | romata : ;
N \ : a : ». if Ns :

Gneisses of uncertain

ov
\
: ae
age and origin. In part at least

wit NL
;

¢
1

older than the anorthosite

Igneous
(all post-Grenville )

BALE

Diabase dikes

I ee

a

b

ae
LOWE SARANA
Gabbro
ers
Granite and mixed rocks
about syenite

BY.

Syenite
principally augite-syenite

:

Rocks intermediate between
anorthosite and syenite

ei

Gabbroid anorthosite

Basis Be "80:
fei = = ee tes

Anorthosite

GEOLOGIC MAP
OF THE VICINITY OF
BARANAC LAKE Ss
by H.P. Cushing
1900.

4. B. LYON COMPANY,

STATE PRINTERS.

Scale
= alte

wise
ve

~#

a

r26 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

than in the lake belt, though this western district bears no com-
parison with the eastern in ruggedness. These differences are
most emphasized where the belt is widest, that is, in southern
Franklin county. The writer is not sufficiently familiar with the
belt in Hamilton county to know whether they are recognizable
there or not, but there can be no question of their prominence in
Franklin.

While this belt is depressed below the general level of the
country on each side, no cause for its existence can be discovered
in the character of its underlying rocks. The lake belt is not a
belt of softer, or less resistant rocks, but is constituted of pre-
cisely the same rocks as the adjoining belts. Throughout a large
part of it the surface rock is anorthosite, the most resistant of
the Adirondack rocks. Augite syenite is the next rock in abund-
ance as it is in resistance. The rocks of the lake belt are in no
sense weaker than in the belts of higher altitude and greater
relief adjoining.

The belt has many features which indicate that it was the path
of a considerable preglacial drainage system. The alinement of
Long lake, the Raquette river from Long lake to Axton, and
Upper Saranac lake strongly suggests some such drainage val-
ley. Along the river and Upper Saranac lake the low rock
ridges trend east and west, at right angles to the main valley.
The rocky points which project into the lake and the narrow
bays which run in between them are precisely like inter-
stream spurs and drowned tributary valleys, and many of
the outlying ponds fall into alinement with the bays. Upper
Saranac lake occupies a preglacial valley, dammed at its south
end by a moraine and at the north by heavy sand deposits,
which largely cover and hide a moraine there, so that the
present outlet is at the side through one of the old tribu-
tary valleys. Lower Saranac lake occupies another such
valley with a morainic dam at its northern end, apparently
the same moraine by which Lake Placid is held up. Whether
the basin of either of these lakes was deepened by glacial action
or not can not be stated, but clearly such deepening is but trivial

“‘SYOCPUOLIPY UW1loySVo 94} JO SoSspli YSsiy 94} oe puNnoIs
», OY} JO OSMopOvVIVYO JVY} S] Jol[o1 pUNoisI1OJ OT, “JUBISIP SO[IUM GT SI OSuvI pIvMOg OY, ‘o}SOq}IOUe Jo our
Uses 9 OF STIIG OG} [1% Jnq ‘a}{UOAS OFISNV ST PUNOIJax10J O}eIPOUIUIT 9Y} JO YOol oy “}ol oy} uo Ao[[VA oZJOnNbDeyY 94} puv ‘eoURISIP 94} Ul oSuv4
PLVMOS YA OY} SUIMOYS ‘Uoye, SBM G *[d FOIYM WOIJ Jey} JO Ysvo O[IM % pure osvi[IA oyV] Joddny, woJj ey Jou jurlod & WO1J ySvOqINOS MOTA

‘oyoyd ‘SuUIqSNO ‘d “H

-YOvqd 94} UT OTIYM ‘,, 1J9q OyV]

9gi ‘d voBJ OF 6 938[d

REPORT OF THD DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r27

_ if it exists. There is no sudden shallowing of the water in pass-

ing from the main lake into the bays, nor are the lakes them-

selves specially deep. They also contain numerous rock islands.

It is not believed that the presence of this preglacial drainage
System in any way accounts for the topographic peculiarities of
the lake belt. It is too sharply and abruptly marked off from
the adjoining districts, that to the east particularly. It is, rather,
believed that it is a structural depression. The evidence that
the mountainous belt to the east is along an axis of compara-
tively recent uplift has been presented in the 18th annual report.
Meridional faults of large throw are present; and it is thought
that the uplift has been mainly effected by differential move-
ments along the fault planes. The most reasonable explanation
of the lake belt is that it is a dropped fault block, the district

to the east baving been largely uplifted with respect to it. that

to the west much less so. The following topographic features
seem to fall in line with this explanation.

In the eastern Adirondacks the altitude and relic are con-
siderable, and the hilltops rise to various levels, with little sign of
that concordance in altitude which might reasonably be expected
in such an old land area, as marking periods of rest between
the various uplifting movements which the region has undergone.
In St Lawrence county, in the western Adirondacks, the numer-
ous hills and ridges do attain very coincident altitudes and
strongly suggest a peneplain with occasional monadnocks rising
above the general level. In the pre-Cambrian district in central
Ontario, which the writer had the pleasure of seeing last sum-
mer, under the guidance of Dr A. E. Barlow of the Canadian
survey, the same accordant altitudes of the ridge crests were
noted and commented on. The slight relief in the lake belt has
been already noted. Now, recent uplifting in varying degrees
along the meridional faults of the eastern Adirondacks would
have largely obscured or destroyed the traces of such previous »
accordance there, and is thought to be the most probable cause
of their absence. The known presence of such faults and the
impressive fault scarps which are such a prominent feature in

r28 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

the eastern Adirondacks, though not conspicuous in the west, are
corroborative features. ! |

Most of the Adirondack rivers have their head waters in this
lake belt, the Saranac, Raquette, St Regis, Moose and Beaver
and some of the branches of the Hudson for example; and the
divides between them are of the most insignificant character. —
Hence the great travel by boat through this section of the
woods, the various carries (portages) being short and not diffi-
cult for the most part.

Sands in the northern portion of the lake belt

Throughout the northern part of this belt, from Upper
Saranac to Loon lake and beyond, great quantities of sand
are spread out. From Floodwood to Mountain View the road-
bed of the New York Central and Hudson River railroad is
on sand for the entire distance, a few fills and rock cuts
alone excepted. The breadth of the sand belt is also con-
siderable, and the rock ridges stand buried to their knees in
it. In general the depth does not seem very great, though
precise data are lacking. The host of ponds about the north end
of Upper Saranac lake, including Lake Clear, Upper St Regis, and
the north end of Upper Saranac lake also have their shores in
large part or entirely of sand, and occupy hollows in the sand
plain. The summits of morainic ridges sometimes protrude
through the sand, and sometimes it is built up into an eskarlike
ridge. All fine material is thoroughly washed out of it, and in
the main it is very even grained, though holding occasional peb-
bles. Within a few feet of the summit there is often a coarse
gravel streak from 1 to 3 feet in thickness, and occasionally the
sand is capped by a coarse gravel. Cross bedding abounds. The
ordinary sand is of a yellowish brown color, but the iron has
often been leached out of the upper foot or two by the reducing
action of the organic matter from the decaying plant roots, turn-
ing the color from yellow brown to white. Below, the iron has
rapidly oxidized again and been deposited as a cement between
the sand grains, forming a firm and quite impervious hard pan
layer.

*poule}zqo oq p[Noo 19}}0q OU 4Nq MOIA oY} S}ONI}Sqo AjoyeUN}JOJUN punois910J 94} Ul 9Spll MOT OUT ‘elUaAsS
aysne Jo SI oJOYM OY “YWors 901} OJ dooys 00} AT}SOUT ‘a1OUT 10 USIy 1093 HOOT ‘SHI[O SNOpusulel} UL YINOSs 9Y} UO UMOP SyHVoIq Inds oq,L
‘UIRJUNOUL pound oY} YIM A[duvys sjsviyuo0d jsvo oY} 0} Inds popooM 9YL “YOU SUIyOOo, “YIVq Pleyuyo IT Ul WIey oy} Wo1y SIIOW IN

‘oyogd ‘surysnO ‘d “H

a

St ‘d vdBz OF, : € 938%[d

a)
aX ‘ ba
.
4
mt
moat
y 4
: ‘
+r
i . rf
? 5
>
, .
.
‘
r
2
-
m
:
a
.
.
< ;
s
® b
»
“
‘
‘ sb
*-
&

ae

ern

ave?

; oh f
Tay aed
Sd at) f.,
je Hy
aes t
» oe Le

"

REPORT OF THB DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r29

These sands are up on the main watershed of the region, the
lakes being the sources of the principal streams. There are no
present streams which could have laid them down, and their
source must therefore be sought in glacial streams which no
longer exist. They can not have been deposited by lakes, un-
aided by streams, since the action of lakes on shores of glacial
material is to wash away the sand and mud out into the lake and
form gravelly or cobbly shores, such as those of Big Tupper lake.
The sands away from the heart of the region are easy of expla-
nation. They are along the present streams, and were laid down
by them in aggrading their valleys, when overloaded with mate-
rial, shortly after the ice retreat, probably aided by temporary
ice dams, or, still lower down, were pushed out as delta deposits
by these same streams in the higher levels of the bodies of stand-
ing water which occupied the St Lawrence and Champlain valleys
in the closing stages of the glacial period. But the high level
sands in the lake belt were transported by streams which no
longer exist.

In the writer’s opinion these sands were probably deposited as
deltas in a large and irregular, shallow lake formed back of the
ice tongue which occupied the lake belt during its slow retreat
north, the material being furnished by the subglacial and en- |
glacial streams flowing into the lake at the ice margin. The
massing of the sands in the north half of the belt, north of the
watershed, indicates this. This remains as the only one of sev-
eral working hypotheses that suggested themselves, which it has
not been necessary to abandon for some reason or other; and no
other hypothesis has suggested itself. The basin of Upper Sar-
anac lake is thought to have been occupied by an ice tongue
which, lingering longest where it was thickest, prevented the
washing of sand into the hollow while the streams spread it out
along the sides of the ice tongue. ‘A majority of the hollows in
which the other ponds lie would seem to have a similar origin,
that is, blocks of ice were left stranded during the general ice
retreat, the sands were washed over and around them, and then
the slow melting away of the ice left the hollow in which the

r30 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

water now nestles. Loon lake, one of the larger lakes of this
class, has its shores entirely of these sands, which are widespread
around it.

The possibility that there was a considerable lake, formed in
this belt back of the ice, must be borne in mind in further work
in the region. Its presence is not necessary in order to explain
the presence of the sands. These could have been formed equally
as well in small, local ponds at the ice edge. The question needs
more careful and painstaking work than it has yet been possible
to bestow on it. Did such a lake exist, it would be far more
deserving of the name “ Lake Adirondack ” than the water body
in the Lower Saranac and Ausable valleys to which the name
has been applied by Taylor. That there were lakes in these val-
leys held up by the ice tongue which yet lingered in the Cham-
plain valley is beyond question. But it is not certain that they
were ever confluent, and they were not, strictly speaking, in the
Adirondacks.

OBSERVATIONS IN THE ANORTHOSITE AREA

During the hurried field work of 1898, hurried because of the
large area of which the writer’s instructions required the map-
ping, the boundaries of the large anorthosite area of southeast
Franklin county were followed and mapped, but the district was
not sufficiently crosscut to exclude the possibility of the presence
of considerable masses of other rocks within the heart of the
area. With this possibility in mind and for the added purpose
of ascertaining what signs of differentiation, if any, the mass
showed, the district was revisited in 1899. The result of the
work was to show that the area is constituted of anorthosite
throughout, except for small intrusions of later gabbro and a few
granite and syenite dikes of no great extent. It also showed a
certain amount of differentiation, though very slight in amount
when the size of the mass is taken into consideration.

Taylor, F. B. Am. geol. 1896. 19:392-96.

Plate 4 To face p. r30

H. P. Cushing, photo.
Nearer view of the steep south face of the Mt Morris spur shown in pl. 5. The
cliff rises quite sheer for some 800 feet and is probably a fault scarp.

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 ral

General statement

Good exposures abound through most of the anorthosite dis-
trict. The New York Central and Hudson River railroad cuts
across it from Rollins pond to Saranac, affording numerous rock
cuts in the low ridges which protrude through the sands, and
which, except for an occasional small dike, show no other rock
than anorthosite. The frequent ridges along the shores of Upper
Saranac lake and the adjoining ponds show no other rock. The
shores and islands of Lower Saranac and Round lakes, the ridges
along the river from the lake to the village, the entire mass of
Boot Bay mountain are of anorthosite exclusively except for a
small intrusion of the later (hyperite) gabbro at the upper end
of the lake. At Ampersand mountain, Stonycreek mountain, the
country around the St Regis lakes and thence down the river to
Brandon, St Regis mountain, everywhere in the district, the same
features prevail. The uniformity of the rock is surprising, such —
variations as occur being mainly due to the amount of crushing |
which it has undergone and not to changes in composition.
Occasionally the rock takes on a larger dark silicate content,
more nearly approaching a gabbro, but, instead of its doing this
as a whole, the change is local in its nature. There is however a
usual change to a more gabbroid character as the periphery of
the mass is approached, the ferro-magnesian silicates increasing
considerably in amount, though seldom exceeding 157 of the rock
and usually not constituting over 102. Even this change is not
universal throughout the mass, as quite typical anorthosite can
be found close up to the edge of the intrusion. But the gab-
broid phase far outweighs the other in this situation, while the
reverse is true in the heart of the mass. Along with this change
in amount of ferro-magnesian silicates goes also a change in the ©
character of the feldspar. It usually becomes more acid, and
quartz sometimes appears as well, but there is no regularity in
the change. The recapitulation of some detailed observations is
necessary in order to reenforce these general statements.

FOZ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Section between Saranac and Lake Clear, N. Y. C. & H. R. R. R.

Between these two points the railroad closely follows the edge
of the anorthosite mass. At first the Grenville rocks adjoin,
but for most of the distance gneisses with a little augite
syenite. It is possible that we are dealing with a fault contact,
though by no means certain.

Just at Saranac the rocks are gneisses which are referred to
the Grenville series. But the first rock cut (804), at the south
end of Colby pond, shows anorthosite. Here, while portions of
the rock have coarse and numerous labradorite crystals, the
major part is thoroughly granular and, in its considerable con-
tent of dark silicates, recalls the hyperite gabbros. At least 20%
of the rock is constituted of minerals other than feldspar, the
minerals present being apatite, magnetite, garnet, augite,
bronzite, hornblende, plagioclase feldspar and quartz. While
one feldspar section shows equal extinctions of 20° from the
albite twinning plane on both sides, the majority shows 10° or
less, so that most of the feldspar is not more basic than andesin.
There is only a little quartz, associated with garnet in the corro- —
sion rims which have so often been described from these rocks.
This rock is not necessarily more basic than the usual anortho-
site, but would seem to have about the same silica with dimin-
ished alumina and lime and increased iron, magnesia and alkali
percentage. Very similar rock shows in a ridge by the road
some 300 yards east of the Ampersand hotel.

A second and long one, running to the point where the railway
skirts the west extremity of the pond (805) is 40 rods beyond this
cut. In this the rock is at first fine grained and looks precisely

like the last, but it becomes progressively coarser and more
" porphyritic, becoming quite typical anorthosite at the farther
end. Midway of the cut is a dike of apparent gabbro some 30
feet wide (805A). In the coarse rock at the farther end of the
cut the large labradorites show flow structure, having a parallel
alinement. Here is also an apparent dike of grahite, though it
may be merely a huge inclusion, its great difference in width on
the opposite sides of the cut favoring this view.

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 foo

When the apparent gabbro from the middle of the cut is more
carefully examined, it is seen to be quite peculiar. It holds some
30% of non-feldspathic minerals, zircon, titanite, apatite, pyrite,
magnetite, garnet, augite, biotite, hypersthene and hornblende
and at least 5¢ of quartz. So far as can be told from the pres-
ence or absence of twinning there is barely a scrap of plagioclase
in the rock, the feldspar consisting of irregular intergrowths of
two different feldspar species, probably orthoclase and an acid
plagioclase. Two little cores of plagioclase within these feld-
Spars give the impression that all is secondary and due to the
alteration of a plagioclase. This rock will be reverted to later
when a similar rock from another locality is under discussion.
As it stands, it has more affinities with the augite syenites than
with the anorthosite. Its boundaries are not well exposed, so
that it is not certain that it is a dike, though this is most
probable.

In the third cut, 14 miles from Saranac depot, there is also

shown an association of granular anorthosite gabbro (976) run-

ning into coarse phases. Here also is a crushed and altered strip
of white and decayed looking rock, which proves firm and merely
altered, not decayed. The feldspar has gone to saussurite, an
alteration product consisting largely of zoisite. Considerable
epidote has developed locally, likely from the original augite. In
much of this rock the alteration is only partial, feldspar cores
remaining. In these, extinctions up to 22° from the albite
twinning plane indicate labradorite as the feldspar. |

At the fourth cut, nearly 2 miles from the depot, the rock is
mostly of the granular anorthosite gabbro type, few labradorite
augen remaining (977). The cut is not extensive.

The fifth cut commences a little over 24 miles from the depot
and is 65 yards long. Here the rock (978): is excessively jointed
and sheared, furnishing easy passage for underground waters,

and alteration is on a much greater scale than usual. The finer

grained portion is wholly altered, but unchanged cores remain in
the large labradorites. These show the attack to have been

along the outer boundaries and the cleavage cracks of the feld-

r34 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

spar individuals, working thence inward, underground water
being the agent which effected the alteration, the action occurring
long ago and in depth. The dark silicates have gone to chlorite
and serpentine, the feldspar to saussurite, much zoisite having
developed along with chlorite, muscovite or paragonite, and a

colorless, weakly refracting, strongly doubly refracting biaxial |
mineral, with highly inclined extinction and rather small axial
angle, whose identity has not been determined. Considerable
epidote has developed locally. In the cut is some white quartzose
gneiss, most probably an inclusion from the adjacent Grenville
rocks, and some coarse granitic gneiss, likewise a probable
inclusion. There is also an 18 inch dike of gabbro norite, prob-
ably a thoroughly metamorphosed dike of the hyperite gabbro.

The next three cuts are of small extent, but all show anorthosite |
gabbro rather than anorthosite, both fine and coarse varieties
occurring.

There is a 30 yard cut in coarser and more typical anorthosite
than the preceding 4? miles from Saranac. <A diabase dike in
three branches is exposed in this cut, these dikes being rare so
far west.

The last cut is mile from the Lake Clear depot (984). Here
are the same phases as before, though the granular rock differs
from that in the previous exposures, both to the eye and under
the microscope. To the eye the main difference is the absence of
garnet, corrosion rims not being present, so that the rock lacks
the peculiar appearance’ which these invariably give. Apatite,
magnetite, augite, hypersthene, hornblende and a basic plagioclase
are ‘the mineral constituents, and the rock is quite certainly more
basic than any of the preceding. The feldspar makes from 857
to 90¢@ of the rock, is beautifully twinned with both albite and
pericline lamellae, and shows maximum equal extinction in sec-
tions perpendicular to the albite twinning plane of 33°, with
nearly all such sections in the slide showing from 25° to 30°;
&0 that the feldspar is in all probability bytownite, instead of the
usual acid labradorite of the anorthosites.

Summary of section. The main rock in this section along a
part of the boundary is anorthosite gabbro, rather than anortho-

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r35

site, which in the main seems neither more acid nor more basic
than the normal rock, but differs in containing from 10¢ to 30%
of ferro-magnesian silicates, whereas the usual anorthosite rarely
has a 5¢ content of these; but the greater basicity thus indicated
is counteracted by the more acid character of the feldspar and
the frequent presence of quartz. Also, this border rock shows
basic phases, that from the last cut being an example. No
analyses have been made of the rocks of this section, but they are
closely related to the quartz anorthosite gabbro described in the
report on the Mooers sheet in the 19th annual report, and to other
rocks shortly to be described, analyses of which are available.
There is also shown a probable large dike of a rock whose
affinities are with the augite syenites rather than the anorthosite.

Exposures in the vicinity of Saranac

‘Along the Saranac river between the lake and the village are
repeated ledges which furnish a good section from well within
the anorthosite area out to its boundary. This section shows a
transition from quite typical anorthosite, such as that at the
state dam, into an anorthosite gabbro similar to that just
described; it is however complicated by considerable masses of
gabbro, which are probably slightly later in age and referable
to the hyperites.

Near the village the contact between the anorthosite and the
adjacent gneisses is exposed. The rock ridge which les some-
what south of the road from the Algonquin to the village, and
runs parallel with it, forms the boundary of the anorthosite in
this direction and is composed of a quite granular anorthosite
gabbro, in which in general labradorite constitutes from 80% to
90% of the rock, and in which hornblende and biotite are often
present to the exclusion of augite. The new reservoir, back from
the village toward this ridge, is excavated in rock (974) exposing
black, fiinty, fine grained gneisses, which have the structure of
granulite and the mineralogy of gabbro diorite, though the feld-
Spar extinctions indicate andesin, and at least half is untwinned.
These gneisses are all cut up by a later red syenite and are
tremendously shattered by very frequent joints. The gneiss is

P36 NEW YORK STATH MUSEUM

regarded as of Grenville age on account of the association of a
similar gneiss with the undoubted Grenville rocks east of Colby
pond. The syenite is in thin sheets intruded along the joints.
It contains only sporadic quartz and is a rare rock in the
Adirondacks.

Only a few yards south of the reservoir the contact between
the anorthosite and what is taken to be the same gneiss is
exposed (973). The contact is sharp, and the anorthosite includes
great lumps of the gneiss and is unquestionably the younger rock.
The gneiss differs from that at the reservoir in containing hypers-
thene in addition to augite and hornblende so that it is a gabbro
norite rather than a gabbro diorite, but all such gneisses in the
Adirondacks show rapid mineralogic change within short dis-
tance. The intruded syenite is also lacking here, but the distance
from the reservoir is So slight that it is thought to be certainly
the same gneiss. The anorthosite at the contact has still 90¢
of feldspar, but in addition to the labradorite, which gives
slightly lower extinctions than usual, barely reaching 20%, there
is considerable untwinned feldspar which consists of a blotchy
intergrowth of orthoclase and albite, the intergrowths having
none of the regular appearance of the usual microperthite. This
rock represents, then, an intermediate stage between the usual
granular anorthosite norite of the boundary and the dike rock
from the second cut of the previous section, in which the feldspar
is wholly of this type. This same rock is also met elsewhere in
the district.

Summary of section. This section is at right angles to, instead
of parallel to, the boundary, and shows a passage from normal
anorthosite to granular anorthosite gabbro as the boundary is
approached. It also exhibits a contact against the adjacent
gneisses, which shows the anorthosite to be the younger. It
farther shows rocks intermediate between anorthosite and such
microperthite rocks as were described in dike form from the pre-
ceding section, indicating their close relationship to the anor-
thosite in origin and in time.

ly

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 rai

Section west from Saranac Inn station, N. Y¥.C. © H.R. R. R.

Unlike the previous sections this lies wholly well within the
anorthosite mass not approaching the boundary anywhere. 40
rods east of the depot is a small cut in ordinary anorthosite. The
first cut west of the station is 14 miles distant and is again in
ordinary anorthosite (950), that is the rock consists wholly of
labradorite except for trivial amounts of augite, garnet, magne-
tite and pyrite or chalcopyrite, which seldom comprise as much
as 5% of the rock and usually much less. The rock is much shat-
tered by closely repeated vertical joints in two sets, one set of
which is often curved, producing wedgelike blocks, and the
adjacent rock surfaces are commonly slickensided, showing that
we are dealing with a zone of slip faulting. A little over } mile
beyond is a 50 yard cut in precisely similar material, equally
shattered and sheared.

At 22 miles from the station is another 50 yard cut in a ridge
which runs down with a cliff face to the north shore of Hoel
pond. The rock here (952) is more thoroughly granulated than
the preceding, but consists of 997 labradorite, holding otherwise
a little pyrite, zircon, a few small augite inclusions and a little
quartz feldspar intergrowth of the quartz vermiculé type. The
rock is not so excessively jointed as in the previous cuts, being
more normal in this respect. Besides the two joint sets there is
also a slip cleavage giving slickensided surfaces.

At a little more than 3 miles is a cut 120 yards long, again in
typical anorthosite (953) showing an interesting altered strip a
few feet wide in which the feldspar has wholly gone to scapolite.
This is much less altered than the general appearance of the rock
would indicate, though the scapolite fragments are kaolinized
outwardly and along the cleavage cracks. The alteration has not
wholly destroyed the original, opaque, rodilike inclusions of the
labradorite which appear here and there, sometimes quite numer-
ously, in the scapolite. Adjoining the scapolite strip, the anor-
thosite is excessively sheared, cleaving along slickensided faces,
which follow one another at intervals of fractional parts of an

r38 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

inch; the scapolite zone evidently marks the strip of maximum
disturbance and change.

At 34 miles is another long cut, 140 yards in ea At the
west end is a dike of gabbro (954B) 8 feet wide, of interest from
several points of view. It contains some 30¢ to 40¢ of augite,
hornblende, bronzite, magnetite and apatite, some little quartz,
and garnet rims of the honeycomb type between the magnetite
and feldspar. The feldspar is largely of the blotchy intergrowth
type, but considerable plagioclase remains, sufficient to show
that it is andesin and that it alters to the other feldspar. There
is much unaltered andesin in the ground mass however, and this |
seems to have been largely recrystallized. Again, in this cut is
abundant evidence of slip faulting along one set of the joints.
Here the larger cracks contain anorthosite fragments cemented
by deposition of calcite followed by chalcedony. These vein fill-
ings are mostly only fractional parts of an inch in width, occa-
sionally reaching 2 or 3 inches.

At 32 miles is another long cut 180 yards. Neither this nor
the previous one is a continuous cut, but shows low anorthosite
ridges, with summits some dozen feet above the roadbed, Sep-
arated by sand-filled depressions. The rock here (955) is the
same shattered anorthosite of the previous cuts. Garnet is more
prominent, and the rock is not quite so prevailingly feldspathic.
Near the west end of the cut is a probable inclusion of coarse
granite. At 4 miles is a small cut exposing very coarse anor-
thosite, much less shattered than the foregoing.

Summary of section. This section will answer for the type of
many well within the anorthosite mass. Except for occasional
intrusions of gabbroid rocks and inclusions of granite the rock
shows great uniformity. The feldspar is pretty uniformly an acid
labradorite with extinction maxima of 20° to 22°, but in nearly all
cases there is some little of the untwinned feldspar intergrowth
present. This may become of quite respectable amount, as illus-
trated by exposures some 3 miles south of the line of the section,
between Upper Saranac lake and Follensby Clear pond, where the
rock is slightly more gabbroic. In fact, increase in amount of

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r39

this sort of feldspar usually accompanies increasing content of
ferro-magnesian silicates.

But the interesting matter in this section is the dike in the 140
yard cut (954B), interesting because it brings out clearly the rela-
tionship of the syenitic rocks described from the preceding sec-
tions, to the anorthosite, since we have here a strictly intermedi-
ate rock, resembling precisely those whose feldspar is wholly of
the anorthoclase type yet with much plagioclase present in
addition.

| Exposures about Brandon

The little hamlet of Brandon on the New York and Ottawa rail-
road is included in the Rockefeller purchase and is now in proc-
ess of demolition. It lies close to the anorthosite boundary,
but exposures are not as frequent nor as good as could be wished.
Around the St Regis lakes and thence down the river toward
Brandon the exposed rock is of typical anorthosite, the feldspars
constituting from 954 to 99% of the rock and showing extinction
maxima of from 22° to 26° in the various slides. Just about
Brandon it varies from the type, though still consisting mainly of
feldspar. The proportion of untwinned feldspar has however
considerably increased, and some of the blotchy intergrowths are
evident, indicating that anorthoclase is becoming prominent.

A hill $ mile north of Brandon is constituted of amphibolitic
and granitic gneisses, and Buck mountain, 2 miles to the west,
is composed of the same rocks, showing that at Brandon we are
near the anorthosite edge. Yet at Indian rock, a small isolated
exposure on the river 2 miles northwest of Brandon and lying
Within the gneiss zone just mentioned, the rock is again anortho-
site (713). Itis wholly gneissoid, and in addition to the feldspar
contains some 5¢ to 10¢ of hornblende and magnetite, the horn-
blende commencing to alter to biotite. The major part of the
feldspar shows albite, twinning with 21° maximum extinction.
There is also some non-twinned feldspar, which is probably
anorthoclase. From its situation this rock is regarded as a prob-
able offshoot from the main mass, likely of the nature of a large
dike. It is cut by two dikes, one of fine grained and the other
of coarse red granite. |

r40 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

To the southwest of Brandon, in township 16, the most westerly
anorthosite outcrops are those at the old Ducey lumber camp.
Here the rock (941) is much crushed, though abundant labradorite
augen remain. Minerals other than the feldspar make some 154
of the rock. These are as usual hypersthene, augite, hornblende,
magnetite, apatite, zircon and titanite, with a little occasional
pyrite. Hypersthene here is unusually prominent for an Adiron-
dack anorthosite, much exceeding in quantity the augite and
hornblende together, so that the rock is an anorthosite norite
rather than an anorthosite gabbro. The feldspar is nearly all
twinned and apparently all labradorite. This rock differs from the
usual border rock in that the increase in amount of dark silicates
is not accompanied by increasing acidity of feldspar. It is more
nearly like the rock from the last cut in the Saranac-Lake Clear
section (984) than any other, though not quite so basic as that,
the feldspar extinctions only reaching 24°.

General summary of previous sections

The previous detailed observations are sufficient to establish
the fact that there has been some slight differentiation in the
anorthosite mass since reaching its present resting place, the gen-
eral result being that the rock becomes an anorthosite gabbro in
its outer parts, sometimes becoming more basic than the general
mass of the rock, but in general retaining about the same silica
percentage, increase in the amount of basic minerals being ac-
companied by increasing acidity of the feldspar; that the final
result of the differentiation in this direction is the production
of a rock of gabbroic appearance and with large content of ferro-
magnesian silicates, in which the feldspar is no longer plagio-
clase but anorthoclase, so that the rock can no longer be classed
with the gabbros; that in considerable part the latter rock solidi-
fied slightly later than the main mass and was injected into it in
the form of dikes, which are most abundant about the edges of
the mass but also occur well within it. It further appears that
away from the periphery the anorthosite is quite homogeneous
in composition. Occasional bands of gabbro cut it, and occasion-
ally there is a local enrichment in ferro-magnesian silicates, but

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r41

these are exceptional. There are no such great masses of gab-

bro as Kemp has shown to exist in Essex county, involved with

the anorthosite.t

OBSERVATIONS ALONG THE SOUTHWEST ANORTHOSITE BOUNDARY
Within the past four years Prof. Kemp, Prof. Smyth and I have

all observed considerable areas of rocks, in our respective dis-

tricts in the Adirondack region, which much resemble the

anorthosites in some of their phases and were at first classed with

them. These rocks have great importance in the region, and their
true nature was realized by all at about the same time and
independently.2, Like the anorthosites, they are highly feld-
spathic rocks, but differ from them in nature of the feldspar, so
that they must be classed with the syenites rather than as mem-
bers of the gabbro family. All of us agree that these syenites
are younger than the Grenville rocks. In Smyth’s district
anorthositesare practically absent, so that opportunityfor deter-
mining the relative ages of the two rocks is not forthcoming there.
Kemp seems disposed to class them with the main mass of the
gneisses and hence as older than the anorthosite. The writer

noted the intermediate rocks which have been described in the

previous pages and was led to believe that the two rocks were
closely related in age, were derivatives from the same great
igneous magma, and even in part derived from differentiation of
the anorthosite itself. In the hope of settling the question, con-
siderable time has been given to observations along the southwest
anorthosite boundary, as it immediately adjoins a large syenite

_ area in that direction. Exposures are however few near the

boundary and have not sufficed to give a definite answer to the
question at large, though clearly bringing out the fact that some

a of the syenite at least is closely related to and slightly younger

*See map fronting p. 398, 19th an. rep’t U. S. geol. sur. 1899. pt3.
*Smyth, C. H. jr. Geol. soc. Am. Bul. 6 : 271-82.

par oo Ne ¥.state geol.; 17th an. rep’t. ;.1897.. » p. 471-86.

Kemp, J. F. N. Y. state geol. 17th an. rep’t. 1897. p. 507, 512, 515.
Cushing, H. P. Geol. soc. Am. Bul. 10 : 177-92.

—— —— N.Y. state geol. 18th an. rep’t. 1888. p. 105-9.

r42 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

than the anorthosite, thus falling in line with the detailed obser-
vations already get forth.

Section from Tupper lake to Rollins pond, N. Y.C. & H. R. R. R.

The rock about Tupper lake is augite syenite, but anorthosite
is reached within 3 or 4 miles to the north and east, with no other
rock intervening, so that it was hoped that traverses from one to
the other would disclose outcrops which would give the clue to
the time relations. There are but two convenient lines of
section.

For the first 3$ miles from the depot at Tupper Lake Junction a

there are no rock cuts along the railway, but occasional ledges
are found in the woods within 4 mile of the track. 'These are all
of a greenish or brown gneiss which is clearly referable to the
augite syenite, but the outcrops are of the unsatisfactory sort
which prevail in the woods. At 34 miles is a low rock cut of
meager dimensions which furnishes however fresh material (906).
The rock must be classed with the augite syenite, though a
variant from the type in that it is somewhat more basic, with
extra large content of ferro-magnesian silicates for these rocks,
containing some 30% of them instead of the 15¢ to 20¢ of the
normal rock. The difference is but slight, however. Much mag-
netite and garnet are present, considerable augite and horn-
blende, less bronzite, a little biotite, and the usual zircon and
apatite. There is some 5¢ of quartz. The feldspar is two thirds
microperthite, the remainder showing no sign of twinning or of
intergrowths. There is a bit of oligoclase, and there are some
small patches of quartz vermiculé. The microperthite often
shows a further intergrowth of micropegmatitic aspect, the one
feldspar exhibiting no sign of the microperthite intergrowth, the
other showing it beautifully and the whole producing a striking
combination in thin section. It is clearly a growth of two feld-
spars, notwithstanding the resemblance to micropegmatite. 4
mile beyond another ledge of syenite is found in the woods,
i mile northwest from the track, but it does not furnish fresh
material (902). It is however of the same type as the rock from
the cut.

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATP GHOLOGIST 1900 r43

At 44 miles from the junction is a rock cut in the first anortho-
site seen (903). It is of the anorthosite gabbro type and inter-
esting in showing all gradations from quite coarse to very finely
mashed rock. In fact, the granulated portions are much finer
grained than usual, have a greenish tinge, and in combination
with the dark blue black labradorite augen produce a very strik-
ing looking rock.

A small cut + mile farther furnishes similar and very interest-

ing material (905). The rock is pretty thoroughly granulated,
though numerous small labradorite augen remain. The granular
portion has a strong resemblance to the usual augite syenite.
The rock is an anorthosite gabbro, with 10% to 15¢ of minerals
other than feldspar, these being the usual magnetite, garnet,
augite, hornblende, apatite, zircon and pyrite. A little quartz is
present as a by-product of the feldspar-magnetite interaction
which resulted in the garnet formation. Of the feldspar in the
slide (none of the large augen appearing) slightly less than one
half shows albite twinning, the maximum extinction found in the
several sections properly cut being 12°, indicating andesin. Of
the untwinned feldspar the larger portion shows intergrowths,
partly microperthite and partly of the micrographic type. The
intergrowths seem distinctly primary, though some of the andesin
shows a tendency toward such intergrowths as well. Optical
tests of cleavage pieces of the large augen show these to be
labradorite.

A portion of the rock was crushed, and specific gravity deter-
minations of these feldspars were made. At 2.659 the first con-
siderable quantity of feldspar fell, and this is closely the gravity
of acid andesin. The last and greater part of the remainder
fell at 2.569, though, as the liquid was slowly diluted down to
this strength, a little feldspar fell from time to time, indicating
the presence of a slight amount of intermediate composition. A
chemical analysis and further discussion of this rock, as well as
of that from the 33 mile cut (906), will be found oma later page.

At 5 miles from the junction and shortly before reaching
Rollins pond is another cut in anorthosite gabbro, specially rich

r44 NEW YORK STATH MUSEUM

in garnet, and with many and large labradorite augen remaining
(904). Beyond, the rock passes into ordinary anorthosite.

Summary of section. This section comes nearest of any to
affording a transition from anorthosite to augite syenite. The
syenite, shown best in the cut at 34 miles (906), is unquestionably
the same rock as that found in dikes cutting the anorthosite in
the Saranac (805A) and Saranac Inn (954B) sections. Yet it is
here found as a border phase of a large syenite mass. Further,
the rock from the cut at 42 miles, though to be classed with the
anorthosite, shows strong leanings toward the other rock and is
an unmistakable intermediate type, as the chemical analysis will
more strongly emphasize. It is also very like the border rock
near the reservoir at Saranac (973). The two furnish strong
evidence of the close relationship of the two rocks, the anortho-
site and syenite.

Section from Tupper Lake village toward Wawhbeek

Just in and about Tupper Lake village are many exposures of
augite syenite gneiss. In the village a quarry has been opened
for road metal and foundation stone, and this furnishes the
freshest and most satisfactorymaterial (999). It is in all respects
quite typical augite syenite gneiss. There is present some 104
of dark silicates, hornblende, augite, magnetite and bronzite, in
order of abundance, though the quantities vary much from place
to place. There is considerable zircon and but little apatite, as
is usual in this rock. Some 5¢ to 10% of quartz is present and
the remainder of the rock consists of feldspar, mostly rather
poorly marked microperthite, though the micrographic inter-
growth is at hand as well and sometimes the two are combined.
There is also a little oligoclase.

These syenite exposures only extend for 4 mile east of the vil-
lage, and beyond for 3 miles no rock protrudes through the heavy
drift filling. But not far south of the road a ledge of the same
rock shows by the river, 2 miles from the village. 1 mile farther
up the river, the first anorthosite is found, so that we have here,
along the boundary, a gap of a mile in which no exposures are
forthcoming.

‘4USI1 oy} UO Soll AOT[vA oye, Joddny, 04} puve Jo] OY} WO YO}JOU 94} UI SolyT puod SUOMMIS O[}}I'T ‘MoTA OG} JO 10}090
oq} Ul WeeS ST puod suoOUTIg SIq ‘OSeIIIA OY] Ioddny, JO INOS SoOULISIP PALOYS B VOT ‘STIIOW PA 0} AQT[VA 9}}0ONHvY OY} SSOINOV YINOS sulyooT
‘ojoygd ‘Suiqsng *d ‘H

PPl 'd vovy OF, G 93%[d

™

- Doh
=

a a. nie

a ae ——.*

a

io Re ee ee ee ee, a te ae * Sao oe ros
° = "a aa a ian "= Yo ee ie a y= “

s.
REPORT OF THD DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r45

Soon after passing Halfway brook, and the west line of the

Cornell forestry tract, the first anorthosite is seen along the road

(935), and a large ledge appears in the woods a short distance
to the north. The rock is a medium coarse anorthosite with a
considerable dark silicate content, being distinctly of the anortho-
site gabbro type. The exposure by the road is merely a smooth
glaciated surface, from which it is exceedingly difficult to pro-
cure specimens. But it is a most interesting exposure, exhibit-
ing the anorthosite as all cut up by a finer grained rock, which
is unmistakably younger and intrusive into the anorthosite. It
is thoroughly continuous and separates the anorthosite into great
horses. This rock strongly resembles the usual augite syenite
and proves to be of that type, somewhat more basic than the
usual ru%@of the rock, though quite comparable in that respect
with the rock from the first cut along the railway north of Tup-
per lake (906) and with that from Colby pond (805A). It holds
uncrushed feldspar augen rather more numerously than the
usual syenite and of larger size, though quite comparable with
some phases of the syenite. It is quite certainly the same rock
as that already described, but here, instead of grading imto the
anorthosite or cutting it in single narrow dikes, it has invaded it
in force, wedging asunder great blocks of the anorthosite, which
it surrounds. An analysis of this rock appears on a later page.
Nearly a mile farther east the road takes a curve to the south
around the end of a massive rock ridge, showing outcrops by the
road (937) and also a short distance back in the woods (936). The
former exposures are of anorthosite norite, rather than gabbro,
with much variation in the dark silicate content and in the degree
of granulation. They are cut by a large dike of a curious, dark
gray porphyry with reddish feldspar phenocrysts, which seems
of considerably later date and of syenitic make-up. Such dikes
have also been found in other parts of the region cutting the
anorthosite. They may possibly be nearly contemporaneous with
the hyperite gabbros, forming their complementary types. They
have been somewhat metamorphosed and are earlier than the
Syenite porphyries associated with the diabases. A similar dike

r46 NEW YORK STATH MUSEUM

is well exposed near the road from Paul Smiths to Brandon, in a
field just north of the road on Hall’s farm, about a mile west of
Keese’s Mills.

The other rock (936) is augite syenite of the same type as that
just described (935), though here its field relations to the anortho-
site are not exhibited. It has a somewhat larger content of dark
silicates, and quartz is practically absent, but the feldspars are
of the same peculiar intergrowth type. It is unquestionably the
same rock and in all probability intrusive into the anorthosite,
as that is.

South of these exposures, along the river at Tromblee’s and
between, are ridges with many exposures, all seen being of
anorthosite gabbro. ”

Summary of section. Though in this section lack of exposures
prevents ascertaining the possible existence of gradations be-
tween the anorthosite and syenite, the cutting of the anorthosite
by syenite of precisely the same type as that found in the previ-
ous sections is well shown; and, while in those only occasional
small dikes have been forthcoming, here the rock is found invyad-
ing the anorthosite in considerable force. The evidence of this
section and the preceding as well is demonstrative that there is
in the region a considerable body of augite syenite that grades
into the anorthosite, but that also was, as a whole, slightly later
in cooling, so that it has invaded the main body of the anortho-
site in the form of dikes. The presence of these dikes would
seem fatal to the theory that the intermediate rocks were pro-
duced through the absorption, by the anorthosite magma, of a
certain amount of an earlier syenite, since it is difficult to under-
stand how the border rock thus produced could remain molten
longer than the parent mass. The phenomenon would be ex-
plicable however on the assumption that the syenite was the
younger, and that the intermediate rock was produced by the
melting away and absorption of a certain amount of the anortho-
site. Whether the intermediate rock has been formed in this
fashion or by direct differentiation is uncertain, but in either
case the later date of the syenite is a necessary conclusion.

it tee <i te

he a a
a a Oe, a

REPORT OF THB DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r47

RELATION OF AUGITE SYENITE TO GNEISS

Though the observations so far recorded would seem decisive
as to the time relations between these two rocks, the contacts of
the Tupper lake augite syenite in other directions are with gneiss-
es, into which they grade and fade out, as if they represented
portions of the same great complex, and these are the usual phe-
nomena in the Adirondack region, the augite syenite seldom, if
ever, showing sharp boundaries against any rocks, with the single
exception of the Grenville limestones and associated schists and
gneisses. The presentation of a few detailed observations will
be helpful as a prelude to the discussion of the phenomena.

section from Tupper Lake Junction to Horseshoe

Nearly a mile below the depot at Tupper Lake a cut in a mas-
sive rock ridge (898) shows a coarsely gneissoid rock, approach-
ing granite in composition, in which are occasional amphibolite
streaks which may represent either drawn out inclusions or
segregations. Along with the red rock, and grading into it, is
much green rock which closely resembles the red except for
color. The green rock can not be distinguished from ordinary
augite syenite of the acid type, consisting mainly of feldspar, but
with some 154 to 20¢ of quartz and some 10% of bronzite, horn-
blende and augite, named in order of abundance, and the usual

zircon, titanite, apatite and magnetite in small quantity. Except

for a little oligoclase the feldspar is all alkali feldspar, inter-
growths of orthoclase and albite with the micrographic form
more prominent than the microperthitic. The red rock is more
quartzose and the pyroxenes have disappeared, but it appears to
grade into the other and represent its granitic phase. Precisely
Similar admixtures are found in Litchfield park and elsewhere
near the syenite periphery. |

Beyond this point the railway soon crosses the Raquette river
and then turns westward along it, no further outcrops appearing
for more thana mile. At 24 miles from the depot is a cut in a
greenish gray rock (1000), mainly very fine grained and gneissoid
but having also coarse bands, which does not appear like the

r48 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

usual augite syenite and is referred to it with hesitation in my
field notes. The thin section shows it to depart from the syenite
in several respects. The coarse bands are more acid than the
rest and probably represent pegmatitic portions. The slide
shows some 354 of quartz, 10¢ of dark minerals, hornblende show-
ing incipient alteration to biotite, magnetite and a little pyrite,
and the remainder of feldspar, mainly microperthite. The finer
gneiss is characterized by much deep orange titanite and emerald
green, pleochroic augite, two minerals quite characteristic of
certain red, acid gneisses of the region, which are often closely
associated with magnetic deposits. Such red gneisses appear
shortly, going down the river, and this rock clearly belongs with
them. Otherwise its minerals are as in the coarse rock, though
quartz constitutes only some 10% to 15¢ of the whole. The struc-
ture is like that of the usual gneiss rather than that of the augite
syenite. .

At 22 miles is a cut in red, fine grained gneiss (1001), with
many pegmatitic and some very hornblendic bands, which is a
quite typical sample of the red, titanite gneiss just referred to.
It will be more fully described as it occurs at Piercefield, a little
beyond. Its minerals are the same as those of the green gneiss
of the preceding cut, though it is somewhat more quartzose. A
5 foot dike of beautifully fresh, olivin diabase cuts this red
gneiss and is of additional interest, since it is the most westerly
of these dikes that I have seen in the Adirondacks. The locality
is close to the boundary line between Franklin and St Lawrence
counties; and, with the imperfect maps in hand, it was impossi-
ble to be certain in which the exposure occurred. If in St Law-
rence, it will be the first of these dikes to be noted from that
county so far as I am aware.

At a little over 3 miles is another cut (1008), 60 yards long.
The east half shows a green and black gneiss which is fairly
basic, containing much hornblende and considerable augite and
magnetite, with also a little bronzite. Nearly half the feldspar
is plagioclase, whose character as an acid andesin is indicated by |
extinctions of 10%. The rest of the feldspar is untwinned and

~

— eS
4 — =

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r49

may be orthoclase. Quartz is absent except as small inclusions
in the feldspar. The dark minerals constitute some 40% of the
rock. The west end of the cut shows a red, granitic gneiss. This
shows a sharp boundary against the other, but the junction is
parallel to the vertical foliation of both, and a thin pegmatite
band intervenes. The green gneiss passes into an amphibolite
gneiss near the junction, but this seems clearly a phase of the
green, just as the pegmatite seems clearly a phase of the granite.
The pegmatite streak sends out stringers into the amphibolite
however and clearly cuts it intrusively.

Less than } mile beyond is another long cut (1004) exhibiting
an identical rock assemblage. Here again the green gneiss
becomes black near the junction through increased amount of

dark silicates, but the pegmatite is lacking, the granitic gneiss

becomes distinctly finer grained near the contact and unmistak-
ably cuts the green, sending numerous thin sheets into it along
the foliation planes. |

Just east of the Piercefield depot, 34 miles from Tupper lake,
are exposures in the bed of a brook (1005) ofa green, very
granular, shotlike gneiss, which readily crumbles on exposure.
A precisely similar rock shows along the road from the depot to
the village (997), associated with a very rusty, rotted amphibolite.
Basic minerals make fully one third of the green gneiss, hypers-

| thene predominating, then come augite, hornblende, much less,

abundant magnetite and apatite and a little zircon. The remain-
der of the rock is feldspar, no quartz appearing. The feldspar
is nearly all plagioclase with 8° maximum extinction, and close
to oligoclase therefore. A few somewhat larger individuals are
of microperthite. The rock is therefore quite like the green
gneiss of the preceding cuts and differs from the syenite in the
character of the feldspar.

Coming into the town, a mile from the depot, repeated ledges
appear of red, granular gneiss (998), composed of magnetite
(much and idiomorphic), titanite (much, of the orange, pleochroic
variety), augite (emerald green, pleochroic and somewhat less
than the titanite in amount) feldspar and quartz. The feldspar

r50 NEW YORK STATD MUSEUM

makes some 60% of the rock and is beautifully marked microcline.
Quartz constitutes 20% to 254, much of it occurring as inclusions
in the feldspar. From Piercefield on northwest to Gale’s and
beyond little else than red, granitic gneisses occurs.

Childwold station is 2 miles west of Piercefield. Between the
two there is but one rock cut (1006), situated 4+ mile east of Child-
wold. This shows the same combination of fine grained, green
gneiss and red, granitic gneiss found in the cuts east of Pierce-
field. The strike of these rocks is from n.65 w.to n.75 w.,so that,
since crossing the Raquette the railway has followed the strike
of the belt. At Childwold the southerly direction is resumed,and
different rocks are at once met. At ¢ mile south of Childwold
station is a considerable cut (1007) in a greenish, rudely gneissoid
rock, which is a decidedly different looking rock from the green
gneiss of the preceding exposures and seems certainly referable
to ordinary augite syenite. It is a much firmer, more massive
rock, lacks the granular look, ig not evenly but very rudely
foliated and is much more plainly an igneous rock. Nor is there
any associated red gneies. It also has the precise mineralogy of
the augite syenite, the same augite and bronzite with their char-
acteristic parallel growths, subordinate hornblende, the three
together constituting only some-10% of the rock, which is pre-
dominantly feldspathic. The feldspar is mainly microperthite
though with considerable oligoclase and some feldspar of uncer-
tain nature. There is barely 5% of quartz. There are some
amphibolitic streaks which may represent either stretched segre-
gations or inclusions, probably the former.

East from this point and lying between it and Big Tupper lake
is the large irregular mass of Arab mountain. In a trip across
through the woods no rock was seen other than that which
seemed clearly referable to the augite syenite, though the numer-
ous exposures are of the unsatisfactory character usual in the
woods, largely moss-covered and not furnishing fresh material.
This line is parallel to and not far south from the belt of red
and green gneisses along the railway, just described.

‘oIIUOAS OFIGNV JO O1V [[VY ‘“PUNOIsyorq 94} Ul SSvUL UleJUNOW qviy O41 Jo JU0I]
jsvo of} PUB ‘Aa1OYS }S9M OY} JO SoSpId MOT OY} ‘SPpUISI Yoo. []euUIS OM} SUIMOYS “O ‘q APOOW oY} Woiy oye, szeddny, sso1oe Sulyooy

‘ojoyd ‘“sulysnD ‘d ‘H

OGI‘d vovyz oO, 9 ¥Id

v

a . Se ee ee ee ee or

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r5l

South along the 7 miles of railway between Childwold and
Horseshoe, rock cuts are frequent, and all show no other rock
than quite typical augite syenite, though mostly quite thoroughly
gneissoid. .About Pleasant lake, 3 miles from Childwold station,
exposures are very numerous, and a southerly spur of Arab moun-
tain breaks down in tremendous cliffs of this rock to the east of
the track. From this point another crosscut to Tupper lake was
made, by way of Bridge Brook pond, and here also nothing but
syenite was seen for the first half of the distance. Beyond, it
becomes somewhat involved with granite, specially at the west
end of the pond. Such granite is frequently associated with the
syenite in the Tupper lake vicinity and will be again reverted to.

The last syenite seen going south along the railway (1035) was
found in the woods 4 mile west of the track and 1 mile north of
Horseshoe. About Horseshoe somewhat different rocks appear,
and in a crosscut through the woods from Horseshoe to the south
end of Tupper lake no syenite was seen in mass. But between
Childwold and Horseshoe the syenite crosses the railway in a
belt 6 miles in width from north to south. Its extent farther
west has not yet been determined, but it can not go far, since
Smyth’s work about Cranberry lake shows that it dies out before
that point is reached.

Summary of section. The above detailed observations show
that the augite syenite which is exposed widely about Big Tupper
lake, extends solidly west through the woods to the railway,
which it crosses in a belt 6 miles in width, dying out not far to
the west; that to the north of it, along the Raquette river, is a
belt of red and green gneisses increasing in breadth westward.
The green gneisses in this belt much resemble some of the more
eneissoid phases of the augite syenite, and it will be later shown
that they are closely related chemically. They are moreover
confined to the border zone, and only the associated granitic
gneisses persist. The latter cut the green gneisses intrusively
and are clearly somewhat younger. If the green gneisses have
no connection wih the syenite, and the whole represents an older

r52 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Series, it is strange that no evidence of this is forthcoming in the
way of contacts or of dikes from the syenite cutting the other.
The more probable explanation is thought to be that we are here
dealing with a great area of eruptive granite which cuts and
becomes involved with the syenite, forming a border zone. It
should however be stated that the titanite gneisses shown here
are somewhat unusual, generally of no great extent, and are not

the usual border rocks of the syenite. )

This belt of gneisses seems prolonged to the southeast as a
narrow band, crossing the Raquette between Tupper lake and
Raquette pond, and expanding along the shores of Big Simons
pond. In this extension the titanite gneisses are not found, the
rocks being granitic gneiss and certain mongrel gneisses which
appear like somewhat weathered augite syenite, such as are fre-
quent in the border zone. This band appears to separate com-
pletely the Big Tupper lake syenite mass from that found at
Tupper Lake village and thence north and east. But it is the
latter that sends out the dikes into, and shows gradation into
the anorthosite; while the border zone under discussion might
be regarded as pertaining equally to each. The village mass
also, on its west side, shows a perfectly characteristic border
zone, and then passes into granite, precisely as does the lake
mass, though the former is in a difficult region and has not been
so carefully investigated.

It should also be emphasized that the intervening belt under
discussion here, constituted of granitic gneiss and other gneiss
which is akin to the syenite, would be unhesitatingly classed in
the ordinary “ gneiss” division of the Adirondacks (Kemp’s series
1) were the neighboring syenite not present, and emphasizes the
view that the syenites are akin in origin and age. It should be
further said that this series 1, as at present constituted, in-
cludes many and diverse rock types.

District between Big Tupper lake and Horseshoe pond
The shores of and the islands in Big Tupper lake are composed
of augite syenite except at the extreme upperend. For the most
part they are rocky, so that exposures are frequent and show well

‘jnoysSno1y} oUeAS OI1SNV JO SI ULVJUNOU OY} O}IULIS JO vole [[vUIS B OJ Ydooxm ‘ands A|[Jo}S¥O
-YNOs ‘popooM ‘Suo] Ss} pue “WIUIUINS pound Ss} YIM STIIOW IW SUIMOYS ‘oye, Joddny Sig ‘PURIST FIO JO pus YOU 9Y} WO JSvo SuULOO'T
‘oyoyd ‘“surgsnO ‘dd “H

Zell ‘d vB Og, 2 Id

a ae

mas ee

tia f ieee ge ae eae

REPORT OF THD DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 rd3

_ the variations to which the rock is subject. This syenite area is

followed to the south by a belt of syenite involved with granite,
which runs down the west shore of the lake for some little dis-
tance. On that shore, just opposite the south end of County Line

island, is an exposure consisting mainly of red granite, but with

some green syenite gneiss also. The granite is of the coarse type,
with long quartz spindles and wholly free from dark silicates,
which is ofien found asscciated with the syerite. Here it distinctly
cuts the syenite intrusively, the syenite being present only in
wedge shaped horses and smaller fragments surrounded by the
granite. Furthermore, it maintains its usual structure and grain
throughout, whereas the granite becomes quite fine grained in a

a narrow zone about it, whose breadth is rudely proportional to the
_ size of the inclusions, and varies from a few inches up to 2 feet.

Farther south along the west shore the rock becomes less

typical syenite and much cut out by various granitic gneisses.

This same sort of a zone seems to surround the syenite on all

_ sides. Other rocks begin to appear in it, notably the spindle

granite and its finer grained contact phase. The syenite itself

_ becomes more acid and grades into an augite granite which has
‘ the structure and aspect of the syenite rather than that of the
spindle granite. Considerable masses of syenite often occur in
_ this border zone. For example, in ascending Mount Morris from
Y Moody, the syenite is left behind as the summit is neared and
_ only granite appears, followed again by syenite at the summit.
_ Thence south into Litchfield park, the syenite comes in again,

unbroken syenite occurring all around Lake Madeline, running

a into the mixed rocks on all sides.

In the woods between the upper end of Tupper lake and Horse-

_ Shoe station, a distance of some 5 miles, the few exposures found

for the first half of the distance are of the mongrel gneiss, which,

while having considerable resemblance to the augite syenite, is

not typical for that rock and is considerably involved with
granitic gneiss. On the south shore of the pond a gneiss of wholly
different relationships appears in a narrow belt which extends
south from the pond to Bog river and possibly beyond. The out- |

r54 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

crops (1022 and 1028) are of a fine grained, easily rotting, black
and white gneiss, which is fairly basic and full of coarse, more
acid, pegmatitic streaks. It is one of the hornblende gneisses
which crop up in all situations in the Adirondacks, but rather
suggests some of the Grenville gneisses.

A little beyond, + mile east of Horseshoe station, on Mr Low’s
narrow gage railway, is a rock cut (1024) in a thoroughly
gneissoid, granitic rock made up of microperthitic feldspar (some
604), quartz (25¢) and hornblende and magnetite. The rock is
medium coarse, tends toward a granitic, rather than a granulitic
structure, and, while differing somewhat from the usual run of
the granite which is associated with the syenite, is likely refer-
able to that.

On the New York Central and Hudson River railroad, + mile
south of Horseshoe station, is a rock cut (1025) in a coarse red
gneiss, quite similar to the last except for being less gneissoid,
so that strictly it is a slightly foliated granite. For a mile north
of Horseshoe there are no rock cuts, though there are several
deep cuts in the heavy drift there. In these are many boulders
of black and white gneiss similar to the rock south of the pond
(1022). These boulders often show graphite scales and tend to
emphasize the reference of that rock to the Grenville series.

Southwest from the station, on the narrow gage, a rock cut is
met at a distance of +} mile. Here is a hornblende gneiss of vary-
ing grain, with crushed and drawn-out augen of white feldspar.
The track here runs about with the strike (n. 55° e.), and on the
north side of the cut is a much more acid, almost granitic gneiss,
which is plainly interbanded with the other. Each is quite like
the corresponding type of the previous rocks and indicates that
there is here a belt of prevailing acid gneiss, interblended with
hornblende gneisses which sometimes approach amphibolites,
neither rock closely resembling any of the syenite phases. The
point to be emphasized is that this is a narrow band, hemmed in ©
by the igneous syenites and granites on both sides, and with the
syenite also blocking its course to the northeast along the strike,
at no great distance.

REPORT OF THD DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 rbd:

On the narrow gage, 1 mile from the station, is a cut in a red-
dish green, coarse rock (1044), with numerous feldspar augen and
with only a very rudely gneissoid structure, whose color is inter-
mediate between the usual green of the syenite and the red of the
granite, and which is quite typical of the augite granite into
which the syenite is elsewhere found grading. 14 miles farther,
a tremendous cliff of a red, hornblende granite (1040) rises close
by the track, the rock being more gneissoid than the previous, but
strongly resembling much of the granite which is found involved
with the syenite in the border zone. And # mile to the north,
just west of Little Pine pond; is another great vertical cliff (1041)
some 50 feet high, of a red granitic gneiss like the last. Here,
however, it is associated with low ridges of a somewhat
weathered, brown and greenish brown rock, which is certainly
referable to the augite syenite. The granite is likely the later
granite, though no contact was seen.

" Just north of these exposures, along the road from the station
to Lake Marian, outcrops of either syenite or granite, both the
granitic phase of the syenite and the later granite being present,
occur with more or less frequency for the first 3 miles from the
depot. Then the rock changes to interbanded red gneisses and
amphibolites, similar to those seen about Horseshoe pond. About
Lake Marian is a mass of very interesting rocks. Along the north
shore are very basic, easily disintegrating, schistose rocks, some
of’ which are slightly feldspathic, but most of which are wholly
made up of a light green diopside, colorless in thin section, and a
light brown mica which is in all probability phlogopite. Both
these minerals are quite characteristic of the Grenville rocks, and,
though no limestone was seen, these rocks are unhesitatingly
referred to that series. With these are involved red and
black, and black and white banded gneisses. The former hold
much orange colored titanite along with biotite, hornblende and
feldspar, which is in great part microcline. But quartz is prac-
tically absent, though customarily present in large amount in
gneisses of this mineralogy. The black and white gneisses also
hold considerable titanite, but of higher color and largely found

r56 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

as rims around the magnetite. They further consist of biotite
and hornblende, some 20% of quartz, and white feldspars, largely
andesin, since five fragments in the slide which are properly cut
give equal extinctions of from 11° to 20° on opposite sides of the
albite twinning plane. The remaining feldspar would seem to
be anorthoclase, though this is not certain. These rocks are quite
like those associated with the magnetites at Hammondville,
Essex co., and it is of interest that here also a considerable belt
of lean magnetite is associated with the black and white gneiss,
and close to the belt of very coarse, basic pegmatite, largely com-
posed of coarse hornblende, with plagioclase, titanite and mag-
netite in addition, and apparently a pegmatitic development of
the black and white gneiss. This ore belt occurs on both sides
of the lake and was traced for more than a mile. It may extend
much farther. In places, possibly everywhere, the rock at the
contact with the ore is a peculiar granulite of somewhat rusty
appearance, and containing some 60¢ of emerald green pyrox;
ene, orange colored titanite, and abundant orange brown garnet
whose shade is very like the deeper color of the pleochroic titanite.
The remaining minerals are evenly granular quartz and feldspar,
which are exceedingly difficult to distinguish, since the feldspar
is very fresh and wholly unmarked. The whole makes a strik-
ingly beautiful combination in thin section. Beyond this belt
the granitic gneisses appear again. It is difficult to tell whether
the ore and associated rocks should be regarded as members of
the adjacent Grenville series or not, though a strong impression
is produced that such is the case. | ;
Summary of section. The preceding details show that on the
east, south and west the Tupper lake syenite is bordered by a zone
of mixed rocks, consisting of very gneissoid syenite involved with
granitic gneiss. On the one hand, the syenite is found grading
into a granite which bears a strong external resemblance to it
and often contains the same augite, the passage from one to the
other being wholly unmistakable. On the other hand, there is
abundance of a granite, often very gneissoid, which shows always
intrusive contacts against the syenite when contacts are exposed,

RPPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r57

and which is therefore later, but at the same time would seem to
represent an important member of the eruptive series that makes
up the heart of the Adirondacks. As one recedes from the main
#yenite mass, the syenite content of the border zone becomes con-
tinually smaller and eventually disappears, while the granitic
gneiss spreads away to the south and west. But even well away
from the main syenite mass, small bodies of syenite are fre-
quently met which are seldom accommodating enough to disclose
their relationships to the surrounding granite. Patches of the
Grenville rocks, or of doubtful gneisses which are likely of Gren-
ville affiliations, are found here and there, but such patches occur
also in the midst of the syenites and anorthosites. This border
zone differs slightly from that on the north, and the evidence
that we are dealing with a mixed belt of syenite and granite
lying between a syenite mass and a granite mass, seems stronger
than on the north, though it appears to be also the case there,
the rocks just about Piercefield being of somewhat doubtful

c-association.
4 GENERAL CONCLUSIONS

The above recorded observations seem to the writer to prove in
‘some cases, and to strongly indicate in others:

1 that the Adirondack anorthosite is cut intrusively by an
augite syenite which is therefore younger;

2 that, while the larger part of the augite syenite of the Adiron-
-dacks is in such situation with respect to the anorthosite as to
render impossible any determinations of relative age, its general
character is so uniform throughout that it is exceedingly probable
that it is all of the same approximate age and consists of intru-
‘sions from the same source;

3 that at their borders these syenites pass over into granites,
part of which at least cut the syenite eruptively and are there-

_ fore younger;

4 that the syenite grades into granite on the one hand and into
gabbro diorite on the other, and apparently into anorthosite as
‘well;

r58 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

5 that the three together, anorthosite, syenite and granite, form
a great eruptive complex in the heart of the Adirondack region,
and that all are younger than the (in part at least) sedimentary
Grenville rocks.

The writer was at first disposed to take a different view from
that given above, thinking that the probable explanation of the
phenomena was the presence of augite syenite of two different
ages in the region, the one younger and the other older than the
anorthosite, the last to be classed in the general “ gneiss” series.
of the Adirondacks. While that may yet prove the true expla-
nation, the probabilities seem to favor the one outlined above, and:
some discussion of the subject seems desirable, since the deter-
mination of the truth or falsity of either view is a matter of much
importance in Adirondack geology.

Classification of the Adirondack pre-Cambrian

The classification of the pre-Cambrian rocks which we have beem
tentatively using in the Adirondacks is one proposed some 10.
years ago by Kemp. Excluding certain dikes, the rocks were
divided into three groups.

Series 1 was defined as a great group of gneisses of diverse
kinds and of somewhat uncertain origin, though likely in great
part igneous.

Series 2 comprised the crystalline limestones and associated
quartzose, sillimanite and graphitic gneisses, all representing
metamorphosed clastics, and closely interbanded with other,
- notably basic, gneisses which are probably igneous but can not
be separated from the main group.

Lest it should be imagined that this order carried any implica-
tion as to the relative ages of the two groups, it should be stated
that the grouping is a wholly lithologic one, and that Kemp has
constantly maintained that there was no evidence that any of the
rocks included in series 1 were older than the rocks in series 2,
though admitting that older rocks might be represented.*

1Kemp, J. F. N. Y. state geol. 13th an. rep’t. 1893. 1 : 448.

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATH GEOLOGIST 1900 r59

Series 3 was constituted to include the rocks of the gabbro
group, both anorthosite and gabbro. Though, again, the subdi-
vision is a lithologic one, Kemp held that these rocks were later
than those of both the other series, and the time element was
made of importance in the characterization of the group.
Further, at the time the classification was proposed these gabbro
rocks were the only ones known to be later than the rocks of
series 1 and 2 in the Adirondack pre-Cambrian.

This classification was proposed as a working hypothesis sim-
ply, and has been of the greatest service in all subsequent work.

All the Adirondack pre-Potsdam rocks, excluding certain dikes
which are not metamorphosed, but which the writer has shown
to have preceded the Potsdam, are included in these three series.
Regarding the matter from the lithologic standpoint, the effect
has been that we have classified everything in series 1 which
could not be unmistakably shown to be clastic, and hence to
belong to series 2, or to be a gabbroic rock and hence a member
of series. 3. As a result, series 1 has come to include a great
variety of rocks, likely of very diverse age, and we all recognize

that the great problem of Adirondack pre-Cambrian geology is —

the proper discrimination and separation of these diverse
elements.
Since, however, the gabbro rocks are distinguished from those

_ of the remaining series, not only from the lithologic standpoint,

but also because they are clearly of eruptive origin and because
they are younger, it would seem philosophical to enlarge that
group in order that it may contain not alone gabbros, but also
all rocks which czn be shown to be of igneous origin and to be

akin in age to the gabbros. This is in fact the position taken by.

Kemp, the age difference being deemed of more importance than
the lithologic.

In the writer’s judgment a large (it is likely the larger) part of
the rocks which have heretofore been classified with series 1 can
be shown to be eruptives and to be in all probability as young as
the anorthosite. So probable does this seem that it is quite
justifiable to point out the effect from the classification stand-

r60 . NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

point, and to urge the consideration of a modified classification
as an alternative working hypothesis.

Recent work of Kemp and Smyth

At this writing the latest published reports on the Adirondack
work embody the results reached up to the close of the field work
of 1897 only; the more recent results not being available, unfor-
tunately, for comparative purposes, because unpublished. This.
is more specially true of Prof. Kemp’s work, a recent consulta-
tion with Prof. Smyth having made him and the writer familiar
with each other’s results. But in the 17th annual report of the
state geologist appear papers of great importance by both Kemp.
and Smyth, which have bearing on the subject under discussion.

Kemp’s report deals mainly with the extreme southeast por-
tion of the region. He shows the presence of considerable bodies.
of augite syenite which he classes with the general group of
gneisses, series 1, as the “Whitehall type” of gneiss. He classes.
them thus, since they are gneissoid and involved with other
gneisses, and since no opportunity was afforded for determining
their relations tothe anorthosite, that being absent in the district.
He remarks also the abundance of crystalline limestone and the
various gneisses, in large part of probable sedimentary origin,
which are everywhere associated with it. He also shows that
much of a granitic rock, sometimes quite massive but more often
gneissoid, occurs, and describes it as the “ Horicon type” of the
gneiss group (series 1). The writer is disposed to correlate these
granitic rocks with the granites described in this paper as asso-
ciated with the syenite in the Tupper lake region, but, as he has
not seen the specimens, the reference is, of course, merely tenta-
tive. Kemp does not seem to have come across any exposures
which would throw light on the question of the relations of the
“ Whitehall” gneiss (augite syenite) to the crystalline limestones
on the one hand, or to the granitic rocks of the “ Horicon type ”
on the other; at least no reference to these relations has been
noted in a careful reading of the paper. On p. 540, in describ-
ing the rock succession at the graphite mine in Hague, Kemp
mentions an acid, titanite gneiss as forming the lowest rock seen,

REPORT OF THD DIRECTOR AND STATR GEOLOGIST 1900 r6l

and makes the acute suggestion that it probably belongs in the

general eruptive series with the Whitehall augite syenite gneiss.
This is precisely the same gneiss as that described from and about
Piercefield in the present report. It is also the same gneiss as
that about Lake Marian, where it is associated with a magnetite
ore body and with supposed Grenville rocks. Though the writer
is in doubt as to its precise relations, his inclination is to refer
it to the general eruptive series, as Kemp does.

To summarize, Kemp reports large bodies of syenite and
granite, mostly gneissoid, whose eruptive origin is distinctly
stated, which are, by implication at least, younger than the Gren-
ville series, but whose relationship to the anorthosite there is no
opportunity for determining.

Smyth’s report deals largely with an area of augite syenite in
the western Adirondacks, the Diana-Pitcairn area, in which most
interesting and important observations were made and recorded.
In this area again, however, the absence of anorthosite precludes

any determination of the relations of the two eruptives. But,

on the other hand, the rock, variable here as elsewhere, is shown
to have an important gabbro facies, and to pass locally into a
gabbro.

The evidence detailed in the report shows in the clearest man-
ner that the syenite cuts the Grenville rocks irruptively and is
therefore younger, the widespread character of the Grenville on
the northern border of the syenite giving exceptional opportunity

for such determination. It also shows that on the south the

syenite boundary is not clearly defined, but that it apparently
passes over into a granitic gneiss, and Smyth had previously
shown a definite transition of the sort, west of Natural Bridge in
Jefferson county! Farther to the south, he shows the presence
of a different granite, usually gneissoid, which he is in doubt
whether to regard as a derivation product of the syenite or as
representing a scparate intrusion, but which in either case
emphasizes their close relationship. He also remarks the wide
distribution of such granitic gneisses in the southwest
Adirondacks.

*Geol. soc. Am. Bul. 6 : 282-83.

r62 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

The above observations fall exactly in line with those detailed
in the present report. The augite syenite is found grading into a
granite on the one hand; on the other, another granite is found,
and the writer’s observations would indicate that this is later and
cuts the syenite intrusively. This is certainly true of a eranite
which can not be distinguished from the main mass of the rock.
That the syenite is markedly younger than the Grenville rocks is
also shown, and to greater perfection than in any other locality
yet known in the Adirondacks.

Relationship of the syenite and granite to anorthosite

It would seem that there is substantial agreement between
Prof. Kemp and Prof. Smyth and the writer, that there are large
masses of syenitic and granitic gneisses in the Adirondacks,
which are of igneous origin and younger than the Grenville
rocks. But, so far as the writer is aware, no observations bear-
ing on the relative age of the anorthosite as compared with the
syenite and granite have been put on record, aside from those.
from the localities mentioned in this report. Here a locality has
been described in which there is an apparent transition from
anorthosite to augite syenite, though the outcrops are not suffi-
ciently numerous to permit of certainty in the matter; another
locality has been described, where augite syenite appears in
considerable force invading anorthosite irruptively, and yet
others where augite syenite dikes cut the anorthosite. There
are also occasional granite dikes in the same rock. But the re-
verse phenomena have not been noted. The anorthosites cut
the Grenville rocks irruptively, but there is no evidence either
in the shape of contacts or of dikes to show that they are later
than the syenite. The evidence is conclusive that augite syenite
is present in the Adirondacks, which is closely related to the
anorthosite, but which is somewhat younger.

While it has not been, and for the most part can not be shown,
that the different augite syenite areas in the region are all of
approximately the same age, there is, so far as the writer knows,
absolutely no evidence of difference in age, andi the structural,

REPORT OF THB DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r63

mineralogic and chemical characters of the rock in the different

.areas agree so closely as to afford strong presumption of their

essential unity. Granting the unity of the rock, it must then be
all classed with the anorthosite as a member of series 3 of
Kemp’s classification. The granites also, the one due to variation
in the syenite mass, the other of somewhat later origin, must be
included in the same series, which thus comes to include a great
group of eruptive rocks ranging from acid granites, through
syenite and anorthosite, to quite basic gabbros.

One objection to the above view which has often impressed
itself on the writer is that the syenites and granites are more
frequently and more markedly gneissoid than are the anortho-
sites, thus presenting the appearance of having experienced more

excessive metamorphism than has fallen to the lot of the

anorthosite, and therefore implying a greater age. But it is

believed that this difficulty is more apparent than real, and likely

is due to the peculiar character of the anorthosite magma. The
great deficiency of iron and magnesia in this, which gives the
rock its character as a purely feldspathic one with nearly total
freedom from dark silicates, is probably responsible for its
unusual coarseness of crystallization, and prevents much recrys-
tallization as a result of metamorphism, at least recrystallization
can only give rise to more feldspar. AlIl three rocks anorthosite,
syenite and granite, show much variation from place to place,
being here quite massive and there well foliated, and the more
massive syenites and granites Show clearly that they never
possessed any approximation to the very coarsely crystalline

- gharacter of the anorthosite. Therefore they would granulate
“more readily and would show small, rather than large augen.

Whenever the anorthosite shows any tendency toward gabbro,
dark silicates appearing in any amount, the grain becomes less
coarse, foliation appears and recrystallization also, notably shown
by the abundance of garnet. The more purely feldspathic
eyenites also are apt to be coarser than those in which the iron
and magnesia percentages are higher.

r64 . NHW YORK STATE MUSEUM

The eruptive core of the Adirondacks

It has been shown in the preceding pages that the anorthosite
tends to grade into a more gabbroic rock at its borders, becoming
at the same time much more gneissoid, and it is also the fact
that it fades out into the neighboring rocks through transition
phases, precisely as the syenite does. The Franklin county
anorthosite, the only large mass with which the writer is per:
sonally familiar, passes at the south and southwest into a moré
and more gneissoid rock, with constantly fewer and smaller
labradorite augen, which finally disappear, and the rock would
mot be taken to have even a remote connection with anorthosite
by an observer coming on it from the opposite direction. Kemp
reports similar facts from Essex county. ‘These border zones of
the anorthosite deserve more attention than they have yet
received. In the writer’s district they have not yet been met
with under sufficiently favorable auspices to encourage detailed
work. All the exposures seen show the rock much rotted and
altered.

The gabbros (hyperites) illustrate the same thing. ‘They fre-
quently show a more or less massive core, from which they pass
into gneissoid gabbro diorites and amphibolites on all sides, and
these may become involved and interbanded with other rocks, so
that they can not be sharply separated in mapping.

Moreover they have a wide range in the Adirondacks, far
beyond that of the anorthosite, and thus negative any argument
seeking to separate the syenite from the anorthosite because of
its much wider range. The same reasoning would also separate
the gabbros, yet these are clearly later than the anorthosite. It
is therefore thought that the apparently less metamorphosed
character of the anorthosite is merely an apparent difference,
likely a result of its peculiar chemical composition.

But, if it be granted that these rocks, ranging from granite to
gabbro, are all members of a great eruptive series of which the
anorthosite would seem to be the oldest member, interesting con-
sequences follow in regard to the distribution of the eruptives,
and in regard to the content of series 1 if these be abstracted.

ee ee ee ee,

=

REPORT OF THD DIRECTOR AND STATE GROLOGIST 1900 r65

As a result of reconnaissance work in 1890, Van Hise came to
the conclusion that the Adirondack pre-Cambrian comprises “a
core of eruptive basic rock, which has upthrust and intruded
itself within the gneissic series. Because of the character of the
gneissic series, containing quartz schist, graphite schist, and
crystalline limestone, including graphite, it is regarded as having
been originally clastic. Its present crystalline character and
quaquaversal arrangement is doubtless due to the intrusion of
the gabbro. . . The lowest coarse grained gneiss, inferior to
the limestone, perhaps belongs to a still earlier series, but this
is a point upon which closer studies are needed.”!

During the progress of the later Adirondack work we have
been finding considerable fault with this summary of Van Hise’s.
Most certainly, if the eruptive core be limited to the gabbro rocks,
the statement is wide of the mark, nor is the assertion of a
quaquaversal arrangement of the gneisses found to accord with
our observations on dip and strike. But, if the syenite and
granite be included in the eruptive series in addition to the
gabbro rocks, then the statement in respect to the eruptive
core comes much nearer to representing the real state of things;
though, since the eruptives are themselves heavily metamor-
phosed, their invasion can not be regarded as the sole, or perhaps
not even as the main cause of the crystalline character of the
gneisses. If they be included, then the great central mass of
the Adirondacks does consist of an eruptive complex, anortho-
gite on the east and north, syenite and granite on the south, west
and north, eruptives which have invaded the gneisses from
beneath. Kemp, in a recent valuable paper on pre-Cambrian
sediments in the Adirondacks,? has emphasized the massing of
the limestones and clastic gneisses on the southeast and north-
west. While ina general way this is true, small outcrops of these
rocks are more numerous in the heart of the region than the
published data at Kemp’s disposal when his paper was written

led him to believe. These patches are of small extent and occur

*Van Hise, ©. R. U.S. geol. sur. Bul. 86: 398-99.
Science. New ser. 12: 81-98.

r66 NEW YORK STATH MUSEUM

wholly surrounded by, and resting on the eruptives. In the
writer’s judgment, many more will be found when the interior
region igs more carefully gone over than has hitherto been possi-
ble, and there must be others wholly concealed beneath drift and
ordinary forest covering; but, as it is, they are sufficiently numer-
ous, and of sufficiently scattered distribution, to indicate that the
clastics formerly spread over the entire region, and have been
almost completely removed from the interior by erosion. A quite
possible explanation of the difference in conditions between the
heart of the region and the border, between prevailing eruptives
holding scattered patches of the clastic gneisses and much more
abundant clasticy with occasional eruptive knobs, is that erosion
has cut more deeply in the heart of the region, that it has experi-
enced greater uplift and therefore greater wear than the border,
so that the conditions which prevail at the surface in the former
are yet buried at some depth below it in the latter. The occur-
rence of augite syenite forming the pre-Cambrian outlier at Little
Falls in the Mohawk valley shows that the eruptives pass under
the Paleozoic cover at the extreme border along with the clastic
gneisses, and that therefore the invasion of the clastics by the
eruptives from beneath was widespread and not limited simply
to the heart of the Adirondacks.

If the syenite and granite be transferred from series 1 to series
3, what remains of the former? It certainly is vastly diminished
in importance and, instead of being the most extensive of the
Adirondack formations, comes to be subsidiary to series 3. There
is however in the region a considerable body of gneiss, for the
most part of border distribution, which seems not to have any
connection with the eruptives of series 3. Though these gneisses
seem to be in part of igneous origin, such origin for another part
is open to considerable doubt. Such gneisses form most of the
pre-Cambrian area of Clinton county and the border of Franklin
and eastern St Lawrence counties, territory over which they are
singularly free from admixture with undoubted Grenville rocks,
small patches of which do, however, occur. Instead of having a
massive character and wide distribution, with gradation from one

REPORT OF THD DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r67

rock to another, they nearly always show at least a rude banding,
at least two sorts of gneiss occurring in nearly every exposure,
sometimes in rapid alternation, sometimes in thicker bands.
The two commoner mixtures are of a red, granitic gneiss with a
hornblende gneiss, or of a somewhat different, red, acid gneiss
with gray, granulitic bands, usually of pyroxene granulite. In the
former case both rocks seem igneous and the granitic gneiss cuts
the other, but usually it has injected a multitude of thin sheets
of granite along the foliation planes of the other rock, and the
whole has been drawn out so as to produce a distinctly banded
appearance. The other rocks are of uncertain origin and nature.

_ Other sorts of gneiss also occur. Such rocks occur in more or

less abundance all about the border of the Adirondack region,
as well as in patches in its heart. And the same, or at least
very similar rocks are found associated with, apparently often
interbanded with, the limestones and clastic gneisses of series 2.
It would appear that, in so far as they may be clastic, they belong:
to, and should be classed with, that series. In so far as they may
be igneous, they seem in the majority of cases to be later than
_ the clastics, though intimately interwoven with them and much
‘earlier than the main eruptive series. If there are any rocks in

_ the region which are older than those of series 2, they are to be-

_ found among these gneisses, but none have yet been definitely.
_ shown to be older. But there is, as yet, no evidence of any sort.
3 concerning the age of much of this gneiss. In the writer’s judg-.
_ ment, a considerable part is to be classed with the Grenville rocks,
a series 2, mainly consisting of closely contemporaneous igneous.
rocks. It is by no means improbable that all should be so classed,
4 and that the Adirondack pre-Cambrian can all be placed under-
_ Kemp’s series 2 and 3. But, whether this be ultimately proven.
_ to be the case or not, and if the expansion of series 3 here urged
be accepted, there will still remain a considerable body of gneiss.
q for which a separate subdivision is a convenience, if not a neces-
sity, in our present state of ignorance. The writer simply wishes.
to urge the other point of view as a possible one, to be used as a

; working hypothesis in further investigation in the region, and to.

r68 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

record his belief that most, if not all of the Adirondack pre-Cam-
brian can be included in series 2 and 3 provided the former be
expanded so as to include igneous rocks which were contemporary
with, or followed closely on the deposition of the clastics, and
which are older than the eruptives of series 3. While such sub
division wholly fails to account for the floor on which the clastic
rocks were deposited, this floor is not to be discovered at present;
there still remains the possibility that it may be represented by
gneisses such as those of Clinton county.

Order of succession of the Adirondack eruptives

In a region where the general rock relations were not con-
fused by severe metamorphism, such evidence as that adduced in
this paper would suffice to establish the order of succession of the
eruptives as first anorthosite, followed by syenite, granite and
lastly gabbro. Much later came diabase and syenite porphyry
dikes, though these are still pre-Potsdam in age. There are other
eruptives besides the four most prominent ones just mentioned,
but only in subordinate amount.

CHEMICAL ANALYSES AND DISCUSSION

1 2 3 4 5 6 a
WiOe titren Po See 44.77 47.42 51.62. 54.47 . 54.02, - 542538 on
Ae oo SE one a 12/46 17:34 24:45 26:45" 26:5 20.53 16.01
BenQ ccf teat. Seti’ Cs 4.63 4.91 1.65 1.3 «15 af 10.3
BaD Yu ets 3 es 12.99 10.22 5.3 .66 -56 5.5 b
I 2 i ee 5.34 §.21 Rey | .69 -74 1.99 1.62
Cage. 22st EM 68. 10.2 8.09 9.97 10.8 9.88 5.39 6.2
1 Eee Ce Seat SES aN ee 2.47 3.48 3.49 4.37 4.5 5.2 4.35
Aer namie eT eater atria ca 95 1.89 1.27 -92 1.23 3.4 5
FBO RS GC RAOILe Ss 6 1.13 -72 5S 91 5 -15
C@gen ee es ek hy ae i ge De ARI ep ape ENN ae
é iy! f ORO he Se ae eee 5.26 cS RO cen eres oer See OD yin. nee
Pte 204 Se PAP a. ONS -28 -06 208) 4k ae L163. 208
Ole os eee te lete ekilaZ Bs eke od (eb. .' 0 “Tee MMB oss ead
Bayon 35. ic eee Eb sey es eh i uaa ee eae ae i | eee
S cee chan ee eteebamtas C2 ce geek ee meee eee ent age gee eee
Matera. To. Zi AG -06 ie {UL Ue 0 yes eager i=
BBO) Se yee a og enh gs trace Oa ak tk ee SUG ip) ck) se
Total oh te yori oe 100.75 100.01 99.79 100:19 99.7 100.03 99.16

Sp. eh vo. tke ee eee 3.09 2.798 2.72 2.7 2.7

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r69
8 Q 10 11 12 13 14
oe 59.7 61.01 60.47 63.45 65.65 66.72 68.5
Dhol 19.52 15.36 16.36 18.38 16.84 16.15 14.69
OS Se 1.16 8 -42 1.34
10.75 4.01 3.42
dS ea See os 5.65 8.76 3.56 3.25
1 -78 -78 1.31 May .13 age. -26
DS ee ee 3.36 4.05 2.94 3.06 2.47 2.3 2.2
oe 5.31 3.68 4.65 5.06 5.27 4.36 ous
2 ls ea 4.14 3.9 4.71 5 5.04 5.66 5.9
Mine Aes ot) Soe 52 -49 -09 ie Lg By i -4
7 Se Te es ee ee 1 TE cen ee iene
TIE 2S eV yt ae ree, ita. . feeecehd aeilick beaael 03
ot EE Es eee -09 -08 La cRpiggs OLAS -07 1
ei ets Lei ah Bh dit em whats apy Dc bietoraye At by ey ae eee -05
Pemeeoee fs ole k le 100.23 100.1 100.21 99.73 99.71 100.18 100.22
a 2.674 DBRT 12179
Molecular ratios
3 4 6 8 9 11 13 14
NO) oes nia) mani S608. -9078 .9063,,,)<.995; 1.0168), Ie 0575, 1.112... .1, 1407
leaves -\.2% - 2397 .2593 .2004 .1912 .1506 .1795 1584 .144
e503 ....-...- G103)), 0081) 2ORT4 ), 0072 02TH E0026... -008
0 a ee 0736 .0092 .0764 .0785 .1014 ##=.0494 .0475 .0451
EO on mn 0302. .0172 .0497 .0195 .0195 .0087 .0182 .0065
a -178 -1929 .0963 .06 ize. .0n2a. 0401 0393
Ps Ons. 3-5 -0563 .0705 .0839 .0856 .0594 .0816 .0708 .0565
oe ee ORs. . JO09T 0300-0139" ~ 2404 -0547 .0601 .0626

1 Norite, wall rock of titaniferous magnetite deposit, Lincoln pond, Eliza-
bethtown, Essex co. Description by J. F. Kemp, analysis by W. F.
Hillebrand, U. S. geol. sur. 19th an. rep’t. pt3, p. 407. 1899.

2 Gabbro (hyperite), dike near Nicholville, Hopkinton, St Lawrence co.

Brief mention by H. P. Cushing.
1896. p. 22. E. W. Morley analyst.

3 Anorthosite gabbro, Carnes’s quarry, Altona, Clinton co.
by H. P. Cushing, analysis by E. W. Morley.
19th an. rep’t. p. rd8.

4 Anorthosite, summit of Mt Marcy, Keene, Hssex co.
analyst. N. Y. state mus. 30th an. rep’t. p. 92.

5 Anorthosite, Keene township, Hssex co. (precise locality not given).
A. R. Leeds analyst. N. Y. state mus. 30th an. rep’t.

‘6 Anorthosite showing transition to augite syenite (905), cut by N. Y. C.
& H. R. R. R. nearly 5 miles north of Tupper Lake Junction, Alta-
mont, Franklin co. HE. W. Morley analyst.

YZ Gabbro, intermediate between gabbro and augite syenite and occurring
as a basic phase of the latter; from Natural Bridge, Diana, Lewis
co. Description and analysis by C. H. Smyth jr. Geol. soc. Am.
Bul. 6:274.

N. Y. state geol- 16th an. rep’t.

Description
N. Y. state geol.

A. R. Leeds

r70 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

8 Augite syenite (985) from the great intrusion into anorthosite, road
from Tupper lake to Wawbeek, 4 mile east of Halfway brook,,.
which marks the line between townships 22 and 23, Franklin co.
E. W. Morley analyst.

9 Avgite syenite, cut by N. Y. C. & H. R. R. R. 83 miles north of
Tupper Lake Junction (906) and 1 mile from the first anorthosite
outcrops, the latter being of the transition type of 905, analysis 63.
Altamont, Franklin co. E. W. Morley analyst.

10 Gneiss, referred somewhat doubtfully to augite syenite; occurs
involved with a later granitic gneiss in the border zone of the
augite syenite; from cut by N. Y. C. & H. R. R. R. between Pierce-
field and Childwold, and 4 mile from the latter (1006); Hopkinton,
St Lawrence co. E. W. Morley analyst.

11 Augite syenite, Loon lake, Franklin co., typical. Description by H. P.
Cushing, analysis by E. W. Morley. Geol. soc. Am. Bul. 10:177-92.

12 Augite syenite, near Harrisville, Diana, Lewis co.; the gabbroic rock,
analysis 7, is a differentiation phase of this syenite. Description
and analysis by C. H. Smyth jr. Geol. soc. Am. Bul. 6:271-74; and
N. Y. state geol. 17th an. rep’t 1897. p. 471-86.

13 Augite syenite, Little Falls, Herkimer co. Description in the paper om
the pre-Cambrian rocks at Little Falls which accompanies this report..
E. W. Morley analyst.

14 Quartz augite syenite, from border zone and accompanied by granite,
cut by N. Y. & Ottawa R. R. 24 miles south of Willis pond, Alta-
mont, Franklin co. E. W. Morley analyst.

The writer wishes to express his great indebtedness to Prof. Morley
for his hearty cooperation. Part of the above analyses were made out
of pure goodwill for the writer; part by order of the New York state

museum.
Discussion

The gabbros are the most basic rocks of the Adirondack erup-
tive core, except for their own local, iron rich differentiations
which give rise to the titaniferous magnetite ore deposits. The
two analyses, 1 and 2, represent well their general composition
and the usual limits of their variation. 3

Unfortunately, with the exception of analysis 3, no analyses are
available of the transition rocks between the gabbros and the
anorthosites, such transition rocks occurring at the borders of the
main anorthosite bodies as well as in smaller, separate masses,
though the general differentiation of the gabbro and anorthosite
must be regarded as having taken place below, in the parent
magma of both. The smaller anorthosite bodies, such as those

i 3 Quartz norite, Soggendal. Kolderup analyst. p. 16.
_ 4 Quartz norite, Theingsvaag bei Ekersund. Kolderup analyst. p. 16.

i

8 Anorthosite gabbro, Carnes’s quarry, Rand hill.

REPORT OF THB DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r71

near Keeseville and on Rand hill in Clinton county, the latter
furnishing the rock whose analyses appears in column 3, are very
markedly gabbroic. The analysis, however, shows a rock which,
in its high alumina and rather low iron and magnesia, is much
closer to anorthosite than to gabbro. It, nevertheless, represents
an intermediate stage in every single constituent. It was chosen
for analysis because of its freshness and in spite of the fact that
it appeared to be the most anorthositic portion of the Rand hill
body and therefore not a fair representative of its general char-
acter. The main rock is a more strictly intermediate one, and
the same thing is true of the Keeseville rock and of much of the
border of the great anorthosite mass of Franklin county.

As close a calculation as can be made of the mineral composi-
tion of the anorthosite gabbro of analysis 3, without analysis of

the component minerals, indicate some 702 of feldspar, made up of

orthoclase 7.52, albite 29.754 and anorthite 32%. In addition there
are 11.75¢ of garnet, 7% of augite, 4% of hornblende, 2.5% of mag-
netite and 5% of quartz. The free quartz is specially noteworthy
in so basic a rock, is usually to be found in the anorthosite gabbro

of the region, and recalls the quartz norites described by

Kolderup as associated with anorthosite in the Ekersund-Sog-
gendal district in Norway. For comparative purposes four of his
analyses are appended.

1 2 2 4 5

Ce a AO. BO Bt 6891 BBR). Bt be
or oe an oe iene 28.36 27.15 19.24°° 23.3 "24.45
a > a dea ae aa Ie, ed A (isk MAG ea Seng
Saati Ae Hh Ai alle at 5.3
Rr Time ok oint aint athe Say) BAS AYTDASG AG? STOR! TW) DIZ
hh Met si esi chiis Hb. 40249. 6 9:96... F280, (5.01 1 939%
0 ee ee BOS AC BAS) LS 1 3.49
> etal dae and Ad RAE ei 84 ge Tig Lol aT

- 1 Anorthosite (labradorit), Ogne, Norway. JKolderup analyst. Die labra-

dorfelse des westlichen Norwegens. Bergens museums aarbog. 1896.
p. 20.
2 Anorthosite norite (labradoritnorit), Ekersund. Kolderup analyst. p. 20.

r7(2 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

It is to be noted that Kolderup’s quartz norites are more
typical for the rock than the one analyzed from the Adirondacks,
that approaching anorthosite more closely and being more like
his anorthosite norite in many respects. His quartz norites show
10¢ or more of quartz as against the 5% of the Rand. hill rock.
But, as has been stated, the larger part of the Rand hill rock is
more quartzose than the specimen analyzed and would in all
probability approach his quartz norite very closely.

The chemical differences between the anorthosite gabbro of
analysis 3 and the anorthosites of 4 and 5 of the original table
are slight, 3 showing diminished silica, alumina and soda, and
increased iron and magnesia; they suffice however to cause a drop
in the feldspar content from over 90% in the anorthosite to 70%
in the anorthosite gabbro. In all these anorthositic rocks part
of the potash is in the labradorite, replacing a certain amount of
soda. Analyses of this feldspar always show it, and, in calculat-
ing the rock analyses, it is necessary to assume that part of the
calculated orthoclase goes with the albite to form labradorite,
in order to bring about agreement between the computation and
the observed optical properties of the feldspar.

The rock analyzed in column 6 has the appearance of an inter-
mediate rock in the hand specimen, the feldspar augen resem-
bling labradorite, and being sometimes iridescent, the granular
portion having the look of augite syenite. Cleavage fragments
from the augen give extinctions of —5° on 001 and—19° on 010,
and hence are close to labradorite, Ab, An,. But the granular
feldspar is in part microperthite, and in part an acid plagioclase.
The alkali percentage is abnormally high for so basic a rock.
The total bases bear a very high ratio to the silica and alumina,
and the considerable alteration of the augite to a chloritic aggre-
gate renders attempts at calculation of the mineral percentages
hazardous. The rock is approximately composed of orthoclase
20¢, albite 44%, anorthite 11%, magnetite 4%, and the remainder
_ of augite and garnet in the ratio of 2 to 1, including a little horn-
blende, apatite and quartz, the latter only as a by-product of
garnet formation. In its high alkali percentage and consequent

REPORT OF THD DIRECTOR AND STATD GEOLOGIST 1900 r73

feldspars, the rock distinctly approaches the syenites, though its
silica percentage remains that of the normal anorthosite.

The gabbro of column 7 is a most interesting rock. Its occur-
rence with, and as a differentiation product of an augite syenite
body, of which it must be regarded as a basic phase rather than
as a true gabbro, and its intermediate position chemically
between augite syenite and gabbro, are very suggestive. Like
the intermediate rock of column 6, it departs most widely from

‘both the syenites and the anorthosites in its magnesia percentage,

the general Adirondack intrusives being abnormally low in that

q oxid. It occupies an intermediate position between syenite and

o
”
a

q

"i

i

gabbro, rather than between syenite and anorthosite, and as such
is nearer syenite than gabbro chemically. Through the kindness
of Prof. Smyth, the writer is in possession of a slide and specimen

4 of this rock. The analysis gives the iron as all in the ferrous
condition, but there is quite a little magnetite in the rock, and

a rough calculation indicates its approximate composition to be

| 214 orthoclase, 36.75% albite, 18.75% anorthite, 3¢ magnetite and
_ 25¢ augite and hornblende. The feldspar content is quite like
, that of the preceding rock, the augen consisting of labradorite
and the granular feldspar of microperthite and acid plagioclase.

The remaining seven analyses, no. 10 excepted, are all of unmis-

q takable syenite and gave an excellent representation of its varia-
q tion. The ferrous iron percentage is mostly high, and the results
a of some of the analyses tend to throw doubt on the reliability of
q the entire series of ferrous iron determinations, and hence to
4 greatly complicate attempts to calculate the mineral percentages.
_ The two most clearly abnormal results are those of analyses 9
4 and 13. In the former case the result of the ferrous iron deter-
a ‘mination exactly equaled the total iron in the rock, yet the thin
. section showed considerable magnetite present, and a rough
F separation by means of heavy solutions and a bar magnet proved
4 the presence of at least 5% of that mineral. In the latter case

a

‘ the total iron present is 3.42%, yet the ferrous iron result

4

or

exceeded 5%. While only these two were on their face erroneous,
- others, such as nos. 10 and 11, are quite suspicious. The disturb-

r(4 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

ing cause can not be pyrite, since there is so little of it present
that the sulfur percentage does not in general reach .01¢. It is
difficult to see how carbonaceous matter other than graphite can |
be present, and in an igneous rock any considerable amount of
graphite would be surprising. The cause of the vitiation is as
yet undetected.

The only analysis so far made of the augite syenite which —
occurs cutting the anorthosite, analysis 8, indicates that to be
somewhat more basic than the usual rock, and this Seems to be
true of all such syenite, so far as can be judged by the thin sec-
tions. Garnet is much more abundant than in the usual syenite,
and bronzite is lacking. The analysis indicates a rock composed
of 24.25¢ orthoclase, 44.55% albite, 5.6% anorthite, 1.7% magnetite,
5.8% garnet, 14.5% augite and 3% quartz. If the ferrous iron be
too high, and this is possible, though the discrepancy can not be
great in this case, the magnetite and anorthite percentages would
be slightly increased and those of augite and quartz diminished.
Except for a slight amount of acid plagioclase, the feldspar is all
of the intergrowth types, and cleavage fragments from the
crushed rock show the optical characters of anorthoclase, viz
a+ 9° extinction on M, with an acute bisectrix in the center of
the field.

The rock used for the next analysis, 9, is from near the anortho-
site boundary. Ferro-magnesian silicates are more prominent
than usual, considerable hornblende, augite and garnet being
present and some bronzite, all together constituting some 304% of
the rock. The lower alkalis show the diminished feldspar per-
centage, but a calculation is rendered impossible by failure of
the ferrous iron determination. On the basis of 5% of magnetite,
as indicated by the separation previously mentioned, the calcula-
tion gives a silica residue amounting to 13¢ of free quartz, which
is much too high, there being but little present. The remaining
analyses require little comment aside from no. 10. No. 11 is
regarded as giving the closest approximation to the mean com-
position of the rock, and is from the Loon lake type locality.

wv

REPORT OF THD DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r75

The pyroxenes and hornblende which these rocks contain are

_ precisely like those in the anorthosites, strongly suggesting com-
munity of origin. The feldspars are alkali feldspars with closely
corresponding soda and potash content. In the general rock
garnet is a much less conspicuous feature than in the anortho-
sites, and is often wholly absent. This is but natural, since the
garnet is not primary but has resulted from the interaction of
feldspar and magnetite. It is a lime iron alumina garnet, and
the necessary lime for its formation is lacking in the alkali feld-

_ par ofthe syenite. A further distinction between the two rocks
_ lies in the abundance of zircon in the syenite. It by no means
‘ rises to the dignity of an essential constituent but is much more
abundant and attains a larger size than in the usual igneous rock.
_ The syenites contain quartz almost without exception, and the

amount increases toward the acid end of the series, the calcula-
tion of the analysis of column 14 showing 14¢ of that mineral.
Analysis 10 is of a green gneiss which occurs associated with
1 granite and granitic gneiss near Piercefield. Its field relation-
q ships to the syenite are not plain, and the doubt about its properly
q belonging with them is not cleared away by the analysis, which
| falls slightly out of the series in its magnesia-lime ratio, and in
§ its total magnesia. The rocks nearest it in silica percentage, 8
q and 9, have this ratio, 1:3 and 1:3.5 respectively, as against
q : 1:1.7 in 10. Its ratio is nearest to that of 13. On the other hand,
7 it can be argued that its general great similarity in composition
would seem to ally it closely with the syenites, and that these
_ Show a great variation in the magnesia-lime ratio, even though
q P it approaches so near to equality in no other.

. General characters of the Adirondack eruptives |

D . The analyses in the preceding table are thought to be suffi-
q ciently numerous to furnish a very fair representation of the gen-
_ eral characters of the Adirondack eruptives, except for the lack
4 of analyses of the granites. The latter vary greatly, ending with
’ _very acid rocks composed almost wholly of quartz and feldspar.
J Tt is quite safe to say that they will reach 75% of silica and prob-
_ ably higher, and that, since their feldspar is universally micro-

r76 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

perthite, the ratio of soda to potash will remain substantially as
it is in the syenites.

The gabbros and anorthosites are quite normal representatives.
of these groups. But in the transition rocks between these and
the syenictes we find low magnesia, low ratio of lime and mag-
nesia to alkalis, and approximately equal amounts of soda and
potash, and these characters continue to the end of the series.
The soda-potash ratio is a slowly changing one, the potash being
at first below, but eventually overhauling and passing the soda
in the more acid rocks. Jn these respects the syenites, and prob-
ably the granites, depart somewhat from the corresponding rocks.
of the Ekersund-Soggendal area in Norway, which also accom-
pany anorthosite and gabbro, and which Kolderup has so exhaust-
ively described. In general the Adirondack syenitic rocks run
higher in the alkalis and lower in lime and magnesia than the
corresponding Norwegian rocks. These differences are but slight,
and the general agreement between the two series is very close,
but they point to a slight original difference in the character of
the parent magma of the two districts. The appended analyses.
bring this out clearly.

1 2 3 4 5 6
Ds tecitere ete opad bee aphik 57 57.11 63.45 64.35 68.5 70.33:
i ee ee a ee: 18.38 15.46 14.69 15.59
BERS Not ay ee eee } | 42) 134 tee
Cag S07 geke vOTs
Bi: aseday aliientiia J 3.56 J 3.25 1.54
i. Oy ee ae eee Se en 1:62. 178 .35 5 26: vee
ER Re aN Te 6.2 3.59. 3.06 Same aoe 3.05.
Fi , popetin eS itera oespesarath hte, cs 4:85 3.96 " 5.06 3.28°° Sis 4.5
ROU ie. Wat & Cece 3.53 2.59 5.15 3.54 5.9 1.29
HagO Saige, baidaie Sap Bevpleies tia 15 (pol a ae te sO4)
TIO wines ee ee nee ea 1.59 EOP LD yeaa i 85.
FEO52. At. 3 $8 pee itione. Ghited. peters. ae Poe ae Mn0O.1 24
BD SAMOS a Dh BAS ete Cie Be phe See
Wiatallicace} eet eke 99.16 100.5 99.73 99.84 100.22 100.09

1 Basie syenite from Natural Bridge; 7 of previous table.

2 Monzonite from Fuldland near Farsund. Description and analysis by
C. F. Kolderup. Die labradorfelse (les westlichen Norwegens, Beérgens
museums aarbog. 1896. p. 129.

8 Augite syenite from Loon lake; 11 of previous table.

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATD GEOLOGIST 1900 rit

4 Banatite from Dypvik near Farsund. Die labradorfelse des west-
lichen Norwegens, p. 123.

5 Quartz augite syenite from near Willis pond; 14 of previous table.

6 Adamellite from Farsund. Die labradorfelse des westlichen Norwegens,
p. 115.

So far as their mineralogy is concerned, the Adirondack rocks
would fall without question in the monzonite group. The pre-
vailing feldspar is microperthite in which the plagioclase molecule
is constantly in excess of the orthoclase, so that they are strictly
plagioclase-orthoclase rocks. The table brings out the chemical
differences, which would seem mainly due to the fact that the
plagioclase in the microperthite is albite in the Adirondack
rocks and oligoclase in the Norwegian. Certainly the Adirondack
rocks closely approach the monzonite type. They also closely
approach Brégger’s akerite type (quartz augite syenite) from near
Christiana, and seem to occupy a position intermediate between
the two. Smyth’s rock from Natural Bridge, column 1 of the
above table, would certainly fall within the monzonite group,
notwithstanding its high lime percentage; and the rock from
north of Tupper lake, column 9 of the original table, belongs also
in that group lying on the border land between monzonite and
banatite Because of this, it is perhaps more logical to refer
all the Adirondack syenite to that group, though as a somewhat
abberrant type.

It would therefore appear that in each district a very similar
magma has given rise to a very similar rock series, and, it is
_ likely, through a similar differentiation process. The order of
_ succession of the different types can not be compared, since the
_ Adirondack succession is uncertain in one respect. The syenite
followed the anorthosite, and then came the granite, but the
position of the gabbro is uncertain. It is certainly later than the
anorthosite, and certain gabbroic dikes which have been found
intermediate between the granite syenite group (orthoclase rocks) on the
one hand, and the diorite gabbro group (plagioclase rocks) on the other;
hence characterized by both orthoclase and plagioclase. Monzonite has

a silica percentage between 50% and 607, banatite between 60% and 667,
and adamellite over 66%.

r78 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

cutting the syenite lead to the impression that it is later than
that, but there is some question as to the correctness of their
reference to the main gabbro of the region. There may have been
two periods of gabbro outflow, one earlier and the other later
than the syenite.

A few dikes, and a few small eruptive masses, of three or four
different types have been noted which are not referable to any of
the great masses apparently. But as yet their relationships are
obscure. All are younger than the anorthosite, and all are
metamorphosed,

The last outflows from the Adirondack eruptive center con-
sisted of diabase and of syenite porphyry, both found only in the
dike form. That they are considerably younger than any of the
foregoing is evidenced by their wholly unmetamorphosed condi-
tion. They are however pre-Potsdam and in all probability pre-
Cambrian. The diabases are exceedingly close to the gabbros in
composition. The syenite porphyries are higher in the alkalis
and lower in lime the magnesia than the syenites. They have
a wide range in composition but are mostly quite acid and
quartzose, belonging to the nordmarkite type of Brogger. In
one case the diabase has been shown to be the younger. The
only considerable differences between the gabbro and diabase
are to be seen in the high titanium of the former and the high
magnesia of the latter. The syenite porphyries depart con-
siderably from the syenite, as has been already pointed out.
They have a very localized distribution in the Adirondacks as
compared with the diabases, and similar dikes have not been
noted, so far as the writer is aware, in Norway or in Canada

associated with the diabase. _
1 2 3 4 5 6

ee IORI Gas La ASTD re aE 47.42 46.73 63.45 63.02 68.5 68 .96
AIS s | OOS FS. ASL VE LE 17.34 16.66 18.38 14:87 14.69 15.25
PEO ee ee tee eee eee ees 4.91 3.56 -42 6253 1.34 3.28
Pe! Fee: te eee ees oS 10.22 8.45 3.56 none 3.25 none
MgO) 2 ERPS MO RIORT EAR SE 5.21 8.12 935 .95 -26 2
Cai. alt -aesledeeve seb ake 8.09 8.03 3.06 12 2.2 -76
INtoOi: pee cere eid « aaa peehen ple 2 3.48 Bike 5.06 5.85 3.5 5.45
Be): a. och eee oe ee oe 1.89 1.64 515 5.62 5.9 5.01
S 1.45 4 -91

Fig) 22 2c amien sate oerc eee mia me 1.13 2.39

8 REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r79

I 2 3 4 5 6
oo. tee a6 -03 Cie) Sie 2 Ss A a tees or tar a
oo eseeeip iene -06 Bp racreeaee wae ora Oar es eeas
ES See .21 Sey: dace feb eth yi Bee nee Ree
re ee ae ee UN eee te Sel ee a eect gk ie iy
Cr203 See SOR aoa Cision hsm eae
Reeeerts SES. SS 06 trace’ trace -46 ih .23
CO a bea -04 .O4 i a Sa AS ee
a SS ae ee 100.06 100.2 99.73 99.87 100.22 100.05
eS ee ee .05 -14

100.01 100.06

1 Gabbro, Hopkinton; analysis 2 of original table.

2 Olivin diabase, very fresh, olivins not perceptibly serpentinized; Bel-
mont township, Franklin co., near Clinton county line and 14 miles
southwest of upper end of Upper Chateaugay lake; dike 13, Frank-
lin co. ;

3 Augite syenite, Loon lake; analysis 11 of original table.

4 Syenite porphyry, Rand hill, Beekmantown, Clinton co.; dike 27, Clinton
co. Described in Geol. soc. Am. Bul. 9:248-50.

5 Quartz augite syenite, Willis pond; column 14 of original table.

6 Quartz syenite porphyry, Rand hill; dike 28, Clinton co. Geol. soc. Am.
Bul. 9:248-50. All analyses by EB. W. Morley.

NOMENCLATURE

During the last field season a trip was made into Canada for

_ the purpose of seeing the pre-Cambrian rocks to the north of

those in the Adirondacks and for making comparisons between
the two areas.t_ A desire of some years standing was thus grati-
fied. The district visited, in Hastings and Renfrew counties,
Ont., is a most interesting one. As the report of Dr Adams and
Dr Barlow on it has not yet appeared, any detailed comments on
the geology would be manifestly out of place. The main purpose

_ of the writer was to see the rocks included by the Canadian geo-

logist in the Grenville series and in the fundamental gneiss, in
order to determine whether either, or both, of those names could
with propriety be applied to the Adirondack rocks. The region

*This trip was made in company with, and under the guidance of
Dr A. E. Barlow of the geologic survey of Canada, and was made pos-
Sible through the courtesy of Dr G. M. Dawson, the director of that survey,
and of Dr F. J. H. Merrill, New York state geologist. To all of these

, 4 gentlemen the writer wishes to express his great indebtedness.

r80 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

visited was nephelin syenite country, many peculiar rocks appear-
ing which have not yet been met with in the Adirondacks, nor,
so far as can be judged from their prevalent trend and the pre-
vailing northeast’ strike in the western Adirondacks, are likely
to be found in New York. They lie too far west, and their pro-
longation across the boundary lies under Lake Ontario and the
Paleozoic rocks of western New York, in the writer’s opinion.
The Grenville limestones and associated gneisses were magnifi-
cently shown in the section visited. As has been noted by
numerous observers, they are lithologically indistinguishable
from the Adirondack clastics of series 2, and their field relations
are ‘the same. Asin the Adirondacks, they lie in wholly separate
belts or patches, which show always identical rocks lithologically,
and which are therefore naturally classed together, though it is
utterly impossible to demonstrate that they are contemporaneous.
They are classed together because of their identity in appear- ~
ance and origin, the comparative nearness of the belts to one
another and the fact that they seem to represent a continuous
series of deposits in a single basin. In our present state of
knowledge, the giving of different names to the different belts
because of the fear that they may not be absolutely contempo-
raneous after all, seems to the writer an absurdity. It would
seem equally absurd to apply several local names to the different
Adirondack belts. Yet these rocks have been carried to the St
Lawrence in the Thousand Island region, on the New York side,
and can be, or have been, so carried on the Canadian side; the
strong probability being that outcrops on opposite sides of the
national boundary are no farther apart than the average distance
between belts in either district. There can be no question that,
if the boundary ran south of the Adirondack region instead of
north of it, the Canadian geologists would have unhesitatingly
included the Adirondack rocks in the Grenville. To use the term
Grenville for the Adirondack rocks brings out at once the univer-
sally remarked similarity between the two series, which is wholly
lost sight of, unless specially commented on, by the application of
anew name to them. There is no question in the writer’s mind

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 rSk

_ that the rocks of both areas were deposited in the same basin and

are parts of the same great, conformable series. The writer is
therefore strongly of the opinion that at present no necessity
exists for a local name for the Adirondack rocks, and none will
exist till the stratigraphy of the series has been so thoroughly
worked out that some more refined basis of comparison is avail-
able and shows its desirability. .

In addition to the Grenville rocks, the pre-Cambrian of that
part of Canada which lies north of the Adirondack region com-
prises certain gneisses of doubtful age and origin, and certain
later eruptives, and the rocks of each class would seem to corres-
pond precisely to the Adirondack rocks. In Dr F. D. Adams’s
report on the region north of the island of Montreal, the gneisses
are largely classed as belonging with the Grenville series, though
certain portions are separated as of possible earlier age and
hence to be perhaps classed with the fundamental gneiss! But
on the map accompanying the report all appear as one formation,
from which the limestone bands alone are separated and given
another color, the separation being therefore a purely lithologic
one. The quartzite, sillimanite and graphite gneisses of probable
sedimentary origin are mapped in with the main body of uncertain
gneiss, the separation of the limestone being simply as an aid
in interpreting the structure of the district. The gneisses are
more widespread and the later eruptives apparently less so than
in the Adirondacks. Because of the impossibility of making any

separation between gneisses associated with, and undoubtedly

belonging to the Grenville series, and other similar gneisses which
occur unmixed with Grenville rocks, and hence of doubtful
association, all are mapped as of the same formation. Adams,
however, states distinctly that in other parts of Canada a separa-
tion can be made between the Grenville and the fundamental
gneiss. These difficulties are precisely those encountered in the
Adirondacks. Closely interbanded with the limestones and
schists of the Grenville are granitic, gabbroic and other gneisses
which seem to represent closely contemporaneous igneous intru-

*Geol. sur. Can. An. rep’t. 1896. v. 8, pt J.

r82 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

sions. In other districts, in Clinton county for example, these or
similar gneisses are found by themselves and represent the funda-
mental gneiss, if that formation appears at all in the Adirondack
region. From the difficulty of establishing this on the one hand,
and of defining any separation from the Grenville rocks on the
other, the writer proposed a year ago to refer such rocks to the
“ Dannemora ” formation, the term being wholly provisional, and
to apply to areas of gneiss where the distinctive rocks of the
Grenville are absent, yet whose proper reference to the funda-
mental gneiss is wholly doubtful. It is thought likely that these
rocks belong with the Grenville series, but it is a convenience to
give them a separate designation for the present. Inthe western
Adirondacks Smyth’s recent work has shown an abundance of a
granitic gneiss which has unmistakable irruptive contacts against
the Grenville rocks quite like those to be seen to the north in
Canada. Whether these granites are the equivalents of those
in the eruptive center of the Adirondacks, or of the Dannemora
granitic gneisses, or are wholly distinct from either, seems
entirely uncertain at the present time.

sae > ve rae he eee | ey, i
; i ee birt lei A i Pe! ; nity

" ia ; ht eS > ae +4 He ee a ,

he 7 ) '

a MN Pak f sala tas t: esa
1 NN SY ei ok Ls ae a iy to Le ae ON

he -PRE-CAMBRIAN OUTLIER AT LITTLE
____- FALLS,SHERKIMER CO.

BY
H. P. CUSHING

*.
: SA
.
hf eis
os .
no bi TB aN
Vg AP a ioe ‘ TAS s¥ y

CONTENTS

TNEFOGUCTION. . 2.0» fda dss Sbcbinbl ds deen bobs te us da Bodie kes 5 sais ede r83
General description of the exposures. 5... s0 cams velsno wees sake eee r85
Microscopie ‘characters fl. APTA SST es a oe r88
Chemical: COMpPOSMOM os pis» etna eine RW se Shi Ne ew eR ee r92
Die DASE GUESS o.oo sis nd den yah oS AE al ole M ies opie r93
Ae OL THE SYGMILE. 6 660 Zu bunk won eee acre te hae eae te ele east oe) re r93
Siructural NOt: ones he sles Ck a iw ne bie bale Wie ew ae ern nae ee rvs

New York State Museum

PRE-CAMBRIAN OUTLIER AT LITTLE FALLS, HERKI-
MER CO.

Little Falls is a locality possessing much geologic interest
from several points of view, and has been visited by many geolo-
gists. But little attention has been paid however to the nature
of the crystalline rocks here exposed.

Vanuxem mentions the rock at this locality as “ gneiss,”
though noting a tendency to assume a porphyritic character.t
Hall at a much later date calls the rock labradorite (anorthosite
of recent reports) evidently regarding it as the same aS the Essex
county rock.’

Kemp (probably following Hall) refers to the reported presence
of the “ labradorite rocks ” at Little Falls, but quotes no author-
ity for the reference.*

Prosser and Cumings, in reporting to the state geologist in
1895, make a brief reference to the pre-Cambrian at Little Falls.4
They refer to the rocks as “gneiss” and as “ garnetiferous

q gneiss’, and report it as having a thickness of 208 feet above the

river. Their work was specially concerned with the Lower Silur-
jan formations, and the reference to the pre-Cambrian is merely
_ incidental. Since the rock is igneous, the measured thick-

_ ness has not the significance that would attach to it were it
_ sedimentary. The part of their section from which garnetiferous

_ gneiss was reported was not seen by the writer. This mineral is
_ rare or wholly lacking in the writer’s section.
‘ Beyond these four statements the writer has met in literature
q mo reference to the character of these pre-Cambrian rocks. The
' rock is however not anorthosite (labradorite rock) but syenite.
_ Prof. Smyth seems to have been the first to recognize this, and
_ Stated to the writer that such was its character during a con-
q ference just preceding the visit to the locality. From specimens

*Geol. N. Y. 3d geol. district, p. 19-20.

: Y. state geol. 5th an. rep’t 1885, p. 8-10; reprinted in 14th an. rep’t
1894. p. 54-56.

7N. Y. state geol. 17th an. rep’t 1897, p. 505.

* Prosser and Cumings. N. Y. state geol. 15th an. rep’t 1895. p. 633.

r84 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

brought in by students, Prof. Kemp had also been made aware of
the true nature of the rock. That Hall should have called it
labradorite instead of gneiss is a mark of his acumen, since the
syenite type had not then been recognized in northern New York,
and the external resemblance to some varieties of the anorthosite
is very close.

The writer’s visit to the locality was a brief one, not sufficiently
long to permit carefully going over the whole ground. First
appearing in the river bed west of the village, with surface rising
gradually till cut off by the fault at the east edge, where their
altitude reaches 200 feet above the river, the extent of the pre-
Cambrian rocks in an east and west direction is a little over 2
miles. On neither side of the river the outcrops extend greatly
back from it, the breadth being of course greatest at the east.

The writer’s time was utilized in making a careful section
along the line of the Little Falls and Dolgeville railway, as that
seemed to’ show the most continuous line of outcrops; it is
thought that the sections shown in the New York Central and
West Shore cuts must be substantially the same. Prof. Smyth
has studied the rocks south of the river, as exposed in the cuts of
the West Shore road, and our combined results indicate that the
exposures are of syenitic rocks throughout.

Though this line affords a practically continuous section for
nearly 2 miles, the conditions for study are not wholly ideal.
Since the rocks are tremendously jointed, considerable weather-
ing has taken place along the joints, so that the rock has not
escaped some alteration, and the exposures consist largely of
vertical walls.

The exposed syenite varies widely in appearance and composi-
tion, ranging from a fine grained, nearly black rock, which
resembles gabbro, to reddish, granitic varieties. All are pro-
foundly metamorphosed and rendered thoroughly gneissoid, much
more so than is usual with the syenites of the Adirondack region.
The rock is excessively crushed, having a very finely granular
texture, yet nearly always uncrushed crystals, or portions of
crystals (augen), remain and in places are very numerous, and the
eataclastic structure is unmistakable.

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r&5

General description of the exposures

Near the depot and in the village the rock is more typically
syenite than elsewhere. Though the body of the rock is
- thoroughly granulated, well foliated and with an excellent cleav-
age, augen abound, reach a larger size than elsewhere, and the
rock as a whole is more homogeneous. It has a gray, or greenish
gray color, while the feldspar augen are dark and, except for the
absence of twinning striations, strongly suggest labradorite. In
the more gneissoid portions the augen are alined with their long
axes parallel to the foliation, and the cleavage planes run around

: them, giving a pseudo-flow structure effect.
The general syenite here is quite acid and quartzose (nos. 1, 2,
a 3)2 It also varies locally to a reddish, more acid rock (no. 4),
which would seem clearly a granite, though it has not been
analyzed. All of this rock seen was even more thoroughly granu-
lated and gneissoid than the ordinary syenite, though still show-
‘ ing occasional augen of red feldspar. In both rocks hornblende
is the prevailing dark silicate, but the red rock holds much less
_ of it than the other, and consists mainly of quartz and feldspar.
- These are however quite thoroughly separated and the cleavage

is surprisingly well marked and even.

_ Locally here in the west end of the section the rock has been
thoroughly reddened by infiltration of ferric oxid, which has

_ worked its way along the joints into the cleavage planes, thence
5 around the finely granular material and even into the cleavage
a cracks of the feldspar augen (no. 5). The boundary between the
_ reddened and the unaffected rock is often of the sharpest sort,
simulating an intrusive contact. Often little films or sheets of
2 the red color extend out into the ordinary rock, sometimes across
and sometimes along the cleavage planes, often mimicking
remarkably the penetration of schist by granite.

_ Going east from the village along the railway, whose rock cut
_ has a steep up grade, the coarse acid syenite is found passing
; ‘ into a finer and more basic rock, and such constitutes most of the

_ 7?The numbers are those borne by the specimens collected, now on

_ deposit in the state museum.
Xs

r86 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

remaining exposures. Augen are less numerous and smaller and
often disappear. Much of the rock closely resembles gabbro
(nos. 6, 7, 10) being black and fine grained, yet in this phase
occasional augen are still forthcoming.’ Sometimes this basic
phase is present in considerable amount, but usually it is subor-
dinate to the green rock (nos. 7, 9) and the one passes into the
other with facility. Often they appear to be interbanded, but
this would be a natural result of the great metamorphism and
stretching which have affected the rock, pulling out into bands
these somewhat more basic portions.

Large crystals of platy, black hornblende have developed along
the cleavage planes in many places in these more basic rocks.
Occasionally accompanying secondary feldspars are also seen,
but ordinarily the hornblende is the only secondary minerai so
developed.

Throughout the larger part of the section the green and the
black rocks appear in rude bands, which are not usually sharply
defined but grade into one another. It is impossible to resist
the impression that they are mere phases of the same rock, but
the repeated transitions are difficult of explanation. If the black
bands represent basic segregations from the magma, pulled out
into bands by the stretching incident on metamorphism, their
original number was very great. Yet no other explanation of
them suggests itself, and the evidence of stretching is impressive.
Locally fine grained, gabbroic rocks appear which show sharp
boundaries against the syenite and clearly represent later dikes.
No case was noted in which such dikes cut the black phase of the
syenite, and the writer is still in a state of some perplexity as to
the actual conditions, though inclining to the view that most of
the black rock is merely a phase of the syenite, in spite of the fact
that dikes of a later gabbro are present. This gabbro, moreover,
is clearly a closely related rock.

All the rock through the major portion of the section is finer
grained and more gneissoid than the rock at the village, with
feldspar augen sparingly present, instead of abundant. The.

REPORT OF THD DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r87

green rock is as gneissoid as the black, and the scarcity of augen
renders its appearance quite different from that of the rock at the

_yillage. The major portion of the rock has been wholly recrystal-
lized, but in many cases the feldspar augen are seen to be sur-
rounded by a rim of granular feldspar which ‘has plainly origi-
nated by simple granulation of the edges of the augen.

Some 2 of a mile east of the depot the rock as a whole becomes
gradually more acid (no. 8), and here presents characters not seen
elsewhere. It is very thoroughly foliated, almost schistose, in
grayish green and black colors, with numerous augen of red

feldspar. These differ from the ordinary augen in being, them-
selves, thoroughly crushed and granular, and being much
q Squeezed and stretched, so that they are usually broadly
4 lenticular, the larger ones being about 4 inch thick and
from 2 to 8 inches in diameter. Except that they are
wholly inciosed in the rock, thinning out in all directions

a from their center, they would be taken for injections of fine
q grained granite parallel to the foliation. There is some
1 resemblance to a stretched conglomerate, but such an origin
q seems negatived by the fact that the augen are all alike
and all of feldspar. If it is simply a phase of the syenite, as
a it seems to be, it is difficult to see why the augen should be so
q much more completely granulated here than elsewhere. An
_ apparent intermediate stage is found, however, at the extreme
east end of the exposures, a mile away (no. 11). Here a quite
' similar rock appears, a green and black gneiss with augen of red
" feldspar. The rock is not so well foliated, and the augen are not
80 large, but otherwise there is little difference. While some of
7 the augen are entirely granulated, others have a core of uncrushed
feldspar, surrounded by a zone of red feldspar grains, whose
_ source is plainly shown, since the usual feldspar of the rock is
| "green, only the augen being red. The wholly crushed augen are
not So much stretched as in the previous rock, but a comparison
_ of the two seems to make it quite clear that we have here the

game rock, though showing different degrees of metamorphism.

"

r88 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Microscopic characters

The coarser and more acid syenite at the village (nos. 1, 2) is
composed of feldspar, quartz, hornblende and biotite, with acces-
sory magnetite, apatite, zircon and pyrite. In much of the rock
the hornblende is not fresh but gone to a chloritic aggregate, and
at times a little calcite has developed. The accessory minerals
call for no comment, except to note that the presence of consider- —
able zircon is the rule in all the Adirondack syenite, and that
apatite is more abundant here than is usual.

The feldspar augen show universally a well marked, micro-
perthitic structure, of fine rather than coarse fiber. All show
strain shadows, and unmistakable ruptured fragments show fre-
quently. The body of the rock consists of a fine mosaic of feld-
spar fragments separated by quartzose bands and strings of the
dark silicates. This feldspar seems to have entirely recrystal-
lized. Little oligoclase individuals appear here and there, and
an occasional fragment shows microperthitic structure, but in
most no trace of this can be detected. The lack of this structure,
and of the numerous opaque, dotlike inclusions which character-
ize the augen indicate that these fragments can not have origi-
nated by a simple breakage. The chemical analysis shows how-
ever that they must have closely the same composition as the
augen feldspars from which their material was in all probability
derived. Numerous grains of micropegmatite, certainly quite
secondary, also appear in this mosaic. Feldspar constitutes from
70% to 75% of the rock.

Quartz is next in abundance and makes on an average 157 of
the rock. No quartz augen are to be seen, but the thin section
shows it to be disposed in thin leaves of fragmental material, the
fragments being of much larger size than the mosaic feldspar. It
recalls similar leaf quartz from other syenites and granites in
the Adirondacks, though the leaves are much more broken into
fragments than usual. Many of these show strain shadows and
are full of inclusions similar to those found in the feldspar augen,
and it would appear that the quartz was more plastic than the
feldspar under the conditions which prevailed during metamorph-

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r&s9g

ism, readjusting itself more by stretching and less by breakage
and recrystallization than that mineral. In the somewhat less
well foliated varieties of the rock the quartz is neither so flattened
nor so wholly separate from the feldspar. Neither is the feld-
spar so finely granular; it may be that the recrystallization of the
feldspar preceded the final stretching and granulation.

Hornblende and biotite are the two dark silicates, and the
former is much the more important. In fact, the biotite is much
more properly regarded as an accessory than as an essential
mineral. Together they constitute from 10% to 154 of the rock.
They are stretched out together along the cleavage planes, not
appearing elsewhere in the more foliated varieties, but like the
quartz less well alined in those less gneissoid. Both are perfectly
ordinary representatives of the two minerals and call for no
comment.

The more acid phases of the rock here (no. 4) have only about
half the usual amount of hornblende and biotite, and a larger
quartz percentage. The feldspar augen are red instead of dark
colored, though consisting of the same minute fibered micro-
perthite. They are few in number and of small size, and are
always partly and often wholly granulated. Considerable micro-
cline appears in the mosaic feldspar. The quartz is as before,

and the rock practically consists of these thin, parallel quartz

leaves with intervening fine feldspar mosaic. In the absence of
an analysis, it is impossible to say just what the acidity of the
rock is, but, since the ordinary rock shows 66% of silica, this

would appear to have at least 70% and to be properly classed as a

granite.
The two augen gneisses previously described are like the last
in having red feldspar augen. In no. 8, in which the augen are

completely granulated, microcline is more abundant than else-

where, though as usual anorthoclase is the prevailing feldspar,
the larger grains showing a faint microperthitic structure with
high powers. There is also quite a little micropegmatite and the
usual small amount of oligoclase. Here biotite is the prominent
dark silicate and is quite abundant, while hornblende much

r90 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

retreats. It seems quite probable that all the biotite in these
rocks has resulted from the alteration of hornblende during
metamorphism, in which case its abundance in this specially
mashed and stretched rock is quite what would be expected.
There is from 15¢ to 20¢ of quartz in the rock, mainly in leaves
and lenses as usual. The rock quite plainly belongs with the acid
syenites such as no. 4 and is merely an extra-stretched representa-
tive. The original crystals from whose mashing the present
augen have been derived were of much larger size than in any
other of the red rocks seen.

The augen gneiss at the east, near the fault (no. 11) is more
basic than any of the foregoing, though clearly belonging with
them. It contains some 3024 of dark silicates and not more than
10% of quartz. Augite, bronzite, hornblende, magnetite and
garnet are all present, and there are also a few fragments of
what appears to be brown hornblende, but the identification is
not certain. The garnet is usually idiomorphic, though one or
two instances of corrosion rims around magnetite occur. Apatite
and zircon are abundant and often of large size. So far as these
minerals go, the rock is precisely like the ordinary Adirondack
gabbro, except for the zircon. But there is considerable quartz
of the usual flattened type, and the feldspar is mainly of the
indefinite microperthite or else of a curious and striking micro-
graphic sort of intergrowth. There is in addition some little
plagioclase, whose extinction angles would indicate a basicity at
least that of andesin and some micropegmatite. The quartz and
feldspar are therefore quite as in the previous rocks. The meta-
morphism, however, has not been so severe. The rock must
approach to monzonite in composition.

The slide of the more basic, blackish syenite (no. 10) is from
the rock at the quarry, near the top of the hill and less than $
mile from the fault line. The exposures are excellent here and
show fine grained, thoroughly gneissoid rocks, both the green and
black phases being present in quantity and grading into one
another. The green rock is identical with the syenite at the
village (nos. 1 and 2) except in the lack of feldspar augen and in
being a trifle more basic.

ae ee ee ae _ a
S

- 2 i

ee Oe ee a ee a a a a ee

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r9l

The black rocks show infrequent augen of dark color which are

usually bordered by a green cataclastic zone of shattered feld-

spar fragments. The dark silicates constitute from 40¢ to 50%
of the rock. Bronzite is preponderant, augite and hornblende
are also present in considerable quantity, and’ a little biotite
appears, usually around magnetite, of which considerable is at
hand. No garnet appears, but apatite and zircon are prominent,
and some little pyrite occurs also. The rock is very finely granu-
lar, with a few feldspar and quartz fragments of somewhat larger
size. There is nearly or quite 10% of quartz, a large content for
so basic appearing a rock.

About 10% of the feldspar is plagioclase. In the half dozen
fragments properly cut the prevailing extinction angle measured
from the albite twinning plane is 10°, in one case however reach-
ing17°. The mineral is probably andesine. The remainder of the
feldspar is of intergrowth types, mostly of the prevalent faint
microperthite. There is also present considerable of a micro-
graphic intergrowth of an unusual and striking type, identical
with that in the augen gneiss just described (no. 11). The rock
as a whole clearly is a basic phase of the syenite. It is consider-
ably more basic than the augen gneiss (no. 11) and would seem a
quite typical monzonite.

The most basic rock collected was obtained about 4 mile east
of the depot. It is a heavy, fine grained, black rock (no. 6) in
which no augen were noted. It contains 50¢ of dark minerals,
abundant hypersthene (or bronzite), augite, hornblende and
magnetite, some biotite and a little garnet, this latter idiomor-
phic and not around the magnetite. As usual, there is consider-
able apatite, but zircon is not so abundant.as in most of the sye-'
nite. Most of the biotite is primary apparently, though in part
it results from hornblende alteration. AIl of these minerals are
quite as in the preceding rocks, except that the orthorhombic
pyroxene is rather more strongly pleochroic and may be hypers-
thene instead of bronzite.

Quartz makes some 5% of the rock. It shows a tendency to the
fiattened form, though not so pronouncedly as in the more acid

r92 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

rocks. The general identity of all these minerals with those in
the other rocks is emphatic evidence of their relationship.

The feldspar however differs. More than half of it consists of
well twinned plagioclase whose extinctions reach 21°, indicating
an acid labradorite. But there is also a large amount of the
curious micrographic intergrowth like that in the preceding
rocks. For the most part both of the feldspars of these inter-
growths are untwinned, but an occasional labradorite fragment
shows a similar intergrowth. This renders it possible that
untwinned labradorite is one of the feldspars of the usual inter-
growth, though this is not thought likely.

This rock is strictly a gabbro (norite), though with a syenitic
facies. The identity of its component minerals with those in the
other rock sufficiently establishes its relationship to them, how-
ever. No sharp line can be drawn between any of the varieties,
since all gradations are found, yet the rock ranges from a gran-
ite toa gabbro in composition. Inthe frequency and amount of
such change it is quite like the syenite of the Adirondack region,
but, considering the slight areal extent of the exposures here,
the amount of change is surprising. The accessibility of the
locality and the excellence of the exposures combine to render it

well worth a visit.
Chemical composition

A thorough chemical study of the Little Falls rocks could not
fail to furnish results of great interest, though the writer is
strongly of the opinion that the table of analyses would be quite
similar to that of the various syenites given in the preceding
report. ;

The single analysis so far available is that. of the ordinary augen
syenite at the village (analysis 13 of the preceding report). A
precise calculation of this rock can not be made because of the
unexplained failure of the ferrous iron determination. Assuming
that 1% of magnetite is present, which can not be greatly wide of
the mark, that the alkalis are wholly in the feldspar, and that
the excess of alumina is in the hornblende and excess of lime in
the anorthite molecule, the calculated composition is:

f
{
q
ql
7
’
j ’
4
4

REPORT OF THD DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r93

Quartz Orthoclase Albite Anorthite Hornblende Magnetite
12.67% 33.42 36.84 AAT 12.02 1
Total 100.12
This can not depart widely from its actual composition. The
rock is an acid quartz syenite, in its high soda percentage show-
ing affiliation with the monzonite group.

Diabase dikes

Nearly a mile east of the depot the rock cliff is broken by a
small gully, apparently along a fault line. Forming the east wall
of this gully is the largest diabase dike which it has been the
writer’s fortune to see in northern New York. It is at least 120
feet wide, bears n. 70° e., and shows numerous and large porphy-
ritic feldspars, often an inch and more in length. As would be
expected from its width, the dike rock is fairly coarse grained,
though with the usual chilled borders.

The rock is not fresh. So far as can be told, it consisted simply
of plagioclase, augite and magnetite. There is no indication of
olivin. As is the case with most of the Adirondack diabases
which lack olivin, the feldspar preponderates much over the
augite, and the structure is not ophitic, though the feldspars are
lath-shaped. Prof. Smyth informs me that there are specimens
from two diabase dikes from Little Falls in the Hamilton col-
lege collections. The interest attaching to their presence is that
such dikes are very rare in the southern and western Adirondacks,
though abundant on the north and east. The fact that at least

two are present in this small outlier is an indication that they

probably reappear in force here under the Paleozoic cover. It is .
inferred that these dikes are pre-Cambrian, since that is the age
of the Adirondack diabase, and since the dikes which are found
cutting the Paleozoic rocks of the vicinity are of a wholly differ-
ent rock, alnoite.
| Age of the syenite
Since this outlier shows no other crystalline rocks than the

syenite and diabase, any discussion of its age can be but tentative.

Yet, since the various pre-Cambrian outliers expose no rocks

r94 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

other than those found in the Adirondacks, the same rude cor-
relations will apply which are attempted there.

The Little Falls syenite differs slightly from the usual Adiron-
dack syenite. It is unlike that of Franklin county in its gray,
rather than green color, in its very evident cataclastic structure
and much more pronounced foliation. The feldspar augen often
reach a length of an inch or more, while the remainder of the rock
is very finely granular. The Franklin county rocks are more even
grained, the augen are comparatively few and small, and the body
of the rock is far coarser than the granular portion of the Little
Falls rock. These differences largely disappear in the more basic
varieties, but the Franklin representatives are, again, usually
coarser. These differences are mainly attributable to the more
severe metamorphism at Little Falls. But the combination of
numerous and often large feldspar augen with very fine grained
matrix, is not to be thus explained, and seems to the writer to
point to an original porphyritic structure in this rock. Had the
original grain been equidimensional, it must have been very
coarse in order to permit of such large remaining augen, and it is
difficult to see how metamorphism could so profoundly change
most of the rock and yet leave such large crystals unaffected.
But, if these represent original porphyritic crystals, the complete
shattering of the finer portion of the rock might be easily effected
without great damage to the rest. Porphyritic phases of large
granite and acid syenite bodies are of frequent occurrence; and
the assumption here would afford a reasonable explanation of
the somewhat abnormal character of the rock when compared
with the usual Adirondack syenite.

The Diana syenite seems to possess a strictly intermediate char-
acter. Its color is nearer to that of the Little Falls rock, but its
augen do not approach those in size, nor is the residue of the
rock so fine grained and gneissoid, though the augen are usually
surrounded by a narrow zone of very fine, cataclastic material.
The writer is therefore disposed to class all these syenites to-
gether, as springing from the same magma at the same time or
at least at times not remotely separated. Certainly this is the
most natural view, in default of direct evidence to the contrary.

a ee _

’

—_

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r95

In this connection, it should be noted further that the plane
differentiation exhibited bythe syenite here at Little Falls would
seem to afford corroborative evidence of the truth of the view

advanced in the preceding report, when considering the general

relationships of the great eruptive masses of the Adirondacks.
The small eruptive mass at Little Falls shows variation to gran-
ite and to gabbro as the two extremes. The rather basic augite
syenite dikes described as cutting the anorthosite at various
places, in the preceding report, and which were inferred to be
offshoots from the main syenite intrusion and to indicate the
younger age of that intrusion, are in all respects like some of the
more basic phases of the Little Falls rock, where they appear as
unquestionable variations of the syenite. There is also sug-
gested the further query, whether some of the Adirondack gab-
bro should not also be classed as of the age of the syenite and
as a direct derivative from it. There is certainly gabbro of such
origin at Little Falls, and may well be elsewhere.

Structural notes
Most of the rock at Little Falls is sufficiently well foliated to
permit satisfactory dip and strike observations. At the village
the foliation planes strike east and west, with dip 15 s.; 4 mile
farther east the strike is n. 60 w. and dip 20 n.; 4 mile farther the

4 strike has swerved back east and west, and near the fault line

it is n. 80 w. .

At the village the main pair of joints are vertical and trend to
n: 20 e. and n. 50 w.; 1 mile to the east, readings of n. 30 e. and
n. 60 w. were obtained on the same pair. These joints vary but

little in direction throughout the exposures, follow one another

at distances of from 1 to 3 feet, and are very evenly and

q sharply cut. Often also good horizontal jointing appears, and
_ there seems to be another vertical set bisecting the angles of
_ the first, but much less well marked.

New York State Museum

PRELIMINARY REPORT OF FIELD WORK IN THE TOWN
OF MINERVA, ESSEX CO.
BY GEORGE I. FINLAY

The town of Minerva in Essex county covers an area of
approximately 175 square miles. The Hudson river is here the
principal stream. Its course holds strongly to two directions.
It comes into Minerva on a very straight course 15° west of
south. At the point where Indian river, which flows along this
same direction, joins it, the Hudson turns abruptly and flows in
a line 15° south of east to Dutton mountain, where it bends
almost at a right angle to resume its former course. This is
also the direction taken by the Boreas river, which flows down
from the north to join the Hudson river near Dutton mountain.
Minerva creek and Trout brook in the southeastern part of the
town are strictly parallel with the main course taken by the
Hudson, whereas Cedar river, which joins the Hudson from the
northwest, Jones brook and the lower part of Trout brook in the
southeastern corner of Minerva are all parallel with the middle
branch of the Hudson. This direction is nearly that of the
grain of the country. The other direction is at right angles
to it.

The surface of Minerva shows very considerable relief. Van-
derwhacker mountain in the north reaches an altitude of 3385
feet, while Wolf creek at its base drains a swampy area lying
at a hight of 1650 feet. Polaris, Beaver, Bad Luck, Casey,
Black, Venison, Dutton and Moxham mountains are all well
above 2000 feet, as are also Hewitt Pond hill and Oliver and
Snyder hills. There are about 40 lakes and ponds within the
limits of Minerva, situated chiefiy at low levels, in the north and
west. Olmstedville and Minerva in the southeast are almost the
only villages. Probably three fourths of the town is a wilderness.

The country rock is a gneiss having the composition of gran-
ite. With it is associated a larger amount of crystalline lime-
stone, accompanying schists and hornblendic rocks, than is usual
in other parts of the Adirondack area. Much of northern Minerva ~

REPORT OF THD DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r97

is occupied by anorthosite, the contact between the anorthosite
and the gneiss being found just south of Aiden Lair. Anorthosite
occurs on the hill in the extreme southeastern corner of Minerva,
a mile and a half from Pat pond. Excavation on McKee’s farm |
at the foot of the hill exposed the contact between anorthosite
and gneiss, and showed small amounts of pyrite and other
sulfids. A few small outliers of gabbro are to be mentioned, but
the present paper has to do principally with the relations between
the gneiss and the limestone, with a view to the recording of
such facts as bear on the question of the sedimentary, or non-
sedimentary origin of the gneiss and associated schists.

It will be seen by' an inspection of the map that the forms of
high relief are of gneiss, while the limestone is found occupying
the valleys. The largest area of limestone extends from Trout
brook, east of Olmstedville, to a point 8 miles northwest of the
town of Minerva. An outlier runs up the valley a mile beyond
Trishtown, and a second reaches over toward Dutton mountain.
Smaller areas occur east of Huntley pond, south of Black moun-
tain and along the Hudson, which is rapidly cutting its bed on
limestone from the mouth of Cedar river to Blue Ledge.

The crystalline limestone preserves the character which is
common to it in many other parts of the Adirondack area. It is
uniformly coarse grained and when much decomposed by weather-
ing it gives a coarse gravel-like soil. In the metamorphic proc-
esses to which the region has been subjected the limestone has
_been very sensitive to pressure. It yielded most often along
j certain planes where the dark silicates appear drawn out in flow
lines. Bands of dark silicates much squeezed and contorted,
several inches in width, result in this way, as well as rounded
_ masses, often several feet across. Many of these are well ex-
posed in the ledge near Mr Owen’s house south of Dutton moun-
q tain. Hornblende in large crystals is found associated with lime-
stone on the Minerva road just west of Olmstedville. Flecks of
_ graphite in the limestone are very generally conspicuous. The
- graphite is commercially important however in but one locality
near the boundary line of Essex and Warren counties at the base

r98 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

of Green hill. The prospect has been opened where a thin band
of limestone is in contact with gneiss. The “bluestone”? which
yields the best return is a greatly decomposed limestone.
Perfectly regular and continuous bands of dark rock are also
common in the limestone. These are from 1 to 2 inches wide.
They run at times for 20 or 30 feet parallel to each other, and
6 to 8 inches apart. They are well seen in the white graphitic
limestone half a mile from Minerva on the road to Irishtown.
They consist essentially of hornblende and feldspar. The horn-
blende is in large rounded crystals, colored dark bottle green.
It is strongly pleochroic and but little broken up by cleavage
cracks. Occasional hypersthene is the only other dark silicate.
With these are associated orthoclase and often abundant plagio-
clase. This rock is invariably found with the limestone, and it
carries garnet at times. <A prospect hole for garnet on the hill
southwest of Calahan pond shows limestone above as a hanging
wall, with the hornblendic rock containing large lenses and
rounded masses of garnet as the footwall. Here several tons
have been broken out, but, though the garnet is of good quality,
it is not found in quantity sufficient to justify further explor-
ation. It is on the contact between the hornblendic rock and
the limestone that we can best determine the special rela-
tions of the limestone. It is found to vary but little from n.
30 w. to n. 50 w. on the strike. The dip is from 20° to 80° to
the northeast. The limestone frequently shows minor folds.
A small anticline with axis n. 52 w. is found on the west bank
of the Hudson, half a mile below the mouth of Cedar river.
Along the bank of Minerva stream, where the road crosses
leading east from Olmstedville, the limestone is exposed, over-
lain by the hornblendic rock and so folded as to give a gentle
syncline and two sharper rolls. The exposures of crystalline
limestone are often so massive as to show but little or no trace
of the former bedding planes, and again they are visibly con-
torted. This is well seen south of Black Pond mountain. The
brook just north of the road and parallel with it at this point
runs part wayon gneiss (strike n.49 w.,dip 21 n. e.) but at the con-

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r99

tact between gneiss and limestone it plunges 15 feet in a water-
fall. The limestone from this point has been largely removed by
the cutting of the stream below the waterfall, and the exposed
section exhibits the lines of dark silicates drawn out in every
direction from n. 40 w. ton. 15e. Itis not possible to prove the
existence of a fault, and the relations between limestone and
gneiss at this point are therefore not those which obtain between
beds in a sedimentary series.
The gneiss of Minerva township is a heavily bedded rock of a
light gray or brownish gray color. It is of medium grain and
-varies but little from place to place. The combination of quartz
and microcline with more or less plagioclase is characteristic of
it. The feldspar and quartz occur as rounded or subangular
grains often with layers formed of larger masses of quartz drawn
out in lenses. The single grains of quartz are not much broken
up by cracks and do not appear to have been greatly crushed
by metamorphic processes. Recementing of the grains by second-
ary quartz or feldspar was not observed. The quartz is char-
acterized by minute inclusions of rutile, and by having many of its
_eracks filled with microscopic dendritic growths of MnO,. The
microcline exhibits the usual lattice structure. The plagioclase
_ shows very fine twinning lamellae, and broad ones, alternating.
Granophyric growths with orthoclase may be observed. The
_ plagioclase usually occurs as an accessory to the microcline but

_ it may be almost the only feldspar present. On the western slope
q of Snyder hill the gneiss is locally almost pure feldspar. Biotite
_ is the usual dark silicate. It often appears altered to chlorite.
j Garnet is common. Apatite occurs sparingly, but the crystals
are of unusual perfection with the basal cleavage but little
_ developed. Magnetite is commonly met, and epidote, in bottle
_ green crystals well terminated at one end, has been observed.

» The gneiss is almost always found in Minerva township with a
strike from n. 25 w. ton. 50 w. The dip is usually to the north-
east and runs from 20° to 40°. This general concordance in strike
7 ae dip pores the heavy bedded gneiss sie the en was

r100 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

the relation is found to be persistent throughout the town. It
must be taken to explain the areal extent of the limestone along
a general n.w.-s.e. direction. The limestone is found occurring in
numerous bands, which the valleys follow. These courses are the
directions taken by several of the rivers, and where the streams
do not follow along the soft limestone beds, they cut across the
strike at a right angle and thus take the next most economical
course for them. The middle branch of the Hudson river in
Minerva represents the course taken by a branch stream, on
soft limestone, in effecting the capture of the upper waters of
the Hudson. The “fishhook” bend taken by that river at
Gooley is characteristic for stream capture.

Extended sections of the gneiss are met in going up Beaver,
Moxham, or Dutton mountains. Frank, Split rock, Mink, Beaver
and Thumb ponds have their beds in the gneiss and show many
exposures along their shores. They are connected by swamp
lands, or are separated by almost imperceptible divides. The
gneiss extends westward into Hamilton county, where it is
associated with limestone, at the Chain lakes. First, Second,
Sixth and Seventh lakes are entirely in the gneiss, and the
same rock is found along the north shore of Fifth lake. ~
Third lake lies on the contact between the gneiss which ap-
pears along its southern edge, and the limestone. The latter,
of the usual coarsely crystalline graphitic variety, is found .
standing in bold cliffs along the north shore.

The gneiss is exposed in a single section of nearly 100 feet in
the hill halfway between Sherman pond and the pond which is
drained by Deer creek. Many alternating bands occur, coarse
and fine, with members so rich in mica as to go over toward the
schists. A band is found toward the top which is almost entirely
coccolite and quartz. The pyroxene is in light green granular
crystals. The extinction angle and interference colors are high.
The quartz is notable for its inclusions of garnet. These are
colorless and give six-sided or rhombic sections. They are
bounded by faces of the rhombic dodecahedron (101).

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r101

bt Exposures of the gneiss with associated bosses of gabbro were
4 found near Deer creek, a mile to the west of Callahan pond,
along the western side of the road just south of Irishtown, and
! on the southeastern spur of Snyder hill. The idiomorphic feld-
spar seen under the microscope is labradorite. It is twinned on
the albite law in broad lamellae and has the usual clouded habit
of the feldspars in gabbro. The single lamellae are filled by
innumerable rods and dots irregularly placed, probably magnetite
microlites. These are frequently very abundant and of minute
size in one lamella and coarser and far less abundant in the suc-
ceeding band. Other feldspar inclusions are in the nature of
larger, oriented rods, such as would indicate the passage of iron-

_ bearing waters along solution pianes. The dark silicates are

irregular, clear green masses of hypersthene, and abundant
biotite, in red brown shreds, favoring association with grains of
magnetite. The rock also carries garnet.

. An interesting phase of the gneiss is found at the point where
: the road leading to the North Woods club crosses the Boreas
river. The feldspar is a reddish pink orthoclase. This rock ex-
_ tends for over a mile up stream on the western bank of the river.
_ The relation between the gneiss and the limestone with its
_ associated schists and hornblendic bands, ‘is not left doubtful,
though, in the majority of instances where the rocks outcrop
_ together, the differential effects of metamorphism on the gneiss
and on the far more sensitive limestone are such as tend
to disguise it. The limestone one and a quarter miles to the
east of Huntley pond is exposed conformably interbedded be-
_ tween gneiss and quartzite. A six inch band of limestone is
found along the Hudson river a little southeast of Pisgah
“mountain, regularly bedded with gneiss above and below it.
East of Bullhead pond, along the road, gneiss is again found
with a bed of limestone, the two exhibiting the same strike
and dip. ‘The limestone is exposed with gneiss lying con-
formably above it at a point just south of the stream which
flows into Jones brook, 2 miles northwest of Olmstedville.

rro2y - NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM:

The average strike of the limestone over wide areas is the
same as that of the gneiss. Where the two rocks are seen
side by side, they appear together conformably or the lime-
stone has suffered from the compressive forces of metamor-
phism so considerably as to have completely lost its original
bedded character. The contortion has at times been so great as
to amount to flowing under conditions of plasticity. The accom-
panying effects on the gneiss resulted in the production of a —
monoclinal structure throughout the township. It was not pos-
sible to establish definite folds. Examination in the field makes
it plain that faulting is much rarer here than elsewhere in the
Adirondacks. The small stream which joins Jones brook near-
est to its union with Minerva stream, probably owes its posi-
tion to a fault line, but the sawtooth structure of other regions,
where blocks have been commonly faulted and tilted toward
the east, is not found over this area. On any supposition the
pre-Paleozoic series of metamorphosed sediments in Minerva
township must be measured by many thousands of feet.

UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
PREDERICK J.-H. MERRID NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ae ne

DIRECTOR & STATE GEOLOGIST 20TH ANNUAL REPORT STATE GEOLOGIST

74°00!

GEOLOGIC MAP
OF
THE TOWN OF

MINERVA

HSSEX CO. N.Y.
WITH PORTIONS OF
ADJOINING TOWNS

~ z BY
ee Same S : ox (i George I. Finlay
i y Sea 7 H 1901
“Veo LARISOMT. ie es 2 , \ ff j ty ae
|] tar Core es of ( { a , | a
LEGEND

PRE-CAMBRIAN

La

ei Crystalline Limestone

Anorthosite

sn

| BULLHEAD MT

«Jas. B. Lyon, State Printer. _

a
Bite
a

2
*

x

Ly

BY

H. L. FAIRCHILD

a
t

a TR peg NE AOE NE NI ee ng a mee ny IP

oN en ee a

C2) fn, 2.

a

ba

a

CON TEATS

PAGB
MPATOOUWCION: oo oie oa oi 6 5 bes 6 on sya nlm wk Swed tenia ol ora Se pels 105
The troquois shore line... so. 5 os sdss oe wey ae bee e Re ee 106
introduction, historical «... 2.00 .0.62.. bs wwii e's © «6 ees eee 106
Miling of shore line... 60.2203. Yom eee pe en ss re 107
Maps and profiles. .< 4... 2542 s6 . se ee ee oo iv ep ee 108
Gomposition of the Dares. .o/06 66s ecela pe ee cae o> « as eee 109
Vertical relation of the barsy .... 00. 4Jo0e0.. «++ as. 5 ae 109
Time-of land Warpilie.. .. o. o.05 de vcs owes ce a pos ate eee 114
Gomelwsion i. 3536s Paes Sad oles ss 2 0! ee 112
SyTecnae-Opeida str icty see. apvaes = bic.» +obes se “piel: eee 112
Gemeral SIACEMEMT i.e Se wen oe oan es no 0 ee Oe eee 112
Valleys and, Jocal takes. 95.3016, Cl. . 3. Seer 113
Limestone and Cazenovia valleys. ..........aepeweep eee eee See 114
Manlius-Cazenovia glacial lake. 22).:... .'....+ 2sheetee eee ee 116
High channels leading east toward the Mohawk............... 119
Lower and later channels /sJriees Foch oot oc aaleniee oe ee ee 122
Ravines and cataracts..... PRE
DIGSTGAS |. Sica c civ win kw oe ww jen ow wags ebrie migye' we, xine © ms, a) eet er 125
Cataract lak@S. oo... e wes eb eS es pele 0h oaks Clare SS 126
The ice TrOMtie ss... eso hs ie eee a aca ween a as so ene eke 129
Relative age of the chanmels. ).). 0.0.2)... 2.05 4. 2 eee 130
Catiaraugus-Chautanqua district 2.260200. 2... .4. sae 130
Field of special study... oo. 0 605 ste we nye elds ols oo eee Ue 130
Divide and stream channels. . 2.00400 10. . oes. 0s» ee eee 131
Channels headed with uncut moraine drift....................- 132
Glacial lakes... 5 bo cae os 0 no wiles cee wie! G'oa sn Dine ee er 135

Peculiar forms of morainal drift... ........'.. 2.20.28 139

New York State Museum

PLEISTOCENE GEOLOGY OF WESTERN NEW YORK
INTRODUCTION

The work during the Summer and autumn of 1900 was in con-
tinuation of the study of the glacial lake history of the western
half of the state, which had been prosecuted for several years.
’ The territory lying between the Tonawanda and Limestone
creeks, covering the interesting district of the ‘“ Finger lakes,”
and the Genesee valley, had already been covered in a general
way. The results of these vacation studies have been published
in several papers in the scientific journals since 1895.+

Three districts were examined during the season of 1900, as
follows:

1 A special study was made of the Iroquois shore line between
Richland and Watertown, and the constructional features were
mapped. The study had special reference to rate of differential
elevation of the beach. 7

2 In eastward extension of the previous investigation, the ter-
ritory between Syracuse and Oneida was studied with special

1 Glacial lakes of western New York. Geol. soc. Am. Bul. Ap. 1895. 6:
353-74.

Lake Newberry the probable successor of Lake Warren. Ibid. 6:462-66.

Kame-moraine at Rochester N. Y. Am. geol.. July 1895. 16:39-51.

Physical characters of Monroe county and adjacent territory. Roch.
acad. sci. Proc. Jan. 1896. 3:28-38.

Kame areas in western New York, south of Irondequoit and Sodus bays.
Jour. geol. Feb.—Mar. 1896. 4:129-59.

Glacial Genesee lakes. Geol. soc. Am. Bul. 1896. 7:423-52.

Lake Warren shore lines in western New York, and the Geneva beach.
Geol. soc. Am. Bul. Mar. 1897. 8:269-86.

Glacial geology of western New York. Geol. mag. Lond. Decade 4. Dec.
1897.- 4:529-37.

Glacial geology in America. Am. ass’n ady. sci. Proc. Aug. 1898.
47:257-90; Am. geol. 22:154-89; Sci. Am. Sup. Sep. 1898. nos. 1183-85.

Kettles in glacial lake deltas. Jour. geol. Sep.—Oct. 1898. 6:589-96.

Glacial waters in the Finger lakes region of New York. Geol. soe. Am.
Bul. Feb. 1899. 10:27-68.

Glacial lakes Newberry, Warren and Dana in central New York. Am.
jour. sci. Ap. 1899. 7:249-63.

r106 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

reference to the higher, and earlier channels cut by the overflow
of the glacial waters.

3 In westward extension of the study, a large area was
examined in Cattaraugus and Chautauqua counties.
- The glacial phenomena are so varied and complex, specially in
the last two districts, and the territories so large that it was not
possible in one season to complete the study. However, it is”
desirable to describe some of the phenomena with considerable
fulness and detail in this report. The districts will be taken up—
in the order given above.

1 THE IROQUOIS SHORE LINE
Introduction, historical

The ancient, high-level beach phenomena in ‘tthe Ontario basin
were noted by the early settlers and travelers, and their character
as beaches was generally recognized. They were the subject of
study and printed notice by Thomas Roy (1887), Lyell, Hall and
others long before their glacial relationship was recognized. The
earliest description of these ancient shores in New York state
was by Prof. James Hall, in the Geology of New York; 4th geologi-
cal district, p. 348-51. In his chapter on lake ridges he marshals
the facts in proof of their beach origin, and describes their form
and structure. He also discusses briefly their relationship to the
land surfaces of central New York, and their hight above Lake
Ontario. The elevation of the beaches he attributed to changes
in land level, and admitted the possibility of their marine origin.
As he was personally acquainted with only the stretch between
Niagara and Sodus, he did not recognize the deformation of the
shore line from the horizontal. |

In recent years these beaches have been traced in New York
state by G. K. Gilbert, and in Canada by J. W. Spencer. It has
been demonstrated, specially through the work and writings of
Mr Gilbert, that the beaches are the shore of a great lake which
had its outlet at Rome N. Y. to the Mohawk valley, and was held
up to that level by the continental ice sheet, which covered and
blocked the St Lawrence valley. The name Iroquois was given

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r107

to the beaches by Spencer, though he did not recognize their
lacustrine origin. Only very generalized maps were published
in the writings,! and no detailed description of any considerable
_ stretch of the shore has ever been printed.

The map of Lake Iroquois (pl. 19) prepared to accompany this
report is not intended to be exact in minor features. Within
the area many drumlins and other high points were islands in
the lake. A few of these islands are indicated in the district
between Syracuse and Oswego. For the boundaries in Canada
the writer has used the sketch map published by Dr J. W.
Spencer, and for part of the New York boundaries he is indebted
to Dr G. K. Gilbert. Toward the St Lawrence valley the shores
are not determined.

Tilting of shore line

In the papers referred to above was discussed the deformation
or differential uplift of the Ontario basin, which has largely or
wholly occurred since the extinction of Lake Iroquois, thereby
causing a present northward rise of the beaches. Between Rich-
land and Watertown the beach has an average slope of over 5
feet to the mile,? or something over 135 feet in the 26 miles of
direct distance.

The northward direction of the beach in this section with its
decided slope and well developed characters makes it probably
the most interesting and desirable portion of the whole Iroquois
Shore line for the study of the differential elevation. Following
a suggestion of Mr Gilbert, the writer undertook the examina-
tion of the beach in order to discover if it indicated that any por-

*Spencer, J. W. Terraces and beaches about Lake Ontario. Am. jour.
sci. 1882. 24:409.

The Iroquois beach; a chapter in the geological history of Lake
Ontario. Roy. soc. Can. Trans. 1890. 7:21, ger. 4.

Deformation of Iroquois beach and birth of Lake Ontario. Am.
jour. sci. 1890. 40:443.

Gilbert, G. K. History of Niagara river. Com. Niag. reservation 6th
an. rep’t. Alb. 1890.

* At Richland the railroad station has an altitude of 522 feet A. T., and
_ the upper bar is 44 feet above, or 566 feet. At Brookside cemetery, 2 miles

south of Watertown, the upper bars lie on, or above, the 700 foot contour
of the New York topographic map, Watertown sheet.

r108 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

tion of the tilting occurred during the life of the lake. If such
movement did occur in any considerable degree, it ought to be
Shown by the northward increase of the vertical distance between
the upper and lower bars, as this portion of the shore line lies
north of the outlet at Rome.

Maps and profiles |

A rapid survey and mapping was made of the constructional
features, as embankments, bars and spits, through about 30 miles
of the shore line. These features are shown on the accompany-
ing map (pl. 9). No attempt was made to trace the initial shore
lines, which lie at varying distances landward and are very
irregular, as they are indefinite and useless for the present study.

At frequent intervals profile cross-sections were made of the
several bars composing the beach. The location of such profiles
is indicated on the map, and they are also plotted on a chart for
comparison (pl. 10). On this chart the 25 profiles are numbered
from south to north, and they are correspondingly numbered on
the map.

In the chart of profiles the vertical scale is five times the hori-
zontal, that is to say, the squares represent 50 feet vertically, and
250 feet horizontally. The numerals in two figures on the bar
crests of the profiles indicate the hight in feet above the low
ground at the edge of the sublacustrine plain; those in three
figures indicate the hight above sea. The location of the high-
ways and of the Rome, Watertown and Ogdensburg railroad are
indicated by suitable marks. The profiles of the chart are not
placed in their exact geographic relationship, either horizontally
or in the distance apart, but the highest bar, or the one farthest
landward, is given nearly the same position at the right side of
the chart. The distances between the cross-sections are given
in miles by the numerals placed between the profiles. The
straight line distance covering the 25 profiles is 26 miles; the
distance following the curves of the beach is about 28 miles.
On the diagram the profiles are divided into several groups, des-
ignated by letters, each group lying within a section of the shore

bho hcl

° . ' 2
MILES S

SHQRE OF
LAKE tROQUOIS

H. L. FAIRCHILD.

APRIL, 1/901,

acona

Ve

~
a)
“yyy. . iN Ya Ri
=
SSE,
we nas oS SS,
——
ha,
(\
the ancient gla ois. The lower part of the map is the lake area. See p. 106-12

ea
(‘BaF

an

Teg ye ,
re 5
ae) >

eer ert al
xy

:
i
f

nn Oe
gear

pete ae
oa? he” a

¥

REPORT OF THR DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r109

line where the topographic conditions were similar and the agen-
cies tended to make the shore features comparatively uniform.

The horizontal measurements for the profiles were partly by
eye estimate and partly by pacing; this element, which is less
important, is therefore only approximate. The vertical measure-
ments were usually by hand level, and sometimes repeated, and
the error in this important element is probably not much greater
than is the variation in the surface of each individual bar.

Composition of the bars

The material or composition of the bars, whether coarse or fine,
was not always recorded, but it is usually either sand or finer
gravel, rarely coarse gravel. This factor may possibly be of crit-
ical importance, as indicating depth of water. However, the com-
position of the bars is thought to depend chiefly on other condi-
tions than depth, as the character, abundance and proximity of
the supply; the exposure to the wind or the force of the waves; the
depth off shore; the strength of the shore currents.

Vertical relation of the bars

The significance of the bars with reference to changes of lake
level lies in the element of vertical relation. For purpose of
comparing the vertical spacing the chart of profiles (pl. 10) has
been prepared, and the tabulation p. 110. The figures in the
second column, for the highest bars, are inexact only to the degree
of uncertainty in selecting a basal point on the lake bottom plain,
which is not very difficult since this plain is quite definite. How-
ever, any errcr here does not in the least affect the figures in the
other columns. ‘The figures of the third and fourth columns are
accurate, the only and rare uncertainty being the determination
of the highest bar. As shown by the map, the bars are not con-
tinuous, and therefore there is not absolute certainty of the iden-
tity or exact correspondence of the highest bars of the different
sections. However, considering the long stretches of continuous
beach, the large number of sections, and the long distance which
they cover, the practical identity of the upper level can properly
be assumed.

ee

Ste
—

Plate 10 To face p. rl08

PROFILES ACROSS

LAKE [ROQUOIS SHORE,

SCALE, versically the squares = 50 fer, RICHLAND TO WATERTOWN.
Wally = "* "250 + :

r110 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

The only interval between any two adjacent bars of this shore
which appears to have any value for purpose of comparison ig.
that between the highest bar and the next well developed bar
below. This was first suggested by the bars immediately south
of Adams, where two strong bars occur, the summit bar and the
next below, with a vertical difference of 27 feet. These bars are
conspicuous even from the railroad. The vertical separation
seems too great to permit the two bars to have formed at the same
time, specially as the lower bar is ordinary fine beach gravel.

Table of vertical relations

| Distance of tance between _ distance be-
No. of cross-section a oe aioeiiin highest bar tween highest.
: and nextstrong and lowest
plain bar lower bars
Feet Feet Feet
Ui 5 aaa aI en a gem or a Ps 37 51
=: NE de eng rene NPs Rar at Sem 35 10
DaeR a vnc nin icine Ba oe ee ee 25 ? é
BQ iets in mg ORE ee alee oh AOR BS ? ‘
1, EASA pe ESR RERAR CTS UAE 41 3 14
PD ate. win, o Pci aalahy Ree ie eee 35 14 24
Wk ALR DT. SEE Pe 41 19 (19.
bee) eee eee Bern 48 ? 28.
Lt ERs ey PP rr 50 27 42
Lc ary Smear Rt Oe AAR ie. 40 27 QT
1 Tie mint ot Me i eh cio! © 63 27 40
O88 3S) 48.1). ROR EE Se 41 35 35.
ABs sk 4 him ats Sy bea b xpgh hase a's eee 63 35 45
Od sn oss fuligio SEs alu cae 51 24 24
TL, | acsid es ae PR emt die SS 51 16 16
MNS Sire ee sane ee eee eae 58 16 38
Sculoo timed. Bere Bil 61 18 41
3: ee EO Sea ee Cn 41 15 36
alate a ate ge pa el aaa oe (a? os 57 a 38
Gece aelee sien eee eee ’ 60 15 39
Dati. Bees eke hie ie ee cet: #5 13 37
is). Sil. tk ACR ee ne ee be 57 ? 35
Siinewy ey aol ope et i 9 ?
We So gc wen te Whe Rie 50 ? saa
Le, cw odie ban’ ys eis L a4 22 22

1 See chart of profiles, group G, nos. 15, 16, 17, also pl. 11, 12.

fe gs (ZI ‘1d oredu0g) ‘9 ,0Z ‘S SUIYOO'T,] ‘suUIepYy JO Y}NOS o[ImM % ‘suvq 991th

ee aa
SIONOOUL AMVI AO HUOHS ‘0}04d ‘plIqoliey “TT “H

mF

5
:

OTA ‘d oovy OF, TIL 93%Id

Ipaania

7

(II ‘Id oteduloD) “1vq O[ppIu 94} WIOIJ ‘oO OT ‘S sUuIyOoT ‘smepy JO q}NOS o[IM % ‘suvq 9014,

SIONOOUL AMVI AO AUYOHS ‘OJON ‘“plIqoiey "yT “FY

OLTa ‘d oovy og, ZI 23%] a

‘89 ,02 °S SUIYOOT “X ‘N Sulvpy JO INOS solluUl § “PpUNOIS910J Ul oyV_] JO JOO UMoAj}S-Jop[nog ‘punoisyoeq UI JJITD JNO-DAVM

SIONOOUL AMVI JO ZUOHS ‘oyoyd ‘“pliypouey “T “HH

THT4t d sory og, ST 9481

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 rill

The expectation of finding a repetition of the 27 foot interval
both north and south, or of a space corresponding to it, is not
fully met. Northward such interval is wanting except in profile
25, which has two groups of bars, the interval between the crests
of the two groups being 37 feet. On the south the next profiles
(nos. 18, 14) have a clear interval of 35 feet, which is too great;
but profiles 5 to 12 do suggest a northwardly increasing interval
in accord with the Adams bars (nos. 15 to 17) and with no. 25.

These figures of the third column of the table give the best
showing that can be found for a northward increasing interval
between the bars. Taking profiles 5 to 12, 16 and 25, an increase
of about 1 foot a mile can be figured out. But this omits from
consideration the profiles with a regular succession of bars, as
nos. 4, 18, 21 and 24; also those which show no lower bars, though
the range is sufficient, as nos. 2, 3, 22 and 28. The negative evi-
dence seems quite as strong as the affirmative, specially since the
latter rests only on a few selected profiles.

If there had been a spreading apart of the two upper bars
toward the north of 1 foot to the mile, it would seem as if the
spreading throughout the whole range of the bar formation should
certainly be evident in column 4 of the above table. The evidence
here is decidedly negative. The best that can be said regarding
the suggestion of northward differential uplift during the life of
Lake Iroquois is that it is not yet proven.

Time of land warping

The vertical distance between the upper and the lower bars, 35.
to 40 feet, is supposed to be more than the depth of water limit-
ing the formation of sandbars, this depth being taken as about
30 feet. The inference is that the great vertical range of the
bars was produced by subsidence of the water level. ‘The distri-
bution of bars at all levels throughout the vertical range suggests
a slow subsidence. It seems probable that the lowering was
caused by the down-cutting of the outlet of the lake at Rome
N. Y., and not by the tilting of the basin. The warping of the
region has apparently occurred since the extinction of Lake Iro-

ri12 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

quois, or else the movement was so slow that it was not positively
registered in the Iroquois beaches. Any tilting during the life
of Lake Iroquois was at the most only 1 foot a mile, or one fifth
of the entire warping.

The maturity of the shore line is so far advanced that it would
seem to have required at least a few thousand years. The pres-
ent rate of northward differential uplift of the area of the great
lakes has been recently estimated by Mr Gilbert as equal to .42
foot in 100 miles in 100 years. At this rate it would take 10,000
years to produce in the Richland-Watertown stretch of shore line
(26 miles) a deformation of merely 11 feet, and at least 12 times
as long to produce the deformation which actually exists.

Conclusion

As the result of this study, two conclusions appear reasonable.
They are: 1 The warping of the eastern end of the Ontario basin
has occurred mostly, if not entirely, since the extinction of Lake
Iroquois, as the shore seems equally tilted.

2 The large amount of tilting considered in connection with
the usual estimates of post-glacial time (10,000 to 50,000 years)
would indicate that the rate of deformation has been much
greater than the present rate, at least for the local area.

2 SYRACUSE-ONEIDA DISTRICT

General statement

In recent publications (see p. 105 for references) the writer has
described the remarkable channels in the region southeast and
east of Syracuse, which were produced by the eastward escape
of the glacial waters from the Onondaga, Butternut and Lime-
stone valleys. The highest of these ancient channels were prob-
ably cut by the escape of local waters held by the ice sheet in the
deep valleys now occupied by the streams named above. The
lower and more capacious channels were certainly made by the
great rivers which drained the vast glacial lakes that fronted the
ice sheet far westward across the Ontario, the Erie and the
southern Huron basins. The general history and description of

4SvoINOS SUIYOOT ‘S1oUI0D $.j}09[R, JO YJIOU J[IM % pue ‘UMO0ZIOZEAA JO INOS SoTlur ) ‘JI]O Jo UOT] ur seg

SIONOOUL AMVI AO AYOHS ‘004d ‘pllqolivaA “Tt “Hy

< 2 = S
oi >

GIIlat-d o0Bz OF, ak ayelq

—pLiyo4iey TH
yo pd{Sip af[lAsomoe
“STSNNVHO WV9IYLS LNIIONY

GT 981d

=

XA

seas
eee

a

é
(|

;
4
;

. * Wy
ah a Py

> 4 -
, s
ee ee a + a ~ Serer

ee

Plate 16

yo
a=

sh
td

1120 1 ‘ < : ; fs Xe,
oe : ,
me 1380
= CS HILL, :
yo | a | SLACIAL STREAM CHANNELS

cy } CENTRAL NI
— — 4y_H,L. Fairchild.
north and blocked the valleya. The water, held ay lakes in the valleys, escaped past the edge of Hi of the ridges between tho yalloys, Bach channel was initiated direeUy at ee oat by the water flowing between tho higher

andi Indicate river channels, cut b; Jer fee, hundreds of feet In thickness, covered all the land on the the glucler, cutting cliffs and trenches in th
waters flowing east. The glacier Ice, . * © north «
: “4 re found a} and (he {co on the north. The molting back of the {ce front allowed the waters to escape at successively lower levels, thus cutting a scries of Isjon the same meridliin. See p, 112-30,

= the south ai e hannels

=. | oe '

> ;
x . |

r114 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

melting of the glacier would be impounded in the open portion
of the valleys south of the ice front. Primarily these local glacial
lakes had their outlets across the divide at the head of each valley
into some course of southern drainage, and this disposal of the
surplus waters continued till the receding ice front uncovered
passes across the crests of the ridges which were lower than the
cols or outlets at the valley heads, and which led in a direction
permitting free and final escape of the overflow.

The glacial lakes which occupied the Onondaga and Butternut
valleys have been described in the former writings! It was the
intention to examine during 1900 all the low passes or cols across
the divide at the heads of the several valleys east of Butternut
valley, and to study the history of the glacial waters held in the
valleys. This plan was not carried out except for the Limestone
valley and the Cazenovia valley, the latter lying eastward of and
connected with the former. The data relating to these valleys
and their glacial lakes will be presented here.

In order to fully understand and appreciate the geologic fea-
tures to be described, the reader should have before him the Caze-
novia sheet of the New York state topographic map, on which
are located all the places and geographic features referred to in
the following description.’

Limestone and Cazenovia valleys

Divide and outlets. The line of water parting between north-
flowing and south-flowing waters passes south of Erieville, on the
east edge of the map. Running west southwest over the hills, it
crosses the New Woodstock valley on a moraine filling, 14 miles
north of Sheds Corners. It then passes west over the summits of
three high hills, and then makes a sharp turn to the south around
the Deruyter reservoir. The line then trends west of north over
Arab hill, and Stockham hill, and runs 3 miles farther north
around the head of the stream which flows into Carpenter pond.

* Any published sheet of the New York topographic map may be

obtained by sending 5 cents to the director U. S. geological survey, Wash-
ington D. C.

REPORT OF THD DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 ri115

There are four low passes across this divide to which reference
will be made. The altitudes are shown by the contour lines of
the map to within at least 20 feet.

There is a low notch or col 2 miles southeast of New Wood-
stock village, and over a mile north of Sheds Corners. The lowest
point is at the west side of the moraine, with a map altitude of
1360 to 1380 feet. The Elmira, Cortland and Northern branch of
the Lehigh Valley railroad takes advantage of the lowest point,
but makes a cutting at the summit. There is no defined channel
across the col, from which we conclude that it did not carry the
overflow of any large lake. Theoretically, however, judging from
the topography, it seems likely that a small lake, perhaps 3 miles
long, existed in the valley north of the moraine, covering the site
of New Woodstock. When the receding ice front exposed ground
northwest of the village, at about 1360 feet, the small and short-
lived New Woodstock glacial lake was drained into the larger
lake now to be described.

One mile south of Deruyter reservoir are two passes across the
divide separated by a hill. The map makes the altitude of the
eastern pass 1300+ feet and of the western, 1320 feet, but an
aneroid measurement makes the latter pass the lower. The west-
ern col is an extensive swamp, still partly in forest, with definite
channels leading south. The northwest-southeast road, 2 miles
south of the reservoir, crosses the outlet channel a mile below the
summit, at a point where it has an eastward loop. The eastern
col shows less action of flowing water. It carries the state ditch
which diverts into the reservoir water that naturally had south-
ern flow. A small, local, glacial lake, about 4 miles long, which
we may call the Deruyter lake, had its outlet by one or both of
these passes till the ice dam had receded past the north end of
Arab hill. |

The lowest pass across the divide and the one which was the
chief outlet of the glacial waters, is at the north end of Arab hill,
4 miles west of New Woodstock and 2 miles south of Delphi. It
leads west toward Fabius and has a map altitude of 1280+ feet.
The col is an open valley, cleared of forest, and shows plainly the

r116 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

lengthwise channeling by flowing waters. 1 mile west, where
crossed by a north and south highway, the river channel is well
formed, about 30 rods wide and 20 to 30 feet deep, with definite
banks. Pl. 17 and 18 reproduce two photographs of the channel
at the road crossing.

This outlet which we may call the Fabius outlet, since it leads
toward that village, some 3 miles away, remained the outlet of a
large glacial lake (Manlius-Cazenovia lake) for a long time. When
the glacier front receded some 11 miles, it uncovered a lower pass,
at Perryville (Blakeslee), about 5 miles northeast of Cazenovia
which was the first of a series of channels giving eastward escape
for the waters (see p. 124).

Moraines. The heaviest and most conspicuous massing of
moraine drift is at the head of the Limestone valley proper, 1
mile south of Delphi village. A southward continuation of this
moraine stretches about 3 miles to the foot of the Deruyter reser-
voir. Another small valley moraine has already been mentioned
as constituting the divide in the valley south of New Woodstock.
The higher, -or hill ground does not carry heavy drift, but the
lower ground holds considerable moraine, or kame drift. Most
of the surface between Cazenovia and New Woodstock is
morainal, and that which lies below 1300 feet is of a rounded,
smooth and subdued form characteristic of moraine deposits laid
down under water. This area can be well seen from the Lehigh
Valley railroad.

Special features. In the northern part of the area of the
Cazenovia sheet the drift is mostly in the form of drumlins,
specially on the higher ground. West of Cazenovia lake the
ridge which divides the valley from the Limestone valley is cut
by a deep notch, plainly shown on the map. The altitude of this
notch is about 1270 feet, and it must therefore have held a strait
which connected the two branches of the glacial lake.

Manlius-Cazenovia glacial lake
Geography. The glacial lake in the Limestone valley filled the
valley from Deruyter reservoir as far northward as Manlius, a

(81 ‘[d orvdwoH) ‘Jouuvyo JO pvoy 10 oyeUL WIOIJ of % (ysvo) wreaIjsdn Suryoo, Mora

GQMVI IVIOVIN VIAONSZVO-SOTINVW JO LHILAO ‘THNNVHO SOlava ‘opoyd ‘pliyoureg “TH

Ola ‘d oovy og LI 71a

patho tts
1 reyes a)

AX, }

To face p. r116

Plate 18

OUTLET OF MANLIUS-CAZENOVIA GLACIAL LAKE

.
?

FABIUS CHANNEL

H. L. Fairchild, photo.

(Compare pl. 17)

View looking upstream (southeast) 34 mile from intake.

Tae eeu ar Wen ee ef? oo Gm +h WP eae e Pe. YP Sat

-
¢ Z - o = =
‘
+ 4 ES
?
rs we, . rs
“ ‘ ‘
’ 5
5
? ,
. * 7

ag is
hag ras ;
ae te <i
; Re
malt etm.
+>
od
— \ > hee? wy
) _ ; > aN i
= 3 =”
« "
a i
- "1 ae ¥
Ee M
ag g
>
‘ .
. *
*
bi
e i
i H ‘a
Pe PE RRS ae a a ee PO es (ial, aS

. 3

ae

< —

i

5 ite A alge te See

ag

UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK

FREDERICK J.H.MERRILL TEVA NG > re T
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 20 ™ ANNUAL REPORT STATE GEOLOGIST PLATE 19

Director and State Geologist

== == : =
79 00 : 78 00 3 5 7600

inairyulle

(heres ville

SHORE LINE AND AREA

oF m Mount ttwing fo °
1B wr bl [i \ Hartowe

DAKE IROQUOIS \ f= Mer/ 1. \ | hal

\
\

forra WASAGA

BAY HERMAN LEROY FAIRCHILD

50° =
Collingroo p

Thornton \

}
INS eas

Mecaiffors
=f

<

Torah,

Witivilte

Barre fenter

JAMES LYON, STATE PRINTER

ay bes ie ‘
eA echt oi

erin ew ie: lie vit ean Ha a ae

“pees «.

2 aie
‘ mee |

Pt

;

Nd ;

= e 1 : od

feaaonn Tere ey
eo

he. ee

] S1OULOD WOU AVOU WOdJ AJOAIOSOI 1OJANYOM AOAO YYNOS SUIYOOT MOTA ‘OV [VIOV[S VIAOUOZLO-SNI[URW JO IS

AGVTIVA BDNOLSAWIT AO AGVAH ‘OR0Gd “PIII "Tl “A

LITI d voBy OF, 03 93%I[d

Sree ul ey el i alee UOT}VIS YOOISPOOMA MON JO YOU SpoOl OF ‘adpo Ppepole JO MoIA
AMVI VIAONAZVO-SOITINVW JO NIVId VITA ‘oj0oyd ‘pllqo1iey “TI “H

LITi d voBy OF, TG 94%Id

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r117

distance of about 15 miles. Its breadth, in this valley, was only
2 or 3 miles, but it had a branch or fork on the east which filled -
the shallow valley of Cazenovia dnd the narrow, deep valley of
Chittenango creek, thus making a lake of considerable area but
irregular shape (pl. 20).

Ali the overflow of these glacial waters was contributed to the
south flowing Tioughnioga creek; those of the New Woodstock
phase to the west branch of that creek, those of the Deruyter
phase to the middle branch, and those of the larger, more im-
portant Manlius-Cazenovia lake to the west branch. During the
time which we are considering the Tioughnioga was a large river,
carrying to the Susquehanna the abundant waters from the melt-
ing of a long stretch of the glacier, and deeply filling portions of
its ancient valley with detritus from the glacial drift.

Deltas. The most conspicuous delta in the basin of the Manlius-
Cazenovia lake is at Union Corners, 1 mile west of Delphi station
on the Lehigh Valley railroad. A broad delta was built here by
the New Woodstock creek, with a summit plateau of 1280 feet
altitude. The village of New Woodstock stands on a delta plain
built in the Jake by the united action of the two branches of the
creek. Pl. 21 is a view of.the eroded edge of the upper level of
the plain north of the village.

Remnants of other deltas may be found where streams poured
down into the ancient lake. Other evidences of standing water
may also be frequently seen, such as leveled stretches, produced
by the filling of shallow places by land wash or by peaty accumu-
lation. Hints of wave cutting will be rare. The evidences of
standing water should be looked for somewhat above the 1300
contour at the north edge of the quadrangle, and somewhat below
this contour at the middle of the sheet.

Differential uplift. The reader should not forget that the map
contours do not show the precise altitude of the region at the time
of the ice retreat, as since that time there has been a northward
uplift or tilting of the earth’s surface over all the area of the
Laurentian basin. The amount of tilting in this region is not

r118 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

yet determined, but it is probably two or three feet to the mile
and possibly more. Consequently today the plane of the ancient
lake surface is not level, but rises to the northward. That plane
was determined by the Fabius outlet. If the bottom of that chan-
nel be taken as 1280 feet, and if we assume the depth of water
over the intake as 20 feet, we will have 1300 feet as the altitude
of the lake surface at that point. The corresponding plane at
Cazenovia is now at a higher. level, perhaps about 13820 feet,
depending on the unknown rate of uplift. At the parallel of the
Perryville outlet the plane would be still higher.

Variable elements. The student of these phenomena will need
to be on his guard against several sources of error. In correlat-
ing outlet channels with delta terraces or other static water
phenomena, the following points must be kept inmind. 1) Down-
cutting of the outlets. The first flow of water over any of the
long-lived channels must have been at a level somewhat higher
than the later flow, more specially if the channel was in drift
or soft material. 2) The depth of water over the wasteweir, or
head of the channel, is to be considered in determining the hight
of the lake surface. 3) The hight of water surface was subject
to considerable variation, as in modern lakes. This variation
would be greater in the smaller lakes, where the difference
between the winter and summer melting of the glacier would be
a larger proportionate factor. 4) The deltas usually have several
levels or terraces, caused partly by changes in the lake level, but
specially by the lowering of the water surface as the lake was
slowly drained away. 5) In the southern ends of the valleys
terraces may be found to correlate with the two or more outlets.
6) The relation of the delta plain to the water surface varies
somewhat according to the coarseness of the detritus and the
rapidity of its deposition. The head of the delta should be a
few feet above the water level, and the point or front under the
same level. 7) Failure to find expected phenomena does not
always prove their nonexistence. And the positive nonexistence
of features which are theoretically expected does not necessarily
prove the absence of the agency. Shore phenomena, in particular,

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r119

are liable to be weak or even wanting where we know that deep
waters stood for ages. 8) Allowance must be made for the
erosion or weathering, since the producing agencies were
withdrawn. |

High channels leading east toward the Mohawk

Origin and location. During the life of the local glacial lakes
described in the preceding pages the Mohawk valley was cleared of
the glacier, at least sufficiently to permit free drainage to the sea,
and these local valley lakes were at liberty to overfloweast instead
of south as soon as the passes across the ridges were opened. Such
eastward flow was eventually certain, but it did not occur till the
receding ice front had uncovered the north ends of the intervalley
ridges, as the latter are higher than the cols at the southern ends
of the valleys. | | og

At the north point, or brow, of each great ridge we find a series
of terraces and channels cut into the rock by the swift flow of
escaping waters. There are six groups of these high channels,
and they will be considered in order from west to east. The
reader should have before him the following four sheets of the
‘topographic map, Syracuse, Tully, Chittenango, Oneida.

ist group. The most westerly group of high channelg lies at
the north end of the ridge which forms the east side of the Onon-
daga valley, 4 miles southeast of Syracuse and close to Jamesville.
‘They have already been described,! and can be located by the con-
touring on the bottom edge of the Syracuse and the top edge of
‘the Tully sheets.

2d group. This group lies between Jamesville and Manlius vil-
ages, on the slope of the ridge between Butternut and Limestone
reeks. The channels may be located on the same topographic
Sheets as group 1, and they have also been described in a general
way. (References as above)

3d group. ‘The channels of this group lie on the north slope of
Eagle hill, between Limestone and Chittenango creeks, and south-
veast of Chittenango village. They are located on the lower edge

* Geol. soc. Am. Bul. 10:54, 60-61, pl. 3, 7-9.
-Am. jour. sci, 7:251, 262, pl, 6.

r120 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

of the Chittenango sheet, but are not well indicated by the con-
tours. They have not been described, but will be briefly described
in the following pages, along with the later groups of channels.

4th group. This group of channels lies on the north-facing slope
north of the village of Perryville, and along the north and north-
east slope of Cranson hill, between Chittenango and Cowaselom
creeks. They form a series of interrupted scourways at differ-
ent levels, and are only suggested by the contours on the adjoin-
ing lower corners of the Chittenango and Oneida sheets.

oth group. These strong channels are 3 miles south of Oneida
village on the crest and north slope of West Stockbridge hill,
between Cowaselon and Oneida creeks. They are fairly well
indicated on the lower part of the Oneida sheet.

6th group. This very compact group of strong channels lies on
the north brow of Eaton hill, between Oneida and Sconondoa
creeks, 6 miles southeast of Oneida and 3 miles south of Vernon.
This is probably the most easterly group of high channels, judging
from the topography. However, the territory lying between here
and the Mohawk valley remains to be studied.

Range in vertical distance. In each group the channels cover
a vertical distance of several hundred feet. The highest cutting
leading east must lie under the true plane of the lowest outlet to
southern flow. The original difference of level may, in some
cases, have been very small, and with the subsequent tilting of
the land it is possible that the later, east-leading channel might
now be even somewhat higher than the earlier one at the head
of the valley. The correlation of these east-leading channels with
the cols and south-leading channels on the divide is a subject for
future study. 3

In the Eagle hill group the highest water course is over 1100)
feet above tide, and ‘the lower ones about 800 feet, all lying
within a horizontal distance of 1 mile. The Cranson hill group:
ranges from 1200 down to 800 feet in 14 miles. The West Stock-
bridge hill group has a greater range, from 1300 down to 700 feet
in something over a mile. The Eaton hill group ranges from:
1200 down to 800 feet in less than a mile.

(¥ ‘62 ‘Id orvdut0H) “ysvoy INOS ZuIyoOT ‘a[[JAAIegq JO YOU oI T ‘T]IY WOsUeID Jo apIs Jsom ‘oUO\SeuIIT

tee Se NOISOUM AMV GNV WVaULS BGS PMOL Sy Se

Toft ‘d oovj o7 66 981d

(FZ ‘Zo ‘Id oredmI0D) “Js¥o ‘MIVeI]SUMOP SUIYOO'T ‘“opniiz[V 309} OZIT ‘IT Wosuvip jo opis yseMy}I0U ‘emojJSomI'T

TONNVHO UAAIN LNAIONY JO Hoots ‘ojoud ‘plImolted “TH

TZIt d vovz OF, €S 238Id

(ez ‘ve ‘Id orvdur0g) ‘jseMqINOS ‘UIvOI]SUMOP SUIYOOT ‘onAg[oO_ VAOGR o[ImM % ‘oreyNg Jo 4sva ‘yoo1o Beankvg jo poq ‘euo}soumry

TaNNVHO WVAULS DNIAIT 4O woos ‘oyogd ‘plrqoiey "TH

Tgtt “d 9dBy OL VG 281d

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATD GEOLOGIST 1900 r121

Form and character of the channels. The character of the
channels depends on several conditions, of which three may be
noted, namely: 1) the nature of the rock, 2) the relation of the
ice front to the topography, and 3) the relation in altitude of the
stream to the receiving land surface or water body. These three
elements will be discussed in order.

1 The higher channels in each of these groups are mainly in the
Helderberg and Corniferous limestones, while the lower channels
are in the Salina shales. The highest scourways of the Eagle
hill and Cranson hill groups are in Hamilton shale. This differ-
ence in the rock causes great difference in the form and size of
the channels. Those in the limestone are often shallow, or only
broad scourways. If deep, they usually have steep or even verti-
cal walls, with cascades and cataracts if the underlying shale is
reached. Those in the shales are relatively deep, but the walls
are more sloping and smoother. The rapid weathering of the
shale has cut back the walls and partially filled the channel
bottoms, so as to give them a V shape, which they did not have
originally. The limestone channels, on the other hand, are prac-
tically as the rivers left them, being stretches of bare rock, greatly
dissolved along the joints and fissures. This solution of the lime-
stone has often given to the scourways the appearance of a field
of boulders (pl. 22-24).

2 A peculiar and interesting feature of these channels is the
absence in many cases of the north bank. Those on steep slopes
are sometimes only shelves or terraces cut in'to the escarpment.
In such cases the north wall is in the air, as it was constituted by
the ice which has disappeared. For a long time, centuries at
least, and possibly for thousands of years, the waning ice sheet of
the Ontario basin pressed against the escarpment or steep slope
which formed the southern side of the basin. The waters which
were held in the valleys and were escaping eastward from one
lake to another were often compelled to squeeze through between
the rock wall on one side and the ice wall on the other. The
north ends of the high ridges are in consequence of this relation-
ship cut into a series of steps or shelves. In the case of the West

r122 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Stockbridge and Eaton hills the notches are conspicuous profile
features even at great distances. When the streams were con-
fined in rock walls, they intrenched themselves in the rock and
sometimes cut ravines of large dimensions (see p. 123, 124).

3 It will be understood that the cutting of a ravine or the exist-

ence of cascades and cataracts implies that the lake or land which —

received the overflow must have had a level below that of the
tributary lake or stream by at least as much as the amount of
fall. We shall make use of this principle later, in our study of
the order of retreat of the ice front and of the time relation of

the channels.
Lower and later channels

The lower channels of the first three groups were not cut by the
drainage of local waters, but by overflow of the great lake Warren
and the hypo-Warren waters. All the channels of the fourth,
fifth and sixth groups were cut by local waters. However, north
of these groups, on the lower ground, there are channels which
were made by the hypo-Warren (better called hyper-Iroquois)
waters. These lower channels lie north of Chittenango, at and
south of Canastota, through Oneida, and toward Rome. The New
York Central railroad follows here the smooth level stretches
swept by the great rivers that preceded the beginning of Lake
Iroquois. These later channels are outlined only by their south
banks, as the rivers flowed along the ice margin which consti-
tuted their north bank. The stream-cut cliffs which formed the
broken south banks of the rivers, may be seen from the New York
Central and the West Shore railroads. These latest channels
will be the subject of future study.

Ravines and cataracts
Some of the deeper channels in the limestone are of such form
and depth that they might be called canyons. Some of them are
headed by vertical cataract cliffs, the plunge basins of which in
several cases now hold lakes (pl. 25-85). The largest of these
gorges were cut by the hypo-Warren waters, and with their cata-
ract phenomena were in a true sense the predecessors of Niagara

(Z “Sy ‘6 ‘Id ‘OT “4 "Ing “Wy ‘90s
‘JOO OsTe ig ‘TE ‘Id oivdu1opD) “ysoMY}NOS Suryoo, ‘1oyvoyWYduIe puv JI[o JOVIv{VO OY} SMOYS MOIA ‘oxVrT puNoYW Jo ysvoy}Nos SO[IUL YT

NISVA LOVUVLVO *IONNVHO @VNHOANW WO GAVaH ‘oyoyd ‘pliyoureyg “YT

ee te oy

Zell Ad oR OF, CZ 21%Id

JSOMTINOS ‘Wvse1jsdn suryooyT

TONNVHO G@VNGOAW FO WOOT “‘PITGOIIB A “T

Zld “d 9dBy OL 9% 21%ld

heey

2
~

EA

2

z
g
»
&
i
~

ysvoyjnos ‘urveijsdn Suryooy ‘“AVMYSIY JO ops GINOS ‘UOT]es [BUSTS [[I 91SeVq JO JSOMY}IOU Soll YT ‘ouojsoumpry

GQHITO LOO-NVaULS ‘ojoyd ‘pliqoieyg “Tt “H

Zolt d vByl OL 1% 14%ld

(62 “[d o1vdUI0H) “jsveyjNos ‘Wvel]sUMOP SUTYoo'T ‘oSuvuez1q9 Jo JSOMYINOS solu Zz

HNOLSHWIT NI AVMUNOOS

‘oj04d “Plqoued “T ‘HH

GoTt “d aovy OF, 8% Id

(UIveT]SUMOP JOqIWeT nq ‘gz ‘Id ul SB JoUURAD eMeS EYL) “yS¥e ‘UIveL]SMMOP Suryooy ‘oSuvuswiqO jo eM INOS sellout Z

ANOLSAWIIT NI ITHNNVHO ‘oyoyd ‘pliqorey "TT “A

ps,
=~

Sglt d ooBy OL 6S 23%Id

einjsed SUI[[OI SI LOO, ‘ySeM ‘UIBOI]SdN SuUITyOoT ‘oud {SaUI"T ‘OSULUE}IGO JO JSOMINOS O[IU T

NOANVO WVAULS LNGIONV ‘oyoyd ‘pliqoiey “Tt “H

Eid ‘d voBy OL OF 3%Id

(T ‘3g ‘6 ‘Id ‘OL ‘A ‘Ing ‘Wy ‘008 ‘[09H OSTe ‘ze ‘jd oiedui0g) ‘soyeeqIYduMe 94} SSsOIOv ‘oO ,0Z “U SUIYOO'TT ‘al[[Asoules JO SoM So[TUL YT

GAMVI ATVIIASANVE :NISVE@ LOVUYVLIVO LNXIONV ‘ojoYyd ‘pllqoley “TJ “H

oe

‘ ntatins oe erate. Neh a aaa “EI Sai cr tatiana il, ti nied aoe

en eae

EgIt d vovVz OY, IE 2%Id

(1g ‘[d o1vdui0p) “‘uoAUBd 9Y} UMOP “'S OT "29 BUIYOOT ‘o[[[ssoulee JO SOM SoTIM YT
AMVI AIIIASANVE :NISVEa LOVUVLVO LNAIONV ‘oyoyd ‘plIqo1Iey Tt “H

€ZLi'd voBy OF, 2& 281d

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 17123

(see p. 126). They have been briefly described, mapped and illus-
trated in former writings (see p. 105 for references).

Among the channels described for the first time in this paper
are several of ravine character headed by cataract cliffs. A very
interesting ravine heads 3 miles east of Jamesville and about 2
miles southwest of Manlius, with a cataract cliff about 125 feet
high and an amphitheater about 50 rods across. The bottom of
the ravine is a smooth meadow with two levels. The upper level
is about i mile long, the surface being a perfectly smooth floor
of fine detritus. ‘The lower end of this meadow drops off abruptly
20 feet to another meadow, about 20 rods wide and 4 mile long,
opening to the valley of Limestone creek, about a mile from Man-
lius village. This ravine is indicated by the coutours on the
upper adjacent corners of the Tully and Cazenovia sheets. The
walls are nearly vertical and in limestone. The manner in which
the channel was filled so as to produce the smooth meadows has
not been investigated, but the pile of rock rubbish which forms
the step from the lower meadow to the upper meadow suggests
a damming at that point, and a filled lake above it. This gorge
was probably cut by the hypo-Warren waters, as the altitude at
the crest of the fall is under 800 feet, and the mouth of the chan-
nel is under 600 feet. We will name this the Manlius gorge.

North of the Manlius gorge and west of the village, the east-
facing escarpment is tremendously cut and gullied by the floods.
Evergreen lake (p. 127) lies in a plunge basin excavated by these
waters, and a dry basin lies a quarter of a mile south of Ever-
green lake. Farther north is the large High Bridge, or White
lake, channel, which has been described in former writings.

The north face of Eagle hill is all stream-swept, from 1100 feet
down, while the eastern slope is trenched with ravines (pl.
28-30). Two notable gorges occur along the north side of the
road leading east to Chittenango village. The larger of these is
about 1 mile from the village, and near the junction of a road
from the south (pl. 30). A large ravine with cataract head
occurs northwest of Eagle hill, described in earlier writings as
the Mycenae channel (pl. 25, gies This belongs with the lower
or Warren series.

r124 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

The highest of the Cranson hill channels les so far southwest
of the main series as to belong to a distinct set. It is the first
eastward outlet of the glacial waters in the Limestone and
Cazenovia valleys, and has been referred to above (p. 116). It
lies 4 mile southwest of the village of Perryville, but has been
overlooked by the topographers and is not indicated by the con-
tours. It makes, however, a distinct notch in the ridge and at
its mouth is a conspicuous delta, near the village. The channel
is in Shale about 4 mile long, 100 feet deep and 175 to 200 feet
wide at bottom. The delta is 80 to 100 feet high, with abrupt
face toward the village; it covers several acres, with two levels.
West of north of this channel are other scourways, at intervals
down to perhaps 900 feet. These channels are cut across a
minor ridge lying between Eagle and Cranson hills and were
formed at the front of a lobe of the glacier which extended
southward up the Chittenango valley.

The channels of the Cranson hill series begin about a mile north
of Perryville, at an altitude of 1250 feet, and form a remarkable
succession of shelves and trenches in the limestone. The highest
and earliest channel lies # of a mile northeast of Perryville. This
outlet determined the water level of the Perryville lake in which
the delta was built. It is a winding-cut in Hamilton shale about
50 feet deep, 100 feet wide at bottom, and 4 mile long. Its gen-
eral course is northeast. The lowest and longest channel is
down in the shale, and forms the east and west valley through
which the Lehigh Valley railroad runs. To the east, southwest
of Clockville, these channels make steep plunges, but no pro-
nounced ravines have been seen.

On West Stockbridge hill the higher cutting is mostly in great
shelves, but lower trenches are in shale, the lowest one, holding
the Oneida reservoir, being the largest. The map contours
(Oneida sheet) indicate the channeling. The Salina strata are
found here at a higher altitude than westward and are reached
by the streams at 900 to 1000 feet.

On Eaton hill only the two upper channels are in limestone.
The highest has a plunge basin, judging by the map (Oneida

‘ez ‘[d oivduo, 10818 ! : ; "
(I °GZ ST Ivedulog) j0R1e7]e0 preMo} ‘WSvoT NOS BuUIyooyT ‘uoAUv. OSplig SIFT jo peo -o[[[sSoulve JO ‘a ‘U ‘a SaTIUI %y

QMVI ANI :‘NISVH LOVUVLVO LNAIONV ‘ojoYd ‘pIMqoure "IT -H

Se. F » a3 a

SE 94%Id

Poll “d vovz og,

esunjd wmverys Aq poonpoid uiseq ‘qouRIq YINOS 94} IAAO Ysve SuUIyooT ‘oa[[lAe}eAU,q JO YINos sopim Z

GMVI NAGUDUaAg ‘ovOYd ‘pliqoiteg “I “H

Spy ges”
“e &

Scat

Pelt ‘d ooVy OL PE Vid

Sse[vys ul odunid wmvai3s Aq paonpolid UISBVg “JOTJNO pIVMO} YRIOU BUIYOOT ‘ol[{Ao0}}0AV JO JSveq}IOU SolImM %Z

aMVI GNNOUW ‘oyoyd ‘pliqoeg “T “H

Poli d asovy OL GE BIg

aoe:
wees ee
aed erage
chia oe!
Ae i?

9 .0% “S SUTYOOT MOTA ‘[ITY WOVE JO Opis YON
VLIGG LNGIONY ‘0704d ‘plIqouey “IT “H

GZI1'd ooBZ Of, 96 938Id

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 7125

sheet) with a small ravine running southeast down the east slope.
The next channel ended on the northeast slope in two short gorges
side by side. The lower channels are in shale. The contouring
is fairly indicative of the channels.

Deltas

Considering the large amount of excavating done by the swift,
plunging streams, the delta deposits are few, practically none for
the higher channels. The reasons which occur to the writer for
this lack of delta deposits with the higher channels are, 1) the
absence of quartzose rocks to furnish undecomposable material, 2)
the soluble or decomposable character of the involved strata
(shales and limestone) and 3) the steep, high slopes preventing
local accumulation. The debris was carried down to fill the val-
leys, where it was worked over by the present streams, and has
been widely spread along the border of the lowland north of the
ridges. This material came largely within the reach of the
waters of Lake Iroquois, and now eonstitutes the leveled filling
of the plain between Syracuse and Oneida, traversed by the lines
of railway.

The most notable delta associated with the higher channels is
the one above mentioned at Perryville, 4 mile southwest of the
village, at about 1200 feet altitude by the map (see p. 124). It is
not a large delta but conspicuous, seen from the north, and is sig-
nificant as marking a local water level, and thus helping to
unravel the history of the glacial waters. A broad delta lies at .
the north foot of Eaton hill, with a hight of 900 to 920 feet, by
the map (pl. 36).

The largest delta seen by the writer in the district lies south
of Oneida village, beginning about 1 mile south of the village and
stretching southeast for 2 miles toward Kenwood (Oneida com-
munity). The remnants of the delta cover perhaps 2 square miles.
The New York, Ontario and Western railroad runs along the
northeast foot of the delta all the way from Oneida Castle to
Kenwood. The summit of the eroded plateau, as given by the
map, is 640 feet. This delta is the accumulated debris from the

r126 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

three lower channels of the group on the north slope of West
Stockbridge hill, all of which are in Salina shale. Being com-
posed of shale debris, the delta has weathered into erosion
forms, and from the north looks like a moraine, but seen from
the proper hight, specially from the south, its plateau character
is conspicuous (pl. 37).

At High Bridge, south of Fayetteville, is a broad delta rem-
nant of coarse gravel, with map altitude of 600 feet. This is a
portion of the deposit left by the river that excavated the White

lake gorge.
Cataract lakes

Origin. The peculiar lakes in the region southeast of Syracuse
have been a subject of comment and speculation for over half a
century. These lakes are notable for their location, being in
amphitheaters with very steep or even vertical walls of lime-
stone; for their considerable depth as compared with their area;
and for the clearness and color of the water, which has caused
multiplication of the name, Green lake. Many more or less
reasonable and unreasonable explanations of the origin of these
lakes have been given: that the basins were of volcanic origin or
craters; that they were produced by sinking of the strata, due
perhaps to solution of the limestone or of the underlying salt
beds; and that they were the result of surface solution of the
rocks.

The true explanation of the genesis of these lakes is now per-
fectly clear. They occupy cataract or plunge basins, similar to
that which would exist at the foot of Niagara falls if the Niagara
river were to be withdrawn. Indeed, the cataracts which exca-
vated the Syracuse basins were actually the predecessors of
Niagara, as they were produced by the falling of the waters of
the Erie-Huron basin from the Erian level down to the Ontarian
(at that time the Iroquois) level. The lakes all lie in the heads
of channels cut by the sub-Warren waters.

No lakes have been found in the plunge basins of the higher
channels, though the dry basins exist, probably because they have
limestone foundations. The basins holding lakes seem to be either

}SBOqIOU BUIYOOT “eploug JO 4sveqINos sopiM %zZ

VLIIGG LNAIONV WO INVYNWOU ‘ovoYd ‘plryourey Ty “EH

9ZII ‘d voBJ OF, 28 9381d

x

i
‘.

~<% 3 “4r®

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r127°

on Salina shale or near enough to the shale to have impervious.
bottoms. ‘As no description of these has been published, giving
a true account of their origin, a brief description will be included
here. The lakes are located on the adjoining corners of the Syra-
cuse, Tully and Chittenango sheets.

Jamesville lake. This lake is situated over a mile west of’
Jamesville, in a cataract basin 160 feet deep to the water and.
about 400 feet across. The depth of the lake is given as 60 feet.
Pl. 31, 32 are two photographs of the lake and basin. The lake-
was formerly called Green lake, but was recently renamed James-
ville lake by Prof. E. C. Quereau.t The altitude of the lake sur-
face is about 600 feet.

Blue lake (pl. 33). This beautiful lake is across the valley from
Jamesville, 14 miles to the northeast. It is almost a duplicate of
the Jamesville lake, but Somewhat larger in all dimensions. By
eye estimate the basin is over 1000 feet across, the nearly vertical
walls being nearly 200 feet high. The lake is some 500 to 600:
feet in diameter, with the depth unknown. The map elevation is.
about 580 feet. The gorge in which this lake les opens directly
north 4 mile into the White lake gorge. The lake has under-
ground outlet through a barrier ridge of coarse material which
rises some 10 or 15 feet above the lake. This lake was also.
locally called Green lake, but it is proposed by the writer to name
it Blue lake, which is equally appropriate, and will prevent dupli-
cation of names, since the name Green lake is held for another
lake of the vicinity (see p. 128).

White lake. At the junction of the Blue lake gorge with the
gorge leading east to High Bridge is a lake locally called White
lake. It is larger than those already mentioned, and is said to:
be shallow with low shores. Its location at the junction of the
two gorges suggests that its genesis is the same as of the other
lakes. The map elevation is between 540 and 560 feet.

Evergreen lake (pl. 34). This lake lies ? mile south of High
Bridge, and close to the west side of the road. It is of irregular

* Topography and history of Jamesville lake, N. Y. Geol. soc. Am. Bul.
9:178.

7128 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

U shape, inclosing a peninsula that is nearly an island. It is said
to be mostly shallow, and the deepest place 50 feet. At first
sight its genesis is not evident. The walls are stony rubbish,
and no rock was seen in place. It might not unreasonably be
regarded as a solution sink, or aS a morainal kettle. 4 mile south
‘occurs a dry basin, also shown on the Syracuse sheet, which lies
‘evidently in the course of a plunging stream. This directs atten-
tion to the fact that all the east-facing slope of the hill has been
scarred and gouged by immense floods of water pouring over the
cliffs. All the features of this slope are either the work of the
plunging waters or of some subsequent action, since the floods
must have obliterated all earlier features. If these basins were
produced by solution of underlying salt beds or other strata and
‘sinking of the surface, the walls should be of rock, and their form
should be quite different. No other suggestion of their origin is
presented. It seems to the writer that Evergreen lake certainly
thas the same origin as the other cataract lakes. Its elevation is
under 620 feet by the map.

Round and Green lakes (pl. 35). These two lakes, which may
‘be considered together, lie 3 miles northeast of Fayetteville, and
close to the Erie canal, south of Kirkville. Their origin is not
‘So certain as that of the lakes above described, but the writer is
confident that it is the same. The two lakes, with their sur-
rounding topography, are shown on the Chittenango sheet. They
lie near together, at nearly the same level, being separated by a
swamp. The elevation of the lower, or Green lake, is given by
the map as 418 feet. Their waters are very Sulfurous, and the
low shores are largely a calcareous deposit. The lakes may
‘originally have been one, and divided by the accumulation of
vegetal and calcareous matter over a shallow place. The depth
‘of both lakes is stated by J. H. T. E. Burr of Cazenovia, who has
made several careful soundings of each lake, to be 165 feet.

The rocks in which these lakes lie is soft Salina shale, which
may account for the sloping walls of the basins, and the absence
‘of a steep or cataract head above the upper lake. Leading to the
Jakes from the southwest is a fine river channel excavated in the

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r1i29

harder shale, which heads in a smooth, swampy col 1 mile north-
east of Fayetteville. The flat bottom of the channel is from 20
to 30 rods wide, the breadth on an upper or flood plain level, a few —
feet higher, is some 40 rods. Nearing Round lake, the channel
bottom becomes V shaped, and falls about 120 feet to the lake
level.

These lakes certainly lie in the course of an ancient river
channel. The argument for their origin is the same as that
applied above to the case of the Evergreen lake. If the stream
did not produce them, then it could have been only some subse-
quent agency. Solution and subsidence afford the readiest sug-
gestion. A serious fact against this last suggestion is that the
depth of the lakes is too great to be caused by solution of all the
thickness of salt ever held in the underlying strata. We must
regard the basins of Round and Green lakes as a type of cataract
basin in soft shale, while those of Jamesville and Blue lakes
represent the type in limestone.

The ice front

Position and form. As the stream channels cutting across the
north ends of the ridges were held there by the frontal edge of
the glacier, the attitude, form and relationship of the channels
give us some knowledge of the position of the ice front at the
time the channels were cut, and of its order of recession.

The well known habit of the glacier to follow the valleys or to
push farther up the low ground is shown by the curving form of
the channels. The higher channels on Eagle, West Stockbridge
and Eaton hills show a decided curvature around the ends of the
ridges (pl. 16). As these channels either laved the glacier front
or were very close to it, the fact is evident that the ice had
reentrant angles at the ridges with projecting lobes in the

valleys. )

Order of recession, The channels were certainly cut by east-
flowing waters. It is evident, therefore, that the receiving water
at the east of any particular channel must have been lower than
the mouth of the effective channel. The falling of the dammed
waters was consequently from the east toward the west. This
means that the ice front receded or backed away from the escarp-

=r130 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

ment earlier on the east and successively westward; in other
words, the ice front inclined to the escarpment, with an open
-angle toward the east. This agrees also with the known move-
ment or flow of the ice body from the northwest in its last stages
In this region, the front of the glacier being at right angles to
the direction of flow.

5 Relative age of the channels

The eastern channels are older than the western, and prob-
ably in regular succession westward. It does not follow how-
ever that all the channels of a group, both higher and lower,
‘were cut before even the highest of the next group on the west.
Such may have been the case with the Eaton hill channels, as
they lie south of the parallel of the next westward group, on
West Stockbridge hill. The latter group and the Cranson hill
group were probably cut more nearly together, since they all
trend north of east, and the Cranson hill channels show rela-
tively less effect of plunging. The latter two groups were
largely completed before the Eagle hill group, as these latter
have gorges and cateracts which indicate low water on the east.
A similar statement applies to the groups of large channels
southeast of Syracuse, or west and east of Jamesville, for they
belong to the sub-Warren drainage of later time, though they lie
farther south than the Eagle hill group.

3 CATTARAUGUS-CHAUTAUQUA DISTRICT
Field of special study

The work in this large district during the summer of 1900 was
largely in the nature of a careful reconnaissance, but some of the
results of the study are sufficiently complete to allow present
publication.t

The particular field of study was a belt along the divide between
the waters flowing to the Ohio river and those flowing to Lake

*In the study of this region the writer was generously assisted by his
friend and college mate, B. W. Law, who has his summer house at Collins,
near Gowanda, and is intelligently interested in the Pleistocene geology
of the Cattaraugus district.

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r1381

Erie, extending from Gowanda, Chautauqua co., southwest to
‘beyond Chautauqua lake, a distance in direct line of about 35
ailes. The line of water parting was examined throughout most
-of its length from Perrysburg, southwest of Gowanda, to a point
3 miles west of Mayville, with special reference to the channels
of overflow of the glacial waters. The distance along the wind-
ings of this line is about 45 miles.+

Divide and stream channels

The stretches of the divide on the lower ground, nearer Lake
Erie, are mostly on moraine drift. A southward bend of the
divide around the head of Canadaway creek lies on high ground,
‘having only a thin veneer of ground moraine drift.

Few stream channels cross the divide, and none of great capac-
ity, as the glacial waters in this region escaped southwest past
the ice front as soon as the latter had receded some distance
from the divide. Only two summit swamps of any considerable
‘Size lie on the divide, one of these being at the head of Bear
Jake, 33 miles southeast of Brockton, the other at the head of
the Little inlet of Chautauqua lake, 2 miles north of Mayville:
‘The location of these swamps with reference to the general topog-
raphy forbids the idea that they could long have been the out-
let channels of large streams, though they carried the local
waters of the waning ice front for a time. The map altitude of
‘both of these swamp cols is between 1320 and 1340 feet.

4 miles north of Mayville, at the four corners by the Elm Flat
‘church and schoolhouse, is a short, open, clean-cut channel across
the divide, 15 to 20 rods in width. It lies near the head of the
Big inlet of Chautauqua lake, with a map altitude of 1340 feet.
Another channel occurs in the town of Arkwright, 14 miles west
-of Mud lake. It carried the waters of the small Walnut creek
glacial lake over to the west branch of the Conewango creek.
The map elevation is 1420 feet.

* The topographic sheets which cover most of the territory involved in
‘this paper are the Silver Creek and Cherry Creek, Dunkirk and Westfield.

r132 NEW YORK STATR MUSEUM

A larger and more important ancient channel was discovered
east of the district as limited at the beginning of this writing.
It is at Persia flag station on the Erie railroad, between Dayton
and Cattaraugus stations, and carried the overflow of the glacial
waters held in the Cattaraugus valley over to the east branch of
the Conewango. This channel is an important link in the history
of the glacial waters of the Cattaraugus valley, but will be
described later in the paper (p. 136). |

The relationship of the north-sloping land surface to the divide
would seem to require considerable flow of water through two:
others cols, one at East Mud lake, southeast of Forestville, and.
the other at the Cassadaga lakes, the head of the creek of that.
name. However, these passes show no definite channels across.
the water parting, though the south-leading channels certainly
carried a heavy flood. This inconsistency will be discussed in
the next section.

Channels headed with uncut moraine drift

The two cols just mentioned are good examples of a peculiar
topography and relationship of features often found in connection
with the valleys leading south from the divide in central-western.
New York. The accompanying map of the Cassadaga lakes and
their surroundings (pl. 38) taken from the Dunkirk sheet, will
show the features to be here discussed and will serve as an
example of the type. The water parting, here indicated by the
heavy, broken line, lies in morainal drift knolls, with only small,
indefinite, meandering watercourses among the knolls. Close to
the water parting on the south are several shallow lakes, in the
head of,a broad, well defined valley, which is filled with detrital
overwash from the ice sheet. It is certain that the south-leading
valley had a flood of water during the long time that the front
of the glacier lobe was slowly migrating north up the valley, and
that the deep, preglacial valley was a catchment basin for the
stream drift, the latter being of great depth. Below the lakes.
the valley filling has been leveled and smoothed by the stream.
floods.

- REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r133

In cases where the head of the valley is a deep col which is the
lowest outlet southward of a capacious north-sloping valley, it
is evident that a considerable flow of water must have passed
through the col while the ice front was damming the waters in
the north valley. The Tully lakes col at the head of the Onon-
daga valley is a good example of such relationship, and yet it has
an uncut moraine divide like the Cassadaga col here mapped. In
the case of the Cassadaga col the volume of water ponded north
of the divide was not relatively great, but the lake was however
of sufficient size to require a distinct outlet channel, which is not
found.

Two features of this map of the Cassadaga phenomena do not
harmonize with the theoretic requirement. One is the absence
of a well defined channel across the divide, and the other is the
presence of lakes or depressions in the head of the valley. The
latter inconsistency is not difficult of explanation. The valley
was filled with the drift, by the glacier and the stream, from the
south toward the north, or up stream, following the retreating
ice front. The lower stretches of the valley were uncovered by
the glacier and filled with the drift sooner than the upper sec-
tions. At the head of the valley the supply of drift or filling
material gave out rather suddenly as the glacier front passed to
the north of the divide, as a lake was then formed which became
the catchment basin for the glacial debris. Thus the head of the
valley did not receive so much drift as the lower sections, but it
would reasonably seem as if it should have received sufficient to
fill such shallow basins. And now the question arises, what
agency produced such basins in the path of stream action? They
evidently are not moraine depressions or kettles, as they do not
lie in moraine drift, but do lie in stream-spread deposits. The
explanation of these lake basins is that they are ice-block kettles,
or areas occupied at the time of the stream work by blocks of
glacier ice. When the glacier front receded over the divide,
maeses of ice became detached from the body of the ice lobe and
became surrounded or even buried by the stream deposits. With
the ultimate melting of the buried ice, the basins were produced.

r134 . NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

To one not familiar with glacial phenomena the above explana-
tion may seem imaginary and farfetched, but it is undoubtedly
the true one. Such depressions, either dry or containing lakes,
are not rare in the upper stretches of valley plains that have been
occupied by glaciers. In the district of our present study the
reader can see by the maps that several of the valleys leading
south from the divide have small lakes, but only near their heads.
Such lakes, in order from east to west, are East Mud lake, Mud
lake, Cassadaga lakes and Bear lake. Probably many small lakes
and lakelets which once existed have been obliterated by
vegetal growth or other filling.

The more common occurrence of detached ice-blocks imme-
diately south of the divides was due to the loss of motion in the
edge of the ice sheet which overhung or projected beyond the
crest of the divide. In other words, as the direction of ice move-
ment was changed on the angle of the divide from a down-slope
to an up-slope, the portion of the glacier on the down-slope was
left stagnant, and at the mercy of the stream action.

The other inconsistency, the absence of waterways across the
divide, is not so readily explained. The fact of a flow of water
across the divide must be assumed, whatever the explanation of
the phenomena. We need not mention all the suggestions which
might be made, but which a little thought or investigation would
show improbable or impossible. For some cases the explanation
may possibly be that the divide has been shifted to the north
since glacial time. That by the northward differential uplifting
some point which in glacial time was lake bottom, and north of
the divide, has been lifted so as to become the present divide,
and that the water parting of glacial time was at some point
which is now down stream and under alluvium in the south-lead-
ing valley. The Dunkirk sheet will show the reader that from
the upper Cassadaga lake down the valley 7 miles there is a fall
of only 6 feet, according to the map. The deformation of the
region, as shown by the ancient beaches in the Erie basin, is
between 1 and 2 feet to the mile. This is more than the amount
of fall in the Cassadaga valley -at the present time. But this

Se pata.

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 1185

faint slope of the present valley bottom is probably due to the
stream deposition, which probably has here far more than
counteracted, for the valley slope, the degree of tilting. More-
over, the position of the lakes would seem to fix the place of
the water parting as having been originally where it is now.
But the possibility of a changed position of the water parting by
tilting of the land surface should be considered in other cases.

Another explanation of the lack of channels in the divide drift
may be that at the time when some new and lower outlet was
opened for the lake, and this outlet ceased to be effective, the
wasteweir or intake of the channel was choked with berg ice and
frozen drift, through which or over which the overflow passed.
This condition would not be so likely to occur in the case of a
large lake which would require a long time, many years perhaps,
for the old outlet to be wholly abandoned, even after the new
one was opened. It would seem as if ice-obstructed channels
would be more likely with smaller lakes, like those we are now
considering.

Cols which were water channels are found along the divide in
central-western New York showing every gradation from broad,
open channels, like the Burns channel above Hornellsville, that
has every character of river work, to those which look as if even
a brook had never flowed across. And of the several features
pertaining to the cols all combinations may be found, due to their
relative development or absence. In the district of our present
study there is a striking succession of these peculiar cols and
filled valleys, indeed they are the most conspicuous features on
the four topographic sheets. In order from west to east, they

care the two inlets of Chautauqua lake, Bear lake outlet, Cassa-

daga creek, west and north branches of Conewango creek, and
Slab City creek.
Glacial lakes
Farrington hollow lake. The finest abandoned channel seen
by the writer in the district is one that does not lie on the divide,
but which occurs at the head of a north-sloping valley far south
of the divide. Farrington hollow (see the Cherry Creek sheet) is

r136 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

a symmetric valley 500 feet deep, opening north into the valley
of the west branch of the Conewango. The location and altitude
of the valley are such that it held a glacial lake some 4 miles
long, with the outlet at the col about 23 miles northwest of Cherry
Creek village, Chautauqua co. This channel is a clean, open cut
across the col with a swamp at the summit; a typical stream
channel (pl. 39).

Cattaraugus lake. The only other glacial lake in the district
meriting particular attention at this time is that which occupied
the irregular basin drained by Cattaraugus creek. Some time
has been spent in study of the lake phenomena, but the complete
history has not been translated. The main facts can however
be presented now. (The topographic sheets are not published,
and the reader will be obliged to use some county or state
map.) ;

The main branch of the Cattaraugus rises in Wyoming county
and flows westward, being joined above Gowanda by the south
branch. The later stages of the ice sheet in this region, spread-
ing from Erie basin, blocked the stream and produced a glacial
lake of very irregular shape in the main valley and its tributaries.

The earliest phases of this lake were preceded by smaller local
lakes in the tributary creeks from the south, each of which must
have had its own outlet across the divide to southern (Alle-
ghany) drainage. Two at least of these primary channels are
now used by railroads, one at Machias and another at West
Valley. With the farther recession of the ice front toward the
northwest, and the blending of the small primitive lakes into
one lake, the lowest of the several outlets must have taken the
entire overflow. This was probably the Machias channel, with
an altitude of 1647 feet, according to the profile of the Buffalo,
Rochester and Pittsburg railroad. With still farther retreat
of the ice a lower channel was opened farther westward, at
Persia flag station on the Erie railroad between Dayton and
Cattaraugus stations. The altitude of this outlet is not known
with precision, but it is something over 1300 feet.

(MIBOIJSUMOP) 4SBV9 BUINOOT ‘oS¥BI[IA Yoo Al10yO JO JsoM}IOU solIUL %Z

GQMVI IVIOVISO MOTIOH NOLONIBUVA WO LYHTILNO ‘oyOYd ‘pliqomeg “Ty “HH

QETt “d sovy OL 6E 21°%Id

_

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r137

The head or intake of this channel is close to the steep bank
of the south branch of the Cattaraugus creek. The water part-
ing is a swamp, and the channel bottom is about 4+ mile wide,
the railroad crossing it by a low filling. The channel leads north-
west a half mile to the railroad, then curves around sharply to
the southwest and opens into a valley tributary to the east branch
of the Conewango.

Water levels—plateaus and terraces. Sufficient exploration of
the upper Cattaraugus valley will probably reveal delta deposits
or other evidences of standing water at levels correlating with
the Machias and Persia outlets. The writer has so far been able
to examine only the water levels in the neighborhood of Gowanda,
where they are very conspicuous. These terraces and plateaus
will now be described, after which their relations will be
considered.

1 The highest plane of water action seen in the region forms
a broken plateau southeast of the village, which is conspicuous
from some points. The altitude (only a small part of the
measurements being by aneroid) is about 1012 feet.

2 Studley plateau is a high level south of the village and above
the house of Mr Studley, the latter standing on the next lower
level. The altitude is 1032 feet.

3 Broadway level forms a strong terrace south of the village,
on which is situated the street of this name. It forms the level
stretch on which stand the house of Mr Studley and the gas
well derrick. Its altitude is 972 feet.

4 Asylum plateau. This water-leveled plateau and delta plain

“hold the buildings of the state insane asylum, west of Collins
and northwest of Gowanda. The very tall water tank, which is
conspicuous for miles around, stands on the highest of several
minor terraces, the altitude being 883 feet. The north edge of
the plateau, at Shoos four corners, is 873 feet. A lower, broad

* Unless otherwise stated, the altitudes were all determined by instru-

mental leveling, with the assistance of Mr Law, the datum being the ele-

vations of the Buffalo and Southwestern railroad. By this datum Gowanda
station is 773 feet, Collins 861, and Lawton 818.

r138 . NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

terrace forms the state farm and the plain on which stands
Collins village, its altitude varying from 857 to 852 feet. A
strong terrace on the valley side south of Gowanda has the same
altitude as the upper asylum level, or 883 feet. This we have |
called the John Brown terrace.

5 Below or northwest of Gowanda lies a vast stretch of gravel
plain locally known as the “Four mile level.” It is mostly
included in the Cattaraugus Indian reservation. It seems to be
composed wholly of water-laid drift, the surface slowly declining
to the northwest or downstream. Its altitude near the Shoos
four corners, at the north end of the asylum plateau, is 822 feet,
but this is near the head of the plain. It is confidently believed
that this great plain was formed as the delta, probably sub-
aqueous, of the Cattaraugus creek in the waters of a great glacial
lake, which has left as the proofs of its existence the heavy.
beaches lying either side of the Cattaraugus embayment and
around the Erie basin, and known as the Belmore beach. The
altitude of the Belmore bars in the vicinity of Collins and North
Collins is 840 to 845 feet. This great plain of the Four mile
level therefore belongs with the widespread phenomena of the
supra-Warren waters, the discussion of which will be taken up
in a future paper.

The higher terraces around Gowanda, or those above the Four
mile level, belong to the falling waters of the Cattaraugus glacial
lake. The highest of these water levels, 1210 feet, is at least
100 feet below the level of the Persia outlet, and consequently
must correlate with some lower and later outlet. Such escape
was probably to the southeast, past the ice front and along the
high ground facing northwest. The study of this slope has not
been completed, but sufficient has already been seen to give the
shore, have been partially traced in this district by Frank Leverett,
G. K. Gilbert and Frank B. Taylor. They are suggested by the contours
on the topographic sheets, the Forest beach being 730 feet at Ripley
(Westfield sheet), and 770 feet at Brant (Silver Creek sheet). The Belmore

beach is about 70 feet above the Forest, being 800 feet at Ripley and
840 feet in the Cattaraugus embayment.

*
i

Y

ri

we

ih J . ’ PL
fh at f
" i
L ~ /
4;
i ; }
J! pm
i <
<
Ti tpt
ha
'
a
x
me pica
h i]

(Ir ‘Id Ul se UOlISod sues) “som SUTYOO] MITA ‘AT[IAAVI JO YRLOU seTIM g pue PlOyYISeM JO 4sSve SO[TM %p s1ous0d-g yV

SADdIU LAINd IVIOVID - ‘ozoyd ‘pliqoirey “T ‘H

614d oovy OF OF 23°%ld

“A

(07 ‘[d Ul se UoT}Isod omIVg) “Yq 10U SUIMOO] MelA ‘A[IAAeWW JO YRLOU Solu g PUB P[PYIS9M JO 4svO SO[IM YP SLIeUI0ON-§ 1V
SANGIN LAIMG TVIOVID ‘ojoyd ‘plIqo1iwa "T “AH

‘la a the my

Oe eee Th 1d

\
|

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r139

writer confidence that channels will be found on this slope to cor-
relate with the several levels in the Cattaraugus basin lying in
altitude between the Persia and the Belmore levels. Two such.
channels can be located on the sheets; a rock gorge of consider:
able dimensions occurs 38 miles south of Fredonia, having a due
east and west direction, with a map altitude of 1100 feet for the
bottom. Other scourways, with altitude toward 1200 feet, lie
east of Fredonia. Northeast of Forestville a pronounced channel
terrace is followed by the Erie railroad.

Peculiar forms of morainal drift

Along a stretch of the divide north and northeast of Mayville
the glacial drift assumes peculiar forms. For several miles the
drift lies mostly in ridges, some of which are so irregular as to
be quickly recognized as morainal, but in some areas they are
so smooth or drumlinlike that the origin is not apparent. They
can not all be drumlins in such cases, as their directions are often
in two sets, at right angles to each other. |

There is a heavy moraine of typical and strong relief 2 miles
west of Bear lake. Westward and southwestward for some 3
miles the drift forms resemble drumlin ridges quite as much aa
they do moraine. The most peculiar feature is their attitude,
being often set at right angles to each other. The photographs
which are reproduced in pl. 40 and 41 were taken from the same
position, one looking west and one north, near the three corners,
about 5 miles due north of Mayville. Decided ridges are crossing
the line of vision in each of these views. The morainal character
' 18 more suggestive here, however, than in some other places.

The smoothness of this drift can not be due to water action,
like moraines deposited under water, as this lies on a high portion
of the divide. It may be that the two sets of ridges were made
by the same ice edge in recession, one set being the subglacial
drift rubbed into drumlin form, while the other set, at right
angles, is the true terminal moraine accumulation.

--, f a 4»
AMITHTGTE Jy

ae

i
y 68

‘

wray
i
yi By
+o
7
‘
,

QUARRY INDUSTRY IN SOUTHEASTERN
| : NEW YORK ,

BY

EDWIN ©. ECKEL C.E.

CONTENTS

Geology /of the: mrear oe he A ekki « w'ainid ance Ronee Wie ok me ee
Successionsof ‘the: Formahions. .'.(0. 4's. \.< om alele & elas ee aeieieeee . r144
Pre-Cam brian LOCKS (civ. ia< aa). o/s 0,> + baa epee see eee ee r144
Poughquag quartzite (Cambrian). .. 2.2 00.06 dees ames ae on wees
Stockbridge and Barnegat limestones (Cambro-Ordovician).. r146
Hudson shales and schists (Ordovician). ..........ceeeee oo» Oa
Green Pond conglomerate (Upper Silurian)................ r147
Pine Hill quarwite (Upper: Silutan) s/o). o3.< (ss ses os ae eee r147
Longwood red shales’ (Upper Biliran). 2). sec es wes sues eee r14é
Cornwall limestones (Upper Silurian)........... S aceemete ooo eee
Newfoundland quartzite (Devonian).......... steht la eve nts r14&
Monroe shales (Devonian). .).\0 sib 4. ks de cde bec eee ri4é
Bellvale flags (Devonian). oo. ..6 0s os 2s oad eee we oe r14¢
Schunemunk conglomerate (Devonian)... 2... 5:0. 0. <0 «0 <n r14¢
Newark .beds (Putas rias) ts. cis sins es a lemnls eye yb ne Om eee r14¢
Igneous, rocks: (intrusive in thevabove). v7.6... t.Gi eb ddd ok rid
Quarry industry. of ERE WATER sau tings seen bo ee a hee oe r15(¢
Previous publications #222. 46.00ss shinee eels bona cue ok 6 ee ee r15¢
Granite: including gneiss, diorite, trap, iG. 5... ws ee bee wee rips
Lower pre-CamDriah SHEIBSES sos viens cress nw eieteie bes ri5!)
Fordham: @Helss 5 o's wie wean sein ae eee cbs a. = ae ee T15e
Monkers STEISS 05 5 oxic meee aoe reed ee tab’, Rew soy ee eae r15%
Granites and allied rocks in small areas......... 1.0) scans rl16:
EPAPTISOD. CAOTIEE |) f oF 3 Wines saae eet atalle fe ale) 0 Sesto: aan r16%
Cortlandt series: gabbros and GiI0TIEES... 2... 5. 06h sve nulh os eee r16¢
Newark Gia base 255-35 + ie esceerlee i Sian ew si vieltoy’ Ge esl eee r167
Sandstones: «including. shales 4 2.0.5 20 60 slew ols» n'ow ss ool een r16
Pouchoquae Quartzite 25. <s,,seciie cele s acme’ as osc ene eee T16’
Eludson ‘shales and sandstones s.. i..2'.0-... 1s sho pape ee r16"
Green ‘Pond conglomerates... singe =< oy ss o's 5S eke ne ee r16i
Pihe: Hill quartzite :..0. 00: ol + bts eee ees vs v he ee r16i
Longwood. Ted SHALES ii. b:5 co + les cae eee esis oe oe hh es os ee r16i
Bellvale: Maes |... ci eck ns os o/c Pe REI ori sint bo deinees ae r16i
Newark “sandstone us. Sc... eee eeleb oa «2s ea suas eae r16s
Limestones:: including marbles. 3.) cise pire «\> Lies w else w ete eee r16!
Cambro-Silurian (?) limestone of the Highlands............ T16!
Stockbridge and Barnegat limestones.............-.. Perro T16!

Newark limestone: conglomerate 7) ie <)> < 2 oiees » ase ow ere eee rig

"YTH Oa LIAL
oD hut wor,
oven ver ty
ayy Sick a Fe att ¥
ov} wlasdotes
Ae ae
Poi pears
43 £68 Se ji2 68

oO”) maria.
Le OE ae

Oo) axuadynin(

i? Dain faetoo st

Le) me |

(+

LO Peo):

id

. ale dias
> MEF

PhO T}:). s004ae

i a iP tt

yo >
~~
wed,
_
AR
=
oe

7

New York State Museum

THE QUARRY INDUSTRY IN SOUTHEASTERN NEW
YORK

The following paper is purely preliminary in its nature, a
more complete discussion of the subject being reserved for a
forthcoming museum bulletin on the Granites and marbles of
New York state, which is to form one of a series on the build-
ing stones of the state. The area discussed in the present paper
includes the counties of New York, Queens, Westchester, Put-
nam, Dutchess, Rockland and Orange. A few quarries in the
western half of Fairfield county, Ct., are also described.

The data here presented have been collected during the past
four years field work in the area under consideration. Descrip-
tions of several of the quarries have been furnished the writer
by Mr H. C. Magnus, who spent some time in 1900 on field work
for the state museum in central Westchester county, and by Mr
B. F. Hill, who was engaged for several field seasons on work in
Putnam county. The writer is also indebted to Mr Joseph Morje
for valuable assistance in the preparation of the material for
publication. Other acknowledgments are made in the course of
the paper.

GEOLOGY OF THE AREA

The area discussed in the present paper, though relatively
small, contains representatives of all the geologic systems from
the pre-Cambrian to the Trias which occur in New York state.
The geologic discussion here presented is merely a summary of
those facts of importance in connection with the quarry in-
dustry of the area. The areal distribution of the vari-
ous formations is very complicated and can hardly be ex-
plained without reference to a geologic map of fairly large
scale. The new edition of the geologic map of New York,
on a scale of 5 miles to the inch, will be found service-
able in this connection. Westchester and New York coun-
ties, with small parts of Rockland, Orange and Putnam,
are well shown on the geologic map of a part of south-
eastern New York by Dr F. J. H. Merrill, published in 1895.

PREDERICK J.H.MERRILL
Director and State Geologist

UNWERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM LATE No. 42

z ¢ a aie i} ; @ : y | ra I : a) AUH y, KEY TO LOCATION
2 TaNties ‘Mie K peor Phone _ima\lnal | (1K

a

fi OF QUARRIES
GRANYTES.GNEISSES
ain ee TRAP ETC

4 9)
NewYork Co.

B 26
Queens Co

Connecticut
36.37.38

Westchester Co:
13.15,

Putnam Co.

42,3, 31

Dutchess Co.
4

Roelsland Co

S, 6, 3la, 40, 41

RY

Orange Co.
7, 32, 33, 34

SANDSTONES,
SHALES ETC

Putnam Co.
43

Rockland Co.
47, 48

Orange Co

44, 45,46, 77,

LIMES TONES.
MARBLES ETC

NewYork Co.
50
Westchester Co
SI, 52,53, 54
55, 56,57, 58, 59,
50, GI, 62, 63, 64,
65

Putnam Co
49,66

Dutchess Co
67, 68

Roekland Co
78, 80 BI

Orange Co.

69, 70, 71, 72, 73
74,75, 76,79

f

of the Gelogic Map of New Yori, 1901.

MAP OPSSO0UTHEASTERN NEW YORI
S] ING LOCATIONS OF QUARRIES
by Edwin C.Eckel
190
_ Seale of m

73°30"
Themumbers in red

Sehplois
» Location of quarry Lees ees

7]

— TT TTY ATL eR

r144 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

For a detailed discussion of the geology of this part of the area, :
reference must be made to Dr Merrill’s paper on the “ Crystal-
line rocks of southeastern New York,” published in the 50th
annual report of the New York state museum. Reports on
Orange and Rockland counties, by Dr Ries and Dr Ktimmel
respectively, have also been issued. The Devonian outlier
extending in Orange county from near Cornwall to Greenwood
lake, has been discussed in detail by Mr N. H. Darton.

The oldest formation in the area is a series of gneisses of pre-
Cambrian age, forming the mass of the Highlands. To the
northwest of this range is the great lowland, based on Cambro-
Ordovician limestones and shales. A structural basin lying on
the northwest flank of the main body of pre-Cambrian rocks, but
separated from the Paleozoic lowland in Orange county by a
series of small pre-Cambrian outliers, contains Upper Silurian
and Devonian formations. East and southeast of the pre-Cam-
brian mass, on the western side of the Hudson, is a region in
which the sedimentary rocks have been highly metamorphosed,
the sandstones, limestones and shales of the normal Cambro-
Ordovician appearing here as quartzites, highly crystalline lime-
stones, and schists. As a further result of the forces to which
they have been subjected the strata, originally laid down in a
nearly horizontal position, now form a series of folds, trending
generally northeast and southwest, both Paleozoic and pre-
Cambrian beds being involved in these folds. South of the pre-
Cambrian, to the west of the Hudson river, these altered
Paleozoic rocks are almost entirely overlain by the Newark
rocks, which cover most of Rockland county. In addition to
the formations noted above, which are parts of a normal suc-
cession, igneous rocks occur as intrusives of later date.

SUCCESSION OF THE FORMATIONS
Pre-Cambrian rocks

The pre-Cambrian rocks of southeastern New York consist
of a series of gneissoid granites and gneisses, locally schistose.
In Westchester county the more massive (and in general more

Plate 43 To face p. r144

F. J. H. Merrill, photo.

Pre-Cambrian gneiss, Lake Mahopac N. Y.
Photomicrograph in polarized light, enlargement 22 diameters.

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 1145

basic) lower gneisses are overlain by a highly foliated gneiss,
described by Dr F. J. H. Merrill as the Fordham gneiss. Thisisa
well banded bluish to gray gneiss, consisting of alternating lay-
ers of quartz, orthoclase (or microcline) and mica (usually
biotite). '

Lithologic differences, fairly constant over large areas, have
led to a tentative fourfold division of the pre-Fordham gneisses;
but the grouping depends on composition rather than on super-
position, and has therefore no chronologic significance. The
names for these subdivisions have been used, in manuscript
only, by the present writer: and the subdivisions will not be

discussed in the present connection.

Various authors have included in the pre-Cambrian both the
large area of white limestone of Sussex county, N. J. and
Orange county, N. Y. and smaller isolated areas which occur in
the Highlands of Putnam and Orange counties. Recent field
work by the writer in these smaller areas seems to disprove
this conclusion, at least so far as some areas are concerned;
and it is probable that the entire question may still be con-
sidered open. In the present paper, however, these Highland
limestones have been discussed separately from the undoubtedly
Paleozoic limestones and marbles. Lithologically, these white
limestones differ but slightly if at all from the more highly
crystalline portions of the Stockbridge, and like the Stockbridge
and Barnegat are usually highly magnesian.

Poughquag quartzite

In Dutchess, Orange, Putnam and Westchester counties a
relatively thin quartzite usually underlies the Cambro-Silurian
limestones. In Stissing mountain and at other points this
quartzite has been found to contain Lower Cambrian (Georgian)
fossils. It is essentially continuous, stratigraphically, through- |
out the counties above named, few contacts of the Stockbridge
limestone with the pre-Cambrian gneisses failing to show this
intervening quartzite. In its lithologic character it is very uni-
form. Dr Merrill described it in 1896 as the Lowerre quartzite,
while the formation names Vermont and Cheshire have been

1146 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

given it by the New England geologists. The name recently
adopted for it is Poughquag quartzite (Dana 1872) in recognition
of the fact that its thickness, lithologic character and strati-
graphic position are well shown at Poughquag, Dutchess co.
N. Y. A typical exposure of the Poughquag quartzite occurs on
‘the south side of Peekskill creek near its junction with the
Hudson river. This is well shown on pl. 54, the slaty cleavage
-of the quartzite being particularly noticeable.

Stockbridge and Barnegat limestones

The Barnegat or blue limestone of Orange and southwestern
Dutchess county and the crystalline Stockbridge limestone of
‘the other southeastern counties and western New England, are
‘more or less highly metamorphosed equivalents of the Cambro-
‘Silurian limestones of northern Dutchess county. As a whole,
the Barnegat and Stockbridge formations are predominantly
magnesian. They rarely carry sufficient magnesia to qualify
as true dolomites, however; and contain occasional beds of
almost pure lime carbonate.

The crystalline Cambro-Silurian limestone of Westchester
county was described as the Inwood limestone by Dr F. J. H.
Merrill in the paper previously cited. These Westchester county
limestones are essentially continuous, stratigraphically, with
‘the Stockbridge limestone of the Taconic region; and in order
to prevent two names being used for the same formation, the
formation name Stockbridge has been accepted as that of earlier
-date.

Mather in 1842 described the semicrystalline blue limestone
of Orange county as the Barnegat limestone. Though there
seems to be little doubt of the essential equivalence of the
Barnegat and Stockbridge, it seems best to retain both names
as the Stockbridge probably includes Trenton beds, which in
the less metamorphosed area of Orange county and New Jersey
can be differentiated from the Barnegat. South of the New
York line the names Kittatinny and Wallkill have been applied
to the Barnegat limestone, but these can hardly be regarded as
tenable in view of the many other names of earlier date.

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 1147

Hudson shales and schists

The Hudson shales of the Hudson valley are represented in
the metamorphic area of southeastern New York and western
New England by a thick series of slates and mica schists.
The transition from shale through slate to schist can be well
observed in traveling across Dutchess county from west to
east in the latitude of Poughkeepsie; and the term Hudson
schist has recently been adopted in place of the terms Manhat-
tan schist (of New York geologists) and Berkshire schist (em-
ployed by the United States geological survey workers in New
England). The Hudson formation is of little economic impor-
tance, though much schist has been employed in foundation and
retaining wall work on and near Manhattan island, and thin
layers of sandstone occurring in the shales have been worked
in Dutchess county.

Green Pond conglomerate

The name Green Pond conglomerate was given by Darton in
1894 to a formation occurring on the borders of the Devonian
outlier noted on p. rl44. The principal exposures of this
formation, in the area here discussed, are west of Cornwall
station and in Pine hill near Highland Mills, both in Orange
county. The rock is a conglomerate consisting of white to pink-
ish quartz pebbles, embedded in a reddish silicious matrix.
Darton states that in this vicinity the formation is not over 60
feet thick. In stratigraphic position the Green Pond conglome-
rate, Pine Hill quartzite and Longwood red shales correspond
approximately to the Shawangunk grit of Ulster county, and to
the Medina (including Oneida) rocks of western New York.

Pine Hill quartzite

The name Pine Hill quartzite is here proposed for a series of
quartzite beds overlying the Green Pond conglomerate and un-
derlying the Longwood shales. The formation is well shown
an Pine hill, east of Highland Mills, Orange co. Transition
beds between the quartzite and conglomerate and between the
‘quartzite and shales occur; but in general the lithologic dis-

r148 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

tinctions between the formations are evident. The Pine Hill |
formation is 250 feet thick in New Jersey, according to Darton,
thinning northeastward to 5 or 6 feet at Cornwall.

Longwood red shales

Darton applied this name in 1894 to the series of shales over-
lying the quartzite last described. The formation, in Pine hill,
shows a thickness of 75-100 feet, and is of considerable (local)
economic importance. The shales are in general red, occasional
bands of olive shales locally occurring.

Cornwall limestones

A series of thin beds of limestone overlies the Longwood shales
at several points in Orange county. These beds carry fossils
which serve to correlate them paleontologically with the Lower
Helderberg and Waterlime rocks farther west. The term
“Cornwall limestones” is not here proposed as a formation
name, but is used merely as a convenient designation for the
series till further field work shall have decided the extent to
which subdivision can be carried. No quarries are at present
worked in these limestones.

Newfoundland quartzite

This formation, usually a light colored quartzite but locally
conglomeratic, carries at some localities fossils which would
correlate it paleontologically with the basal Devonian Oriskany
quartzite. The formation name here proposed is in allusion
to the exposure of the quartzite at Newfoundland N. J., where
its lithologic and paleontologic characters are well shown and
were described by Britton and Merrill in 1886.1 It is exposed
at several other points along the margin of the Devonian out-
lier in both New York and New Jersey. No quarries in this
formation are worked in the area under discussion.

Monroe shales
This name was applied by Darton in 1894 to the dark colored
shales underlying the Schunemunk conglomerate and in places
overlying the Newfoundland quartzite. Fossils correlate them
pint dy Sy ttvet dais) 1 pe Pa oye oR ee 8 he Sa ie ae ee
1N. J. state geol. Rep’t. 1886.

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATH GEOLOGIST 1900 1149

approximately with the Hamilton of the counties farther west.
These shales are quarried at several points for local use as road
metal, but are of no great economic importance.

Bellvale flags
The name Bellvale flags was given by Darton, in 1894, to the
hard, thin bedded gray sandstones which appear, overlying the
Monroe shales, in Schunemunk, Bellvale and Bearfort moun-
tains. Plant remains occur! in these flags, and fix their age as

middle Devonian.
Schunnemunk conglomerate

Overlying the Bellvale flags in the mountains above named is
a conglomerate of quartz and quartzite pebbles in a reddish
gilicious matrix. In 1894 Darton named this the Schunemunk
conglomerate. He states that lithologically it differs from the
Green Pond conglomerate in containing quartzite pebbles, which

are absent in the latter.
Newark beds

The Newark beds of central and western New Jersey have
been divided by Ktimmel into three superposed “ formations.”
These “ formations” change in lithologic character as the New
York line is approached. Two of them, according to Kiimmel,
appear in Rockland county N. Y. They have not been mapped
separately however, and will not be separately treated in this
paper. Calcareous conglomerates, which appear near the north-
ern edge of the Newark area, have afforded some lime.

| IGNEOUS ROCKS |

Cutting certain of the formations above noted, granites and
other igneous rocks are frequently found in dikes or masses.
These igneous rocks vary greatly in composition and texture as
well as in economic importance. Of the many varieties present,
four show well marked and distinct types and occupy definite
areas of considerable size. For this reason they have been
assigned names as follows (being named after the localities at
which they are best developed): Yonkers gneiss, Harrison

1 Martin, D. S. ‘
Prosser, C..S. N. ¥. acad. sci. Trans, 11: 182-51.

r150 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

diorite, Cortlandt series (norite, diorite, etc.), Newark diabase.
The remaining rocks of igneous origin, occurring in areas too
small to be separately named may, for our present purpose, be
grouped as granites.

QUARRY INDUSTRY OF THE AREA

PREVIOUS PUBLICATIONS

Prof. J. S. Newberry, in his report on Buwilding and ornamental
stones, Philadelphia exposition, 1876, discussed at some length
the Tuckahoe and Pleasantville quarries, and their product.
The 10th census report on the stone quarry industry contains short
notes on the marble quarries and a brief mention of the Lefurgy
quarry (in Fordham gneiss) at Hastings. In addition, however,
this report contains an exceedingly valuable and comprehensive
paper by Dr A.A. Julien on“ Stone construction in New York city
and the vicinity,” with detailed information regarding the dura-
bility, ete. of all stones, domestic or foreign, used here. In his
two reports on the Building stone of New York state, published
as bulletins 3 and 10 of the New York state museum, Prof. J. C.
Smock describes the quarries of the entire state in great detail,
giving physical and chemical data in bulletin 10. These reports,
abstracts of which have appeared in bulletin 15 of the New York
state museum, contain the best descriptions yet published of
the quarries and quarry industry in Westchester county, being
defective only in regard to the Yonkers gneiss, quarrying in
which was not actually begun till several years after the pub-
lication of the bulletins. Ail these reports, however, suffer
from one common and unavoidable defect. At the time at
which they were written the geologic structure of the area
had not been made out with any degree of certainty, and the re-
ports consequently err in grouping together quarries which are
worked in entirely different geologic formations. For this rea-
son, it has been in some instances extremely difficult to identify
the material on which the tests quoted were actually made.

A report on the geology of Orange county by Dr Heinrich
Ries, published in the 15th report of the New York state geolo-
gist, contains notes on the quarry industry in Orange county.

Plate 44 To face p. r151

F. J. H. (Merrill, photo.

Pre-Cambrian gneiss, Breakneck mountain, N. Y.
Photomicrograph in polarized light, enlargement 22 diameters

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 ri1d1

GRANITE: INCLUDING GNEISS, DIORITE, TRAP, ETC.
Lower pre-Cambrian gneisses

Storm King station, Putnam co. Quarries (1) in Breakneck
mountain at this station formerly furnished a large amount of
stone for building work and also of crushed stone for railroad
ballast. Bailey’s quarry, (1) a few hundred yards south of the
station, is still worked at intervals, but the output is small.
The rock in which the quarries are located is a medium grained
gneissoid granite containing a large amount of hornblende. In
color it varies from dark greenish to redish. A thin section of
this rock is shown on pl. 45. .

Carmel, Putnam co. Two quarries in pre-Cambrian gneiss are
located one (3) on the west side of the West Branch reservoir,
the other (2) on the east side of the reservoir. Both furnished
material for the dams and reservoir walls. :

Peekskill, Westchester co. A small quarry located near the
east bank of the Hudson river, about 3 miles northwest of Peeks-
kill, has not been worked for some years. The rock is a rather
coarse grained, light colored, gneissoid granite.

Glenham, Dutchess co. A reddish gneiss has been quarried to
a small extent near Glenham, Dutchess co. (4). The product
was used for macadam on local roads. The quarry is located
north of and near Fishkill creek, in the small outlier of pre-
Cambrian gneiss which extends from near Glenham northeast-
ward to Vly mountain. The material is unsuitable for struc-
tural work. yah

Theill, Rockland co. Pre-Cambrian gneiss has been quarried
just north of the station of the New Jersey and New York rail-
road at Theill, Rockland co. (5). The material outcropping at
the quarry is closely jointed, and breaks readily along the joint
planes. It has been largely used for macadam on neighboring
roads, but will probably be superseded by trap from the new
quarry south of Theill.

Suffern, Rockland co. Several quarries (6) are worked north
and northwest of Suffern by Rice Bros. and the Hillburn granite
€o. The rock here quarried is a pre-Cambrian gneiss, not very

r152 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

highly foliated, and consisting chiefly of quartz, plagioclase (with
subordinate orthoclase) and hornblende. The feldspars are usu-
ally white, varying to reddish; and the gneiss is accordingly
gray to light reddish in color. Part of the stone is used, rough
dressed, for foundation and wall work; but a considerable quan-
tity is cut by Copeland & Son at Suffern, being used chiefly for
monuments. |

Arden, Orange co. Several quarries (7) between Arden and
Tuxedo Park have been worked quite extensively for road metal.
The material is a hornblendic pre-Cambrian gneiss, not suitable
for dressed stone, but as road metal producers the quarries are
of some local importance.

Monroe, Orange co. A pinkish gneiss occurs in an area of con-
siderable size about 24 miles southeast of Monroe, Orange co.
It has never been worked, but judging from the outcrop should
furnish stone of good quality. So far as color is concerned, it
is probably the handsomest granite in southeastern New York.

Fordham gneiss

The Fordham gneiss is typically a light grayish or bluish,
well banded gneiss, consisting of biotite, orthoclase and quartz.
Its upper! beds near the contact with the Poughquag quartzite
are always highly quartzose; and this upper part of the
formation is possibly of sedimentary origin. The Fordham
gneiss has been largely used for foundation stone and other
uncut work. The Hastings quarry formerly sold a fair propor-
tion of its product as cut stone, but of late years little of this
grade has been marketed. It has also been used to some extent
for macadam, but is hardly well fitted for this purpose as it
generally breaks into flat pieces when put through a crusher.

1“ Upper” is used here in a geologic sense. Folding of the rock series
may cause the newer (and geologically “upper ’’) beds to apparently
underlie the older (and geologically ‘‘ lower”) beds. This is well shown
at the old marble quarry near Hastings, Westchester county. The series
here has been sharply folded so that the limestones are shown dipping
to the east, apparently under the quartzite and gneiss which are exposed

near the top of the eastern wall of the quarry; but the limestone is really
newer than the gneiss and quartzite.

Plate 45 To face p. r152

F. J. H. Merrill, photo.

Fordham gneiss, Lefurgy’s quarry, Hastings N. Y.
Photomicrograph in polarized light, enlargement 22 diameters

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 1153

It has, however, been used to a considerable extent for railroad
Dallast.

‘Hastings, Westchester co. Lefurgy’s quarry (9). Owned by
Lefurgy; operated under lease by William Nichols jr.
Known at one time as Munson’s quarry. Situated about half
a mile west of Mt Hope station, on the western side of the
gneiss ridge. It is opened for a distance of about 350 feet along
the strike, and is about 100 feet wide. The west wall is 30 —
feet high at its northern end, running down to near ground level
at its southern. The east wall is about 100 feet high at its
northern, and 20 feet at its southern end. The floor of the
quarry is at present only a few feet below ground level, though
it was at one time worked 10 feet or more below, this low cut
having been subsequently refilled. The entrance to the quarry
is at the south end where a road leads out to the main road
to Hastings.

The west wall shows biotite schist and much crumpled gneiss,
and has been practically untouched since the opening of the
quarry, all the development having taken place toward the
east and north. The northern face shows a good quality of
light gray or bluish gneiss, typical Fordham, a thin section of

which is shown on pl. 45. In it are two seams 2 to 3 feet wide,
of hornblende-biotite gneiss, regularly laminated, and of rather
good grade. They would certainly furnish attractive cut stone.
The east face is now beginning to cut a crumpled area, con-.
taining frequent interbeddings of a rock composed of pink
feldspar, a silvery mica, and some garnets. For this reason the
quarry has probably reached its extreme eastern development,
most of the stone now being taken from the north face. The
pink intrusive mentioned seems to be usually accompanied by
a walling, 2 inches or so thick, of biotite schist. Near it quartz
Jenses and stringers are common, and are also usually walled
by biotite schist. Strike and dip average n. 24° e., 71° e.

Two derricks (horse) are in place. There is usually little
trouble from water, though in certain seams enough has
been encountered to embarrass the blasting (black powder).

r154 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

For the past three years no cut stone has been furnished
by this quarry. In 1898 the total output was valued at about
$1300, and was mostly used for foundations and backing. For
this material $1.50 a cubic yard is obtained. Expense of lifting,
handling and transportation prevents competition, even locally
with the New England and Hudson river stones. The quarry
will probably soon be abandoned because of the poorness of
east and west walls, and because adjoining lots have been sold
for building. Mr Nichols then expects to commence quarrying
on his own land, a little farther north on the same ridge.

Uniontown, Westchester co. A quarry (10) here was worked
for a time in order to get rough stone backing for one of the
Warburton avenue bridges. The opening is in a light colored
(gray) gneiss, with several pink seams. The mass of the rock,
however, shows little or no injection. Strike and dip n. 25° e.,
56° e. The product shows too much contortion in the layers to
permit the quarry, if ever reopened, to become a serious com-
petitor of Lefurgy’s. f

Bryn Mawr, Westchester co. Along Palmer avenue, west of
Bryn Mawr, near Fort Field reservoir, two small openings (12)
have been made in Fordham gneiss. The easternmost is in a ©
rather poor grade Fordham, minutely crumpled and breaking
into tabular pieces. The westerly opening is in better rock, and
supplied part of the stone for the reservoir walls and gatehouse.
Both openings were worked later to supply macadam for Palmer
avenue. Pl. 46 shows a face of the Fordham gneiss exposed in
excavating for Fort Field reservoir, and pl. 47 the gatehouse,
built from good specimens of this gneiss.

Lowerre, Westchester co. In Lowerre small quarries (11) were
opened in 1898. The rock was a rather poor Fordham gneiss,
with granite injections along certain bedding planes and a peg-
matitic dike crossing the bedding. The total product to May 1,
1899, was about 2000 leads. Rough stone brought 75c to 85c a
load, while larger stone, roughly trimmed, was worth $1.50. The
materia] was used for foundations, etc. Four men were em-
ployed. This stone was badly jointed, and could be handled

Plate 46 To face p. r154

Fordham gneiss, showing foliation. Fort Fie:d reservoir, Yonkers N. Y.

Plate 47 To face p. r154

Gatehouse, Fort Field reservoir, Yonkers N. Y.
Built of Fordham gneiss

3 ,

Plate 48 To face p. r155

© i oh a

; “Sa >
et wy
ee

F. J. H. Merrill, photo.

Yonkers gneiss, Hastings N. Y.
Photomicrograph in polarized light, enlargement 22 diameters

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r155

in face of competition of the Yonkers gneiss quarries only be-
cause of shorter haul and the fact that removing the stone was
raising the value of the lots.

Fordham, Westchester co. Fordham gneiss was formerly quar-
ried (8) west of the Harlem railroad, south of Fordham, in the
upper beds, much of the product being used for railroad ballast.
It has also been quarried for road metal, for which purpose it
*g not well suited, at various points in Westchester county, but
none of these small quarries are now working and none were
ever of much importance.

Yonkers gneiss

The Yonkers gneiss is a well foliated gneissoid granite, very
_ yariable in color, grain, and economic value, but quite uniform
petrographically. It is composed essentially of quartz, biotite,
microcline, and sheared orthoclase. Normal orthoclase is not
abundant, while plagioclase is very rare. Hornblende is the
most common accessory, being very abundant in certain seams,
and rarely entirely absent from a slide. Titanite is very fre-
quent. A thin section is shown on pl. 48.

The. color of the Yonkers varies from a light blue to a rather
deep red. This variation is partly due to the fact that the blue
grades in most cases contain more quartz and less feldspar. A
much more potent cause, however, is that the feldspars them-
selves are either red or bluish. This difference in color is not
due to a difference in the feldspar species, as the microcline and
sheared orthoclase appear in both the red and blue Yonkers,
and in about the same relative proportions.

The difference in color is of importance economically. The
red forms decay readily while the blue, though often becoming
Stained yellow by iron, do not appear to disintegrate. The
writer has not been able to follow up this investigation as far
as he could have wished, and the discussion in this paper should
be regarded as merely preliminary to a more detailed presenta-
tion of the subject.

The principal area of Yonkers gneiss is located in the southern
part of Westchester county. It extends from near Van Cort-

r156 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

landt Park to Scarsdale, and occupies most of the ridge between
the Bronx valley and the valleys of Tibbet and Troublesome
brooks. Smaller areas occur northeast of White Plains, east of
Hartsdale and at several other points mentioned below.

Most of the quarries in the main belt of Yonkers gneiss were
opened around 1892. At that time an unusual amount of bridge
and retaining wall work was being done by the Putnam, Harlem
and New Haven railroads. Dimension stone and cut stone of
smaller size was in great demand, and most of it came from the
quarries in the Yonkers belt. This period of prosperity con-
tinued throughout 1892, 1893, 1894 and 1895. Since then the
actual railroad demand has fallen off, and in addition, Palatine |
Bridge limestone is being used in place of the gneiss. During the
“railroad ” period it is probable that at least 100, possibly more,
men were employed in the line of quarries running from Scars-
dale to Dunwoodie. In 1899 about 15 to 20 quarrymen, with
possibly 10 teamsters and teams, were employed. The year
1899 was, however, abnormally dull. The data quoted later may
be taken as‘an average for the years 1896, 1897 and 1898.

Mr 8. L. Cooper, commissioner of public works, city of Yonk-
ers, wrote, in reply to an inquiry concerning the use of Yonkers
gneiss by his department:

The quarries you mention (Hackett, Cahill, O’Rourke) are the
only ones now furnishing stone to the public works of this city.
It is impossible to state with precision the amounts, but they
have been about 2000 to 2500 cubic yards a year for the past
three years. The contract prices depend largely on the length
of haul. For macadam, telford stone and ordinary foundation
or quarry-broken building stone, the price will vary from $1
to $1.50. For cut stone the price is about $40 a cubic yard for
fine cut (8 cut) work. This is for cut-face and quarter-inch
joints. Our local stone has been used for macadam only on the
country roads, and the prices named above do not, of course,
include the breaking of the stone to macadam size.

Since the decline of the railroad trade; the quarries depend
largely on rough foundation stone, etc. to pay current expenses
and fixed charges. This trade is, of course, very evenly dis-
tributed among the various quarries, as the difference in quality

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r157

or price of this class of stone is not sufficient to give a decided
advantage to any one quarry. Seely’s quarry, at Scarsdale, is
handicapped by greater distance from market, as little building
is going on near it. Lowerre and Park Hill use a considerable
quantity of this class of stone. A certain quantity of cut stone,
about 2 feet by 2 feet by 18 inches in size, is used for private
houses and for walls. This item is, however, of little
importance.

‘The chief profit of the quarries comes from stone supplied to
public buildings, schools, etc., for which a high grade of cut
stone is required. Occasionally large semipublic buildings—
hospitals, libraries, etc.—are erected, and to supply stone for
these is almost as profitable.

AS good trap and limestone can be obtained cheaply from
the Palisades and Tomkins Cove, little stone is furnished by
the local quarries for macadamizing. Occasionally, however,
the Yonkers gneiss is used for this purpose on second class
roads. The stone is then handbroken at the quarry, unless the
buyer owns a crusher. Almost all of the so-called macadam
roads are in reality telford roads, having a subpavement of
large (5 to 8 inches) stone. The local quarries furnish most of
this telford, using for it their worst grade, the coarse red
Yonkers gneiss.

Scarsdale, Westchester co. Seely’s quarry (19). Owned and
operated by H. S. Seely. Several openings on the north side
of Platt avenue, about half a mile west of Scarsdale station.
The opening now worked is on the extreme west of the group,
and has been worked for 100 feet along the strike. It is 30 feet
wide and 10 to 20 feet deep, being entirely below the general
ground level. A larger opening, on the extreme east of the
group, shows an 8 foot bedded dike of a coarse-grained horn-
blende-feldspar rock. The average quality however, is very
high; a large percentage of the material being the blue Yonkers.
No machinery is on the ground, save one derrick—horse power.
The product has, for five years or more, been only foundation
stone. It will not exceed 150 cubic yards annually for which

r158 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

$1 to $1.50 a yard (delivered) is obtained. Should a contractor
wish to do his own quarrying a royalty of 25c a yard is charged.
Selected and roughly trimmed stone brings $2 a yard. This
quarry got a fair share of the railroad business but has been
practically idle since that time.

Dunwoodie, Westchester co. Hackett’s quarries (14). Worked
and owned by Hackett Bros. of Dunwoodie. Located at the
intersection of Central and Midland avenues, a mile or so north-
east of Dunwoodie station. A small opening, with one derrick,,
is in the southwest angle formed by the intersection of the two
avenues mentioned; the larger and older quarries are in the
northwest angle. The quarry now worked has been opened for
about 300 feet along the strike and about 80 feet across the
strike. The foliation planes dip and strike n. 80° e., 85° w. One
set of almost horizontal joints divides the rock into “beds”
about 4 feet thick, while the set of joints parallel to the folia-
tion are about 2 to 4 feet apart; and a third less important and
regular set of joints strikes and dips n. 64° w., 75° w. Most of
the quarry is above the ground level of its front. Stone from
this quarry has been used in St Joseph’s seminary, Dunwoodie,
Seton hospital (Spuyten Duyvil), St John’s hospital (Yonkers)
and St Joseph’s hospital (Yonkers), and in much railroad work,
as well as in several Yonkers schoolhouses. In 1898 Hackett
supplied some polished columns from this quarry for the county
jail at White Plains. The polishing was done in New York city,
and the columns are good samples of the best grade of the
Yonkers gneiss. Four derricks (one run by steam, three by
horse power) and one boiler are on the ground.

Mr Hackett estimates the annual product at 560 cubic yards
macadam stone, 1000 cubic yards foundation stone and 100 cubic
yards dressed stone. The main opening is shown on pl. 49.

Cahill’s quarries (15). Owned and operated by Dennis Cahill
of Yonkers. Situated on Midland avenue, several hundred yards
east of Central avenue. The smallest and newest opening,
-at which a boiler is located, on the south side of Midland avenue,
will probably be the principal quarry of the future. The

Plate 49 To face p. r158

E. C. Eckel, photo.
Hackett’s quarry, Dunwocdie N. Y.
(Yonkers gneiss)

EK. ©. Eckel, photo.

Flannery’s quarry, Dunwoodie N. Y.
(Yonkers gneiss)

Plate 50 To face p. r159

E. C. Eckel, photo.

O’Rourke’s quarry, Dunwoodie N. Y.
(Yonkers gneiss)

REPORT OF THB DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 £159

larger openings are north of Midland avenue. The one now
worked has been opened for a distance of 250 feet along the
strike, and has been worked backward (toward the west) about
200 feet. The space worked out is filled up with waste rock.
The foliation planes strike n. 22° e. and dip 70° to 90° w. One
almost horizontal set of joints, dipping slightly to the east,
divides the rock into 4 to 12 foot “beds.” <A less regular set
strikes n. 65° w. and dips 67° w. One derrick is in use—horse
power. Four quarrymen and a foreman are employed. The
quarry was opened in 1892, and got much of the railroad work.
Two schools were lately supplied, the cut stone being valued at
about $5.50 a yard at the quarry. Smaller cut stone is sold,
delivered, at about 30c a cubic foot. The annual product
amounts to about 2000 cubic yards rough stone, valued at about
50c a cubic yard at the quarry; and about 100 to 200 cubic yards
of dressed stone.

As in all the Yonkers gneiss quarries, black powder is used
when necessary, but much of the stone can be gotten out by use
of the plug and feathers. ‘These are always used for splitting
the stone to size after it has been broken out in blocks. The
stone stands bush hammering well, and this is about the highest
finish ever given it. 3

0’ Rourke’s quarry (17). Worked on lease by E. O’Rourke of
Dunwoodie on land belonging to the Stewart estate. Opened
for 65 feet along strike, 25 feet on dip, 15 to 20 feet deep.
The opening is shown on pl. 50. Foliation places strike n. 32° e.
and dip 66° e. The stripping was about 6 feet. Annual prod-
uct about 1000 cubic yards foundation stone, at $1.75 a cubic
yard, delivered, and 600 cubic yards cut stone, valued at $4000.
This quarry shows a larger percentage of high grade stone than
do any of the others. It was opened too late to get much of
the railroad work, except the piers of the trestle at Lowerre, but
gets a fair share of public and private work.

Flannery’s quarry (13). This quarry was worked irregularly
by the owner of the land, ————— Flannery. He is a builder
and the product was used exclusively on houses which he built.

r160 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

The quarry has been idle during recent years. The opening is
about 100 feet long by 100 wide and 20 deep. The best stone,
which is a very fair grade of Yonkers, is at the west side, the
eastern side and center showing very thin-bedded stone. ‘The
quarry is shown on pl. 49.

Valentine quarries (16). Several small openings exist nearer
Dunwoodie. It is stated that these were worked eight or 10
years ago. This information, taken together with their loca-
tion, makes it probable that they are the quarries described by
Smock as the Valentine quarries and mentioned by Mather in
1843. At any rate, they are of historic interest as being the
first quarries operated in the Yonkers gneiss belt.

Millwood, Westchester co. Quarries (24), formerly much worked
for railroad ballast, occur at Merritt’s Corners (Millwood), on the
New York and Putnam railroad. The rock is a reddish gneiss,
resembling some phases of the Yonkers gneiss. The foliation
strikes n. 32° e. and is almost vertical in dip.

White Plains, Westchester co. Collin’s quarry (22) is located
about 1 mile northeast of Silver lake, the quarry being shown
on pl. 51. The material shown in both the openings is a fairly
well foliated reddish gneiss of the Yonkers type. It is heavy
bedded, and the horizontal joints are far enough apart to permit
the extraction of good sized blocks of stone. At present the
local demand is insufficient to warrant steady working.

Hartsdale, Westchester co. McCabe’s quarry (20) is situated
about 1 mile east of Hartsdale station, in a narrow belt of Yonk-
ers gneiss. The rock is of fair quality. Little has been used
for structural work as rough stone; but a considerable quantity
has been supplied for macadamizing roads in the vicinity.
The material exposed is very light bluish in color and highly
foliated. |

Hastings, Westchester co. Rowley’s quarry (23), situated a lit-
tle east of the old aqueduct and a mile or less south of Hastings,
is in a rock which may be considered Yonkers gneiss. Rowley’s
quarry was worked for a time to supply stone for a bridge on
Warburton avenue. The stone obtained was too folded and dis-

Plate 51

To face

EH. ©. Eckel, photo.

Collins’s quarry,

northeast of White Plains N. Y.
(Yonkers gneiss)

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 rl161L

torted to be used for anything save backing and probably not
over 500 cubic yards were used even for that. It is cut by three
sets of joints—two approximately vertical, and one horizontal.
They strike and dip respectively n. 37° e., 85° w.; n. 73° w.,
80° e.; and n. 23° e., 20° w. ‘Fragments of vein quartz, with
faceted surfaces, were found on the dump, and several specimens
of chalcopyrite were seen. Pegmatitic material also occurs.
Much of the rock is highly micaceous and thin bedded, while the
more solid portions are too much distorted to be used for face
stones. The quarry will probably never be reopened.

Tarrytown, Westchester co. The old Beekman quarry (23a), on
land belonging to the Kingsland estate, is located about 1 mile
north of Tarrytown, near the Hudson river. It was formerly
largely worked both for structural stone and, later, for railroad
ballast. The material is a bluish to reddish gneiss similar in
mineral composition to the Yonkers gneiss. Examples of it can
be seen in several churches and other large buildings in Tarry-
town. Gillmore reports a gneiss from Tarrytown, probably
from this quarry, aS showing in 2 inch cubes a compressive
strength of 18,250 pounds a square inch, and as having a specific
eravity of 2.655. |

Ravenswood, Queens co. The eruptive area in Ravenswood L. I.
(25), is composed of rock allied to the Yonkers gneiss but con-
taining plagioclase in addition to the sheared orthoclase of the
normal Yonkers. The occurrence of perthite in pegmatitic
bands is noteworthy. It has been used to some extent in founda-
tions, walls, and even buildings in the vicinity, according to my
observations. Most of the area, however, falls within the limits
of a public park.

Granites and allied rocks in small areas
At many points in the area under consideration the members
of the normal succession are cut by dikes and bosses of granites |
and granite-diorites. Coarse grained (pegmatitic) intrusives
are of very frequent occurrence, particularly on and near Man-
hattan island, where such dikes are frequently shown cutting
the Hudson schists. These materials are, of course, of no eco-

r162 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

nomic value. Finer grained granites occur, however, and are
worked at several points within the area. Few of these quarries
are so located with regard to water transportation routes as to
be of more than local importance. The quarry most favored in
this respect is King’s, located near Garrison, Putnam co. Two
quarries near Lake Mohegan, Westchester co., are of interest
because of the importance of the works in which their product
is used, as they supply respectively the new Croton dam at
Quaker Bridge and the Cathedral of St John the Divine in New
York city.

New Rochelle, Westchester co. Ash’s quarries. Edwin Ash of
New Rochelle works a group of small quarries (28) in the
granite area northeast of that village. The poorer grade of
stone is sold as foundation stone at 75c to $1 a load. The bet-
ter grades he uses himself on monument work. The granite of
this area is, in general, of very poor quality. It is often much
foliated and contorted. Veins and pockets of pegmatitic
material are scattered through it profusely. A slide showed
feldspar, quartz in subordinate amount, biotite present but not
in great quantity and a few large flakes of muscovite. The
feldspars present were plagioclase, microline and orthoclase.
Few minor accessories were present. The components noted
above place this rock between the granites and the quartz
diorites. The feldspars were much clouded. The stone is
hardly suitable for building purposes for though the outcrops
do not seem to be much disintegrated, yet the stone, in hand
specimens or the mass, does not have a firm and durable
appearance.

Mount Vernon, Westchester co. Fairchild’s quarry (27) is
owned by Fairchild Bros. of Mount Vernon. The quarry is an
cpening about 200 feet long (east to west), 60 feet wide and
35 high, situated on the southern face of a ridge near East
Mount Vernon. The rock is a bluish, very tough and compact
granite. Slides show microline to be the predominant feldspar, |
with some orthoclase and a little plagioclase. Muscovite is in
long coarse flakes and biotite in smaller flakes are present in

Plate 52 To face p. r163

F. J. H. Merrill, photo.

Granite, King’s quarry, near Garrisons N. Y.
Photomicrograph in polarized light, enlargement 22 diameters

- REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r163

about equal quantity. The grain is small and the feldspars
fairly fresh. The rock is so thinly and irregularly jointed that
it is not much used for building stone. Even with great care,
; not over 5% to 10¢ of the total product could be gotten out in
- large enough blocks to use for structural purposes. At present
it is crushed at the quarry and sold for local use as macadam.
A 40 horse power boiler runs the drills (McKiernan) and a
Brennan crusher (18 horse power engine). The-crusher can
turn out 50 to 65 yards of crushed stone a day. The stone was
first used in building macadam roads in 1891. It was found
that the granite does not grind up into impalpable dust as does
trap or limestone but in dry weather loosens up into a heavy
dust about the character of coarse sugar, and on being watered

.

packs down again into a hard road. The roads in their wearing
quality have exceeded expectations, particularly where the road-
bed was on wet soil. The white color of the road is somewhat
objectionable during the summer on account of the glare. |

Lake Mohegan, Westchester co. Intrusive granites are being
extensively quarried at two points about 1 mile south of Lake
Mohegan. All the product of both quarries is used as cut stone,
that from the northern quarry (80) in the new cathedral (St
John’s) in New York city, while that from the southern quarry
(29) is used on the new Croton dam at Quaker Bridge. The
‘stone is a yellowish to pinkish, medium grained granite, dis-
colored in places apparently by decay of its contained biotite.

Garrisons, Putnam co. King’s quarry (31) is located about 24
miles south of Garrisons, Putnam co., and 1 mile east of the
Hudson river. It is owned by the King granite co. and is at
present operated under lease by Doern & Sons of New Rochelle
N. Y. :

The opening is about 300 by 200 feet in area and 50 feet deep.
Little water is encountered. The rock is a fine grained, light
gray granite, intrusive in the pre-Cambrian gneiss, and is shown
in section on pl.52. The main set of joints strike nearly north
‘and south, and dip about 70° to the east. A prominent hori-

r164 NEW YORK STATHD MUSEUM

zontal series of joints divides the rock into “lifts” from 1 to 8

feet thick.
Black powder is used in blasting, the holes being put in by

Ingersoll steam drills, three of which are in use. Three derricks
are in place at the quarry. By means of these the stone is lifted
to the ground level and run on little trucks down a tramway to
the dressing sheds. Little polished stone is sold, the greater
part of the product being patent hammered. 10 cut work is the
finest done; 6 cut is about the average finish. At present no
paving blocks are made up. 305 to 40 men are employed through
about 10 months of the year, in the quarry, dressing sheds and
loading. The quarry and dressing sheds are shown on pl. 53.

From the dressing sheds the stone is transported by wagon
to the river where a derrick is used in unloading it from the
wagons and placing it on the scows.

Among the buildings recently erected of stone from this
quarry are a church and a school building at Tarrytown, St
Joseph’s church (Tremont ay. and Washington st. New York), the
powder magazines at Jona Island and the guardhouse at West
Point.

Round island, Rockland co. <A granite quarry (81a) operated by
Daniel E. Donovan on Round island has furnished large quan-
tities of road metal. )

The chemical composition of this granite is shown by
analysis! to be:

%
Si Oo. ooo cae heeeie ee wn Raw eae let mile anes hee ole ieee le 63.19
Allg Og. Js. 0'cldk eee eet Re Ce cies olin 2tC eee MERA A, bil aie ne oe 10.5 |
Fes O3 one wwe cece cows ceee cows sone wee csc ces once cose seewes wees sees ase 10.97
F600 one ae cee cee eee ee ee oe 1.51
CaO ois. es Ses c weks eoee pe che cap ene cence eee 6 creer eee 6.12
Me Oo oen ee eed se = SORE RS Tepe Ce ae tee te fe 1,44
Ko Qt Sen PIG Js tas seco hele chk shakes ieee Hel one Sole ce ee ee 4,02
Nas 0 eS a ae Se Ry ae a CNN ME 1,92

Pine Island, Orange co. Granite quarries have been operated
on Mt Adam (33), Mt Eve (84) and Pochuck mountain (82).

70. S. geol. sur. 20th an. rep’t. Pt 6, continued, p. 421.

Plate 53 To face p. r164

EK. C. Eckel, photo.
King’s quarry, near Garrisons N. Y.

(granite, intrusive in the pre-Cambrian)

E. C. Eckel, photo.
Dressing sheds, King’s quarry, Garrisons N. Y.

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATH GEOLOGIST 1900 1165

, The granite quarried by the Pochuck granite co. was tested+
by Prof. J. P. Carlin, with the following results.

Compression tests of granite

: Ultimate strength
No. Size of cube in inches Area First crack at
Total Hee. inch
ii.02) by, 1.98 by 2.2... A sq. in. 66 500 Ib 94 000 23 500
Brie Drea bytecode 4.2 sq. in. 74 000 lb 96 000 | 22 900
; } Harrison diorite

The Harrison diorite is a medium grained granite diorite,
containing typically quartz, plagioclase (with subordinate ortho-
clase and microcline) and biotite. In Westchester county it
covers a large part of the towns of Mamaroneck, Rye and Har-
rison, and the same area extends eastward into Fairfield county,
Ct. as far as Stamford. In the New York portion of the area
it is intrusive in the Hudson schist.

In that part of the Harrison diorite area which falls in West-
chester county the diorite is generally highly foliated and often
somewhat disintegrated on the outcrop. It is only quarried at
one point in the area, which is described below. Several Con-
necticut quarries are also noted.

Larchmont, Westchester co. Campbell’s quarry (35) is owned
and operated by W. H. Campbell of Larchmont. All the product
so far has been used on buildings erected by Mr Campbell. The
quarry has been worked for about four years, and the total out-
put is estimated at 4000 cubic yards. This is all used as dressed
stone (bush hammered). The stone is of good quality. It is
not much foliated, and has a rather pleasant bluish color. It
is said to stand dressing well. In addition to the quartz and
plagioclase, however, it contains much biotite and numerous
garnets about 4 inch in diameter. Sheared orthoclase is very
infrequent. In a slide the feldspars are seen to be somewhat
clouded but the biotite is very fresh.

10. S. geol. sur. 20th an. rep’t. Pt 6, continued, p. 421.

r166 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Kast Portchester, Fairfield co. Ct. A small quarry (86) in Har-
rison diorite is worked by Antonio D. Parlo & Son near the cor-
ner of Henry st. and Bridge st., Port Chester. This quarry is on
the Connecticut side of the line but is included here for com-
pleteness. The total product is probably less than 500 cubic
yards a year, including macadam, rough stone and a small
amount of bush-hammered (patent hammered) stone. A granite
dike about 10 feet wide cuts the diorite near the opening and
material from it is occasionally used by the above firm.

Greenwich, Fairfield co. Ct. Large quarries (37) in the Harrison
diorite are located just south of the New York, New Haven &
Hartford railroad tracks, between Port Chester N. Y. and
Greenwich Ct. The diorite is here much more massive than in
the New York portion of the area and has long been valued as
a building stone. The facilities for shipping are excellent, the
quarries being almost at the water’s edge. The diorite area
extends to near Stamford, and small quarries (88) occur at sev-
eral points within its boundaries.

Cortlandt series: gabbro and diorites

The dark colored, basic rocks of the Cortlandt series cover an
area of about 20 square miles in the towns of Cortlandt and
Yorktown, Westchester co. Much of the material is suitable
for use as macadam, but unfortunately the best material is not
near the Hudson river. Much stone has been quarried (39) near
Quaker Bridge, Westchester co., for use in the new dam across
the Croton river. This rock has been reported on by Prof. J. K.
Kemp. An analysis! made for him by H. T. Vulté, follows:

Bt Whi lae cetccs toweee seam soos onks See een shee Seer oe aa ee eae ae ee 54.72
Bla \O3. 2063 bb es pie ala cus = - ben ef-s liss - w Sieh no <= bbs Gentes es - beee eps 17.79
Fes Oz a ee ee wee mee cee ene tee ee ce ene wens eee ene eee wee eee see nee 2.08
sp 1 epee amperes Sy boda nnh erss 9 ao as ee ST Se 6.03
Wa sO see mstp- eo. ChE AES SEB oo LEO WE ois Cae bn lente oteta a Cehe eene 6.84
Me On nic pas Gore =n 4h 4 tee shen ae derre eee “4 earch eneee 5.85
Wap O22. - els -ecea see mene Some ese moe Seema ela ef eee ete gene 3.02
690.4) swelvadine hoi sade... eee, pot Segoe ee 3.01

The specific gravity of the above rock is stated! as being 2.928.

1Kemp. Handbook of rocks. Ed. 2. 1900. p. 49.

Plate 54 To face p. r167

E. O. Eckel, photo.

Poughquag quartzite, Peekskill Creek, showing slaty
cleavage

Plate 55 To face p. r167

E. C. Eckel, photo.

Quarry in Poughquag quartzite, near Adams Corners,
Putnam co. N. Y.

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r167

A mica diorite of the Cortlandt series was tested! for com-
pressive strength, crushing at 20,250 lb a square inch.

. Newark diabase
The “trap” of the Newark system has been long known as a
valuable road metal. Large quarries (40) in this rock are located
north of Nyack, Rockland co.; while a quarry (41) has been
recently opened near Mt Ivy, Rockland co. Tests of material
from several of these quarries will be found recorded on p.
r14—r22 of this volume.

SANDSTONES : INCLUDING SHALES

Poughquag quartzite

In Westchester county the Poughquag quartzite is a very
hard and compact siliciously cemented sandstone, occurring at
the contact between the Fordham gneiss and Stockbridge lime-
stone. The formation has a thickness of at least 30 feet near
Hastings but thins out on going south or east. The rock is pre-
vailingly light colored and very evenly and thinly bedded, the
slabs varying usually from + inch to 2 inches in thickness. This,
with the closeness of its jointing, usually prevents even moder-
ate sized blocks from being obtained. The rock therefore,
though highly durable, is of little economic importance. It has
been used however as coping for a retaining wall on Warburton
avenue near Hastings. At this point it was obtained in slabs
about 4 feet by 3 feet by 3 inches and makes an ideal coping.

Near Adams Corners in Putnam county is a small quarry in
this formation (43). One of the openings, now almost hidden by
vegetation, is shown on pl. 55. The product was used for fur-
nace lining.

| Hudson shales and sandstones

Prof. William B. Dwight states that in Dutchess county the
sandstone of the Hudson formation is everywhere fine grained
and very irregularly bedded; and that it is of only local use as
building stone. Quarries in the thicker beds have been worked
near Highland, Ulster co.; and the shales of the formation have
been quarried to some extent in Orange county for use as road
metal. |

1Newberry. School of mines quarterly, July 1887.

r168 NEW YORK STATEH MUSEUM

Green Pond conglomerate

Central Valley, Orange co. The Green Pond conglomerate has:
been used to a small extent for foundation and wall stone. The
small bridge, one arch of which is shown on pl. 56, is located near
Central Valley, Orange co. and was built under the direction of
Mr Richard: Ficken from blocks of Green Pond conglomerate.
Used in the manner shown, it is a decidedly attractive materiak
and much preferable to the rough dressed limestones so often
used for similar bridges and walls.

Pine Hill quartzite

The white and red quartzites of the Pine Hill formation are
well exposed along the crest and at the southern end of Pine
hill, They have been little used, as their hardness makes dress-
ing difficult. It is probable that they could be profitably ex-
ploited, and that stone of this quality and color would find a
ready market in New York city.

Longwood red shales

Highland Mills, Orange co. Several quarries (46) in this forma-
tion along the west side of Pine hill, near its southern end, are
worked rather extensively. The red shales are used on most of
the roads in the neighborhood, and, for light traffic, are an
admirable road metal. Under heavy traffic, however, specially
in wet weather, they grind up into a fine stiff clay.

Bellvale flags

Monroe, Orange co. Two quarries in the Bellvale flags are near
Monroe. The first, the Davison quarry (45), is located near the
Seven Springs Mountain house; the second, that of O. H. Cooley
(44), is nearer Monroe. The beds worked at both quarries are
thin and irregularly bedded flagstones, gray in color, and with |
much waste material. The quarries have, however, furnished a
considerable amount of material for local use as steps, curbing,
flagging, etc., as no other material suitable for these purposes
occurs in the vicinity.

Plate 56

BE, ©. Eckel, photo.

Arch of bridge near Central Valey, Orange co.
Built of Green Pond conglomerate

To face p. r168

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r169

Newark sandstone

_ Nyack and Haverstraw, Rockland co. The reddish brown sand-
stones of the Newark system were formerly quarried (47) exten-
sively in Rockland county. At present the product is still of
_ some importance, but is used locally only.

LIMESTONES: INCLUDING MARBLES
Cambro-Silurian (?) limestones of the Highlands

Several of the areas of white limestone in the Highlands of
Putnam and Orange counties have been worked for lime; a few
have furnished stone for local building purposes. The only
guarry of sufficient interest to warrant notice here is described
below.

Cold Spring, Putnam co. Heustis’s quarry (49), which has not
been worked for many years, is located about 4 miles northeast
of Cold Spring, Putnam co. The product, a serpentine marble,
was obtained from an outcrop of limestone on the western bank
of a small brook. In the brook thin bedded quartzite appears.
As both limestone and quartzite can be traced, though with
frequent breaks, to the northward, till the valley opens out into
the great Paleozoic plain of Dutchess county, it seems prob-
able that they are merely very highly crystalline representa-
tives of the Stockbridge limestone and Poughquag quartzite
respectively. At Heustis quarry the marble is heavily charged
with silicates, whose presence may be attributed to the
intrusion of a dike of red granite which outcrops near the
quarry. The serpentinous portions of the marble are not sufii-
ciently large or firm to warrant exploitation and the quarry is
merely of historic. interest.

Stockbridge and Barnegat limestones

The Stockbridge limestone was formerly highly esteemed as a
structural stone, and many quarries worked it for such use. Of
’ late years, however, its popularity has declined, and only one
limestone quarry is now producing building stone in the area
under discussion.

r170 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

The rock is, however, of great value for other purposes. In
its less crystalline condition (as shown at Tomkins Cove and
Stoneco) it is very important as a source of road metal. A
number of quarries are still working, but only one produces
building stone. The others crush the material, either selling
it as marble dust, for use in the manufacture of carbonated
waters and also in asphalt paving mixtures; or burning it into
lime, to be used for chemical or structural purposes. Wherever
a magnesia lime is serviceable, the product of these quarries.
can be utilized. In early times lime was burnt at several points.
between Yonkers and Lowerre, as well as north of Spuyten
Duyvil, several old kilns still being visible near the Hudson
river.

Tuckahoe. Westchester co. Norcross Bros. quarry. This, the north-
ernmost (53) of the principal quarries at Tuckahoe, was opened
in 1854. It was worked by A. Maxwell, then by A. T. Stewart,
and is noted in Smock’s report as the Stewart quarry. It is
now operated by Norcross Bros. under the superintendency of
Mr J. M. Masterton. The quarry is opened for a distance of
about 600 feet along the strike and is 150 feet wide and 70 deep. —
No lime is burned and all the product is marketed as dressed
stone. During the entire time of its working, the maximum
annual production was about 60,000 or 70,000 cubic feet. Dur-
ing late years the principal buildings supplied were the Home
Life (rebuilding), the Clark mansion (80th st. and Riverside
drive), and the New York Life—all in New York city.

Three boilers are in service—one 100 horse power in the mill,
and an 80 horse power and 50 horse power in the quarry. The
water is obtained from a spring in the quarry and requires no
treatment. An air compressor is used, which runs the drills
and the pneumatic tools in the mill. The compressor, drills,
quarry-bar and gadders are Ingersoll-Sergeant; the six chan-
nelers are Sullivan. In the mill are seven gangs of saws, four
planers, three turning lathes and three rubbing beds.

The dip is steep, 70° or so to the west. In the more openly
bedded parts of the quarry wedges are used to separate the

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 ri171

slabs. In closely bedded parts channelers make cuts 12 feet
deep and 2 inches wide, on the dip. These cuts are put in about
42 inches apart. Gadders or drills mounted on quarry bars are
then used to put in rows of horizontal holes at right angles to
the strike. Wedges in these holes release the stone in slabs
of the desired size. Powerful derricks then lift the blocks to
the level of the mill. After dressing it is sent down a side track
to the Harlem railroad above Tuckahoe. No explosives are
used. |

Tuckahoe marble company’s quarry. This (52) is next south of
the above, is idle now, and has not been worked for five years or
more. .

New York quarry co. This quarry (51) is the southernmost of
the Tuckahoe quarries and was formerly known as the Master-
ton quarry. One of its two openings is idle, the other and
larger is worked under lease by O’Connell & Hillery, the stone
being crushed for “marble dust” or burned into lime. The
rock is blasted, hammer-broken into pieces of convenient size
and carried by cableway to the kilns.

Analyses of the stone from the O’Connell and Hillery quarry
follow. Several of these have been erroneously quoted in dif-
ferent state and federal publications, the analysts’ names being
given incorrectly and the analyses being referred to the Nor-
cross quarry. |

1 2 3 | 4

ae EEREYE) ee AN RB tig ile Ge Ry OR eI Fe aise tate 24

Pa eet eaten orion tele alor meio niet cis imiecla|\ imine: S miei 2 {| \\esscse 19
eee i ey dso gl, 21 : SS aaa 21
ee fae A ee, See en 83.36 70.2.) ete
Demers eo eh |. Ome Re AT ial F-c13 | Ned asad eel EO poe 30.16
See fer ss 1 re pay iy or cela, ube: 12.09 Tm a een aya he

= NSE TG ERNE BROT BOmae eee 21.25
Lo ae A eS SR ees ee eee AGO aco eee vse. cate are 47.3
‘iselablie=. 2... 2 aoeenewesee owes Sol sa sesoes bcecn cose} ocne cece

1 W. F. Hillebrand, analyst, 1887.

2 H. L. Bowker, analyst, 1894.

3 17th an. rep’t U. S. geol. sur. pt 3, p. 796.
4 P. de P. Ricketts, analyst, 1887.

r172 NE Ww YORK STATE MUSEUM

White Plains, Westchester co. A quarry (57) has been opened in
the Stockbridge limestone just west of the tracks of the New
York and Harlem railroad and about 1 mile north of White
Plains. It is operated by James O’Connell. All the rock quar-
ried is burned into lime or used as crushed limestone. Views at
this quarry are shown on pl. 57 and 58. An analysis of the lime-
stone, made by Huntington in 1899 follows:

Si Os SOE ES ere en Seen ac cd Bk een Seer re are ciate Fact te heat ah teach ret att pat ment Pe ante 2.08
AloOs amid Fess... << = )s-an Rouse tobe bee eke eens eee 56
a eee. nn wow wei’ cin Spits Se ETE lee ela ote es 58.72
BYONG ic cons aca cnn wean enee vo cccce Gene Seee OEE TeR eee cai tle Caer nee a eee 37.79

Hastings, Westchester co. At Hastings the old quarry (55) is
unworked, and is merely of historic interest. West of the old
Croton aqueduct a quarry was opened in a thin bedded and
brownish limestone, very micaceous. The product was intended
for the asphalt blocks of the Hastings paving co. but proved
unsatisfactory. |

Pleasantville, Westchester co. Several large quarries (58) in the
Stockbridge limestone are located south of Pleasantville, near
Unionville station. The product has been largely used, both
for structural purposes and for burning into lime. The marble
from these quarries is coarser grained than that from Tucka-
hoe, and lost public favor earlier. The lime quarries and kilns,
however, have been worked till lately. Analyses of Pleasant-
ville limestone follow:

1 2 3
Si Oz fe Se ant tt’ Se assy as mn Tam bm Ts SIRS sl rt ls Pr sn Pa et 2.31 1 29
om 2c sto) coe
PARIS. a cwieeia Sdwalcn + askin wes chs Sea eee ake Be S L464) «sesh ee
CatlOs.). Sds0S et BRE eee coe 59.84 54.62 54.8
BHO oii an whe deh Reni eee Se 36.8 45.04 43.11

1 H. Ries, analyst, N. Y. state mus. 51st an. rep’t, p. 466.

2 “ Columbia college,” U. S, geol. sur. 16th rep’t, pt 3, p. 468.

3 Wilber, analyst, N. Y. state mus. Bul. 10.

Ossining, Westchester co. Marble was formerly quarried on

land belonging to the state near Ossining. The following anal-

Plate 57 ; To face p. r172

E. C. Eckel, photo. os

O’Connell’s quarry, near White Plains N. Y.
View of elevator, kilns etc.
(Stockbridge limestone)

Plate 58 To face p. r172

E. C. Eckel, photo.

O’Connell’s quarry, near White Plains N. Y.
View of main opening |
(Stockbridge limestone) |

(9UOJSOUII] OSPlIqyo0}G) ‘00 AOJSeOISOAA ‘“SUIUTISSO ‘Adienb o[quvy : ‘004d ‘soly ‘H

Y@O.GsOIMVsO HOIANAD]
te ay

ais Ui ng ald daar ~ RR.

ELTA ‘d 90Rz OT, 6G %1d

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r173

ysis of “ marble from Sing Sing,” is given by L. C. Beck! and ap-
parently is of material from this quarry.

Us 7 Sad SE DN TE Se See ee en te eee an as aan ee eee ee 53.24
eel iny slominieins one = cil ae Sas nao 554g ees pan cag sess 45.89
ere Meet aie aaa lefe canine sino sian sieae wale mecca cane 87

- Two large quarries (60, 61) in the Stockbridge limestone have
long been worked near Ossining, part of the product being
shipped for use as flux and part being burned into lime. These
quarries are worked by Henry Marks and the Sing Sing lime
€o., respectively. Analyses? of the rock follow.

et cman come son aaats sale cma, aemnide ecco te -98 87
Se ue a gine Baas eg gene eateries cree cece cere ee HP ES Seem . 84 Bay!
eee so. ae oa~ cca sess <= Se areata a alan el eee elaine sear eeyoiei as .o 5,
mney fo TPO. Fete ated Wao Rise de a becuse eeteves stables e311 LM aon ade gar

PE aie eee neieal toma e - cela dcice se se emesitl oo. aati) 16.96 19.95

Oscawana, Westchester co. Tat’s quarry (65) is located about 2
miles northeast of Oscawana station. Very little stone has
been taken out and the opening is not at present worked. The
product is a very white and very fine grained marble. The
quarry could not be closely examined when visited, as the open-
ing was filled with water, but if blocks of large size can be ob-
tained the product should be readily marketable, as the quality
is excellent, so far as color and grain are concerned.

Bedford, Westchester co. Several small quarries (62) east and
northeast of Bedford in the Stockbridge limestone, were for-
merly worked, the product being burned into lime for local use.

Armonk, Westchester co. Quarries just north of the Connecti-
cut line were formerly worked rather extensively, all the pro-
duct being burned into lime.

Golden’s Bridge, Westchester co. Todd’s quarry (64) is situated
about 3 miles east of Golden’s bridge. It is a small quarry, in
a rather highly contorted limestone, and has not been worked
for the past 10 years. The stone does not appear to be fit for
eutting, though a mill is located near the opening.

Marble has been quarried at Patterson and Towners (66), Put-
nam co.; but the product was not large and the quarries have
been idle for some years.

1N. Y. geol. sur. 3d rep’t. 1889. p.19.
*Ries. N. Y. state geol. 17th an. rep’t. 1899.

r174 ’ NEW YORK STATP MUSEUM

South Dover, Dutchess co. The South Dover marble co. operates
a large quarry (67) about 2 miles northeast of Wing station. The
product, all of which is used for structural purposes, is carried
to the railroad at Wing on an electric trolley road built by the
company for that purpose. An analysis of the marble made by
Ricketts and Banks follows:

16 Se een EE Me Dae NC ub ls ee SAA Mie A) eR eae Gy

1S 6 emt tron ck Wi ay Sipe: heey CANE Coe oo 25.
AlsOg 25h 09. kT. Se CS a ee EO ee 37
CaO. wo. 20: 1... ee eee fee ee 30.63
MEO cuca nns 12. co en cee en i he 20.25
Wits . cee ne conn tno Ae ae ee ee ore Se a sl te ee ee ee 12
BO ok connec ne «oe ee ee NGS Ne ammo .46.

Dover Plains, Dutchess co. This quarry was not visited by the
writer, and the following description is therefore quoted from
Ries.1 |

At Dover Plains, G. & J. H. Ketcham have operated a quarry
along the highroad 4 mile southeast of the town. The rock is a
soft, fine grained dolomite of gray or white color. The opening
is about 200 feet long, 20.to 30 feet wide and 10 feet deep. No
analysis was made of the stone but several samples were ex-
amined to determine their insoluble matter, which ran from 2 to
3 per cent.

Small marble quarries have been operated at several other
points in eastern Dutchess county, notably near Pawling and
Dover. i

Stoneco, Dutchess co. Large quarries (68) in the blue silicious
limstone have been opened on Clinton point, on the east side of
the Hudson river, north of New Hamburg. These quarries are
operated by the Hudson River stone supply co. All the product
is used as road metal, to which use it is particularly well adapted.
Samples from these quarries have been tested for binding
power, wear, etc., and the results of these tests will be found
reported on p. r14—r22 of this volume.

Ries gives the following analysis of the limestone from Clinton

point.

" SiQa. iad leet nei: C2 oo lees Og A es ea eee ie ee ee 10.17
AlaOs c2u oo St ia Be i ieee sa 2.33
Fhe Qa i ee ae nt eee ee AT
eee Ee DERM NER PRA SI” ee UCAPT RUE ad TCO RON RICAN aU ODN ON Te

1Ries. N. Y. state geol. 17th an. rep’t. 1899.

aly ey
' ae:

yee

ne hil® ll

beak

Sey Gel

—

es

(eUOJSeMI] OSPlIqyoo}g) ‘00 puBTyooY “eAo0D sulyWOL ‘Arienb oeuojseull'y ‘ojoyd ‘sory “H

GLII‘d ooBy OF 09 3%Ild

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATH GEOLOGIST 1900 ri175

CD TEMES 28 OS 0 EGS iy GIO USE et NW aR 29.07
(GE LS A GG Ale an ER a 16.29
een meen Aieitony Bok. 8 etek io LINE g's vec ene 40.76

Tomkins Cove, Rockland co. The Tomkins Cove stone supply co.
operates extensive quarries (78), shown on pl. 60, at this point on
the west shore of the Hudson river. -The material quarried is
a light blue, silicious limestone of the Stockbridge formation.
The entire product, which is very large, is used for road metal.
Ries! gives the following analysis:

de. ce SS i 8 = a EES a ee pee Sag SO aon) On 12
ee ee te: Sa. Se a iat cae cle oc angpimeea ete s Lens one's 4.13
Fe203 sage ge te ett oeechccosisbtce 66 52466 Seg0 Sno dees S555 SSeS Ses RS SeS SBeS 1.05
ness ee Ley oe SL Sod as. Saree aed ic 26.34
i ee pee Bg ee a ee 16.74
ear a ey ee eee An Sa = Gules cpa w Gel eeeale oe oan de npeaee 39.1

Newburg, Orange co. Miller’s quarry (72) is located southwest
of Newburg on the flank of Snake hill. The product, a blue mag-
nesian limestone, is mostly burned into lime, though also used
locally for structural work.

An analysis of the limestone from Miller’s quarry is given by
Ries.

SiOs @ ewe ewe ce wees cece cnn cee een pew ewe tee ee tee ene woes owes owes cee ce eens 10.46
Se eee ee fa teehee eek saan San ent ayn ooo aaa eam 1.93
Fe:,03 oe ee woo eee ee pe ee ce eee cee wane ne ce eee rene wae eee ee see cee 1.8

ee ee cet See ole ae Ses oe ae ee oe oe oe amen 27.75
ene wy ie Kee es i eed eb al. 17.65
oy beet Be ES A eS ho ee ee eer ee ee oe ee 40.99

Roseton, Orange co. A small quarry (79) in the blue Barnegat
limestone near Roseton has been worked irregularly but is not
at present producing.

Newburg Junction, Orange co. The limestone quarry (69) just
east of the railroad at Newburg Junction, Orange co., shows
Cambro-Silurian blue limestone, with interstratified black and
yellow shales. Pre-Cambrian gneiss is shown on the upper edge
of the eastern wall of the opening. The quarry is not at present
worked but has supplied a considerable amount of material both
for lime and flux. It is possible it will furnish macadam for
roads in the vicinity.

1Ries. N. Y. state geal 17th an. rept. 1899.

r176 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Johnsons, Orange co. A small quarry in the blue limestone,
situated about 2 miles north of Johnsons, in the town of
Wawayanda, is worked at intervals for stone and lime. The
quarry is located on land owned by S. M. House, and is worked
by Wilber Brown. Most of the product is burned into lime and
used locally.

New Milford, Orange co. Several small quarries in the Barnegat
limestone are located within a few miles of New Milford. They
are worked only at intervals, and the product is chiefly used for
foundation stone.

Monroe, Orange co. A small quarry (70) has been worked about
a mile south of Monroe. The product was used locally for foun-
dation and retaining wall work.

Warwick, Orange co. Limestone is quarried near Warwick by
Thomas Burt. The product is small, the quarries being worked
only at intervals, and is mostly used for structural work. It is the
usual blue magnesian (Barnegat) limestone.

Newark limestone conglomerate

Along its contact with the pre-Cambrian and Paleozoic rocks,
the lower beds of the Newark system are frequently conglomer-
atic. In certain localities the included pebbles are limestone,
and in a few places the calcareous portion of the conglomerate
is so much larger in amount than the shaly matrix as to permit
the use of these rocks for lime. A characteristic exposure of
this conglomerate is shown on pl. 61. Several old quarries
(80, 81) are located in Rockland county along the northern bor-
der of the Newark beds, and lime was formerly burned at these
points.

‘00 puvp[yooy ‘UIOg AU0ZS ‘o}vioMIO;su0D YIVMON ‘oyoUd ‘Sey "H

OJTI'd voVj OT, 19 9%Id

New York State Museum

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN THE GYPSUM INDUSTRY IN
NEW YORK STATE
BY ARTHUR L. PARSONS
| Gypsum deposits of Fayetteville

The quarries at Fayetteville are located about 2 miles south-
west of the village and are situated on two knolls.

Five companies have quarries here: the National wall plaster
co. and the Adamant wall plaster co. of Syracuse, Mr F. M. Sever-
ance, Mr C, A. Snooks and Mr C. Snooks of Fayetteville. The
latter two have small quarries.

The oldest quarry is that of Mr Severance, which has been
worked more than 60 years. The bed of gypsum in this quarry
is about 60 feet thick and consists of eight layers varying in thick-
ness from 18 inches to 30 feet. It is covered with about 40 feet
of shaly rock, together with hydraulic limestone.

The plaster rock varies in color from light drab in the cap toa
dark brown (iron layer), all forms becoming lighter on exposure
to air. The so-called “ slate” consists of fibrous, scaly, and other
forms of gypsum; the remaining beds consist almost entirely of
compact gypsum.

The specific gravity varies from 2.68 in the 9 foot layer to 2.33 in _

the slaty layer.

“The composition is nearly uniform, consisting of calcium sul-
fate, 80% to 90%; calcium carbonate, a trace; magnesium carbon-
ate, 5% or less; alumina, 10¢ or less. The amount of carbonates
is greatest in the iron layer, showing effervescence in the mass.
It is nearly as abundant in the cap layer; it is least in the
-erystalline layer (the so-called “ slate”). In none of the layers
is the quantity sufficient to prove detrimental. To quarry this

gypsum, the slate rock above must be stripped. This stripping

is accomplished after a portion of the quarry has been worked
out, by blasting out a layer of marlite about 4 feet in thick-
ness immediately above the plaster rock. When sufficient has
been blasted, the overlying “slate” falls down into the hole
from which the gypsum has been removed, and the new part
exposed can be quarried without removing very much of the

r178 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

strippings. Mr Severance claims that he has to remove only
about one third of the stripped rock. |

When quarrying the gypsum, three beds are recognized by the
quarrymen. The upper bed is the lightest of the three and is
about 30 feet thick. The lower beds are of darker color, showing
more marked strata of light and dark gypsum. The lowest bed
is not always taken out, on account of its poorer quality. The
product of this quarry is sold entirely to four firms: Mr T. W.
Sheedy, and Bangs & Gaynor of Fayetteville, Gage, Porter & Co.,
Fulton N. Y., and Craig & Ballanger of Canajoharie N. Y.

The local mills:are furnished with gypsum rock in the winter
time, and the outsiders during canal navigation. The rock has
to be hauled about 14 miles to the canal. The quarry is operated
the year round, and the cost of mining is about 25c to 30c a ton.
The teamster hauls five loads a day, averaging four to five tons
to the load. Mr Severance’s quarry and gypsum deposit occupies
about 8 acres. F.F. black powder is used in blasting. The rocks
sell, delivered at the canal to the local mills, for 90c a ton. The
largest output for any one year was 7000 tons; the average would
be about 5000 tons. From four to 12 men are employed at the
quarry, depending on the demand for gypsum.

Immediately adjoining Mr Severance’s quarry are the quarries
of the National wall plaster co. The gypsum deposit in these
quarries is the same as that in Mr Severance’s bed. The method
of quarrying, however, differs slightly. The gypsum is quarried
so as to cut under the overhanging rock, which then falls into the
place from which the gypsum has been taken. This necessitates
moving a greater amount of rock than the method employed by
Mr Severance. In these quarries dynamite and Climax blasting
powder are used. From 12 to 20 men are employed at the quar-
ries.

The product is hauled 14 miles to the canal, and to the mill
which is located at the canal.

The top layers are used for making calcined plaster. The bot-
tom bed is usually not taken out. In the strippings some hydrau-
lic limestone is found, which is sold to cement manufacturers.
The beds owned by the National plaster co. occupy about 5 acres.

REPORT OF THB DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r179

At the mill of the National plaster co. the Cummer process is
used for calcining the gypsum. This process consists in crushing
the gypsum rock in a Blake crusher to about the size of hickory
-nuts. This material is then taken to a cylinder about 27 feet
long by 4 feet in diameter, which revolves over a fire. The smoke
is carried through the cylinder so as to utilize all the heat avail-
able, and is then taken off by a flue. This cylinder is inclined
slightly so that the material runs from one end to the other. The
temperature at which the gypsum is calcined, ranges from 600°
to 800° F. From the calciner the material is taken to a large
cooling bin made of brick. This bin is about 30 feet long by 6
feet wide, by 20 feet high. The heat then permeates the entire
mass of rock, calcining the inner portions of the small pieces.
The material is drawn from the bottom of the cooler through
gates and taken by a worm conveyer to the mills, where it is
ground. It is then taken to the storeroom and put in bags for
shipment.

The capacity of the mill is 50 tons a day. The annual produc-
tion is about 50,000 tons a year. This calcined gypsum is
shipped, to a considerable extent, to cement manufacturers, and
is utilized by the National wall plaster co. for the manufacture
of hard finish. For the manufacture of hard finish, it is mixed
with certain proportions of sand, clay and a patent retarder.

On the east of the National wall plaster co.’s beds and south of
those owned by Mr Severance is located the property of the Ada-
mant wall plaster co. It owns about 19 acres of ground, about
15 of which is underlain by gypsum. This property is not at
present worked, but will be opened up this coming year. An
old quarry is located at this point, but has not been worked for
some years past. At present the Adamant wall plaster co. is
using calcined plaster from Oakfield N. Y., and calcining Nova
Scotia gypsum. It uses in its wall plaster about one half sand,
87 to 104 of clay and asbestos, and about 402 of calcined gypsum.
In the manufacture of hard finish about 7¢ of ground talc is
used as a whitener. The retarder is a trade secret.

The annual production is about 100,000 to 150,000 bags of 120
pounds a year.

r180 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

The quarries of Mr C. A. Snooks and Mr C. Snooks together
occupy about 3 acres. The beds are about the same as those on
the adjoining hill. The rock is of a little poorer quality, and they
are troubled with water in the quarries. The product is used
by local mills entirely.

The gypsum quarries of the Cayuga land plaster co.

These quarries are described in bulletin 11 of the New York
state museum, p. 72.

The bed was first opened in 1828, and the original deposit
covers an area of about a square mile on the east shore of
Cayuga lake, a mile north of the village of Union Springs, and
4 miles south of Cayuga. The output averages about 10,000
tons of plaster annually and 5000 tons of rock gypsum. The
entire product is disposed of by Mr Charles E. Lee of Bingham-
ton N. Y. The price per ton of the rock is $1.50; of the plaster,
$2.50. The plaster is all of one quality, the poorer specimens of
gypsum rock being turned out on the dumps. Only the pure
gypsum is used.

The analysis of this plaster is as follows:

Sulfate of lime | 80.78
Carbonate of lime 1.76
| ss magnesium 3
Phosphate of lime .43
Sand 3.02
Organic matter .18
: Chlorin, potash and clay 10.5
Total 100

This analysis was made by J. A. Barral, perpetual secretary
of the Central society of agriculture of France.

About 2 miles north of the quarry which is worked another
quarry is found, and at the south about half a mile distant two
more. None of these are worked at present.

Marcellus

Near the station a small quarry is worked by Mr Walker. The
product is used entirely in the immediate locality. The annual
output does not exceed 500 tons.

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND’ STATH GEOLOGIST 1900 ri181

In grading for a trolley line from Marcellus station to the
village an outcrop of plaster rock was exposed in 1900 near the
station. The outcrop is about 20 feet thick and extends along
the road about 160 feet. The rock shows layers of white fibrous
gypsum at intervals ranging from 3 to 12 inches. These

layers are from +} inch to 1 inch in thickness. The main rock
does not seem so solid as the material found at Union Springs
and Fayetteville, but should make a fair land plaster. It would
probably not make good calcining plaster, on account of the
fibrous gypsum. The bed seems to be quite extensive, judging
from the fact that it is found at the same horizon just across
the valley. The bottom of the bed was not excavated, and it
was not found elsewhere on the road, owing to the fact,
probably, that most of the rock cuts are above this horizon.

The Wheatland land plaster co.. Mumford N. Y.

This company has a mine about 34 miles from Caledonia, on
Allen’s creek. This mine is located in a knoll and is entered by
atunnel. The gypsum is in three layers, the best quality being
in the middle. The deposit is about 6 feet thick. The mine is
timbered throughout. Pillars are left ranging from 15 feet in
diameter to 30 x 75 feet, according to the condition of the roof.
About 15 men are employed at the works at present. Much of
the time the number is increased to 30.

The rock is drilled by a hand power screw drill. The blast-
ing is accomplished by dynamite exploded by a battery. The
rock is hauled, on cars holding about 1 ton, by mules to the
mill, which is on the opposite side of the creek. The largest
pieces of rock are run through a Blake crusher, and from that
directly to the mill. The capacity of this crusher and mill is
about 40 tons a day. The smaller pieces, up to the size of a
man’s hand, are taken to a crusher of special design made to
order by a firm in Caledonia. This crusher consists of a corru-
gated cone of iron in which a series of disks rotate. These disks
_ are about 2 inches thick and 1 foot in diameter, having teeth
Similar to saw teeth. They are fastened to a square shaft and
pulverize the rock as fast as a man can shovel it in. This

r182 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM |

crusher supplies two burstone mills and has a capacity of from
60 to 80 tons a day. In these mills the lower burstone revolves,
as this is supposed to give better results. The annual pro-
duction (according to the Buffalo, Rochester & Pittsburg freight
agent) is about 15,000 tons. An interesting feature of this mine
is the fact that about 3 acres of old chambers are devoted to
the growing of mushrooms. About 80 pounds of mushrooms —
are gathered each day. The plaster is shipped in bulk in car-
load lots. Dynamite and black powder are used for the blasts.

About a mile east of this mine at Garbuttsville is located the
mine and mill of the Lycoming calcining co. This mill has just
been erected, and was being tested at the time of my visit to
Garbuttsville. The gypsum is of the same quality as that at
Wheatland. The mine is worked in the same manner. The
tunnel is about 200 feet long, and a branch tunnel has just been
started.

The equipment of the mill consists of a Blake crusher, one
continuous calciner with a dust chamber above to save the dust
which is used as dental plaster, one cooler, and two vertical
emery mills.

The Diamond wall cement co. is to occupy a part of the build-
ing for the purpose of manufacturing wall plaster.

The capacity of this mill is 60 tons in 10 hours.

Two 6 foot beds of gypsum are found below the one now
worked, with intervals of about 6 feet between.

The Oakfield plaster deposits

At Oakfield, Genesee co., three companies are engaged in
mining and calcining gypsum: the English plaster works, the
Oakfield plaster manufacturing co. and the Genesee plaster co.
Of these the English plaster co. is the largest. About 50 men
are employed at the mill, and about the same at the mines. Two
mines are operated, each of which is about 40 feet deép. }°Tie
deposit of gypsum is about 4 feet thick, and screw drills worked
by hand are used. Black powder is used for blasting. The
hoisting is by steam. A railroad switch runs to one of the
mines, and by this is shipped the rock gypsum. The material

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 1r183

used in the mill is hauled by teams from the other mine. About
) 15,000 tons of rock gypsum are shipped annually to plate glass
factories at Pittsburg. These factories calcine their own
gypsum and use the plaster of paris to embed the plate glass

while it is being polished. About 10,000 tons of plaster of paris
are produced annually.

The equipment consists of one Blake crusher, one nipper, five
kettles and five mills. The nipper resembles an old-fashioned
coffee mill, to a certain extent. The upper part, however, con-
sists of a corrugated hopper in which a corrugated cone rotates,
crushing the pieces of gypsum to about the size of a hickory nut.
The lower part breaks them up to about the size of peas. From
the nipper they are taken to the mills, and from the mills to the
calciner. Much trouble is experienced at the mines of this com-
pany, as well as the other mines in this locality, on account of
water in the winter time. Several of the mines must be pumped
or abandoned during the winter season.

The gypsum is the whitest that is found in New York state.
It is said that about 80 feet below the first bed another bed of
gypsum is found about 10 feet thick, but this has not yet been
opened. .

The Oakfield plaster co. operates three mines, employing
about 15 men at the mines and eight at the mill. The equip-
ment of the mill consists of one Blake crusher, two burstone
mills, one bolter, and two kettles of 10 tons capacity. The daily
capacity is about 60 tons of calcined plaster. The annual prod-
uct is about 10,000 tons. The material is hoisted from the mines
of this company by horse power.

The Genesee plaster co. of Oakfield has just completed a mill
which is not yet in operation. It has two mines having steam
hoists. The mill equipment consists of three calciners. None
of the Oakfield companies have used the Cummer process. The
kettle process is used by all.

To the west of Oakfield, gypsum has been found near Indian
Falls, which is said to be darker than the material at Oakfield.
No commercial use has yet been made of this.

New York State Museum

PALEONTOLOGY

The state paleontologist reports the following work for the
year ending Sep. 30, 1900.

Work of the old department. Of the reports unpublished
at the time of the death of Prof. James Hall the following
were issued during the year: Memoir of the Paleozoic reticulate -
sponges ; 16th annual report of the state geologist and paleontol-
ogist; 17th annual report of the state geologist and paleontol-
ogist; museum bulletin 30, Petroleum and natural gas in New York
by Edward Orton.

Operations in the field, 1899-1900

Section of the Chemung beds. Traverses of the Chemung forma-
tion were made with special reference to the determination of
the line of demarcation between the Devonian and Carbonif-
erous beds.

Section of the Oriskany formation. In completion of work in
this connection which had been carried on during preceding
seasons sections of this formation were made throughout central
and western New York. This work had in view the study of the
origin of the Oriskany sediments and the cause of their remark-
able variations in thickness.

Investigation of the Ithaca fauna of central New York (Chenango,
Oisego, Delaware and Cortland counties). These operations were
carried on with the aid of a special legislative grant for the pur-
pose of determining more accurately the actual relations of the
‘Ithaca formation and its fauna to contemporaneous faunas at
the east and west as well as to the faunas and sediments imme-
diately preceding and succeeding them in time. The outcome of
the season’s operations in this direction was the accumulation
of very extensive material representing the organisms of the
time, and including a notable number of species heretofore

REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GHOLOGIS® 1900 - r185

unknown to the New York faunas. The work has also supplied
the museum with a very complete representation of the fauna,
which heretofore was virtually unrepresented in the state
collections. n |

Areal survey of the Olean and Salamanca quadrangles. In
cooperation with the U.S. geological survey, stratigraphic work
was done in the area represented on the Olean quadrangle of
the topographic survey. This work was in charge of L. C. Glenn
of the U. S. survey and Charles Butts of Alfred, who was the
representative of this department and has been specially con-
cerned in the careful collection of the fossils of the area. The
field work was brought to a close before the end of the season
and measures have been taken for the immediate elaboration of
the results acquired.

Chemung section in Chautauqua county. Dr H. F. Cleland of
Cornell university was engaged for a part of the season in study-
ing the development of this series in the higher land of Chautau-
qua county.

Fauna of the Waterlime in central New York. For some years
past study has been made in this office of the character of the
Waterlime beds throughout the state with special reference to
the constitution of, and the variations in their faunas. In con-
nection with this work special studies have been made during
the past season and large collections acquired from localities in
the town of Litchfield, Herkimer co. These have been an import-
ant contribution to the museum collections, and they embody a
very considerable amount of facts which on elaboration will
make a substantial addition to our knowledge.

Hudson River slates in the vicinity of Albany and their taxonomic
relations. The investigation of this problem has beem carried
forward by Dr R. Ruedemann. During the present season the
examination of the formation has been extended to localities to
the north of Albany, and the outcome of the entire work, which
_ has been presented for publication as a bulletin of the museum,
is to establish the subdivision of this great formation into its
proper *beds with their respective faunas. Special features

errr

r186 ‘NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

which have grown out of these studies are receiving particular
attention and will form the subject of future discussion.

Geology of Erie county and the region about Niagara falls. Prof.
I. P. Bishop of Buffalo has, at the request of the state paleon-
tologist traced the geologic formations on the Buffalo quad-
rangle of the topographic survey. Somewhat similar work has
been done in Niagara county for the Niagara gorge by Dr A. W.
Grabau, working with the cooperation of the Buffalo society
of natural sciences and this department.

Correlation of the New York Paleozoic faunas with those of
Canada. In consideration of the important light thrown on the
value of the New York system of formations by the succession of
the faunas in certain sections of the Dominion of Canada, the
state paleontologist has spent some weeks in the careful study
of sections exposed at Arisaig N. S., Dalhousie N. B. and Gaspé,
Quebec. Very considerable collections were there made, and the
facts obtained will prove interesting in their bearing on the
proposition referred to. ,

Office work

Catalogue of type specimens. This work was begun in the pre-
ceding year and has continued throughout the past year, as it -
proves to be one of much greater labor than was expected. The
catalogue has now been brought toward completion, lists having
been compiled for the following groups of organisms, the number
set opposite each name indicating types and _ illustrated
specimens.

Sponges | 147
Crinoids Raye
Brachicpods 1100
Lamellibranchs 1020
Pteropods ene
Gastropods 260
Cephalopods 400

Vermes . 95

REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r187

Locality record of fossils. The main record of fossiliferous locali-
ties of this state was communicated for publication last year.
The additional] localities entered on our record during the season
of this year’s work have been published as a part of the separate
report of this office.

Memoir on the genera of the rugose corals. The work in pre-

paration of this memoir has been steadily carried forward, and
the descriptive matter is largely prepared in preliminary form
and ready for careful review.
_ Publications. Besides the publications pertaining to the old
department, the following has been issued during the year:
bulletin 34, Lower Silurian system of eastern M ontgomery county,
by E. R. Cumings; Notes on stratigraphy of Mohawk valley and
Saratoga county, by C. S. Prosser.

There is also in type bulletin 39, containing a series of
paleontologic papers by the members of the staff of this depart-
ment.

Work on collections. The general collection of fossils in the
State hall has in certain parts been reviewed and selections
made for a permanent reserve for exhibition purposes. This
work, however, it has not been practicable to forward as rapidly
as could be desired on account of pressure of other duties and
the lack of necessary assistance. |

Collections of Lower Silurian fossils from Lake Champlain. The
considerable collections made during the previous season in the
vicinity of Valcour by van Ingen and Ruedemann have been
placed in the hands of Mr van Ingen for study and report and
are now in the custodianship of the professor of geology at
Columbia university.

_ Paris exposition. For exhibition at the world’s fair at Paris
the series of the official reports and contributions published by
this department since 1835 on the subject of paleontology was
specially bound in 26 volumes, and this exhibit was awarded the
grand prize of the exhibition.

Accessions. The accessions to the collections of the department
during the past year have been by donation, purchase, exchange

r188 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

and collection. Many are of great importance to our work,
among them being a considerable addition to the series of type
specimens. The total accessions for the year are 12,951.

MINERALOGY

In July Mr Arthur L. Parsons, a graduate of New York univer-
sity, was appointed temporary assistant to arrange the collec-
tions of minerals in the museum. Since that time the general
collection of minerals on the first floor has been cleaned and
rearranged, some of the poorer specimens being removed from
the exhibition cases and stored so as to give room to display
better material.

The De Witt Clinton collection donated to the state museum
in 1891 by the Albany institute, which was stored on the fifth
floor of the capitol, was unpacked and the best specimens incor-
porated with the general museum collections.

The collection of Bergen hill minerals has been placed in two
wall cases in the front room of the mineral department.

The gem collection has been cleaned and rearranged.

The econom;nic collections of salt, garnet, graphite and tale on
the third floor were also cleaned and rearranged.

The Stevenson collection of oils, together with most of the
hydrocarbons, has been removed from the cases on the first floor
and is now exhibited on the third floor of the museum, along with
the economic minerals of New York state.

A new collection of ores and minerals, arranged according to
the metallic radicle, now occupies the two table cases formerly
occupied by the collections of minerals from Manhattan Island
and Westchester county, and the collection of small specimens
belonging to the general collection. About a quarter of one of
these cases is devoted to a local collection of calcites showing
unusual crystalline form, secured by Dr John M. Clarke from the
gypsum quarries at Union Springs.

A collection of minerals used for ornamental purposes has
been started, and together with a collection of crystals and

REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 }§#r189

crystal models will occupy the flat case in the rear room of the
mineral department. |

In addition a catalogue of mineral species represented in the
museum has been prepared and is now in press. This catalogue
will be attached to the cases containing the mineral collections.

GENERAL ZOOLOGY

The work of cataloguing and relabeling the collections begun
during the previous year by Dr Farr, assistant in zoology, has
been continued by him as time would permit, till now the work
has been completed on all the vertebrates except the small col-
lection of amphibians and reptiles. During the year the fish and
mammals have been catalogued, and the fish and birds have been
entirely relabeled. For the birds a new and more attractive
style of label was designed to replace the old labels, which were
discolored by age and were not uniform in size. In the new
labels, as far as has been possible, the locality, date of capture
and donor have been indicated, as well as the seasonal plumage
and sex of the bird. It is thus possible except in the case of the
older specimens, for which we have meager data, to tell at a
glance what particular region each bird is from; and more
interest attaches to a specimen known to come from a certain
locality than to a species which may be known to occur occa-
sionally within our limits, while the individual specimen in the
exhibit may come from a different region.

In pursuance to a policy previously adopted, each label bears
a number referring to that in the card catalogue. In labeling all
the collections except the alcoholic specimens, which have the
labels securely cemented to the jars, each label bears a number
on the reverse side, while a corresponding number is affixed to
the base or pedestal on which the specimen is mounted, so that
it is impossible for a label to be misplaced without immediate
detection.

During the month of August Dr Farr visited the American
museum of natural history in New York for the purpose of study-
ing its collections of foreign birds and identifying some few forms

£190 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

in our collection, belonging to the De Rham and Corning collec-
tions, which had never been identified. The results of this trip
were most satisfactory, as he succeeded in establishing the
identity of all but one or two species.

The preservative used on the alcoholic specimens of fish,
amphibians, reptiles, invertebrates, etc. has all been filtered
through bone charcoal, which by absorbing the animal matter in
the solution restores the alcohol to its natural color. |

A large amount of repairing has been done on the collections,
making them as attractive as possible.

Quite an extensive addition has been made to our collection of
plaster models of New York fish. These exhibit the natural
colors of the fish, and for museum purposes are more satisfactory
than alcoholic specimens, in which the bright tints are lost
almost at once.

Owing to the fact that so many additions have been made to
the exhibits during the year, a great deal of time has been taken
up with the care, mounting, labeling and arrangement of these
specimens.

All the collections of vertebrates have been rearranged, and
it is believed that the present arrangement is the best possible
with the space at our command. .

The specimens are all in excellent condition except the smaller
mammals, which, having been exposed to the light for years, are
very badly discolored, and should be replaced as opportunity
presents.

Owing to the fact that no taxidermic work had been done at
the museum for a number of years, it was deemed advisable by
the director to have some work done in this line during the
spring of 1900. Many of the more common birds in our collection,
having been on exhibition for a number of years, have become
faded, and, while, since they belong to collections of historic
importance, it does not seem best to discard them, yet in view
of the fact that they do not exhibit the typical plumage of the
birds, it seemed best to secure a new collectidn of the more
common forms in the nuptial plumage. The rarer forms have

REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r191

for the most part been added during recent years and are in
perfect condition. Accordingly, during the months of April, May
and June Dr Farr was assisted in his work by William Richard
as taxidermist. About three half days a week were spent in field
‘work, collecting specimens and making observations on the migra-
tion of birds. The times of arrival and departure of our common
migrants, as well as the time of arrival of our common summer
residents, were noted. Altogether about 125 species were
observed in the immediate vicinity of Albany. 100 mounted
Specimens were added to the collection during these months, and
form a pleasing addition to our exhibits, as the birds are all in
nuptial plumage and the taxidermic work is of the highest grade.

A large series of stomachs was also collected for studies on the ~
insect food of birds. The study of these will furnish us much
interesting and valuable data in regard to the economic value
of birds to man, a subject which the farmer and horticulturist
too little appreciate, as nearly all birds, aside from the value of
the game birds as food, are friends to the agriculturist. With
the possible exception of three forms all birds should be rigidly
protected, and, when the food habits of these three species of
rapacious birds that sometimes feed on poultry are more per-
fectly known it will probably be found that they are in the main
beneficial to the interests of the tiller of the soil and only locally
prejudicial, owing to the scarcity of their natural food.

In addition to the general work of Dr Farr as curator of the
collections of vertebrate zoology, the following special work was
done. :

| Birds

At the suggestion of the director, he began during the summer
of 1899, to make an exhaustive study of the bird fauna of New
York for the preparation of a detailed report on the birds of our
state. De Kay’s Birds of New York of 1844 is the last publication
treating of the birds of the entire state, and the many new records
that have been established since that time make very apparent
the need of such a work im view of the recent progress and
increased interest in bird study all over the country.

r192 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

For the purpose of supplementing his own observations and

obtaining data from all parts of the state, he prepared during the
following winter bulletin 33, N. Y. state museum, Check list of

New York birds, which was published in April. A circular letter

was sent to the press and to bird students in all sections of the
state, asking for assistance in our bird work. In this way a corps

of about 200 volunteer observers was secured. To all of these
our check list and copies of our migration schedule were sent, and

we have by this method received material assistance in our work

and have collected a large amount of data on the local distribu-

tion, time of migration, breeding habits, and other phases of bird

life in all sections of the state. The following is a synopsis of the

detailed report, now well under way, as it is being developed.

Birds of New York .

A descriptive catalogue of the birds that have been observed
within the borders of the state with an account of their‘habits.

Introduction.

Physiography of New York state.

Life zones (with map showing faunal areas) and the influence
of climate on the distribution of birds.

Bird migration.

Key to New York birds.

Following the above topics, each species that has been taken
within our limits will be discussed with regard to the succeeding
points.

Characters, including form, size, coloration and measurements.

Range or habitat.

Time of arrival at and departure from the various sections of
the state.
Time of nidification, nesting habits, material and locality of
nest; size, shape, color and number of eggs; number of broods in

‘a season, etc.

Comparative abundance of the species in the different sections
of the state.

Food habits at different seasons of the year and under different
conditions, showing the economic value of birds to man.

att tind

REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r193

The following will then be presented.

Introduced species.

Hypothetic list.

List of volunteer observers.

Bibliography of New York ornithology.

Glossary of scientific terms.

If we succeed in obtaining a satisfactory series of photographs

it is purposed to illustrate the nests and eggs (in natural nesting

sites) of all birds known to have bred in the state. This is a
departure hitherto unattempted, and, if successful, it will add
materially to the value of the report. Already we have received
by donation about 100 photographs suitable for reproduction.
‘During the year much of Dr Farr’s time has been taken up with
correspondence with our corps of volunteer observers, about 1000
letters having been written. In this way much valuable informa-
tion on the bird life of the state has been obtained, and several
new state records have been established. The most important

new records for the state are: Richardson’s owl, yellow-headed
blackbird and Bullock’s oriole. See Check list, edition 2.

Many inquiries from observers in different parts of the state
have been answered, and a large number of specimens sent in for .
determination have been identified.

Dr Farr has spent considerable time in reading proof of
museum publications, being assisted in this work by John H.
Kirker jr, junior clerk.

Oct. 1, 1900, Dr Farr resigned his position to accept a «all to
Princeton university.

Arrangements have been made by which he is to complete his
work on birds in connection with his duties at Princeton. It
is hoped that he will complete his investigations during the
coming year. — .

Fishes

A catalogue of the fishes of the state begun two years ago by
Dr Tarleton H. Bean and interrupted by his official duties at the
Paris exposition, will soon be completed.

r194 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

George G. Scott of Columbia university spent a part of the
spring and summer on Long Island in the study of the habits
and spawning periods of some of the salt-water food fishes. This
subject is considered to be one of great importance, and will be
further investigated next season. Mr Scott’s report is appended.

Edible mollusks

For a number of years it has been manifest that the clam and ~

scallop industries in the state of New York were failing. The
decline in production, not strikingly apparent in some localities,
has been very noticeable in others. During the last two years,
the failure on certain parts of the coast has become alarming.
At the same time, practically all of the coast of New England,
with the exception of the state of Maine, which still produces a
large number of soft clams, has suffered a practical annihilation
of its clam and scallop industries. The demand for these shell-
fish is rapidly growing, and the prices are increasing.

Recognizing the importance of these facts and believing that
a direct investigation of the shores of Long Island was essential,
Dr James L. Kellogg of Williams college, the leading specialist
under the U.S. fish commission in the study of the edible clams
and scallops, was engaged to spend a part of September in visit-
ing the various points on Long Island which are centers of pro-
duction for these forms, to determine the condition of these
industries.

His report, which is of much value, and of which a synopsis
follows, appears as bulletin 43.

This investigation began at the eastern end of the island in
the region of Sag Harbor. Within a radius of several miles of
that town, both hard and soft clams were found to be practically
exterminated, though previously very abundant. It was found
that the waters of Shelter Island still produced many clams, but
that the supply had also recently fallen off rapidly.

The southern shore of Gardiners bay was next followed as far
east as Fort Pond bay. Information was everywhere obtained
from marketmen and clam-diggers, the beds in certain localities

\

REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r195

being personally inspected, and it appeared that this part of the
coast had always been extremely prolific in the production of
soft clams and scallops. In certain localities hard clams had
also been taken in great numbers. Specially notable for their
resources were the “Springs” and Napeague harbor. It was,
however, almost universally admitted that the last two years had
witnessed a great diminution in the supply over the whole area.

Shinnecock Hills was next visited. Shinnecock bay at one
time produced a good supply of soft clams. Some time ago these
almost entirely disappeared. On the seaward side of the long
southern sand spit conditions are not favorable for the growth
of clams and scallops.

To the westward, at Moriches, it was found that Moriches bay
had never produced many clams. Being much shut in from the
ocean, tidal currents which supply food for these forms are very
little felt. |

On the Great South bay, Patchogue, Bayport, Sayville, Oak-
_ dale, Islip, Bayshore, Babylon, Lindenhurst, Amityville, Massa-
- pequa, Wautagh and Freeport were successively visited. At
Patchogue, a great oyster center, a few hard clams were mar-
keted. Opposite the inlets at the western end of the bay, how-
ever, they were much more numerous. For a number of years,
Islip was the great center of the hard clam or little-neck indus-
try, hundreds of bushels of these being marketed every day for
the greater part of the year. In fact, in the greater part of the
bay the hard clam industry reigned supreme. They were taken
in great numbers as far west as Freeport. Along the shore of
this bay, it was found that the hard clam industry had become
almost extinct within the last two or three years.

Passing westward to Rockaway beach and the vicinity of
Jamaica bay, the testimony of the residents indicated that this
body of water with its extensive flats still supported a great num-
ber of clams, specially the soft clams. For lack of time this
interesting and important bay was not explored as carefully as
was desirable. Though it was asserted by some of the clam-
diggers, that the supply was suffering a marked decrease, this

7196 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

was not certainly ascertained. . With Gardiners bay it seems to
share the honor of being at the present time more prolific than
any other part of the island. |

Next were visited Cow bay, Hempstead harbor, Oyster bay,
Huntington bay and Smithtown bay, on the north side of the
island.’ The conditions in each of these areas of the sound are
practically the same. At one time producing many hard and soft
clams, they are all now suffering to an extreme degree from over-
digging. In no part of Long Island perhaps is the paralysis of
the clam industries so complete as along this northwest coast.

From Smithtown bay to Orient Point the coast is bold and
without inlets and has never produced many clams. Several
points were examined, as at Setauket, Port Jefferson and Wad-
ing river, but this part of the coast seemed to be relatively unim-
portant in this investigation.

Last of all, the towns on the north shore of the Great Peconic
bay were visited. This shore as in Gardiners bay seemed to
afford great natural advantages for the growth of both hard and
soft clams and the scallop. At Riverhead, Aquebogue and
Greenport many of these forms are still marketed, but, as in

Gardiners bay, the supply has recently shown an alarming fall-

ing off.

The general conclusion reached from this brief survey is that,
while the supply of clams and scallops on the coast of Long
Island is not in all localities decimated as on the coast of New
England, the falling off in this supply certainly demands most
serious attention.

Prof. James H. Stoller of Union college, who has been making
a special study of isopods, contributes to this report a description
of a new species. |
ENTOMOLOGY

A statement of progress in this field is contained in the report

of the state entomologist. The introduction gives the general

entomologic features of the year, mentions the increase in routine
office work, describes briefly the three special lines of work under- -
taken, namely. 1) Experiments with insecticides on the San

REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r197

José scale, together with the studies of this scale insect and
allied forms, the latter of which will appear in an illustrated bulle-
tin, giving the characteristics, life histories and treatment of the
several species. 2) Studies of forest insects. Extensive collec-
tions of injurious species were made in the Adirondacks, about
Albany and on Long Island, and the results will be prepared for
publication shortly. 38) Work on aquatic insects by Dr Needham
of Illinois at the entomologic field station, which was a bio-
logic, ecological and systematic study, giving particular atten-
tion to species of economic importance as food for fishes. The
results will appear in a well illustrated bulletin. The number
and character of the publications of the office, the extension work
by lectures and exhibiting a collection of insects of economic
value, the additions to the collection, the work of the voluntary
observers and assistance received from others are also mentioned.
Two injurious insects, the gypsy moth, Porthetria dis-
par, andthe palmer worm, Ypsolophus pometellus,
are treated of in a general way. The account of experimental
work with insecticides gives in detail the work with kerosene,
erude petroleum, whale oil soaps and hydrocyanic acid gas and
the effects of these substances on both fruit trees and insects,
particularly the San José scale. The results obtained were very
promising for crude petroleum emulsion. The notes for the year
give some of the more interesting facts concerning the following
insects: fruit tree bark beetle, Scolytus rugulosus,
plum cureculio, Conotrachelus nenuphar, pale striped
fiea beetle, Systena .taeniata, elm leaf beetle,
a lheruweélla.ilwteo la. gold gill beetle, Chr y.s-
ochus auratus, 12-spotted asparagus beetle, Crioceris
a2 - Pp. 1n.e.ta t a, grain beetle in linen, snakeworm, Sciara
species, forest tent-caterpillar, Clisiocampa disstria,
fall army worm, Laphygma frugiperda, red-banded
leaf-roller, Lophoderus triferana, harlequin cabbage
bug, Murgantia histrionica, juniper plant bug,
Pentatoma juniperina, elm bark louse, Gossy-
paria ulmi and grasshoppers.

r198 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Summaries of reports from the voluntary observers, a list of
the publications of the entomologist during the year, contribu-
tions to the collection and explanation of the plates complete the
report.

BOTANY

The report of the state botanist for 1900 contains a statement
of the number of the species of plants of which specimens have
been collected, and a list of their names and the places where the
collections were made; a list of the names of contributors of speci-
mens and their respective contributions; an article on the species
not before reported as belonging to our state flora, with descrip-
tions of new species; one containing remarks on species, previ-
ously reported, with descriptions of new varieties; one containing
descriptions of species tested for their edibility and found ayail-
able as articles of food.

Remarks are made on the peculiar character of the weather
during the season and its effect on the development of the mush-
room crop; on a new method of drying and preparing speci-
mens of fleshy fungi for the herbarium, by means of which their
preparation is greatly facilitated and rendered more satisfac-
tory. An account is given of a method adopted to secure greater
protection of specimens specially lable to. the attacks of insects,
and a way of disinfecting specimens that have been attacked.
Colored illustrations are given of the edible species and of some
of the new species.

ETHNOLOGY
Indian museum

The work in this department for the last fiscal year has beer
directed chiefly to the preparation and publication of bulletins
on subjects of Indian archeology by the Rev. William M.
Beauchamp.

During the year ending Sep. 30, 1900, only a small balance was
available from the earlier appropriations and but little could be
done, but, with the new fiscal year, the annual appropriation of
$1000 made by the last legislature, becomes available.

REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r199

During the last year was issued bulletin 32 entitled Aboriginal
occupation of New York, and the remainder of the year was spent
in the preparation of a report, bulletin 41 on Wampum and shell
articles of New York, which is now in press.
Mrs Harriet M. Converse has prepared a paper on Iroquois
silver brooches, which is appended to this report.

PAN-AMERICAN EXPOSITION

Shortly after the appointment of the board of general man-
agers of the exhibit of the State of New York at the Pan-
American exposition, the director requested Gov. Roosevelt to
approve and advocate an exhibit of the natural resources of the
state under the auspices of the state museum. Accordingly, as
soon as the board organized Mar. 7, 1900, the governor invited
the director to meet the board in the executive chamber and
explain the purpose and plan of the exhibit.

After careful deliberation the board has authorized such an
exhibit under the auspices of the state museum and has voted
for the purpose, the sum of $9000.

In this exhibit will be represented the work of the various

departments of the museum in collections illustrative of the nat-
ural history and mineral resources of the state.

After the close of the exposition the exhibits will be returned
to the state museum, which will be materially benefited by the
consequent increase of its collections.

REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS OF GEOLOGICAL HALL

The dilapidated condition of Geological hall has for a long
_ time been manifest, and the need of adequate heating apparatus
_ to make it possible for the staff of the museum to do their work
_ throughout the cold weather has been severely felt.

_ After several years of effort the director has succeeded in
_ interesting Harry H. Bender, superintendent of public buildings,
im procuring an appropriation to put Geological hall in proper
condition for future occupancy. In response to Mr Bender’s
request, the legislature of 1900 appropriated $20,000 to make

r200 NEW YORK STATR MUSEUM

necessary repairs in the building, install a new steam heating
plant and floor over the galleries of the rear wing to provide
more floor space. Subsequently, through the aid of Gov. Roose-
velt, this additional floor space was assigned to the use of the
state botanist and the state entomologist, who for many years
have been confined to very limited quarters in the capitol.

The work under this appropriation is rapidly progressing and
in a few months the museum building will be in very attractive
condition, though not sufficiently large fully to accommodate that
department of the University.

It is much to be hoped that a new building available for the
accommodation of the state museum will soon be provided by the
state.

3 ATTENDANCE AT THE MUSEUM

1 Oct. 1899—22 Sep 1900

Total 6... v.00. Jie Oi eee omnes: 61 370
Monthly’ maximum): August.ic. 620). dead aed ed. boty 8110
Daily maximums Julby'd: waa. Wo .eanwedoeala ae 810
Average, monthly ss 20. de wine. de. meme ee 5 114
Average, daily. oor ge. a aeomarnd ane .saihs hide, bebe 197

The following is a comparison of the turnstile records for the |
past seven years, Showing the averages of yearly, monthly and
daily attendance.

commer mm ER Gor
1 Oct. 18983—30 Sep. 1894...... 72 185 6 015 233
1 Oct. 1894—30 Sep. 1895...... 61 368 5 114 197
1 Oct. 1895—30 Sep. 1896...... 52 003 4 333 170
1 Oct. 1896—30 Sep. 1897...... 58 366 4 447 175
1 Oct. 1897—30 Sep. 1898...... 54 907 4 575 ~ 180
1 Oct. 1898—30 Sep. 1899...... 55 529 A 627 182
1 Oct. 1899—22! Sep. 1900...... 61 370 114 | 197

‘from Sep. 22, on account of extensive repairs, the museum has been
closed to the public.

~

REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r201

ACCESSIONS TO COLLECTIONS IN GEOLOGICAL HALL
| Geology
Collections

H. P. Cushing: 54 specimens of crystalline rocks, augite sye-
nite, anorthosite, gabbro, etc. from Clinton, Franklin and St
Lawrence counties.

Edwin C. Eckel: 138 specimens of crystalline rocks from
Orange, Dutchess, Putnam and Westchester counties, N. Y., and
Fairfield county, Ct.

Benjamin F, Hill: 75 specimens of crystalline rocks from Put-
nam county.

Harry C. Magnus: 52 specimens of crystalline rocks from West-
chester county.

Economic Geology
By donation
William Hooper: 5 specimens graphite, Ticonderoga, Essex co.
Mr Snyder: Manganese ore, 2 miles west of West Troy

Carborundum co. Niagara Falls N. Y.: 1 specimen crude car-
borundum, 1 carbo wheel, 1 carbo stone.

Mineralogy

| By collection
John M. Clarke: 75 specimens of calcite and dolomite, Union
Springs, Cayuga; 1 fine group of selenite; 1 specimen of fluorite,
Paris, Oneida co.

By donation
James Leanney, West Rutland Vt.: 3 specimens of malachite

and galena on mica schist.

Zoology
MAMMALS
Collection
M. S. Farr: House mouse, Mus musculus Linn.; south-

eastern red squirrel, Sciurus hudsonicus loquax
Bangs. |

1202 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Purchase
L. H. Stillwell, Deadwood S. D.: One skull of the fossil#
Mesohippus bairdii (Leidy), the Oligocene Tertiary ances-
tor of the modern horse.

BIRDS
Collections
William Richard and M. S. Farr
Common name Scientific name Sex
Wirginie Wal soiee oan ek Rallus virginianus Linn........-....-.6. F
Spotted sandpiper....... Actitis macularia (Zinn.)._... .. .2 2... 2.2. F
Yellow-billed cuckoo.... Coccyzus americanus (Linn.)........---. MF
Black-billed cuckvo..... C. erythropthalmus (Wils.) ........-....- 2M
Belted kingfisher........ Ceryle aleyon( Tinn)) o.2.\2s sie tet Jue F
Yellow-bellied sapsucker Sphyrapicus varius (Linn.)
Whippoorwill. 2202. 2.s. Antrostomus vociferus (Wils.)........... F
Ruby-throated humming-

DEG Satis ects aw anhteen Trochilus, colubris: Linn ~..:....2-5 2222t¢ M
Crested flycatcher. ...--.. Myiarchus crinitus (Linn,)...,..-...--00. MF
Wood pewee......-... ‘--»| Contoprisjqtirepign(Ling?) + ic. -2< -< canines “M
Yellow-bellied flycatcher Empidonax flaviventris Baird........... MF
American crow .......--- Corvus americanus Aud..............---- M
Perc) ha ae are Dolichonyx oryzivorus (Linn.)........... MF
COW IHEO? orcs Mona wena Molothras’ ater (Bodd.) 2). ..cncs cetaccee Ot
Meadow dark) i352 4/.2be Sturnella magna (Linn.)...-2-. s22. ---e0- M F Yng.
Baltimore oriole. .....--.- Icterne,galbuia .(Lint,) 025,009 >* 2 0-spsrieayeke
Purple grackle.....-..:. Quiscalus quiscula (Linn.)......--...---. M
Parpls*iineh. 0. ..2 2.22 Carpodacus purpureus (Gmel.)..-...---- F Yng.
Savanna sparrow...-.... Ammodramus ° sandwichensis savanna.

CTE BER) lace ita iN ian i w= Se oni F
‘Tres epartew .<..~ 5.225. Spizella monticola (Gmel.)............... EF
Slate-colored junco...... Junco hyemalis) (Linn.)......-- seccess--5 M F
Sone Bparroy.-< 25. sacnee Melospiza melodia (Wils.)......---- .«se-- |
Rose-breasted grosbeak.. Zamelodia ludoviciana (Linn.)....-..-.-. M
Indigo bunting......-.- Cyanospiza cyanea (Linn.).-.-.---.-----. 2MF
Scarlet tanager......... Piranga erythromelas Vieill.........--..-- 2MF
Rough-winged swallow.. Stelgidopteryx serripennis (Aud.).-.-....- MF
Cedar waxwing........-. Ampelis cedrorum (Vieill.)........------- MF
Yellow-throated vireo... Vireo flavifrons Vieill..........---.-.---- M
Blue-headed vireo....... VY. solibariua, (616 Neste 3 2 wade ne ieee M

Golden-winged warbler.. Helminthophila chrysoptera (Linn.)...... MF
Northern parula warbler Compsothlypis americana usneae Brewst.. M

Yellow warbler.......-. Dendroica aestiva (Gmel.)...-..-.------- M
Black-throated blue war-

DIGr re sce i PUREE D. eaerulescens,( Gmel..) -- naam tn = onn ene se MF
Myrtle warbler........-.. L), GOrOnaba AH) dcica eis a ptende een tee et F
Magnolia warbler....--. D.maculosa Gmel....-. ----------++ «+--+ M
Chestnut-sided warbler... D. pensylvanica Linn......-.-..----.---- MF
Bay-breasted warbler... D. castanea Wils.....--.-.-----.--------- ¥

This paleontologic specimen was procured for the collection of com-
parative osteology.

a

REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r203

: Common name Scientific name Sex
fieeiwpoll! warbler....... D. striata Porst...2.. c...c.00 sensencsvecs F
Blackburnian warbler... D. blackburniae (Gmel.).....-....--.---. M
Black-throated green

CE); ea D..virens((Gmeli) PA. S28Le. coor ese LOOM .
Oven-bird ......-.....-.. Seiurus aurocapillus (Linn.)...-.-....... M
Maryland yellow-throat. Geothlypis trichas (Linn.).............-. MF
Canadian warbler...-... Wilsonia canadensis (Linn.).....---.---. MF
American redstart....... Setophaga ruticilla (Linn.)....-......... F
Winter wren... .-...--- Anorthura hiemalis (Vieill.).........-... F
Brown creeper...-..---- Certhia familiaris americanus (Bonap.)... 4M
White-breasted nuthatch Sitta carolinensis Lath...........---.---- 2MF
Red-breasted nuthatech.. S. canadensis Linn.....-.-...-..-.-------- MF
Ciickadee .. 2.2.2. +2... Parus atricapillus Linn ...........--.:-.. F Yng.

- Golden-crowned kinglet. Regulus satrapa Licht...........--.-----. M
Ruby-crowned kinglet.. R. calendula Linn...........---.......-. MF
tiebirds 9. S026. 2 Sialia: ‘siahist (pani yore FAL te et Mier

_ House sparrow...------- Passer domesticus (Linn.)........---.---- M_

Donations
Samuel Marcel, West Waterford N. Y.
Common name Scientific name Sex
Horned grebe........... Colymbus auritus Linn..............---- M

Spencer Aldrich, New York city

Sandhill crane......-..-. Gras mivricanaa GIG Y.-S. - 2 al. 22). - iro Ying:

Capt. James G. Scott, Montauk N. Y.

Warsi Tal ...- .o-.---- Rallus virginianus Linn. .......-...----. F

Blackpoll warbler.. .... Dendroicaystriata (Merst.)...2 2... 2-5... M
_ Maj. J. W. ‘Pond, Albany N. Y.

European woodcock..... Scolopax ‘rusticola’ Linn. \'....5-.-...---- F

Lapweeeso-.i----2-.. Vanellus vanellus (Linn.)......-.22..<.. M

Bilge OroOuUse... 42-5 -5-- DL VTULUG DEOL CLI.) sacs come ceceicewe WE

ay William Richard, West Waterford N. Y.
DaWAener 22.5... 5. - Macrorhamphus griseus (Gmel.) ...-..---

F
Prairie horned lark..--..- Otocoris alpestris practicola Hensh....-. M
Rusty blackbird......... Scolecophagus carolinus (Miill.)......... M
ea TON) 29 2 hk se en's Acanthishinaria (Linn.) ....-2----- sess F
Rose-breasted grosbeak. Zamelodia ludoviciana (Linn.) .--.-...... F

Miss Bridget Dempsey, Albany N. Y.
American osprey....---- Pandion haliaétus carolinensis (Gmel.)
J. S. Allwood, Hecla Works N. Y.

Richardson’s owl....... Nyctala tengmalmi richardsoni (Bonap.). F

David Bruce, Brockport N. Y.
Yellow-headed blackbird. Xanthocephalus xanthocephalus (Bonap.) M

1These are the first state records for the species. See Mus. bul. 33, ed. 2.

r204 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Purchases
G. F. Dippie, Toronto Can.
American flamingo...... Phoenicupterus ruber Linn..........----- M
Roseate spoonbill....... Ajaia ajaia\(dAnn dies .th..-.-.----.--— DR
Wilson’s phalarope.. .... Steganopus tricolor Vieill......-......... MF2 Yng.
Richardson’s owl....---- Nyctala tengmalmi richardsoni (Bonap.). M F
Carolina paroquet....-.. Conurus carolinensis Linn ...........-.-. MF

F. H. Lattin, Albion N. Y.

Wood ibis. ..........-.--. Tantalus loculator Zinn. ...............5. MF
Joseph S. Oliver, Delmar N. Y.
‘Red-tailed hawk...-..-- Buteo, borealis. (Gmela) cicc oo '<.0u sek cee Yug. M
Photographs

A series of excellent photographs of birds, birds nests and
eggs for use in illustrating the Birds of New York, now in prepara-
tion, have been received from the following sources: David Bruce,
Brockport N. Y., George C. Embody, Hamilton N. Y., James H.
Miller, Lowville N. Y., Rufus Stanley, Elmira N. Y., C. F. Stone,
Branchport N. Y.

Birds eggs

Donated by Ing. K. Truesdell, Cold Spring N. Y.: set of 16

eggs of flicker, Colaptes auratus luteus Bangs.

Birds nests
Donated by Prof. Charles H. Peck, state botanist: nest of ruby-
throated hummingbird, Trochilus colubris Linn. —

REPTILES
Donation
George A. Lockwood, Philmont N. Y.: epidermis of black
snake, Zamenis constrictor (Linn.)

FISHES
A collection of fishes and marine invertebrates was made at
Cold Spring Harbor during the summer by Mr George G. Scott.
These specimens have not yet been identified. A list will be
published in the report for next year.

Purchases
Two specimens of long-nosed gar, Tylosurus marinus
(Walbaum), from the coast of Massachusetts, south of Boston.

REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GHOLOGIST 1900 r205

Ward’s natural science establishment: plaster models of the
following species.

_ Mackerel shark Isurus dekayi (Guill)
Pike Lucius lucius (Limm.)
Wall-eyed pike Stizostedion vitreum (Mitch.)
Burbot , Lota maculosa (Le Sueur)
Dogfish Amia calva Linn.
Bullhead Ameiurus nebulosus (Le Sueur)
Lake catfish A, lacustris (Walbaum)
Common sunfish Eupomotis gibbosus (Linn.)

MOLLUSKS

The following unios were donated by Verdi Burtch, Penn Yan.

No. of
Species specimens

Lampsilis radiatus (Gmel.) 1
L. vibex (Conrad) 2
iL. minor (Lea) 1
Tritogonia tuberculata (Bares) 2
Anodonta grandis Say 1
Symphynota costata (Raf.) 2

=
om)

S. complanata (Barnes)

i)

Margaritana hembeli (Conrad)
Unio gibbosus Barnes

. incrassatus Lea

. forbesianus Lea

. congaraeus Lea

. dariensis Lea

. buckleyi Lea

. coruscus fryanus B. H. Wright
. cunninghami B. H. Wright
. fuscatus Lea

. arctatus tortivus Lea

. nigellus Lea

. complanatus (Dillwyn)

. hopetonensis Lea

. hasutulus Lea

Soa eS ae a a
FwOnDNO>ArFNDAnDnN bY bb w&

r206

Species

Unio fisherianus Lea
U. shepardianus Lea

Quadrula perplicata quintardii (Cragin)

-Q. undulata (Barnes)
Q. asper (Lea)

Q. infucata (Conrad)
Q. succissa (Lea)

Q. rubiginosa (Lea)
@. coccinea (Conrad)

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

No. of
specimens
: 9

ba

No bh w&

bo. bo bo

bo

GASTROPODS

‘5 specimens Lymnaea stagnalis Lea

6 ce

Vivipara contectoides Binn.

The following is a list of shells collected for the New York state
museum during the summer of 1900 by Miss Elizabeth J. Letson.

Polygyra albolabris Say

P. thyroides Say

P. tridentata Say

P. palliata Say

P. monodon Rack
Gastrodonta intertexta Say
I’'yramidula alternata Say

P. perspectiva Say
Omphalina fulginosa Griff.
O. inornatus Say
Cercinaria concava Say
Bythinia tentaculata Linn.
Cochlicopa lubrica Wiill.
Pomatiopsis lapadaria Say
Valvata tricarinata Say
Succinea retusa Lea

S. retusa var. peoriaensis Wolf

South park, Second Sister is-
land

South park

Portage, Goat island

Portage

Concord —

Goat island

Goat island, Second Sister is-
land

Portage

Machias

Portage

Niagara falls, Portage

Erie canal

Williamsville, Niagara falls

Frenchman’s creek

Squaw island

Chippawa, Lime lake, French-
man’s creek, Squaw island

Squaw island

a
a
\

REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r207
Succinea obliqua Say Fort Erie, Rose hill
paih ad Fosters flats, Goat island
- Springville, Portage
Limnaea palustris Say,var.elodes
Say Williamsville, ponds back of
Fort Erie
L. palustris Say Fort Erie trenches
=D. catascopium Say Erie canal at Black Rock
L. desidiosa Say Squaw island
L. stagnalis Linn. Squaw island
L. reflexa Say | Chippawa
L. columella Say Lime lake
Planorbis campanulatus Say Lime lake
_P. bicarinatus Say Lancaster
is Niagara river
P. trivolvis Say Niagara river
P. trivolvis Say, var. megasoma
De Kay | Fort Erie trenches
Ethnology ©
By purchase

Mrs H. M. Converse: 1 cradle board with beaded strap. Gen. |
Ely 8S. Parker, the Seneca sachem, was strapped to this cradle
board when born and was carried on it till he had outgrown it.
Red Jacket or Cornplanter treaty.

Relief map

Purchase
Edwin E. Howell, Washington D. C.: 1 relief map of Niagara
falls and vicinity. Scale: horizontal and vertical 1 inch—3 miles.

New York State Museum

TWO NEW LAND ISOPODS
BY PROF. JAMES H. STOLLER

Of the land isopods belonging to the genus Ligidium two
species have hitherto been reported as found in America. One
of these, Ligidium hypnorum Cuvier, a widely distrib-
uted European species, is reported by Stuxberg! as occurring at
Niagara and in California. The other, Ligidium tenue
Budde-Lund,? distinct from any of the European species, is re-
ported from Sitka, Alaska. No other facts in regard to the
occurrence of this genus in America appear to have been pub-
lished. Attention may here be called to an error in the synoptic
tables of the Isopoda published in the American naturalist, May
1900. Both the above species are there recorded as littoral.

Following is a description of a new species of this genus found
in the locality of Schenectady N. Y.

Ligidium longicaudatum (new species)

Body elongate, oval, narrowing posteriorly. Length 9 mm;
width 4mm. Surface smooth. Color dark brown, mottled with
irregular light brown spots; dark predominating in middle, shad-
ing to light at sides.

Head more than twice as broad as long, broadly rounded in
front, posterior margin concave. Eyes large, occupying the
entire lateral surfaces of the head.

First pair of antennae small, two-jointed, the second joint
longer than the first, terminating bluntly, with four or five hairs
radiately arranged, those pointing inwardly the largest. Second
pair of antennae large, five-jointed, with long flabellum. First
and second joints partially coalesced; third, fourth and fifth
joints successively longer; the flabellum nearly equal in length ,
to the fourth and fifth joints taken together; joints with hairs at

*Stuxberg. Ofversigt of Vetensk. akad. Forhandl. 1875.
*Budde-Lund. Crustacea, Isopoda terrestria. 1885.

REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r209

the articulations, the fifth joint with one lateral hair, pointing
anteriorly; flabellum hairy. The flabellum is obscurely 11-14
jointed.

The first four segments of the thorax successively broader,
with somewhat wide

-epimera rounded at aS LP

the angles; the last 4 yp \

three segments suc- ais,

cessively narrower | g

and more produced

at the postlateral omic

angles. The first

and second abdomi- fos, nt

nal segments short Boe cotantal:

and without distinct

epimera; the third, Sho bande

fourth and fifth suc- |

cessively narrower

and produced poster- Fe yam)
ATT

iorly; the sixth seg-
ment longer, in-

curved at the latero- ( )
posterior margins oar

and rounded poster- N

iorly.
The uropods long, 3

\

slightly exceeding in
length the six seg-
ments of the ab-
domen taken to
gether; the _ basal
division twice as long
as wide and deeply indented on the posterior side, giving
rise to an inner and an outer process; the outer process short
and provided with a single stout hair, the inner process long,
being one third the length of the whole. The outer terminal
branch articulated in the indented part of the basal division,
stout, slightly curved outward, and terminating in two short
hairs; the inner branch articulated at the end of the long process
of the basal division, slender, long, being a third part longer

—

Fig 1 Ligidium longicaudatum x8

r210 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

than the outer branch, and terminating in two hairs, very close
together, appearing as one, equal to one third the outer branch
in length.

The mouth parts form a prominent mass on the ventral side
of the head. The maxillipeds are provided: with a jointed palp.

The legs are long, all seven pairs being of about equal length;

hairy.

The external branches of the five pairs of abdominal ap-
pendages are flattened plates, forming gill covers. The inner
branches of the first and second pairs of abdominal appendages
are rudimentary structures; the inner branches of the last three
pairs are delicate flattened sacs, constituting ongans of respi-
ration. .

Of the above characters those most distinctive of the species
relate to the uropods. The characters which serve for ready
identification are as follows.

Uropods slightly exceeding the abdomen in length; the inner
branch one third longer than the outer branch; the two terminal
hairs of the inner branch very close together, appearing as one.

Habitat. A deep, shaded ravine, under stones (at time when |

collected, late in November) at foot of a limestone talus.

The writer is indebted to Harriet Richardson of the U. S.
national museum, Washingiton, for examining specimens and
verifying his determination of the species as distinct from any
hitherto reported from America. I also find it different from
any of the four European species described in the work of Budde-
Lund.

Of the genus Armadillidium only one species has
hitherto been reported. as found in America. This is Arma-
dillidium vulgare Latreille which appears to be widely
but unevenly distributed. It was first reported by Say! who
described it under the name of Armadillo pilularis.
Under the same name it was reported by Gould? as occurring in
Massachusetts and by De Kay® as found in New York. The
writer has seen a specimen of this species found near Syracuse
N. Y., and others that were collected in the locality of Chatta-
nooga Tenn. In the work of Budde-Lund the species described

*Gould. Rep’t on the Invert. of Mass. Cambridge 1841.
5De Kay. Zoology of New York. pt. 6, p.52. Albany 1844.

REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r211

by Say is made identical with the European species Arma-
dillidium vulgare and its distribution is said to be
world-wide.

In one of the Schenectady greenhouses there occurs in abun-
dance a species of the genus Armadillidium which is
markedly distinct from the species above mentioned. It is also
distinct from any of the 23 other species of this genus described
in the work of Budde-Lund as found in Europe or elsewhere in
the old world. The circumstances are such as to suggest that
it is probably introduced in this locality but is an indigenous
American species.

Armadillidium quadrifrons (new species)

Body oblong, oval, strongly convex. Length 9 mm; width
45mm. Surface minutely dotted. Color light brown with two
longitudinal rows of dark brown spots on each side.

Head more than three times as broad as long. Frontal
lobe (clypeus) prominent and sub-
rectangular when looked at from
above. Lateral lobes (not shown
in the figure) large and inclined
downward and outward. Anterior
margin of the head slightly notched
in the middle. Eyes small and
situated at the anterior lateral
margin of the head.

Antennae about one third length
of body. First joint short and
rounded; second joint about a third
longer than broad; third, fourth
and fifth joints successively longer.
Of the two joints of the flabellum
the terminal one is slightly the
longer. Antennules rudimentary.

The first thoracic segment the
longest and its epimera broad, the
anterior extensions embracing the jig2 armaaiiidium quadrifrons x8
head at the sides. The remaining six thoracic segments about
equal in length. The anterior lateral angles of the second, third
and fourth segments truncate.

r212 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

The first and second abdominal segments much reduced. The
outer fourth of the anterior margin of the third abdominal seg-
ment on each side is contiguous with the posterior margin of
the last thoracic segment. The epimera of the third, fourth
and fifth abdominal segments are successively more curved
posteriorly and their margins continue the oval outline made
by the lateral margins of the thoracic segments. The sixth
abdominal segment is triangular in shape with a broadly
rounded apex forming the terminal margin. Lateral margins
concave toward the middle lines.

The outer terminal branches of the uropods are flattened
plates, lateral to the terminal abdominal segment, and com-
plete the oval outline of the body posteriorly.

Of the abdominal appendages the first two pairs are provided
with tracheae.

The features most distinctive of this species are 1) the promi-
nent frontal lobe of the head, subrectangular in its dorsal
aspect, 2) the sixth abdominal segment of the shape above
described, and 3) the large outer terminal branches of the
uropods which are of a general oval shape but subtruncate on
the anterior and inner lateral margins.

As very little has been published about the distribution of
the land isopods in this country the following notes of the
Species occurring in the locality of Schenectady may be of
interest:

Porcellio rathkei Brandt

This is the commonest species. It is the one to which the
common name of wood louse most appropriately applies, as they
are always found on decaying wood, under the bark and in the
crevices of logs, stumps, and under boards, etc. about dwellings.
They vary very much in color. For diagnostic characters of
this and the following species see tables in the American
naturalist, May 1900, or Key to the isopods of the Atlantic coast of
North America, by Harriet Richardson, published as pamphlet
no. 1222, Proceedings of the U. S. national museum, Washington
1901.

REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GHOLOGIST 1900 r213

Porcellio spinicornis Say

- This species seems to prefer the crevices of rocks, specially
shady limestone ledges. Also, along with the preceding it
occurs under flat stones and boards, in the vicinity of dwellings.

Porcellio scaber Latreille

This is a widely distributed species but in this locality it is
uncommon except as living in a partially domesticated state in
greenhouses. Here they are abundant and attain their maxi-
mum size. This species is very variable as to color.

Cylisticus convexus De Geer

This species has resisted domesticating influences, being found
in the woods under logs and occasionally along roadsides, ete.
under stones. It is able to roll its body into a ball, resembling
in this respect the members of the genus Armadillidium.

Metopnorthus pruinosus Budde-Lund
This species is common in greenhouses, about dwellings and
along country walls.

Oniscus asellus Linnaeus

This species is rare in this locality except in greenhouses. It
is the largest of the common species. It is distinguished from
the genera above mentioned by the fact that the organs of
respiration, adapted for breathing air, are not in the form of
tracheae, but are diffuse air chambers, lying in the outer por-
tions of the external branches of the five pairs of abdominal
appendages. In the genus Ligidium, however, there are no air-
containing organs of any kind. |

The paper published in the American naturalist, referred to
above, gives the literature of this group. '

New York State Museum

=
NOTES ON THE

MARINE FOOD FISHES OF LONG ISLAND

AND A

=

BIOLOGIC RECONNAISSANCE OF COLD SPRING
HARBOR

BY

GEORGE’G, SCOTT

INTRODUCTION

Several months of the summer of 1900 were spent by the
writer in investigating the habits of the salt-water food fishes
of New York state. At the request of the director of the state
museum, Prof. Bashford Dean of Columbia university outlined
a plan for this investigation which was to be directed to the
study of the,food habits and spawning periods of the fishes in
question, as well as to the life history of their young after
hatching.

Several trips were made to points on the north and south
shores of Long Island, but the greater part of the time was spent
at Cold Spring Harbor, where a careful survey was made of the
biologic conditions from the point of view of this subject.

Suggestions were made by Dr Smith of the U. S. fish commis-
sion and Dr Bumpus, director of the laboratory of the fish com-
mision at Woods Hole Mass. Owing to the kindness of Mr E. G.
Blackford, observations on fishes were made possible in his estab-
lishment at the Fulton market, New York. Through the interest
of this same gentleman the courtesies of the biologic laboratory
at Cold Spring Harbor L. I., were extended to the representative
of the museum by the trustees of the Brooklyn institute of arts
and sciences. While at the laboratory many helpful sugges-
tions were made by the director, Dr Charles B. Davenport, of
the University of Chicago.

REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GHOLOGIST 1900 r215

NOTES ON MARINE FOOD FISHES OF LONG ISLAND

1 Alosa sapidissima Wie.
Shad

Shad do not appear on the south side of Long Island on
account of the absence of suitable spawning grounds. In the
spring occasionally a shad enters Cold Spring Harbor to spawn.
The state hatchery has, however, recently stocked the Nissequoge
river at Smithtown, 20 miles east of Cold Spring Harbor. This
stream was apparently a good natural spawning ground, as even
before stocking, a few shad entered the river évery spring. Since
the river has been stocked, the shad enter it in great numbers,
appearing in the early part of April. At that time, though few
large shad may be seen in the daytime, they appear in great
numbers about dusk. Gathering in greatest number near the
head of the stream, they return to the sea later in the evening.

The young shad live at the head waters till the first frosty
nights in the fall, feeding on aquatic insects and larvae, a food
quite similar to that of the trout. In the fall the food becomes
scarce and the temperature of the water falls so that the young
shad leave for the deeper salt waters outside, where food and
temperature conditions are better.

Some of the young shad get into the trout ponds and flourish
there, remaining till too large to escape through the gates. On
July 11, a number taken measured 5 centimeters in length, while
in the fall they are nearly three times this length. Seining with
a fine meshed seine in the river resulted in finding none of them.

An examination of 30 shad roes at Fulton market on April 24
showed that the smallest weighed 9 ounces and the largest 14
- ounees, the average being 10.7 ounces. In the shad at this time
the eggs were easily extruded by pressure. <A shad weighing 5
pounds had a roe of 10 ounce weight and one weighing 44 pounds
had a roe of nearly 11 ounces weight and this is found to be the
condition at maturity. The testes of shad are less in propor-
tion to the weight of the male than the roe to the weight of the
female. |

r216 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

2 Pomatomus saltatrix L.
Bluefish

These are found off the south shore where, however, bluefish-
ing is a sport as well as an industry and is done partly by
trolling early in the summer. About June 10 a catch of 64 blue-
fish averaging 3 pounds each was made. In these the ovaries and
testes were not at all matured, there being only a faint indication
of them. The stomachs of these fishes were found well filled with
food. It is reasonable to conclude that the reproductive instinct
will not alone account for the northward migration of these
fishes, but that the gradual increase in temperature and better
food conditions are considerable factors.

The bluefish appear about June 1 and begin moving south
again about September 1. Adults are taken along shore or in
the inlets but it is probable they do not spawn here.

In August and September young bluefish appear in great num-
bers in the inlets of the south and the harbors of the north shore.
The size of those first taken is about 6 or Tcentimeters in length.
Late in August they were over three times as long. As stated
above the adult bluefish is hardly ever taken in the sound or its
harbors but more are caught off the south shore. Nevertheless
young bluefish or snappers appear in great numbers later in the
summer and it seems probable that these young have come up
the coast for the same reasons as the adults i. e. food and tem-
perature. The small number of adults found in the vicinity
render it improbable that they could have produced such great
numbers of young. The food of the young when they first
appear are Fundulus and Menidia, about 2 centimeters in length.
Later in the season they feed on the larger specimens of the
same species which abound on these shores in great numbers.
In addition to the good feeding grounds the inlets and harbors
furnish protection to the young fish.

REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r217

3 Brevoortia tyrannus Gill
Menhaden

Great schools of menhaden appear along the shore late in
the season. The fishermen off Staten Island put them up for
lobster bait. Early in June the young menhaden about 4 cen-
timeters long were taken in inlets on the south shore and at the
end of July they were 6 centimeters long and at the end of
August 7.8 centimeters long.

The food of the menhaden examined proved to be mostly
copepods.

During the first part of the summer the young shad, bluefish
and menhaden closely resemble each other so that it would
_ seem that an enemy to one would be dangerous to all. Their
habitat is somewhat different, the young shad living at the head
of fresh-water streams and the menhaden and bluefish seeking
the heads of inlets and harbors.

4 Cynoscion regale B. & S.
Weakfish

This fish is called the squeteague on the New England coast.
Early in June quite a number were being taken in the séines
in the mouths of the inlets off Freeport. At Bayshore on the
Great South bay, there are a number of pound fishermen, at
_ Islip two and at Great River one, and the principal part of their
catch is weakfish About the middle of July one pound fisher-
man off Islip estimated that he had 1200 barrels of fish in his
storage pound in the bay. These he sent in to market on certain
days in the week. The reproductive organs in the weakfish were
quite matured. The fishermen believe that at the west end
of Great South bay, the fish in their course along the coast
stop to spawn. None of the young fish were seen, however.
From their presence in the bay in such great numbers in June
and July and from the condition of the reproductive organs it
is reasonable to conclude that their spawning grounds are in
this neighborhood.

*Pounds exist in greater number on the south side of the bay in the
_ vicinity of Clam Pond cove and a great trap is located in the ocean at Fire
Island inlet.

r218 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

5 Anguilla chrysypa Raf.
Common eel

These occur up in the inlets and at the head of the harbors.
A number of young eels 8 to 10 centimeters in length were taken.
The stomach of an eel 12 centimeters long was gorged with
Fundulus eggs. The eels are great destroyers of fish eggs and
besides feed on young and adult Fundulus and Menidia. During
some seasons great numbers of eels die; so many that from the
inlets arises a stench of their decaying bodies. The cause is
unknown though it is probably due to some parasite or fungus.
No indication of reproductive organs was apparent even in the
adults.

6 Eupomotis gibbosus L.
| Common sunfish

Taken from the fresh-water ponds. On the sandy and gravelly
bottom along the shore of the second pond in a sunny spot where
the water was about 2 feet deep were fully 20 sunfish nests.
These were from 18 to 30 inches across and rudely circular in
form. The sand had been removed and piled up in a circle ex-
posing the pebbles of the bottom. The fish did not bring the
stones into the nest for they were either too large or too firmly
embedded. In these warm sunny spots the sunfish laid their
eggs on the lower edges of stones or sticks and then kept guard
over them. Each guard remained over the nest and was appar-
ently fearless of any intruders,even a bass four times as large as
the sunfish being driven off. The eggs were few in number and
fastened to the stones and sticks by a sticky threadlike sub-
stance.

The nests were guarded up to the last of August when the
young were hatched.

7 Pseudopleuronectes americanus Wal.
Winter flounder
The young of these are seined in the channels and outside the ©

sandy bar at Cold Spring Harbor where the bottom is gravelly
and sometimes where there is eelgrass. Adults are taken in the

REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r219

seines and pounds on the south side. The flounders of from 2
to 3 pounds in weight had no mature reproductive organs.
Flounders browse on the bottom and their stomachs are filled
with such crustaceans as Gammarus and Talorchestia. It takes
several seasons for the flounder to come to maturity. Early in
- June, of 18 flounders taken there were two sizes, half measured
4 centimeters in length and the other half 12 centimeters. Those
measuring 12 centimeters were probably over a year old while
the others were probably of this year’s growth.

8 Fundulus heteroclitus Linn. Killifish or
9 Fundulus majalis Wal. Mummichogs

These were found along with

10 Menidia notata Mit.
Shiners

Found at the head of inlets and harbors. They spawn about
- the first of June on the south shore and about the last of June
on the north. Both shiners and killifish are very abundant and
form the principal food of eels and young bluefish that follow
their movements along the shores. Fundulus and Menidia feed
on small crustaceans and in turn feed the snappers. The small-
est Fundulus taken were about 1 centimeter in length and fre-
quented the shallows near the shores and at the head of inlets
and the harbors. They may attain a length of 6 inches.

11 Roccus lineatus Bloch
Striped bass

Young specimens weighing 2 to 3 pounds are caught by troll-
ing at high tide in the Gut at Cold Spring Harbor. They are
caught off the south shore by seining in the surf. About June
' 10 one party had taken 32 large ones whose reproductive organs
were quite mature. Ina female of 15 pounds weight the ovary
weighed 15 ounces. The young of this species were not taken
nor were the adults seen up the inlets. |

r220 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

12 Raja erinacea Mit.
Skate
Taken in the dredge off the mouth of the harbor. Egg cases
of skates were dredged there and contained well formed em-
bryos. : |
18 Mustelus canis Mit.
| Dogfish |
Taken off mouth of harbor. Stomach contained portions of
lady crab, blue crab and Squilla.
14 Sharks are caught in the Great South bay and dead ones
come floating into the harbor at Cold Spring.
15 Porpoises are seen sporting at the mouth of the harbor
at Cold Spring and in the sound. .

16 Achirus fasciatus Lac.
Sole

Taken by dredging at the mouth of the harbor of the Sandy
bar. The specimen taken was 6 inches long.

17 Opsanus tau L.
Toadfish
Found in the eelgrass at Cold Spring Harbor in such nests as
old shoes and crockery, to the sides of which the eggs are at-

tached. The adult guards the nest very clesely. Some of the
young 7 centimeters in length were taken.

18 Roccus americanus Gme.
White perch
A young specimen 5 inches in length was taken at the head
of the inlet on the south shore. The tide reached there but .

fresh water entered all the time and it was in this inlet that the
specimen was taken. Food is crustacean.

REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r221

19 Micropterus dolomieu Lac.
Small-mouthed black bass
Young of this fish 3 centimeters long were taken in the
fresh-water pool at the head of the inlet at Cold Spring Harbor.

This pool is invaded by salt water at high tide. Some taken 20
miles east were of the same Size.

20 Osmerus mordax Mit,
Smelt

Found in schools of Menidia. Young specimens 5 to 8 centi-
meters in length were taken. They are of a transparent pink-
ish olive color. One large specimen 15 centimeters long was
taken. Quite a number of smelts appear in the Nissequoge river
in the spring.

21 Tautoga onitis L.
Blackfish or tautog

Caught in pools left by the tide. Food appears to be crusta-

cean. Several specimens taken were about 6 inches long.

22 Lophopsetta maculatus Mit.
Sand dab

A young specimen about 5 centimeters long was dredged at
the mouth of the harbor at Cold Spring.

23 Ammodytes americanus De K.
Sand lauce

A dead specimen found in the Gut. One was dredged off the
bar at the mouth of Cold Spring Harbor. Length 5 inches.

24 Pholis ornatus
Rock eet |
One specimen 6 inches long dredged off bar at entrance to har-

bor.

n222, NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

25 Gasterosteus aculeatus L.

Apeltes quadracus Mit. Two species of sticklebacks

A littoral form found in great numbers in the eelgrass off
the bar of inner basin at Cold Spring Harbor and among the
Ulva and Fucus of the basin. They have nests in the eelgrass.
During July the young forms were about 2 centimeters in
length.

26 Boleosoma nigrum Raf.
Johnny darter

Found in the pool at the head of inlet at Cold Spring Harbor
and sometimes along with Menidia and Fundulus; also at the
head of Nissequoge river. Great numbers of young from 1.5
centimeters to 3 centimeters in length found in an inlet on the
south shore. Probably came with fresh water and is able to
live quite well in the brackish water, though it is a fresh-water
form. |

27 Siphostoma fuscum Stor.
Pipefish

Small ones 3 to 5 centimeters in length were taken in the
tow at night. Many were seined from the eelgrass. A number
9 inches long bore eggs in the brood pouches on the ventral
Surface. The greater number of adults measured 18 centime-
ters in length; a large number also measured 6 and 7 centime-
ters.

: 28 Hyporhamphus roberti C. & V.
Gar

Small specimens taken at the head of inlet on south shore.
Two specimens were 7 centimeters in length and two were 12
centimeters in length.

29 Microgadus tomcod Wal.
, Tomcod

Taken from pools left by tide in Cold Spring Harbor. About
12 centimeters in length. Food crustacean.

REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r223

RATE OF GROWTH OF FISHES

The rate of growth of fishes is by no means satisfactorily
determined. It is generally computed by measuring at intervals
ea few kept in captivity. But this is measuring the rate of
growth of fishes in abnormal conditions. Knowledge of the
natural rate of growth is alone of value.

Masterman and McIntosh claim that the rate can be obtained
more accurately by comparing the average lengths of large
numbers taken at different times; but this average length is an
artificial standard. It would be more correct to compare the
lengths of the greatest number measured at different times.
Thus out of 500 Fundulus examined about July 15 more meas-
ured 2.1 centimeters than any other length. This was the
modal length then for Fundulus at that time. Six weeks later —
out of an equal number taken more measured 3.2 centimeters;
the growth during the six weeks being the difference between
3.2 centimeters and 2.1 centimeters, or 1.1 centimeter.

Of 200 menhaden taken on July 31 the modal length was 6
centimeters. On August 28, the modal length was 7.8 centi-
meters. This species is thus shown to have a growth of 2 centi-
meters during that month.

It was found impossible to get other species iu sufficient
numbers to use this method but that is no. objection to. the
method for it is necessary to obtain large numbers in ascertain-
ing the average length. The objection to the average length is |
that it does not exist in nature whereas the model length is that
length most specimens of a certain catch have reached at the

time they are taken.
PARASITISM

A number of fishes were examined at the Fulton market for
parasites. By far the greater number of the parasites were
Ascarids but the number of the species of this form is so great
that it has not been possible to ascertain the species. The
Ascarids were found on the gills, cavity of the stomach, lumen
of the intestine, in the body cavity and even between the muscle
fibers and beneath the epidermis. Some occurred encysted on

r224 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

the gills and in the liver and very large numbers in the muscular
wall of the stomach. Some were white or yellowish white, -

others brown or black in color.

The sea bass, porgies and striped bass seemed more free

of parasites than the other forms. Argulus, a copepod, was
found parasitic on the blackfish. The cod is badly infested with
Ascarids. In the stomach of a whiting were found several
cestodes 15 centimeters in length, whose posterior proglottids
were filled with eggs. The liver of this same fish was infested
with Ascarids in various stages of encystment.

The stomachs of the menhaden at Cold Spring Harbor were in-

fested with a Distomum parasite, Apoblana appendi-
culatum, about 1 millimeter in length. This has been de-
scribed by Prof. H. S. Pratt of Haverford college who found it
in the copepod but had been unable to trace its life history
further. It has a prehensile process or sucker by which it is
fastened to the wall of the stomach near the opening to the intes-
tine. This is just at the point where the digested food passes
into the intestine for absorption and so a position of greatest
advantage to the parasite. Later in the year fewer were present
while those menhaden which had lived in an aquarium for a few
days were entirely devoid of parasites. Menhaden feed princi-
pally on copepods and since the copepods were absent from the
aquarium and absent from the menhaden which were in the
aquarium for some time, and in whose stomach there was no
trace of copepods, we must conclude that Apoblana comes to the
menhaden through the copepod, the principal food of the fish.

BIOLOGIC AND PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF COLD
SPRING HARBOR L. I.

Cold Spring Harbor, one of the deepest and longest harbors on
the north shore of Long Island, is so named because of the great
number of mountain springs whose waters flow into it and be-
cause the harbor itself shows distinctly the presence of springs
in its basin. Across the mouth of the harbor not far below the
surface is a sand bar through the eastern end of which a passage

-

REPORT GF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r225
has been dredged. In some places this part of the harbor is 100
feet in depth. At the upper end of the harbor 3 miles inland
another sand bar cuts off about 150 acres of harbor surface. The
- tide rushes through a natural passage called the Gut, at the
eastern end of this bar, and fills and empties the basin back of
it. This basin receives several small streams and at its upper
end is a waterfall by which the water from the fresh-water lakes
enters the basin, reaching it through a passageway to the upper
end of which only the high tides reach.

For a few hours each day at low tide the surface of the basin

is quite bare so that the plants in it are exposed to air and
direct light. At high tide the water in the basin is from 6 to 8
feet in depth. Owing to the small outlet the movement of the
water is very slow and the silt coming in with the streams is
gradually and evenly filling the basin. The bottom has an upper
firmer layer but once through this a pole can be thrust in places

over 10 feet.

A great diversity of plant and animal forms is found in and
contiguous to the basin and a careful examination was made
to discover if possible, any relation between the fauna and flora
and the presence of fish. The fresh water continually entering
affects the plant growth. At high tide the fresh water flows
for some distance on the surface of the salt water before ming-
ling with it. But at low tide there is in the tidal passageway
a swiftly running brook of a few inches in depth from the lake
above. Attached to the pebbles of its bed is a form related to
Ulva enteromorpha,: tesselated because of adaptation
to the swift running water. A blue green alga is also found
in the same place and the ordinary Ulva occurs over the whole
basin. rida ;

Just out of reach of the fresh water grow the salt-water reed
grasses, Spartina juncea and Spartina poly-
stachya, and higher up than these with its roots bathed in
Salt water but the plant itself out of the water except at the
higher tides, is the wiry salt-water meadow grass.

The three grasses here mentioned grow in the same relative
_ position around the whole basin forming plant zones. Along

r226 ' NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

whatever walls of wood or stone there are on the sides of the
harbor, Fucus has found a secure foothold. None of the algae ~
common to deep rocky bottoms are found here there being. no
active movement of the waters. Amorphous plant matter is
washed in with the fresh water.

The barnacle, Balanus, is found incrusted on the stones in
the bed of the stream and seems to locate wherever there is
an active movement of the salt water. Clusters of the mussels,
Mytilus and Modiola, are seen along the muddy banks and
among the grasses. Associated with these are the marine
worms Nereis, Lumbriconereis and Rhyncobolus. Higher up in
the banks burrow the fiddler crabs, Gelasimus.. Out at the
mouth of the inlet, the fresh water at low tide spreads out and
the pebbly bottom farther out becomes thinly covered with silt
which extends ever deeper to the mud flats of the basin. In the
silty deposits along the sides are found diatoms, amorphous
plant matter and such forms as Daphnia, Gammarus, Cyclops
and Ilyanassa.

At one side of the course of the fresh-water stream is a
gravelly bar in which thrives the soft-shelled clam, Mya, from
2 to 8 centimeters in length.

At one side of the Gut and extending around the western
‘corner of the basin is a sea wall through which is a passageway. :
On the bottom of this are Mya, Mytilus and Modiola. Along.
with the snail, Ilyanassa, is the oyster drill, Urosalpinx, whose
empty cases the hermit crab, Eupagurus, occupies. Then too,
anemones, Halocampa and Sagartia, are found in the bed, the
last named being fastened to stones. The crustaceans Crangon
and Palaemonetes along with young Fundulus hover about the
Fucus on the wall. Palaemonetes are infested with an Isopod
parasite underneath the carapace of the thorax.

At the outer end of the basin along the bar, but out beyond
the growth of eelgrass and where the Ulva is not too thick,
Squilla is found living in burrows which extend in a zonelike
area around the basin. These burrows run a few inches below
the surface of the mud, and have two openings about 2 to

/

REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 L227

4 feet apart. At the corner of the basin near the Gut chan-
nel and buried a few inches beneath the surface of the black
mud are a few hard-shell clams, Venus mercenaria,
which were formerly quite common in the basin.

The scallop, Pecten, finds a natural breeding place in these
flats in and on the eelgrass. All sizes are found from a centi-
meter in breadth up to the adult.

Near the bar and exposed at low tide are great numbers of
young Mya. Those measuring about 6 centimeters are taken
for food. The young are allowed to develop to that length. If
Mya is still immature at this length and if it continues to be
taken it will soon disappear from this region. The same thing
has caused the rapid decrease in the supply of,clams, some
diggers taking clams as small as their thumb nail and they
can not be made to see that they are defeating themselves by
so doing.

Along with Mya is the razor-shell clam, Ensatella. With
empty shells of this and other forms are the jingle-shell Anomia

- and the'valves of Arca and Crepidula. The gastropods, Fulgur

and Sycotypus are also occasionally taken while Natica and its
sand collar egg cases are very abundant.

A few oysters are found on the bar and great beds of them
are cultivated outside. Some oysters are covered with the
eggs cases of the oyster drill, Urosalpinx, and others with the |
red sulfur sponge, Cliona sulphurea. The oyster’s
enemy, the starfish, is found in all sizes on the bar. Here too
breeds the horseshoe crab, Limulus polyphemus, pairs
being found partly buried in the sand in July.

The spider crab, Libinia, is found in all sizes, some bearing
colonies of Hydractinia on their backs and on the surfaces of
their legs. One large blue crab, Callinectes hastatus,
about 10 inches in breadth, was taken.

Many marine worms are found here. Lumbriconereis and
Rhyncobolus in the gravel of the banks of the channel, Nereis
higher up in the same, Cerebratulus along the edge near the
water, Amphitrite, Cistenides and the Holothurian, Synapta.

T228 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Molgula and a compound tunicate are found on the eelgrass.
‘The snail, Ilyanassa, is very abundant everywhere. It is a very
efficient scavenger, a dead fish or other form being covered in
a very short time with these snails.

Colonies of Hydractinia are also found on the surface of
shells occupied by hermit crabs, Eupagurus, but are never seen
on an unoccupied shell, indicating that being moved about is
necessary for the Hydractinia.

SALINITY OF THE WATER

Several observations were made as to the salinity of the water
of the inner basin at Cold Spring Harbor and the results show
that the water in the basin is brackish, its density being 1.015-
1.017. At the pool a stream of fresh water enters. This
spreads out over the salt water only mingling with it as it
reaches the expanse of the basin.

This brackish condition affects the plant and animal life.
Exactly what animal forms are prevented from getting a foot-
hold is not determined.

In the towings forms brought in with the fresh water ”
were present. Diatoms, Nostoc, Oscillaria, Volvox and Spiro-
gyra were among the plant forms taken. Daphnia, Gammarus
and Cyclops occurred in considerable numbers. . At times,
specially at night, the surface waters teemed with copepods.
At night too the surface towings showed the presence of small |
Nereis virens and Nereis pelagica, Synapta,
Palaemonetes, Hydromedusae, Ctenophores, young Rhyncobolus,
_ small Siphostoma, young Squilla, Rotifers, Mysis, Nauplius,
Trilobite stages of Limulus and starfish larvae. On a few
nights in September there was a special abundance of Hydrome-

dusae. oe
SUMMARY

The fishing industry of Long Island is relatively small, and is
confined chiefly to the south shore and eastern end. The great
traffic in the sound has been putforth as a reasonfor theabsence
of fish in numbers there; while the physical conditions of the
south shore seem to preclude the gathering of fish in great num-

REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GHOLOGIST 1900 r229

bers. The bays are shallow and the temperature of the water is
high in summer. There are no great streams emptying into the
bays and carrying with them food for fishes. Nor are there any
favorable inlets in which the fishes can spawn. There is no
rich representation of plant life on the shores. Most of the
shore line is of black silt washed down from the uplands. Ata
distance from the shore are sandy bars and sand hills and the
marshes meet this sand on the bottom. This must affect the
animal life which is of food value to the fishes. What mature
fish there are, hover about the mouths of the inlets and in the
deeper waters outside them. There are no indications that food
fish spawn in the inlets on the south shore. On the oceanward
shores of the bars and sand hills the water breaks in great
rollers. Inside the bars in the bays there is no great depth
-of water and the fauna and flora are poor.t

At Cold Spring Harbor the water is very brackish, and if a
large stream entered at the head of the harbor, conditions would
be ideal for fishes. But the streams are tiny. The inner basin
has a poor representation of plant forms. Eels, menhaden,
mummichogs and shiners occur in great numbers. The two lat-
ter form the principal food of young bluefish. Those fishes that
are not predaceous feed principally on crustaceans. The young
fish live at the head of the harbor where the water is quieter
‘and where the food conditions are better and where they find
greatest protection. Predatory fishes seem to have the more
rapid growth. A number of food fishes common to the south
‘Shore are occasionally found here. Physical and biologic con-
‘ditions, in short, account for the small occurrence of fish in
these waters.

*In connection with these statements, it should be mentioned that sys-
‘tematic investigations on the breeding habits of the fishes of Long Island
have not been continued long enough to generalize thoroughly on this
subject. EDITOR

i wee b on ey rs Lm Jk
ae LS) fa V7, Msg OD

By hoes went: Seis 149 if hi bai on Lame tM
eters haa had OK. Road nat. bgt Res ath dt bee wien

; » i Fhe od = . * or zg
OM: Bb TOR. See ae ected. wilt tater ft eso:

Wind Nae “thy an paadé ; BOB GF oO, ith tanta, ter meet: fe

seh +
tf Dei abt iene re abed thence irom iakel % be
Ce Ot Oty: wie becom Davee vay nA whene-4 iM ashy sth ign re ;
‘ ott aie Tire Hdl lgehiod odt ho Rea Bids
- mi \ j
f y ' t “ t ; 5 fds fy uy iG i eta fe OM
At of firs alslai dy to aditient ont duods teed. Het
. : ‘ ‘ < 2 Hy Pe) aaa ) iv
f\ 4 : r 7 ; pe ; ’
iv £742 7 PEPit : | j ie le. ah i a Gbiori atte AO Baal
i 1 ’ i ry ey aa. ’ 4 4 we . ei
Es La 4 . EtiOR Ht AO etal a Pris, ai
; ry 7 , d rs iL Hie P Lod $443
‘ brag @ay a “~~ * 3
: *

: mY ; } ry i as ees 3
‘ rf rat, 7 “ OF Bf S4Olt @¥.6a Smt oi REG ST Oey
iy, 4 - ee ba a * ete th, ot ot hy?

O04 +t #100 bie gaunt ant haus
Bh Du Je! i wh Bi Sui ott 10a g EH ual ina fh

; a
Ler ke teak er |
cau, ¥ i. 7 f }

HLERGV TY Biles site : fy “ta ath Pi af ont if bare at 24 it: jel}

¥

2 ’ ? + t r rath BA opt
" ‘ Hie Go TO oi) ‘TOL OTF. Bele satt THe Bog ait af
44 - fobedi on. BOrigy Bapele. to nolt aiguagayes 100¢
. ° ti ii § : ) mt “Tee ,
‘ : Th Wil Saoee a, TEEOO). AOL rhe fs fe Br :
7 : ree Chef eats ew
: Leis Rodan Sel ae nit gine ¥ To. h 0 tinge mie ny
af : ht di ; : ‘ 5 vere
ie Wioy sd? .caeRiaos We ute ry Dee at anos
an ~- ‘a 4 ie d ¥f TA, " . Whee .
op at istaw ony ara. 1a ett. 94) ho Lae pie
4 Bo 7 sat i, ji ey es yeh ny eS
Hiri 79} Tomy iY; os au beat « Tr antoitit MEO?) PO.
; e § 4 <‘ cer ’ Pa icy

1omm * | O11 fa908" aaeens 119! abr VI ‘ it i
~ ‘wy ay
aa a ey ‘

roa “1? oF gontmes aadek boot td sit ain Ah a? . Asap

} * 49% reid hs
“fhe inloid bas (goiavi kh. .48 of Keay 7 {eu ater we

hE Si Ov ite vara,
Ss ar pel Oo Stave flys auth fot DiLiHAy9 ayy J TONe me
“t Lawn and Stare ae ye, i

‘ “
. ‘, a

we 4 Beak. =

i “ail
ed's aan temeel -. ts paw dren be doin Cl lyk ij Ma oh dhe rl shear e fie
a “Aided? borollaent of bitireda 2 araometate eee - cet ott

betel ertend Yo waclet'odt to abe Yash wuuboaad lt ty ecotlagh

Bis. Reo wil giro’ st axtigiraae tes 03 deicits aor ae
ee jvsiry if Leman d deity

of eRe liied iw tie aaatit bate. aid ese aN
Pan: Oh Save ened Was OP IR 4 aves. Erde howin ai “
of few. iam Jomietews hie whike. huey pvy
pont) whi Bop t O® wer — tn elas |

’

‘ ' Ae F
Poses ue ‘by
pS? Ps Ph

i OS aa 1
Y| ‘ a eit,
if y ' ey |
|
iTS Ay dl
bie) 2 eee
Ly ~~ A >i) ie tae TEE),

New York State Museum

THE IROQUOIS SILVER BROOCHES
BY HARRIET MAXWELL CONVERSE

On the insignia of authority of all peoples, be it scepter, staff
of office, rod of empire or the simple rood of the primitive medi-
cine man, there have been decorations, jewels, gold and silver.
The ermine and the purple have been adorned with rare gems;
the robes of state have nestled against the sheen of gold lace; the
seal and the talisman have borne the embellishment of glinting ~
jewels equally with the coronet, crown and diadem. The simple
fillet of the peasant woman boasts its decorative twist; the snood
of the maiden, the emblem of purity, is not guiltless of its dainty
ornamentation; and even genius and bravery do not reject the
laurel.

From the crown of the monarch, where precious stones rival
one another in glory, to the trinket of the untrained savage the
same theme embraces all human kind in the pomp and array of
its vanities and vainglory. Be it tinsel or gem, the rainbowed
glint of the diamond, the sanguine glow of the ruby, the stillness
of the sapphire, the restfulness of the emerald, or the peaceful
pearl, even these have caught the rhythmic vibration of nature
and decked themselves with her gala colors to perpetuate the
annals of kingdom and crown.

Primitive man had his conception of the beautiful in his rude
way and his suggestions of decoration always. He may not have
caught the glowing gem, but the threaded shell and varicolored
pebble have answered his desire to decorate and beautify.

Silver “chaste and steadfast” has ever served the will of
courtly and gracious peoples. With exquisite effect it illustrated
ancient art. The shah of Persia has his most precious gems set
In silver. The poison of the ancients was concealed in a silver
ring; he the condemned might kiss its signet and die like a
hero. The seal stones of Mohammed are set in silver. The Per-

c

r232 . NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

sian is not permitted to say his prayer with gold about him, and
_ the chaste silver holds fast his jewels. In the ancient empires
he who was emancipated from his slavery wore, as the emblem of
his freedom, silver rings and ornaments. Antique legionary
devices, the rarest in history, are found in silver. Amulets of
silver were given to soldiers going to war as the marks of valor
or distinctive tokens. Many a Roman, when expelled from the
equestrian order for libel, forfeiting his insignia of membership, |
a gold ring, wore a silver one in the bravado of his personal
liberty. And so from the ages down, whenever and wherever
decorations have been bestowed, silver has told the story every-
where.

So with the Iroquois Indians. Save a little in brass all’ their
jewelry has been silver. I have never seen a gold decorative
ornament made by an Indian. The collection of brooches in the
Indian museum at the capitol in Albany N. Y. includes nearly all
designs used by the Iroquois brooch-makers since the coming of
the paleface to their country. There is a legend of the olden
days of the Iroquois, that somewhere in the northern part of the
state of New York, a young chief was led by a dream through
rocky passes to a mountain top. During his travels a glowing
light, which preceded him, illuminated the rocks, wherein were
embedded in layers long strips of shining silver metal. From its
hiding place, it answered only to the magic light; yet the traveler
was permitted to take one of the shimmering ribbons in his hand
as proof that it was a vision of reality. His dream was repeated
several times; and, remembering the path, he succeeded in invad-
ing the secret repository in the daytime, yet could not find the
precious metal. All the rocks looked gray and sullen. Finally
the privilege of farther knowledge was granted him, but he must
work only by torch light, with the caution that, if he betrayed °
the treasure place, his power would be taken from him. But
tempted by the persuasions of those to whom he had shown his
prize, he did betray the treasure trove, and the illuminations
ceased forever. However, as nothing of silver has been found in
the ancient burial places, I think we can safely date the Iroquois

REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r233

brooches from the French invasion. The earlier ones were ham-
-mered from coins, larger ones, possibly, devised from medals; in
fact, the French and English arms are frequently seen on the
back of many of the larger varieties. On many of the smaller
_ brooches we find the trademark of the manufacturer of the spoon,
~ fork or whatever it may have been that had come into the posses-
- gion of the brooch-maker. In his hammering, these trademarks
a were preserved by the brooch-maker as ornamentation and
_ thus, ignorant of the alphabet, he has unconsciously perpetuated
the name or initials of some foreign artisan in his story of
silver.
Designs

_ I fail to find in illustrations of jewelry ornamentation of either
_ the French, English or Dutch, designs that have been actually
followed in the hammered coin brooch of the Iroquois. In fact,
J eredit him with entire originality, very curious, in some cases;
and again there are suggestions of the white man’s work
ingeniously interwrought with his own conception of art, not so
rude or savage that it has not developed genius and invention.
Totemic devices have conspicuously figured in the creation of
these brooches. ‘There are also stories of mythology depicted by
the various tokens of nature; the moon, sun, stars, birds, beasts,
and the secret symbols known to the medicine lodge have been
wrought into these silent emblems. The white man also made
these silver ornaments and sold to the Indian; but the eye of the
_ expert can easily detect the work of the Indian, which is crude
and uneven, done by hand, having no stamp work or sign of
4 machinery blocking. The complete outfit of an Iroquois brooch-
. maker, who had retired from work because of old age, was dis-
y covered during the last year. His limited store of patterns were
b constructed from zinc taken from the back of an old washboard.
He never made jewelry from American coin. He had a moral
Scruple against.doing so.. But his later work was more finely
finished because of his opportunity for obtaining the white man’s
_ tools. He said he preferred silver to gold because it was the

color of the clouds. |

234 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Interesting among these Indian fancies are the various pat-
terns of bands which were worn about the head and decorated
with feathers. This primitive crown did not represent the ruler
of a kingdom, as the Iroquois were genuine socialists. There are
bracelets of rare designs among the collection, and finger rings.
that represent union of hearts, also widows’ rizgs of strange
device, numerous and interesting. There is no entirely useless
ornament. The brooches were worn as buttons, buckling the -
dress or coat together securely. Sometimes a well-to-do Indian
woman will wear three or four hundred of these brooches on
various portions of her dress. The men adorn the waistbands of
their breechcloths in the dances and their buckskin coats with
these ancestral inheritances; for many of these descend as heir-
looms from one generation to another. Now that the Iroquois
brooch-maker has passed away, and modern “ spangle” jewelry
takes the place of the old time brooch, it is left to the faithful
and reverent “old folks” to preserve even the few yet in
existence.

In the state collection at Albany there is a curious lot of small
round brooches strung together on buckskin. As none other of
their kind have been found among the Iroquois varieties, it was.
decided to investigate their origin if possible, and thus far they
have been traced to the Algonquin maker. This is proved by the
resemblance in form to the german silver brooches of the Sac and
Fox—tribes of the Algonquin. These special brooches were in
possession of the pagan wife of Red Jacket when she died. Her
descendants tell the story of their having belonged to a captive
in the old age. If the captive was an Algonquin, they were prob-
ably suggested by some French design, though the form is some-
what original.

If an expert could identify a flint arrowhead as the hand work
of any special nation or tribe of nations, so might the silver
brooch be traced to either Oneida, Seneca, Cayuga, Onondaga or
Mohawk. Though each of these had its own brooch-makers, the
ornaments have been scattered among the various five tribes by
gift, purchase or exchange and national identification rendered
impossible.

REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r235

‘The Iroquois were also workers in brass; but few specimens of

ornaments only, and by the Christianized Indians as a symbol
faith. The eagle, which so conspicuously figures in their

te eron and snipe and a ‘rude shield. There is also proof of clan
_ and personal friendship in the designs of many of the brooches.

bsiehy) eae
‘ig ee

r236 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Plate 62

1 The most curious and ingenious form is that of no. 1. I have
never seen a duplicate of this brooch. It symbolizes the totems,
or family tnion and the man, including the story of their warrior
ancestors. By the marriage law of the Iroquois, the tribes were
divided into clans or families consisting of four elder and four
younger brothers. For example, the Senecas were of eight
families—Wolf, Bear, Beaver, Turtle, Deer, Snipe, Heron and
Hawk. From the establishment of the confederacy this family
heraldry has been perpetually hereditary. By special arrange-
ments, fraternity was secured and the identity of blood kin pre-
served. The first four of the clans, being brothers, could not
intermarry, and likewise the younger four, but either of the elder
four could intermarry with the younger four, the relationship
being cousins. The rigor of this tribe or clan rule has been some-
what relaxed during the past century, and a member of any one
clan may marry with a member of any other, but members of the
same clan may not marry—a Wolf may not marry a Wolf.
Therefore brooch no. 1 tells the story of the union of the Wolf
and Bear family. The upper figure represents the bear. The
lower, the Wolf, united by a human face, signifying the head of
the family. The figure of the Wolf terminates in the war club.
The bear holds the war club, and the pin, or buckle, unites the
two. The Bear chief had married the Wolf woman. Both
descended from sachems, or head chiefs.

2 This represents a combination of the great eagle, guardian
of the dews and war, or sky and earth. At the spread of the tail

the small winged symbols indicate his duty in the air. The flat

half circles tell the sign of his earth or war office. The simplest
brooch mark is not an accident of the graver’s tool. Each stroke
is a symbol in hieroglyphs understood by the expert sign reader.

Plate 62

25

YP POO

REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND SFATE GEOLOGIST 190¢ r237

3 This is rare, inasmuch as the design is not common. It is
the symbol of the warrior. On one end is formed the tomahawk,
on the other a war club.

4 A masonic brooch worn by Red Jacket, made for him on his
admission to a masonic lodge, said to be the only brooch in the
collection hammered from an American coin. It has been proved
that Red Jacket was a mason. :

5 A smaller pin of the same order.

6 Represents union of the nations in war far from home, as it
contains the land and water sign, wavy and straight lines, as
well as a token of union of the tribes.

‘Plate 63
7 Section of a headband.

8 The same.

Plate 63

HEAD BAND (SILVER) x
LENGTH 235 INCHES WIDTH: 1% INCHES

3 CORRUGATED LINES AT BASE

HEAD BAND (SILVER) 8
LENGTH 22%INCHES WIDTH 14% INCHES

sef
lee 7 x
of atl He al
xt .
Et aig secence
oa Ole
ci t io
Meutga® ae =
Peas ~~ 2
See

JN on _ au) ») abl 2 De oi

teu ges Fe eeera cakusian ane ve

Fas BROAD CORRUGATED LINES AT BASE

HEAD BAND (SILVER) 8
LENGTH pee aes WIDTH SSR:

CORRUGATED

< -

TP et UP" eee b's Ge! k >
? ors re

Seaton a TCI

wed + rae a AS
ore OP agsuerecn
ae be aie

i.
aa
_ J ey =

Benes cry Me ney
i tet Pre eh iat ; '
PM UMOVE TATA Ai? war . eae ‘
A ie

ig o

. i

|
L
+? “Ad x. y ae, d
f i
;
be | ;
Ba’ ih
] Pi a i
iu ons oT ' |
wy : a i
ay wae ™.

f i A, 4 a hy
z bee as y a Mittaudig ;
é. i La =f t hs ’
2 gall
‘
i GLASS REY OOITIBS 4 “4h

“JORbie” Jrodhiw wibiBHA 1! hy

ryt iy at er tS

or ti .fepro jive 88

wh the
ne
ne
=

Rarring.~ fon” Ce OO it

is , 7 ; An ee & ‘ ee . 2 . a ‘,
Hi # ihe A oy) 4 bt {Beisid iy » OU Dae Brits i Vid | + one iy
i f i , val

5 Un aati of tm trsuiis cr ae
Pre Sy jam i Set ones A 2a
wad ablod sa Sp Heliwitecds we Rely ee ai |

pols) Ow. lo Wie ott 74. tral bay

Pp)

¥ ; 4 »”
4 , big he LOLL
‘ ; ( ¥ - er ih. »
’
'
fr ‘ - | ° ’
} a te 4 >

Te
=
~
2 :
ar
oi
cs
iv
F
7
re
‘
=
ke
* as
s
i Pa

r240 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Plate 64
9 Silver earring, eagle.

10 Earring with pendants, the loop representing a war club.

11 Earring without pendant. 3

12 The only gold earring in the collection. This represents @
melon.
' 13 An earring, inlaid with glass, with green tin foil under-
neath.

14 War club and arch combined. The arch signifies a brace,
or union of the tribes.

15,16 Similar in construction, yet 15 holds the club and is
guarded by the heads of two turtles, branching out from the
upper side. |

Plate 64
10
SILVER EARRING
9

1]
SILVER EARRING

SILVER EARRING

bd

GREEN GLASS SETTING AT @

13
SILVER EARRING

(2

a eee * ' CP's (os eh 6 .. ORs) |. ee ee

ao ale

Oy ook 2 ee oe ae

mr

»

Pa a “4 a
= PASTAS

‘a ee

re
ee

=

a ee as

—
od

a — = z — a

ee

~s

!

G8 stald |
wat than nt) out haved commend 31 - bs
Sp Maen, yAtisitod asta -, wpe” ae Bau fas Loss | A
; ae Aoiin aig leet uni el Ee 1S
ili bednwoarnie eR SR aie ee
J yaoi fo oa Tei Hii ont 1

iy eg as . bog Phi)
attant rw nia ve OTs FL

lysvo iwwog ead Find ae Sid “I hie

sisnascanien oil? OTD aon rv te

PIHT

, x36) LOW Ei Ns ieee Py wale a ddonid edt

Wes ie @: ‘ie ep

an

AL ioe “vant rth MY). P44

r242 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Plate 65

17,18 Uncommon. Found in Canada. Two hearts sur-
mounted by a crown, symbolizing friendship. |

19-22 Same design varied.

23 A single heart, surmounted by the horns of a chief, typical
of the faithful love of whoever presented it to the chief, or
sachem.

24 Rare. A crown terminating with a double eagle-headed
snake. This serpent has power over the land and sea. The
wavy lines signify water, the long line, land, and two dots,
signify the day, sun and moon, or the journey, the rest and the
start.

This brooch is also recognized as an important symbol in the

secret medicine society.

Plate 65

1 a OTe Cane *%
: : AN a
Pa whol Te

al —
‘ L
i
oh
y
se
i iy
wae rs
mer J i
é Peal f'
n Orage?

‘ed ohia’ oe Hoyo) ox

Din yea acl) Hodson etagosor
5 s

Hooy nw dtive tispord a lois ‘hlaeie? wh ak 3
‘ae ints aw od) Bhi nity tld torn! Woot
ons yey iid &.t0 Liss) aes Pek ont BT itoRoTOn
Hid inegiog nelle BSTrys «Mh Ge) a bed)
ae irl ny at ds : idgio GAs 16 chibi ad

ve

Jiro i ma hat? |
ov nTyi 2 4¢t: ii “t
yOOm |
eons. ont) ste yoortd

“polaay: » otha Clinkant

r244 | NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Plate 66

25 Council fire. Side half circles defining the earth; two
crescents at top the first and last quarters of the moon.

26 This is very old. Chief’s brooch with a good heart and the
serpent of land that guards the war club.

27 Represents the flaring tail of a bird, yet the heart is on
guard in the center. Evidently a totem bird.

28 The owl, guardian of the night. An emblem of silence and
secrecy.

29 Owl brooch.

30 Heart, guarded by an owl face.

31 Very rare. Finely engraved.

32 Heart and face brooch.

88 Horned, or chief’s brooch. The three branches denote
three chiefs in family succession.

Plate 66

Ms
4
|

%

Maa ou inthe wana’: ve bol 104i ran janet
( scare) oily. vad tyr itols veo erie a has Peo OF : Kt
pitt. BROWS bog aul yebied ort sautt qgitebagin om uN | , 5
; ance tetnix 2 Ny satel ites RY ER i diets i a Gj i , e
e eo tons Om. pias @ wee ait a “ye osi wr Ph CE bes.
a ei Ae ont apt Oats opel beat ad? (1.8
incu airigany ait) * ~aniemt + ¢ belies 10a
i val ets eshete agoriy uhh ro visite on ee :
by ad’? moliay KOMI OR Bis od 'T Me

pietves eit! pif lis MiTOD OT TO, F Pek a a pit} yrs aR
Gh Yel -iil Bowgord PUR, age bog adi 8 ean

aN wip oY Aes
ey, iets) ae

ee) ifr

ir: Sane) ie
Swiss ee oid) 4
Ridvorsisi

rl a
é rN iy vay st ae
‘ a el? i Me

Ralth: ane ee

mist BOSD bat: pituie Coney.
How ett iit 36 ob binnde error
: ak |

<a

ee
a —

Bees

= Sere}

.
Se ee

Wet eI
A.

aa

oe

nee

ree

va
at
2

he
ee

Naa!

r246 | NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Plate 67
34 Heart and face.

35 Heart and horned owl, open mouth, no eyes.

36 Heart and speaking owl, defined by the open mouth.

37 Friendship ring. Two hands clasped across the heart, sur-
mounted by a crown, the emblem of victory.

38 A widow’s ring. Two hearts, one dead and the other living.
The first has no mark. The second is graven with teardrops,
called by the Indians “ the weeping heart.” |

39 One variety of the various styles of star breoches.

4) The council fire. Uncommon variety. The three uprights.
are the signal flame of the council fire. The crossbars indicate
the sticks of wood that are crossed in this fashion, as by the
points of the compass, as they lie on the ground ready fer the
torch.

These cross sticks symbolize the extent of the Indian lands,
or the roots of the great “ Union tree” which extend north,
east, south and west. 4

41 Chief’s horns, journey signs and tents. This illustration
is reversed; the horns should be at the top. Green glass orna-
ment.

42 Very old. Double war club; braces, tent and chief’s borns.
A union nation brooch.

Plate 67

Sul 38
SILVER FINGER RING SILVER FINGER RING

¥

—

: :
NEP Lee een a

esol

ry

4 i alae) Cay
Ree ANA Se) tx
bra p Rey bey
. ra
r ih ah r +4
* af ;
iat | TZ Q %
Ge Oe Se fs
F
is
Mist a
{ ; > ni ’ ey
ea ti PE Lpe a ea ET
- 7 ’ :
WO 3h) rtf
.
' ’
7 ‘ 4 7 4
we ) bere 1
PBALOTIOS ASAIO
wht ee}tg rit
ere o ¢ 7 '
rei3 PE eu: ,

ey S

rie
Cretan
pal A ja
4
hay ry
or “is
} My
f ¥ i ;
> Lie” 5
Ra
+4 té
‘ {3 ‘
ay h A
’ 7 '
a t I
‘1
TL H
eo va As
53 i)
7 f A,

Ts “ vt
VENT gs me ert
1 “ype
ei P SALSA

r248 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Plate 68

43 Brooch suggesting a masonic emblem. This form is fre-
quent among the Mohawks. Brant and Red Jacket were free-
masons.

44 Uncommon. A scroll; a wolf’s head between two stars.

45 Brooch, star-shaped points terminating with war clubs.

46 Horned heart brooch.

47 One form of council fire brooch.

48 Cross; evidently white man’s manufacture.

49 Heart brooch.

50 Double cross. Indian make.

51 Heart and deer horn brooch.

52 Earring.

53 Earring.

54 Brooch, reversed. Uncommon variety of the deer horn
and war club combination.

55 Eagle earring.

56 Top of earring.

57 Earring.

58 A circle brooch with earth symbols.

59 Earring with turtle heads pendant.

60 Heart brooch.

61 Earring.

Plate 68

VR Ss we
: me, 7 Wey 4 ae ei
te Te A ee - P oe oe eee MP ie GY y fend
Cee ue A be tend, ae Oe] “a Pi ‘ } t oor * Pt pitt :
i ” 7 " , ¥

5

Py

¥e Se
Pa

~
‘es ay J
ae hia a”
a

24 GAO AAR teal Pr caine
“1 Uy ih ,

arpa. rr ara WNOY Wwe One

OO otalt

'
. ,

ag j ig doe ban TTA to IS POR.
“he ee

; ai ¥ y my vr.ae Piss
‘aworm? Doaiod. bak abpod OligwT owieragh %

Tb RR ES, cir! » PLEPREY tart #3, ry et

ALE BP YOp cd) writ Livarniys oul yy si A A a ad ae
} N \ f 4 f ;
\ te glut eile Wits fase eugene Cr te Rey ee ee CTO 7 y
‘ qk w Pats , (yids MEL ef bhi Wd PRP RA as te NG teas RoR )
nent UE to etayrwirp blo bars arpla qos. >t) 3
‘Ee 7 aa Alan lhuaie oie einen!

ty Cs $ : if ' .
Poa Hy a0 ta eT Sh) He eae Oe

iT a a 1 ' 4 “es ; ; ft .
Pe inet You peOTt on BowBid Sldyeb oto stb

WHITE) tora Val GHOlEm IDO Hid Mio ht

f “Nei eS sie CLARE De

p

Bidet.) ti Oop 4g A boarorart 0

stovienidito Laurea iy mM tooo i

ue ‘ ao ET “A
TiS wo CEES. Aba ea

ere), by" of p als ‘a av Hoist Uotogath

‘

GTO AN Ri ei | athimoria fuan potest

t

’
\
»
f,
4 ;
a
} ‘th i ality
: { : ' ns
/
t / ' i”
: é
7 :
fi
all ne! fer
Le
- ' 7
ro : :
j gk Pina
‘hi } f 2 F, 5 y
; i i
; ] a. i j
F ee he ‘
i
Minit bh of wf
A eyes
.
{«
oe |
‘ 2

r250 ios NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Plate 69

62 Another variety of fig. 71 and 74 on pl. 70.

63 Reversed. Turtle heads and horned crown combined.
Turtle and deer clan totems.

64 Reversed. One of the council fire brooches. The { ))

at the top signify the new and old quarters of the moon; this
must have been an annual call.

65 Same as fig. 71 on pl. 70. 7

66 One of the double crosses not frequently found in burial
places but occasionally among families. Evidently white man’s
manufacture.

67 Reversed. War brooch. Clubs at the termination point
possibly among foreign nations, inside club among domestic or
nearer people; rather an unusual combination.

68 The owl and heart variety.

69 The simple diagonal which is a type of braces (symbol of
union and strength). This is one of a large variety.

Plate 69

62 63

3) CANADA
cS ® UNUSUALLY WIDE

LA FORT
ONONDAGA

) ©) CANADA

See Se ae tee
CANADA 4 NN ci

69 O
Oe rng we
68
O
Ae

CANADA

; Si , |
fh Ans ‘

a “s 4 ;

er ‘BAG

my Tlarile pean HAST acwmitome Peoodd) aa’,
* ry : ‘4 fs ? i ee Wh a fg F : ie *
Dg itifrs Ria eet tonsil es Tet higed Tuig-eher St a
art A eae Hod gre “dao Altiv
~ , a! P
tee ITO? VBI Asgoy ods Maoosd ai tp Re Gap ah. 7
4 j ane f : i” . = , 4
%, , a : ot , ¢ Ceo th oe . ‘
Mea aM het Wee "Ve ts 4 Mii ier pis ice a eT AE re let :
ge ay a Os re
a wil oidiob ony ee ¥ lorie Homo. oe WR ie} Ge 1%,
Se tel 4 E t ? , 2 F
: fodsaye nortan ovh & Bua eO SIR BIE ey es! Ari
1 hy * , , . 7
1 Ate ae ie af AB SVT AidiGe, ABORT Toy 3 .

Teo ads oP Ha0y 4G “ wenwd ety yer
{oN Rive

LOS DAG ROB Bid 'G if 2

Pel i

uf y on

‘ at 1
% 4. 0neu
7 .
p. say
‘ ii \
if # 4 ram,
5
2
' q ¥ .
f@ s
F se tee) pithy ?
\ anni
a dew
a * Pe et
wert % a
rt a *
re. i » 5
oe ~

r252 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Plate 70

70 Canadian. <A combination of the horned owl and heart;

—_. |
land dots and water signs «**¢ signify travel; the curved lines
a .

=— and two divided lines are winding paths and journeys.

—_—_—_——

71 An unusually large brooch. The outer circles at the
points sometimes signify moons. This would count 24 moons.

The Aly in the center is the sign of camping. I should call this
a war brooch. Sometimes these lines are simply ornamenta-
tions and doubtful to interpret unless signified in combination
with other symbols.

72 A rare battle brooch, the upper end a tomahawk combining
the war clubs (8) at each point.

73 Canadian. An uncommon variety of the double heart;
the five circles are possibly a five nation symbol.

74 Not unusual, same type as fig. 71.

75,76 These brass brooches are found in the west, notably
among the Sacs and Fox tribes.

Plate 70

S78) 71
CANADA CANADA

BRASS
ILLINOIS ILLINOIS

j ' r os
be ai ” ’ * rt a ‘io
% } ; - ry "a"
Saar * Y ME ASOT Tae bi fh 459) : eee GC ee
y a0 fe ay mn an dy ag \ ray DA My os oy ae = .
7 t He . :
y hs ar f' «4 sig) st Paty Wee ONDY (d' aw ed Mer} sit rt 7 Aer,
porwr sy ’ i 4, “ -
hae ™ nes a eky ORE Ore BAS cae ns ts Cae . :
P ny ee. da Oem r ayy i & ‘) its 7 / : :
Ri tii ho98 aoiin AS ‘- mae MI NIA 4S fs ae 3 !
\ % ris yee
. é . >
i
- a J a
$3» i ste , Wes ve
{ j
r V4
a i y j ™ , p . '
Wetin SORE ILS BETO te 8)
- b, , we a4
a ‘ 3 ri | ; 4
: a -
/
+ ye
' ’
iy m TOs eT LELeane
Pal : 7
crak
i bs i
vet ‘pdr eres | ;
j Aa ane a ‘ .
Aitere + 4
Mat +% {{ 4 ote r ‘ i '
yi " 4
cpr ty ht Pb ees
B . - -
ie ee : A" tea aby
oe “ . ere +e. ate ’ - " re
2) by a % Tee See as ee. y ital mely (hoe) |
f on 8 Z os
F ; ‘ tet £ §
a hobin ee | #4 Le ’ a4 é : : AyD ae I.
/ 7
“a ' ; © . . y
. he a *Teheh Ver SCE Sia rt} i } 3
¥ ~ ‘ i
hy, y 4 ’
wh. al - ‘ ‘ ’ »
et 2 Tyas ey ah bbe vy Of ahs re oe
heal 28 Ae et Reed A PaaS ce er Baa? ak
; . ‘ ‘
SRF aie, f ae
rs “ ei FMP iis x bY

» _ ¥
' f : . te ral g ' f
Py At Deherhl A he & o {32 :
i J ? ,
; t¥ 2 y; ‘

e 4 pin -~ * .

é eee .* i

cas r " : rh | ie
BNtold Wa marron } ‘ 7 : '
\ * . '
: , : j :
: 4
‘ }

ae f ey f, itt 4) :

inboe, at LOG OMT LO BRE OLIN) OR TY al é ; as

F ’ wv orients, a ,
ha “yt Bis te try f F ; ee) «3 : J y* M
/
ex. f pe ¢ 7 : ‘ ¢
“A ‘J . v:
ae ’ : |
if j ‘ -

¥ , itt i ‘ 4 t Pe or m ¢ y F ‘ ‘
. ve i 7 7 ws i = h 7 Nn ian bt { e : ‘ Toa,
LST EU SAL OS PEN Sepa ee) oY a
al aay , f ; ‘ tee : “al aie
' 4 af ' ‘ >
if ‘ CULT EECA ATE ft 4 ae eee ys, | §
Pras: 3 ; ; j i

Bowed? re | is eel. fa} or ua (?

Se ny Th ee bee Vat CORSE ES | Oye £3 Aya} 7
j > ” held wa) ‘ hie a ad P43 be 4 j ney.
? as 4 F , . ne
Ye 4 boys pt cy ft 1
PGS TARAS AAC PAA VY

er eeay) if bah

fe i i ves i
i eye ue ih

pen Pas aL, ‘ ,
ay a 7 Hert: ‘esi : they tie
< a) ivf i oP
al gan: zl ¥
bade oer ; b.2, dud
Shh matty waiive seuss oul

254 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Plate 71

77 Lower pendant of an earring.

78 Lower section of earring; uncommon; turtle heads pro-
jecting from the lower edges.

79 Heart earring with earth designs in union sections.

80 Earrings. |

81 Brooch. Uncommon design. A heart surmounted with a
hovering heron, the clan bird.

82 Brooch, reversed. A varied form of combination of the
heart surmounted with antlers. Deer clan.

83 Heart brooch; council, uncommon design; surmounted by ©
a crown within which are the heart and war clubs. On the pro-
jecting corners are the deer horns and turtle heads, the oblong
squares signifying councils are guarded by men, and the sun
‘circles which indicate days. The larger circle at the point
would indicate the circle of wampum guarded by the wampum
keeper and the subkeeper.

84 Brooch, reversed. Earth and stone axe design.

85 Earring.

86 Earring. Inside glass, under which is green tin foil.

87 Earring.

88 Brooch. A heart surmounted by horns guarded by the
blazing suns.

89 Reversed. One class of the council in session. The eight
circles at the extreme point may typify the eight clans of the
Senecas: Deer,eHeron, Hawk, Wolf, Bear, Beaver, Turtle and
Snipe.

90 Cross-shaped pendant, diamond-shaped center, inclosed
glass with green tinfoil.

91 The rare double eagle-headed serpent encircling five hearts
which indicate the five nations.

92 Brooch, reversed. The 0 - -0 - -0 - - circles and dots sig-
nify night and day journeys. Rare.

93 Earring.

94 Earring with elass and a tin foil center.

Plate 71

82

°
°

ovenneouogd oO

eB) Sola
Sie =
1 Orn OY TUSCARORA

INDEX

The superior figures tell the exact place on the page in ninths; e. g.
8 means page 8, beginning in the third ninth of the page, i. e. about one

third of the way down.

- Accessions to collections in geologi-
eal hall, 7201-7.

Achirus fasciatus, r220°.

Adams, F. D., cited, r81*.

Adams Corners, quarries, r167’.

Additions to department of paleon-
tology, r187°-88'.

Adirondack eruptives, order of suc-
cession, r68*-75'; general charac-
ters, r75°-79°.

Adirondack pre-Cambrian,
eation, r58°-60", r66°-687.
Adirondacks, survey of crystalline
_ area, r8'-10', 123-82; and Canada,
comparison of rocks, r8-9*, r79°-

82°; eruptive core, r64'-79°.

Alosa sapidissima, r215*,

Ammodytes americanus, r221’.

Analyses of Adirondack eruptives,
res -(5". 7

Anguilla chrysypa, r218'.

Anorthosite gabbros, r34°, r36°, r40°,
r43°; analyses, r68-69.

Anorthosites of Adirondacks, r26*,
r30°-427, r45'; analyses, r68-69;
border zones, r64'; conclusions re-
garding, r57° contact with

classifi-

r57°-58*;
gneisses, r35‘, r36?; relations of
Ssyenite and granite to, 1r62°-63°;
relations to syenites, r9°; near
Tupper lake, r42*. .
Apeltes quadracus, r222'.
Arden, quarries, r152°.
Armadillidium quadrifrons,
AS
Armonk, quarries, r173".
Attendance at the museum, r200*.
Augite syenite of Adirondacks,
r25*, r26*; analyses, r70; conclu-
sions regarding, r57*; relation to

rait*-

gneiss, r47'-57°; Kemp’s reports
on, r60°; Smyth’s report on, r61’;
near Tupper llake, r9°, r42°, r44’°,
146%, r47'-57°. See also Syenite.

Banks, analyst, r174’.

Barlow, Dr A. E., referred to, rs&*,
r27°; acknowledgments to, r79’.
Barnegat limestone, r146°, r169°-76°.
Bass, small-mouthed black, r221';

striped, r219".
Bean, Tarleton H.,
fishes, r198’.
Beck, L. C., cited, r173'.
Bedford, quarries, r173°.
Bellvale flags, r149°, r168’.
Berkshire schist, r147°.

catalogue of

Birds, added to collection, r2027-4°;

relabeled, r189*; study of, r191°-
St

Bishop,
r186?.

Blackfish, r221°.

Blackford, E. G., acknowledgments
to, r214*.

Blue lake, r127'.

Bluefish, r216'.

Bluestone deposits and quarries,
study of, r14°.

Boleosoma nigrum, r222°,

Botany, director’s report on, r198?.

Bowker, H. L., analyst, r171’.

Brandon, exposures about,
40°.

Brevoortia tyrannus, r217'.

Britton, cited, 1148’.

Bryn Mawr, quarries, r154°.

Bumpus, Dr, referred to, r214’.

Burr, J. H. T. E., acknowledgments
toy TS,

I. P., paleontologic work,

139°-

1256

Burr, William H.,
metal, r14*-22".
Butts, Charles, paleontologic work,

r185*.

tests of road

Canada and Adirondacks, compari-
son of rocks, r8‘-9*, r79°-82°.
Canada and New York, correlation
of faunas, r186*.
Carlin, J. P., tests made by, r165+.
Carmel, quarries, r151*.
Carmel quadrangle, r7°.
Cataract lakes, r126?-29°.
Cattaraugus-Chautauqua
r130°-39°.
Cattaraugus lake, r136°-37’.
Cazelovia valley, r114’-16°*.
Central Valley, quarries, r168*.
Champlain valley, reconnaissance
OF, TiS, ris’.
Chemung beds, section of, r184°.
Chemung section in Chautauqua
county, r185*.
Clam industries of New York, by
J. L. Kellogg, r194°.
Cleland, H. T., paleontologic work,
r185*.
Cold Spring, quarries, r169*.
Cold Spring Harbor, biologic and
physical characteristics, r2248-29°.
Converse, Harriet Maxwell, Iro-
quois silver brooches, r231-54.
Cooper, S. L., quoted, r156°.
Cornwall limestones, r148*.
Cortlandt series, r150*, r166°-67°.
Crystalline rocks, study of, r7*-11°;
of Adirondacks, report by Cush-
ing, r23-82; report of field work in
the town of Minerva, Essex ¢o.,
by G. I. Finlay, r96-102.
Cumings and Prosser, cited, r83°.
Cushing, H. P., survey of north-
eastern Adirondacks, r8’-10'; Re-
cent geologic work in Franklin
and St Lawrence counties, r23-
82; pre-Cambrian outlier at Little
Falls, Herkimer co. r&83-95.
Cylisticus convexus, r213*.
Cynoscion regale, r217°.

district,

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Dannemora formation, r82°.

Darton, N. H., cited, r144*, r1475,
1148", r148°, r149?, r149*.

Davenport, Charles B., acknowledg-
ments to, r214°.

Dawson, G. M., referred to, r8*; ac-
knowledgments to, r79°.

Dean, Bashford, referred to, r214°.

Diabase dikes, r34°, r93?.

Dickinson, H. T., study of blue-
stone and flagstone deposits and
quarries, r14°.

Dikes, 132°, 7348)" 134°)" 135) “rae.
r30, r44’, r45°, r46°, r48°, r627, r78’,
r93?.

Diorites, r166°-67°.

Dogfish, r220°*,

Dover Plains, quarries, r174*.

Dunwoodie, quarries, r158?-60*.

Dutchess county, work in, r8*; quar-
Ties, r151°, r174-751.

Dwight, William B., cited, r167°.

East
r166*.

Eckel, Edwin C., work of, r7*-8';
Quarry industry in southeastern
New York, r141-76.

Economie geology, work in, r14*; ac-
cessions to collection, r201*.

Edible mollusks, study of, r194°-96°.

Eel, common, r218*; rock, r221°.

Entomology, report on, r196*-98".

Erie county, geology of, r186'.

Eruptives of Adirondacks, r64'-68*;
order of succession, r68*-75'; gen-
eral characters, r75°-79°.

hissex county, report of field work
in the town of Minerva, r10°, r96-
102.

Ethnology, additions to collection,
r207°; report on, r1987-997.

Eupomotis gibbosus, r218*.

Evergreen lake, r127°-28°.

Portchester Ct., quarries,

Fairchild, H. L., studies of lake
basins and valleys of central New
York, r13‘-14°; Pleistocene geology
of western New York, r103-39.

INDEX TO REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900

Fairfield county, Ct., work in, r7°;
quarries, r166'.
Farr, M. S., work in zoology, r189°;
study of birds, r1918-93°.
Farrington hollow lake, r135°-36°.
Fayetteville, gypsum deposits, r177-
80. ;
Finlay, George I., studies of crys-
talline rocks, r10°; Preliminary
report of field work im the town
of Minerva, Essex co. r96-102.
Fish, catalogue of collection, r189*;
relabeled, 1r189*; added to col-
lection, 1r204°-5°; catalogue of
fishes of state, 1r198°; marine,
food, of Long Island, r214'-24".
Flagstone deposits and quarries,
study of, r14°.
Flounder, winter, r218°-19°.
Fordham, quarries, r155’.
Fordham gneiss, r145*, 1r152°-55°,
Fossils, catalogue of type speci-
mens, r186°; locality record, r187".
Franklin county, recent
work, r23-82.
Fundulus heteroclitus, r219*°.
majalis, r219*.

geologic

Gabbro diorites, r57°.

Gabbros of Adirondacks, r33?, r38?,
r64°; analyses, r68. See also Anor-
thosite gabbros.

Gabbros of Cortlandt series, r166°-
Gi?

Gar, 1222’.

Garrisons, quarries, r1637-64°.

Gasterosteus aculeatus, r222?.

Geologic map, r22’.

Geological hall, repairs and altera-
tions, r1997-200*.

Geology, accessions to collections,
r201.

Gilbert, G. K., cited, r106§; Belmore
and Forest beaches traced by,
r138*.

Glacial lakes, 1135°-39°.

Glenham, quarries, r151°.

Glenn, L. C., paleontologic work,

11857,

1257

Gneisses of Adirondacks, r9*; con-
tact with anorthosite, r35’, r36°;
near Brandon, r39"; relation to
augite syenite, r47’-57°; relations
to limestones in the town of
Minerva, Essex co., r97-102; rela-
tions to syenite, r9.

Gneisses of Canada, r81°.

Gneisses of southeastern New York,
r144°-45°; quarries, r151'-615.

Golden’s Bridge, quarries, r173°.

Grabau, A. W., paleontologiec work,
r186’.

Granites, conclusions regarding,
r57°-58*; relation to anorthosite,
1623-63°.

Granites of southeastern New York,
r144°; quarries, r151'-66°.

Green lake, r128°-29°.

Green Pond conglomerate,
r168}.

Greenwich Ct., quarries, r166°.

Grenville series, r9*, r32?, rd8”, r79*-
81?.

Gypsum industry in New York
state, by A. L. Parsons, r177-83.

r147,

Hall, James, cited r83*, r84*, r106°,

Harlem quadrangle, r7°.

Harrison diorite, r7°, r149°-50", r165%-
66°.

Hartsdale, quarries, r160’.

Hastings, quarries, r153'-54°, r160*-
613, r172*.

Haverstraw, quarries, r169.

Hempstead quadrangle, r11°*.

Herkimer county, pre-Cambrian
outlier at Little Falls, r83-95.

Highland, quarries, r167°.

Highiand Mills, quarries, r168°.

Hill, Benjamin F., resurvey of Put-
nam county, r8*; descriptions of
“quarries, r143°.

Hillebrand, W. F., analyst, r171’.

Hubbard, R. T., acknowledgments
to, 7113°.

Hudson river beds near Albany and
their taxonomic equivalents, by
Rudolf Ruedemann, r185*-86.

r258

Hudson river valley, reconnais-
sanee of, r11‘*, r12'-13°.

Hudson shales and schists,
r167°.

Huntington, analyst, r172?.

Hyperite, see Gabbros.

Hyporhamphus roberti, r222’.

rigs

Igneous rocks of southeastern New
York, r149°-50.

Indian museum, r198*-99?.

Insects, see Entomology.

Inwood limestone, r146°.

Iroquois shore line, r106*-12°.

Iroquois silver brooches, by Harriet

' Maxwell Converse, r231-54.

Isopods, Two new land, r208-13.

Ithaca fauna, investigation of, r184'-
Sb.

Jamesville lake, r127°.
Johnny darter, r222°.
Johnsons, quarries, r176".
Julien, A. A., cited, r150*.

Kellogg, J. L., clam and scallop in-
dustries of New York, r194°.

Kemp, J. F., studies of crystalline
rocks, r10°; conclusions regarding

syenites, r41*; classification of
Adirondack pre-Cambrian, 158°;

recent work, r60?-62°; on massing
of limestones and clastic gneisses,
r65°; on rocks at Little Falls, r83*;
r84'; cited, r166".

Killifish, r219°.

Kiimmel, cited, r144, r149°.

Lake Adirondack, r30°.

Lake belt of Adirondack region,
r25°-30°.
Lake Champlain, collections of

lower Siluric fossils from, r187‘.
Lake Mohegan, quarries, r163°.
Lakes of western N. Y., 1r13%-14°,
1103-39.
Larchmont, quarries, r165’.
Law, B. W., acknowledgments to,
r130°.

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Leverett, Frank, Belmore and For-
est beaches traced by, r138*..

Ligidium longicaudatum, r208°-10°.

Limestone valley, r114‘-16’.

Limestones of the Highlands, r169-
76,

Little Falls, pre-Cambrian outlier,
r10*, r83-95.

Long Island, survey of western,
ril*; eastern limits of terminal
moraines, ril°; marine food
fishes, r214'-24".

Longwood red shales, r148*, r168°.

Lophopsetta maculatus, r221°,

Lowerre, quarries, r154°-55°.

Lowerre quartzite, r145’.

Lyell, cited, r106°.

Magnus, Harry C., work of, r7,
r8'; deseriptions of quarries, r143*.
Mammals, accessions to collection,
r201'-2'; catalogued, r189*.

Manhattan schist, r147°.

Manlius-Cazenovia — glacial
r116°-19°. ;

Marbles of the Highlands, r169-76.

Marcellus, gypsum quarries, r180°-
81%.

Marine food fishes of Long Island,
r214'-24".

Martin, D. S., cited, r149’.

Mather, cited, r146’.

Menhaden, r217'.

Menidia notata, r219*.

Merrill, F. J. H., acknowledgments
to, 179°; cited, r143°, 1144’, 1145’,
r145°, r146°, r148’.

Metopnorthus pruinosus, r213’.

Microgadus tomeod, r222’.

Micropterus dolomieu, r221*.

Millbrook quadrangle, r&*.

Millwood, quarries, r160*.

Mineralogy, accessions to collection,
r201°; report on, r188’-89°.

Minerva, Essex co., study of crys-
talline rocks, r10°, r96-102.

Mollusks, added to collection, r205+-
tse

Monroe, quarries, r152*, r168’, r176°.

Monroe shales, r148*-49".

lake,

INDEX TO REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r259

Morje, Joseph, acknowledgments to,
r143°.

Morrisville quadrangle, r14*.

Mt Ivy. quarries, r167?.

Mount Vernon, quarries, r162°-63°.

Mumford, plaster deposits, r181°-
82’,

Mummichogs, r219*.

Mustelus canis, r220°.

New Milford, quarries, r176.

New Rochelle, quarries, r162*.

New York and Canada, correlation
of faunas, r186’.

Newark beds, r149°.

Newark diabase, r150', r167°.

Newark limestone conglomerate,
Elio’.

Newark sandstone, r169*.

Newberry, J. S., cited, r150°.

Newburg, quarries, r175*.

Newburg Junction, quarries, r175°.

Newfoundland quartzite, r148’.

Newland, D. H., resurvey of Put-
nam county, r&°*.

Niagara falls, geology and paleon-
tology of, by A. W. Grabau, r186'.

Norite, analysis, r68.

Noses, pre-Cambrian outcrops, r10.

Nyack, quarries, r167°, r169*.

Oakfield plaster deposits, r1827-83°.

Olean quadrangle, areal survey,
r185?.

Oniscus asellus, r213°.

Opsanus tau, r220°,

Orange county, work in, r8*; quar-
ries, r152*, r164°-65°, r167°, 1168},
r168°, 1168", r175*-76°.

Oriskany formation, section of,
r184*.

Oscawana, quarries, r173*.

Osmerus mordax, r221?.

Ossining, quarries, r172°-73%.

Oyster Bay quadrangle, r11°.

Paleontology, director’s report on,
1r184°-88?.

Pan-American exposition, exhibit,
r199°,

Paris exposition, paleontologic ex-
hibit, r187°.

Parsons, Arthur L., Recent develop-
ments in the gypsum industry in
New York state, r177-83; ar-
rangement of collection of min-
erals, r188?.

Peekskill, quarries, r151°.

Perch, white, r220*,

Pholis ornatus, r221°.

Pine Hill quartzite, r147*-48", r168*.

Pine Island, quarries, r164°-65°.

Pipefish, r222°,

Pleasantville, quarries, r172°.

Pleistocene deposits, study of, r11°-
14°.

Pleistocene geology of western New
York, r103-39.

Pomatomus saltatrix, r216.

Poreellio rathkei, r212’.

scaber, r213°.
spinicornis, r213'.

Poughquag quartzite,
r167,

Pratt, H. S., referred to, r224*.

Pre-Cambrian of Adirondacks, clas-
sification, r58°-60*, r66°-68°.

Pre-Cambrian outlier at Little
Falls, r83-95.

Pre-Cambrian rocks, study of, r7*-
11°; of southeastern New York,
r144°-45'.

Prosser, C. 8., cited, r83°, r149°.

Pseudopleuronectes americanus,
1218°-197.

Putnam county, reconnaissance in,
r&; resurvey of, r8°; quarries,
r151’, r163°-64°, r167%, r169*.

r145'46°,

Quarry industry in southeastern
New York, by E. C. Eckel, r141-
1G:

Quaternary, see Pleistocene.

Queens county, quarries, r161°.

Quereau, E. C., cited, r127*.

Raja erinacea, r220'.

Ravenswood, quarries, r161°.
Reptiles, added to collection, r204’.
Richards, William, work of, r191?.

1260

Ricketts, P. de P., analyst, r171%,
r174*.

Ries, Heinrich, analyst, r172’, r173°,
r174°, rl75°*; cited, r144°, r150°.

Road metal, tests of, r14‘-22".

Roccus americanus, r220%.

lineatus, r219".

Rock eel, r221°.

Rockland county, quarries, r1517-52’,
1164, TICE, c169howrl (5%.

Roseton, quarries, r175’.

Round Island, quarries, r164°.

Round lake, r128°-29°.

Roy, Thomas, cited, r106°.

Ruedemann, R., paleontologic work,
r185°; collections of fossils, r187’.

Rugose corals, memoir on, r187?.

St Lawrence county, recent geologic
work, r23-82.

Salamanca quadrangle, areal sur-_

vey, r185?.

Sand dab, r221°.

Sand lance, r221°.

Sands in northern portion of lake
belt of Adirondacks, r28°-30°.

Sandstones of southeastern New
York, r167°-697.

Saranac, exposures in the vicinity
of, r35*-39%.

Saranac and Lake Clear,
between, r32?-35*.

Scarsdale, quarries, r1577-58*.

Schunemunk conglomerate, r149*.

Seott, George G., Marine food fishes
of Long Island, and a biologic
reconnaissance of Cold Spring
harbor, r194', r214'-24".

Seneca county, investigations in, r&.

Shad, r215'.

Shales of southeastern New York,
r167°-69*,

Shiners, r219*.

Siphostoma fuscum, r222°,

Skate, r220'. :

Smelt, r221°,

Smith, Dr, referred to, r214".

Smock, J. C., cited, r150°.

Smyth, C. H. jr, results of work,
r10*; conclusions regarding sye-

section

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

nites, r41°; recent work, r60?-62°;
on rocks at Little Falls, r83°, r84°,
r93°.

Sole, r220°.

South Dover, quarries, r174.

Spencer, J. W., cited, r106°.

Stamford quadrangle, r&°.

Sticklebacks, r222'.

Stockbridge-Barnegat
r146%, r1698-76°.

Stoller, James H., Two new land
isopods, r208-13.

Stoneco, quarries, r174°-75'.

Storm King station, quarries, r151’.

Suffern, quarries, r151°-52?.

Sunfish, common, r218*.

Syenite at Little Falls, r10’, r83-95.

Syenites of Adirondacks, r35°, r41?-
57°; conclusions regarding, r41’,
rd7°-58*; conclusions of Kemp and
Smyth, r60'-627; relation to anor-
thosite, r9°, r62°-63°;. relations to
gneisses, r9°, r47?-57°.

Syenites, see also Augite syenite.

Syracuse-Oneida district, r1127-30°.

limestones, -

Tarrytown, quarries, r161*.

Tarrytown quadrangle, r&.

Tautog, r221°.

Tautoga onitis, r221°.

Taxidermic work, r190’.

Taylor, F. B., cited, r30*; Belmore
and Forest beaches traced by,
r138’.

Theill, quarries, r151*.

Toadfish, r220°.

Tomecod, r222°.

Tomkins Cove, quarries, r175*.

Trap rock, tests of, r22'.

Tuckahoe, quarries, r170*-71’.

Tupper lake, sections near, r42°-
57; augite-syenite, r42’, r44°, r46’,
r47?-575.

Two new land isopods, by J. H.
Stoller, r208-13.

Ulster county, quarries, r167°.
Uniontown, quarries, r154’.

OO ——————— =

»

INDEX TO REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1900 r261

Van Hise, conclusions on Adiron-
dack pre-Cambrian, r65'.

van Ingen, collections of fossils,
r187’.

Vanuxem, cited, r83°,

Vulté, H. T., analysis by, r166°.

Warwick, quarries, r176'.

Waterlime fauna in central New
Mork, 185°.

Weakfish, r217°.

West Point quadrangle, r8°.

Westchester county, resurvey of,
rv’, r8°; work in northern, r8’;

_ Quarries, r151°, r158'-55°, r1577-61°,

1162°-63', r165’, r170*-73°; Yonkers
gneiss, r155°-61°,

White lake, r1273.

White Plains, quarries, FLG: ri72":

Wilber, analyst, r172°.

Willard state hospital, water sup-
ply, r81.

Woodman, J. E., work of, r11°.

Woodworth, J. B., study of Pleis-
tocene deposits, r11°,

Yonkers gneiss, r149°, r155*-618.

Zoology, accessions to collections,
r201%-7°; report on, r1892-968.

nano SOTA Et api cere *| | agg oa fi
Niet: edewa 7 | art Sena ‘fateheonle
Kate ode SW | zileeot tor enolipallod i

ye ea G | Ott 2a un tt * eats tah P aainte - ve es iis ;
J , OT Pe ee bets sie ‘ seth folk a
: Ly taie Tatideor stata frente’) | tity play bie, ae
ta tig :
ree rt ORG. Bw aM ce twa | ; SORTS eatinaap, as
; te Shae Lee 4 weve TE yo at, LAvhie rt fsene? a
rt ette eral Tih Wee i , wat
; F ret i
fear Pa 1 fs * ek: eren noe | “fy efoereie > §
. We ee oe LL a
if ! fare lth" Po RE eer} wagloa’ ae oy ny ere t es itt Malye
| hs) RR a LAL loci ‘gen acer eath “TAPE.
Y were nF 14 ; ey

IPE, « beso tenp.. ty
P oie

_

| tet, ioe dae
; ; \ ‘Saintes

Ni A ere G nae id ve I iP
+: ee =. Py Pwo eae AE rib,
OPM Roses 3) das on bad

Appendix I

Poe Pan

STATE PALEONTOLOGIST

I1goo

COWIE NTs

Work of the old: department? «7-06 4... 3403. 6. 2 Ce eee 5
Division*of:paleontolesy » RAs i os 0 ee 6
Operations in the fleld 1899-1900. 2 a2 o25s 5. ee Aa
Omes works 54.45 222 eae She ean be Serie tate cack oe 18
Cooperative work of the department ..............-..... 23
Miscellaneous... <n 0i cigs «cae se ete ee eee 24:
Appendix 1: Accessions
Donations -....5.<..5 5405 ss Ck ea ke Bee ee 25
Purchases. o's see ces i eee een 27
Hxchanges.... 20/00). Rees Ce ek eee ee 28
Golieetionn 62 28 eee ere es ees MAS act 29
Appendix 2: New entries of localities |
Alphabetic list of locdlities 2. 25 3. See ae 31
N. Y. localities aecording to counties... ....5....<¢ sens 40
Index. to. formations,» s\2.24. dees: sss ss abe ek eee 45
Reeord of localities 0.460 S Age eielh ie vrei aie» eae AT
Appendix 3: Notes on paleozoic crustaceans by John M. Clarke
1. The genus Pseudoniseus. -. foment ss «5s. tee ee 83
2 Phyllocarida from the black shale beds at the base of the
Salina beds in western New York................... 92
3 Some Devonic phyllocarida from New York ........... 97
4 Phyllopod crustacean in the Oneonta-Catskill sediments in
eacterm New York: . coc putes cvs» «alee eee ee 103
5. Estheria Ortoni sp. n0¥..')..2e meine sa (oo Ee 3: 109
Explanation of plates )<0..... 2aceese sos Vee LEE

New York State Museum

REPORT

OF THE

STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900

To the Regents of the University of the State of New York

I have the honor to report herewith the operations of this
‘department during the year commencing Oct. 1, 1899.

Work of the old department

At the time of the reorganization of the departments of the
museum in December 1898, and the erection by your board of this
department as distinct from that of the state geologist, there was
outstanding a considerable amount of uncompleted work which
pertained to the administration of the late Prof. James Hall as
state geologist and paleontologist. With the finishing of this
work and its publication the present state paleontologist was then
charged. In my last report I noted the completion of some of the
reports at that time under way. At the opening of this year the
following publications were still pending in various degrees of
progress;

Memoir on the paleozoic reticulate sponges

The 16th annual report of the state geologist and paleontologist

The 17th annual report of the state geologist and paleontologist

Bulletin on petroleum and natural gas in New York

Memoir on the genera of the paleozoic corals.

Of the foregoing works I am able to report that the memoir
on the fossil reticulate sponges (354 pages, 70 quarto plates) was
delivered and distributed in the month of October 1899. The
16th report of the old department was received and distributed
in April 1900. This report covered 454 pages and contained
the following contributions: Report on the boundary between
Potsdam and pre-Cambrian rocks north of the Adirondacks, by

6 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

H. P. Cushing; The Naples fauna (fauna with Manticocera 8
intumescens) in western New York, by John M. Clarke;
Notes on the early stages of certain Goniatites, by John M.
Clarke; Bdine springs and salt wells of the state of New York,
and the geology of the salt district, by D. D. Luther; Faunas
of the Hamilton group of Eighteen Mile creek and vicinity, in
western New York, by Amadeus W. Grabau; Memoir on the
paleozoic reticulate sponges constituting the family Dictyo-
spongidae, pt 2, by James Hall in collaboration with John
M. Clarke. )

The late Prof. Orton’s bulletin on petroleum and natural gas
was distributed at about the same time.

The 17th annual report was delivered and distributed in Sep-
tember of this year. It contains 564 pages and the following
papers: Petroleum and natural gas in western New York, by
Irving P. Bishop; Classification and distribution of the Hamil-
ton and Chemung series of central and eastern New York, pt 2,
by Charles S. Prosser; Stratigraphic geology of the eastern
Helderbergs, by Charles S. Prosser and Richard B. Rowe; Lime-
stones of New York and their economic value, by Heinrich Ries;
Report on the crystalline rocks of the western Adirondack region,
by C. H. Smyth jr; Preliminary report on the geology of Wash-
ington, Warren and parts of Essex and Hamilton counties, by
J. F. Kemp and D. H. Newland. ,

As regards the memoir on the genera of the corals, I shall have
occasion to enter somewhat more explicitly into the condition of
these investigations, but may here say that substantial progress
has been made toward their completion. The very nature of the
work, involving cautious and painstaking research and! most care-
ful delineation, forbids haste or inappropriate dispatch in its
execution. | |

Division of paleontology
Operations in the field 1899-1900

Section of the Chemung beds. The season of field work had
largely passed at the time of rendering my last report. I had
considered it desirable however that a section be made north and

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 7

south through the Chemung rocks of the state at about the merid-
ian of the Genesee valley. The heavy mass of these strata, which
comprises nearly the entire rock beds of the southern tier of coun-
ties, has never yet been satisfactorily subdivided either on the
basis of the lithologic differences in its beds or of the variations
in its fossil faunas, nor have all the investigations of past years
determined with any degree of security the plane of its upper
boundary, which is also the line of demarkation between the
Devonic and Carbonic systems. In the work of previous seasons
the section of the immediately underlying Portage series along
this meridian and in neighboring regions east and’ west, had been
- carefully reviewed with the purpose of acquiring a more detailed
knowledge of its stratigraphic and paleontologic relations to the
Chemung formation. D. D. Luther made the traverse referred
to late in the autumn of last year and rendered a concise report
thereqn. The result of this reconnaissance was sufficient to in-
dicate the great importance to the accuracy of our geologic maps
of the much more detailed survey of the region covered by these
beds. I am therefore pleased to be able to report that in the
execution of work planned for the season of 1900 it has been pos-
sible to acquire results of positive value bearing on the solution
of this problem. To these investigations farther reference will

be made,

Sections of the Oriskany formation. In completion of some work
which had continued in a desultory way during the two preceding
seasons, Mr Luther was also engaged for a short time in the
autumn and early winter in bringing together and correlating
the sections of the Oriskany formation throughout central and
western New York. These investigations, taken in connection
with the writer’s more protracted study of the Oriskany in east-
ern and southeastern New York, have afforded the data for a
somewhat modified conception of the physical characteristics
and the organic traits of this period of geologic time.

With the opening of the field season of the present year the
following lines of work were undertaken.

8 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Central New York (Chenango, Otsego, Delaware and Cortland
counties). The legislature of 1899-1900 granted an appropriation.
for certain special investigations in the paleontology of the state.
With the aid of this appropriation, it is purposed to study care-
fully, the relations of the Ithaca formation and its fauna to con-
temporaneous faunas at the east and west, as well as to the faunas
immediately preceding and succeeding it in time. The Ithaca
group as a distinct geologic formation was recognized at an early
date and quite clearly defined by Lardner Vanuxem, the geologist |
of the third district, though the name itself was first used by
James Hall. The fact seems not to have been clearly recog-
nized at that time that this Ithaca formation was coextensive
with that which was denominated in the fourth geologic district, |
the Portage group, and also in a measure coextensive with the
so-called Oneonta sandstones of Vanuxem, in the eastern part
of the third district. The conditions with regard to these Ithaca
beds are essentially as follows. Lying above the beds of the
Hamilton formation and coextensive with the ‘Portage forma-
tion on the west, they bear a fauna altogether distinct from that
of the Portage group and most intimately allied to that of the
Hamilton group beneath. So close indeed are the affiliations of
the Ithaca formation with the geologic formation which pre-
ceded it, and so intimate the connection of its organisms with
those of the Hamilton shales and sands, that all distinction be-
tween the fossils of this formation and those belonging to the
preceding period of time has been till quite recent years per-
sistently lost sight of in the reports on both the geology and
the paleontology of the regions above specified. Moreover, the.
state museum is almost devoid of representatives of the peculiar
and characteristic fauna of the Ithaca group, such specimens as.
were actually derived from it having been for the most part
referred in records and labels to strata of Hamilton age. The
Ithaca fauna and formation present a series of most interesting
and unusual problems in paleozoic stratigraphy. Bounded on
the east by formations of semi-marine or estuarine origin, on the
west by deposits containing a marine fauna invading the state

.
j

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 9

from the northwest, the fauna of the central region, i. e. the
typical Ithaca fauna, indicates the continuation of the growth
and development of the species of the preceding Hamilton stage,
perduring through a period long enough for the deposition of over
1000 feet of strata. To elucidate the problems connected with
the origin and development, variation and outcome of this fauna,
and its relations to the faunas adjoining it in the distinct geo-

graphic provinces of the time, one on the east, the other on the

west, the former the Oneonta, the latter the Portage province,
tc demonstrate them graphically by equipping the state museum
with an appropriate representation of the species and their

-variations in the history of the period, was the plan of these in-

vestigations.

The execution of the work presents certain difficulties, as the
fossils are rarely favorably preserved. Mr Luther, field assist-
ant, entered the field early in the season, and has been occupied
continuously with this labor to date, having been accompanied a
part of the time by Dr Ruedemann; and, as a result of the work,
we have thus far received at the state hall a large number of
boxes, containing some thousands of specimens. The problem in
hand requires material of first grade, and in the work of col-
lecting, inferior material has been punctiliously rejected. So far
as it has been practicable to examine and study the specimens
already acquired, it is evident that this undertaking will at least
result in an important addition to the resources of our museum;
for among the materia] examined there is much that is new to our
collections and a considerable representation of species not before
known in our faunas. The provision for the work is sufficient
to allow its continuance beyond the present field season.

Areal survey of Olean and Salamanca quadrangles. With the aid
of the legislature the cooperation of the United States geologic
survey has been secured in working out the stratigraphy and
paleontology of the areas represented on the Olean and Sala-
manca quadrangles of the topographic survey. These areas lie
in Cattaraugus and Allegany counties and cover the outcrops of
the upper Chemung formation with what have been regarded as

10 en NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

outliers of the overlying Carbonic strata. ‘The United States
geologic survey has been engaged in the study of the stratigraphy
- in the adjoining regions of northern Pennsylvania. In entering
on the work in the state of New York the director of that survey
has, by mutual agreement with this department, undertaken to
furnish an experienced stratigrapher, whose salary is paid by the
federal government and whose expenses are borne by this state.
Prof. L. C. Glenn, of Vanderbilt university, Nashville (Tenn.)
was assigned to the charge of this work by director Walcott, and
i have delegated as the representative of this department Prof.
Charles Butts of Alfred university, who has been specially con-
cerned in the careful collection of the fossils of the area. The
problems principally involved are, as briefly noted above, the
divisibility of the great mass of Chemung deposits into a sub-
ordinate grouping, the continuity of certain locally well defined
horizons in this formation, and the establishment of the bound-
ary between the Chemung and the Lower Carbonic, i. e. between
the Devonic and Carbonic systems. The work is of such a charac-
ter that its solution largely rests on the careful study of the
fossils and their variations, as the area is a region of undisturbed
rocks, and there is no evidence of unconformity between the
Chemung strata and those overlying. It is understood between
the director of the United States geologic survey and the state
paleontologist that the paleontologic determinations shall rest
wholly with this department, and that the determinations derived
therefrom shall be accepted as the key to the solution of the
principal problems here involved; that the report on the area
surveyed and the maps of the quadrangles covered shall be pub-
lished by the federal survey and placed at the service of this
department; furthermore, that the fossils collected in the course
of the work shall pertain wholly to the state museum. The field
work on the Olean sheet is now essentially done, and a beginning
has been made on the Salamanca quadrangle. The material
already sent in by Mr Butts is considerable (10 large boxes), but
has not yet been unpacked for want of room. The entire appro-
priation made for this work is not exhausted, and it is planned
to continue it next season on the basis of similar cooperation.

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 11

Chemung section in Chautauqua county. In connection with in-
vestigations of the Chemung beds in Cattaraugus and Allegany
counties and in cooperation with the department of paleontology
of Cornell university, Dr H. F. Cleland is studying the develop-
ment of the same series in Chautauqua county. To Dr Cleland’s
work, carried on under the immediate supervision of Prof. G. D.
Harris, the paleontologist has found it practicable to afford some
aid.

Fauna of Rondout waterlimes in central New York. By the co-
operation of Lewis J. Bennett, president of the Buffalo cement co.
the museum has been enabied in the past two years to increase
somewhat its representation of the remarkable and interesting
Eurypterid crustaceans of that formation in Erie county, where
they occur in the greatest abundance and variety of expression.
Mr Bennett has kindly promised that the state museum shall
share with the cabinet of the Buffalo society of natural sciences
the output of his quarry in these fossils. It is essential to the
integrity and completeness of our museum that it shall possess
an extensive representation of these fossils; for nowhere else in
America are they present in such quantity and diversity as in
this state. The most generous assurance of Mr Bennett has made
it seem to me very desirable that the museum shall exploit more
fully this peculiar crustacean fauna throughout the extent of the
outcrops of this formation. For some years past study has been
made of the character of the waterlime beds east and west in
_ the state, and during these investigations a considerable number
of these crustaceans have appeared, though rarely of good quality.
For some reason not yet fully understood, these organisms are
found with some frequency in three regions in the state: Erie
county; the vicinity of Union Springs, Cayuga co., from which
a considerable amount of material was collected: last year by the
paleontologist and Mr Luther; and southern Herkimer and Oneida
counties, particularly the towns of Litchfield and Paris. From
the last named region some interesting specimens have been taken
in the past, and of them the museum has had a small representa- °
tion. The localities in the town of Litchfield were visited by the

12 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

paieontologist accompanied by Dr Ruedemann early in this:
season for the purpose of acquiring additional material, not only
of these crustaceans but also of the crinoids of the overlying
layers, which formerly were obtained here in some quantity, but
of which our collection has too few examples. This exploitation
was quite successful and has added materially to the representa-
tion of these fossils in our possession. These Eurypterid crus-
taceans are creatures of singular structure and habit, and they
have not been studied with care since the description of the best
known species by Prof. Hall in 1859. The 40 intervening years.
have brought many additions to our knowledge of these organ-
isms, and in other countries, specially Scotland, Sweden and Rus-
sia, they have been the basis of important investigations. It
would, I believe, be of great advantage to our science, if this
fauna as developed in the state of New York were restudied for
the incorporation of all recent additions to its morphology and
distribution. To make this to some extent practicable, I deem it
desirable to continue the exploitation of the Waterlimes in and
about the town of Litchfield, specially on the farm of Prof. C. F.
Wheelock at Jerusalem hill, by whose favor we have been per-
mitted to take material from farm walls and to open excavations.
for this purpose. Mr Luther and Dr Ruedemann have spent a
few weeks in a continued search for these fossils with a most
satisfactory result.

Last year I reported the acquisition of an important collection
of similar crustacean fossils from-a lower geologic horizon, the
C. J. Sarle collection. This material is mostly new to science
and embodies much that is of interest. Mr Sarle’s proposed.
study of a part of this new crustacean fauna is not yet completed,
but during the past season he has prosecuted some field investiga-
tions pertaining to the determination of its geologic position.

Limestone lenses in Clinton and Niagara beds. In my last report
I recorded the fact that study was being made of certain peculiar
lenticular masses of limestone occurring in the upper beds of the
Clinton formation and in the Rochester shale. The problem
presented by these peculiar masses with their remarkable fossil

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 -. Ss

contents has not yet been completely solved and can not be till
the collections which we have made from them are more
thoroughly studied. I have however given some time this year
to the reexamination of the formations in the field.

Hudson river slates in the vicinity of Albany and their taxonomic
relations. The investigation of this important problem was
placed in the hands of the assistant paleontologist, Dr Ruede-
mann, and progress was reported last year. During the present
year the examination of this formation has been extended to
localities farther north, and results have been obtained confirm-
ing the propositions already put forward. The outcome of this
work is the satisfactory demonstration of the fact that the great
mass of slates and sandstones in the Hudson and Mohawk valleys,
which was termed by the early geologists the “ Hudson river
slate” and given an independent position as a geologic unit in
the series of rock formations, is actually a peculiar local develop-
ment of several of the stratigraphic units as developed in the rock
sections farther to the west in the state—that they represent, in
fact, a part if not all of the Trenton limestone, the Utica slate and
the Lorraine beds, and that they have, therefore, no special fauna
which can be regarded as characterizing the Hudson river forma-
tion. This formation must therefore be interpreted as a local or
facies expression of the deposits of the three stages just men-
tioned. Dr Ruedemann reports in regard to this work that in
1899 the localities on the west side of the Hudson river between
Coeymans and Waterford and on the east side between South
Troy and Castleton had been studied; to complete the investiga-
tion of the region selected, and the map, it was necessary to
_ trace the horizons established in the preceding season north-
ward through Troy and Lansingburg to a point opposite Water-
ford and over the islands in the Hudson river. Fossil-bearing
localities were found at Troy in several places, specially on Mt
Olympus and in the excavation around the new power-house
at Lansingburg. All of these localities contain graptolite
faunas, and that of the power-house several new species. The
faunas also proved the farther extension northward of the lower

14 ~ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Dicellograptus and middle Trenton Diplograptus
amplexicaulis zones, and in the fauna’of the power-
house of Lansingburg a probable representative of the upper
Dicellograptus zone, hitherto not observed in the eastern
United States, was found. The islands furnished a number of
unexpectedly rich and interesting localities; one below the state
dam at Green Island with upper Utica fossils, specially lamelli-
branchs, and a peculiar admixture of Trenton forms; another at
the north end of the island with a similar fauna and some
interesting new forms, notably a genus of pelecypods
(Technophorus) hitherto not represented in New York,
and a cirriped crustacean (Pollicipes) thus far only
known from late Mesozoic and Cenozoic formations. On
Van Schaick island the construction of waterworks brought
out a great amount of Utica shale with characteristic
brachiopods and graptolites, associated with a form thus—
far only known from the Dicellograptus beds, these beds
thus probably furnishing a representative of the lowest Utica —
fauna and a new horizon. On Block island a rich and typical
Lorraine molluscan fauna was found, such as was known before
only from the neighborhood of Rome and the northwestern part
of the state. ©

A conglomerate bed, which is exposed on top of Rysedorph hill
about a mile east of Rensselaer, evidently continuous with similar
beds, intercalated in the Normanskill graptolite shale at the
Moordener kill near Castleton and Schodack landing, has fur-
nished fossils of Cambric, Chazy, Lowville limestone and Tren-
ton limestone age in such profusion that it has been made the
object of a special study. The considerable number of entirely
new forms or of forms hitherto known only from Canada and the
west, specially in the Trenton limestone boulders of the con-
glomerate, indicate what wealth of new forms is still hidden
away in the Lower Siluric beds of this state and makes it
desirable that the Lower Siluric faunas all around the Adiron-
dacks should be given special attention. It is also to be ex-
pected that a tracing of these terranes, combined with a care-

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 15

ful study of their fossil contents, would furnish very interesting
results as to the relations of the various Lower Siluric faunas
of northern New York to those in Canada, the west and even to
homotaxial faunas of Europe, as indicated by forms in the Ryse-
dorph hill conglomerate, hitherto only represented in Europe.
It is also probable that interesting differences exist between
the Lower Siluric, specially Trenton faunas of eastern and
northwestern New York.

I desire to add that as the investigation of this problem was
well advanced in the early part of this year, Dr Ruedemann
presented his results in the form of an essay to the Boston society
of natural history in competition for the Walker prize awarded
by that society annually for essays on specified subjects. The
subject selected for this year permitted the submission of this
essay, and the society awarded its maximum first prize of $100
to Dr Ruedemann for the excellence of bis work. The com-
pleted paper with map of the regions studied is herewith sub-
mitted for publication as a bulletin of the museum.

Geology of Erie county and the region about Niagara falls. Prof.
I. P. Bishop, of Buffalo, has at my request colored the Buffalo
quadrangle of the topographic survey. Prof. Bishop made a
special survey of Erie county some years ago at the desire of Prof.
Hall, and submitted at that time a map in black and white on the
base of the geologic wall map of the state.. It has required some
additional: work on his part to plot his observations and deter-
minations on a new base, but this he has done with entire satis-
faction, for so much of Erie county as is covered by the Buffalo.
quadrangle.

Somewhat similar work has been done in Niagara county along
the Niagara gorge by Dr A. W. Grabau. Dr Grabau’s work is:
done by cooperation between the Buffalo society of natural
sciences and this department, with special reference to preparing
a map and a paleontologic guide for use in connection with the
proposed exhibit of the department at the Pan-American exposi-
tion in 1901.

16 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Correlation of New York faunas with those of Canada. Portions
of the succession of rocks and their faunas in the paleozoic series
are less completely represented in the state of New York than
in parts of the Dominion of Canada. Among the problems which
are now of immediate interest to American paleontologists is that
of the age of the Helderbergian fauna and formation and its
equivalents in other countries. In the consideration of this sub-
ject, which involves the question of the Siluric or Devonic age
of the fauna in question, the paleontologist has taken ground in
favor of its reference to the later geologic age as a representative
of the opening stage of Devonic time in the deposits of the New
York series. For additional light on this important theme
it became desirable that the faunas and the rock series at
Arisaig (N. S.) Dalhousie (N. B.) and Gaspé, Quebec, should be
restudied in the light of the present evidence. The rock strata
and their fossil contents at all of these localities had in time past
been correlated to a greater or less extent with the New York
Helderbergian. With the proper authority the state paleontolo-
gist has spent some weeks in a careful study of the rock series
at these points. At Arisaig (N. 8.) the exposure is wonderfully
displayed along the seacoast on the northern shore of the penin-
sula, and the faunas of the series were long ago carefully ex-
ploited by Canadian and English geologists, principally by the
iate Dr. Honeyman of the Nova Scotia institute at Halifax.
Very considerable collections were made from these interesting
series. The effort on the part of the early Canadian geologists
to correlate their paleozoic formations with the New York
series led to some misinterpretations, because of the omission to
recognize the fact that in geologic time of the date of the Arisaig
Series the sea depositing these sediments on the eastern coast
was so completely cut off from that forming the sediments in the
New York basin that they constituted two altogether distinct
marine provinces. Under such circumstances correlation must
take account of notable faunal differences. The fauna of the
Arisaig series, more particularly that of its later beds, indicates
quite clearly a typical Siluric fauna without relations of special
moment to that of the Helderbergian stage in New York.

-_- =. a

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 17

At Dalhousie (N. B.) is a small area of sedimentary rocks in-
closed between parallel apophyses of eruptives. These strata
and specially their fossil contents have received hitherto only
incidental mention but the fauna is remarkably profuse and well
preserved. These rocks have been also correlated with the
Helderbergian, and the very extensive suite of specimens which
I obtained from there indicates that the fauna of the rocks is
doubtless properly correlated with our Lower Devonic, i. e. with
the Helderbergian and Oriskany formations of New York. The
collection made, which, with the exception of a similar one
in the National museum, is probably the only satisfactory repre-
sentation of this fauna to be found in the United States,
contains, together with the species identified by the paleontolo-
gists of Canada, a notable number of undescribed or unidenti-
fied forms, and on this account is of special interest and
value. Considerable time was spent on the northern branch of
the Gaspé peninsula, province of Quebec, between the Bay of

Gaspé and the Gulf of St Lawrence. Here is a remarkable series

of limestone beds, having a thickness of upward of 2000 feet, and

assigned by Logan, Billings and other Canadian geologists to a

geologic age corresponding with the Upper Silurie and Lower —
Devonic of New York. Collections were made throughout the

~ peninsula with great care and a good series of the fossils obtained,

again including a very considerable number of spevies not recog--
nized by the Canadian geologists and not as yet described.
While the earlier strata of this great thickness of deposits afford
evidence which permits their correlation with the Helderbergian

of New York, the upper beds of the series, which are profusely

filled with fossils, present a striking array of species in calcareous
environment identical with those occurring in the New York
development of the Oriskany fauna, and afford striking evidence

of the encroachment during this later period of the eastern

province on the confines of the marine interior province, while

during the preceding period represented by Helderbergian time
these marine provinces were more sharply restricted. I consider

these collections from the Gaspé peninsula, together with those

18 - NEW YORK STATH MUSEUM

made at Gaspé Basin from the Gaspé sandstone formation above
the limestones, a most important addition to our museum col- —
lections.

Personnel of the field staff. In the field operations of the depart-
ment the following men, most of whom are named! in the fore-
going, have been engaged. D. D. Luther, for many years in the
employ of this department, though not continuously, has now been
placed on the staff as permanent field assistant... Prof. Charles
Butts, of Alfred university, and A. C..De Reget, of Clinton, have
been engaged in the work in Cattaraugus and Allegany counties;
Prof. I. P. Bishop with the geology of the Buffalo sheet; Dr A. W.
Grabau and Laurence Laforge with the paleontology of the
Niagara gorge and vicinity; Dr H. F. Cleland in work in Chau-
tauqua county; and C. J. Sarle briefly in stratigraphic work in
Monroe county. Besides these, the paleontologist and assistant
paleontologist.

Office work

Catalogue of type specimens. In my report for last year refer-
ence was made to the cataloguing of the type and figured Specimens.
of fossils contained in the museum collections. No such cata-_
logue has been in existence, and the fossils which have been used
for purposes of illustration throughout the history of the paleon-
tology of New York have been scattered through the collections. 3
both in the State hall and in Geological hall, some of them bear-
ing distinctive marks indicating the use which they had served,
but many without any such indication whatever. This work
was begun in the summer of 1899, and has been regarded as one
of the most important parts of our museum industry. It has now
been brought toward completion, lists having been compiled
for the following groups of fossils, the number set opposite each
name indicating the types and illustrated specimens: sponges
147; crinoidea 631; brachiopoda 1100; lamellibranchiata 1020;
pteropoda 49; gasteropoda 260; cephalopoda 400; vermes 95.

1This number indicates only the specimens from the Hamilton group which
were the basis of the descriptions published by Prof. Hall in the 15th annual
report of the state cabinet. There are a few additional types of the crinoids.
which are to be added to this enumeration.

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 19

There is a total of 3134 now listed. In addition to these are the

: following groups to be considered, among all of which the museum

possesses some typé specimens: graptolites; blastoidea; echin-
oidea; cystoidea; asteroidea ; corals; bryozoa; crustacea; fishes;
plants.

The method which has been adopted in the preparation of this

— list is that of a separate entry for each specimen illustrated, so
that the total number of entries will indicate the total number

of such typical specimens.

Locality record of fossils. A year ago I communicated with my
report the list of localities from which fossils have been obtained

in the state, believing that it would be of practical use if made

accessible to students of paleontology, and I submit herewith a
continuation of that record, being the additional localities entered
during the past year. Some of these numbers represent material
which was collected some years ago by field workers but came into
the hands of the department only recently. The hiatus which ap-
pears in the numbering arises from the desirability of reserving
consecutive locality numbers for the material collected in central
New York, where investigations are still in progress.

_ Memoir on the genera of the rugose corals. The work in prepara-
tion of the memoir on fossil corals has been steadily carried for-
ward; and at the present time I report that the descriptive mat-
ter has been largely prepared, in a preliminary form, and is ready
for careful and! detailed review. The draftsman, Mr Simpson, has
completed nearly all the necessary drawings, 36 plates have
been arranged, and of these 24 have been drawn on stone by the
lithographer, Mr Ast, and are ready for printing. The plan of
the memoir contemplates at the present a taxonomic study
of the generic characters of the rugose corals, as we have found
it impracticable with our present collections and for other ex--
cellent reasons, to contemplate at this time the investigation of the
entire group of fossil corals of the New York formations. The
Subject involved in these investigations is one of some difficulty,
and the work must in consequence advance cautiously and with

deliberation. I hope, however, to report the matter soon in con-

dition for publication.

20) . NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Publication. Besides the publications pertaining to the old
_ department, a list of which issued during the year is given on a ©
- previous page, we have also issued and distributed one bulletin
entitled Lower Silurian system of eastern Montgomery county, New
York, by E. R. Cumings, and Notes on stratigraphy of the Mohawk
valley and Saratoga county, New York, by Charles 8. Prosser, ac-
companied by a geologic map of the Amsterdam quadrangle of
the topographic sheet. There are also in type and near comple-
tion bulletin no. 39, containing a series of paleontologic papers by
the paleontologist, G. B. Simpson, and Dr F. B. Loomis, and a
memoir on the Oriskany fauna and formation, by the paleon-
tologist.

Work on collections. The general collection of fossils in the
State hall has in certain part been reviewed, and selections made _
for a permanent reserve for exhibition purposes. This work,
however, it has not been practicable to forward as rapidly as
eculd be desired, on account of pressure of other duties and the
lack of necessary assistance. Under existing conditions nearly
all the work that we can hope to do on this collection consists in
the displacement of material already in the drawers to make room
for current accessions coming in from field workers and requiring
immediate study. The want of drawer space renders it impera- —
tive frequently to box up material of good quality in order to
make temporary room for collections which may be actually of
inferior grade but which must be rendered accessible in order to
allow examination and report. Eventually a considerable part of
this material can be permanently packed away in boxes, and the
more desirable acquisitions left accessible. This necessary
operation compels us to disturb the systematic arrangement of
our large general collection, as it is not always practicable to
find drawer space at the proper place in the series.

Synoptic collection in Geological hall. No attempt has beea made
to remodel or rearrange the collection of paleozoic fossils which
has for so long constituted the exhibition collection of this de-
partment. Some spaces in the collection which were left un-
filled and others in which the order was disturbed or seemed an

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 oe) ae

insufficient representation of the characteristic fossils of the

_fcrmations, have been repaired by the addition of material taken

from the State hall and to Some degree by the removal of in-
ferior specimens from Geological hall. It is however hopeless

_ to attempt to display this collection in such manner as to make

a satisfactory exhibit of the paleontologic wealth of the museum,
and it is consequently a somewhat perfunctory task to attempt

_to improve on the character of the fossils contained in it. So

Ieng as the collection remains in the old building which has
housed it so long it can never be made to appear to good ad-
vantage, nor can it be anything other than a most insufficient
presentation of the fossil wealth of the state.

Type specimens in Geological hall. In 1882, when quarters in

the State hall were taken possession of by the state museum, the
ee director, Prof. Hall, was ordered by a vote of the regents to re-

move from Geological hall so far as practicable all of the type.
specimens of fossils, for their safekeeping in a fireproof building,
the: regents then recognizing the great risk from destruction by -

fire to which these important collections were exposed. A very

large part of this typical material was consequently brought to
the State hall, but there still remains in Geological hall a con-
siderable number. of type specimens in the synoptie collection.
if think it good policy to gradually remove these important fossils
from Geological hall to the safekeeping of the State hall, replac-

. ing them as our material will permit with good but not unique
specimens.

Collections of Lower Siluric fossils from Lake Champlain. The
considerable collections made during the previous season in the
vicinity of Valcour on Lake Champlain by Messrs Van Ingen
and Ruedemann have been placed in the hands of Mr Vau Ingen
for study and report and are now in the custodianship of the
professor of geology at Columbia university. These have been

unpacked and placed in drawers distinctly Separated from the

geologic collections of that institution, carefully marked as to

| their. ownership and returnable to us on demand. Mr Van

Ingen, a member of the department of geology, Columbia univer-

2) a NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

sity, required ready access to this material in order to facilitate
his investigations. : :

Lack of space. I again direct and urge attention to the over-
crowded condition of our quarters, which must and does by the
very nature of the circumstances become aggravated as time goes
on. Last year I reported an ‘addition to our collections from Jan.1
to Oct. 1, 1899, of 10,000 specimens, and it will be seen by refer-
ence to the accompanying list of accessions for the current year
that we have added more than another 10,000. Our space on the
other hand has not increased, and the possibility of expansion is
at an end so far as our present quarters are concerned. We
adjust ourselves to this condition only by packing from drawers
into boxes and from boxes into drawers as particular instances
and cases requiring special and immediate investigation require,
but it is a source of very great embarrassment to be compelled to
place out of reach in boxes stacked away in the basement of this
building, material which ought to be accessible on demand and is
needed in the daily course of our work. :

It is hardly necessary to rehearse the fact that, when we took
possession of the State hall in pursuance of laws of 1883, ch. 355,
it was with the presumption and expectation that this building
would eventually become the home of the museum “as it was
vacated by the state officers”; but it was long ago recognized
that the purpose of the law could not be accomplished. On the
other hand, instead of acquiring additional space, we have during
the last 15 years lost room by being compelled to yield to the
erowing demand for space of the various departments in the
building. While therefore our work has been relatively increas-
ing and our collections greatly augmented, the space which we
can control for our collections has lamentably and most seriously
decreased. In fact, our quarters in the State hall are only store-
rooms, and so long as our important collections, an altogether
unequaled and unapproachable representation of the fossil wealth
of the state, remain as they are, virtually out of sight, the work
of the department must continue at a serious disadvantage.
This is specially felt in its effect upon the educational bearing of

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 23

the work. Students are not attracted to the state collections as

they should and might be; for the fact is generally known that
_ these are either badly displayed in a gloomy room, where

the fossils can be examined only under unfavorable conditions, or
altogether out of sight in drawers and boxes. To a state which
has done so much and possesses so much in paleontology this is
not a creditable condition, nor is it in any sense just to the many
students both in and out of the state who are taking an increased
interest in this science.

Personnel of office staff. The staff in the work of the office re-
mains essentially as heretofore.

Rudolf Ruedemann, assistant paleontologist

George B. Simpson, draftsman

Philip Ast, lithographer

Jacob Van Deloo, clerk and stenographer

Martin Sheehy, machinist and general helper

Horatio Mattimore,! page and preparator

Cooperative work of the department

Cooperation with the U. S. geological survey. Reference has been
made to the fact that, with the aid of the last legislature, a co-
operative plan of work for the survey of the Olean and Salamanca
quadrangles has been carried into execution. This method of
work will secure to our geologic map on the topographic base
accurate results in a more rapid manner than we could hope
to acquire them alone, and I am pleased to believe that we
shall be able to avail ourselves of similar cooperation in the
future.

Topographic survey. By the favor of the state engineer and sur-
veyor the topographic survey has in part been directed toward
the completion of certain quadrangles in central western New
York, the Phelps, Canandaigua, Penn Yan and Naples sheets.
As soon as these are available for use we shall have the geologic
data ready for their coloration with little additional field
work. These sheets taken together will largely cover the area

1 For part of the year.

24. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

of Ontario county; and it is my hope as soon as this county is
entirely covered to issue a special geologic guide to that area,
accompanied by a map on the topographic base. .

Buffalo society of natural sciences. The president and trustees.

of this society have responded very cordially to a proposition now
under execution to cooperate in the preparation of a guide to the
paleontology and stratigraphy of Niagara falls and the region in
the immediate vicinity of Buffalo.

Geologic department of Cornell university. At the request of —

Prof. G. D. Harris, of Cornell university, aid has been afforded
to his assistant in the study of the stratigraphy and paleontology
~ of Chautauqua county, to which reference has already been made.
Return is made to this department of one half of all the speci-
mens collected and all specimens used for purposes of illustra-
tion. ;

Miscellaneous

Paris exposition. For exhibition at the world’s fair at Paris a
series of the official reports and contributions published by this
department since 18385 on. the subject of paleontology was
specially bound in 26 volumes. I am pleased to report that this
exhibit of the paleontology of New York was awarded the grand
prize of the exhibition. 1

Opportunities for students among the museum collections. During
the past year several students, among others Dr R. B. Rowe, of
Johns Hopkins university, and Dr A. W. Grabau, of Har-
vard university, have spent some time in the paleontologic
collections in special investigations. I feel that it would
be to the advantage of this department if facilities of
this kind could be more generally afforded; and, if it were

widely known that opportunity of this. sort was to be had here, .

I am confident that we should in that way make our department
of greater service to institutions throughout the country. Such
students frequently add value to our collections by a careful in-
vestigation of material which might otherwise remain unstudied
for a long time and also, as in the case of Dr Grabau’s work, by

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 25

utilizing our material for illustration of published works, thereby

erecting specimens of the museum into types. I am strongly
disposed to recommend that opportunity for study be given to a

few young men desirous of becoming familiar with the fossils of

the New York series or those of some particular member of that .
series, and that the.department hold itself ready to reimburse
such persons for their service for brief periods. In this way,
with the work done under careful oversight, we shall be enabled
to advance the selective study of our material more rapidly, and
at the same time be imparting useful knowledge and a desirable
experience to those seeking it. The admission of such persons
into the museum collections would need to be carefully safe-
guarded, and yet I believe that this can be done without risk,
provided the students come to us properly accredited.
Respectfully submitted
JOHN M. CLARKE
State paleontologist

1 Oct. 1900

APPENDIX 1
: ACCESSIONS
A statement is communicated herewith of the collections made
by the department during the past year. This list will be found

-to contain some type specimens, principally those of the species

from the waterlimes collected by Dr Grabau and fishes from

the Upper Devonic studied by Dr C. R. Eastman, together |

with a large amount of important material from various form-
ations in this state. Perhaps among the most striking specimens

_in the list are those from the waterlimes and the overlying
crinoid beds of central New York. Much of the material in-

cluded in this list is still in boxes.
The additions have been by donation, purchase, exchange and |
collection. 2
| Donations
White, C. A., Syracuse N. Y.
Orthoceras from Agoniatite lime-
_stone, Manlius 1.

26 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Wilson, J. D., Syracuse N. Y.

- Hamilton fossils
Marcellus fossils
Onondaga fossils

Udden, J. A., Rock Island IIl.
Dictyosponge (new species), Kinder-
hook shales, Burlington Ia.
Thacher, Elizabeth, Hornellsville N. Y.
Chemung fossils from vicinity of Hor-
nellsville. (1894; not before re-
corded)

Beecher, C. E., New Haven Ct.
Large plaster restoration of Stylon-
urus excelsior

The paleontologist
Two casts of restoration of trilobite
(Triarthrus beck?)

Hyde, Eber, Lancaster O.
Fossils from Coal Measures, Carbon-
hill, Hocking co. O.
Hartley, R. M., Amsterdam N. Y.
Pyrite concretions containing fossils;
Utica shale, Florida, Montgomery co.

Grabau, A. W., Troy N. Y.
Fossils from Waterlimes at Buffalo
Fossils from Waterlimes at Akron and
Williamsville
Fossils from the Waterlime of Erie
county:
Spirifer eriensis Grabau
Orthothetes’ hydraulica
Grabau
Whitfieldella nucleata
Vanuxem

‘bo bo w

Lo

ya

10

LX)

ee)

small boxes

(types)
(types)

(hypotypes)

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 pal

W. ef. rotundata Vanuxem
W. cf. laevis Vanuxem

Ley i

Loxonema 1
Leperditia scalaris Jones 4

Moulthrop, S. B., Rochester N. Y.
Fossils from Onondaga limestone, Le-
A SEOy )
Kayser, E., Marburg, Ger.
Fossils from Taunus-quartzite, Katzen-
loch near Idar, Rhine province 4
Siegen graywacke, Siegen, Ger. 10
Nylander, 0. 0., Caribou Me.
Fossils from Oriskany slate, 1 mile east _
of Port Kent village, Me. 20
Hall, E. B., Wellsville N. Y.
Lepidodendron, from Oneonta
beds, Ouaquaga, Broome co. . i
Baker, F. C., Chicago III.
Clinton shale fossils, Buell av., Roches-

heen, Y- 70
Clinton (Pentamerus limestone) fossils,
Rochester 29

Warren, J. C., Pike N. Y.
Fossils from the Chemung formation,
Hornellsville and Chatham valley 10

Total by donation 966

Purchases
Lyon, C. J., Scottsburg Ky. ;
Abnormal pentremite, St Louis
group 1
Ward & Co., Rochester N. Y.
Series of paleozoic Entomos: trac a,
45 species in vials 45

(hypotype)
(hypotypes)
(hypotype)

_ (hypotypes)

28 NEW YORK STATD MUSEUM

Hamilton group (crinoid), Leicester

Ss ee
Onondaga limestone (crinoid) Leroy
WM |
Echinodiscus, Chemung group,
Alfred N.Y.

Sponges, Niagara group, Perryville
Tenn. |
Fossils from Clinton and ‘Trenton
| groups
Robinett, W. W., Robinett Tenn.
Receptaculites, Trenton lime-
stone(?), Copper ridge, n e part of
Hawkins co. Tenn.
Brown, M. R., Cedarville N. Y.
Helderbergian and Trenton crinoids
and crustacea _

Beecher, C. E., New Haven Ct.
- Specimens of trilobite (Triarthrus
becki) showing appendages

Total by purchase |

Exchanges

Prosser, C. §., Columbus O.
Fossil fishes collected by C. S. Prosser
and described by C. R. Eastman:
Ithaca ahd Chemung
Dinicthys sp.
Holoptychius americanus
Onychodus sigmoides
Catskill }
Onchus rectus §sp, 2.
Bothriolepis leidyi
B. minor

16

136

(hypotype)

oO ke

2 (types)
1
10 (2 hypotypes)

- REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 29
Dinicthys sp. 1 (hypotype)
Holop(Sauripterirs) taylori: 14
Pterygotus i
Other specimens Sys)

Nylander, 0. 0., Caribou Me.: |
Lower Devonic fossils from Presque
Isle river, Chapman plantation,

Aroostook co. Me. 60
Fossils from Coal Measures

Woods Castle R. I. 23

Bristol coal mine, R. I. 19

Newport R. I . 10

‘Devonic fossils from Aroostook co., Me. 110

Kindle, E. M., Franklin Ind.

Fossils from the Keokuk group, Craw-

_ fordsville Ind. 128
Baker, F. C., Chicago II].

Cambrian fossils, Field (Mt Stephen)

fae. GC. : 11

_ Niagara fossils near Chicago 58

Fossils from Marshall group, Mich. 1

. Total by exchanges 490
Collections

The paleontologist
Fossils from Lower Devonic at
Stewarts Cove, Dalhousie N. B. 1 010
_ Fossils from the Gaspé sandstones at

Gaspé, province of Quebec | 81 |

Fossils from limestone no. 2-3(?), Grand
Cave, Gaspé . 27
Fossils from the Gaspé series of lime-
stones at Grand Gréve, Little Gaspé,
Cape Rosiers, Indian Cove, and Cape
Gaspé, Gaspé peninsula, province of
Quebec ae 945

30 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM
Fossils from the Arisaig series (Middle
and Upper Siluric) at Arisaig N.S. 700

The paleontologist and Ruedemann, Rudolf
Rochester shale fossils:

N. Y. C. railroad cut near Lewiston 45
Rome, Watertown & Ogdensburg rail-

road cut near Lewiston — 146
Middleport ; 56
Clinton limestone, Middleport 3

Lenses in Clinton limestone, Lewiston; >
cut on N. Y. C. railroad 6

Helderbergian crinoids and Euryp-
terus, Jerusalem hill, Herkimer
co. 115

Clinton and Lorraine fossils, loose in
Herkimer county 21

Ruedemann, Rudolf

Fossils from the “ Hudson river slates ”
in the vicinity of Troy, Lansingburg
and Green: Island 2 cie en. )s «sansa 954

Prosser, C. S.

Specimens from the Hamilton, Ithaca,
Oneonta and Chemung formations
collected during the progress of his
work for this department in 1895-97.

(These were retained by Prof. Prosser

for study during the preparation of

his reports and delivered here Novem-

ber 1899) 1500
Butts, Charles | |

Chemung and Carbonic fossils from Cat-

taraugus county 3500
- Luther, D. D.
Fossils from the Manlius limestone at
various localities in western New
Work O80 2.2 Shieh be eee . 300

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 31

From the Agoniatite limestone, Cay-
uga and Ontario counties........ 100
From jthe Chemung rocks of Alle-
gany co. i vepae hota pidaleth Aes tieae 100
Portage fossils; various horizons
and localities in the vicinity of

Be NAIA Cine eet) arses sete sa aga imienehe ea tak p25
Ithaca fossils from stations at Nor-
WICH athe AVLCLNILY off 0h om wal os 635
Ithaca fossils from northern Che-
nango co..... fio inal SYSLUBAS pas sae 400
Ithaca fossils from McGrawville, Mar-
aLnen. etce., Cortland co... ....:.. 450
Ithaca (Sherburne) fossils (crusta- |
ceans) from Noblesville ......... 100
Ithaca (Sherburne) fossils from
Laurens RE Cer ee kes heats oO eia wie 4()
Dora coulertion ke. 11 359

MO Gal MAE CARBLOTUS fake las. ivimtes dy ose ia 12 951

APPENDIX 2
NEW ENTRIES ON GENERAL RECORD OF LOCALITIES.
OF

AMERICAN PALEOZOIC. FOSSILS BELONGING TO STATE MUSEUM

Alphabetic list of localities

Afton (Chenango co.), 2274, 2295, 2302, 2382

Agrippa hill (Albany co.), 2246, 2310

Akron [Falkirk station] (Erie co.), 2415, 2659

Albany (Albany co.), 2398, 2655

Alfred (Allegany co.), 2168, 2599, 2632

Alfred Station (Allegany co.), 2167

Arisaig, N. S., 2681, 2682, 2683, 2684, 2685, 2686, 2687, 2688

2 pa NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM.

Avon (Livingston co.), 2372
Aylmer, Can., 2604

Bainbridge (Chenango co.), 2193, 2199, 2200, 2214
Bellvale mountain (Orange co.), 2383 |
‘Belmont (Allegany co.), 2172

Bennett hill (Albany co.), 2336

Birdsall’s brook (Chenango co.), 2263

Black creek (Albany co.), 2401

Black creek (Genesee co.), 2340

Block island (Saratoga co.), 2653

Blodgett Mills (Cortland co.), 2377, 2378 |
Bloomville (Delaware co.), 2300

Bowe hill (Otsego co.), 2316

_ Bradt hill (Albany co.), 2306, 2309
Breakabeen (Schoharie co.), 2391

Breeds ravine (Chenango co.), 2448

Bristol coal mine, R. I., 2426

Buffalo (Erie co.), 2338, 2343, 2413, 2414, 2660
Bumps creek (Chenango aah 2274, 2302
Burdick settlement (Chenango co.), 2480
Buttermilk fall (Albany co.), 2396

Cahill’s hill (Rensselaer co.), 2405 "i

Caledonia (Livingston co.), 2344

Canasawacta creek (Chenango co.), 2451, 2466, 2469
Cannon Falls Minn., 2608

Carbonhill (Hocking co.) O., 2390

Catskill creek (Greene co.), 2278

Cauters kill (Greene co.), 2216

Cayuga junction (Cayuga co.), 2337

Cedarville (Herkimer co.), 2623, 2628, 2635, 2663, 2665, 2666, 2667

Chadwicks (Oneida co.), 2669

Chapman plantation (Aroostook co.), Me., 2656 —
Charlotteville (Schoharie co.), 2275

Chaseville (Otsego co.), 2232, 2308, 2313.
Chatham Valley Pa. (?), 2689

a ae aa eee ee ae

an
*

~ yeh

ce ee

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900

Chenango Forks (Broome co.), 2323, 2329

Chicago II1., 2423

Cincinnati O., 2610, 2613 ©

Cincinnatus (Cortland co.), 2272, 2498, 2500, 2501, 2507

‘Clarksville (Albany co.), 2386

Clayville (Oneida co.), 2668

Cohoes (Albany co.), 2652

Columbus (Chenango co.), 2206, 2209, 2224, 2238, 2322
Conesville (Schoharie co.), 2178, 2299

Copper ridge (Hawkins co.), Tenn., 2600

Cornwall (Orange co.), 2380

Cornwall station (Orange co.), 2380, 2382

_. Cortland (Cortland co.), 2379, 2501

Coventry [South Oxford] (Chenango co.), 2259

Covington Ky., 2606, 2611
-. Crawfordsville Ind., 2391 _ |
Cross Roads station (Cayuga co.), 2359, 2360, 2361, 2363 -

Dalhousie N. B., 2637, 2638, 2689, 2640, 2641, 2642, 2643

- Davenport (Delaware co.), 2301

Delhi (Delaware co.), 2284, 2303

Devil’s den (Albany co.), 2396

Dewitt (Onondaga co.), 2366, 2367
Dry creek (Albany co.), 2393
Dudley creek (Broome co.), 2576

Ean’s quarry (Otsego co.), 2524

Kast Davenport (Delaware co.), 2277
East hill (Ontario co.), 2437

Kast McDonough (Chenango co.), 2268

__ Kast Pharsalia (Chenango co.), 2270
East Victor [Fredon] (Ontario co.), 2349

Kiast Worcester (Otsego co.), 2176, 2177, 2184, 2192
Emmons (Otsego co.), 2523, 2525

Fall creek gorge (Otsego co.), 2207

Falls of the Ohio, 2621

_ Felter’s glen (Albany co.), 2296

33

ga NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Fergusonville (Delaware co.), 2287
Franklin (Delaware co.), 2298, 2326
Frontenac island (Cayuga co.), 2359
Fultonham (Schoharie co.), 2249 ©

Garbutt (Monroe co.), 2351

Garrattsville (Otsego co.), 2208, 2226, 2233, 2234, 2318
Gaspé, Ruisseau du grand cavé, 2646

Gaspé Basin, 2644, 2645

Genegantslet creek (Chenango co.), 2266, 2269, 2270
Gilberts lake (Otsego co.), 2325

Gilboa (Schoharie co.), 2289, 2331

Gowey pond (Otsego co.), 2228

Graf Ia., 2418

Grand Gréve, Gaspé, 2675, 2677, 2680

Greatbend (Jefferson co.), 2692

Green Island (Albany co.), 2650, 2651

Greene (Chenango co.), 2260, 2261, 2262, 2263, 2264, 2266
Grimes gully, Naples (Ontario co.), 2428

Guilford (Chenango co.), 2258

Gulf of St Lawrence, Gaspé, 2672, 2673

Hakes ravine (Chenango co.), 2479
Handsome (Pleasant) brook (Chenango co.), 21838, 2186, 2191
Harpursville (Broome co.), 2281
Harrison’s gulf (Chenango co.), 2518
Hartwick (Otsego co.), 2228

Highbridge Ky., 2609

Hog hollow, Victor (Ontario co.), 2350
Homowack (Ulster co.), 2327
Hornellsville (Steuben co.), 2376, 2690
Howard creek (Chenango co.), 2238
Howlands glen (Broome co.), 2516
Howlands point (Cayuga co.), 2362
Hunters Land (Schoharie c0.), 2182, 2243

Indian Cove, Gaspé, 2676

REPORT OF THE STATH PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 35

Jeddo creek (Niagara co.), 2597

Jefferson (Schoharie co.), 2202

Jericho (Herkimer co.), 2666

- Jerusalem hill (Herkimer co.), 2624, 2625, 2626, 2629, 2634, 2636
Juliand hill, Greene (Chenango co.), 2261

Kay’s (or Becker’s) brook (Herkimer co.), 2628
Kelsey brook (Chenango co.), 2332

Kenyon Minn., 2667

Kettel hill (Broome co.), 2329

Killawog (Broome co.), 2513, 2517

Killawog creek (Broome co.), 2518

Kriss creek (Cayuga co.), 2375

Lake Champlain, 2412

Lansingburg (Rensselaer co.), 2649, 2654
Laurens (Otsego co.), 2325, 2495 |
Laveny’s point (Saratoga co.), 2394
Lebanon O., 2614, 2617

‘Leicester (Livingston co.), 2601

Leroy (Genesee co.), 2373, 2602

Lewiston (Niagara co.), 2440, 2441, 2443, 2445
Lindsley’s gulf (Oneida co.), 2668

Lisle (Broome co.), 2514, 2515, 2516, 2520
Litchfield (Herkimer co.), 2630

Little Gaspé, Gaspé, 2674
Livingstonville (Schoharie co.), 2283
Lower Cincinnatus (Cortland co.), 2272
Lynesville (Ulster co.), 2213

McDonough (Chenango co.), 2267, 2269
~McGrawville (Cortland co.), 2504, 2505, 2506
Mackey (Schoharie co.), 2175

Mackey hill (Ulster co.), 2213

MeNetts gulf (Otsego co.), 2491

Madison Ind., 2616

Madisons gulf (Chenango co.), 2477
Manorkill (Schoharie co.), 2178

36 ; NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Manorkill falls (Schoharie co.), 2289

Marathon (Cortland co.), 2497, 2499, 2508
Marbletown (Ulster co.), 2280

Marcellus (Onondaga co.), 2368

Masonville (Delaware co.), 2311

Maryland (Otsego co.), 2205, 2235

Mays hill (Schoharie co.), 2283

Maywood [Sidney Center] (Delaware co.), 2290, 2314
Mechanicsville (Saratoga co.), 2897

Medway (Greene co.), 2276, 2286

Medina (Orleans co.), 2619

Messengerville (Cortland co.), 2496, 2502, 2503
Middleburg (Schoharie co.), 2194, 2245, 2293, 2305
Middleport (Niagara co.), 2442, 2444, 2597

Milford (Otsego co.), 2239 |

Milford Center (Otsego co.), 2223

Millrift Pa., 2285

Moordener kill (Rensselaer c6.), 2409, 2410
Morganville (Genesee co.), 2340, 2352

Morris (Otsego co.), 2225, 2488, 2484, 2485, 2488, 2489, 2491, 2492
Mt Olympus (Rensselaer co.), 2647

Mt Stephen B. C., 2422

Mt Vision (Otsego co.), 2207, 2218, 2230, 2231, 2236, 2316
Mud creek (Ontario co.), 2358, 2354

Mumford (Monroe co.), 2341

Murder creek (Erie co.), 2347

Naples (Ontario co.), 2428, 2429, 2430, 2431, 2433, 2435, 2436, 24387,
2438, 2439

New Berlin (Chenango co.), 2220, 2222, 2224, 2229, 2307, 2317, 2488

New Berlin Center (Chenango co.), 2210, 2237

New Hartford (Oneida co.), 2620 |

New Lisbon (Otsego co.), 2208, 2250, 2321

New Lisbon Center (Otsego co.), 2318

New Salem (Albany co.), 2297

Newport R. I., 2427

Nigger Hollow creek (Chenango co.), 23815, 2319, 2335

7 =

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 ae

Noblesville [New Lisbon] (Otsego co.), 2208, 2250, 2821, 2471, 2472,
2482, 2486, 2487, 2490, 2494.

Normans kill (Albany co.), 2399, 2400, 2401

Normansville (Albany co.), 2399

North Blenheim (Schoharie co.), 2175, 2196, 2201, 2292, 2330

North Leroy (Genesee co.), 2342

North Litchfield (Herkimer co.), 2664, 2670

North Norwich (Chenango co.), 2456

Norwich (Chenango co.), 2251, 2252, 2258, 2254, 2255, 2447, 2448,
2449, 2450, 2451, 2452, 2453, 2454, 2455, 2456, 2457, 2458, 2460,
2461, 2466, 2467, 2468, 2469, 2470

Oakfield (Genesee co.), 2348

Oakhill (Greene co.), 2215, 2278

Oaks Corners (Ontario co.), 2339

Oakville Ontario, Can., 2618

Oatka creek falls (Genesee co.), 2342

Oneonta (Otsego co.), 2198, 2303, 2334, 2522, 2523, 2524

Oregonia O., 2612 |

Oriskany creek (Oneida co.), 2661

Oriskany Falls (Oneida co.), 2662

Orleans (Ontario co.), 2371

Otego creek (Otsego co.), 2230

Otselic river (Cortland co.), 2498

Oxford (Chenango co.), 2256, 2257, 2258, 2267, 2420, 2521

Panther creek (Schoharie co.), 2174, 2212

Panton Vt., 2412

Paris hill (Oneida co.), 2669

Parrish gully, Naples (Ontario co.), 2438

Pea hill (Orange co.), 2382

Pecks Corners (Oneida co.), 2671

Peoble’s island (Saratoga co.), 2395

Peoria (Albany co.), 2179, 2306, 2309

Perry brook (Otsego co.), 2197

Perryville Tenn., 2633

Pharsalia Hook (Chenango co.), 2478

Phelps (Ontario co.), 2345, 2346

33 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Phelps crossing (Chenango co.), 2511

Phillipsburg [Belmont] (Allegany co.), 2172

Pierce’s ravine (Broome co.), 2514

Pitcher (Chenango co.), 2271, 2476, 2481

Pitcher mineral springs ravine (Chenango co.), 2476, 2481
Pittsfield (Otsego co.), 2204, 2221

Poesten kill (Rensselaer co.), 2405, 2406

Port Crane (Broome ¢o.), 2247, 2328

Port Dickinson (Broome co.), 2824

Port Kent village (Aroostook co.) Me., 2419

Port Schuyler (Albany co.), 2396, 2403

Powell hill (Ontario co.), 2435
Presque Isle creek (Aroostook co.) Me., 2656

Preston (Chenango ¢0.), 2252, 2253, 2254, 2452, 2453, 2454
Pritchard’s ravine (Cortland co.), 2504, 2505, 2506
Providence island Vt., 2603

Randolph (Cattaraugus co.), 2388

Ransford’s creek (Chenango co.), 2458, 2460, 2461
Reidsville (Albany co.), 2304 |

Rensselaer (Rensselaer co.), 2407 sent
Rensselaerville (Albany co.), 2244, 2279, 2296, 2312, 2333 »
Retsof (Livingston co.), 2356

Rochester (Monroe co.), 2420, 2421, 2691 ~

Rondout (Ulster co.), 2381

Rome (Oneida co.), 2598

Russellsburg (Warren co.) Pa., 2585

St Mary’s falls (Otsego co.), 2485

St Paul Minn., 2605

Salamanca (Cattaraugus co.), 2387

Sauquoit (Oneida co.), 2668

Schoharie creek (Montgomery co.), 2417

Seneca Falls (Seneca co.), 2855 |
Sherburne (Chenango co.), 2206, 2209, 2227, 2248, 2315, 2319, 2335
Ship head, Gaspé, 2678, 2679

Smithville Flats (Chenango co.), 2263, 2264, 2265, 2518

' REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 39

Smyrna (Chenango co.), 2183, 2187, 2188, 2191, 2195, 2242, 2320,
2459, 2462, 2464, 2465:

Snow creek (Chenango co.), 2457

South Berne (Albany co.), 2246, 2310

South Bethlehem (Albany co.), 2411

South Bristol (Ontario co.), 2432

South New Berlin (Chenango co.), 2509, 2510, 2511, 2512

South Otselic (Chenango co.), 2180, 2474, 2475, 2477, 2480, 2493

South Troy (Rensselaer co.), 2404, 2406

South Westerlo (Albany co.), 2288

South Worcester (Otsego co.), 2241, 2294

Spergen Hill Ind., 2622

Spring creek (Monroe co.), 2341

Spring lake (Delaware co.), 2284

Stafford (Genesee co.), 2374 |

Stetsonville (Otsego co.), 2225

Stone church (Ulster co.), 2280

Sugargrove (Warren co.), Pa., 2386, 2389

Sugar Loaf mountain (Rensselaer co.), 2408

Sullivan’s quarry (Broome co.), 2519

Summit (Schoharie co.), 2176, 2177, 2185, 2189, 2212

Tannery gully, Naples (Ontario co.), 2436

Tenmile creek (Greene co.), 2215

Texas hill (Otsego co.), 2125

Treadwell [Croton], (Delaware co.), 2273

Trout creek (Cortland co.), 2500

Troy (Rensselaer co.), 2647, 2648

Turkey creek (Oneida co.), 2671

Turtle lake (Otsego co.), 2234

Union Springs (Cayuga co.), 2357, 2358, 2359, 2360, 2361, 2362, 2364,
2370, 2375

Upperville (Chenango co.), 2463

_ Van Schaick island (Albany co.), 2652

Victor (Ontario co.), 2350, 2353, 2354
Virgil creek (Cortland co.), 2502, 2503
Vly creek (Albany co.), 2402

40 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Voorheesville (Albany co.), 2401, 2402
Vromans Nose (Schoharie co.), 2245

Warren Pa., 2384 | |
Waterford (Saratoga co.), 2392, 2394, 2395, 2658
Waterloo (Seneca co.), 2166 |
Waterville (Oneida co.), 2661

Watervliet (Albany co.), 2393

Wellsville (Allegany co.), 2169, 2170, 2171, 2173
West Berne (Albany co.), 2219 |

West brook (Chenango co.), 2222, 2229, 2317
West Fulton (Schoharie co.), 2174, 2190

West hill, Naples (Ontario co.), 2429, 2430, 2431, 2433, 24389
West Hurley (Ulster co.), 2218 |
West Italy (Yates co.), 2434

West kill (Schoharie co.), 2196

West Oneonta (Otsego co.), 2197

Westville (Otsego co.), 2240

Wharton creek (Otsego co.), 2221

White Store (Chenango co.), 2510

Whitney Point (Broome co.), 2519

Williamsville (Erie co.), 2416, 2657

Wilmington O., 2615

Wolf hill (Albany co.), 2297

Woods Castle R. I., 2425

Worden hill, S. Bristol (Ontario co.), 2482

Yawger’s creek (Cayuga co.), 2361

NEW YORK LOCALITIES ACCORDING TO COUNTIES

(Names in italics are new to the record.)

Albany co. Albany co. (continued)
Agrippa hill Clarksville
Albany Cohoes
Bennett hill - Devil’s den
Black creek | Dry creek
Bradt lull Felter’s glen

- Buttermilk fall Green Island

ee a a a

REPORT OF THE STATD PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 41

Albany co. (continued)
New Salem
Normans kill
Normansville
Peoria
Port Schuyler
Reidsville
Rensselaerville
South Berne
South Bethlehem
South Westerlo
Van Schaick island
Vly creek
Voorheesville
Watervliet
West Berne
Wolf hill

Allegany co.
Alfred
Alfred Station
Belmont
Wellsville

Broome co.
Chenango Forks
Dudley creek
Harpursyville
Howlands glen
Kettel hill
Killawog
Killawog creek
Tisle
Pierce’s ravine
Port Crane
Port Dickinson
Sullivan’s quarry
Whitney Point

Cattaraugus co.

Randolph
Salamanca

Cayuga co.

Cayuga junction
Cross Roads station
Frontenac island
Howland’s point
Kriss creek

Union Springs
Yawger’s creek

Chenango co.

Afton

Bainbridge

Birdsall’s brook

Breeds ravine

Bumps creek

Burdick settlement -

Canasawacta creek

Columbus

Coventry (South Oxford)

East McDonough

East Pharsahia

Genegantslet creek

Greene

Guilford

Hakes ravine

Handsome (Pleasant)
brook

Harrisows gulf

Howard creek

Juliand hill

Kelsey brook

McDonough

Madisons gulf

New Berlin

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Chenango co. (continued)

New Berlin Center

Nigger Hollow creek

North Norwich

Norwich

Oxford

Pharsalia Hook

Phelps crossing |

Pitcher

Pitcher mineral springs
ravine

Preston

Ransford’s creek .

Sherburne

Smithville Flats |

Smyrna

Snow creek

South New Berlin

South Otselic

U pperville

West brook

White Store

Cortland co.

Blodgett Mills
Cincinnatus
Cortland

Lower Cincinnatus
McGrawville
Marathon
Messengerville
Otselic river
Pritchard’s ravine
Trout creek

Virgil creek

Delaware co.

Bloomville

Delaware co. (continued)

Davenport
Deli

East Davenport
Fergusonville
Franklin
Masonville
Maywood (Sidney Center) —
Spring lake
Treadwell (Croton)

Erie co.

Akron (Falkirk station)
Buffalo

Murder creek
Williamsville

Genesee co.

Black creek
Leroy
Morganville
North Leroy
Oakfield

Oatka creek falls
Stafford

Greene co.

Catskill creek
Cauters kill —
Medway
Oakmll
Tenmile creek

Herkimer co.

Cedarville

Jericho

Jerusalem hill

Kay’s (or Becker’s) brook
Litchfield )

North Litchfield

=p nw
om ,

NG EO ——eEEEEEEeeEeEeeeeee

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900

Jefferson co.
Greatbend

Livingston co.
Avon
Caledonia
Leicester
Retsof

Monroe co.
Garbutt
Mumford
Rochester
Spring creek

Montgomery co.
Schoharie creek

Niagara co.
Jeddo creek
Lewiston
Middleport

Oneida co.
Chadwicks
Clayville
Lindsley’s gulf
New Hartford
Oriskany creek
Oriskany Falls
Paris hill
Pecks Corners
Rome
Sauquoit
Turkey creek
Waterville

Onondaga co.
Dewitt
Edwards Falls
Marcellus

43

Ontario co.
East hill (Naples)
East Victor (Fredon)
Grimes gully (Naples)
Hog hollow (Victor)
Mud creek
Naples
Oaks Corners
Orleans
Parrish gully (Naples)
Phelps
Powell hill
South Bristol
Tannery gully (Naples)
Victor
West lull (Naples)
Worden hill

Orange co.
Bellwale mountain
Cornwall
Cormoall station
Pea Mil

Orleans co.
Medina

Otsego co.
Bowe hill
Chaseville
Ean’s quarry
East Worcester
Emmons
Fall creek gorge
Garratisville
Gilberts lake
Gowey pond

==

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Otsego co. (continued)

Hartwick
Laurens
JicNetts gulf
Maryland
Milford
Milford Center
Morris .

Mt Vision

New Lisbon
New Lisbon Center
Noblesville( New Lisbon)
Oneonta

Otego creek
Perry brook
Pittsfield

St Mary’s falls
South Worcester
Stetsonville
Texas hill
Turtle lake
West Oneonta
Westville
Wharton creek

Rensselaer co.

Cahill’s hill
Lansingburg
Moordener kill

Mt Olympus
Poestenkill
Rensselaer

South Troy

Sugar Loaf mountain
Troy

Saratoga co.

Block island
Laveny’s point

Saratoga co. (continued)
Mechanicsville
Peoble’s island
Waterford

Schoharie co.
Breakabeen
Charlotteville

—Conesville
Fultonham
Gilboa
Hunters Land
Jefferson
Livingstonville
Mackey
Manorkill
Manorkill falls
May’s hill
Middleburg
North Blenheim
Panther creek
Summit
Vromans Nose
West Fulton
West kill

Seneca co.

Seneca Falls
Waterloo

Steuben co.
Hornellsville

Ulster co.
Homowack
Rondout
Marbletown
Stone Church
West Hurley

Yates co. -
West Italy

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 45

INDEX TO FORMATIONS

Cambric, 2422

Beekmantown limestone, 2603

Chazy limestone, 2604

Black river limestone, 2605

Trenton limestone, 2397, 2403, 2404, 2405, 2406, 2407, 2408, 2409,
2410, 2412, 2600?, 2606, 2607, 2608, 2609, 2616, 2647, 2648, 2649,
2692 :

Normans kill shale, 2405, 2406, 2407, 2409, 2410

Utica shale, 2394, 2395, 2396, 2397, 2398, 2399, 2400, 2401, 2402,
2412, 2417, 2418, 2598, 2610, 2611, 2652, 2654

Lorraine beds, 2392, 2393, 2411, 2612, 2613, 2614, 2630, 2650, 2651,
2653

Richmond beds, 2616, 2617

Medina sandstone, 2619, 2629? |

Siluric (Arisaig series), 2681, 2682, 2683, 2688, 2694, 2695, 2696,
2697

Clinton beds, 2420, 2421, 2443, 2444, 2445 2620, 26292, 2691

Niagaran, 2423, 2633 | |

Rochester shale, 2440, 2441, 2442, 2597

Rondout waterlime, 2349, 2350, 2351, 2366, 2367, 2381, 2414, 2625,
2628, 2631, 2636, 2661, 2662, 2668, 2664, 2665, 2666, 2667, 2668,
2669, 2670, 2671

Manlius limestone, 2840, 2341, 2342, 2343, 2344, 2345, 2846, 2347,
2348, 2352, 2355, 2356, 2357, 2358, 2359, 2360, 2361, 2362, 2363,
2364, 2365, 2366, 2367, 2368, 2369, 2418, 2415, 2416, 2623, 2624,
2626, 2627, 2634, 2657, 2658, 2659, 2660

Devonic (Gaspé limestones), 2672, 2673, 2674, 2675, 2676, 2677,
2678, 2679, 2680

Devonic (Gaspé sandstone), 2644, 2645

Lower Devonic, 2656

Helderbergian, 2380, 2637, 2638, 2689, 2640, 2641, 2642, 2643, 2646

46 NEW YORK STATD MUSEUM
Coeymans limestone, 2623, 2624, 2634, 2635
New Scotland beds, 2380

Oriskany beds, 2338, 2339, 2354, 2382, 2419
Onondaga limestone, 2166, 2602

Marcellus shale, 2297, 2336, 2370, 2371, 2372, 2378, 2374, 2375
Agoniatites limestone, 2370, 2371
Stafford limestone, 2372, 2373, 2374

Hamilton beds, 2174, 2176, 2177, 2179?, 2182, 2183, 2184, 2185,
2192, 2203, 2204, 2206?, et 2212?, 2213, 2216, 2219, 2220,
2221, 2222, 2226, 2227?, 2228?, 2231, 2232?, 2233, 2234, 2235,
2236, 2238, 2239, 2243, 9945, 2246, 2248, 2249, 2276, 2280, 2282,
2286, 2288, 2291, 2293, 2304, 2305, 2306, 2308, 2309, 2310, 2312,
2313, 2317, 2319, 2320, 2322, 2327, 2333, 2337, 2383, 2601, 2621 ©

_ Tully limestone, 2187, 2191, 2195, 2307, 2318, 2459

Genesee shale, 2464

Portage beds, 2185, 2188, 2194, 2428, 2429 2430, 2431, 2432, 2433,
2434 2435, 2436, 2437, 2438, 2439

Sherburne sandstone, 2186, 2194, 2315, 2335, 2477?, 2490,
2494, 2495

Ithaca beds, 2175, 2180, 2181, 2189, 2190, 2197, 2198, 2201,

2202, 2205, 2208?, 2209, 2210, 2211, 2215, 2218, 2223, 2294,

2225, 2229 2230?, 2237, 2240?, 2241?, 2242, 2244, 2950, 2251,

2252, 2253, 2261, 2262, 2264, 2265, 2267, 2268, 2269, 2271,

2272, 2275, 2277, 2278, 2283?, 2285, 2287, 2292, 22942, 2296,

2301, 2308, 2316, 2321?, 23257, 2330, 2331, 2334, 2377, 2378,

2379, 2446, 2447, 2448 2449, 2450, 2451, 2452, 2453, 2454,

2455, 2456, 2457, 2458, 2460, 2461, 2462, 2463, 2465, 2466,

2467, 2468, 2469, 2470, 2471, 2472, 2473, 2474, 2475, 2476,

2477, 2478, 2479, 2480, 2481, 2482, 2488, 2484, 2485, 2486,

2487, 2488, 2489, 2490, 2491, 2492, 2493, 2496, 2497, 2498,

2499, 2500, 2501, 2502, 2503, 2504, 2505, 2506, 2507, 2508,

2509, 2510, 2511, 2512, 2513, 2514, 2515, 2516, 2517, 2518,

2519, 2520, 2522, 2523, 2524, 2525 |

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 AT

Oneonta beds, 2178, 2254, 2255, 2256, 2257, 2258, 2259, 2260,
2261, 2262, 2263, 2265, 22667, 2267, 2269, 2270?, 2279, 2289,

2299, 2300, 2521, 2522

Chemung beds, 2167, 2168, 2169, 2170, 2171, 2172, 2173, 2193,
2199, 2200, 2214, 2217, 2247, 2273, 2274, 2281, 2284, 2290, 2295,
2298, 2302, 2311, 2314, 2323, 2324, 2326, 2328, 2329, 2332, 2376,
2384, 2385, 2386, 2387, 2388, 2389, 2599, 2632, 2689, 2690

Marshall group, 2424

Keokuk beds, 2891

Warsaw limestone, 2622

Coal Measures, 2390, 2425, 2426, 2427

RECORD OF LOCALITIES

Onondaga limestone. Quarries at Waterloo, Seneca co.
D. F. Lincoln, donor. 1899.

Chemung sandstone. Drift at Alfred Station, Allegany co.
D. D. Luther, collector. 1899.

Chemung sandstone. Alfred, Allegany co. D. D. Luther,
eolector, 1899.

Chemung sandstone. Wellsville, Allegany co.; old quarry
east of village. D.D. Luther, collector. 1899.

Chemung sandstone. Madison street, Wellsville. D. D.
Luther, collector. 1899. |

Chemung sandstone. Three miles north of Wellsville. D.
D. Luther, collector. 1899.

Chemung sandstone. Gorton’s quarry, Belmont, Allegany
co. D. D. Luther, collector. 1899.

Chemung sandstone. Mapes crossing, Wellsville. D. D.
Luther, collector. 1899.

Hamilton shales. South side of Panther creek, three miles
west of West Fulton, Schoharie co. C. 8S. Prosser, col-
lector. 1897 (99).

Ithaca beds. One mile east of North Blenheim, Schoharie
co., on road toward Mackey. C. S. Prosser, collector.
1895 (99).

2177

2178

2180

2181

2182

2183

2184

2185

2186

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Hamilton shales. On road below Silvernaile’s quarry above
Summit baptist church, five miles from East Worcester,
Otsego co. C. S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Hamilton shales. One half mile above Summit baptist
church, on East Worcester stage road. C. S. Prosser,
collector. 1895 (99).

Oneonta sandstone. North side of Manorkill, one mile be-
low Conesville, Schoharie co. C. S. Prosser, collector.
1895 (99). |

Hamilton?? beds. Near top of hill south of Peoria (West
Berne), Albany co., red and greenish mottled shales with
red, coarse sandstone. C. 8. Prosser, collector. 1895
(99).

Ithaca beds. Three miles east of South Otselic, Chenango
co., in glen below upper reservoir. C. S. Prosser, col-
lector. 1895 (99).

Ithaca beds. A thin outlier of Ithaca sandstone with fos-
sils, lying 500 feet above base of Oneonta sandstone, one
mile west of Durham, Greene co., and below house of Mr
Moss. C.S. Prosser, collector. 1897 (99).

Hamilton shales. Three quarters of a mile east of Hun-
ters Land, Schoharie co. C.S8. Prosser, collector. 1895
(99).

Hamilton shales. Just below Tully limestone, on Hand-
some (Pleasant) brook, five and one half miles above
Smyrna, Chenango co. C. S. Prosser, collector. 1895
(99).

Hamilton shales. Silvernaile’s quarry, five miles from
East Worcester. C. S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).
Hamilton beds. On upper part of quarry road north of
Summit, Schoharie co. C. 8S. Prosser, collector. 1897

(99). |

Portage (Sherburne) sandstone. Stream southwest of
Handsome (Pleasant) brook, five and one half miles
northwest of Smyrna. C. 8. Prosser, collector. 1895
(99).

2187

2188

2189
2190

2191

2192)

2193

2194

2195

2196

2197

2198

2199

2200

REPORT OF THE STATB PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 49

Tully limestone. One mile northwest of Smyrna. C. S.
Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Portage (Sherburne) shales and sandstones. From road
one mile northwest of Smyrna. C.S. Prosser, collector.
1895 (99).

Ithaca beds. Top of hill one fourth of a mile east of Sum-
mit. C. S. Prosser, collector. 1897 (99).

Ithaca beds. Hill three miles southwest of West Fulton.
C. S. Prosser, collector. 1897 (99). |

Tully limestone. Handsome (Pleasant) brook, five and one
half miles above Smyrna. ©.S. Prosser, collector. 1895
(99).

Hamilton shales. Roadside three miles southwest of East
Worcester, above Three Corners. C. S. Prosser, col-
lector. 1895 (99).

Chemung beds. On road one mile northwest of Bain-
bridge, Chenango co. C. S. Prosser, collector. 1895
(Saye

Portage (Sherburne) beds. Shales on road three miles
east of south of Middleburg, Schoharie co. CC. S. Pros-
ser, collector. 1895 (99).

Tully limestone. Smyrna. ©. SS. Prosser, collector.
1895 (99).

Ithaca beds. Hill between West kill and Mill brook, North
Blenheim, Schoharie co. C. SS. Prosser, collector.
1895 (99).

Ithaca beds. Shales south from Perry brook, one half mile
west of West Oneonta, Otsego co. C.S. Prosser, collec-
tor. 1895 (99).

Ithaca beds. Anthony White quarry below Chestnut
street, west of Oneonta, Otsego co. C.S. Prosser, col-
lector. 1895 (99). |

Chemung shales. In gorge in northern edge of Bainbridge,
Chenango co.; upper glen. C. S. Prosser, collector.
1895 (99). ,

Chemung shales. In gorge in northern edge of Bainbridge;
lower glen. C.S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

2203

2204

2205

2206

2207

2208

2209

2210

2211

2212

NEW YORK STATH MUSEUM

Ithaca beds. Shales by road one and one half miles south
of North Blenheim. ©.S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Ithaca beds. From small brook and roadside north of
Jefferson, Schoharie co. C. S. Prosser, collector.
1895 (99).

Hamilton beds. Near top of hill two miles northeast of
Garrattsville, Otsego co. C. S. Prosser, collector.
1895 (99).

Hamilton beds. Hill one fourth of a mile northeast of
Pittsfield, Otsego co. C. S. Prosser, collector. 1895
(99).

Ithaca beds. Hill by side of road south of Maryland, Ot-
segoco. C.S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Hamilton ? shales. Second east-west road north of Colum-
bus-Sherburne road two miles above Sherburne reser-
voir, Chenango co. C. S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Hamilton beds. Lower part of Fall creek gorge, one and
one half miles northwest of Mt Vision, Otsego co. C.S.
Prosser, collector. 1895 (99). ,

Ithaca ? beds. Shales at head of run two miles northeast
of Noblesville (New Lisbon), Otsego co. C. 8S. Prosser,
collector. 1895 (99).

Ithaca beds. On Columbus-Sherburne road, just east of
township line and on divide. OO. S. Prosser, collector.
1895 (99). )

Ithaca beds. Road east of Unadilla river, south of New
Berlin Center, Chenango co., in western part of Morris.
C. S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Ithaca beds. Bluish shales with fossils, on hill south of
Mine kill bridge and schoolhouse, Schoharie co. C. S.
Prosser, collector. 1897 (99).

Hamilton ? beds. On the hill toward Summit, Schoharie
co., after Panther creek turns northwest. C.S. Prosser,
collector. 1895 (99).

Hamilton beds. Fossils from quarry on Mackey hill, one
half mile southwest of Lynesville. C. S. Prosser, col-
lector. 1897 (GO) |

2214

2215

2216

2217

2218.

2219

2220

2221.

2222

2223

2224

22:25

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 5L

Chemung beds. On west side of road one and one fourth
miles northwest of Bainbridge. C. 8. Prosser, collec-
tor. 1895 (99). peak

Ithaca beds. From the shales by the road near the mouth
of Tenmile creek, near Oakhill, Greene co. ©. S. Prosser,
collector. 1897 (99). |

Hamilton beds. Blue shales below the falls at High falls
of the Cauter kill, Greene co. C. 8S. Prosser, collector.
1897 (99).

Hamilton beds. On road southwest of West Hurley and
southeast of Stone Church, Ulster co. CC. S. Prosser,
collector. 1897 (99).

Ithaca beds. Ledges on top of hill one half mile south
of Mt Vision; Field farm, “Owl patch”. C.S. Prosser,
collector. 1895 (99).

Hamilton shales. On hill toward West Berne. OC. %.
Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Hamilton shales. On west side of river one and three
fourths miles south of New Berlin, Chenango co.; near
mill. C.S8. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Hamilton beds. Arenaceous shales on hillside, one and
one fourth miles northeast of Pittsfield, Otsego CO.,
and across first small branch of Wharton creek from
the east. C.S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Hamilton beds. Coarse arenaceous shales with plenty of
fossils in layers. Lowest exposures in West brook at
New Berlin. C.S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Ithaca beds. Shales at upper bridge, with fossils, north-
west of Milford Center, Otsego co. C. S. Prosser, col-
lector. 1895 (99).

Ithaca beds. Southwest corner of Columbus, just east of
south road, five miles northwest of New Berlin. C. S.
Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Ithaca beds. Shaly arenaceous rocks with plenty of Atry-

pas, one mile south of Stetsonville, Otsego co., and three
miles north of Morris. C. S. Prosser, collector.
1895 (99).

2227

2228

2229

2230

2231

2236

2237

2238

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM.

Hamilton beds. Argillaceous shales with abundant fossils.
in creek just west of Garrattsville, Otsego co. C.S.
Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Hamilton ? shales. In run near top of hill above Swan
quarry east of Sherburne. C. S. Prosser, collector.
1895 (99).

‘Hamilton ? beds. Loose on hill north of Gowey pond.
Hartwick, Otsego co. C.S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Ithaca beds. Shales with fossils by roadside near head of
West brook, New Berlin. C. S. Prosser, collector. ©
1895 (99).

Ithaca ? beds. Rocks on highway about three fourths of
a mile south of Mount Vision, on east side of Otego
creek. C.S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Hamilton beds. Heavy ledge of coarse arenaceous shales
with Hamilton fossils on Field farm, one half mile
south of Mount Vision; “ Owl patch.” C. 8. Prosser, col-
lector, 1895 (99). ,

Hamilton ? beds. Lowest shales in glen south of Chase-
ville, Otsego co. C.S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Hamilton shales. In brook above Garrattsville, one half
mile. ©. 8S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Hamilton shales. On small creek to south of Turtle lake,

near Garrattsville. ©. S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Hamilton beds. Exposures in lower part of creek just
northeast of Maryland, Otsego co. C. 'S. Prosser, col-
lector. 1895 (99). }

Hamilton shales. Northeast of Fall creek gorge, on hill
two and one half miles from Mount Vision. C.S. Pros-
ser, collector. 1895 (99).

Ithaca beds. On hillside west of New Berlin Center; school
district no. 4. C. SS. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Hamilton shales. On branch of Howard creek three miles
northeast of Columbus, Chenango co., on the Thomas
Mulligan farm. C.S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

2239

2240

2244

2245

2248

2249

2250

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 . 53

Hamilton beds. In brook one and one fourth miles north-
west of Milford, Chenango co. C.S. Prosser, collector.
1895 (99).

Ithaca ? beds. Shale near head of “Gulf” one and one
half miles east of Westville, Otsego co.; probably from
the brook. C.'S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Ithaca ? beds. One mile east of South Worcester, Otsego
co. C.S. Prosser, collector. -1895 (99).

Ithaca beds. Small quarry one mile southwest of Smyrna,

on top of high hill. C.S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Hamilton shales. With fossils, on road three fourths of a
mile east of Hunters Land. C. S. Prosser, collector.
1895 (99). |

Ithaca beds. Shaly sandstone in glen at Rensselaerville,
Albany co., above the bridge and below the upper falls.
C. S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99). |

Hamilton beds. Spirophyton. Vroman’s Nose, above
Middleburg, Schoharie co. C. 8. Prosser, collector.
1895 (99). |

Hamilton shales. In the upper part of Agrippa quarry,
east of South Berne, Albany co. C. 8S. Prosser, col-
lector. 1895 (99).

Chemung sandstone. Small quarry on side of hill, one and
one half miles southwest of Port Crane, Broome co.
C.S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Hamilton shales and sandstones. On west side of road
about two miles southwest of Sherburne, and 175 feet
higher than the railroad station. C.S. Prosser, collector.
1895 (99).

Hamilton shales. By highway southeast of Fultonham,
on east side of Schoharie river, Schoharie co. C. 8. Pros-
ser, collector. 1895 (99).

Ithaca shales. In lower part of glen one mile northeast
of Noblesville (New Lisbon), Otsego co. C.S. Prosser,
collector. 1895 (99).

54

2251

KS

252

2253

2254

2255

2256

2257

2258

2261

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Ithaca beds. One and one half miles south of Norwich,
Chenango co., on the valley road, on property of William
Breed. J. M. Clarke, collector. 18983. |

Ithaca beds. Quarry on road leading west from Norwich
to Preston, one mile west of Norwich postoffice, on prop-
erty of Frederick Titus. J. M. Clarke, collector. . 1893.

Ithaca beds. Quarry on road leading west from Norwich
to Preston, one mile west of Norwich postoffice on estate
of Mrs Randall. J. M. Clarke, collector. 1893.

Oneonta sandstone. Quarry on property of Oscar Hale,

at top of hill on road froin Norwich to Preston; cne and —

one half miles west of Norwich postoffice. J.-M. Clarke,
collector. 1898.

Oneonta sandstone. From the top of the quarry on prop-
erty of Oscar Hale, upward into the woods; one and one
half miles west of Norwich postoffice. J. M. Clarke, col-
lector. 1898.

Oneonta sandstone. From the F. G. Clarke Co.’s quarry,
Oxford, Chenango co. J. M. Clarke, collector. 1893.

Oneonta sandstone. Quarry on property of Walker Potter

on the side hill one fourth of a mile north of village of —

Oxford, on the east side of river. J. M. Clarke, collector.
18983.

Oneonta sandstone. Quarry on road from Oxford to Guil-
ford, three miles southeast of Oxford, on property of
M. L. Walker. J. M. Clarke, collector. 1893.

Oneonta sandstone. Miller quarry at South Oxford
(Coventry), Chenango co. J. M. Clarke, collector. 1893.

Oneonta sandstone. Three miles northeast of Greene, Che-
nango co., and one half mile north of river road; quarry

on property of Isaac Edgerton. J. M. Clarke, collector. -

1893.

Ithaca beds above tongue of Oneonta sandstone. From
Greene; on property of J. A. Juliand (Juliand hill), one
fourth of a mile east-southeast of village. J. M. Clarke,
collector. 1898. .

2263

2264

2267

2268

2269

2270
2271

2272

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 549)

Ithaca beds above tongue of Oneonta sandstone. Cameron
quarry in village of Greene, west side of road leading
southwest. J. M. Clarke, collector. 1893.

Oneonta sandstone. Quarry on Birdsall’s brook, village of
Greene, on road to Smithville, near west line of corpora-
tion. J. M. Clarke, collector. 1893.

Ithaca beds. Two miles north of Greene, on highway to
Smithville Flats. J. M. Clarke, collector. 1893.

Ithaca and Oneonta beds. Quarry two and one half miles
north of Smithville Flats, on property of Miss Sarah
Harrison. J. M. Clarke, collector. 1893.

‘Oneonta ? sandstone. West bank of Genegantslet creek,

four miles northwest of Greene; ‘quarry on land owned
by Stephen Davis and Seymour Whitmarsh. J. M.
Clarke, collector. 1893.

Ithaca beds above tongue of Oneonta sandstone. Two
miles northwest of Oxford on road to McDonough.
Quarry on property of Phoebe Westover on bank of
small stream, about 200 feet above the Chenango river.
J. M. Clarke, collector. 1893.

Ithaca beds. On property of F. E. Corbin, one half mile
south of East McDonough, Chenango co. J. M. Clarke,
collector. 1893.

Ithaca beds above Oneonta sandstone. One and one half
miles south of McDonough on east side of Genegantslet
creek, in quarry on property of E. Burdick. J. M. Clarke,
collector. . 1898.

Oneonta ? sandstone. From an outcrop at the dam on
Genegantslet creek in the village of East Pharsalia,
Chenango co. J. M. Clarke, collector. 1893.

Ithaca beds. Ravine on farm of George Hakes, one mile
north of village of Pitcher, Chenango co. J. M. Clarke,
collector. 1893.

Ithaca beds. Town of Cincinnatus, Cortland ¢o.; brook
entering the town from the northwest and meeting the
Otselic river at Lower Cincinnatus. J. M. Clarke, collec-
tor., 1893.

56

2278

2274

2275

2276

2277
2278

2279

2280

2281

2282

2283

2284

2285
2286

2287

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Chemung beds. Quarry on hill three fourths of a mile
south of Treadwell (Croton), Delaware co. OC. S.
Prosser, collector. 1897 (99).

Chemung beds. Bump’s creek, two miles above Afton,
Chenango co., just below bridge. C.S. Prosser, collector.
1897 (99).

Ithaca beds. On top of hill south of Charlotteville, Scho-
harie co. C.S. Prosser, collector. 1897 (99).

Hamilton beds. Side of pond just north of Medway park
hotel, Medway, Greene co. C. S. Prosser, collector.
1897 (99).

Ithaca beds. Hill north of road west of East Davenport,
Delaware co. C. 8. Prosser, collector. 1897 (99).

Ithaca beds. Dark shales in bed of creek north of Catskill
creek, at Oakhill. C.S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).
Oneonta sandstone. Red and green mottled shales in lower
part of upper falls; Rensselaerville, Albany co. C.S.

Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Hamilton beds. Road from Marbletown bridge to Stone
Church, Ulster co. C.S. Prosser, collector. 1897 (99).
Chemung beds. Loose in creek north of Harpursville,

Broome co. C. 8. Prosser, collector. 1897 (99).

Hamilton beds. Near Centerville church, Greene? co.
C. S. Prosser, collector. 1897 (99).

Ithaca ? beds. Just below Oneonta sandstone, just below
falls at May’s hill near Livingstonville, Schoharie co.
C. S. Prosser, collector. 1897 (99).

Chemung shales. By road near Spring lake, five miles

northwest of Delhi, Delaware co. C.S. Prosser, collec-
tor. 1897 (99).

Ithaca beds. Shore of Delaware river, Millrift, Pa. C.S.
Prosser, collector. 1897 (99).

Hamilton shales. In road at Medway, Greene co. C. S..
Prosser, collector. 1897 (99).

Ithaca beds. From side of road one fourth of a mile east
of Fergusonville, Delaware co. C. 8S. Prosser, collector.
1897 (99).

2288

2289

2290

2291

2292

2293

2294

2295

2296

2297
2298
2299
2300

2301

REPORT OF THE STATEP PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 57

Hamilton shales and sandstones. Two and one half miles
east of South Westerlo, Albany co. C. S. Prosser, col-
lector. 1895 (99).

Oneonta sandstone. Manorkill falls, one mile above Gil-
boa, Schoharie co. C.S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).
Chemung beds. Railroad cut two miles north of Maywood
(Sidney Center), Delaware co. W. L. Fisher, collector.

1897 (99).

Hamilton beds. Cliffs by highway, two miles south of
Breakabeen, Schoharie co. C. 8. Prosser, collector.
1895 (99).

Ithaca beds. Gorge below Mine kill falls, four miles south
of North Blenheim, Schoharie co. C.S8. Prosser, collec-
tor. .1895 (99).

Hamilton beds. In stream near road two and one half
miles south of Middleburg, Schoharie co. C. S.
Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Ithaca ? beds. Near top of high hill west of Charlotte
river, one mile east of South Worcester, Otsego co.
C.S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Chemung shales. By highway, one mile above Afton,

Chenango co. C.S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Ithaca beds. Foot of falls in Felters glen, two and one half

miles south of Rensselaerville, Albany co. C.S. Prosser,
collector. 1895 (99). oly

Marcellus shale. Woif hill, New Salem, Albany co.
C.S. Prosser, collector. 1897 (99).

Chemung beds. ‘Top of hill one mile south of Franklin
station, Delaware co. C.S. Prosser, collector. 1897 (99).

Oneonta sandstone. “The Rocks”, northeast of Conesville,
Schoharie co. C.S. Prosser, collector. 1897 (99).

Oneonta sandstone. Hill south of Bloomville, Delaware
co. ‘C. S. Prosser, collector. 1897 (99).

Ithaca beds. Brook three miles above Davenport, Dela-
ware co; north side of road. C. 8. Prosser, collector.
1895 (99).

2316

NEW YORK STATH MUSEUM

Chemung beds. Gorge of Bump’s creek, near mill, one
half mile above Afton. C. S. Prosser, collector. 1897 (99).

Ithaca beds. In stream near Delhi road, south of Oneonta,
Otsego co. C.S. Prosser, collector. 1897 (99).

Hamilton beds. Hill north of Reidsville, Albany co. C.S.
Prosser, collector. 1897 (99). |

Hamilton beds. Quarry on hill two and one half miles
southeast of Middleburg. C.S. Prosser, collector. 1895
(99).

Hamilton beds. Highest fossils on Bradt hill, south of
Peoria, Albany co. C. 8S. Prosser, collector. 1897 (99).
Horizon of Tully limestone. Shales on hill five miles east

of New Berlin. C.S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Hamilton beds. By side of road one half mile north of
Chaseville. C.S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Hamiiton beds. Near top of Bradt hill, south of Peoria
(West Berne), Albany co. C. 8S. Prosser, collector.
1897 (99).

Hamilton beds. Upper part of Agrippa quarry, east of
South Berne. C. 8S. Prosser, collector. 1897 (99).

Chemung beds. Highway one mile below Masonville, Dela-
ware co. C. 8. Prosser, collector. 1897 (99).

Hamilton beds. Henry Stuart quarry two and one half
miles northeast of Rensselaerville. C. 8S. Prosser, col-
lector: 1895 (99);

Hamilton beds. Upper part of glen north of Chaseville.
C. S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Chemung beds. Maywood (Sidney Center). C. S. Pros-
ser, collector. 1897 (99).

Sherburne beds. Blackish shales in Nigger Hollow creek
three and one half miles southeast of Sherburne. —
C. S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Ithaca beds. Loose shales on top of Bowie hill, two and
one half miles northeast of Mt Vision. C.S. Prosser,
collector. 1895 (99).

2317

2318

2319

2320

2321

2322

2398 —

(2324

2325

2326

2327
2328

2329

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEPONTOLOGIST 1900 59

Hamilton shales. West brook at fall by old brewery in
New Berlin. C.S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Tully limestone horizon. Loose piece on hill south of
Garrattsville and north of New Lisbon Center, Otsego
co. ©. 8S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Hamilton shales over sandstone in Lee quarry in Nigger
Hollow creek, three miles south of Sherburne. C. S.
Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Hamilton shales. Brook below Tully limestone, one mile
northwest of Smyrna (Barber lot). C. 8S. Prosser, col-
lector. 1895 (99).

Ithaca shales and thin ‘sandstone, at top of high hill east
of Noblesville, on highway. 355 feet above R.
euboides. C.S8. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Hamilton beds. Loose mass resting on Portage group, on
road southwest of Thomas Mulligan’s, Columbus. C.S.
Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Chemung beds. Loose near top of hill northwest of Chen-
ango Forks, Broome co. C.S. Prosser, collector. 1895
(99).

Chemung beds. Loose east of Port Dickinson, Broome co.
©. S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Ithaca ? beds. Near turn on east and west road for Gil-
berts lake, three miles northwest of Laurens, Otsego co.
©. S. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Chemung beds. Railroad cut one quarter of a mile north
of Franklin station. CO. 8S. Prosser, collector. 1897 (99).

Hamilton beds. West of Sandberg creek, one half mile
above Homowack, Ulster co. C. S. Prosser, collector.
1897 (99).

Chemung beds. Near canal level one and a half miles
southwest of Port Crane. C. 8S. Prosser, collector.
1895 (99).

Chemung beds. From side of highway on Kettel bill, two
miles below Chenango Forks. C. 8S. Prosser, collector.
1895 (99).

60

2330

2331

2332

2333

2334

2335

2336

2337

2338

2339

2340

2341

2342

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Recurrent Ithaca beds. Loose bluish sandstone with —
plenty of fossils, on top of hill two miles southeast of
North Blenheim. 115 feet above red sandstone and
shales. OC. 8. Prosser, collector. 1895 (99). |

Ithaca beds. Fossils from hill southwest of Gilboa, along
highway. 885 feet above the Gilboa bridge. C. S..
Prosser, collector. 1897 (99).

Chemung beds. From gorge in Kelsey brook at the Pixley
mill, one quarter of a mile above Afton. C.S. Prosser,
collector. 1897 (99).

Hamilton shales. Over quarry stone at foot of hill one
and one third miles northeast of Rensselaerville. C. S.
Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Ithaca beds. Anthony White quarry, Oneonta. C. S§.
Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Sherburne shales. Nigger Hollow creek, three and one
half miles southeast of Sherburne. C. 8S. Prosser, col-
lector. 1895 (99). |

Marcellus shale. South side of Bennett hill, one and one
half miles southeast of Clarksville, Albany co. C. 8.
Prosser, collector. 1895 (99).

Hamilton shale. Loose at Cayuga junction, Cayuga co.
J. M. Clarke, collector. 1899.

Oriskany sandstone. From sand “ dike ” in Buffalo cement
co.’s quarry, Buffalo. D. D. Luther, collector. 1899.

Oriskany sandstone. Oaks Corners, Ontario co. D. D.
Luther,. collector. 1899.

Horizon of Manlius limestone. Upper layers in falls of
Black creek, Morganville, Genesee co. D. D. Luther, col-
lector. 1899.

Horizon of Manlius limestone. Mumford, Monroe co.;
Buffalo, Rochester and Pittsburg railway cut near west
end of bridge over Spring creek. D. D. Luther, col-
lector. 1899. |

Horizon of Manlius limestone. Oatka creek falls, North
Leroy, Genesee co. D. D. Luther, collector. 1899.

23438

2344

2345

2348

2349

2350

2351

2352

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 61

Horizon of Manlius limestone (“bullhead”). Buffalo
cement co.’s quarry, Buffalo. D. D. Luther, collector.
1899.

Horizon of Manlius limestone. Caledonia, Livingston co.;
west of village on Lehigh valley railroad cut. D. D.
Luther, collector. 1899.

Horizon of Manlius limestone. Phelps, Ontario co.; rail-
road cut north of station. D. D. Luther, collector.
1899.

Horizon of Manlius limestone. Old quarry, 20 rods north
of railroad cut, Phelps. D.D. Luther, collector. 1899.
Horizon of Manlius limestone. Upper layer in section at
falls of Murder creek, Akron (Falkirk station), Erie co.,
24 foot dolomite stratum. D. D. Luther, collector.

1899.

Horizon of Manlius limestone. Strata above the gypsum
from mines at Oakfield, Genesee co. D. D. Luther, col-
lector. 1899.

Waterlime (Rondout). East Victor (Fredon) Ontario co.,

along Mud creek. D.D. Luther, collector. 1899.

Waterlime (Rondout): Hog hollow, one fourth of a mile
west of station, Victor, Ontario co. D. D. Luther, col-
lector. 1899.

Waterlime. Garbutt, Monroe co. D. D. Luther, collector.
1899.

Horizon of Manlius limestone. Morganville; 16 foot
dolomite, 16 feet above gypsum. D. D. Luther, col-
lector. 1899.

Horizon of Manlius limestone. Mud creek, Victor. D. D.
Luther, collector. 1899.

Oriskany chert conglomerate. Mud creek, Victor. D. D.
Luther, collector. 1899. |

Horizon of Manlius limestone. ‘Seneca Falls, Seneca co.
McQuane’s quarry and Seneca street canal. D. D.
Luther, collector. 1899.

Horizon of Manlius limestone. Retsof salt mine, Retsof,
Livingston co. D. D. Luther, collector. 1899.

2359

2360

2361

2362

2363

2364

NEW YORK STATH MUSEUM .

Horizon of Manlius limestone. Backers’ gypsum quarries,
Union Springs, Cayuga co. D. D. Luther, collector.
1899. |

Horizon of Manlius limestone. Waterlimes and blue lam-
inated limestone. J. 'S. Shaliboo’s old quarry, one mile
south of Union Springs, D. D. Luther, collector. 1899.

Horizon of Manlius limestone. Waterlimes below horizon
of blue limestones on Frontenac island. From farm of
John Wooley, east of road from Union Springs to Cross
Roads station, Cayuga co., three fourths of a mile south
of latter. D. D. Luther, collector. 1899.

Horizon of Manlius limestone. Same layers as 2859. One
fourth of a mile east of Cross Roads station, two miles -
north of Union Springs, on cut of Lehigh valley rail-
road. D.D. Luther, collector. 1899.

Horizon of Manlius limestone. Yawger’s creek at Cross
Roads station, two miles north of Union Springs. D. D.
Luther, collector. 1899.

Horizon of Manlius limestone. Howland’s point, Union
Springs. D.D. Luther, collector. 1899.

Horizon of Manlius limestone. Cut on Lehigh valley rail-
road, three fourths of a mile southeast from Cross Roads
station. D. D. Luther, collector. 1899.

Horizon of Manlius limestone. Directly below Oriskany
sandstone, Yawger’s woods, north of Union Springs. J.
M. Clarke, collector. 1899.

Horizon of Manlius limestone. Foot of Edwards falls, On-
ondaga co. D. D. Luther, collector. 1899.

Rondout (or Manlius) horizon. Below upper gypsum.
Heard’s quarry, Dewitt, Onondaga co. D. D. Luther,
collector. 1899.

Rondout (or Manlius) horizon. Heard’s gypsum quarry,
Dewitt. D.D. Luther, collector. 1899.

Manlius horizon. Above Sweet quarry, two miles west of
Marcellus, Onondaga co. D.D. Luther, collector. 1899.

Manlius horizon. Split rock quarries, Onondaga co. 15
feet below Oriskany. D. D. Luther, collector. 1899.

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 63

Marcellus (Agoniatites limestone). Wood’s upper quarry,
Union Springs. D.D. Luther, collector. 1899.

Marcellus (Agoniatites limestone). Orleans, Ontario co.
D. D. Luther, collector. 1899.

Marcellus (Stafford limestone). Avon, Livingston co. D.
D. Luther, collector. 1899.

Marcellus (Stafford limestone). Leroy, Genesee co. D. D.
Isuther, collector. 1899: °

Marcellus (Stafford limestone). Stafford, Genesee co. D.
D. Luther, collector. 1899. )

Marcellus. Criss creek, four miles south of Union Springs.
D. D. Luther, collector. 1899.

Chemung shales. Vicinity of Hornellsville, Steuben co.
Elizabeth Thacher, donor, 1894.

Ithaca beds. Blodgett Mills, Cortland co. N. H. Darton,
collector. 1892.

Ithaca beds. 300 feet above Blodgett Mills. N. H. Dar-

~ ton, collector. 1892.

Ithaca beds. South of Cortland, Cortland co.; 200 feet

above village. N.H. Darton, collector. 1892.

Helderbergian (New Scotland) limestone. Near Cornwall,
three fourths of a mile southeast of Cornwall station,
Orange co. N. H. Darton, collector. 1893.

Rondout waterlime. Northeast of Rondout, Ulster co.
N. H. Darton, collector. 1893.

Oriskany sandstone. Pea hill, near Cornwall station.
N. H. Darton, collector. 1893.

Hamilton (Bellvale) shales. Northwest of Bellvale moun-
tain, Orange co. N.H. Darton, collector. 1893.

Chemung sandstone. Hill north of Warren Pa. F. A.

Randall, collector. 1893.

Chemung sandstone. One mile northeast of Russellsburg,
Warren co. Pa. F. A. Randall, collector. 1893. |

Chemung sandstone. One mile north of Sugargrove, War-
ren co. Pa. F. A. Randall, collector. 1893.

Chemung beds. Hippodophycus sandstone north of Sala-
manca, Cattaraugus co. F. A. Randall, collector. 1898.

64

2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396

2397

2398

2399

2400

2401

2402

2403

NEW YORK STATH MUSEUM

Chemung sandstone. Six miles southeast of Randolph,
Cattaraugus co. James Hall, collector. 1893.

Chemung sandstone. One and one half miles west of
Sugargrove, Pa. F. A. Randall, collector. 1898.

Coal Measures. Carbonhill, Hocking co. O. Eber Hyde,
Lancaster O., donor. 1900.

Keokuk beds. Crawfordsville Ind. E. M. Kindle exchange.
1900. : |

Lorraine beds. West end of Grace street, Waterford,
Saratoga co. R. Ruedemann, collector. 1899.

Lorraine beds. Dry creek, Watervliet, Albany co. R.
Ruedemann, collector. 1899.

Utica shale. Laveny’s point, Waterford. R. Ruedemann,
collector. 1899.

Utica shale. Peoble’s island, Waterford. R. Ruedemann,
collector. 1899.

Utica shale. Devil’s den and Buttermilk fall, Port Schuy-
ler, Albany co. R. Ruedemann, collector. 1899.

Trenton-Utica beds. Excavation at state dam, two miles
below Mechanicsville, Saratoga co. R. Ruedemann, col-
lector. 1900. ;

Utica shale. Penitentiary grounds, Albany. J. M. Clarke,
collector. 1888. |

Utica shale. Right (south) bank of Normans kill, above
village of Normansville, Albany co. 100 yards below
‘picnic ground. R. Ruedemann, collector. 1899.

Utica shale. Ravine running into Normans kill from
south, above picnic ground. R. Ruedemann, collector.
1899.

Utica shale. Along Black creek, a small southern branch
of Normans kill east of Voorheesville, Albany co. R.
Ruedemann, collector. 1899.

‘Utica shale. Lower course of Vly creek, below Voorhees-

ville. R. Ruedemann, collector. 1899.
Trenton shale and sandstone. Fitzgerald’s quarry, Port
Schuyler. R.Ruedemann, collector. 1899.

2404

2405

2406

— 2407

2408

2409

2410

2411

2412,

2413
2414

2415
2416
2417

2418
2419

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 65

Trenton shale and sandstone. Brother’s and Ruscher’s
quarries, South Troy. R. Ruedemann, collector. 1899.

Trenton (Normans kill) shale. Ravine running from
Cahill’s hill into Poesten kill, Rensselaer co. R. Ruede-
mann, collector. 1899.

Trenton (Normans kill) shale. North bank of Poesten kill,
at wire mill, South Troy. R. Ruedemann, collector.
1899.

Trenton (Normans kill) shale. Quarry at corner of Third
avenue and High street, Rensselaer, Rensselaer co. R.
Ruedemann, collector. 1899.

Trenton conglomerate, etc. Sugar Loaf mountain, Rensse-
laer co. R. Ruedemann, collector. 1899.

Trenton (Normans kill) shale and conglomerate. Lower
Moordener kill, below first falls; Rensselaer co. R.
Ruedemann, collector. 1899.

Trenton (Normans kill) shale. Moordener kill, below first
bridge, Rensselaer co. R. Ruedemann, collector. 1899.

Lorraine beds. Callanan’s quarry, South Bethlehem, A1-
bany co. R.Ruedemann, collector. 1899.

Trenton and Utica shale. Along shore of Lake Cham-
plain, Panton Vt. R. Ruedemann, collector. 1899.

Manlius horizon. Upper layers, or “bullhead”; Buffalo
cement co.’s quarries, Buffalo. A. W. Grabau, donor.
1900. :

Rondout horizon. Lower layers or cement beds; Buffalo
cement co.’s quarries, Buffalo. A. W. Grabau, donor.
1900.

Manlius horizon. Upper layers, or “bullhead”; Akron.
A. W. Grabau, donor. 1900.

Manlius horizon. Upper layers, or “bullhead”. Will-
iamsville, Erie co. A. W. Grabau, donor. 1900.

Utica slate. Bed of Schoharie creek, Florida, Montgomery
co. Robert M. Hartley, donor. 1900.

Utica slate. Graf la. Dr Samuel Calvin, donor. 1900.

Oriskany slate. One mile east of Port Kent village,

Aroostock co. Me. O.O. Nylander, donor. 1900.

2430

2481

2436

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Clinton shale. Buell avenue, Rochester. Frank Baker, .

donor. 1900.

Clinton limestone (Pentamerus). Rochester. Frank
Baker, donor. 1900.

Cambrian. Field, Mt Stephen B. C. Frank Baker, ex-
change. 1900.

Niagara beds. Near Chicago Ill. Frank Baker, exchange.
1900. -

Marshall beds. Michigan. Frank Baker, exchange. 1900.

Coal Measures. Woods Castle R. I. O. O. Nylander, ex-
change. 1900.

Coal Measures. Bristol coal mine R. I. O. O. Nylander,
exchange. 1900.

Coal Measures. Newport R. I. O. O. Nylander, exchange.

1900.

Portage beds (Third falls sandstone). Grimes gully, Naples,
Ontario co. D. D. Luther, collector. 1900. -

Portage beds. Above Damm’s vineyard, West hill, two
miles north of Naples. 250 feet above top of: Third falls
sandstone. D. D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Portage beds. Above Cleveland’s, West hill, Naples. D.

D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Portage beds. A'bove Freed’s, West hill, Naples, 250 feet
above Third falls sandstone. D. D. Luther, collector.
1900. |

Portage beds. Worden hill, South Bristol. 200-300 feet
above Third falls sandstone. D. D. Luther, collector.
1900.

Portage beds. Roadside near Charles Sutton’s, West hill,
Naples. D.D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Portage beds. West Italy, Yates co. D. D. Luther, col-
lector. 1900.

Portage beds. Powell hill, two and one half miles north
of Naples. 250 feet above Third falls sandstone. D. D.
Luther, collector. 1900.

Portage beds. Third falls sandstone. Tannery gully,
Naples. D. D. Luther, collector. 1900.

2441

2442

2443

_ 2444

2445

(2446

2447

2448

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 67

Portage beds. Near base; East hill (Nellis’s), Naples.

D. D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Portage beds. Parrish gully, Naples. D. D. Luther, col-
lector. 1900.

Portage beds. Third falls sandstone. West hill, Naples.
D. D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Niagara (Rochester) shale. Lewiston, Niagara co.; along
New York Central railroad. J. M. Clarke and R. Ruede-
mann, collectors. 1900.

Niagara (Rochester) shale. Lewiston; along Rome, Water-
town & Ogdensburg railroad. J. M. Clarke and R. Rue-
demann, collectors. 1900.

Niagara (Rochester) shale. Middleport, Niagaraco. J.M.
Clarke and R. Ruedemann, collectors. 1900.

Clinton shale. Lewiston; railroad cut in New York Cen-
tral railroad. J. M. Clarke and R. Ruedemann, collect-
ors. 1900.

Upper Clinton limestone. MidWeport; below upper
bridge. J. M. Clarke and R. Ruedemann, collectors.
1900.

Lenses in Clinton limestone. Lewiston; cut along New
York Central railroad in section 22. J. M. Clarke and R.
Ruedemann, collectors. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Norwich, Chenango co. Sides of a shallow
cut of the Delaware, Lackawanna & Western railroad
one half mile north of railroad station; nearly the lowest
exposure in this vicinity; about 15 feet of shales and soft
sandstones poorly exposed. D. D. Luther, collector.
1900.

Ithaca beds. From excavation for cellar, near former blast
furnace; 40 rods north of 2446, including the same strata,
and a few feet lower; exposure in all about 25 feet.
Norwich. D. D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. “Breed’s ravine”, three miles south of Nor-
wich on west side. Exposure of 15-20 feet near an old
mill dam, half a mile from the valley road. About 200
feet below Oneonta. D. D. Luther, collector. 1900.

2450

2451

2452

2453

2454

2456

2457

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Ithaca beds. Three small, old quarries on west side of the
valley road two miles south of Norwich. (Clarke’s A)
horizon near middle of the fossiliferous Ithaca. D. D:
Luther, collector. 1900. |

Ithaca beds. Old quarry on hillside, west of cemetery one
mile south of Norwich; about 150 feet above railroad and
25-50 feet higher than 2449. Not many fossils except in
calcareous lens 6 inches thick, 20 feet long, that contains
many large specimens of Grammysia. D. D. Luther,
collector. 1900. |

Ithaca beds. Along the bed of Canasawacta creek in the
village of Norwich; about same horizon as 2446 and 2447;
10 feet of shales and thin sandstones exposed. D. D.
Luther, collector. 1900. |

Ithaca beds. Old quarry by side of road leading up the
hill west of Norwich, above where Preston road turns
northward. 250 feet or-more above creek bed. D. D.
Luther, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Dump from a well, above the corner of the
Preston road; west of Norwich. D. D. Luther, collector.
1900.

Ithaca beds. Vicinity of Brookin’s quarry, on Preston
road, one mile northwest of Norwich. About same hori-
zon as 2450. D. D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Small ravine-near Henry Brown’s one and
one quarter miles southeast of Norwich. Horizon a lit-
tle lower than 2450. D. D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Old Wilkes’s or Benedict quarry, four. miles
north of Norwich (two miles southwest of North Nor-
wich) on hillside, west side of valley. 250 feet or more
higher than railroad and somewhat above the lower ex-
posures at Norwich. D. D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Small quarry on Snow creek on east side of
valley, two miles southeast of Norwich. Horizon about
middle (or little higher) of the Ithaca. D. D. Luther,
collector. 1900.

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 69

2458 Ithaca beds. Along Ransford creek, in the vicinity of
Bennett’s quarry (formerly Mead’s), and includes expos-
ure in creek bed; about same horizon as 2446, 2447 and
2451, making with the quarry 50 feet. The exposure is
directly east of Norwich, east of the river; and there is
a fair section exposed along the creek to the waterworks
reservoir, making 100 feet or more. D. D. Luther, col-

lector. “1900. eye | a

2459 «Tully limestone. From the Tully, below the Wilkes’s
quarry, two miles west of Smyrna, Chenango co. D. D.
Luther, collector. 1900.

2460 Ithaca beds. One mile east of Norwich, on Ransford creek
near Bennett’s quarry. (Formerly Mead’s) D. D.
Luther, collector. 1900.

2461 Ithaca beds. Rock cut near the reservoir on Ransford
creek, one and one half miles east of Norwich, 150-175
feet higher than the railroad. D. D. Luther, collector.

| 1900. |

2462 Ithaca beds. Old quarry at top of hill, above Wilkes’s
quarry; two miles west of Smyrna. D. D. Luther, col-

lector. 1900. |

2463 Ithaca beds. Among shaly sandstones that look like Sher.
burne. Bottom of small valley one half mile west of —
Upperville, Chenango co. D. D. Luther, collector. 1900.

2464 Genesee shale. From top of Tully in small ravine that
shows the most eastern exposure of the limestone. Two
miles west of Smyrna, one half mile south of the Wilcox
quarry, where black shales and the limestone are ex-
posed. D.D. Luther, collector. 1900. |

2465 Ithaca beds. By roadside 250 feet above Wilkes’s quarry,
Smyrna. Taken out of gutter. Top of Sherburne ? D.
'D. Luther, collector. 1900.

2466 Ithaca beds. Old quarry on west side of Canasawacta
creek, two and one half miles northwest of Norwich. D.
D. Luther, collector. 1900. )

2467 Ithaca beds. Crandall quarry on side hill, south of Pres-
ton road, one and one half miles northwest of Norwich.

70

2468
2469

2470

2471

2472

2473

2474
2475

2476

2477

2478
2479

2480

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Top of fossiliferous Ithaca. D. D. Luther, collector.

1900. |

Ithaca beds. Brookin’s quarry on Preston road, one mile
northwest of Norwich. D.D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Bed of Canasawacta creek in western part
of Norwich. D.D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Old quarries by roadside two miles south of
Norwich, on west side of Oxford road. D. D. Luther,
collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Ledge on side hill, one mile west of Nobles-
ville, Otsego co.; on west side 150 feet above valley. D.
D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Small outcrop on hillside west of Nobles- :
ville 75 feet above bottom of valley. D. D. Luther, col-
lector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Ravine east of South Otselic, Chenango co.
About 200 feet above bottom of section. D. D. Luther,
collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Ravine east of South Otselic; from-base of:
exposed section. D.D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Ravine east of South Otselic 100 feet above
bottom of section. D.D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. The Pitcher mineral springs ravine, one and
one half miles north of Pitcher, Chenango co. D. D.
Luther, collector 1900.

Ithaca beds. Madison’s gulf, one mile north of hotel,
South Otselic. _Horizon—=upper part of Sherburne (?)
D. D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Pharsalia Hook, Chenangoco. Small ravine
west of the village. D.D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Hake’s ravine, one mile north of Pitcher.
D. D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Burdick settlement; ravine one mile south-
east by road to South Otselic. D. D. Luther, collector.
1900. .

2481

2482

2483

2484
2485
2486
2487
2488

2489

2490

2494

REPORT OF THB STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 ‘or

Ithaca beds. Ravine from Pitcher mineral springs, one
and one half miles north of Pitcher, on east side of val-
ley. D.D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Outcrop on hillside one mile west of Nobles-
ville (New Lisbon). In Sherburne. D. D. Luther, col-
lector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. From loose block by side of road, two miles
west of Morris, Otsego co. D. D. Luther, collector.
1900.

Ithaca beds. Ravine one and one half miles southwest of
Morris; west side of valley. D. D. Luther, collector.
1900.

Ithaca beds. St Mary’s falls, three miles southwest from
Morris. D. D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Loose in highway, one mile south of Nobles-
ville. D. D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Small ravine one fourth of a mile east of
Noblesville. The layer is 50-75 feet higher than the

road. D. D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Outcrop in highway three miles. west of Mor-
ris, on the road to New Berlin. D. D. Luther, collector.
1900.

Ithaca beds. Small ravine on east side of valley, one and
one half miles southeast of Morris. D. D. Luther, col--
lector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Small ravine coming down from the south
on the hill one half mile northeast of Noblesville. Near
the base of Sherburne. D. D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. McNetts gulf, Morris. D. D. Luther, col-
lector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Ravine one mile northeast of Morris. D. D.
Luther, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Field outcrop on hillside 80 rods southeast
from hotel in South Otselic, and about 250 feet above
bottom of valley. D.D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Sherburne sandstone. Ravine one mile east of Noblesville.

D. D. Luther, collector. 1900.

2499

2500

2501

2502

2503

2504

2505.

2506

2507

NEW YORK STATH MUSEUM

Sherburne sandstone. Laurens, Otsego co.; small ravine
in west part of village. D. D. Luther, collector. 1900.
Ithaca beds. Messengerville, Cortland co.; along railroad
north of depot. D.D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Ravine east of Marathon, Cortland co. R.:
Ruedemann, collector. 1900. |

Ithaca beds. Along creek running into the Otselic, one
half mile west of Cincinnatus, Cortland co. R. Ruede-
mann, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Marathon; reservoir. R. Ruedemann, col-
lector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Outcrop along first southerly brook running

into Trout creek; Cincinnatus. R. Ruedemann, collec-
tor. 1900:

Ithaca beds. Outcrop along creek running along Cortland
road, one half mile west of Cincinnatus. R. Ruedemann,
collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Messengerville. Exposure on south branch
of Virgil creek, 100 feet above station. D. D. Luther,
collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Messengerville. Exposure near mouth of
Virgil creek. D.D‘ Luther, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. McGrawville, Cortland co. Pritchard’s ra-
vine, one mile east of the village. From the sandstone
in the middle of the section. D. D. Luther, collector.
1900. |

Ithaca beds. McGrawville. Pritchard’s ravine, one mile
east of the village. From the upper section of the gully,
150 feet above lowest exposure. D. D. Luther, collector.
1900.

Ithaca beds. McGrawville. Pritchard’s ravine, one mile
east of village. From lower part of section. D. D.—
Luther, collector. 1900. ;

Ithaca beds. Cincinnatus. A small outcrop one and one
half miles southwest of village, by side of railroad; 80
feet above river. Fossils of any kind very rare. D. D.
Luther, collector. 1900.

2508

2509

2510

2519

2520

REPORT OF THE STATE PALBONTOLOGIST 1900 73

Ithaca beds. Marathon; railroad cut near station. R.
Ruedemann, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. South New Berlin, Chenango co.; ravine east
of village. Horizon, middle and lower Ithaca. Speci-
mens from upper part of section. D. D. Luther, col-
lector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Ravine west of White Store, Chenango co.,

- four miles south of South New Berlin. Lowest exposure
(lower part of upper Ithaca). D. D. Luther, collector.
1900.

Ithaca beds. Buttermilk falls ravine near Phelps crossing,
three miles north of South New Berlin. Base of Ithaca
at top of lower falls. D.D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. South New Berlin. Same as 2511. D. D.
Luther, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Killawog creek west of Killawog, Broome
co. D.D. Luther and R. Ruedemann, collectors. 1900.

Ithaca beds.. Pierce’s ravine, two and one half miles west
of Lisle, Broome co. D. D. Luther and R. Ruedemann,
collectors. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Small quarry one mile west of Lisle, on west
side of valley. D. D. Luther and R. Ruedemann, collec-
tors. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Howlands glen, a ravine 1 mile west of Lisle
station opening into valley of Dudley creek. D. D.
Luther, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Killawog; ravine east of village. R. Ruede-

mann, collector. 1900. | .

Ithaca beds. Harrison’s gulf, Smithville Flats, Chenango
CO.; on west side, one mile north. D. D. Luther, collec-
tor. 1900. ,

Ithaca beds. Whitney Point, Broome co.; Sullivan’s
quarry, one mile west. 200 feet above river. D. D.
Luther, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Lisle; one mile north of station, along east
side of river. D.D. Luther and R. Ruedemann, collector.
1900.

74

2521

2523

NEW YORK STATH MUSEUM

Oneonta sandstone. F.G. Clarke & Co.’s quarry, Oxford.
D. D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Oneonta (or Ithaca) sandstone. Small quarry on south side
of valley opposite Oneonta, Otsego co. Uneven layer of
conglomerate overlaid by 25 feet of soft shale with few
fossils and red Oneonta above. Fish remains in conglom-
erate. D. D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Roadside north of Emmons, three miles east
of Oneonta. 100 feet below top of Ithaca. D. D. Luther,
collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Highest beds of formation, Ean’s quarry one

mile east of Oneonta. D.D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Ithaca beds. Upper layers. Quarry on hillside north of
Emmons. D. D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Niagara (Rochester) shale. Fossils from Jeddo creek,
Middleport, Niagara co. Laurence La Forge, collector.
1900.

Utica slate. Trilobites from near Rome. OD. D. Luther,
donor. 1900.

Chemung beds. Road in front of house on Buskirk farm,

Alfred, Allegany co. Charles Butts, collector. 1900.

Lower Siluric (Trenton ?). From farm of F. Deboord, on
Copper ridge, northeast part of Hawkins co. Tenn.
W. W. Robinett, purchase. 1900.

Hamilton shales. Leicester, Livingston co. Ward pur-
chase. 1900. |

Onondaga limestone. Leroy. Ward purchase. 1900.

Calciferous (Beekmantown) sandstone. Providence isle,
Vt. Ward purchase. 1900.

Chazy limestone. Aylmer Can. Ward purchase. 1900.

Black river limestone. St Paul Minn. Ward purchase.
1900.

Trenton limestone. Covington Ky. Ward purchase. 1900.

Trenton limestone. Kenyon Minn. Ward purchase.
1900.

ee a

2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621

2622
2623

2624.

2625

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 G5

Trenton limestone. Cannon Falls Minn. Ward purchase.
1900. |

Trenton limestone (Stone river formation). Highbridge
Ky. Ward purchase. 1900.

Utica shale. CincinnatiO. Ward purchase. 1900.

Utica shale. Covington Ky. Ward purchase. 1900.

Lorraine beds. Oregonia O. Ward purchase. 1900.

Lorraine beds. Cincinnati O. Ward purchase. 1900.

Lorraine beds. Lebanon O. Ward purchase. 1900.

Richmond beds. Near Wilmington O. Ward purchase. |
1900. ;

Richmond beds. Near Madison Ind. Ward purchase.
‘1900. .

Richmond beds. Lebanon O. Ward purchase. 1900.

Cincinnati beds. Oakville Ont. Ward purchase. 1900.

Medina sandstone. Medina, Orleans co. Ward purchase.
1900. :

Clinton beds. New Hartford, Oneida co. Ward pur-
chase. 1900. | 2

Hamilton beds. Falls of the Ohio. Ward purchase.
1900. |

‘Warsaw beds. Spergen HillInd. Ward purchase. 1900.

Manlius limestone; overlaid by 12 feet of Coeymans lime-
stone. Quarry and limekiln three fourths of a mile south
of Cedarville, Herkimer co. J..M. Clarke and R. Ruede-
mann, collectors. 1900.

Manlius limestone, upper layers, or Coeymans limestone,
lower layers. Magnesian slabs with crinoids. Ledge
and walls on farm of C. F. Wheelock, Jerusalem hill,
Litchfield, Herkimer co. This layer lies about 10 feet
below Stromatopora layer. J. M. Clarke and R. Ruede-
mann, collectors. 1900. |

Eurypterus-bearing (Rondout) waterlimes. Loose slabs on
C. F. Wheelock’s farm, Jerusalem hill, Litchfield. J. M.
Clarke and R. Ruedemann, collectors. 1900.

2627

2628

2629

2630

2631

2632

2633
2634

2635

2636

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Manlius limestone. Wheelock’s ledge, Jerusalem hill,
Litchfield. Eurypterus from not less than 100 feet above
Eurypterus-bearing waterlimes. J. M. Clarke and R.
Ruedemann, collectors. 1900.

Manlius limestone. Quarry on farm of Gib Harris, town
of Litchfield. Eurypterus at about same horizon as pre-
ceding locality. J. M. Clarke and R. Ruedemann, collec-
tors. 1900.

Eurypterus-bearing (Rondout) ‘waterlimes. Kay’s or
Becker’s brook, three miles northwest of Cedarville. No
outcrop of waterlimes but upper Salina beds. J. M.
Clarke and R. Ruedemann, collectors. 1900.

Clinton sandstone. White sandstone blocks with Niagara
and Clinton fossils, found loose on C. F. Wheelock’s
farm, Jerusalem hill, Litchfield. J. M. Clarke and R.
Ruedemann, collectors. 1900. rr

Lorraine sandstone. Loose in Litchfield, Herkimer co.
J. M. Clarke and R. Ruedemann, collectors. 1900.

Eurypterus-bearing (Rondout) waterlimes. Buffalo cement
co.’s quarries, Buffalo. Ward purchase. 1900.

Chemung beds. Alfred, Allegany co. Ward purchase.
1900. |

Niagara beds. Perryville Tenn. Ward purchase. 1900.

Manlius limestone upper layers, or Coeymans limestone
lower layers. Magnesian slabs with crinoids. Ledge
and walls on farm of C. F. Wheelock, Jerusalem hill,
Litchfield, This layer lies about 10 feet below Stromato-
pora layer. M. W. Brown, purchase. 1900.

Coeymans limestone. Quarry and limekiln three quarters.
of a mile south of Cedarville. M. W. Brown, purchase.
1900. | uy

Eurypterus-bearing (Rondout) waterlimes. Loose slabs on
C. F. Wheelock’s farm, Jerusalem hill, Litchfield. No
outcrops. M. W. Brown, purchase. 1900. ,

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 TT

2637 Helderbergian. Dalhousie N. B. Stewarts cove just
south of Bon Ami rocks on coast one half mile from vil-
lage. These rocks have been called Silurian and Lower
Helderberg by the Canadian geologists. They lie steeply
inclined between apophyses of eruptives extending east-
ward from the great mass of Dalhousie mountain.
No.1. Lower beds of the section; principally of volcanic
ashes, containing Trigeria and other fossils. 40

. feet. J. M. Clarke, collector. 1900.
26388 Same formation and locality. No. 2. Argillaceous blocky
| shales with gastropods, alternating with ash beds. 32
feet. J. M. Clarke, collector. 1900.

2639 Same formation and locality. No. 3. Caleareoug shales.
with lamellibranchs. 10 feet. J. M. Clarke, collector.
1900.

2640 Same formation and locality. No. 4. Calcareous shales:
with abundant corals, brachiopods, etc. 75 feet. J. M.
Clarke, collector. 1900.

2641 Same formation and locality. No. 5. Beds with Lep-
taena rhomboidalis extremely abundant. 20
feet. J. M. Clarke, collector. 1900.

2642 Same formation and locality. No.6. Hardened calcareous
beds abutting against eruptive mass. Seven feet. J. M.
Clarke, collector. 1900.

2643 Same formation and locality. No. 7. Calcareous beds.
with Pentamerus, lying at bottom of section and abut-
ting against second eruptive mass. 30 feet. J. M.
Clarke, collector. 1900. |

2644 Gaspé sandstone. Portage road, three miles west of
Gaspé Basin, Quebec. 1100 feet above top of limestone.
J. M. Clarke, collector. 1900.

2645 Gaspé sandstone. Loose on east side of Gaspé Basin.
J. M. Clarke, collector. 1900.

2646 Helderbergian. Ruisseau du Grand Cave, nine miles south
of Griffon cove, Gaspé. Logan’s limestone 2-3. =Hel-
derbergian). J. M. Clarke, collector. 1900.

78

2647

2648

2649

2650

2651

2652

2653

2654

2655

2656

2657
2658
2659

2660
2661

NEW YORK STATHD MUSEUM

Trenton graptolites. Mt Olympus, Troy. R. Ruedemann,
collector. 1900.

Trenton graptolites. Railroad cut, corner of Tenth and
North Adams streets, Troy. R. Ruedemann, collector.
“£900:

Trenton graptolites. Excavation around new power

*, house, Lansingburg, Rensselaer co. R. Ruedemann, col-

lector. 1900.

Lorraine shales. Outcrop on bank of Hudson river, 100_

yards below state dam, Green Island, Albany co. R.
Ruedemann, collector. 1900.

Lorraine shales. Outcrop west of railroad bridge at north
end of Green Island. R. Ruedemann, collector. 1900.

Utica shale. Excavations at north end of Park avenue.
Van Schaick island, Cohoes, Albany co. R. Ruede-
mann, collector. 1900.

Lorraine shale. East bluff of Block island, Waterford,
Saratoga co. R. Ruedemann, collector. 1900.

Utica shale. Bluff on east bank of river about one half
mile north of power house, Lansingburg. R. Ruede-
mann, collector. 1900. |

Utica shale. Beaver park, Albany. About 300 feet east
of Swan street on line with Warren street. Jacob Van
Deloo, collector. 1894.

Lower Devonic. Chapman plantation, Aroostook co. Me.
Two miles west of Presque Isle creek. O. O. Nylander,
exchange. 1900.

Manlius limestone. Williamsville, Erie co. A. W. Gra-
bau, donor. 1900.

Manlius limestone. Erie co. A. W. Grabau, donor.
1900.

Manlius limestone. Akron, Erie co. A. W. Grabau,
donor. 1900.

Manlius limestone. Buffalo. A. W. Grabau, donor. 1900.

Rondout waterlime. Two miles below Waterville, Oneida
co., near bridge over east branch of Oriskany creek.
D. D. Luther and R. Ruedemann, collectors. 1900.

ed

2662
2663
2664
2665
2666

2667

2668

2669

2670

2671

REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 79

Rondout waterlime. Randall’s farm, two miles north of
Oriskany Falls, Oneida co.; west side of valley. D. D.
Luther and R. Ruedemann, collectors. 1900.

Rondout waterlime. Wheelock’s farm, four miles north of
Cedarville. D.D. Luther and R. Ruedemann, collectors.
1900.

Rondout waterlime. North Litchfield, Herkimer co., north-
west corner of town of Litchfield. R. Ruedemann, col-
lector. 1900.

Rondout waterlime. Near Quinlinan’s cheese factory, three
miles north of Cedarville. D. D. Luther and R. Ruede-
mann, collectors. 1900.

Rondout waterlime. One mile south of Jericho, Herkimer
co., along road to Cedarville. R. Ruedemann, collector.
1900.

Rondout waterlime. Highway one half mile east of Whee-
lock’s farm, four miles north of Cedarville. Scraggy
Manlius in contact above. Near the horizon of Euryp-
terus layer. D. D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Rondout waterlime. Lindsleys gulf, west of Clayville,
Oneida co.; two and one half miles southwest of Sau-
quoit. 175 feet above railroad. Outerop in small ravine

| coming into gulf from the north; 50 rods west from the
upper road. D. D. Luther, collector. 1900.

Rondout waterlime. Paris hill, two miles west of Chad-.
wicks, Oneida co. R. Ruedemann, collector. 1900.

Rondout waterlime. Exposure in highway east of John
Salisbury’s quarry, near North Litchfield. D. D. Luther,
collector. 1900.

Rondout waterlime. Turkey creek, one mile north of
Pecks Corners, Oneida co. R. Ruedemann, collector.
1900. —

Gaspé series (Devonic). Limestones nos. 1 and 2, Logan.
Cape Rosier cove, Gulf of St Lawrence, Gaspé penin-
sula. J. M. Clarke, collector. 1900.

80-

2673

2674
2675
2676

2677

2678

2679

2680

2681

2682
2683
2684

2685

2686

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Gaspé series. Limestone no. 4. At the “ quay ” west of
Cape Bon Ami, Gulf of St Lawrence. J. M. Clarke, col-
lector. 1900. |

Gaspé series. Top of limestone no. 8 Little Gaspé, Que-
bee. J. M. Clarke, collector. 1900.

Gaspé series. Limestone no. 8 Shore of Gaspé bay,
Grand Gréve, Quebec. J. M. Clarke, collector. 1900.
Gaspé series. Limestone no. 8. Shore of Gaspé bay, near
Indian cove, Quebec. J. M. Clarke, collector. 1900.
Gaspé series. Base of limestone no. 8; perhaps including
limestone no. 7. Grand Gréve brook, three quarters of a
mile above shore of Gaspé bay. J. M. Clarke, collector.

1900. )

Gaspé series. Limestones no. 7 and 8. Ship head, Cape
Gaspé, Quebec. 300 feet below the lighthouse. J. M.
Clarke, collector. 1900. f

Gaspé series. Greenish sandy beds, 50 feet below the
chert and 100 feet thick. Ship head, Cape Gaspe. J. M.
Clarke, collector. 1900.

Gaspé series. Limestone no. 8. On Cape Rosiers road at
Grand Gréve near Bartletts, Quebec. J. M. Clarke, col-
lector. 1900.

Arisaig series (Siluric). Arisaig N.S.

Arisaig series. Honeyman’s zone D, Fletcher’s E;. On sea-
coast east-west along mouth of Stonehouse brook and
for a few rods along brook. J. M. Clark, collector. 1900.

Arisaig series. McPherson’s brook. E,. J. M. Clarke,
collector. 1900.

Arisaig series. Seacoast west of Arisaig brook. Fletcher’s
E,and E,. J. M. Clark, collector. 1900.

Arisaig series. Coast west of Arisaig brook. E,. J. M. -

Clarke, collector. 1900.

Arisaig series. Arisaig brook and east and west of mouth
on shore. E. J. M. Clarke, collector. 1900. |
Arisaig series. Coast on Beechhill cove to Dunn’s point.

E,. J. M. Clarke, collector. 1900.

+
ae

2687
2688
2689
2690

2691
2692

RBPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 81

Arisaig series. Hematite mine on Trunk road. E,. J. M.
Clarke, collector. 1900.

Arisaig series. Loose on shore near McAdams’s brook.
E (?). J. M. Clarke, collector. 1900.

Chemung beds. Chatham Valley, Tioga co, Pa. J. C.
Warren, doner. 1900.

Chemung shales. Near Hornellsville, Steuben co. J. C.
Warren, donor. 1900. :

Clinton beds. Rochester. Ward purchase. 1900.

Trenton limestone. Greatbend, Jefferson co. Ward pur-
chase. 1900.

Appendix 3
NOTES ON PALEOZOIC CRUSTACEANS

BY JOHN M. CLARKE
1 THE GENUS PSEUDONISCUS

IN THE EURYPTERUS BEDS BELOW AND ABOVE THE GYPSUM
= SALT BEDS OF THE SALINA STAGE IN NEW YORK

PLATES 1, 2

One of the most notable events in the record of paleozoic time
was the:cometary outburst of the great crawfish known as
Pterygotus, Eurypterus, etc. along the low coasts
and in the salt shore pools of the closing epoch of the Siluric.
In the great area of Siluric rocks of northern Europe and in
northern United States, from western. Russia and the Baltic
‘isles of Oesel and Gothland, through Britain to New York,
into Ontario, Ohio, and Indiana, these curious creatures with
their peculiar attendant fauna have manifested themselves in
culminating development at the same horizon in the succession
of sediments. It was, I believe, the distinguished Russian
academician, Dr Friedrich Schmidt, who laid special emphasis
on this phase of Siluric faunas as a proper index of the close of
that era, accompanied, as these bizarre crawfish were, by ©
_ physical changes theretofore unusual to the historical record.
This suggestion was strongly supported by the opinions of
Murchison as expressed in the last edition of his Siluria.
For many years the common species of Eurypterus occur-
ring in the waterlimes of Herkimer county, N. Y., and described
_ therefrom as long ago as 1829 (DeKay), was regarded by Russian
geologists as the same as that abounding in profusion and most
beautiful preservation in the waterlimes and dolomites of the
island of Oesel; and, though the identity of these forms is not
generally conceded, yet the similarity in these distant species is
so extremely close that their assumed independence hardly
bears the test of close analysis. It is now therefore a matter of —
somewhat more than ordinary interest to record in the New York
faunas the presence of another of these merostome crustaceans
whose existence has heretofore been known only in the island

84 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

of Oesel; the genus Pseudoniscus Nieszkowski. This
peculiar, eyeless, semi-trilobitic merostome has indeed been
seen before in but a single species, of which we have record of
only two examples, both incomplete, the one figured by
Nieszkowski and the same with an additional fragment given by
Friedrich Schmidt.

In recent collections made from the Eurypterus dolomites of
the town of Litchfield, Herkimer county, we have acquired
another representative of this peculiar crustacean, at a horizon

lying somewhat but not far above the gypsum beds of the
Salina formation. It has also appeared in collections made by

C. J. Sarle from black shales and interlaminated dolomitic slabs
from beneath the gypsum beds in Monroe county, and from this
latter horizon, which is one not before recorded in the New
York paleozoic, the representation of the creature embraces two
entire and admirably preserved individuals, and in addition
thereto a number of head-shields. ‘In the latter locality the
Pseudoniscus is associated in the black shales with a
number of other crustacea, a Ptery 0 tus, an Euryp-
terus and a pterygotoid genus which will have to receive a
distinct generic designation, all of which are now under study
by Mr Sarle. Some of the phyllocarid crustacea described here-
with under a separate caption, are also from the same black

shales at this low and heretofore unrecognized horizon for such

crustacean fauna. The thin dolomite slabs which lie in these
shales and into which some of the shale fossils extend, carry
Leperditia scalaris Jones and a pterineoid like Pter-
inaea subplana Hall. The Litchfield specimens occur with
the usual well-known Eurypterus fauna of the upper Waterlime,

Eurypterus remipes, Pterygotus macroph-

thalmus. Dolichopterus macrochrius, ete.
Nieszkowski described the genus Pseudoniscus in 1859'.
The original of Pseudoniscus aculeatus Niesz., a

specimen found by Dr Friederich Schmidt in 1858, consisted of

*Zusitze zur Monographie der Trilobiten der Ostsee-provinzen: Archiv
fiir Naturkunde Liv-, Est- und Kurlands, ser. 1, 2: 381, pl. 2, fig. 15.

Pde
= -
ae 2
a Pe», ye Se es eh

NOTES ON PALEOZOIC CRUSTACBRANS 85

the preabdomen and postabdomen with the left lateral portion
of the head-shield indistinctly retained!. The figure given by
the author was reproduced by Eichwald (Lethaea rossica. 1860.
‘p. 1445); and a restoration of the cephalic parts of the animal,
based on Nieszkowski’s figure, but incorrect in the restored de-
tails, was given by Woodward’, and has found its way into
various works of more general character (see e. g. Packard’s
Monograph of the North American phyllopod crustacea). The
distinguished author of the genus believed that he detected
evidences of lateral compound eyes and suggested their presence.
Woodward, restoring the missing parts and accepting the sug-
gestion of Nieszkowski, represented it with large Limulus eyes.
When Schmidt redescribed the species in the work cited, having
an additional specimen of the head-shield, he pronounced against
the existence of these external organs, and our well preserved
specimens corroborate this determination fully. The animal had
no compound eyes, nor, so far as can be seen, ocelli; and, finding
no trace of any structure, spot or streak, which can be interpreted
as evidence of an optical organ, we are disposed to believe that
- through degeneration Pseudoniscus had become sightless.

Associated with Pseudoniscus aculeatus in the
Eurypterus beds of Oesel are, besides Eur ypte r us
fischeri Eichw. and Pterygotus osiliensis Schmidt,
‘species of the allied genus Bunodes, three of which have
been recorded, B. lunula Eichw., B. rugosus and B.
eschrencki Nieszk. The last of these was called by Niesz-
kowski Exapinurus schrencki; but both genus and
species were based on a highly imperfect specimen, and Schmidt
is unquestionably correct in regarding Exapinurus asa
synonym for Bunodes and the species as a probable variety
of B. lunula. There are between these genera Bunodes
and Pseudoniscu S, Similarities of structure which justify
their being placed together with Hemiaspis in the family

kiill auf Oesel, p. 40; Mem. de l’acad. imper. des sciences. 1883. ser. 7,
y. 31, no. 5.

*Palaeontogr. soc. Merostomata, 4:177, fig. 65.

86 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Hemiaspidae, as proposed by Schmidt. We briefly notice the
distinctive characters of these two genera. |

In Pseudoniscus the head-shield is relatively very large,
covering one half the length of the animal. It has also sharp
and extended genal spines. In Bunodes the head plate is.
short, sub-semicircular and blunt at the angles. In Pseudo-
niscus the surface of the head is generally smooth, but in one

specimen from the dolomites of Litchfield it shows traces of |

radial grooves departing from the median region. These seem to:
us probable impressions of appendages. In Bunodes, how-
ever, such radial depressions are very pronounced in the species:
B. lunula and rugosus, but are less prominent in B.
lunula var. schrencki! (Exapinurus schrencki
Nieszk.) I see no objection to placing a construction similar to
the above on these cephalic grooves in Bunodes. Schmidt
says that clear evidences of facial sutures are present in the
Hemiaspidae, and cites in confirmation one of his figures of
Bunodes (pl. 1, fig. 34). These are said to converge in direct

lines from the posterior to the anterior margin, but the cited .

figure seems to throw no certain light on this structure, and we
have seen in al] the specimens of Pseudoniscus studied no
trace of such suture on the surface of the head. Our specimens,
however, show an infolded margin or doublure thickened at its
inner edge by a thread-like line. This line parallels the margin
of the shield except at the median projacent anterior angle on:
the shield, where its lateral branches join the margin at the apex

of the angle. This may prove to be a submarginal line of suture..

In the structure of the abdomen the most striking feature im
both genera is the very strong trilobation and the termination
in a sharp telson. Dr Schmidt has (perhaps through a lapsus:
calam) referred to this aspect of these creatures as a “ trilobi-
tation”, a most expressive term for the strong resemblance herein
presented to the trilobites. The dorsal furrows are deeply
marked, the axis arched and the pleurae flat with pointed termi-

18ee Schmidt. Die Crustacean-fauna der Hurypterus-schichten von
Rootziltill auf Oesel, pl. 1, fig. 34-47, pl. 7, fig. 1-6.

a

NOTES ON PALEOZOIC CRUSTACEANS es Si

mations and those pertaining to the preabdomen obliquely
grooved. In Pseudoniscus roosevelti (the New York
-species) we find there are 10 distinct segments, one more than is
ascribed to this genus by Nieszkowski and Schmidt, the telson
being a spine whose base is joined directly to the ultimate joint

and which may be looked on as an 11th segment. B unodes

was first described with nine segments also, but the supplement-
ary figures given by Schmidt on his plate 7 show it to have had
10, and the two genera in this regard are alike. In Bunodes,
however, pleurae on the last three segments are wanting or rep-
resented only by short lateral spines, whilein Pseudoniscus
these final pleurae are very long and strongly recurved. We
find that in Pseudoniscus the segments 1-5 have grooved
pleurae and the sixth and séventh are closely conjoined, so that

_ the interval between the pleurae is notably slight and the corre-

sponding axial parts of the segments very narrow. We do not
however regard these as coalesced into a single segment with

| double pointed pleurae. The latter is the condition ascribed to

Bunodes by Schmidt, and very clearly shown in his more

complete drawings of these animals, while in the genus Belin-

urus segments 7-8. are regarded as consolidated. Heretofore
the segments of Pseudoniscus have been regarded as
equally independent, and this approximation of segments 6-7 has
not been noted. The comparison of these structural characters
indicates a closer relation between these two genera than had

- been previously conceded, without however compromising the

generic distinction. ae
The authors who have had occasion to discuss the genetic rela-
tionship of these creatures, have found in their deep trilobation
and grooved pleurae, lines of attachment to and derivation from
a trilobitic stock, and Nieszkowski, Schmidt and Woodward have
all agreed in looking on them as passage forms from the trilo-
bites to.the merostomes. I am at present inclined to the belief
that we have a sufficient clue to the early history of the pecu-
liar bodies represented by Pseudoniscus, Bunodes,

Hemiaspis and Neolimulus to indicate their origin in

88 : NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

the trilobite stock and differentiation therefrom at a very early
period of geologic history.

The genus Aglaspis Hall, described as a trilobite from the
Cambric (upper) of Wisconsin, was, in Eastman’s edition of
Zittel’s Textbook of paleontology, removed by the writer from the
trilobites and placed under the family Aglaspidae of the order
Synxiphosura Packard, in immediate association with the Hemi-
aspidae (1899, p. 672). Aglaspis eatoni Whitfield, a figure
of which is here reproduced, has a lobed head-shield, low, conate
central area, approximate and small compound
eyes and no facial sutures. Its abdominal seg-
ments are flat and blade-like, markedly simi-
lar to those of Pseudoniscus, and the |
body ends in a similar telson spine. Its seg-
ments have been reported as seven in number.
It clearly represents an early stage of the stock —

Babe ee aes to which the hemiaspids belong, nearer to the
Upper Cambrie, Lodi Wis. point of departure from the trilobite stock, —
and yet it may be said that the slight difference in the expression
of the type after the long interval from Cambric to late Siluric
shows its stability.

With the evidence afforded by these recent acquisitions of
Pseudoniscus we may submit the following diagnosis of
the genus: :

Pseudoniscus Nieszkowski 1859. Animal small. Head-
shield relatively large, convex; eyeless; no facial sutures; genal
angles extended into short spines; surface very obscurely marked
by radial furrows (impressions of appendages?). Abdomen strongly
trilobed and trilobitiform. Segments 10, flat, smooth; those of
the preabdomen 1-5 with obliquely grooved pleurae; sixth and
seventh segments partially conjoined on the pleurae; segments of
postabdomen narrow, lanceolate and with increasing retral cur-
vature. Telson a simple short, straight spine.

es
4 NOTES ON PALEOZOIC CRUSTACEANS 89

Genus PSEUDONISCUS Nieszkowski
Pseudoniscus roosevelti sp. nov.

Entire individual subovate, broadest in front, posterior ex-
_ tremity extending beyond marginal curve.

Head relatively very large, covering nearly or quite one half the
entire length of the animal. The marginal curve is sub-semiellip-
tic, the posterior or nuchal curve gently concave, transverse in the
middle. The general form of the head is thus like an elongate
Limulus shield, with sharp spines extending from the genal angles
and reaching to'the third segment. In the two entire individuals
the head-shield has been but little compressed, and the relative
proportions are doubtless more correctly expressed than in some
of the detached shields which lie in the more shaly portions of the
; rock, where flattening has exaggerated the transverse dimension.
The anterior and lateral margins of the head bear a thickened
edge due to'the infolding or doublure, which makes a fine thread-
like line of thickening on the lower side of the carapace. This line -
- follows the lateral. margins at a distance of a fraction of a milli-
meter within it. At the middle point of the anterior margin is a
_ projecting point, or small angle, and several specimens show that
the lateral branches of the thickened thread on the under side
approach each other and unite with the margin itself at the apex
of this angle. It is not ‘altogether clear whether this line of the
doublure, traceable ‘on nearly all ‘the specimens, is actually its
innermost edge or marks rather the position of a submarginal
suture. The posterior margin of the shield bears between the
genal angles and the median portion juxtaposed to the abdominal
axis, a series of crenulations which lies within the margin to such
a degree as not to interrupt it, but extends on the surface of the
head sufficiently to make a notable ornamentation of an otherwise
unmodified exterior. Over the median area these fine crenula-
tions are replaced by a slight transverse marginal ridge, which
appears like a slight “tuck” or “pucker” at the edge of the
shield. In other than these features the surface of the shield
is not modified. In all the specimens studied there is no evidence
that can be construed as indicating the position or presence of

90 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

eyes. The more. complete specimens show certain wrinkles or
ridges concentric to the margin, whose very obscurity might be
regarded as veiling the eyes which from analogy one would ex-
pect to find in this creature; other shields show irregular
ewellings which are in part at least due to underlying carapaces
of Leperditia, but the most favorably preserved demon-
strate that it would be an error to let any such irregularities pass
as an apology for eyes. We cam find no evidence whatever that
the creature had either lateral compound eyes, central ocelli or
facial sutures, save that possible on the infolded surface.
There is furthermore no indication of any regular or persistent
subdivision of the head-shield, its form being evenly and smoothly
convex from the narrow and slightly flattened margin. The sur-
face is very finely and uniformly granulose or pustulose.

A specimen obtained from the dolomite slabs of Litchfield
shows on the under impression a faint longitudinal, median
groove at the center of the carapace, with obscure traces of radi-
ally divergent grooves departing from the center toward the per-
iphery. We have already referred to this structure as suggesting
the often strong radial furrows on the head-shield of Bunodes
and have found therein an additional point of alliance between
these genera. That these represent the appendages of the cepha-
lothorax or are due to them seems to us most probable.

Abdomen gently tapering with swelling marginal curve to the
telson. Strongly and subequally trilobed; axis slightly wider
than the pleurae; the dorsal furrows diverge to the third segment,
_ thence converge, becoming concave inwardly toward the posterior »
extremity. The entire aspect of the abdomen is strikingly
trilobitic. On the axis these segments are gently arched but in
themselves flat, tenuous and without ornaments; on the pleurae
their flatness is notable throughout their extent, their termina-
_ tions being flat points to which both upper and lower margins
quite regularly taper, the upper with a convex and the lower with
a concave curve. The extremities of these pleurae are thus free,
each projecting by itself. This feature becomes more pronounced
in passing posteriorly, and the pleurae of the last three segments
are not only very gradually tapering, but their retral curvature »

NOTES ON PALEOZOIC CRUSTACEANS 91

becomes increasingly pronounced, so that the pleurae of the last,
or 10th segment are almost parallel to the telson, and their long
tapering margins nearly prevent contact at any point with those of
segment 9. Segments 1-5 bear an oblique groove or line on each
pleura, suggestive of, and probably homologous with the similar
grooves on the pleurae of the trilobites. These fine oblique
grooves are in every case situated very near the posterior margin
of the pleurae. The sixth and seventh segments, andi all behind
them, fail to show these lines. On the other hand, in both the

entire specimens observed these segments, 6 and 7, are very

closely juxtaposed and present the appearance of ‘being in a cer-
tain degree coalesced, the extremities being free for a less dis-
tance than is the case with the immediately preceding or succeed-
ing segments. From here backwards also the segments make an
abrupt turn in their direction, and begin to approximate parallel-

ism with the telson.

There is herein good reason for deducing another homology
with the trilobites, as if in this probable partial coalescence of —
the sixth and seventh segments were the beginning of the
pygidium, none of the pleurae of the segments from 5 downward
bearing the oblique grooves. It may be noted that, where this
apparent coalescence of the pleurae manifests itself, the segments
or the axis become narrower and the most marked incurvature
of the dorsal furrows begins. The caudal spine or telson is added
to the 10th segment without expansion at its base, is short,
rather blunt at its end and is ridged medially.

Dimensions. The best preserved of all the specimens of this

/ erustacean is 24 mm long, its head is 9 mm in median length,
_ and to the end of the genal spines, 12 mm. Width of head, 13

mm; width of abdomen 11.5; width of axis 5; length of telson 5.
As an assurance of profound appreciation of his generous. and

stimulating attitude toward scientific investigation and his en-

thusiastic interest in the works of nature, and by his permis-
sion, I have embraced the privilege of attaching to this ancient
and curious denizen of our New York waters the name of |
Theodore Roosevelt, vice-president of the United States and re-
cently governor of the state of New York. : |

92 s NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

2 PHYLLOCARIDA FROM THE BLACK SHALES AT THE BASE OF
THE SALINA BEDS IN WESTERN NEW YORK

PLATES 2, 3

In the account of Pseudoniscus roosevelti given
above, reference is made to the fact that the majority of specimens.
representing that species are from a layer of black shale below
the horizon of the Salina gypsum. This tock and its most inter-
esting contents were first brought to view by the excavations
made at the time of the deepening of the Erie canal in 1897 in the
townships of Pittsford and Brighton, Monroe co. and, as already
noted, the material was collected by C. J. Sarle of Roches-

ter, from whom it was secured for the state museum. The fauna

of this shale has been briefly mentioned as a crustacean assem-
blage new to the paleozoic and we have reserved to Mr Sarle,
the discoverer, the privilege of giving an account of its interesting

eurypterid and pterygotid species. The other crustacea of which.

we have here taken notice complete this crustacean component.
This black shale, which is highly fragile and checks rapidly on
drying, suggests very forcibly the black merostome-bearing shales.
of Lesmahago, and only where it is complicated with the inter-
jaminated thin slabs of gray dolomite does it carry any other
organisms save a species of Lingula. The dolomites, how-
ever, contain Leperditia identical with the L. scalaris
Jones, which Grabau has identified from the upper, or bullhead,
dolomites lying above the upper Eurypterus beds in the Buffalo

section!, and a pterineoid like Pterinea, subplana Hall, |

of the Rochester shale.

Ceratiocaris (Limnocaris) praecedens sp. nov.
PLATE 3, FIGURES 5-10
Generic characters. This large species, probably the largest
carapace that has been recorded among the Ceratiocaridae, has in
all observed respects save one, the structure normal for the genus

Ceratiocaris as defined by recent authors, specially by

*Siluro-Devonic contact in Erie county, N. Y., Bul. geol. soc. Am. 1900,
371, pl. 22, f. 6. |

ee

NOTES ON PALEOZOIC CRUSTACEANS 93

Jones and Woodward.! The difference lies herein, that the speci-
men, which preserves with distinctness the structure of the
cephalic region, shows very clear evidence of an ocular node.
Drs Jones and Woodward, in the discussion of their proposed
genus Emmelezoe, have remarked on the valuation of this.
_ feature as follows (p. 69). |
The presence of the ocular tubercle has an important signifi-
cance, showing that the animal must have had the organ equiva-
lent to the eye sufficiently developed to affect the external cover-
ing, whether it was adapted to clear vision or not. It is not only
a generic character distinguishing them from Ceratiocaris,
but probably an important family distinction. ‘At all events the
oculate carapaces have to be removed from Ceratiocaris.
Generic distinctions among the Phyllocarida are not readily
determined, nor have those suggested proven altogether stable.
The tenuity of these carapaces and abdominal parts has led in
several notable cases to the introduction of superfluous terms as
generic designations. | Perhaps we should be inclined to lay less.
emphasis than another on this external evidence of the eye-spot
on the carapace, but in deference to the judgment of the high
authorities cited, the term above used, Limnocaris, may
_ 6erve as an expression of this putative generic difference.
Specific characters. Carapace very large, each of the valves.
horizontally sub-semiovate. Hinge line straight from posterior ;
extremity to near anterior, where it is slightly deflected to leave
place for a rostral plate. The anterior extremity is blunt, nar-
row, its margin being nearly straight for a short distance. The
carapace widens from the anterior end rather gradually with a
gently outward marginal curve, and attains its greatest width
near the middle of its length, where this width is more than one
half the length on the hinge. The posterior end has a width
somewhat more than one half the median width, and its margin
is gently incurved, forming a broad posteroventral and a small,
acute posterodorsal angle. The margin on the anterior ventral
and posterior curves bears a fine elevated cord. |

British paleozoic phyllopoda, pt 1, Ceratiocaridae. Paleontogr. soc. —
1888, | rs | ssa eR gr

94 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

In the cephalic region are several irregular, low and smooth

areas, which are slightly raised above the adjoining surface of the
carapace and are in noteworthy contrast to it. Among these
nodes is a clearly defined ocular spot, which is a smooth, strongly
elevated tubercle with a central depression, wherein lies a small
lens-like convexity. This spot may be more specifically located

in one specimen, where it lies 10 mm from the dorsal line and |

20 mm from the anterior extremity. The surface is ornamented
with fine, low, rather distant lines, spreading over the wider
parts of the carapace and converging to the extremities.

Of the carapace of the species we have two specimens in black
shale, one a right, the other a left valve, one slightly imperfect in
the cephalic region, the other lacking the posterior part. These
are of about the same size, and the more complete measures as
follows: length along hinge 105 mm, median width 60, width of
posterior edge 38.

Associated with these carapaces are some tail spines, in two |

cases attached to the distal segment of the abdomen. Another

last segment is somewhat better preserved, and in its flattened

condition is 40 mm long and 20 mm wide. The surface lines on
these are very fine but not latticed, as is occasionally the case in
Ceratiocaris. The smaller of these two specimens has the
three caudal spines attached, but only the right cercopod is well

shown, which is rather broad, flat and lanceolate, and, in com- —

parison with specimens of the telson, quite short. A single tel-
son, incomplete at the base and top, has a length of 75 mm;
another, also incomplete at the base, is 50 mm long. These
telsons bear'a ridged upper surface, there being a single sharp
ridge on either side of the median ridge. Neither it nor the
cercopods bear evidence of spines or tubercles.

Comparisons. On instituting comparisons with recorded species,

we observe that Dr Woodward’s gigantic species, C. ludensis,
from the lower Ludlow mudstone near Ludlow, is known only
from its abdomen and tail. Its carapace doubtless far surpassed
©. praecedens in size, yet in its known parts, the relative

ee el

ie ee Se a re

“NOTES ON PALEOZOIO ORUSTACEANS 95

dimensions and the ornament of its last segment and caudal
spines, there is a distinct similarity to the latter.

In form of carapace there is close resemblance to C. stygia
‘Salter (Ludlow, Lesmahago, etc.) but this is not continued te
‘the abdomen and tail. The same expression is found in the
Cc. acuminata Hall of the waterlimes above the gypsum
(Rondout waterlimes) and one may well infer the probable iden-
tity of the English species with the American C. acumina ta.
Into the same category falls the C. monroei Whitfield from
the upper Siluric waterlimes near Waubeka (Wis.) a most in-
teresting form in which Prof. Whitfield has determined the ap-
pendages, intestinal canal and mandibles.

Emmelezoe decora sp. nov.
PLATH 2, FIGURES 4-11; PLATE 3, FIGURES 1-4

Generic characters. When McCoy introduced his genus,
Ceratiocaris: he based his conception on two species, C.
solenoides and CG. ellipticus McCoy, both from the
upper Ludlow. The former is known today, ‘even after the ex-
haustive investigation of these fossils by Jones and Woodward,
only by its long narrowly pod-shaped carapace, so markedly dis-
similar from the forms to which the name Ceratiocaris
is currently applied that we can not fail to surmise a different
construction of the generic term when the other parts of the type
species become known. Ceratiocaris elliptica, Me-
Coy’s second species, has been taken by Jones and Woodward as
the basis of their gnus Emmelezoe, because of the pres-
ence of a well defined ocular tubercle. 'The species, too, and its |
congeners, E.: crassistriata, E. maccoyiana, E.
tenuistriata, bear a decided linear ornament, which is
most pronounced in K. crassistriata. This is an upper
Ludlow species and with it our own form, the only American rep-
resentative of the genus known, is most closely allied.

*An, and mag. nat. hist. 1849. 4:413.

96 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Specific characters. Carapace rather broad and bluntly pod-
shaped. Hinge line straight for two thirds the length of the
valves, thence sloping downward to the anterior extremity, leav-
‘ing a rostral cleft. | ;

The anterior end is short and direct; thence the margin turns
‘ventrally, making a blunt angle anterior of the middle of the valve,

where this greatest width of the valve occurs. From this angle

is a gradual slope upward and backward to the posteroventral
angle. The posterior margin is twice the length of the anterior,
truncate, usually with a slight outward, but sometimes inward
curve. All margins except the dorsal bear a pronounced cord-
like rim separated from the general surface by a groove. In
young carapaces both rim and groove are quite indistinct on the
posterior margin.

The cephalic region is not distinctly delimited by a furrow,

but is marked by a cluster of rather irregular nodes, dorsad of.

which lies the ocular tubercle, which is small, smooth and more
prominent than the rest. The mandibular nodes also are usually
-crossed by the longitudinal ornament ridges of the surface.

The ornament consists of series of sharp, ridge-like lines sub-
parallel to the length of the shell; 9 to 12 of these constitute the
major series; and they are in a broad sense continuous for the
length of the carapace, following a gently undulating course.
In the flat intervals between these ridges are much finer ones,
which are less continuous and, instead of always being parallel
to the major series, may run somewhat obliquely. While the fine
lines may at times encroach on the marginal cord, the coarser
lines do not, except at the posterior margin. This ornament is
subject to some slight variation with growth, and in one speci-
men we observe a notable deflection of the riblets at the posterior
end of the carapace, which seems to be the result of repaired
damage to growth.

Of these carapaces we have observed 15 to 20 examples, and

they vary in dimensions from a length of 11-13 mm and a great- _

est width of 6 mm to a length of 20 mm and width of 12 mm.
Rostrum. We have observed a small, leaflike plate among
the carapaces, which is marked by a venation unlike anything

——s

NOTES ON PALEOZOIC CRUSTACEANS 97

seen elsewhere on these bodies; and, as this has about the
proper form and size for a rostral plate we are probably correct
in assuming that to have been its office.

Abdomen and telson. Among all these specimens only a few
parts of the abdomen have been seen, and in but one of these in»
stances are the parts in any way complete. This specimen has
‘the fiexible posterior parts of the body turned forward and under
the carapace. The segments exposed appear to be five in num-
ber, at first broad and short, becoming long and narrow back-
ward. The latter are furrowed medially on the under surface and
perhaps broadly ridged on the upper. ‘The telson and cercopods
appear to be short and simple but have not been clearly dis-
played. The ornament on these parts is a strongly marked lat-
tice work or fish netting, notably coarse in proportion to the size
of the segments and making a very striking feature. While it
at once suggests the angular scale-like ornament on the seg-
ments of certain other ceratiocarids (C. stygia, C. papilio)
it differs therefrom in forming elevated lines where the edges of
such scales would be. ;

Remarks. The number of specimens observed of this species
shows it to have been not uncommon in the fauna of the Salina
black shale. The species is clearly a ceratiocarid, as evinced
by the absence of any trace of intercalary hinge plate (Rhino-
€ aris) and in the character of ornament. Its numerous surface
Yidges give it an aspect undeniably suggestive of the genus
Tropidocaris of the middle and upper Devonic, but its
relationships are evidently much closer to species of Emmel-
ezoe and specially to E. crassistriata J. and W! So
far as now known this genus has been observed only at this |
upper Siluric horizon, _

caw, 3 SOME DEVONIC PHYLLOCARIDA FROM NEW YORK

PLATE 4

Recent field investigations in the Ithaca strata of central
New ‘York have revealed the somewhat widespread presence of
these interesting crustaceans. While none of markedly novel

1An. and mag. nat. hist. 1849. 4:70, pl. 8, fig. 3.

98 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

form has been seen, their general occurrence through these
strata and their great profusion in certain localities are note-
worthy. The species concerned have been already described
from the Hamilton shales of this state, principally in vol. 7 of
the Paleontology of New York, under the names of Echino-
caris punctata, Rhinocaris columbina, Rhin.
Scaphoptera, Elymocaris capsella, Tropido-
caris hamiltoniae, Mesothyra veneris. None
of these has ever provena common species in the Hamilton fauna.
Echinocaris punctata has occurred the most ‘fre-
quently of any and-has been found at two localities in some
numbers, viz, Pratts falls, Onondaga co., and Tichenor’s gully
on Canandaigua lake. Rhinocaris columbina is the
next in degree of abundance in the collections of the state
museum, specially from the latter locality, and it occasionally
turns up elsewhere in the soft shales of the group in westerm
New York. Numbers of specimens were found in these shales

taken from the Livonia salt shaft in Livingston county, together
with Rhin. scaphoptera, but these species have not .

been recorded from the sandy shales of central and eastern New
York’. The other species above mentioned have been noted
only in single instances from the Hamilton shales of Ontario
county. It is thus somewhat singular, though quite in keeping
with the nature of the Ithaca fauna as we are learning to
apprehend it, to find these species such notable members of
that fauna and involved in wholly arenaceous muds. The
museum record .of localities now bears the following entries
at which species of these phyllocarids have been obtained, im
Ithaca rocks (Portage age).
2494 Ravine one mile east of Noblesville, Otsego co.
2471 Ledge on side hill one mile west of Noblesville, 150 feet
above valley.
2495 Laurens, Otsego co.; small ravine in west part of village.
1The species described as Elymocaris hindii by Jones, from

the Hamilton shales of Arkona, Ontario (Geol. mag. July 1894, p. 292),
isRhinocaris columbina.

NOTES ON PALEOZOIC CRUSTACEANS 99

2474 Ravine east of South Otselic, Chenango co.; base of ex-
posed section.

2478 Pharsalia Hook, Chenango co.; small ravine west of the

village.

2480 Burdick Settlement, Chenango co.; ravine one mile south-
east by road to South Otselic. |

2479 Hakes ravine one mile north of Pitcher, Chenango co.

2507 Cincinnatus, Cortland co.; small outcrop one and one half

_ miles southwest of village, by side of railroad, 80 feet
_ above river. wins

2451 Along the bed of Canasawacta creek in the village of Nor-
wich, Chenango co. |

2511 Buttermilk falls ravine near Phelps crossing, three miles
north of South New Berlin, Chenango co. Base of Ithaca
at top of lower falls. »

2582 One quarter mile south of Deruyter, Madison co.

At only two of these localities however have the fossils proved
abundant. At Laurens and in the vicinity of Noblesville certain
layers of the sandy shales have been found crowded with
Echinocaris punctata and Rhinocaris colum-
bina, neither evincing any distinguishable difference from the
Hamilton forms.

The gregarious habit of these crustacea is well exemplified by
these occurrences, but in every recorded instance they are found
in a true marine fauna.

These recurrent species, appearing at horizons above the sum-
mit of the Hamilton beds and the horizon of the Tully limestone,
have added some significant details to our knowledge of these
organisms, specially those of the genera Rhinocaris and
Mesothyra. |

Rhinocari s represents a peculiar type of phyllocarid struc-
ture, in which the two lateral pieces or valves are hinged by sym-
physis with an elongated, median lance plate. The valves are in’
actual contact only ata single point at or just back of the nuchal
furrow, where one overlaps and probably interlocks with the other
in two minute triangular flanges. This latter is the structure

100 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

shown in the great carapace of Mesothyra and seen to be
present, though less strongly defined, in Rhinocaris. In

front of this contact point of the carapace valves is a rostral cleft,

the rostral plate filling it and projecting forward beyond the

anterior margin of the shield. Its form in front has been rep-

resented bythe writer as flat laterallyand leaflike, but this may be

a shape resulting partly from compression. Some of the new ma-

terial seems to indicate that this plate was broader over its ante-

rior portion. In Mesothyra, only the separated valves and

segments of which have been found in the Ithaca beds at Ithaca,

all these features are strongly pronounced. Indeed this genus

was founded and separated from Dithyrocaris on the

basis of this structure (Paleontology of New York, v. 7) before the

same carapace structure had been determined in Rhinocaris

save for the presence of the rostrum, which was then looked on

as a rostral projection consolidated with the carapace. We have

found no reason since the publication of the restoration figure of

Mesothyra (Paleontology of New York, v. 7), for modifying our

conception of the structure of this shield. There are other

features which justify this conception of Mesothyra as
generically distinct from Rhinocaris, and we should find the

distinction most emphatic in the extreme development in the
former of every structural detail.

Mesothyra oceani bears a single but immense lateral
carina on each valve. No such structure is observable on the
original specimens of Rhin. columbina, though a carina is
present in other species of that genus, sometimes extremely ob-
scure. ‘Thus there are certain carapaces from the soft Hamilton
shales of the Livonia salt shaft which are like those of Rhin.
columbina but relatively broader and with radial branching
grooves departing backward from the eye nodes, on which a faint
carina is observable. This form we propose to designate as Rhin.
columbina var.livonensis. The carina is likewise pres-
ent though faint in Rhin. veneris. In Rhin. scaph-
optera and Rhin. hamiltoniae it is more decided in its
development. |

NOTES ON PALEOZOIC CRUSTACEANS 101

In the uncertainty which prevailed at the time of preparing
vol. 7, Paleontology of New York, with regard to the generic char-
acters of severai of the species above mentioned, they were re-
ferred to various genera, but we are now aware that all the fol-
lowing have the structure of Rhinocaris and are referable
to that genus.

Rhinocaris columbina Clarke (pl. 4, fig. 14). Ham-
ilton shales, Tichenor’s gully, Sass pki lake and Livonia
salt shaft, 350 feet.

Ithaca beds. WLaurens and in the vicinity of Noblesville,
Otsego co. 7

k. columbina var. livonensis (pl. 4, fig. 15, 16).
Hamilton shales. Livonia salt shaft, 350 feet.

R. scaphoptera Clarke (pl. 4, fig. 10, 11). Hamilton
shales. Tichenor’s gully, Canandaigua lake; Livonia salt
shaft, 350 feet.

Ithaca beds. Canasawacta creek, Norwich; near Phelps
crossing, Chenango co. 3

R. (Tropidocaris) hamiltoniae Hall and Clarke.
Hamilton shales. Tichenor’s gully, Canandaigua lake.

R. (Elymocaris) capsella Hall and Clarke (pl. 4, fig.
12, 13). Hamilton shales. Canandaigua lake. The original
of this species was a small and obscure carapace. Other
specimens of larger form and characterized likewise by the
absence of a spine on the posterior margin occur in the Ithaca
beds near Pitcher and at Pharsalia Hook, and show the
Rhinocaris hinge structure.

R. (Mesothyra (Dithyrocaris?)) veneris. Hall
and Clarke. This species, very well distinguished in the

character of its outline, is from the blue black passage beds
from the Marcellus into Hamilton shales, on Mud creek, town
of Canandaigua.

The species described by the writer as Rhin.(?) bipennis

(pl. 4, fig. 9) from the horizon of the Sherburne sandstone (lower
beds of the Ithaca formation) one fourth mile south of the ceme-

102 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

tery in the village of Deruyter,! is distinct from all these forms
in the undulating ridge or very faint carina departing from the
anterior extremity backward, lying far dorsad of the usual posi-
tion of the carina. The ornament on the two sides of ‘this ridge is:
quite different. As the original figure of this species was but ron
rough pen sketch, a more finished drawing is here presented. The
character of the hinge in this species is still undetermined,
though the probability of its being in harmony with that of

Rhinocaris is very strong. :

Of the genus Mesothyra we know the carapace structure
in the Ithaca species, M. oceani. M. neptuni, from the
Hamilton shales at Plainfield (N. Y.) is known only from its tail
plate and spines. It seems probable that when more is known
of the Hamilton fossil it will prove to be a species closely allied
to that of the Ithaca. beds.

Whatever the future may determine as to the propriety of
keeping the genera Rhinocaris and Mesothyra apart,
these seem now to represent inceptive or progressive structure
toward the genus Dithyrocaris. Though Dithyrocaris
is a genus of the longest standing among these. phyllocarids
and has been the subject of a recent monograph by Jones and
Woodward, we are still somewhat in doubt as to its carapace
structure. Up to 1889 Dithyrocaris had been represented
and described as bivalvular and having only a median ridge on
the carapaee, but, in accordance with the suggestion afforded by
the structure of Mesothyra, the English authors have demon-
strated that this median ridge is in reality a detachable median
plate which usually overlaps the dorsal edges of the carapace
valves. As to the nature of the contact in front of this median,
plate beginning at the nuchal furrow, the form of the rostral plate,
‘the structure of the eye node, which in Mesothyra bears a
- pitlike depression at its summit, we are still left in uncertainty.
It is however deducible from the profuse illustration of the genus
by Jones ‘and Woodward that genetically, Rhinocaris
and Mesothyra stand to Dithyrocaris in the rela-

115th an. rep’t N. Y. state geol. 1898. p. 69, figures.

-

NOTES ON PALEOZOIC CRUSTACEANS 103

tion of antecedent to consequent. Dithyrocaris is a
Carbonic genus, and we may doubt its occurrence in any earlier
strata. The authors cited refer to but one species from the De-
yonian, D. belli Woodw. from Gaspé, but it is not possible
from the figure and description of that species to determine its

generic character. | 3
Eleutherocaris Clarke. In Eastman-Zittel’s Textbook
of paleontology, p. 656, the generic term Eleutherocaris
was introduced by the writer, having for its type species the
Ceratiocaris whitfieldi Clarke, of the Naples shales
.of Naples (N. Y.). In the course of editing, this. species
name was struck out of the text, leaving the genus standing
alone, a nomen nudum. The carapace of Eleutherocaris
whitfieldi differs notably from that of Rhinocaris in
the broad; low nodes of the cephalic region and in its very short,
oblique anterior lateral carina. Its cephalic nodes are more
nearly comparable to those of Echinocaris, with which
genus the species was associated in vol. 7, Paleontology of New
York. The truncate extremities, both anterior and ‘posterior,
have not been observed in Rhinocaris or in Echino-
caris. The hinge line in this species seems to be long and
straight with an anterior cleft for a rostrum, but no satisfactory
evidence is present of an intermediary dorsal plate.

- 4 THE CCCURRENCE OF THE PHYLLOPOD CRUSTACEAN
ESTHERIA MEMBRANACEA OF THE OLD RED SANDSTONE OF
NORTHERN SCOTLAND AND NORTHWESTERN RUSSIA,IN THE
ONEONTA-CATSKILL SEDIMENTS OF EASTERN NEW YORK

PLATE 4, FIGURES 1-4

Hstheri ame m b ranacea is one of the longest and most
widely known of the fossil phyllopods. It has been generally
regarded as a characteristic accompaniment of “Old Red” sedi-
mentation both in northern Scotland and in Livonian Russia.
At’ the time’! Prof. P, Rupert Jones issued his well-known
Monograph of the fossil Estheriae: the occurrences of the species

*Paleontogr. soc. vol. for 1860 (1862).

104 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

recorded up to that time were brought together, and these with
other later observations indicate that the fossil is not diffused
generally throughout the Old Red strata but in its profuse mani-
festation at least is somewhat localized. Hugh Miller figured
the species in various editions of the Old Red sandstone and Cruise

of the Betsey, from the fiagstones and shales of Caithness, and he ©

was also among the earliest to record its occurrence on the islands
of Orkney and Shetland. The position of the Estheria beds or
Caithness shales on Orkney is stated by Prof. Jones (p. 17), quot-
ing John Miller of Thurso, to be the middle beds of the Old Red

sandstone, according to the subdivision of that series as made out -

by Sedgwick and Murchison, where the fossil is associated with
a profusion of fish remains but with no other organism, so far
as the records show. As to the proper interpretation of the ex-
tensive masses of Old Red sandstone deposits representing al-
together local manifestation of sedimentation of Upper Siluric
and Devonic data, probably even continuing into early Carbonic
time, Sir Archibald Geikie speaks with fullest authority. In
view of the significance which may attach to the appearance of

Estheria membranacea in New York in intimate associ- -

ation with sediments of the same order as the typical Old Red
sandstone, it will be serviceable to here cite the opinions of the
former director of the geologic survey of the United Kingdom.

The Old Red sandstone of Britain, according to the author’s
researches, consists of the following subdivisions.

2 Upper. Yellow and red sandstones, conglomerates, marls
etc., passing up comformably into the base of the Carboniferous
system and resting unconformably on the Lower Old Red sand-
stone and every older formation—H oloptychius, Pterich-
thys major, ete. ,

1 Lower. Red sandstones, conglomerates, flagstones and as-
sociated igneous rocks, passing in some places conformably down
into Upper Silurian formations—Dipterus, Coccosteus,
Cephalaspis, Pterygotus, ete.

Sir Archibald Geikie, regarding these geographically distinct
masses of sediments as having been deposited in isolated lake

*Textbook of geology. 1882. p. 712 et seq.

Si eee

NOTES ON PALEOZOIC CRUSTACEANS 105

basins, has designated! some of the areas in terms of recent
topography as “ the Welsh lake ”, “Lake Caledonia” and “ Lake
Orcadie”. Welsh lake lies in southern Britain and extends
from Shropshire into South Wales.

Here the uppermost parts of the Silurian system graduate into
red strata, not less than 10,000 feet thick, which in turn pass up
conformably into the base of the Carboniferous.

In some of the higher parts . . . Serpula and Con-
_ularia occur; but these are exceptional cases and point to the
advent of the Carboniferous marine fauna, which doubtless ex-
isted outside the British area before it spread over the site of
the Old Red sandstone basins.

Lake Caledonia lies in the southern counties of Scotland.

Lake Orcadie “ lies on the north side of the Highlands, but only
a portion of it comes within the present area of Scotland. It
skirts the slopes of the mountains along the Moray firth and east
of Ross and Sutherland and stretches through Caithness and the
Orkney islands as far as the south of the Shetland group. It
may possibly have been at one time continued as far as the
Sognefjord and Dalsfjord in Norway, where red conglomerates
like those of the north of Scotland occur. There is even reason
to infer that it may have ranged eastward into Russia, for some
‘ of its most characteristic organisms are found also among the
Devonian strata of that country.

The Old Red sandstone of the northern basin (Lake Orcadie)
is typically developed in Caithness, where it consists chiefly
of the well-known dark gray, bituminous and calcareous flag-
stones of commerce. It rests unconformably on metamorphosed
Lower Silurian schists and must have been deposited on the
very uneven bottom of a sinking basin, seeing that occasionally
even some of the higher platforms are found resting against
the schists and granites . . . The total depth of the series
in Caithness has been estimated at upwards of 16,000
feet . . . Somewhere about 60 species of fishes have been
obtained from the Old Red sandstone of the north of Scotland. |
Among these the genera Acanthodes, Asterolepis,

*Roy. soc. Edin. Trans. 1879. yv. 28.

106 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Cheiracanthus, Cheirolepis, Coccosteus, Dip-
lacanthus, Diplopterus, Dipterus, Glypto-
lepis, Osteolepis, and Pterichthys are especially
characteristic. Some of the shales are crowded with the little
crustacean Estheria membranacea. Land plants
abound, especially in the higher groups of the flagstones, where
forms of Psilophyton, Lepidodendron, Stig-
maria, Calamites and Cyclopteris as well as OLS
genera occur.”

I have found no record of this E stheria occurring in Brit- in
ain outside the limits of the sediments of Lake Orcadie.

Continuing with Geikie’s observations, we cite his determina-
tion of the period of time covered by the depositions i the Old
Red sandstone.

In Lanarkshire [Lake Caledonia] about 5000 feet above the
base of the system a thin band of shale occurs, containing a
eraptolite, with Spirorbis lewisii and Orthoceras
dimidiatum—undoubtedly Upper Silurian forms. This in-
teresting. fact serves to indicate that, though geographical
changes had elevated the Upper Silurian sea floor partly into
iand and partly into isolated inland water basins, the sea out-
side still contained an Upper Silurian fauna which was ready
on any favorable opportunity to reenter the tracts from which
it had been excluded. The interval of its reappearance seems —
to have been very brief however, for the band of shale contain-
ing these Upper Silurian marine organisms is only a few inches ©
thick, and the fossils have not been detected on any other hori-
zon. With these exceptions the fauna of the formation con-
sists entirely of fishes and crustaceans re

An interesting fact deserves mention here, as a corollary to
what has been stated above regarding the survival for some
time of the Upper Silurian fauna outside the area of the British
Old Red sandstone lakes. In the upper Old Red sandstone of
the basin of the Firth of Clyde, Pterichthys major and
Holoptychius occur at the Heads of Ayr, while a band of
marine limestone lying in the heart of the red sandstone series
in Arran is crowded with ordinary Carboniferous limestone
shells, such as Productus giganteus, P. semiretic
ulatus, P. punctatus, Chonetes hardrensis,
Spirifera lineata, ete. . . . Thus we see that while,
on the one hand, the older parts of the lower Old Red sand--
stone were coeval with an Upper Silurian fauna which, having

NOTES ON PALEOZOIC CRUSTACEANS 107

disappeared from the area of Britain, survived outside of that
area, on the other hand, the higher parts of the upper Old Red
sandstone were contemporaneous with a Carboniferous lime-

stone fauna which, having appeared beyond the British area, was
ready to spread over it as soon as the conditions became favor-

~ able for its invasion.

During the progress of Prof. C. S. Prosser’s field investiga-
tions on the Upper Devonic of eastern New York, of which he
has given extensive accounts in the 15th and 17th annual reports
of the state geologist and paleontologist, he sent in from a
locality known as Felter’s glen, and lying 2, ;miles sse from
Rensselaerville, Albany co., a large number of specimens of an
Estheria, which at the time of his report was not identified
except generically’. In the diagram representing the rock suc-
cession at this point (station no. 30B) the blue argillaceous shale
_which carries these fossils is stated as bearing lamellibranchs, the
diagram doubtless having been made before the specimens were
referred to the writer for identification ag cited on p. 258. Since
studying these fossils more carefully, I am satisfied of their
identity throughout with the typical expression of Estheria
membranacea from the Caithness flags. One can not be
easily misled with regard to the specific characters of this little
phyllopod. Its subcircular form, central apex, straight hinge 7
line im front of and behind the apex, all tend to render it unique
in its expression. In the Felter’s glen section, following Prof.
Prosser’s determination, we have the horizon of the Sherburne
sandstone (or initial stage of Portage time), to which he ascribes -
a thickness of 60 feet, overlaid by 40 feet of green shale, at the
base of which is the blue clay shale carrying the Estheria.
These 40 feet of shale lying above the horizon of the Sherburne
sandstone are regarded by Prosser as representing the entire
thickness of Ithaca deposits, and are overlaid by red shales and
sandstones considered as the base of Oneonta-Catskill sedi-
7 mentation. This section is in the main in accordance with our
present views as to the character of the Oneonta-Catskill sedi-
ments, which appear in the geologic column constantly earlier,

447th an. rep’t N. Y. state geol. and pal. p. 257-58.

108 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

the farther eastward one comes from the valley of the Chenango
river. Beyond the western limit of the sedimentation in that
region, we have the Sherburne sandstone representing the
opening stage of Portage time by a thickness of about
250 feet of arenaceous banks and shales, followed thereon by —
600 to 800 feet of sandy shales carrying the peculiar fauna of the
Ithaca period, above which gradually comes in the fauna of the
true Chemung. Proceeding eastward again into the area coy-
ered by Oneonta-Catskill sediments, we find the lower portion of -
these (Oneonta) encroaching on the upper portion of the Ithaca
marine deposits and westward of the Chenango river replacing
them in the succession, while still the marine Chemung fauna
comes in above them,’often preceded by slight reappearance
of the Ithaca fauna in its last stages. Reaching western Albany |
county and the region of Rensselaerville, we find the Sherburne
sandstone thinned to 60 feet and immediately over it the shales
bearing no other fossils than the Estheria and twigs of
Psaronius (40 feet) while the red sediments of the Oneonta
Catskill above them evince a much earlier encroachment of
these brackish water deposits and the embayment in which they
were laid down, on the sea bottom where the marine fauna of
early Portage time had been for a while implanted. There is
no reason for separating these Estheria shales from the
base of the Oneonta; the fossils themselves are distinctively
of the character which indicates alliance with Oneonta sedi-
mentation, such creatures as one would expect to find asso-
ciated with the great Unio Amnigenia catskillenis,
and with the fishes of the Oneonta and Catskill; and we shall
probably do wisely to infer the incursion of Oneonta-Catskill
sedimentation into this section with the termination of the 60
feet of sandstone referred to the Sherburne. However we may
choose to construe this section, the fact remains that we have
here evidence of the Old Red type of sedimentation emphasized
by the presence of a most characteristic Old Red species. No-
where else as yet has this species been seen in the rocks of New
York, but it occurs by hundreds in the locality cited, and its

NOTES ON PALEOZOIO CRUSTACEANS 109:

presence serves to emphasize very materially the universality in
northern altitudes of Old Red conditions, during the period of
time represented by the deposition of the Oneonta-Catskill sedi-
ments, a mass of sands and shales in part highly colored and
attaining a thickness of 3000 to 4000 feet.

5 ESTHERIA ORTONI SP. NOV.
| PLATE 4, FIGURES 5-8

Several years ago the late Prof. Edward Orton presented the
writer with a number of specimens of an Estheria from
_ the lower barren Coal measures of Carrollton (O.). The species
appears to have abounded in this argillaceous rock, where its.
only organic associate among the specimens studied, is, the
phyllopod Leaia tricarinata Meek and Worthen, and a
the figures we have given of the young stages of this shell, that
theria is worthy of note, among them being the character
of the umbo and hinge, and I have already given an illustration
of the species with considerable enlargement in Eastman-Zit-
tel’s Textbook of paleontology (p. 640, fig. 1833) designed to show
the strong node which is present in the umbonal region. The
species is of small size; the specimens represent various growth
stages from a length of .5 to 1 mm, where but three to seven con-
centric growth lines are present in a length of 3 mm, in which
state the shell may have 20 concentric ridges. The relatively large
size of these ridges and the distance between them are very
striking in young stages, and it appears on comparison of such
stages with the mature phase of the species that this early con-
dition is to some degree at least obliterated at maturity in the
progress of successive molts. It will be observed, on consulting
the figures we have given of the young stages of this shell, that
the primitive umbo is broad and quite bare, not being raised to
an apex or beak but being surmounted by a sharply defined
elongate, muscular node. Except for this node’ the aspect of
these small shells, with bare umbonal region and sloping round-
shouldered valves, is much more like that which prevails in the
living genus Limnadia than in either recent Estheria

110 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

or the adult condition of the fossils under discussion. For the
last named the posterior moiety of the hinge is straight and
slopes downward. The node in most cases persists throughout
the stages of growth, and, though a feature which has not before »
been recorded among the Estherias, it is, I take it, such a struc-
ture as one might expect to meet with in these phyllopods; such
a character as is so generally present in the Ostracoda and
Phyllocarida. | | 7
The concentric ridges have an imbricating form, abrupt on
their posterior and gradual on their anterior slope, and both
ridges and interspaces are alike covered by fine, elevated
anastomosing lines departing somewhat radially from the um-
bonal region. The first impression made by these wrinkles is
that they are ridges of lateral crushing, but no specimen affords
any evidence of distortion. These ornamental lines are much
more conspicuous on the young shells but are visible even on
the adult shell where the concentric growth lines have become
crowded. | :
The structure of this species seems to enforce a suggestion
which has previously been made that we are probably encourag-
ing misconception by permitting these ancient phyllopods to pass
under the name Estheria, whose type forms all pertain to
the existing fauna. |

re

sf -
ot yr?
» at 7
bw
* ot
ie : ‘
2ath he ? . ‘
a7 :

: a
4
- - >
, t STA -
wot .0¢ Bisyss001 tiunatstohger?
7 , ie 0 j
iat ee ; ; a DIS wo2 >. ‘ :
PLANATION OF PLATES
: 7 7 TS, . ae J > Pie Gs Gee is oem Se: s_
“ei ae ** ¥ s 4 oe _f -
wehod HEME ‘yi}} ib SOC t® MUG Ne aus ld eli tet
. a a c F
i = . - F . + ?
: Z
‘ a.
ad “4 ¢
‘
“ae a
i* he 7 -
a
* : ‘ ;

412 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

PLATD 1
Pseudoniscus roosevelti sp. nov.
p. 89
(See plate 2)
An entire and undistorted individual. x 3.
From the black shales at the base of the Salina One Monroe
county, N. Y.

-PSEUDONISCUS

1900 Plate 1

_ James B. Lyon. State Printer Phil. Ast, lith.

ij:

I r
a:
sts dak b “yet “ aaa Hate) 1: ete Behe) Pc, rs t fa a ¥ ; ‘ wh 5 2
ee polio ernst. theta}. 4, . ,
fails 1s. yy ay ES ‘ F 7 7" A
Mg i
. Z

114 | NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

PLATE 2
Pseudoniscus roosevelti sp. nov. _

p. 89
(See plate 1)

1 An essentially entire, somewhat distorted specimen. x3.

2 A cephalothoracic plate somewhat fiattened; showing the
ornament of the posterior margins and the length of the
genal spines. x 2. |

. From the black Salina shales, Monroe county, N. Y.

3 A specimen with the posterior parts restored in outline.
This is an impression of the lower surface, and the head-
shield shows radiating articular (?) impressions depart-
ing from a central oral (?) groove. x2. |

From the Eurypterus dolomites, Jerusalem hill, Herkimer co. |
i De
Emmelzoe decora sp. nov.
p. 95
(See plate 3)
Fic.

4 A group of individuals in more or less disjointed condition,
all natural size. 4

5 The most complete individual of this group. The seg- —
ments of the abdomen have here been reversed and
thrown forward, a quite usual condition among these
crustaceans, and they protrude, heuce, from the anter-
ior extremity of the carapace. The abdominal segments
are given an abnormal width by flattening, and the
character of the telson and cercopods is not clearly de-
fined. This figure shows the peculiar reticulate imbri-
cate surface ornament of the segments. x3.

6-11 Left and right carapace valves, showing the character
and variability of the surface markings and the well
developed eye nodes. These are all enlarged one diam-
eter with the exception of fig. 6, which is thrice actual
size. The ridges of the surface are seen to be quite vari- —
able in number and size, finer and more crowded on the
younger examples. d

From the black Salina shales, Monroe county, N. Y.

CRUSTACEA

Plate 2

Rep Paleontologist 1900

SE ROPES Rie
Nn a ih al gg ee

Aa daasaiperet ese

eS Es - y
fon a neler tS)
SS ae
Serre er terre

5 SES RE RS IFES

eae
Tae

SRE

es

PITTA

ae ae

asses

Te SIT OTE

wa

E= SS LPI ILI

James B.Lyon. State Printer Phil. Ast, lith.

G.B.Simpson del.

116 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

PLATE 3
Emmelzoe decora sp. nov.

p. 95
(See plate 2)
FIG.

1 Three segments of the abdomen which seem to have nor-
mal width. x 2. :

2 Two of the same segments still farther enlarged to show
the nature of the surface markings. These segments
are apparently split longitudinally. x5.

3 The terminal portion of the rostral plate (?) x6.

4 A left carapace valve with strong dorsal curvature, 3 dis-
tinct cephalic nodes, and showing also the absence of
the thickened margin on the posterior extremity. x2.

From the black Salina shales, Monroe county, N. Y.

Ceratiocaris (Limnocaris) praecedens sp. nov.
p. 92: |
5 A left carapace valve, showing the size, proportions and
surface markings. |
6 A right carapace valve, incomplete and considerably
crushed, but showing the distinct eye node.
7 A part of the grooved and ridged telson.
8 The posterior segments and caudal spines of a small in-
dividual, showing the fine surface striations.
9 The ultimate segment, a part of the telson and one cer-
copod of an apparently full-sized individual.
10 A single compressed, probably ultimate abdominal seg-
ment. |
From the black shales, Monroe county, N. Y.

CRUSTACEA

Rep Paleontologist 1900

ANE ew Nyy Sta SRDS OE SLANE

Phil. Ast, lith.

James B.Lyon. State Printer

.B.Simpson del.

q
d

418 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

PLATE 4
Estheria membranacea Pacht

p. 108

FIG.

1-4 Views of the valves showing exterior and interior and
giving the outline, contour and surface characters of the
species. All x4 except fig. 3 which is a young individual.
x8.

Oneonta-Catskill sediments. Felter’s glen, Albany co »N. Bg

Estheria hci Sp. nov.
p; 08 %

5 A young shell, highly enlarged; showing the strong um-
bonal node and the ramifying elevated lines crossing the
concentric ridges. x16.

6, 7 Larger shells with similar characters. x8.

8 A mature shell with more numerous concentric ridges and

fainter cross-lines. x8.
Lower barren coal measures. Carrollton O.

Rhinocaris (%) bipennis Clarke
n. E04 |
9 The original specimen; showing the low and highly dorsad
undulating carina of the aren and the abdominal
segments.
Sherburne sandstone. Near Deruyter N. Y.

Rhinocaris scaphoptera Clarke
p. 101
10 Exterior of the left valve with rostrum and showing me-
dian lance plate and lateral carina.
Ithaca beds, Canasawacta creek, Norwich N. Y.
11 Dorsal view of a specimen with valves conjoined, rostral
and median plates in position. x2. fort
Ithaca beds. Buttermilk falls ravine, 3 miles north of South
New Berlin N. Y.

CRUSTACEA

Plate 4

Rep Paleontologist 1900

James B.Lyon. State Printer Phil. Ast, lith.

G.B.Simpson del.

at

NOTES ON PALEOZOIC CRUSTACEANS 119

Rhinocaris capsella Hall and Clarke
pe LOL

FIG.
12 An imperfect folded specimen, showing a rounded posterior |

extremity and the median plate. x2.
Ithaca beds. Hakes ravine, 1 mile north of Pitcher N. Y.
13 A more complete folded carapace with extremities rounded
and median plate in position. a
Ithaca beds. Pharsalia Hook N. Y.

Rhinocaris columbina Clarke var. livonensis var. nov.
: p. 100 |
14 A portion of the inner surface of the carapace enlarged to
| show the diversity of surface sculpture over the valves
and median lance plate. The figure also shows the faint
lateral carina on one of the valves and the divergent
grooves departing from one of the eye nodes. x3.
15, 16 Left and right valves of natural size, each bearing a
trace of a lateral carina.
Hamilton shales. In the Livonia salt shaft at about 350 ft. .

*

“
t
;

. a a
7 SY EA’
= = 1
li4e%en Yoraonidsa
= = ane. ¢ i
erCitER: 5 ier ee
. Ph
{ ’ 7 it?
|
5
tr
f

sian anevilL a ehaat) Bi betes wins

r
5 x ue: ’ :
sae cae 3 ga od
iy a) ae rk f,. si
I~ we WET CE Slee ha Beit ae ae 3

: ; : wey me son Tete ho el lay ay age das <
; ‘ , f a ”

seh i f rie it 4 «he? we ‘ » ‘

itty ania PRM var iwi ati

F

- =? ) ¥
ci

hE Ae ay ater rel heat th

byt

Gea ph ee

The superior figures tell the exact place on the page in ninths; e. g.
88° means page 88, beginning in the third ninth of the page, i. e. about one

third of the way down.

Acanthodes, 105°. |
Aecessions to paleontologic collec-

tions, 25*-31°.
Aglaspis, 88°.

eatoni, 88’.

Allegany county, Chemung beds, 9°.
Amnigenia catskillensis, 108".
Asterolepis, 105’.

Baker, F. C., gifts, 27°.

Beecher, C. E., gift, 26%.

Bennett, Lewis J., cooperation with
department, 11°. |

Bishop, I. P., work on Buffalo
quadrangle, 15°.

Black shales at the base of the
Salina beds in western New York,
Phyllocarida from, 921-97’.

Buffalo quadrangle of topographic
survey, 15°. }

Buffalo society of natural sciences,

-eooperation with, 24’.
Building, new, need of, 22'-23?.
_ Bunodes, 867-877, 87°.

lunula, 85’, 86*.

. var. schrencki, 864,
rugosus, 85", 86*.
schrencki, 857.

Butts, Charles, fossils collected by,
10, 30°.

Canadian faunas, correlation with

New York faunas,.16'-18'.
Carbonic and Devonie systems,

boundary between, 10°.
Catalogue of type specimens, 18°-19°.

Cattaraugus county, Chemung beds,
Ct

Cephalaspis, 104°,

Ceratiocaris, 93%, 95°.

acuminata, 957.

elliptica, 95°,

ludensis; 94°.

monroei, 95*,

papilio, 97°.

praecedens, 92°-95%,
explanation of plate, 116°.

solenoides, 95°.

stygia, 951, 975.

whitfieldi, 103°.

Chautauqua county, Chemung sec-
tion, 117.

Cheiracanthus, 1061.

Cheirolepis, 106%.

Chemung beds, 6°-7°, 10*; and Lower
Carbonic, boundary, 10°; in Gatta-
raugus and Allegany counties, 9°;
in Chautauqua county, 11°.

Chenango county, special investiga-
tions in, 81-97.

Chonetes hardrensis, 106°.

Clarke, John M., collection of crus-
taceans, 11°-12?; gifts, 26°; fossils
collected by, 29"-30°; Notes on pale-
ozoiec crustaceans, 83'-110*.

Cleland, H. F., investigations, 11',
244,

Clinton
Led Bae

Coccosteus, 1048, 106%.

Collections, see Paleontologic collec-
tions.

beds, limestone lenses,

122

Conularia, 105°. -
Cooperative work of the depart-
ment, 23°-24°.
Corals, rugose, memoir on, 19°.
Cornell university, geologic depart-
ment, cooperation with, 11’, 24°.
Cortland county, special investiga-
tions in, 8'-9".

Counties, localities according to, 40'-
44°,

Crustaceans, collection and investi-
gations of, 11*-12°; notes on, 83’-
114°.

DeKay, cited, 83”.
Delaware county, special investiga-
tions in, 8'-9".
Devonie and
boundary, 10°.
Devonie and Siluric series, bound-
ary, 16°.
Devonie phyllocarida, 97°-1038°.
Diplacanthus, 106".
Diplopterus, 106°.
Dipterus, 104°, 106'.
Dithyrocaris, 100*, 102°.
belli, 103°.
? veneris, 101°.
Dolichopterus macrochirus, $4.

Carbonic systems,

Eastman, cited, 88’, 103°, 109°.

Echinocaris, 103°.
punctata, 98°, 99°.

Hichwald, cited, 85'.

Hleutherocaris, 103°.
whitfieldi, 103%.

Elymocaris capsella, 987, 101°.
hindii, 98°.

Emmelezoe, 93’, 95%.
crassistriata, 95°, 97".
decora, 95*-97%.

explanation of plates, 114-
16.
maccoyiana, 95°.
tenuistriata, 95°.

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Erie county, geology, 15°.
Estheria membranacea, 1037-92.
explanation of plate, 1184
ortoni, 109°-10%
explanation of plate, 1187.
Kurypterid crustaceans, 11412%, 83"
114°,
Euryterus fischeri, 85°.
remipes, 84°.
Exapinurus schrencki, 85’, 86%
Explanation of plates, 111-19.

Field ‘staff, personnel, 18’.

Yield work, 6°, 7°.

Formations, index to, 45'-47*.
Fossils, see Paleontologic collection,

Geikie, Archibald, cited, 104°, 1064

Gifts, 25°-277. .

Glenn, L. C., survey of Olean and
Salamanca quadrangles, 10°.

Glyptolepis, 106',

Grabau, A. -W., work in Niagara
county, 15°; special investigations,
24°: gifts, 26'-27°; cited, 92°.

Mall; 1! 'B., itt, Sr

Hall, James, unfinished work, BF;
use of name Ithaca group, 8*. :

Harris, G. D., cooperation with de-
partment, 11°, 24°.

Hartley, R. M., gifts, 26°. .

Helderbergian fauna and formation,
age, 167-18".

Hemiaspis, 85°, 86°, 87°.

Holoptychius, 104°, 106°.

Hudson river slates in the vicinity
of Albany and their taxonomic
relations, 13°-15°.

Hyde, Eber, gifts, 26°.

Ithaca fauna and formation, inves-
tigations on, 87-9’.

Ithaca strata, phyllocarida from,
978-103°.

t
|

INDEX TO REPORT OF THE STATE PALEONTOLOGIST 1900 12

Jones, T. Rupert, cited, 93’, 95°, 97’,
98°, 102°, 103°, 104°.

Kayser, E., gifts, 27°.

Lake Champlain, Lower Siluric

fossils from, 217-22’.

-Leaia tricarinata, 109*.

Leperditia, 92°.
scalaris, 84’, 92°.
Limestone lenses in Clinton and
Niagara beds, 12%-13*.
Limnocaris praecedens, 92°%-95%.
explanation of ai 116°.
Lingula, 92°.
Localities, record of, 19°, 81°-44°, 47*-
81°; alphabetic list, 318-40"; accord-
ing to counties, 407-44".

Lower : Silurie fossils, from fate °

Champlain, 217-22".

Luther, D. D., investigations, 7*, 7,
9‘; collection of crustaceans, 11%,
12°; fossils collected by, 30°-31°.

McCoy, cited, 95°.
Mesothyra, 99°-100°, 102%, 102°.
neptuni, 102°. |
oceani, 100°, 102°.
veneris, 98°, 101°.
Miller, Hugh, cited, 104’.
Miller, John, cited, 104°.
Monroe county, collections from
below gypsum beds, 84".
Moulthrop, S. B., gifts, 27°.
Murchison, cited, 83°.

Neolimulus, 87°.

New York faunas, correlation, with
Canadian faunas, 16'-18".

New York localities according to
counties, 407-44".

Niagara beds, limestone lenses, 12°-
re. ve

Niagara falls, geology, 15°.

Nieszkowski, cited, 84%, 85%, 87®.
Nylander, O. O., gifts, 27+.

818-40;

CO

Office staff, personnel, 23°.

Office work, 18°-23°.

Old red sandstone, Hstheria mem-
branacea in, 103°-9?,

Olean quadrangle, areal survey, 9°-
10°.

Oneonta-Catskill sediments of east-
ern New York, Estheria membra-
nacea in, 1037-9?

Ontario county, bake map, 24",

Oriskany formation, sections, 7’.

Orthoceras dimidiatum, 106°.

Orton, Hdward, specimens of Hs-
theria, 109°. |

Osteolepis, 106'.

Otsego county,
tions in, 8'-9".

special investiga-

Packard, cited, 85.

Paleontologic collections, accessions,
25°-815; index to formations, 45'-
47°; record of localities, 19°, 31°-44°,
47’-81°; alphabetic list of localities,

New York localities, by.
counties, 40'-44°; of Lower Siluric
fossils from Lake Champlain, 21°-
22'; lack of space, 22'-28°; work on
general collection in State hall,
20*; opportunities for students,
248-25°; synoptic collection in Geo-
logical hall, 20°-21%; catalogue of
type specimens, 18°-19°; type speci-
mens in Geological hall, 21‘.

Paleozoic crustaceans, 11*-12°, 83*-
114°.

Paris exposition, exhibit, 24°.

Phyllocarida, from the black shales
at the base of the Salina beds in
western New York, 92'-97°; De-
vonie, 97°-103°.

Plates, explanation of, 111-19.

Productus giganteus, 106°.

punctatus, 106°.
_ semireticulatus, 106°.

Prosser, C. S., fossils collected by,
50°; specimens of Hstheria, 1077.

124

Psaronius, 108°.

Pseudoniscus, 837-91°.
aculeatus, 84°.
roosevelti, 87, 89’-91°.

explanation of plates, 112,

114.
Pterichthys, 106°.
major, 104°, 106°. Pi
Pterinea subplana, 84’, 92°, 7:

Pterygotus, 83%, 104°. :
macrophthalmus, 84.
osiliensis, 85°.

Publications, 20".

Rhinocaris, 97°, 99°-100°, 1012, 102°,
103%.
(?) bipennis, 101°.
explanation of plate, 118°.
capsella, 101°.
explanation of plate, 119°.
columbina, 98*, 99°, 1007, 101°.
explanation of plate, 114°.
columbina var. livonensis, 100%,
101%.
explanation of plate, 119°.
hamiltoniae, 100°, 101°.
seaphoptera, 98?, 100°, 101%.
explanation of plate, 118’.
veneris, 100°, 101°.

Rochester shale,
129-131,

Rondout waterlimes in central New
York, fauna, 11°-12°,

Rowe, R. B., special investigations,
24",

Ruedemann, Rudolf, investigations,
9°, 12’, 12°; investigations on Hud-
son river slates, 137-15°; fossils
collected by, 30%.

Rugose corals, memoir on, 19%

limestone lenses,

Salamanca quadrangle, areal
yey, 310%

sur-

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM \

Sarle, C. J., collections made by, 12’,
84*, 92°.

Schmidt, Friedrich, cited, 83°, 84,
84°, 85*, 86%, 868, 87°.

Serpula, 105°.

Sherburne sandstone, 107’, 108.

Siluric and Devonic series, bound-
ary, 16°.

Siluric fossils from Lake Champlain,
rll Pa

Sphenopteris, 109%.

Spirifera lineata, 106°.

Spirorbis lewisii, 106°.

Students, opportunities for, among
museum collections, 247-25°.

Synoptic collection in Geological
hall, 208-21°.

Thacher, Elizabeth, gifts, 26°.
Topographic survey, 23°-24*.
Tropidoecaris, 977.
hamiltoniae, 98*, 101°.
Type specimens, catalogue, 18°-19°*;
in Geological hall, 21*.

Udden, J. A., gift, 26°.
U. S. geological survey, cooperation
with, 9°-10*, 23°.

-

Van Ingen, Gilbert, collection of
Lower Siluric fossils, 21°.

Vanuxem, Lardner, defined Ithaca
group, 8*.

Warren, J. C., gifts, 27’.

Waterlimes, fauna, 11°-12°.

White, C. A., gift, 25°.

Whitfield, cited, 95°.

Wilson, J. D., gifts, 26°.

Woodward, Dr H., cited, 85%, 87%, 937,
95°, 97", 102°.

Work of the old department, 5*-6°.

Zittel, cited, 88, f03°, 109°.

oy

are
a

ot tele

cor eee ee

CONT Ewer se

PAGE
Introduction \. ... 2.0. 2co8 sces Wotan ecu cmen bees manans wens Geen ae ee een 131
A Plants added to the herbariam 4..2.--.2.. 50. Gee nee ens ---. o> on ee 134
B Contributors and their contributions .- 22.2.5. .-scb scsc = 22-5 ee epee 138
CG Species not before reported -2 see eee ee ne eee ee eee ee ae 143
D. Remarks and, observations,.5 2. o ocean erode we eiee Sache ee eee 158
Bi Edible fungi 2. -¢.1226 os) nck se atee ace tees ae nee Sete see eee a 173
Poder oot ois spies Seud culedweltGeheeeee scene ewes ba aeee Cae eee oie eet 196

New York State Museum

REPORT

OF THE

STATE BOTANIST 1900

To the Regents of the University of the State of New York

I have the honor of submitting to you the report of work done in the
botanical department of the state museum during the year 1go00.

Specimens of plants for the herbarium have been collected in the
counties of Albany, Essex, Franklin, Greene, Rensselaer, Saratoga,
Ulster, Warren and Washington, Specimens have been received from
correspondents, either as contributions or for identification, that were.
collected in the counties of Broome, Delaware, Dutchess, Essex, Frank-
lin, Jefferson, Monroe, Onondaga, Ontario, Orleans, Otsego, Queens,
Saratoga, Tioga, Tompkins, Warren, Washington and Wayne. ‘The
number of species of which specimens have been added to the herbarium
is 407. Of these, 57 were not before represented in it. The remaining
350 are now more completely and satisfactorily represented by the new
varieties and forms or by the better specimens found in these additions.

The number of species now recorded as additions to our flora is 67.
Specimens of 18 of these belong to the contributions of correspondents -
specimens of the remaining 49 were collected by the botanist. The
species considered new to science and: described as such are 28. Of
these, 22 belong to the collections made by the botanist, 6 to those made
by correspondents. All of them are fungi. A list of the names of
the species of which specimens have been added to the herbarium is
given, and marked A.

A list of the names of correspondents who have furnished specimens
and of the names of species of which they have contributed specimens
is marked B. This list contains the names of 45 persons from whom
specimens have been received and includes two who sent specimens in
exchange. Specimens which were collected beyond our state limits have
been received from. 1g contributors.

A record of the 67 species not before reported is marked C. It in-
cludes descriptions of new species and remarks concerning others that
have been raised from varietal to specific rank or have been confused
with species from which they are now separated.

132 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

A part of the report containing remarks on previously recorded species
and descriptions of new varieties is marked D.

The summer has been unusually deficient in rainfall in many parts of
the state, and a notable deficiency in the number and variety of mush-
room growths in those regions has been the result. But in a strip of
country in the northern part, including Essex county and the southern
part of Franklin county showers were frequent, resulting in a fine crop
of fleshy coriaceous and corky fungi. Collecting trips were made to
these favored localities, one to North Elba in July, one to Floodwood in
August and the first part of September and one to Westport in the latter
part of September and the first part of October. These trips were very
successful, and furnished the larger part of the fungous collections of the
season. Many new species were discovered, and the edible qualities of
a considerable number of species were tested. Of the species tried dur-
ing the season, 16 that have been found worthy of addition to our edible
list have been figured and described according to the plan adopted in
previous reports. The descriptions of these are contained in a part of
the report marked E. Figures have also been prepared of some of the
new species discovered.

In cloudy, showery or rainy weather specimens of fleshy fungi can not
be well dried by exposure to the sun, and even in clear, dry weather it is
difficult to dry well those with thick_and moist flesh. The darkness and
dampness of night_ interrupt the process, and the specimens are very
liable to lose or change color in consequence. They are also liable to be
injured or destroyed by the larvae of insects before this slow and inter-
rupted process can be completed. To meet this difficulty, I have had a
tin evaporator made, which can easily be taken apart, its component
pieces packed in small space, put in an ordinary trunk and taken on my
collecting trips. The heat is furnished by a common kerosene lamp
placed beneath the evaporator when in use and kept burning night and
day. In this way the drying process is continuous, and the specimens
hold their color very well. The thin ones which dry quickly can be
removed as soon as dry, and their places taken by others. The work of
drying and preparing the specimens for the herbarium is greatly expe-
dited, and their appearance far more satisfactory than when dried by the
other method.

Certain species of wood-inhabiting fungi belonging to the families
Agaricaceae, Polyporaceae and Hydnaceae, are specially liable to the
attacks ofinsects. The application of poison as a preservative is trouble-
some and not always satisfactory or permanently effectual. For these

+. ee |

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST I900 133

reasons, insect-proof, tin cases have been procured for the reception of
specimens ofthis kind. They are of sufficient size to receive the herba-
rium sheets and so constructed that, when closed, no insect can enter
them. Also a large, air-tight, tin box has been procured, in which such
specimens may be disinfected by remaining a day or two in the fumes of
carbon bisulfid, before they are placed in the permanent receptacles.
While copious rains are, as a rule, necessary for the production of a
large crop of fleshy fungi, there are apparently exceptions to this rule.
In some parts of the state where the rainfall of the summer has been de-
ficient, the fall rains, though not abundant, have been sufficient to pro-
duce an unusual abundance of the common mushroom and the smooth
lepiota. The plentiful crop of these two mushrooms about Albany and
Utica has been specially noticeable, and has been a repetition on a small
scale of the crop of 1896. The Albany market has been well supplied
with the common mushroom collected in pastures and fields, the farmers
having recognized them as amarketable commodity and brought them
to the city in baskets and crates and disposed of them as they would
small fruits. The price obtained was generally roc a quart: When the
smooth lepiota, which closely resembles it in size, habits and edible quali-
ties, has become as well known as the common mushroom, it will add
much more to the available supply of food of this kind. Its similarity in
time of appearance and conditions of development suggests the proba-
bility that it may be successfully cultivated by the employment of
methods similar to those used in the cultivation of that mushroom.
Respectfully submitted

CHARLES, Hs (PEGE

State botanist
Albany, 19 Dec. 1900

134 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

A

PLANTS ADDED TO THE HERBARIUM

Lew to the herbarium

Viola villosa Walt.
Antennaria canadensis Greene
A. neodioica Greene
Helianthus grosse-serratus Martens
Scirpus pedicellatus Pernald
Dryopteris simulata Dav.
Stereocaulon nanodes Tuckm.
Ss. pileatum Ach.
Lepiota pulveracea Pk.
Tricholoma nudum ( Bull.) Fr.
Collybia ligniarius Pk.
Russula rugulosa Pk.

R. abietina Pk.
Entoloma variabile Pk.

E. luteum Pk.

E. peckianum Burt

Clitopilus eancrinus Fr.
Nolanea fibrillosa Pk.
Kecilia sphagnophila Pk.
Hebeloma album Pk.

ial albidulum Pk.
Naueoria firma Pk.

N. uliginosa Pk.

Galera bryophila Pk.

E. reticulata Pk.
Cortinarius maculipes Pk.

C. sublateritius Pk.

c. infractus (Pers.) Fr.
C. elatior Fr.

Agaricus pusillus Pk.

Deconica coprophila (Bull.) Sace.
Psathyra conica Pk.

Panaeolus alveolatus Pk.
Gomphidius flavipes Pk.
Polyporus admirabilis Pk.

Fomes roseus (A. §' 8S.) Fr.
Mucronella ulmi Pk.

Corticium chlamydosporum Burt
Clavaria acris Pk.

C. exigua Pk.

C. austera Britz.
Rhizopogon luteolus Fr.
Perichaena ochrospora Pk.
Phoma pustulata Sace.

Septoria piricola Desm.

S. carpogena E. § E.
Coniothecium celtidis Pk.

C. sociale Pk.
Cryptosporium cerasinum Pk.
Lachnella bicolor Pk.

Tapesia rhois Fairm.
Pyrenopeziza tamaricis (Rowm.) Sace.
Pseudohelotium fairmani(£. § H.)Saec.
Hypomyces purpureus Pk,
Sphaerella asterinoides EH. § E.
Cryptovalsa eutypaeformis Sace.
Otthia aceris Wint.

Lot new to the herbarium

Thalictrum dioicum L.
Ranunculus abortivus L.

R. hispidus Ma.
Chelidonium majus L.
Sanguinaria canadensis L.
Sisymbrium altissimum L.
Erysimum cheiranthoides L.
Barbarea praecox (Sm.) Rk. Br.
Arabis canadensis LD.

A. glabra (L.) Bernh.

Brassica rapa L.

Viola sagittata Ait.

v communis Poll. —

V. . ovata Nutt.

Ns blanda Willd.

V rotundifolia Mz.

V. = arenaria DC.

Hypericum ellipticum Hook.

H. corymbosum Muhl.
Arenaria groenlandica (Retz.) Spreng.

a

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST I9QOO 135

Lychnis chalecedonica L.
Cerastium vulgatum L.
Ailanthus glandulosus Desf.
Rhamnuus alnifolia L’ Her.
Acer saccharum Marsh.
Tilia americana L.

Waldsteinia fragarioides (Ma.) Trait.

Spiraea tomentosa L.
S. salicifolia L.
Geum.canadense Jacq.
Agrimonia hirsuta (Muhl.) Bickn.
A. parviflora Ait.
Potentilla fruticosa L.
Fragaria canadensis Ma.
- Rubus setosus Bigel.
R. argutus Dk.
Amelanchier botryapium (L.f.) DC.
Daucus carota L,
Sanicula canadensis L.
Galium verum L.
Cornus florida L.
C. - — stolonifera Ma.
- Viburnum cassinoides L.
Houstonia coerulea L.
Chrysanthemum leucanthemum L.
Arnica chamissonis Less.
Solidago canadensis L.
S. _ gerotina Ait.
S. nemoralis Ait.
Hieracium aurantiacum L.
Oxycoccus macrocarpus (Ait.) Pers.
O. oxycoceus (L.) MacM.
Trientalis americana Pursh |
Lythrum salicaria L.
Decodon verticillatus (Z.) Ell.
Prunella vulgaris L.
Gentiana linearis Froel.
Lycopus americanus Muhl.
_ Stachys palustris Di

- Koellia virginiana (L.) MacM.
Phryma leptostachya D.
Polygonum convolvulus L. :
iP douglasii Greene
Rumex altissimus Wood
Chenopodium viride L.
Ostrya virginiana (Mill.) Wiltd.
Fagus americana Sweet

| Polygonatum commutatum (R. § S.)

Dietr.
Erythronium americanum Ker.
Arisaema triphyllum (Z.) Torr.
Arethusa bulbosa LZ.
Habenaria clavellata (Max.) Spreng.
H. orbiculata (Pursh) Torr.
Peramium menziesii (Lindl.) Morong
Scirpus cyperinus (L.) Kunth
Carex scirpoidea Max.
C. tenuiflora Wahl.
Calamagrostis canadensis (Mx.) Bu.
Festuca ovina L.
Cystopteris fragilis Bernh.
Woodwardia areolata (L.) Moore
Asplenium angustifolium Ma.
A. filix-foemina (L.) Bernh.
Woodsia ilvensis (L.) R. Br.
Botrychium obliquum Muhl.
Lycopodium obscurum L.
15g clavatum L.
L. inundatum LD.
Isoetes engelmanni A. Br.
Cladonia symphycarpa Fr.
eariosa (Ach.) Spreng.
pyxidata (L.) Fr.
gracilis (L.) Nyl.
furcata (Huds.) Fr.
rangiferina (L.) Hoffm.
uncialis (L.) Fr.
digitata (L.) Hoffm.
eucullata (Bell.) Ach.
boryi Tuckm.
jae ea phalloides Fr.
A. frostiana Pk.
Armillaria mellea Vahl
Lepiota naucinoides Pk.
L clypeolaria (Bull.) Fr.
L felina Pers.
Ee augustana Britz.
L
Le

eeeccogos

granulosa Batsch
illinita Fr.
Tricholoma equestre L.
resplendens Fr.
flavescens Pk.
columbetta Fr.
fumidellum Pk,

136 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Tricholoma personatum Fr.
Clitocybe nebularis (Batsch) Fr.
albissima Pk.
decora Fr.
cyathiformis Fr. -
dealbata Sow.
candicans Pers.
anisaria Pk.
maculosa Pk.
centralis Pk.
truncicola Pk.
adirondackensis Pk.
patuloides Pk.
Collybia dryophila (Bull.) Fr.
CG. lentinoides Pk.
Mycena palustris Pk.

M. latifolia Pk.

See nO oc

M. pura (Pers.) Fr.

M. tintinnabulum Fr.
Omphalia chrysophylla Fr.

O. campanella (Batsch) Fr.
Pleurotus ostreatus (Jacq.) Fr.

P. subareolatus Pk.

FP. eandidissimus B. § C.

Hygrophorus virgineus ( Wulf.) Fr.
borealis Pk.
marginatus Pk.
chlorophanus fr.

nitidus B. § C.
psittacinus Fr.
miniatus fr.
cantharellus Schw.
Lactarius sordidus Pk.

cinereus Pk.

torminosus (Schaeff.) Fr.
subpurpureus Pk.
ehelidonium Pk.
deceptivus Pk.
lignyotus Fr.

subdulcis (Bull.) Fr.
camphoratus (Bull.) Fr.
griseus Pk.

Russula compacta Frost

R. adusta (Pers.) Fr.
-‘R. - brevipes Pk.

R. virescens (Schaeff.) Fr.

FOP

Pee ees hegre. Ot Te

coccineus (Schaeff.) Fr.

Russula consobrina Fr.
sororia Fr.
atropurpurea Pk,
granulata Pk.
fragilis (Pers.) Fr.
emetica Fr.
purpurina Q. § S.
integra (L.) Fr.
decolorans Fr.
flaviceps Pk.
Nyctalis asterophora Fr.
Marasmius glabellus Pk.
M. capillaris Morg.
Lenzites sepiaria Fr.
Lentinus lepideus /7.

WR RW Bb

L. tigrinus (Bull.) Fr.
Li, lecomtei Fr.
L. cochleatus Fr.

Panus stipticus (Bull.) Fr.
Pluteus cervinus (Schaeff.) Fr.
Entoloma grayanum Pk,

KE. rhodopolium Fr.

E. ecuspidatum Pk.

E. salmoneum Pk,
Claudopus variabilis ( Pers.) Fr.
C. nidulans ( Pers.) Pk.
Clitopilus abortivus B. g C.
Cen noveboracensis Pk.

Pholiota caperata (Pers.) Fr.

P aggericola Pk.

P lutea Pk.

P squarrosoides Pk.

La flammans Ir.

-. marginata (Batsch) Fr.
sf confragosa Fr.

r discolor Pk.

L albocrenulata Pk.
Inocybe subochracea Pk.
Flammula lenta (Pers.) Fr.

F. highlandensis Pk.

oe alnicola Fr.

Naucoria semiorbicularis (Bull.) Fr.
Tubaria contraria Pk.

Paxillus involutus (Batsch) Fr.

P. curtisii Berk.
Cortinarius canescens Pk.
C. arenatus (Pers.) Fr.

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST I900 137

Cortinarius regularis Pk.

C. clintonianus Pk.
JOR armillatus (A. & S.) Fr.
C. torvus Ir.

C. armeniacus (Schaeff.) Fr.
Stropharia johnsoniana Pk.

Ss. semiglobata (Batsch) Fr.
Agaricus campester L.

12 silvicola Vitt.

A. placomyces Pk,

A. diminutivus Pk.

A. haemorrhoidarius Schulz.
Hypholoma sublateritium(Schaeff.) fr.
Ee. hymenocephalum Pk.
Psilocybe foenisecii ( Pers.) Fr.

ver atomatoides Pk.

Deconica bryophila Pk.
Coprinus ephemerus Fr.

C. rotundosporus Pk.
Panaeolus solidipes Pk.

i” retirugis Fr.

ie campanulatus LD.

EP. papilionaceus Fr.
Boletus speciosus Frost

B. chrysenteron Fr.

B. granulatus L.

Polyporus brumalis (Pers.) Fr.
P. picipes Fr.

Py simillimus Pk.
13g resinosus (Schrad.) Fr.
P: benzoinus ( Wahl.) Fr.
E: nidulans Fr.

P: weinmanni [7.

P: borealis ( Wahl.) Fr.
Pp: adustus ( Willd.) Fr.
PB. distortus Schw. _

Ps pubescens (Schum.) Lr.
P. eaesius (Schrad.) Fr.
iPr conchifer Schw.

Pr: glomeratus Pk.

Ve aureonitens Pat.

Fomes pinicola Fr.
FE, fomentarius (Z.) Fr.
F. igniarius (L.) Fr.

LM nigricans I.
F., carneus Nees

Polystictus hirsutus /r,

Polystictus zonatus Fr.

ibs pergamenus Fr.

Pe pseudopergamenus Thum. |
Poria vulgaris Fr.

Fe subacida Pk.

Py vaillantii Fr.

P: vaporaria Fr.

ba aurea Pk.

FE: attenuata Pk.

Daedalea unicolor Fr.

D. confragosa Pers.
Phlebia pileata Pk.

Merulius niveus Fr.

M. tremellosus Schrad.
Trametes cinnabarina (Jacq.) Fr.
trogii Berk.

abietis Karst.

piceina Pk.

serialis Fr.

sepium Berk.
seutellata(Schw.) Morg.
variiformis Pk.

: mollis Fr.

Hydnum albonigrum Pk.

HHH SESS

vellereum Pk.
aurantiacum A. § S.
rufescens Pers.
coralloides Scop.
caput-ursi Fr.
sulphurellum Pk.

pels ea

‘coi. farinosum Pers.

Tremellodon gelatinosum (Scop.) Pers.
Irpex lacteus Fr.

I. -ambiguus Pk.

Sistotrema confluens Pers.

Grandinia acerina Pk.

G. virescens Pk.
Odontia fimbriata Pers.
O. fusca C. § EH.

Mucronella aggregata Fr.
Craterellus lutescens (Pers.) Fr.
Corticium effuscatum C. f LH.

C. investiens (Schw.) Bres.
Stereum hirsutum ( Willd.) Fr.

Ss. fasciatum Schw.

S. complicatum Fr.

S. ambiguum Pk,

138 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Peniophora subincarnata (Pk.) Burt
BP: cinerescens (Schw.) Sace.
Coniophora puteana (Schum.) Fr.
‘Porothelium fimbriatum ( Pers.) Fr.
Clavaria albida Pk.

G. cristata Pers.
C. kunzei Fr.

CG; divaricata Pk,
C. stricta Pers.
CG; eircinans Pk.
U; pyxidata Pers.
Cc, flaccida Fr.
Clavaria ligula Fr.

C. pulchra Pk.

C. mucida Pers.

Tremella mycetophila Pk.

Hirneola auricula-judae (L.) Berk.
Ithyphallus impudicus (L.) Fr.

i, ravenelii (B. § C.) Fisch.
Scleroderma vulgare Fr.

Ceratiomyxa porioides (4.§ S.) Schroet.
C. fruticulosa (Muell.) Macb.

Massospora cicadina Pk.
Elaphomyces granulatus Fr.
Helvella crispa (Scop.) Fr.

Helvella lacunosa Afz.

iH, macropus (Pers.) Karst.
Geoglossum glabrum Pers.
Leptoglossum luteum (Pk.) Sace.
Mitrula phalloides ( Bull.) Chev.
Leotia lubrica (Scop.) Pers.

L. chlorocephala Schw.
Cudonia ecircinans ( Pers.) Fr.

C. lutea (Pk.) Sace.
Spathularia velutipes C. & F.
S. clavata (Schaeff.) Sacc.

Cordyceps ophioglossoides (Zhrh.) Lk.

Rhinotrichum ramosissimum B. & C.

Onygena equina Pers. é

Pilacre faginea (Fr.) B. § Br.

Roestelia aurantiaca Pk. —

Aecidium houstoniatum Schw.

Chlorosplenium aeruginascens (Nyl.)
Karst.

Microsphaera vaccinii Schw.

Phyllachora pteridis (Reb.) Fekl.

Lasiosphaeria ovina (Pers.) C. & D.

Xylaria castorea Berk.

Ustilago maydis (DC.) Cd.

U. neglecta Niessl

CONTRIBUTORS AND THEIR CONTRIBUTIONS
Mrs E. G. Britton, New York

Dicranella heteromalla Schimp.
Dicranum longifolium Hedw.

D. montanum Hedw.
D. viride Schimp.
Dp: drummondi Muell.

Dicranodontium longirostre B. § 8.
Fissidens adiantoides Hedw.
Didymodon cylindrieus B. & S.
Amphoridium lapponicum Schimp.
Anomodon attenuatus Hueben.

Philonotis fontana Brid.
Homalia gracilis James
Hypnum recognitum Hedw.
splendens Hedw.
schreberi Willd.
oakesii Sulliv.
brevirostre Ehrh.
montanum Wils.
chrysophyllum Brid.
Climacium americanum Brid.

Pay Pe Es

Mrs L. L. Goodrich, Syracuse

Galium verum L.
Chenopodium anthelminticum ZL.

Cyathus vernicosus (Bull.) DC.

Mrs R. B. VanAlstyne, Troy

Polyporus admirabilis Pk.

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST I9QO0O

Mrs E. Ayer, Fontana Wis.

Panaeolus epimyces Pk. Boletus sphaerosporus Pk.

Mrs J. W. Coombs, New York

Polyporus morgani Frost

Mrs C. W. Harris, Brooklyn

Asplenium angustifolium Ma.

Mrs H. C. Davis, Falmouth Me.

Tricholoma davisiae Pk. | Hygrophorus pudorinus Fr.

Miss N. L. Marshall, New York

Pholiota squarrosoides Pk. “| Russula integra (L.) Fr.
Agaricus haemorrhoidarius Schulz. Clavaria austera Britz.

Miss R. C. Fish, Poughkeepsie
Nyctalis asterophora Fr.

Miss Harriet Edwards, Port Henry
Cystopteris fragilis Bernh.

Miss H C. Anderson, Lambertville N. J.
Russula integra (L.) Fr.

J. C. Arthur, Lafayette Ind.
Puccivia windsoriae Schw. Uromyces secirpi Burr.
iP: peridermiospora (EZ. § F.) Arth.
P. L. Ricker, Orono Me.

Phyllosticta smilacis E. § E. | Puccinia ornata A. § H.
Phoma orthosticha FE. § E. -

G. F. Atkinson, Ithaca

Sphagnum acutifolium EHhrh. | Sphagnum inundatum (Russ.)
S. fimbriatum Wils. s. cymbifolium Ehrh.
8. russowlil Warnst. Ss. centrale Jensen.

S. warnstofii Russ. S. girgensohnii Russ.
S. contortum Schultz. S. squarrosum Pers.
S. recurvum Bw. Galera reticulata Pk.

S. medium Limpr.

S. M. Keenan, Eloise Mich.

Lepiota acutesquamosa Weinm.

139

140 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

E. Bartholomew, Rockport Kan.

Armillaria macrospora Pk. Boletus amabilis Pk,
A. solidipes Pk.

F. A. Sabbaton, Glens Falls
Pholiota vermifiua Pk.

G. T. Stevens, New York

Exobasidium vaceinii Woron.

R. L. Welch, Oneonta
Dianthus barbatus L.

R. E. Matteson, Grand Rapids Mich.

‘Panaeolus papilionaceus ( Bull.) Fr. | Entoloma graveolens Pk.

F. M. Rolfs, Geneva

Stemonitis herbatica Pk. | Cryptosporium cerasinum Pk.

S. H, Burnham, Vaughns

Helianthus grosse-serratus Martens Carex trichocarpa Muhl.

Senecio robbinsii Oakes trich. imberbis Gray
Gaylussacia res. glaucocarpa Robins. tenuiflora Wahl.

Myosotis verna Nutt. sterilis Willd.

Polygonum douglasii Greene trib. moniliformis ( Tuckm.)
Quercus acuminata (Mzx.) Sarg. bromoides Schk.

Hicoria microcarpa ( Nutt.) Britton flava LD.

Eleocharis palustris (Z.) RB. § S. exilis Dew.

qaaaaaa0

Ezra Brainerd, Middlebury Vt.

Eleocharis ovata B. & Br. Scirpus pedicellatus Fernald.
E. diand. depressa Fernald

Hollis Webster, Cambridge Mass.

Amanita crenulata Pk. | Agaricus flavescens RR. & R. |

F. E. Fenno, Apalachin

Viola sororia Willd. Solanum earolinense L.
VV. villosa Walt. Monarda fistulosa L.
Veronica anagallis-aquatica L.

'R. H. Stevens, Detroit Mich.
Agaricus pusillus Pk.

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST I900O 141

R. S. Phifer, Danville Va.

Pholiota aeruginosa squamulosa Pk.

G. D. Hulst, Brooklyn

Dryopteris simulata Dav. Elaphomyees granulatus Fr.
Wood wardia areolata (L.) Moore

E. S. Salmon, London Eng.

Phyllactinia corylea (Pers.) Karst. Sphaerotheca humuli (DC.) Burr.
Erysiphe polygoni DC. S. pannosa (Wallr.) Lev.
E. galeopsidis DC. Uneinula salicis (DC.) Wint.

E. cichoracearum DC. U. aceris (DC.) Sacc.

E. tortilis (Wallr.) Fr. Microsphaera alni (Wallr.) Wint. -
Podosphaera oxyacanthae (DC.) DeBy. | M. berberidis (DC.). Lev.

H. P. Burt, New Bedford Mass.

Stemonitis herbatiea Pk.

W. C. Beecher, Brooklyn

Agaricus haemorrhoidarius Schulz.

C. E. Atwood, Albany

Roestelia anrantiaca Pk.

E. A. Burt, Middlebury Vt.

Hygrophorus olivaceoalbus Fr. Eecilia sphagnophila Pk.
Entoloma peckianum Burt. Boletinus grisellus Pk.

W. N. Clute, Binghamton
Sisymbrium altissimum ZL. Lycopodium inundatum ZL.
Prunella vulgaris EL. Isoetes engelmanni A. Br.

P, H. Dudley, New York

Lenzites sepiaria Fr. Polyporus chioneus Fr.

Trametes odorata ( Wulf.) Fr.

B. C. Williams, Newark

Ithyphallus impudicus (Z.) Fr. | Hydnum coralloides Scop.
Agaricus placomyces Pk. |

C. E. Fairman, Lyndonville

Actinonema rosae (Lib.) Fr. Pyrenopeziza tamaricis (Roum.) Sace.
Sporonema pallidum £. & E. Tapezia rhois Fairm.

Sphaerella asterinoides ZL. g§ E. Dermatella hamamelidis LE. & EZ.
Otthia aceris Wint. Cenangium rubiginellum Sace,
Cryptovalsa eutypaeformis Sace. Pseudohelotium fairmani EL. § E.

Pezicula rhabarbarina (Berk.) Tul. Perichaena ochrospora Pk.

142

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

F. C. Stewart, Geneva

Coniothecium sociale Pk. — j Cryptosporium cerasinum Pk.

W. R. Maxon, Washington D. C.

Agaricus pusillus Pk.

Physarum atrorubrum Pk.

Samuel Sherwood, Delhi

| Tricholoma nudum (Bull.) Fr.

C. G. Wells, Boston Mass.

Pleurotus subareolatus Pk.

S. B. Perkins, Rochester
Claudopus nidulans (Pers.) Pk.

George Staplin, Mannsville

Massospora cicadina Pk.

W. C. Sturgis, New Haven Ct.
By exchange

Ceratium hydnoides (Jacq.) 4. & 8. _Lepidoderma tigrinum R.
Badhamia rubiginosa R. Stemonitis fusca Roth
Physarum globuliferuam Ff. S. smithii Macb.

es pulehripes Pk. Comatricha typhoides R. .

e. psittacinum Ditm. Cribraria argillacea Pers.

Pp. viride Pers. Dictydium cernuum Nees

BE. uutans Pers. Trichia favoginea Pers. ;
P. compressum A. § 8. T. ' contorta R.

FB. didermoides R. 2 i varia Pers.

P. bivalve Pers. Hemiarcyria clavata R,
Craterium concinnum Rex H. rubiformis R.
Chondrioderma reticulatum R. BH; serpula Scop.

C. testaceum f. Areyria punicea Pers.
Diachea elegans Fr. A. cinerea (Bull.) Schum.

Didymium farinaceum Sehrad.

Lachnobolus globosus R.

OF roanense Lex A. stipata List.

Spumaria alba DC.

B. D. Gilbert, Clayville
By exchange

Asplenium vespertinum Mazon

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1900 143

C
SPECIES NOT BEFORE REPORTED

, Viola villosa Walz.

Dry banks. Apalachin. May. F. E. Fenno. Its range extends

southward.
| Lychnis chalcedonica Z.

The scarlet lychnis is cultivated for its flowers and as an ornamental
plant of gardens, but it sometimes escapes from cultivation, and is found
growing spontaneously by roadsides and in waste places, Claryville and
North Elba. July.

B) Rubus argutus ZA.

This blackberry has long been regarded as a variety of our common
blackberry and has borne the botanical name, R. villosus var.
frondosus, butit has recently been restored to specific rank. It is
found in many places, and in some it is quite plentiful.

Antennaria canadensis Greene

Dry soil in pastures and by roadsides. Warrensburg and North Elba.
May. ‘The species is recognizable by its small leaves with the upper
surface green and glabrous.

Antennaria neodioica Greene

Near Saugerties. May. Our specimens were found growing in shaly
soil on banks along the roadside. They belong to a form which has
outer involucral bracts more pointed than in the type. This form has
been made a variety and stands as Antennaria neodioica
attenuata Fernald. Its basal leaves are similar in size and shape to
those of the preceding species, but the upper surface is more or less can-
escent with appressed webby hairs.

Helianthus grosse-serratus JJartens

In a cultivated field two miles north of Glens Falls. Probably intro-.
duced from the west. September. S. H. Burnham.

Juncus dudleyi Wiegd.

Marl creek, Cortland co. July. Formerly considered a variety of
J. tenuis, but now separated as a distinct species. :

144 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Scirpus pedicellatus Fernald

Wet places and margins of lakes and streams. Lake Champlain,
along the railroad between Whitehall and Fort Ann and between Schuy-
lerville and Bemis Heights. July and/August.

Scirpus atrocinctus Fernald

Wet places. Lake Pleasant and Floodwood. Probably not rare in
the Adirondack region, but formerly confused with S. cyperinus.
Both this and the preceding species mature their fruit earlier than
S.cyperinus, and the long setae of their spikelets are paler. In .
the present species the involucral bracts are blackish, In its variety,
brachypodus Fernald, the panicle is much contracted. Our speci-
mens of it were collected near East Worcester, about Lake Pleasant and
on Blue mountain, one of the Adirondack peaks.

Elymus robustus S. & S.
Near Riverhead. July.

_ Dryopteris simulata Dav.
Maple swamp near Middle Village, L. I. September. G. D. Hulst.

Stereocaulon nanodes Zuckm.

Rocks. Along a stream flowing down the western side of Mt McIn-
tyre. July. The podetia are scarcely more than one or two lines high
in our specimens.

Stereocaulon pileatum Ach.

Rocks. Top of Wallface mountain. July.

Lepiota pulveracea z. sf.

Pileus hemispheric, becoming convex or nearly plane, dry, pulverulent
or minutely granulose and squamulose, even on the margin, whitish or
pallid inclining to tawny; lamellae thin, close, adnexed, yellowish
white; stem equal, hollow, white and pruinose at the top, granu-
lose or squamulose below the obsolete annulus and there colored
like the pileus; spores minute, broadly elliptic or subglobose, .ooo16 of
an inch long, .ooo1r2 broad.

Pileus about 1 inch*broad; stem 1-2 inches long, 1.5~2 lines thick.
In woods on prostrate trunks of spruce trees. Floodwood. August.
Apparently related to L. granulosa by the adnexed lamellae but dis-
tinct in its color, habitat and minute spores.

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST IQOO 145

Tricholoma nudum (£u//.) fr.

Ground. Delhi. S. Sherwood. Westport. October. The spores
in our plant havea slight salmon tint, and the species might on this
account be referred to the genus Clitopilus, the lamellae being
adnate or slightly decurrent. | |

Collybia ligniarius z. sf.

Pileus thin, convex or nearly plane, obtuse or umbonate, glabrous,
striatulate on the very thin margin when moist,“even or obscurely and
somewhat irregularly striate when dry, whitish or isabelline, the center
often brownish; lamellae thin, rather narrow, commonly ventricose,
broadly excavated behind, subdistant, white; stem equal, very rigid,
; glabrous, hollow, whitish or pallid ; spores broadly elliptic or subglobose,
.0003—.00035 of an inch long, .00025~.0003 broad.

Pileus 8-12 lines broad; stem 1~2 inches long, about 1 line thick.

Old prostrate trunks and decaying wood of deciduous trees. North
Elba. July. The species is ambiguous between Collybia and
Mycena, but is referred to the former because the pileus is widely
expanded and its margin in the young plant is slightly incurved.

Russula rugulosa 7. sf.
Woods. Floodwood. August. Edible. For description of the
species see Edible fungi, p. 173.

Russula abietina 7. sp.

Under or near balsam fir and spruce trees. . North Elba. June and
July. Edible. For description of the species see Edible fungi, p. 173.

Entoloma variabile 7. sf.

PLATE F, FIG. 17-27 |
Pileus conical, ovate or subcampanulate, umbonate obtuse or some-
times slightly depressed or subumbilicate at the apex, slightly fibrillose,
pale yellow when young, becoming reddish brown or burnt umber color
with age or reddish brown in the center and pale yellow on the margin;
lamellae moderately close, ascending, often eroded on the edge, broad
in front, white or whitish when young, pale salmon when mature; stem
long, slender, equal, hollow, slightly fibrillose striate, whitish or pallid,
‘sometimes changing color like the pileus, frequently with a whitish
tomentum at the base; spores angular, uninucleate, .ooo4—.0005 of an

inch broad.

TG NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Pileus 8-15 lines broad; stem 3-5 inches long, 1-2 lines thick.

Among sphagnum in marshes. Floodwood. August. Remarkable
for the variability in the shape and color of the pileus. Specimens
sometimes appear as if they had been browned by the sun.

Entoloma peckianum #w77 ms.
PLATE F, FIG. 9-16

Pileus thin, conical, becoming convex or subcampanulate, moist or
subhygrophanous, dark brown or blackish brown and shining when
moist, paler with the escape of moisture, umbonate, obscurely
roughened by the matted ends of minute adnate fibrils, lamellae
close, ascending, broad, abruptly rounded behind, adnexed, whitish, be-
‘coming pink or salmon color; stem fleshy, slender, equal, hollow, fibril-
lose striate, pale brown, often whitish at the base, white within; spores
angular, uninucleate, .coo4—.ooo05 of an inch long, .c003—.0004 broad.

Pileus 8-15 lines broad; stem 2-4 inches long, 1-2 lines thick.
Among sphagnum in marshes. Floodwood. August.

This species was associated with E. variabile. It has the general
appearance of Nolanea infula Fr., from which it differs in its fleshy
stem and broad lamellae. In the dried specimens these assume a bright
yellowish salmon color and the pileus becomes black, ‘The fresh plant
has no decided taste or odor.

Entoloma luteum 7. sf.
PLATE F, Fia@. 1-8

Pileus thin, conical or subcampanulate, obtuse, squamulose at the
apex, moist, yellow or smoky yellow, becoming a little paler as the
moisture escapes, sometimes tinged with green; lamellae ascending,
moderately close, broad, whitish, becoming pale salmon color with age;
stem slender, equal, hollow, slightly fibrillose striate, colored like the
pileus, with white mycelium at the base; spores angular, commonly
subquadrate, .ooo4—.0005 of an inch broad. Des

Pileus 6-10 lines broad; stem 3-4 inches long, 1-2 lines thick.
Mossy ground in woods. Floodwood. August. The squamules of the
center of the pileus are very minute and easily overlooked. This and
the two preceding species, with E. cuspidatum and E. sal-
moneum, constitute a natural group of closely related species. In
size and in the shape of the pileus and character of the stem they are
very similar to each other, but they differ distinctly in the color of the

ae xe

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1900 147

_ pileus, and, this character being quite constant, the species are easily

distinguished by it. The following synoptic table will show the promi-
nent distinguishing characters of the species.

Color of the pileus not changing with age ... ...... I
Color of the pileus changing with age......... sigs variabile
1 Pileus pale yellow, generally cuspidate............... cuspidatum
1 Pileus yellow, smoky yellow or greenish yellow, obtuse. luteum
t Pileus salmon color, often cuspidate ..............0-- salmoneum
1 Pileus dark brown or blackish brown, umbonate ....... peckianum

Clitopilus cancrinus /7.
Rich soil about a manure pile. North Elba. July.

Nolanea fibrillosa z. s/.
PLATE I, Fig. 12-19

Pileus thin, fragile, campanulate or very convex, hygrophanous, brown

and striatulate when moist, paler and somewhat shining when dry, fibril-

lose; lamellae ascending, close, narrowed behind, adnexed, somewhat
ventricose, whitish or pallid, becoming salmon color; stem slender, glab-
rous, hollow, pallid; spores longer than broad, uninucleate, angular,
.0005—.0006 of an inch long, .0003-.0004 broad.

Pileus 6—10 lines broad; stem 2-3 inches long, .5—1 line thick. Damp
or mossy ground in woods. Floodwood. September. When dry the
pileus is more conspicuously fibrillose than when moist.

Eccilia sphagnophila 7. s/,
PLATE I, FIG. 20-23

Pileus hemispheric or umbonate turbinate, glabrous, striate on the

margin, dark brown; lamellae broad, distant, very decurrent, whitish,

becoming slightly tinged with pink; stem slender, glabrous, colored like
the pileus; spores angular, .0003~.0005 of an inch long, .00024~.0003

broad.

Pileus 4-6 lines broad ; stem 1.52 inches long, .5 of a line thick.
Marshes among sphagnum. Floodwood. August. Prof. E. A.. Burt.

Hebeloma album x. sp.
PLATE G, FIG. 1-7

Pileus fleshy, firm, convex, becoming nearly plane or concave by the
margin curving upward, glabrous, subviscid, white or yellowish white,

_ flesh white; lamellae thin, narrow, close, «marginate, adnexed, whitish

148 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

when young, becoming brownish ferruginous; stem equal, firm, rather
long, solid or stuffed, slightly mealy at the top, white; spores subelliptic,
pointed at one or both ends, .coo5—.o006 of an inch long, .co025-—.0003
broad. |

Pileus 1-2 inches broad; stem 1.5~-3 inches long, 2~3 lines thick.

Among fallen leavesin woods. Westport. October. This is related
to such species as H. elatius and H. longicaudum, from both
of which it is distinguished by its white color. The lamellae are not
serrate on the edge.

Hebeloma albidulum z. sf.

Pileus fleshy, firm, broadly convex or nearly plane, glabrous, slightly
viscid when moist, dingy white or grayish white, flesh white; lamellae
close, narrow, adnexed, minutely denticulate and white on the edge,
whitish, becoming brownish ferruginous; stem equal, firm, glabrous,
slightly mealy or pruinose at the top, sometimes slightly bulbous, hollow,
colored like the pileus ; spores subelliptic, obtuse, .oo04—.0005 of an inch
long, .00024—.0003 broad.

Pileus 1-2.5 inches broad; stem 1.5-2.5 inches long, 2~3 lines thick,

Among fallen leaves in woods. Westport. October. This is closely
related to the preceding species, The pileus is not a clear white, the
stem is hollow and the spores are a little darker in color and shorter and
more blunt at the ends.

Naucoria firma 7. s/.
PLATE H, FIG. 10-16

Pileus fleshy, firm, broadly convex, soon nearly plane, hygrophanous,
blackish brown when moist, ochraceous brown when dry, often rugulose,
flesh white, taste farinaceous, soon changing to bitter; lamellae thin,
rather narrow, close, rounded behind, adnexed, pallid; stem firm, equal,
often flexuous or curved, stuffed or hollow, fibrillose striate and minutely
flocculose, colored like the pileus or a little paler; spores elliptic, brown-
ish ferruginous, .0003 of an inch long, .0002 broad. |

Pileus 8-12 lines broad ; stem 1-2 inches long, 1-2 lines thick. -

Decaying, prostrate trunk of sugar maple. Floodwood. September.
This species has a firm texture and is quite regular in its mode of growth.
The only evidence of the presence of a veil is a slight pruinosity on the
margin of the young pileus. ‘The lamellae are minutely white flocculose
on the edge.

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST I9QO00O 149

Naucoria uliginosa 7. sf.
PLATE H, Fia. 1-9

Pileus thin, convex, becoming nearly plane, glabrous, hygrophanous,
dark brown and striatulate on the margin when moist; dingy buff after
the evaporation of the moisture, flesh subconcolorous; lamellae broad,
moderately close, rounded behind, adnexed, uneven or crenulate on the
edge, subventricose, dingy ochraceous; stem slender, firm, obscurely
fibrillose, hollow, reddish brown when moist, pallid when dry; spores
brownish ferruginous, subelliptic, pointed at one end, commonly uninu-
cleate, .o004—.0005 of an inch long, .coo2—.00025 broad.

Pileus 6-10 lines. broad; stem 1-2 inches long, about 1 line thick.
Wet or muddy places in swamps. Sandlake, Rensselaer co. September.

Pluteolus aleuriatus gracilis 7. var.

Pileus submembranaceous, fragile, nearly plane, viscid, deeply
striate on the margin, hygrophanous, dark grayish brown when
moist, paler after the moisture has escaped; lamellae thin, close,
narrow, subventricose, free, whitish, becoming ferruginous; stem slen-
der, equal, hollow, minutely pulverulent, slightly striate at the
top, snowy white; spores ferruginous, elliptic, uninucleate, .o0004~.0005
of an inch long, .co02~.00024 broad.

Pileus 8-12 lines broad; stem 1~1.5 inches long, .5~1 line thick,

Damp vegetable mold in woods. Westport. October. This differs
from the typical form in the darker color of the pileus, the deeper and
longer striations of the margin and the more highly colored spores. The
spores of the European plant are described as whitish ferruginous. I
have seen no description which gives their dimensions. Our plant has a
more slender habit than is indicated by the figure of the European plant
as given in /cones. Its viscid pellicle is separable. Perhaps it will prove
to be a distinct species.

-Galera bryophila 7. sf.
_ PLATE G, Fic. 15-21
Pileus thin, ovate or subconic, obtuse, hygrophanous, yellowish when
moist, almost white when the moisture has disappeared, even ‘or but
slightly striate on the margin; lamallae thin, narrow, subdistant, white
or whitish, becoming ochraceous yellow; stem long, slender, flexuous,
hollow, slightly silky fibrillose, downy or pruinose at the top, with a white
mycelioid tomentum at the base, whitish or pallid; spores pale brownish
ochraceous, elliptic, .coo4—.o00g of an inch long, .00024~,0003 broad.

I50 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Pileus 225 lines broad; stem 1.5—2 inches long, .5 of a line thick.

Among mosses in pastures. Westport... October. A slight webby veil
is manifest on the margin of the young pileus, but it soon disappears.
In dried specimens the pileus is more custineey, striate than in fresh
ones. Related to G. mycenopsis.!

Galera reticulata 7. sf.

Pileus thin, fragile, hemispheric or campanulate, obtuse, glabrous,
hygrophanous, cinnamon color when moist, creamy yellow or buff when
the moisture has escaped, rugosely reticulate, flesh white or whitish;
lamellae narrow, close, ascending, yellowish, becoming bright ferruginous ;
stem slender, equal, hollow, slightly pruinose, striate at the top, white ;
spores ferruginous, elliptic, .coo3 of an inch long, .coo16-.0002 broad.

Pileus 5-12 lines broad; stem 1~2.5 inches long, 1~2 lines thick.

Mossy ground. Ithaca. November. Prof. G. F. Atkinson. In color
and general appearance this species is not very dissimilar to G. tenera,
but it is easily separated by its rugosely reticulate pileus, its more narrow
lamellae and its smaller spores. The ornamentation of the pileus may be
the result of numerous small pits or depressions in its surface
or of the anastomosing of slight ridges on its surface. G. pubes-
cens Gill, and G. morchelloides De Brond, have the pileus
reticulate, but in the former both it and the stem are pubescent and in
the latter it is brownish orchraceous and the stem is squamulose, all of
which characters are absent from our plant.

Cortinarius maculipes 7. sf.

Pileus fleshy, convex, becoming nearly plane, glabrous but covered
with a tenacious gluten, bay red, becoming paler with age, flesh whitish;
lamellae thin, close, rounded behind, slightly adnexed, whitish, becom-
ing brownish cinnamon; stem equal or slightly tapering upward, subradi-
cating, solid or stuffed, silky fibrillose, squamose spotted, sometimes
slightly annulate; spores elliptic, .c003~—,0004 of an inch long, .o002—.00024
broad.

Pileus 1.5-2.5 inches broad; stem 2~3 inches long, 3-6 lines thick.

Among mosses in woods. Westport. October. The species belongs
tothe tribe Phlegmacium. Its prominent characters are the dark colored
pileus smeared with tenacious gluten, the pale young lamellae and the
spotted stem. The spots are formed by the separation of the webby
brown fibrils that at first coat the stem. They resemble those of the
stem of Armillaria megalopus Bres.

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST I900 I51

Cortinarius sublateritius wz. sp.

Pileus fleshy, broadly convex or nearly plane, glabrous, viscid, light
red, flesh white; lamallae plane in the mass, thin, close, emarginate,
adnexed, pallid, becoming cinnamon; stem short, equal or slightly taper-
ing upward, abruptly bulbous, stuffed, silky, whitish; spores subelliptic,
pointed at each end, .o004~.0005 of an inch long, .c002~.00025 broad.

Pileus 2-3 inches broad; stem. 1.5—2.5 inches long, 3-5 lines thick,

Woods. Westport. October. ‘The species is apparently related to C.
testaceus Cke,, from which it differs in its smaller size, stuffed stem
and smaller even spores. It is referable to the tribe Phlegmacium.

Cortinarius infractus (fers.) £7.

Among fallen leaves in woods. Westport. September. Our spec-
imens appear to combine to some extent the characters of both C.
infractus andC. anfractus, but do not agree fully with the
description of either as given in Sy//oge. Bresadola and Quelet unite
these Friesian species under the name Cortinarius infractus,
and our specimens seem to confirm the correctness of their view. The
flesh in our plant has a bitter taste.

Cortinarius elatior pallidifolius 7. var.
PLATE G, FIG. 22-26

Pileus fleshy, convex, becoming nearly plane, sometimes with up-
wardly curved margin, at first even, when older corrugated or rugosely
wrinkled on the margin, very viscid, subfuscous, becoming ochraceous
with age, shining when dry; lamellae thin, close, adnate or slightly
rounded behind, uneven on the edge, pallid, becoming ochraceous or
cinnamon; stem equal, solid, viscid, silky tomentose, white or whitish
tinged with lilac; spores oblong elliptic, .coo6-.0007 of an inch long,
_-0003-.00035 broad.

Pileus 2-2.5.inches broad; stem 2~3 inches long, 4~6 lines thick.

Fallen leavesin woods. Floodwood. August. This plant agrees with
the description of C.elatior in many respects but differs in others to
such an extent that it has seemed best to recognize it as a variety at
least. It differs in its smaller size, shorter stem, whose surface I have
never seen broken into scales, paler lamellae and longer spores.

152 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Cortinarius mucosus /7.

Borders of woods and open places. Westport. October. This is
distinguished from C. collinitus by its paler lamellae and by the even
surface of its stem not becoming transversely squamose. Fries regarded
it as a variety of C. collinitus, but he admitted that it was almost
worthy of specific distinction. In our opinion it should be considered
distinct.

Agaricus pusillus z. sf. |

Pileus fleshy but thin, fragile, convex, becoming plane, sometimes
slightly depressed in the center or subumbilicate, dry, silky fibrillose or
adorned with a few appressed fibrillose squamules, pale grayish brown,
often with yellowish or ferruginous stains, the center darker or brownish,
flesh white or whitish, not changing color where cut, taste and odor
amygdaline; lamellae thin, close, free, subventricose, brittle, grayish when
young, soon pinkish, finally brown; stem short, equal or slightly tapering
upward, sometimes bulbous, stuffed or hollow, slightly fibrillose, white,
the annulus slight, often evanescent; spores broadly elliptic or subglobose,
.ooo2 of an inch long, .ooo16 broad. }

Pileus .5-2 inches broad; stem 6-12 lines long, 1-3 thick. Rich ground
in waste places and pastures. Delhi. S. Sherwood. October and
November. Specimens of this species were first received from Dr R. H.
Stevens, of Detroit (Mich.) They were collected on both sandy and
clayey soil in grassy and weedy places. From these specimens and the
very full notes accompanying them the description has been chiefly
derived. Besides specimens of the same thing, Mr Sherwood sends
others having a similar general appearance but a little larger, and of
which his notes say that the lamellae are pale pink when young, that
they are wavy, and that the flavor is inferior, and wounds of the stem
become bk These may possibly be a small form of A. flave-
scens &. & R., but for the present we leave their identity doubtful,

Deconica coprophila (2u//.) Sacc.

Dung in pastures. Westport. September and October.

Our specimens agree well with the description of this species in all
respects except in having the pileus viscid when moist. Fries at first
placed the species in Psathyra, later, in. Psilocybe, in which he
has been followed by most authors. In Syloge it is placed in
Deconica. If that genus is recognized, it seems to be the proper
place for it. ‘

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1900 153

Psathyra conica 7. sp.
PLATE H, Fig. 17-22

Pileus thin, conical, rarely convex, glabrous, hygrophanous, dark
brown when moist, pale ochraceous when dry; lamellae very broad,
close, adnate, whitish or. pallid when young, dark brown when mature,
often with a white flocculent edge; stem slender, hollow, silky fibrillose,
brown ; spores elliptic, .ooo2~.00024 of an inch long, .o0016 broad.

Pileus 4-6 lines broad; stem 1~1.5 inches long, .5 line thick.

Decaying prostrate trunks of spruce. Floodwood. September.

Panaeolus alveolatus z. sf.
PLATE H, FIG. 30-36

Pileus thin, fragile, broadly convex, glabrous, hygrophanous, dark
brown when moist, grayish brown when dry, pitted, flesh brown when
moist ; lamellae broad, close, adnexed, subventricose, blackish with a
white edge when mature ; stem equal, slender, hollow, glabrous, slightly
pruinose at the top, pallid; spores black, broadly elliptic, .co05-.00055
of an inch long, .o003~.0004 broad.

Pileus 8-12 lines broad; stem 1.5—3 inches long, s—2 lines thick.

Dungin woods. Floodwood. August. This species was found grow-
ing with Galera tenera and Stropharia semiglobata.
The surface of the pileus is not reticulate by the anastomozing of
elevated ridges asin P. retirugis, but is pitted with small cavities
somewhat distant from each other.

Gomphidius flavipes 7. sp.

PLATE I, Fria. 1-4

Pileus convex or nearly plane, viscid, minutely tomentose in the
center, slightly fibrillose on the margin, dingy pink, flesh white; lamellae
arcuate, decurrent, distant, whitish; stem equal or somewhat narrowed
below and pointed at the base, solid, slightly fibrillose, whitish at the
top, elsewhere pale yellow both externally and internally ; spores oblong
fusiform, .ooog-.oo12 of an inch long, .00025~.0003 broad.

Pileus 10-12 lines broad; stem 1.5-2.5 inches long, 3-4 lines thick.

Mixed woods. Westport. October. This isa rare but well marked
and beautiful species. Its pale yellow stem and pinkish pileus at once
distinguish it from all our other species. The specimens turn black in
drying. :

154 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Polyporus admirabilis 2.

Wood of appletrees. Lake George. Mrs R. B. VanAlstyne. The
specimen here recorded is less regular and less deeply depressed in the
center than the typical form, which was found growing from the base of
an appletree in Maine.

Fomes roseus (A eRe Leg G8

Decaying trunks and wood of spruce. Indian pass and Floodwood.
The pores have nearly the same color and size as the pores of F.
carneus, andthe young pileus and newly grown margin also resemble
those of F. carneus in color, but in shape the pileus is different. It
is thicker, triquetrous or ungulate, not imbricate nor laterally confluent,
the surface is more even and covered with a corneous crust after the first
year. The pileus becomes blackish or cinereous and is somewhat marked
by concentric furrows or depressions showing the limits of the yearly in-
crements. The substance is similar to that of F. carneus, but the
color of it is slightly paler.

Trametes abietis Xarsz.

Decaying wood of pine and spruce. Long lake and Floodwood.
August. Our specimens are scarcely triquetrous nor are the pores lace-
rated.- In other respects they agree well with the description of this
species.

Mucronella ulmi ~. sf.

Aculei tufted, 2-8 in a fascicle, rarely single, commonly curved or
flexuous,garely straight, acute, 1-1.5 lines long, grayish or pallid. Dead-
bark of elm. Westport. September. This differs from M. fascicularis
in its grayish colorand small size.

Stereum sulcatum #urt in ed.

Prostrate trunks of spruce and hemlock. Ampersand mountain and
Floodwood. September. A species having a thick, irregular, hard,
tawny brown, deeply and. concentrically sulcate pileus with an uneven
whitish hymenium assuming a reddish color where bruised.

Corticium chlamydosporum Burt in ed.

Prostrate trunk of elm. Westport. September. This is a beautiful
species having the hymenium glabrous, pure white or faintly tinged with
creamy yellow, following the uneven surface of the bark to which it is

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST I9Q00 155

adnate, sparingly rimose and bordered by a very thin, silky, white margin.
The species is distinct from its near relatives by the numerous chlamy-
_dospores in the subhymenial tissue.

Peniophora crassa 4urt in ed.

Decorticated surface of trunks ot pine. Floodwood. August. The mar-
gin is definite, and the. hymenium is smooth and continuous when young
and fresh, but itis apt to crack in drying. A thick firm species.

Peniophora glebulosa (/7.) res.

Decaying wood of pine and hemlock. Floodwood. September.

Clavaria acris 7. sp.
PLATE H, FIG. 37-39

Stem short, branching from near the base, the branches repeatedly and
subpalmately branched, sometimes compressed, tough, solid, reddish in-
carnate, whitish within, tips acute, whitish or concolorous, the axils often
rounded ; taste acrid ; mycelium white ; spores broadly elliptic, pale och-
raceous, .00024—.0003 of an inch long, .coo16—.0002 broad.

Much decayed wood of coniferous trees. Floodwood. August. It
forms tufts 1.5—3 inches high and nearly as broad.

Clavaria exigua 7. sf.

Very small; stem slender, dichotomously or ‘somewhat irregularly
branching, white, branches delicate lavender color or the lower white
toward the base, tips subacute, axils rounded; spores minute, globose,
.00008—.o001 of an inch broad. _

Among fallen leaves in woods. Floodwood. September. The whole
plant is scarcely more than six lines high. The coloring of the upper
part is very delicate and beautiful.

Clavaria austera JA7izz.

Ground in woods. Lake Placid. September. Miss N. L. Marshall.
A small tufted species allied to C.inaequalis, from which it may
be distinguished by the greenish tint of the clubs.

Rhizopogon luteolus /7.
Pastures. Westport. October.

156 | NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Perichaena ochrospora 7. sf.

Sporangia closely gregarious, hemispheric, globose or subglobose,
4_1 of a line broad, sessile, cinereous, sometimes with a reddish tint, its
walls membranaceous; spores globose, ochraceous or greenish ochraceous;
.0006-.0007 of an inch broad. Bark. Lyndonville. Dr C. E. Fairman.

This species departs from the character of the genus to which it is
here referred, in having no capillittum. In this respect it is closely allied
to Perichaena marginata Schw. from which it is separated by
the absence of any incrustation of the peridium, by the color of the spores
and by the lack of the distinctive white hypothallus of that species.

Phoma pustulata Sac.
Dead branches of maple. Geneva. April. F. C. Stewart,

Cryptosporium cerasinum 7. sf.

Pustules erumpent, .co2—.003 of an inch broad, surrounded by the
ruptured and slightly elevated remains of the epidermis, whitish within ;
spores slender, curved or sigmoid, gradually tapering toward the acute
extremities, often containing several shining nuclei, .oo16—.002 of an inch
long, .oo012—.00016 broad, supported on short sporophores.

Branches of cherrytrees. Lewis. April. F.C. Stewart and F. M.
Rolfs. Sometimes the pustules are clustered, and several appear in a
single rupture of the epidermis, thereby suggesting species of Valsa.

Septoria carpogena 4. & £.

Old fruit of hackberry, Celtis occidentalis. Saugerties. May,

Septoria piricola Desm.

Living leaves of peartrees. Menands. October.

Coniothecium sociale 7. sf.

Tufts minute’ separate or confluent, erumpent or superficial, when
effused, forming athin, black crust; spores variable, subglobose, oblong
or irregular, .oo16-.005 of an inch long, composed of few or many subglo-
bose cells which are .0003~.0006 of an inch broad. Mummified plums
and their pedicels and on plum twigs near them. Geneva. F. C. Stew-
art; also at Menands. April. Closely allied to C. saccharinum Pk.,
from which it is separated by its more rugged crust and larger spores.
The species is variable and is apparently limited in its habitat to plums. -
destroyed the previous year by Monilia fructigena, and to parts
of twigs and branches near them, | Be

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST I900 157

Coniothecium celtidis x. sf.

Tufts nestling in the bark, erumpent in longitudinal hysteriform
chinks, black ; spore masses subglobose or ellipsoid, .ooo8—.o016 of an
inch broad, component cells or spores few or many, .0003~.0005 of an
inch broad. Branchlets of hackberry. Saugerties. May.

Lachnella bicolor z. sp.

Cups minute, .5-.8 of a line broad when moist, less when dry, sessile,
clothed above with soft, pale yellow hairs, below with white hairs which
appear to connect them with the matrix, the margin incurved, ciliate;
hymenium orange or yellowish orange; asci cylindric or subclavate,
about .co3 of an inch long, .ooo25 broad; spores oblong, straight or |
slightly curved, hyaline, ,0008~,0008 of an inch long, .ooor2—.00016 broad;
paraphyses filiform, about equal to the asci in length. Base of dead
stems of pokeweed, Phytolacca decandra. Snyders Corners.
August. ‘This species is similar in color to L. citrina Pk., from which
it differs in its larger size, longer spores and white hairs of the base.
Under the influence of moisture the cups expand and reveal the
hymenium. When dry they close and conceal it. The two colors of
the hairs of the exterior are suggestive of the specific name. .

Tapesia rhois /airman

Dead branches of sumac. Lyndonville. September. C. E. Fairman.

Pyrenopeziza tamaricis (Rowm.) Sace.

Dead stems of tamarisk, Tamarix africana. Yates, Orleans
ee. October. C. EK.’ Kairman:

Pseudohelotium fairmani (2. & £.) Sacc.
Bark lying on the ground. Ridgeway. April. C. E. Fairman.

Sphaerella asterinoides 2. & £.
Dead stems of wild teazel. Lyndonville. May. C.E. Fairman.

Otthia aceris Wint.
Dead branches of maple. Lyndonville. May. C.E. Fairman.

Cryptovalsa eutypaeformis Sacc.

Dead, decorticated branches of maple. Lyndonville. August. C. E.
Fairman.

168 | NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

D
REMARKS AND OBSERVATIONS

Brassica rapa Z.

The turnip was found infesting some of the fields of oats in North
Elba in great abundance and behaving like a bad weed, rivaling the
pestilent charlock, or wild mustard, in this respect. It gives to the fields
the bright yellow color of its flowers. The inhabitants, as if anglicizing
the specific name of the plant, call it rape, and attribute its introduction
to some impure oat seed brought from western sources

Barbarea praecox (Sm.) &. Br.

Roadside near Saugerties. May. ‘This is an introduced species and
not common.
Erysimum cheiranthoides Z.

Roadside near Gansevoort, August. A single unusually large speci-
men was found. It is nearly 3 feet tall and has seven branches, the
shortest of which is 1 foot long. ‘The branches bear terminal clusters of
flowers, below which they are abundantly supplied with pods, there
being about 625 in all. If they contain an average number of 10 seeds
to a pod, a low estimate, for many of them contain twice that number,
there are more than 6000 seeds on this plant. Several of the lower pods
on the stem are abruptly contracted and empty in the lower part. In
consequence, the upper part appears as if supported on an unusually
long pedicel jointed and bent at or near the middle.

Viola sagittata Azz.

Thin woods near Saugerties, also near New Baltimore.

Viola blanda Willd.

An unusual form of the sweet white violet was found growing among
wet mosses in a ravine on the western side of Mt McIntyre. Its leaves
were scarcely more than half an inch in diameter, but its pedicels were
4—6 inches long, bearing the flowers far above the leaves. The plants
were in flower July 16.

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1900 169

Spiraea salicifolia latifolia Az7.

This variety is not recognized as a variety in our manuals, but is easily.
distinguished by its broad, blunt leaves with coarse teeth. It is found
on Mt McIntyre and on Wallface mountain, where it often flowers when
only 10 or 12 inches high.

Rubus setosus Zige/.

The form nearly destitute of prickles was found growing in a cold
sphagnous marsh near Floodwood. It was fruiting abundantly. The
same form sometimes occurs on dry, sterile soil. This shows its adapt-
ability to various conditions of soil.

Galium verum JZ.

The yellow bedstraw is an introduced species which is rare in our state ©
Mrs Goodrich sends specimens from Syracuse.

Cornus stolonifera J/x.

A form occurs near Glens Falls which is late in flowering. Flowering
specimens were collected there early in August. It usually flowers in
June, even farther north. |

Solidago canadensis glabrata /oréer

A peculiar form of this goldenrod occurs in abundance near Wynants-
kill, Rensselaer co. In it the flower heads are either entirely destitute
of ray flowers or bear but few very minute, inconspicuous ones. Such
plants, at first sight, give the impression that they are not yet in blossom.

Arnica chamissonis Zess.

Specimens of the soft arnica were collected by the writer more than 25
years ago. They were found growing by the side of the stream that
flows northward from Indian pass. ‘The station is about a mile from the
pass. The past season this plant was found again, growing in or near
the same station. This is the only place in which I have seen it growing
in our state. Lumbermen have recently been cutting down the forest
trees near the place, and it will be interesting to observe what effect, if
any, this will have on these plants. .

160 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Hieracium aurantiacum JZ.

_ The orange hawkweed, sometimes called paint brush and red daisy, is
still spreading rapidly in some parts of our state. In North Elba it was
seen in July to be much more abundant than it was in 1898. It had
formed large patches in meadows and pastures previously occupied
sparingly and it had spread to many new localities. It is not confined
to meadows and pastures, but springs up by roadsides and in thin woods
and recent clearings. Some effectual and practical means of destroying
it would be a great blessing. Salt applied dry in dry, hot, sunny weather,
at the rate of 1} to 2 tons an acre, is effectual, but the cost of the rem-
edy is an objection to it im the minds of some. Frank Whalen, an
esteemed correspondent, has experimented to some extent with sulfuric
acid in his attempts to destroy this weed, and has kindly given
me permission to record the results of his experiments. The
strongest solution used was 1 gallon of acid to 24 of water, the weakest,
1 to 40. Both were kept in wooden vessels and sprinkled on the weeds
from a well painted sprinkling pot. These quickly showed the effects,
even within 1o minutes after the application. The strongest solution
killed the weeds and nearly everything else with which it came in con-
tact. The weakest solution killed not only the orange hawkweed, but
also daisies, buttercups, thistles and clover, so far as the parts above
ground were concerned. A week after the application they appeared to —
be perfectly dead, but the roots retained enough vitality to throw up new
shoots and perpetuate the pests. ‘Timothy grass seemed to withstand
the effects better than the weeds and other grasses. His conclusion
from these experiments is that the strong solution would be likely to bea
cheap and effectual way of destroying small patches of the orange hawk-
weed, even if a second application should be necessary. Even the
weakest solution would be useful in preventing the plants from maturing
seed, everrif not applied till they began to blossom, the effects are so
quickly apparent. The strong solution is also useful in killing such
coarse weeds as burdock and yellow dock. It may also be available
in keeping weeds out of walks and paths in parks and gardens.

Oxycoccus oxycoccus (Z) Mac.

A small form of this cranberry grows among mosses on the open sum-
mit of Mt McIntyre. Its branches are generally less than 2 inches long,
and its leaves are about 2 lines long and 1-1.5 broad. Its flowers are
bright red. It forms close patches, and its numerous bright blossoms
give a cheerful appearance to the lonely places where they grow.

q
q
J
4

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST I900 161

Prunella vulgaris Z.

This weed sometimes invades lawns and assumes a low, spreading or
almost prostrate mode of growth, so that the lawn mower easily passes
over it without cutting it. The common chickweed, plantain, rib grass
and dandelion are all bad weeds in a lawn.

Polygonum douglasii Greene

Mt Defiance is the second locality in which this rare knotweed has
been found by me in our state. Mr Burnham finds it on Peaked moun-
tain, Washington co.

Rumex altissimus Wood

The pale dock usually grows in moist ground or in swamps, but two
patches of it were recently found growing in dry, upland soil in waste
places in North Albany. ‘The plants were healthy and vigorous.

Gentiana linearis 7Froe/.

This is the common gentian of the Adirondack region. Its flowers
are generally blue, as stated in our descriptive botanies, but specimens
were found growing in a marsh near Floodwood, in which the flowers
were either blue, pinkish purple, white or greenish. white.

Juncus trifidus Z.

The top of Wallface mountain is a new locality for this rare species.
It had previously been found on Mt Marcy and Mt Whiteface.

Peramium menziesii (Zzna/.). Morong
Two specimens of this rare species were found in woods near Flood-

wood.
Carex scirpoidea J/x.

After a careful search on Wallface mountain for staminate plants of
this rare mountain sedge only three were found, though the pistillate
plants were not scarce. ‘The staminate plants in this locality are much
smaller than the others.

Carex tenuiflora Wahl.

HastiLake George peat marshy June,” S.' HL.) Burnham. .In-WV. Y.
state flora this rare species is credited to Oriskany and Ogdensburg.

Festuca ovina JZ.

This small fescue grass occurs sparingly on Wallface mountain.

162 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Woodwardia areolata (Z.) AMZoore

A form of this fern having pinnae intermediate in width between those
of ordinary sterile and fertile fronds was found by Rev. G, C. Hulst ina
swamp near Middle Village (L. I.)

Lycopodium clavatum brevispicatum ~. var.

A peculiar form of this club-moss was collected on Wallface mountain.
The leaves of the branches are closely imbricated and strongly incurved,
and the spikes are short, thick and generally very blunt. These char-
acters give the plant a singular aspect and in my opinion make it worthy
of varietal distinction,

Lepiota naucinoides 7%.

The smooth lepiota which was very abundant in our state in the
autumn of 1896 appeared again this year in great profusion. It has
shown considerable variability in some of its characters. Usually its
pileus is very white and smooth, clean and attractive, but specimens
have been found this year having the pileus dingy or smoky brown,
others have been seen in which the cuticle of the pileus was cracked in
such a way as to form minute squamules, and in one or two instances
plants were observed having the surface of the pileus adorned with —
minute granules, a character attributed to L.naucina Fr. In such
cases the importance of recognizing the spore characters is shown. By
disregarding this character our plant has sometimes been referred to L.
naucina and sometimes to Agaricus cretaceus Fr., both of |
which it closely resembles, and with which it appears to be confused by
European mycologists, some referring it to one species and some to the
other.

Tricholoma equestre pinastreti (4. & S.) Sacc.

Thin woods. Westport. September and October. This variety
differs from the typical form of the species in its smaller size, even pileus,
and more narrow, thinner and closer lamellae. The stem in our speci-
mens is pale yellow, but in the typical form, as it occurs in our state, it
is often white. The variety has a slight farinaceous taste.

Tricholoma flavescens 2.

This rare species was first observed by the writer in 1872, and till the
past autumn had not again been found. Westport. October. About
the base of pine stumps.

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST I900 163

Clitocybe nebularis (Zatsch) Fr.

Woods. Westport. October. In young specimens the stem is ap-

parently solid. ‘The species is quite rare with us and appears late in the
season.
Clitocybe albissima 72.
_ This beautiful species was quite plentiful in the woods about Flood-
_ wood in August and September. It grows in groups and is snowy
white from its first appearance to full maturity. Itis thought by some
to be the same as the European C. cerussata, with the description
of which it agrees very closely, but that species is described as having
the pileus moist. I have never seen this character exhibited by our
plant. It hasa dry appearance even after rain, and, when the inner —
_ substance shows moisture, the surface of the pileus appears just as white
and dry as ever. In old plants the pileus sometimes becomes cir-
cinately or areolately rimose,-and sometimes the stem is partly hollow.
The cavity may be near the top or near the bottom of the stem.

Clitocybe adirondackensis Z2.

This species is common in the Adirondack woods in September.
There are two forms, one of which has the pileus and stem white or
whitish, the other very pale tan color. The latter should be carefully
separated from C. infundibuliformis membranacea Fr.

Clitocybe patuloides 2.
PLATE EK, FIG. 1-7

This species was described in 32d report of the NV. V. state mus. p. 25,
from specimens collected at Brewerton in 1878. It was found again near
Westport in October t900. As the recent specimens indicate a some-
‘what wider range of variability in its characters than the Brewerton
specimens, it has seemed best to give a new and more full description of
the species and illustrate it by a figure, specially since it is closely allied
to Tricholoma patulum Fr., even though this species is placed
in another genus.

_ Pileus fleshy, firm, rather thick, convex, becoming nearly plane. or
somewhat centrally depressed, glabrous, even and white when young,
with the margin incurved, becoming pale ochraceous with age and often
squamose or rimosely areolate, flesh white, taste mild, odor like that of
mushrooms; lamellae thin, close, slightly or strongly decurrent, forked or
anastomosing at the base, white; stem usually short, equal or slightly

164 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

tapering upward, solid, white; spores broadly elliptic, .coo25—.0003 of an
inch long, .ooo2 broad.

Pileus r-4 inches broad; stem 1-3 inches long, 4-12 lines thick.

Gregarious or cespitose. Woods, specially of pine. When growing
in tufts the stem is often eccentric and the pileus irregular. The base
of the stem is often white tomentose. Its agreeable odor and mild taste
led to a trial of its edible qualities, but it developed a bitter taste in
cooking. i

Mycena latifolia 72.

Woods. Floodwood. August. In Syloge this has been reduced to
a variety of M. galericulata,- with which it has but little affinity.
It is a much smaller fungus, grows gregariously and on the ground, not
in tufts nor on or about decaying wood and stumps. Its spores are
.00025 of an inch long, .ooo02 broad.

Pleurotus subareolatus 7%.
There is a small, white, membranaceous veil present in the young plant
but usually disappearing with age.

Russula atropurpurea /2.

This species is solitary in its mode of growth, It is not often that
more than one or two specimens are found in a place. In drying, the
plants emit a very disagreeable odor similar to that exhaled by R. com-
pacta Frost in drying.

Russula purpurina Q. & S.

This is a beautiful species and retains its color well in drying. It is
apparently limited to the Adirondack region in our state. It has been
collected at Lake Placid and near Floodwood.

Russula integra rubrotincta 7. var.

Stem slightly tinged with red. Lake Placid. September. Miss
N. L. Marshall and Miss H. C, Anderson, ‘The specimens’sent me for

identification exhibit nearly all the essential characters of R. integra,

but the stem is slightly reddish instead of clear white. The pileus is dark
red, and the lamellae are somewhat dusted by the yellowish spores.

Nyctalis asterophora /”.

Specimens destitute of lamellae were sent from Poughkeepsie by Miss”

RY Ci aah:

— =)

pe ce ol, Msc

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1900 165

Lentinus tigrinus (4u//.) Fr.

Several specimens of the so-called diseased form of this species were

collected near Ticonderoga, and onespecimen in normal condition. These
all grew on an old stump. . Last year several specimens were collected

near Savannah, all of which were found on a prostrate trunk of a small
tree. Among these also there was a single specimen with lamellae in

normal condition. Such examples throw some doubt on the validity of

Lentodium squamulosum Morg.

_Clitopilus noveboracensis subviolaceus 7%. var.

Pileus thin, nearly plane when young, often becoming centrally de-

pressed with age, pale grayish violaceous, fading with age, sometimes

obscurely zonate or concentrically spotted, strongly involute on the
margin when young, flesh whitish, taste at first farinaceous then bitter ;
lamellae very decurrent, pallid, becoming tinged with creamy yellow;
stem pallid, whitish tomentose at the base, sometimes eccentric. Fallen
leaves in woods. Floodwood.

Clitopilus noveboracensis umbilicatus 7”. var.

Pileus nearly plane, umbilicate, white or whitish, flesh white, taste
bitter; stem short, white, hairy or somewhat tomentose. Floodwood.
August. This variety differs from the type chiefly in the paler umbilicate
pileus and the short tomentose hairy stem. The preceding one differs in
the violaceous hue of the pileus and in its fading with age. In both, the
pileus is apparently less disposed to become rivulose or concentrically
rimose.

Entoloma graveolens 7%.

Under the description of this species in my last report, its resemblance

to Tricholoma personatum was noticed, and the color of its

_ spores and its strong, disagreeable and persistent odor were indicated as

distinguishing characters. But more recent investigations afford reason
for believing that these supposed distinct species run together, or, in
other words, are forms of one species. The pileus of a specimen sup-
posed to be T. personatum was placed on a slip of white paper for
the purpose of collecting its spores. One side of it projected beyond
the paper and rested over the mahogany colored table on which the
paper was placed. After the spores had fallen it was found that those
on the surface of the table had a whitish hue and might readily be taken
to be sordid white, the color ascribed to the spores of T, personatum,

166 _ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

But those on the paper had a distinct pinkish or salmon color. Other

collections of this mushroom and its spores show that, when the latter

are gathered in a thin layer on white paper, the salmon tint is very faint,
and it would be easy to mistake it for sordid white, but, if gathered in a
thick layer, the color is decidedly and unmistakably salmon or pinkish
and would require the reference ofthe species to the genus Entoloma.
If then the species we have been referring to T. personatum is the
same as the European mushroom of that name, and I see no reason for

doubting their identity other than that furnished by the color of the

spores, T. personatum should take the name Entoloma
personatum. .

In a considerable number of specimens of this mushroom collected on
the same day and in the same locality, some had the disagreeable odor
of E. graveolens and some had not. In no case was it as persistent
as in the type specimens of E. graveolens. ‘This then is clearly a
variable character, and it may be necessary to reduce E. graveolens
to the rank of a mere variety of the other if our supposition is correct.
We have indicated how easily the color of the spores of our plant may be
mistaken for sordid white, and this may explain why the European plant
was first placed in the genus Tricholoma. And yet it is apparent
that European mycologists have not always been satisfied with the posi-
tion of T. personatum, for at one time it was removed to a genus
Lepista, in which the spores are described as dirty white or sordid.
This arrangement was not generally adopted, and at present is not follow-
ed. Whether mycologists would be willing to remove a species from a
genus with which it has so long been associated, merely on account of the
color of the spores, is perhaps doubtful. But certainly the true color of
the spores should be made known that it may not be astumbling-block to
students.

We have another mushroom which agrees well with the description of
Tricholoma nudum in all its characters except possibly the
color of its spores. These have a salmon hue, though perhaps not quite
so pronounced as in the preceding species. It is, however, more decided
than in the spores of Clitopilus noveboracensis, and, if
allowed the weight usually given to this character, would throw the plant
in the pink-spored series. ‘The greater tendency of the lamellae to be
decurrent would indicate its place to be in the genus Cli topilus
rather than in Entoloma. For the present the few specimens seen
have been referred to Tricholoma nudum, but farther investiga-
tion may require a different reference,

NS,

~~

ee

~~

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST I900 167

-Clitocybe tarda Pk., specimens of which were collected in a
conservatory and sent for identification unaccompanied by spore print
or note of this character, proves to have salmon colored spores and
should take the name Clitopilus tardus.

Pholiota aggericola retirugis x. var.

Pileus rugose reticulate. Otherwise as in the type. Fallen leaves in

woods. Westport. October.

Inocybe subochracea burtii 7. var.
PLATE H, FIG. 23-29
Veil conspicuous, webby fibrillose; margin of the pileus more fibril-
lose ; stem longer and more conspicuously fibrillose. The well developed
veil and consequently the more fibrillose pileus and stem and the longer
stem are the distinguishing characters of this variety. Mossy marshy
ground. Floodwood. September. KE. A. Burt.

Flammula alnicola marginalis 7. var.
PLATE G, Fia. 8-14

Pileus fleshy, firm, conical or broadly campanulate, viscid when moist,
glabrous except on the fibrillose tomentose or squamose margin, yellow,
flesh white, taste mild; lamellae thin, close, rounded behind, pale yellow,
becoming ferruginous; stem firm, nearly equal, stuffed or hollow, fibril-
lose, subannulate, yellow above, ferruginous below ; spores eIBPHe 0003-
0004 of an inch long, .ooo2 broad.

Pileus 8-16 lines broad; stem 2.5-3.5 inches long, 2-4 lines thick.
Cespitose. Decaying wood of maple, Acer rubrum. Westport.
October. This variety differs from the type in its viseid pileus, white
flesh and mild taste. Its margin also is adorned by the copious veil
which sometimes whitens it and sometimes separates and forms floccose
scales or small patches on it or small fragments attached to its edge.
In the very young plant the lamellae are concealed by its copious white,
webby filaments. =)
Cortinarius torvus nobilis x. var.

PLATE I, FIG. 6-11

Pileus fleshy, firm, very convex or hemispheric, becoming broadly
convex or nearly plane, glabrous except on the fibrillose margin, viola-
ceous or grayish violaceous becoming grayish or grayish red with age, flesh
grayish white, generally with a violaceous tint when moist, taste mild;
Jamellae reddish violaceous, becoming tawny cinnamon, distant, rounded

168 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

behind, adnexed; stem variable, long or short, equal or thickened at the
base, solid, sheathed by the copious, white, silky veil, often subannulate,
grayish within but often variegated above with villaceous.

Gregarious or subcespitose. Westport. October. This fungus agrees
with the type in many of its characters, but I have thought it worthy of
varietal distinction because of its nearly naked young pileus and the

prevailing violaceous color cf it and the young lamellae and the grayish

hues of ‘the mature plant. The lamellae also differ in being rounded
behind and adnexed. It grows in thin woods and attains a large size,
the pileus being 3-5 inches broad and the stem usually 4-5 inches
long. Its spores are like those of the species. —

Stropharia johnsoniana 2.

A form of this mushroom was found near Westport in which the
center of the pileus is dotted with small, erect, tawny red squamules
which appear like papillae when moist. This species is referred to the
genus Agaricus in Sy//oge, but the lamellae are slightly adnexed, and
therefore it should be placed in Stropharia.

Psilocybe atomatoides 2.

Under pine and hemlock trees. Westport. September. This species
was first found in 1875. Since that time I do not remember meeting
with it. It is probably very rare.

Coprinus ephemerus /7.

Decaying baled hay. North Elba. July. The habitat is peculiar.
Moist, showery weather probably made it possible for the fungus to grow
on it.
Boletus granulatus albidipes 7. var.

Under pine trees. Westport. October. This variety differs from the
typical form of the species in having the flesh of the pileus white, except
next the tubes, where it is faintly yellowish, the stem white externally
and internally and in having a slight membranaceous veil which forms a
very thin annulus on the stem-of the young plant, or forms fragments
which adhere to the margin of the pileus.

Polyporus simillimus 72.

Burnt ground under pine trees. Westport. October. Many speci-
mens were found, all having the minute pores that are characteristic of
this species. The closely related P. parvyulus Kl, was not seen in
this locality. |

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST I9Q0O 169

Polyporus distortus Schw.

Low ground near Ticonderoga. September. The plants reported
under the name, P. abortivus, inthe 3?&¢h report of the New York
state museum, p. 90, probably belong to this species, though they were
growing singly and did not have the color ascribed to the pileus of this
singular fungus.

Fomes pinicola /7.

This species is very common in the Adirondack region, growing on
old trunks of coniferous trees. If rightly limited it is a most variable
species, not only in shape and color but also in size. It is usually 3-5
inches in diameter, but sometimes much larger. Two specimens were
found growing on a hemlock stump near Gansevoort that were more
depressed than usual and’ were from 10 to 12 inches broad. A form
growing on wood of deciduous trees is less common and is destitute of
the red and yellow colors that are generally present in the forms on

wood of coniferous trees.

Fomes carneus JVees.

Very abundant on decaying trunks of spruce trees in the Adirondack
region. It is perennial, and the upper surface of the pileus generally
becomes more or less blackened after the first year. - Occasionally a new
flesh colored growth overspreads it either wholly or in part. Two forms
occur which depart somewhat from the type. In one the pileus is
more orless zonate, specially toward the margin, though often indis-
tinctly so. Sometimes the margin is zonate and the rest tuberculate.
This seems to me to be worthy of varietal distinction, and I propose for
itthe name, Fomes carneus subzonatus n. var. Its pilei
are often imbricated, and the color is paler than inthe common form. In
the other the surface of the pileus is uneven and scabrous with minute
tufts of short, erect hairs or fibrils. To the naked eye the surface ap-
pears somewhat granular. To this variety I apply the name, Fomes
carneus granularis n. var.

Trametes piceinus 7%.

Recent observations on the fungus described under the name, Po ly-
porus piceinus, in the gad report of the New York state museum, p.
25, show that it is a Trametes closely allied to T. abietis Karst., but
apparently distinct by its minute pores with entire dissepiments and by the
thin pileus, which is persistently tomentose and marked by many concen-

170 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

tric furrows and can scarcely be said to be scrobiculate or scrupose. It is
destructive to the wood of spruce. Also Polyporus variiformis
described in the same report should be referred to this genus and take the
name, Trametes variiformis. The genus Trametes is so
closely allied tothe genus Polyporus that it is not in all cases easy to
separate and distinguish its species without making a vertical section ofa
specimen and noticing the character of the trama and the connection of
the pores with the hymenophorum. In order to bring together and show
at a glance our New York species as now understood, a synoptic table
with distinguishing characters is here given of them.

Synoptic table of New York species of Trametes

Plant having a pileus (some species also resupinate).......... I
Plant always resupinate i... 54's seme soi, Bia A Sh fateas Se Re serpens Fr.
1 Substance of, the pileus syhite oo 2 ausie ee ee o> aa ede oh 2
1 Substance.of the pileus ‘not white. «-<:\j.) =; bce eee o> Rokuee
2 Pileus white or pallids pon. 2) nee see ooh Ge ee bee ee sis bie care
2 Pileus some other color........ gondatti. cl eae 4
3 Pileus-broad.and jthick, zoneless:i- pe alan cans suaveolens (L.) Fr.
3 Pileus nazrow and thin, zanate ieee 6 .i-ee~ bene . sepium Berk.
: A .Pileus. subochraceous, ZOneless 4 bist ntsindet abe serialis Fr.
4..Pileus reddish tawny; ZOnaREy 56 iota. alae ah variiformis Pk,
5 Substalice red ont... sage ies ae es ee cinnabarina (Jacq.) Fr.
5 Substance brown.) cis; ee Bete ee on oe eee mollis Fr.
5. Substance, pallid.g.. sn4:.. ase sasha eee ene ean 6
s Substance tawny orfemigmois..., 14.52 sarin eee 9
6: Pileus distinctly-or strigosely Whgiry, «25. ue eee trogii Berk.
6. Pileus. glabrous or spon. plabmite ns aes. fie le per a ee 5 Sn
7 Pores rather large, generally oblong, pileus not blackening......
rubescens (A. & S.) Fr.
+ Pores minute, round or punctiform, pileus blackening............ 33
8..JPores «line Jong sar dese stn, ee ae scutellata (Schw.) Morg.
8..Pores, more than adine lon. 5 ius aeuke eee ate ee ohiensis Berk.
g Pileus persistently tomentose, pores minute............ piceinus Pk.

g Pileus tomentose when young, becoming scrobiculate or scrupose
abietis Karst.
g Pileus not tomentose, hard, becoming cracked........... pint Be.

Polyporus stephensii B.& Br. isasynonymof Trametes
serpens. I have found this species in resupinate form only, though
it is said sometimes to have a slightly reflexed tomentose margin.

"=,

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1900 171

A resupinate form of T. sepium is common. Also of T. serialis
T. variiformis and T. mollis. Resupinate forms of T. tro gii,
Seseutellatavand-Piiohiensis are’ less'\common: The pileus in
T. piceinus and T. mollis is often attached by its vertex and is
then concave beneath, bearing some resemblance to the cup of a broad,
inverted wineglass. T. rubescens is probably only a form of
Daedalea confragosa Pers.

Hydnum aurantiacum 4. & S.

“A singular multiplex or somewhat proliferous form of this species was
found in hemlock woods near Westport. Many of the plants ap-
peared at first sight like several small plants in a dense tuft. These
had a.farinaceous taste and odor and perhaps ought to be separated as a
variety. Some of them have the aculei a beautiful persistent yellowish
orange and a more decided farinaceous taste and odor. To these I
give the name Hydnum aurantiacum pulchrispineum
n. var.

Hydnum rufescens fers.

A form of this species occurs in which the pileus is umbilicate and

sometimes eccentric.

Mucronella aggregata /.

Fine specimens in which the aculei or spines are crowded in groups
several inches in extent were found growing on decayed wood of hem-
lock in woods near Floodwood. The spines in our specimens are more
slender and more svar D ly pointed than represented by Fries in the figure
in Leones.

Grandinia virescens 2.

Specimens of this rare fungus which was reported more than 20 years
ago were found on decaying wood of hemlock near Westport in Septem-
ber. These have a white margin and white subiculum.

Clavaria divaricata F%.

A form of this very distinct species was found growing on much
decayed wood near Floodwood, in which the tips of the branchlets are
whitish or pale yellow.

Clavaria ligula /.

The clubs are not always obtuse as might be inferred from the pub-
lished descriptions of the species. They are sometimes acute and some-
times even cuspidate. In young specimens they are yellowish, but as
they advance in age they assume the normal color of maturity,

172 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Clavaria pyxidata Pers.

This clavaria is sometimes nearly white, specially in its upper branches.
Its stems and branches are tough and solid and it is acrid or hot and
peppery to the taste.

Hirneola auricula-judae (Z.) Berk.

This species is common in the Adirondacks on dead wood of spruce
and balsam fir. An abortive form sometimes occurs which forms an
irregular gyrose plicate mass 1-2 inches thick.

Ithyphallus ravenelii (2. & C.) Fisch.

The thin membranaceous veil sometimes adheres in fragments or
bands to the stem and then is wholly or partly absent from its usual
place at the top of the stem. Such specimens, however, need not be
confused with I. impudicus, since the more even surface of the
denuded pileus is a good distinguishing character.

Massospora cicadina 72.

Grasshoppers are sometimes infested and killed by this parasitic
ungus. Examples were collected at Mannsville, Jefferson co., by
George Staplin. ‘The spores in these examples are all large, measuring
.o015—.002 of an inch broad. ‘This fungus is the friend of man, since it
attacks and destroys insects that are injurious to the plants he cultivates
and uses. It would be interesting to trace its life history and ascertain
how and when it gains access to its host. Since we now know that it
attacks grasshoppers, it may possibly be more easy to do this,

Tremella mycetophila 7%.

Fine specimens of this parasitic fungus were found at Floodwood.
The pileus of the host plant, Collybia dryophila, is sometimes
completely covered and concealed by it. It departs somewhat from the
character of a genuine species of Tremella in the structure of its
basidia.

ee eee ee ee ee ee se

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1900 F738

E

EDIBLE FUNGI
Lepiota clypeolaria (Bull.) Fr.

SHIELD LEPIOTA
PLATE 76, FIG. Lt

Pileus thin, soft, convex or subcampanulate, becoming nearly plane,
obtuse or umbonate, squamose, whitish or yellowish, the’ center or umbo
smooth, yellowish or brownish, the margin often appendiculate with
fragments of the veil, flesh white; lamellae thin, close, free, white; stem
slender, equal or slightly tapering upward, hollow, fragile, pallid, adorned
with soft, loose, white or yellowish floccose scales or filaments; spores
oblong or subfusiform, .oo05~.0008 of an inch long, .00024~.0003 broad.

The cap of the shield lepiota is at first somewhat ovate or bell-shaped,
but with advancing age it becomes convex above or nearly flat. It is
white or whitish but spotted with numerous small scales of a yellowish
or brownish yellow color. ‘These scales are the result of the breaking
up of the thin cuticle that covers the very young plant, and they have
the same color as it. A small space in the center is brown or yellowish
brown or darker than the rest of the cap, because the cuticle covering it
remains unbroken and retains its color. The center in some specimens
is more prominent than in others, giving what is called an umbonate cap.
The margin of the cap is sometimes shaggy, specially in young plants,
by the adhering fragments of the whitish veil.

The gills are thin, closely placed side by side and rounded at the end
next the stem, but they are not attached to the stem. They are white.
The stem is rather long and slender, fragile and adorned with loose, soft
fibrils or flocculent, cottony tufts which give it a somewhat shaggy ap-
pearance, but it becomes smoother as the plant grows older.

The cap is usually from 1r—2.5 inches broad, and the stem from 1.5~3
inches long and 1.5~3 lines thick. The plants grow in woods, specially
in hilly and mountainous regions, and are generally solitary or few in a
place, but in favorable seasons they are of frequent occurrence and may
be found from July to October. ‘Though small and thin, the caps are
well flavored and make a desirable dish. L.m etulaes pora B. & Br.
scarcely differs from this species except in the striate margin of its cap.

174 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Clitocybe maculosa /%.

SPOTTED CLITOCYBE
PLATE 69, FIG. 14-21

Pileus fleshy, convex, often centrally depressed, glabrous, centrally
marked with numerous small round spots, yellowish white, the young
margin involute and minutely downy, flesh white, taste mild; lamellae
narrow, close, very decurrent, whitish or slightly yellowish, some of them
forked ; stem equal or slightly tapering upward, glabrous or sparingly
fibrillose, stuffed, sometimes becoming hollow, whitish; spores subglobose
or orbicular, .000:6—.0002 of an inch broad.

The peculiar mark by which the spotted clitocybe may be distin-
guished consists in the small round definite spots in the central part of
the cap. They have a slightly darker or watery or yellowish color and
appear as if depressed below the rest of the surface. The cap is smooth
and whitish or yellowish white and is generally depressed in the center
and decurved on the margin. ‘The margin is usually adorned with slight,
short radiating ridges. The flesh is white and the taste mild.

The gills are closely placed side by side, narrow and prolonged down-
ward on the stem. ‘They have nearly the same color-as the cap. The
stem is nearly cylindric, smooth or adorned with a few silky fibrils,
whitish and spongy within or sometimes hollow when old.

The cap is from 1-3 inches broad; the stem 2-3 inches long and 2-4
lines thick. This mushroom grows among fallen leaves in woods. It
appears in August and September. I have found it in the Adirondack
forests only. Its range is probably northward, and its rarity detracts
from its importance as an edible species.

Clitocybe adirondackensis /%.
ADIRONDACK CLITOCYBE
PLATE 69, FIG. 1-15

Pileus thin, convex or nearly plane and umbilicate, or centrally
depressed and funnel-form, glabrous, moist, white or pale tan color, flesh
white; lamellae thin, narrow, close, very decurrent, white; stem nearly
equal, glabrous, stuffed or hollow, colored like the pileus; spores subglo-
bose or broadly elliptic, .oo016—.0002 of an inch long, .o0012-.00016 broad.

The Adirondack clitocybe is common in the northern forests of the
state but is not limited to them. Its cap is thin and soon becomes
nearly flat with a decurved margin and a central depression or umbilicus,
or very concave by the elevation of the margin, and then it resembles a

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST I900 | 175

wineglass in shape. Its margin is sometimes wavy or irregular. In
color it varies from white to a very pale red or tan color. White speci-
mens sometimes have the center slightly darker than the rest.

The gills are very narrow, being scarcely broader than the thickness
of the flesh of the cap. They are closely placed, white and decurrent.

The stem is nearly cylindric, smooth and stuffed or hollow. It is col-
ored like the cap. Often there is a white tomentum or cottony substance
_at its base.

The cap varies in size and is 1~2 inches broad; the stem 1.5~—3 inches
long and 1-2 lines thick. It may be found from July to October. Its
flavor is suggestive of that of the common mushroom.

Hygrophorus cantharellus Schw.

CHANTARELLE HYGROPHORUS
PLATE 76, FIG. 8-20

Pileus thin, convex, often umbilicate, subglabrous or minutely squamu-
lose, orange, red or yellow; lamellae rather broad, distant, arcuate,
decurrent, whitish or yellowish, sometimes tinged with red; stem slender,
fragile, glabrous, stuffed or hollow, orange, red or yellow; spores elliptic,
.0003-.0004 of an inch long, .oo024 broad, 7

Var. voseus. Margin very wavy or lobed, the lobes often erowded or
overlapping.

Var. flavipes. Pileus red or orange; stem yellow.

Var. flaviceps. Pileus yellow; stem yellow, red or orange.

The chantarelle hygrophorus is a small species, but it sometimes occurs
in great abundance. It is closely related to the vermilion hygrophorus,
H. miniatus, from which it differs in its decurrent gills and in its
usually longer and more fragile stem. The cap is generally red and
minutely rough as in the vermilion hygrophorus, but it varies in color, as
in that species, through orange to yellow. It is very tender and fragile,
and the margin is sometimes excessively lobed, giving an appearance
suggestive of a double rose, and therefore it is named variety roseus. -
The varying color of the cap and stem furnishes the characters of variety
flavipes and variety flaviceps. The gills may be slightly or de-
cidedly decurrent and may vary from yellowish white to yellow tinged
with red.

The cap is 6-12 lines broad, and the stem 1-3 inches long and about
1 line thick. The fungus inhabits a variety of places and may be found
on naked damp soil, among fallen leaves, under the shelter of tall ferns

176 , NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

or among mosses in swamps and wet places. It occurs in woods and
open places and may be found from July to October. It sometimes has
a disagreeable flavor when raw, but when well cooked it is tender and of
agreeable flavor. Though small, its abundance in some localities makes
it possible to obtain a sufficient quantity for the table.

Lactarius subpurpureus 2%.

PURPLISH LACTARIUS
PLATE 70, FIG. 1-6

Pileus convex, becoming nearly plane or subinfundibuliform, glabrous,
slightly viscid when moist, somewhat zonate, purplish red with a grayish
luster, assuming greenish stains where wounded or when old; lamellae
close, adnate or decurrent, purplish red, becoming tinged with dull yellow
or stained with greenish hues when old; stem equal or slightly tapering ~
upward, hollow, glabrous or sometimes hairy at the base, adorned with
a few round or oval depressed red spots; spores subglobose, rough,
.00035~—.0004 of an inch broad.

The purplish lactarius is distinguished from all our other species by
the dark red milk that issues from wounds of the flesh or gills. It
belongs to the same group of species as L. deliciosus, L.indigo
and L. chelidonium. It is also allied to the European L.
san guifluus, which is described as having a blood red, zoneless cap
and blood red, mild milk. 3

The cap is at first convex, often having a central depression, but by
its expansion and the elevation of the margin it soon becomes nearly
plane with the central depression more pronounced and sometimes it
becomes funnel-form. Its surface is smooth and a little viscid when
moist. Its color is a beautiful, pale purplish red with a grayish tint. It
is also adorned with a few zones or bands of brighter color. These are
composed of small, somewhat confluent spots. They generally disappear
in drying. When old, the colors fade and the cap is apt to become
stained with green. Wounds of any part of the plant soon assume ereen-
ish hues. The flesh is a little paler than the surface of the cap except
near the gills, where it has the dark red color of the milk.

The gills when young resemble the cap in color, but with advancing
age they become tinged with dingy yellowish hues, which are apparently
due to the color of the spores. The stem is generally cylindric, smooth,
hollow and marked by a few round or oval depressed, dark red spots
with a definite margin.

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST IQOO 177

The cap is 2-3 inches broad; the stem 1.5~3 inches long, 3~5 lines
thick. The plants grow in woods and swamps among mosses and fallen
leaves and occur from July to October. When fresh, their taste is slightly
acrid, but, when they are cooked, it is scarcely inferior to that of L.
deliciosus. |

Lactarius deceptivus 72.

DECEPTIVE LACTARIUS
PLATE 70, FIG. 7-11

Pileus fleshy, compact, convex and umbilicate, becoming expanded
and centrally depressed or almost infundibuliform, glabrous or slightly
tomentose except on the margin, white or whitish, often with dingy
yellowish or rusty stains, the margin at first involute and clothed with a
dense but soft white cottony tomentum which conceals the young
lamellae, becoming expanded and more or less fibrillose, flesh and milk
white, taste acrid; lamellae rather broad, subdistant, adnate or slightly
decurrent, some of them forked, white or yellowish ; stem equal or taper-
ing downward, solid, white; spores white, subglobose, .00035-.0005 of
an inch broad.

The deceptive lactarius is a large, firm mushroom of a white color,
belonging to a group of closely related species including the peppery
lactarius and the fleecy lactarius, with the latter of which it is apt to be
confused, but from which it may be separated by the dense cottony
covering of the margin of the young cap. In the mature plant the cap
is centrally depressed or broadly funnel-form, and the margin becomes
-somewhat shaggy with coarse fibrils or nearly naked. It is often varied
by dingy yellowish or rust colored stains, specially in the center, and
sometimes the surface becomes slightly scaly. The gills are broad,
rather widely separated and white or yellowish. When young they are
apt to be studded with drops of moisture. If cut or broken, they emit
drops of a white acrid milk, The stem is rather short, stout, solid and
white.

_The cap is 3-6 inches broad; the stem 1-3 inches long, 8-15 lines
thick. 3 ,

This lactarius grows in woods and open places and occurs from July
to September. It is often associated with the two species already men-
tioned, but in the Adirondack forests it is the prevailing species of its
group and is sometimes found there in great abundance when the others
are entirely absent. Its taste is very hot or peppery when raw, but, when
fried in butter, this acridity is destroyed and the mushroom becomes a

178 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

fairly good subject for the table. I have eaten it freely without expe-
riencing any evil consequences, though some writers advise the rejection
of all species of Lactarius and Russula that have an acrid taste.

Russula nigricans (Bv//.) Fr.
BLACKISH RUSSULA
PLATE 71, FIG. 6-9

Pileus fleshy, thick, firm, convex and umbilicate, with the margin
incurved, becoming expanded and centrally depressed, at first white or

white clouded with smoky brown, then wholly brown or blackish, flesh’

white, slowly changing to reddish where cut or broken, taste mild;
lamellae broad, subdistant, slightly rounded behind, adnexed, white;
stem short, solid, white; spores white, globose or subglobose, .0003-.0004
of an inch broad.

The blackish russula is a large and firm mushroom, sordid and unat-
tractive in its general appearance, but, when sound specimens are
obtained and properly cooked, they afford a much better dish than their
appearance indicates. ‘They are so large and fleshy that a few are suf-
ficient for a meal for a family. When young and vigorous in growth,
the cap is wholly white, but it soon becomes clouded with sordid brown,
and, being slightly viscid when moist, it is often soiled by adhering dirt.
With advancing age it becomes wholly brown or blackish. The flesh
slowly assumes a dull, reddish hue where wounded. The white gills of
the young plant are sometimes studded with drops of moisture. They
are rather wide apart, slightly rounded at the inner extremity and

attached to the stem, which is short, firm, solid and white, though it

becomes brown or blackish when old. In drying, the whole plant usually
becomes blackish.

The cap is 3-5 inches broad; the stem 1-2.5 inches long and 6-12
lines thick. The plants grow in woods and in open places, on bare
earth or among fallen leaves, and may be found from July to September.

Russula brevipes %.
SHORT STEMMED RUSSULA
PLATE 71, FIG. 1-5 |
Pileus fleshy, firm, convex and umbilicate, becoming expanded and
infundibuliform, dry, glabrous or sometimes slightly downy on the mar-
gin, white or whitish, often with yellowish or rusty yellow stains in the
center, flesh white; lamellae thin, close, adnate or decurrent, rarely

eS

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST I9Q00 179

slightly rounded behind, white; stem firm, solid, glabrous, white; spores
globose, verruculose, .ooo4~.0005 of an inch broad.

Both this and the preceding species belong to the section Com-
pactae, which is characterized by the firm flesh and even margin of the
cap and by the unequal gills. In all our other species of this section
the cap changes color with age, but in this one it does not. It is per-
sistently white or whitish except the center of the cap, which is often
varied by yellowish or rusty yellowish hues. Its surface is not polished
or shining though nearly smooth and even. The young gills are
sometimes adorned with drops of moisture, but they shed no milky juice
where cut or broken, and by this character the species may be dis-
tinguished from the similar white species of Lactarius, L. pip-
eratus and L.vellereus. Thespecies is also closely related to
- R.delica, but is separated from it by the unpolished surface and
dingy yellowish stains of the cap, the close gills and their tardily acrid
taste and the larger warty spores.

The stem is generally very short, its length in many cases scarcely
exceeding its thickness, but, when growing among mosses or fallen leaves
in woods, it is longer. It and the gills are white. In drying, the color
of the gills becomes less white. The cap is 3-5 inches broad; the stem
1—2 inches long, 6-10 lines thick. The plant grows in woods and in
open places and occurs from July to October. Fried in butter, it has an
excellent flavor. Indeed, all the species of Russula that I have tried
are very agreeable and palatable when properly cooked, but insects
are so fond of them that it is sometimes difficult to obtain sound speci-
mens in sufficient quantity for the table.

Russula rugulosa 7. sf.
RUGULOSE RUSSULA
PLATE 72, FIG. 12-18

Pileus rather thin, fragile, convex, becoming nearly plane or centrally
depressed, viscid when moist, roughened or uneven with small tubercles
and rugae, even on the margin when young, becoming tuberculate striate
with age, the viscid pellicle separable on the margin, flesh white, reddish
under the cuticle, taste tardily acrid; lamellae rather close, adnate or
slightly rounded behind, white; stem nearly equal, spongy within, white;
spores white, rough, subglobose, .0003-.0004 of an inch broad, shining in
transmitted light.

The rugulose russula is closely related to the emetic russula, but dif-
fers from it in the uneven or rugulose surface of the cap, in the tardily

180 ' NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

acrid taste and in its closer adnate gills. Its cap is red, varying from
pale red to dark red, viscid when moist, even on the margin when young
but somewhat tuberculate and striate when old. Its surface is rough-
ened by minute tubercles or pimples, which sometimes appear to run
together and form short ridges. These are sometimes absent from the
center of the cap. The viscid cuticle easily peels from the margin of the
cap but not from the center. The flesh is white except just under the
cuticle, where it is reddish. It is soft and fragile, and its taste is slowly
and much less sharply acrid than in the emetic russula. Its gills are
closely placed, attached to the stem and persistently white. The stem is
brittle, soft and spongy within, smooth and white. The cap is 2—4 inches
broad; the stem 2-3 inches long, 4-8 lines thick.

It grows in woods among mosses and fallen leaves or on the bare
ground and appears in August and September. It is an inhabitant of
the Adirondack forests. Its slightly acrid flavor is destroyed in cooking
and it affords a harmless, tender and agreeable food.

Russula abietina z. sf.

FIR TREE RUSSULA
PLATE 72, Fia. 1-11

Pileus thin, fragile, convex, becoming nearly plane or slightly depressed
in the center, viscid when moist, the viscid pellicle separable, tuberculate
striate on the margin, flesh white, taste mild; lamellae subdistant, ventri-
cose, narrowed toward the stem, rounded behind and nearly free, whit-
ish, becoming pale yellow, the interspaces venose; stem equal or tapering
toward the top, stuffed or hollow, white; spores bright yellowish ochra-
ceous, subglobose, rough, .0003-.0004 of an inch broad.

The fir tree russula is closely related to the youthful russula, R. puel-
laris Fr., from which it is separated by the viscid cap, the gills rather
widely separated from each other and nearly free, the stem never yellow-
ish nor becoming yellow where wounded, and the spores having an
ochraceous hue. They are much brighter and more highly colored in
the mass than the mature gills. The cap varies much in color, but the
center is generally darker than the rest. It may be dull purple or green-
ish purple with a brownish or blackish center or sometimes with an olive
green center, or it may be olive green or smoky green with a brownish
center. Olive green and purplish hues of various shades are variously
combined, but sometimes the margin is grayish and the center olive
green. The flesh is white and its taste mild. Tne gills are waite whea

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1900 181

young, or barely tinged with yellow, but they become pale yellow with
age, They are neither crowded nor widely attached to the stem and are
connected with each other by cross veins, which can be seen at the bot-
tom of the interspaces. The stems are rather slender, soft or spongy
within, sometimes becoming hollow and occasionally tapering upward.
They are very constantly and persistently white. The cap is 1~-2.5
inches broad ; the stem 1~2.5 inches long, 3~5 lines thick. This russula
grows under or near pine, spruce or balsam fir trees. It occurs from July
to October. It is tender and palatable. ‘The stems also are tender and
-may be cooked with the caps.

Pluteus cervinus (Schaef) Fr.

FAWN PLUTEUS
PLATE 74, FIG. 9-19

Pileus fleshy, very convex or campanulate, becoming broadly convex
or nearly plane, glabrous or fibrillose, rarely squamulose in the center,
Variable in color, flesh white, taste disagreeable; lamellae rather broad,
close, rounded behind, free, white or whitish, becoming pink; stem
equal or slightly tapering upward, solid, glabrous or slightly fibrillose ;
spores pink, elliptic, .00025-.0003 of an inch long, .co02—.00025 broad.

The cap of the fawn pluteus may be white, yellowish, grayish, grayish
brown or dark brown. In the typical form, if we may judge from the
specific name, it is grayish red or fawn color, but I have seen no such
_ American specimens. It is sometimes smooth, sometimes adorned with
blackish fibrils or small scales, specially in the center. Rarely the center
is slightly prominent, and the cap is then almost umbonate. In wet
weather it may be slightly viscid. The flesh is white, but its flavor is
scarcely agreeable when uncooked. The gills in the young plant are
closely packed side by side and may well be called crowded, but with the
expansion of the cap they separate and are less crowded. ‘They are
rounded at the end next the stem and free from it. When young they
are white, when mature, pink. The stem is firm, solid, straight or
curved, glabrous or slightly fibrillose and varies in color from white to
brown. A form which has both cap and stem white has received the
name, variety albus. Another form has the stem white but the cap
grayish, yellowish or brown. This is called variety albipes. This
variety is sometimes found growing from sawdust in empty ice houses.
Its stem in such cases is often elongated. It grows in the dark as well
as in the light. |

182 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

The cap is 1.5-4 inches broad; stem 2-6 inches long, 3-6 lines thick.
It occurs from May to October and may be found in woods or open
places. It grows on decaying wood or vegetable matter. The disagree-
able flavor of the fresh plant is destroyed by cooking.

Pholiota caperata 7s.

WRINKLED PHOLIOTA
PLATE 73, FIG. 1-5

Pileus fleshy, firm, thin toward the margin, ovate when young, becom-
ing broadly campanulate or convex, obtuse, glabrous or nearly so, gen-
erally wrinkled, yellow, flesh white; lamellae close, at first ascending and
whitish, adnate, becoming brownish ferruginous with age; stem cylin-
dric, sometimes bulbous, glabrous or slightly flocculose, solid, white or
whitish, the annulus membranaceous, thick on the edge, white; spores
brownish ferruginous, subelliptic, .ooo5—.o006 of an inch long, .ooo25—
.0003 broad.

The wrinkled pholiota is a fine, large species, easily recognized by its
yellow, wrinkled cap and stout, white stem and collar. It was at one
time placed by Fries in the genus Cortinarius, though its veil is
quite unlike the veil in that genus. When young, the cap bears some
resembiance to an egg in shape, but with advancing age it expands and
assumes a shape resembling a bell, or by the elevation of the margin it
may become somewhat concave above, though the center may still
remain more or less prominent. Its surface is usually radiately wrinkled,
a character which is suggestive of the specific name. In the typical
form its surface is covered with white, superficial particles or flocci, but
in our plant they are often entirely wanting or present only in the form
of a white pruinosity in the center. The color may be either pale yel-
low or bright yellow.

The gills are rather close to each other, widely attached to the stem,
whitish when young, brownish rust color when mature and often eroded
or irregularly notched on the edge. The stem is cylindric, solid, nearly
smooth and furnished with a white collar which conceals the gills in the
young plant. It is white or whitish and sometimes has a bulbous base.

The cap is 2-4 inches broad; the stem, 2~-5 inches long and 6-10
lines thick. The plants grow in woods, mossy swamps and open places.
They may be found in favorable weather from July to September. They
have a wide range, occurring in our state from Long Island to the north-
ern part of the Adirondack region.

i

ee eS ee a ee ee

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST I9QOO 183

Pholiota squarrosoides 2.

SHARP SCALE PHOLIOTA

PLATE 73, FIG. 6-15

~

Pileus fleshy, firm, subglobose when young, becoming convex, viscid
when moist, adorned with terete, erect, pointed, tawny scales which are
crowded in the center, scattered toward the margin, whitish, flesh white;
lamellae close, emarginate, whitish, becoming brownish ferruginous with

- age; stem equal, firm, solid or stuffed, rough with numerous recurved,
tawny scales below the floccose or lacerated annulus, white above;
spores minute, elliptic, brownish ferruginous, .ooo2 of an inch long, .ooo16
broad. |

The sharp scale pholiota is closely related to the scaly pholiota,
P. squarrosa, but is distinguished from it by its compact, papillose or
almost spinose, erect, pointed scales, the viscid surface of its cap, its
emarginate gills and its smaller, brownish ferruginous spores. Its cap is

almost globose when young and densely covered with the tawny scales,
but it soon expands and becomes convex and the scales become scat-
tered, except in the center, and reveal the whitish viscid surface of the
cap. ‘The gills are close to each other and not at all decurrent. They
are whitish when young but soon become pallid and finally brownish
rust color. The stem is firm, shaggy, with numerous recurved, tawny
scales except at the top, which is white. The collar is imperfect or torn
and fragmentary. .

The cap is 1~4 inches broad; stem 2-4 inches long and 3-s lines
thick. The plants grow on dead or prostrate trunks or old stumps of
sugar maple in woods, either singly or in dense tufts, and occur in August
and September. The caps have a firm flesh but are excellent in flavor.
Variety faginea has the pileus and scales smaller, the latter more
scattered. It grows on dead trunks of beech.

_ Agaricus haemorrhoidarius Schu/z.

BLEEDING MUSHROOM
PLATE 75, FIG. 1-13
_ Pileus fleshy, ovate or hemispheric, becoming broadly convex or
nearly plane, fibrillose or squamose, brown with darker scales, flesh white

or whitish, turning red where wounded, taste and odor agreeable ;
lamellae rather broad, close, free, pink, becoming brown; stem equal or

184 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

slightly tapering upward, sometimes bulbous, hollow, fibrillose, slightly
squamulose toward the base, white, becoming darker with age; spores
brown, elliptic, .c0025~.0003 of an inch long, .ooor6—,0002 broad.

The bleeding mushroom is easily recognized, when fresh, by the red

color assumed by wounds of the flesh either of the cap or stem. This
character is also found in the seashore mushroom, A. maritimus, a
species that has a solid stem and has not yet been found growing far
from the sea. The cap is generally some shade of brown, but some-
times when young itis white. It is adorned with darker fibrils or scales,
though these sometimes become obscure or disappear with age. When
young it is hemispheric or very convex, but it soon becomes broadly
convex or nearly flat, with the center either slightly depressed or some-
what prominent. The flesh is generally whitish or grayish white when
first exposed to the air. It assumes the red color rather slowly and aftera
time loses it again. .

The gills are pink or rarely whitish when young but become brown or
blackish brown with age. The stem is long or short, cylindric or taper-
ing upward, sometimes slightly thickened or bulbous at the base, some-
times not. It is hollow, but the cavity small, at first fibrillose and more
or less adorned with floccose scales toward the base, but these generally
disappear with age, and the primary white color of the stem is apt to
become darker with age. ‘The collar is membranaceous and at first con-
ceals the gills. It is persistent, silky and white or whitish, sometimes
tinged with brown.

The cap is 2-4 inches broad; the stem 2-4 inches long, 3-5 lines
thick. It grows in woods or bushy places and seems to prefer damp
soil rich in vegetable mold. It may be found from August to October.
It sometimes grows in clusters. It gives to milk in which it is stewed a
brownish color. Its flavor is similar to that of the common mushroom.
A variety in which the stem is commonly shorter and the pileus ofa
darker smoky brown color is sometimes abundant in low damp ground
on Long Island. It may be called variety fumosus.

Agaricus diminutivus 7%.
DIMINUTIVE MUSHROOM
PLATE 74, FIG. 1-8

Pileus thin, fragile, convex, becoming plane or centrally depressed,
whitish or pinkish brown, adorned with small appressed, silky, brownish
scales, brownish or reddish brown in the center; lamellae thin, close,

«

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1900 185

free, ventricose, brownish pink, becoming blackish brown or black; stem
equal or slightly tapering upward, stuffed or hollow, glabrous, whitish or
pallid, the annulus thin, persistent, white; spores elliptic, brown, .ooo2 of
an inch long, .coo15~-.00016 broad.

The diminutive mushroom is a small but symmetric and beauti-
ful species. Its cap is thin and fragile and broadly convex or nearly
flat when mature. Its center is usually brown or reddish brown,
and there are also small spots or thin, spot-like scales of similar
color on the cap. These are often rather obscure and rarely are

seen on the margin. Toward the margin the cap is usually whitish,

but sometimes it is tinted with pink or reddish brown. The young
gills are pink but less bright than in the common mushroom, and
they soon assume the blackish brown color of maturity. The stem is
slender, straight, stuffed with a white pith when young but generally hol-
low when mature. It is whitish or somewhat darker when old and
adorned with a white, thin, membranaceous, persistent collar, which is
slightly downy on its lower surface.

The cap is 1-2 inches broad; the stem 1.5~—2 inches long and 1-2 lines
thick. The plants grow among fallen leaves or on mossy ground in
woods. They occur in August and September. They are not often

abundant, and this with their small size detracts from their importance

as an edible species. Fried in butter, they are very palatable.

Boletus chrysenteron albocarneus z. var.
WHITE FLESH BOLETUS
PLATE 76, FIG. 21-25

Pileus fleshy, convex above, dry, subglabrous, varying from brick red
to bay red, flesh white, sometimes tinged with red near the surface ;
tubes rather long, adnate or slightly depressed around the stem, green-
ish yellow, their mouths small, subrotund ; stem equal or nearly so, solid,
subglabrous, colored like or a little paler than the pileus, white within.

The white flesh boletus is quite common in the Adirondack forests and
quite constant in its characters. I have not seen it with yellow flesh
though in other respects it agrees very well with the description of B.
chrysenteron. The cap is not often cracked, but, when it is, the
cracks are sometimes red, sometimes yellowish, though the flesh is con-
stantly white except just beneath the cuticle, where it is sometimes red-
dish. The tubes are long and greenish yellow. They are at first nearly

186 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

plane in the mass, but with the expansion of the cap the mass often
becomes ventricose, The mouths of the tubes are small and nearly
round. Wounds or bruises of the mass become bluish or greenish blue.
The stem is firm, solid and colored like the cap, though it is sometimes a
little paler.

The cap is 1-2.5 inches broad; the stem 1-2 inches long, 2-4 lines
thick. The trial specimens were fried in butter and found to be harmless,
palatable and digestible.

Syn Ph WwW DN e& S

om Am f& NY

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST IQOO

EXPLANATION OF PLATES

PLATE E

Clitocybe patuloides 7%.

SPREADING CLITOCYBE

Immature plant with a white cap

Cluster of four plants

Mature plant ‘

Mature plant with the cap spotted

Plant with irregular cap and eccentric stem
Vertical section of the upper part ofa plant -
Four spores X 400

PLATE F

Entoloma luteum 2.

YELLOW ENTOLOMA

‘Immature plant

Immature plant showing color of young gills
Mature plants

Vertical section of the upper part of an immature plant

Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant
Transverse section of a stem
Four spores X 400

Entoloma peckianum wrt
PEcK’s ENTOLOMA

Young, moist plant
Young, moist plant showing color of gills

_ Mature plants after escape of moisture

Vertical section of the upper part of a young plant
Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant
Transverse section of a stem

Four spores X 400

187

—6-1T88 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Entoloma variabile 2%.

VARIABLE ENTOLOMA
FIG.

17,18 Young plants
1g Young plant showing color of the gills
20 +«©Mature plant with pale cap
2x Mature plant with pale but more conical cap

22,23 Mature plants with caps more highly colored
24 Vertical section of the upper part of a young plant
25 Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant
26 ‘Transverse section of a stem

27 Four spores X 400

PLATE G
Hebeloma album 7%.

WHITE HEBELOMA

1,2 Immature plants

3,4 Mature plants
5 Vertical section of the upper part of an immature plant
6 Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant
7 Four spores x 400

Flammula alnicola marginalis 2.
MARGINAL FLAMMULA

8 Cluster of three young plants
g,10 Mature plants
tt Vertical section of the upper part of a young plant
12 Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant
13 Transverse section of a stem
14 Four spores x 400

Galera bryophila 7%.

Moss LOVING GALERA

15 Immature plant

16,17 Immature plants showing color of gills
18 Mature plant if
1g Vertical section of the upper part of a plant
20 ‘Transverse section of a stem

21 Four spores X 400

FIG.

22
23
24
; 9f
26

10
II
12
ug
14
15
16

17
18
19
20
21
22

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST I900 189

Cortinarius elatior pallidifolius 72.

PALEGILLED CORTINARIUS

Young plant

Plant with the cap partly expanded

Mature plant with the cap wrinkled and fully expanded
Vertical section of the upper part of a oem

Four spores X 400

PLATE H

Naucoria uliginosa 2.
MarsH NAUCORIA

Young, moist plants

Mature, moist plant

Plants after the moisture has evaporated
Vertical sections of the upper part of two plants
Transverse section of a stem

Four spores & 400

Naucoria firma £2.
Firm NAUCORIA

Immature, moist plant

Immature, moist plant showing color of gills

Mature plant after evaporation of moisture

Mature plant with rugulose cap after evaporation of moisture
Vertical section of the upper part of a plant

Transverse section of its stem

Four spores X 400

Psathyra conica P2.
CoNICAL PSATHYRA

Immature plant showing color of gills

- Mature plant

Mature plant slightly enlarged

Vertical section of the upper part of the same
Transverse section of its stem

Four spores X 400

190

30
SI
32, 33
34
35
36

37
38

39

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Inocybe subochracea burtii

Burt’s INOCYBE

Young plant

Immature plant showing color of gills
Mature plant
Vertical section of the upper part of a young plant
Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant
Four spores X 400

Cystidium x 400

Panaeolus alveolatus P2.
PITTED PANAEOLUS _

Plant with moist cap
Plant after the moisture has partly evaporated
Plants after the moisture has evaporated
Vertical section of the upper part of a plant
Transverse section of a stem
Four spores X 400

Clavaria acris /2.

ACRID CLAVARIA
Mature plant
Large branch of a mature plant
Four spores X 4.00
PLATE I
Gomphidius flavipes 72.

YELLOW STEMMED GOMPHIDIUS

Mature plants
Vertical section of a mature plant

‘Four spores X 400

Cortinarius torvus nobilis 2.

NOBLE CORTINARIUS

Cluster of three young plants

Young plant

Mature plants

Vertical section of the upper part of a young plant
Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant —

Four spores X 400

20
20 gale
23

|
Lo | .
aN Nuon FW N &

|
WwW WN

14
BE, 16
uy
18
19
20

21

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST I9QOO

Nolanea fibrillosa 72.

FIBRILLOSE NOLANEA

Young plant with moist cap showing color of gills
Mature plant with moist cap

Mature plants after the moisture has evaporated
Vertical section of the upper part of a young plant
Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant
Transverse section of a stem

Four spores X 400

Eccilia sphagnophila 72.
SPHAGNUM, LOVING ECCILIA

Immature plant
Mature plants
Four spores X 400
PLATE 69
Clitocybe adirondackensis P%.

ADIRONDACK CLITOCYBE
Young plant
Plant with the cap partly expanded
Plant with the cap fully expanded
Plant with the margin of the cap wavy
Plant with the cap deeply split on one side

Vertical section of the upper part of an immature plant
Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant

Forms of plants having the cap reddish
Vertical section of the upper part of a plant

Four spores X 400 »

Clitocybe maculosa /%.
SPOTTED CLITOCYBE

Immature plant

Small, mature plants

Mature plant

Vertical section of the upper part of an immature plant
Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant
Transverse section of a stem

Four spores X 400

IQI

192

Nuon F w

WO! ~ 00) =I

Io

rt

XO ' GO SS" GN

La |
°

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

_ PLATE 70
Lactarius subpurpureus 7%.

PuRPLISH LACTARIUS

Plant with cap partly expanded

Plants with caps fully expanded

Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant
Transverse section of a stem

Four spores X 400

Lactarius deceptivus £2.

DECEPTIVE LACTARIUS

Young plant with gills concealed by the veil
Immature plant
Mature plant
Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant
Four spores X 400
PLATE 71
Russula brevipes £2.
SHORT STEMMED RUSSULA

Immature plant

Mature plants

Vertical section of a plant
Four spores x 400

Russula nigricans (Bull.) &.

Immature plant showing reddish color of wounds
Mature plant
Vertical section of the upper part of a plant
Four spores X 400
PLATE 72
Russula abietina 7%.
FIR TREE RUSSULA
Young plants
Immature plant
Mature plants with the caps differing in color
Vertical section of the upper part of a young plant
Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant
Color of spores in mass
Four spores x 400

FIG.
I2

13
74,15
16
17
18

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST 1900

Russula rugulosa 72.
RUGULOSE RUSSULA

Young plant
Plant with the cap partly expanded
Plants with the caps fully expanded
Vertical section of the upper part of a young plant
Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant
Four spores x 400
PLATE 73
Pholiota caperata /rs.
WRINKLED PHOLIOTA
Young plant
Mature plants
Vertical section of the upper part of a plant
Four spores x 400

Pholiota squarrosoides 2.

SHARP SCALE PHOLIOTA
Two young plants
Immature plant
Mature plant
Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant
Four spores X 400

var. faginea P.
Young plant

Cluster of three plants, one of them mature
Immature plant

Vertical section of the upper part of an immature plant

Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant

PLATE 74
Agaricus diminutivus 2.
DIMINUTIVE MUSHROOM

Immature plant
Mature plants

Vertical section of the upper part of an immature plant

Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant
Transverse section of a stem
Four spores xX 400

193

194

15,16

Coon Am

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Pluteus cervinus (Schaef) Fr.
Fawn PLUTEUS

Immature plant showing color of gills

Mature plant

Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant
Four spores x 400

var.albipes P2.
Mature plant

var. albus £%.
Immature®plant .

Mature plants

Vertical section of the upper part of an immature plant
Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant
Four spores xX 400

PLATE 75
Agaricus haemorrhoidarius Schu/z.

BLEEDING MusHROOM
Young plant
Immature plant showing red color of wounds
Mature plant with the cap partly expanded and centrally
depressed ;
Mature plant with the cap fully expanded
Vertical section of the upper part of an immature plant
Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant
Transverse section of a stem
Four spores xX 400

var. fumosus F2.
Young plant just disclosing its gills
Immature plant showing red wound on the cap
Mature plant showing red wound on the stem
Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant
‘Transverse section of a stem

1g,

be)

16

21
22

ao

24,

5

REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST I9QOO 195

| PLATE 76
Lepiota clypeolaria (Au//.) Fr.

SHIELD LEPIOTA

Young plant

Mature plant with the cap partly expanded

Mature plant with the cap fully expanded

Vertical section of the upper part of a young plant
Vertical section of the upper part of a mature plant
Transverse section of a stem

Four spores x 400

Hygrophorus cantharellus Schw.

CHANTARELLE HyYGROPHORUS
Young plant
Mature plants
Vertical sections of the upper parts of two plants
Transverse section of a stem
Four spores xX 400

var. roseus Lz.

Mature plant showing the wavy margin of the cap

var. flavipes P2.
Mature plant
var, flaviceps F%.

Mature plants with the stems red
Mature plants with the stems yellow

Boletus chrysenteron albocarneus 72.
WHITE FLESH BOLETUS

Immature plant

Mature plant

Mature plant with paler cap and showing the bluish color of a
bruise on the tubes

Vertical section of the upper part of a plant

Four spores x 400

yak wh) sits ocr! 2 Pats

ArGi¢N asaine

inal ae

‘
Pel fia aot: Ley

mre, mia 4
as, nee
overteth:
Hatt nee snot

We} asia raise = i

2 'iGqiH wo"

Ly el fiwe ane ilps apebe

1) ew Soria: My oda ;

Wie notsin sagged pee es

path iff mon why |

' fsa
} 9%

eye 44 » Hee ti) »

mak s io faq. OHH adi tee yf

ae
Oe,

cep

‘PG SNOW 31V1LS ‘A 'N

oat ; lONN

ASASOLIID DNIGVSHdS
md SAAGIOINLVd ABADOLITO

YSLNIYd JLVLS “NOAI'S SAWwvr

Oi) eee ae
‘HLIT’Iasnw4')- eP = Wad Ho

item AEE ss

hd

eae

FFP SPY
Leg iige

Pa a oy

we 3e 3 la 3 4 i
E cstesibes Tu deste- Syed

bei *c 4

pip ER ORES Ti ERE tts,
2 TD,

“~~
foe a
nee ey
rs
Yo age
-.,
tah
y

et
ig
que
yi
big

ware
*

N. Y. STATE Mus. 54. FU NGI PLATE E

_C.FAUSEL,

wer cee

C.H. PECK. gel.
JAMES B.LYON, STATE FRINTER

CLITOCYBE PATULOIDES rx.
SPREADING CLITOCYBE

PLATE F

FUNGI

N.Y. STATE Mus. 54.

_ WINOTO.LNE a7avieWA
dd SWAVIAVA VNOTOLNA Ze-2t a4

VINOIOLN] S:YOad : WNOITOLNS MONIZA

tena WONVINODAd VINOTIOLNA 91-6 ‘54 4 INNALNT VINOTOLNGA 8! 4

“HULNIMG JIVLS “NOAT'S Sabivir

HAITI Tasnva a WR Ne: ‘18P “M93 “HO

“4

FUNGI PLATE F

N.Y. STATE Mus. 54.

Pa

__ C.H. PECK, del, gy a) _FAUSEL, LITH.
~ i

JAMES B.LYON. STATE PRINTER,
Fic. 1-8 ENTOLOMA LUTEUM px. _ Fe. 9-16 ENTOLOMA PECKIANUM Buart
YELLOW ENTOLOMA PECK’S ENTOLOMA

Fia. 17-27 ENTOLOMA VARIABILE px.
VARIABLE ENTOLOMA

‘

‘
‘

*
od

ae ee a
re

om.

Sc tee eer

etal te

]

: 0 eeatereenns, we : ; i ca ” ‘ere st : ; ; i 5 ae ee eas ne ahh 3 ¥ PA eet) BOAT ah) 2 sar AAS "i
oe ; as ? . ° re - =] ase ad - 7 = 2 ; 5 ;

SNINVNILHOO Gail 31vd vuatv. DNIAOT SSOW
‘Md SNITOSICIN1Vd YOILV 14a SNIYVNILHOS 92-22 “914 %d WHHdOAUS VHS NVD 1z-G1 “14

WINWAYTs TVNISYVW VINO1383H 3.LIHM

Md SIIVNIOYUVIN VIOOINTV VINWINVA ¢-3 22 ‘td WAST VINOTSSSH 2-1 “24

WALNIYd JIVLS “NOAI’S S3Wvr~

‘HLT /1asnw4'9 De 1@P MO3d “HD

Le
q
‘
?
. t=
_"
fm
es A
-
I
}
}
;
t
y
pi
~
}
i
}
t
j }
é
i
™ ; ‘- ©
‘ ,
2
%
ws _ ‘ y i
“| r

eee A gi

sete

;
:
|

N. Y. STATE Mus. 54.

~)

pe
2) SS

oT aang:

ee

=

ae
7]
a @

nM
=

C.H. PECK del. C.FAUSEL, LITH.

JAMES Q. LYON, STATE PRINTER

Fic. 1-7 HEBELOMA ALBUM px. Fic. 8-14 FLAMMULA ALNICOLA MARCINALIS Px
WHITE HEBELOMA MARGINAL FLAMMULA
Fic. 15-21 CALERA BRYOPHILA Px. Fic. 22-26 CORTINARIUS ELATIOR PALLIDIFOLIUS Pr.

MOSS LOVING GALERA PALE GILLED CORTINARIUS

‘
Aah

set ts

HW ALVId
‘pQ "SN 341VLS ‘A 'N

VINVAVID aIHoV SNIOAVNYd GalLid 3SAOON! S.LUNG
‘md SINOW WINWAV 10 68-48 4 “4d SNLVIOAATVY SNIOAVNVd 9-08 54 “4d HLYNGA VAOVYHOORNS AGAOONI 62

-£% ‘old
VHAHLYSd 1VOINOO VINOONUN WHI VINOONYN HSHYW
wd YWOINOO VYAHLVSd 22-2! 4 4d WAYS VIEXHOONWN 91-01 4 ‘wd YWSONIDITIN VIHOONWN 6-i 4
“YSLNIYd JiVLS “NOAI'S sauvr

J! . 5 7 " . , ’ ” ‘|ap-
"HLIT/TaSsnws'9 iti a 3 WH MI3d HD

a
;

j
:

Cl

“
2 ae
wy
Eee:
ree
ses,
é

percent rien

sn mam wen mcr rm

ae

on Rear weeny ea ene PNT ae onde

a co

eR mS EROS A et

PT eit rine Enis trcinhnnabaeitp ig palpi goa atc eT IO

"bG ‘SN SLVLS “A 'N

“HLID’Tasnv4

'

2)

VITI994a SNIAOT WONDVHdS
“d WIHdONOVHAS VITIOOSR $s&2-02

VANVION 3SOTTINSIA
J YVSOTTINGIA VANV'ION 61-ct ‘ol4

‘old

Rohan a SNIUVNILUOD 3780N
“ad SIIGON SNAYOL SNIYVNILYOO 11-s °

SNIGIHAWOD GSWW3LS MOTISA
4d SSdIAV 14d SNIGIHGINOD +¢-! 4

YSLNIYd JLVLS NOAT'S SauiVe

SOSIIIMUAN rssern a anevintr hee

WBA SARVin Ga Uy Aus navn ta

<a

Mae,

ee

vic

756

ne Se

pamesrualtvcin nates

ee kG
es

Sid

"l2P’MIAd “H'D

|
|
.
|
|
|
|

a

MEE FUNGI ae

N, Y. STATE Mus. 54.

\
|
|

Sa geet re

C. FAUSEL, LITH.

C.H. PECK, del.
JAMES B. LYON. ae PRINTER
Fic. 12-19 NOLANEA FIBRILLOSA px.

Fic. 1-4 GOMPHIDIUS FLAVIPES ex.
FIBRILLOSE NOLANEA

YELLOW STEMMED GOMPHIDIUS
Fig. 20-28 ECCILIA SPHACNOPHILA px.
SPHAGNUM LOVING ECCILIA

Fe. &-11 CORTINARIUS TORVUS NOBILIS Pr.
NOBLE CORTINARIUS ow’

gle ies eal

ei 4 ee" se
Aire,

ee - D 7

oder wecribeaen

er aed
Sm on UM Aa tien acnrn cotane

Ni, ae
een,

a

Arhanes einai gia an

a aI

a
BAAS

ee

a noc

ota neu nratay nema

69 3LY1d , | ‘PG ‘SONI SLVLS ‘A "N

IONNA ATGIGa

3SA90LI1D GaLL0ds
%d VSOTNOVW ASADOLITO $2-Fi ls

"HLIT'13SNV4 O°

Latins
Ke ans xp tO

“WALINIYG SLVLS “NOAT"S S3ilyr

SSASOLIIS WOVIGNOYUICY
‘ad SISNS NOVGNOYIGV AGADOLINO 81-1 “dig

Pp “M3d “H'D

sf

< *

} :

3 2
nee

: i

Ms
Ne,
ti, eon
ON Nou pacanno mene rT

oe os
ia

ay nt BEINN

awe

sy te
TAT ety care ecaieroe yet

in z
Nears : ae
Manca 0 ater

ANAM A CMIM A Ni cance (CdS

;
-
»
.
{
]
’
,
~~
vd; .
ay a :
au,
ss
ol
~ > 3 .
hoe
‘

N. Y¥. STATE Mus, 54. EDIBLE FUNGI PLATE 69 :

WZ
: ANY) YY

z
i
r}
.
i
f
H
H
i

; ne edi
en he

3 ny
Gistig é
caine aes has Sate tton ati.

awe :
TCA hye, ¥ eee ng ® een

PA were FA mw on decir erae ree NTT

OZ 3ivig

IOnnA aldiaa "9g °SW 8AVES “AN

SNIYVLOVI JAILd393q0 SNlavLoyvi HSildund

“Md SNAILGAOAG SNIYVLOVT 1-2 ‘> “4d SNAYUNdUNdANS SNIYVLOV 9-1 ‘54
“UBINIYd JLVLS “NOAI'S Save

‘HLIT/Tasnw4s'9 omen tees ‘19P “M93d *H'D

al

1
ne j
” t
ayer arent” "ad
re De dati . ) a ee yi
PMR Ancayanr mn EURO awn” " Sa eal aad al
wn
ral
os

, Lai NRANYE TNA
aun rw
apt
Ore, snr nvbv
Sd ae NU Lalaes
norm erent stn oveiannvay ein)”

->

——

&

EDIBLE FUNGI

—_a - reget ial S

N, ¥. STATE Mus. 54.

gS

pein ant A NOINANEIN NCAR gamer

perenn

tn rp an eet

ALN eerie een tice mew et

LZ ALv1d

IONNA AVIGSA ) “yG ‘SIN 3AV1S “AN

vinssny HSIWov1a . -WINSSNY G3SWW3LS LYOHS
‘34a (17198) SNVOIYMDIN VINSSNH 6-9 -94 4d SAdIAAYEG VINSSNH -¢-! 4

“Wa

{Uc SIV LS “NOAI*S Sauiye

‘HLIT'TaSNw4s'9°

hehe nm a AAA 4h] MER RSAC A oe

i
i
i
‘

jon

erin

pees eneemnne ee

aoc Me
ae

A
net
te

mannnaraienen”
COS tans ma sayin nee

ep /MOad °H'D

EDIBLE FUNGI

N, Y. STATE Mus. 54.

4AMES B-LYON. STATE PRINTER.

AY there
Yeas riomay webs

"Airc em AFA ORE pre

OL ALV1d »

IONNA AVHIGA “PS “SOW 3LVLS ‘A ‘N

CHLIT'T3aSsnVv4

0)

VINSSny 3aso1nSny
“d YSOTNONY VWINSSNU 281-2 ‘213

WINSSNY 33auL UA
44 YVNILSIGV VINSSNHY [1-1 ‘4

“YAINIYd SLVLS “NOAT'S Sawyer

anes cae aalalaaneitataca
Prone &
he c
ee
pie

a cynananraisoen rte tM

i
CA YK Dem,
ie pansy 2

Wey

Se Oh : ait
sof zu ie l9P MIBd “HD
“+ ae
iS
a
a

tae cnt ees musemanoiavascsr ine

wo
SOD erg
Nth crmieaivaropuananrse™

A iether

eo, res ean

N.Y. STATE Mus. 54.

© ©
Fo. 1-11 RUSSULA ABIETINA =
FIR TREE RUSSULA

oe

EDIBLE FUNGI

(a & oe a ee ee ee ee ee ee

: wenn s

PLATE 72

SS

SQ

jt

Fe. 12-18 RUSSULA RUCULOSA px.
RUGULOSE RUSSULA

ek Ee oe. ee
—— erie ay aa a ate

iin

art 2

EL 324V1d “pG “SAW BLVLS “A ‘N

ISNN4 ATdida

VLOIIOHd GaIWNIOM

WLOITOHd 31V9S duVvHS
fit sagiosougvnos VLOMIOHd Gb-9 “Pld “YSINIYd 31VLS “NOAT'S Sawyer cued Vividadvo VLOINOHd aap sels
18P ‘wOad ‘H'9

“HLIT'T3SNVv4 ‘9°

Oo 0

MENU Ng et,

4
t
?
Hy
hk
;
i

a anarn a ig llD b

|
|

EDIBLE FUNGI PLATE 73

N. Y. STATE Mus. 54.

o So eo ob peal ees ; ae Pi
* Fic. 6-15 PHOLIOTA SQUARROSOIDES Px.
SHARP SCALE PHOLIOTA

JAMES B. LYON, STATE PRINTE!

Fic. 1-5 PHOLIOTA CAPERATA Pens.
WRINKLED PHOLIOTA

een = “

pL aivid IONNA ATEAIGS

WOOXHSNW 3AILNNIWIG
™d SNAILNNIWIG SNOIYWOV 8&1 4

sn3.inid NMv4
‘wa (44"VHOS) SNNIAUAD SNALN Id 61-6 “4

UBLNIYd ZuvLs ” wong sauyr-
~: Seppe eS
we: rage

”

‘HLIT'TaSnvs°9

Ml ai
s ge
‘sy. ' °
oun es
x

au

N. Y. STATE Mus. 54. EDIBLE FUNGI

PLATE 74

See

8. LYON, STATE PRINTER.

Fia. 1-8 ACARICUS DIMINUTIVUS rea ¥ Fa. 9-19 PLUTEUS CERVINUS (Scnacrr.) Fa. i
DIMINUTIVE MUSHROOM eee ; FAWN PLUTEUS: a. Se

defo mee POE Ob eae eee oe

rah os s!
~
s
ue
oy
aru
ne
~
.
ye
7
’
-

ad

afl
eh
4
*

,
me

=

ogi nets

wo

ee eree |

oe

oe

ees Oe

ee, ee ~

Batis, elie niente”
a en ares a

. we

? i og
u: “
WP ncrlive entation ids ante nae

"yG “SN BLVLS “AN

SZ alvid IONNA ATSIG9

"HLIT'T3SAW4' O°

WOOYHSNW ONIGI318
“=INHOS SNIYVGIOHYHOWAVWH SNOINVOV

“YELNIYd S1VLs “NOAT*a Sauivr -

i
nw
NWS tePaehie ne

or 7

“i

ee

tata le BUA HRA TAN errr

‘12P ’MOad HO

om
csegerere mri omeveledt ARS

ff

EDIBLE FUNGI PLATE 75

N. Y, STATE Mus. 54.

— ig = a
WANS

a Sy ae

cee big

eee

JAMES B. LYON. STATE PRINTER,

AGARICUS HAEMORRHOIDARIUS scnurz.
BLEEDING MUSHROOM

a
J
ae

’

y

9Z 3LV1d

IONANA AlgIGgz “pS "SAW 31VLS “A ‘N

SN1310€4 HS314 SLIHM

‘4d SNANUYVOOE TV NOUS LNASAYHO SNLAIO" 92-12 4 |

SNYOHAOUDAH 3713HVLNVHO
‘MHOS SN TISYVHLNVSD SNYOHAONMDAH 02-8 14

"HLIT'13SNV4' 9

g
QD
ay

ee payer

i

: f
A

“UALINIYd BLVLS “NOAT’S Sawyer

2

.
4

7

a

‘ua (‘T1Ng)

YWLOIdS1 G1IZIHS
VINVIOSAdA19 VLOIdAN 2-1 "4

‘18P MI9d “H'D

my <=

4

:

}

|
:

?

;

-
3.
}
t
\ J
\,

t }

7 nn = & .
+
» bois toh fh
H % a. iy 4 a
iT ae | i
bs i
~*~ Fav 7 7
is 4

POF ae

5 fe / Py MS
Foie 5 dal Mg oe oe ae i,

‘ y , ’ > Die ot a
os /, att a 7 ‘ a 4

N, Y. STaTE Mus. 54. EDIBLE FUNGI

PLATE 76

OQ
09 8

25

: PENS ¥ eae estate Cite Oe, SSR pee 5S oe anes eke! A
FS Fie 1-7 LEPIOTA CLYPEOLARIA (suit) FR. {ME BON stare nutes. Ee g-2009 HYGROPHORUS CANTHARELLUS secnw.
SHIELD LEPIOTA ‘ . CHANTARELLE HYGROPHORUS

Fa. 21-25 BOLETUS CHRYSENTERON ALBOCARNEUS px.
WHITE FLESH BOLETUS

‘i
{

all a ae i el ee hee

3
2

.
s
‘

/

:

q

q
3

INDEX

The superior figures tell the exact place on the page in ninths;

e. g. 1923

means page 192, beginuing in the third ninth of the page, i. e., about one third

of the way down.

Agaricus diminutivus, 1848-855
explanation of plate, 1938
haemorrhoidarius, 1838-846
explanation of plate, 1945
var. fumosus, explanation of
plate, 1948
pusillus, 1523
Anderson, H. C., gift, 1395
Antennaria canadensis, 1435
neodioica, 1436
Arnica chamissonis, 1597
Arthur, J. C., gift, 1396
Atkinson, G. F., gift, 1398
Atwood, C. E., gift, 1415
Ayer, Mrs E., gift, 1391

Barbarea praecox, 1584
Bartholomew, E., gift, 1401
Beecher, W. C., gift, 1414
Boletus chrysenteron albocarneus, 185§-
862 :
explanation of plate, 1958
granulatus albidipes, 1687
Brainerd, Ezra, gift, 1407
Brassica rapa, 1582
Britton, Mrs E. G., gift, 1386
Burnham, S. H., gift, 1405
Burt, E. A., gift, 1416
Burt, H. P., gift, 1414

Carex scirpoidea, 1617
tenuifiora, 1618
Clavaria acris, 1554
explanation of plate, 190°
austera, 1558
divarciata, 1718
exigua, 1556
ligula, 1719
pyxidata, 1721
Clitocybe adirondackensis, 1635, 1747-

758
explanation of plate, 191°
albissima, 1632 .

Clitocybe maculosa, 1741
explanation of plate, 1918
nebularis, 1631
patuloides, 1636-642
explanation of plate, 1872
Clitopilus cancrinus, 1473
noveboracensis subviolaceus, 165?
umbilicatus, 1655
Clute, W.N., gift, 1416
Collybia ligniarius, 1452
Coniothecium celtidis, 1571
sociale, 1567
Coombs, Mrs J. W., gift, 1392
Coprinus ephemerus, 1686
Cornus stolonifera, 1595
Corticium chlamydosporum, 1549-55!
Cortinarius elatior pallidifolins, 1515
explanation of plate, 1891
infractus, 1513
maculipes, 1506
mucosus, 152!
sublateritius, 1511
torvus nobilis, 1678-683
explanation of plate, 1908
Cryptosporium cerasinum, 1564
Cryptovalsa eutypaeformis, 1579

Davis, Mrs H. C., gift, 1393
Deconica coprophila, 1528
Dryopteris simulata, 1445
Dudley, P. H., gift, 1417

Eccilia sphagnophila, 1476
explanation of plate, 1913
Edible fungi, 1322, 1731-869
Edwards, Harriet, gift, 1395
Elymus robustus, 1444
Entoloma graveolens, 1657-672
luteum, 1468-473
explanation of plate, 1875
peckianum, 146?
explanation of plate, 1877

198

Entoloma variabile, 1457-462

explanation of plate, 188!
Erysimum cheiranthoides, 1584
Evaporator, tin, 1327

Fairman, C. E., gift, 1418
Fenno, F. E., gift, 1408
Festuca ovina, 1619
Fish, R. C., gift, 1394
Flammula alnicola marginalis, 167°
explanation of plate, 188
Fomes carneus, 169°
pinicola, 1692
roseus, 1542
Fungi, edible, 1322, 1731-869

Galera bryophila, 1498-50?

explanation of plate, 1888
reticulata, 1502

Galium verum, 1594

Gentiana linearis, 1614

Gifts, 1388-429

Gilbert, B. D., gift, 1428

Gomphidius flavipes, 153°
explanation of plate, 1907

Goodrich, Mrs L. L., gift, 1388

Grandinia virescens, 1717

Harris, Mrs C. W., gift, 139?
Hebeloma albidulam, 148?
album, 1478-483
explanation of plate, 1884
Helianthus grosse-serratus, 1438
Hieracium aurantiacum, 1601
Hirneola auricula-judae, 1722
Hulst, G. D., gift, 1412
Hydnum aurantiacum, 171°
rufescens, 1715 :
Hygrophorus cantharellus, 1754-76?
explanation of plate, 1954
var. flaviceps, explanation of
plate, 1957
var. flavipes, explanation of
plate, 1956
var. roseus,
plate, 195°

explanation of

Inocybe subochracea burtii, 1673
explanation of plate, 1901
Ithyphallus ravenelii, 172%

Juncus dudleyi, 1439
trifidus, 1616

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Keenan, S. M., gift, 1399

Lachnella bicolor, 1572
Lactarius deceptivus, 1772-781
explanation of plate, 1923
subpurpureus, 1762-772
explanation of plate, 1921
Lentinus tigrinus, 165!
Lepiota, 1333
clypeolaria, 1732
explanation of plate, 1951
naucinoides, 1624
pulveracea, 1447
Lychnis chalcedonica, 1433
Lycopodium clavatum brevispicatum,
1622

Marshall, N. L., gift, 1398
Massospora cicadina, 1725
Matteson, R. E., gift, 1404
Maxon, W. R., gift, 1422
Mnecronella aggregata, 1715
ulmi, 1546
Mushrooms, see Edible fungi
Mycena latifolia, 1643

Naucoria firma, 1486

explanation of plate, 1895
uliginosa, 1491

explanation of plate, 1893
Nolanea fibrillosa, 1474
explanation of plate, 1911
Nyctalis asterophora, 1649

Otthia aceris, 1578
Oxycoccus oxycoceus, 1608

Panaeolus alveolatus, 1533
explanation of plate, 1903
Peniophora crassa, 1552
glebulosa, 155?
Peramium menziesii, 1616
Perichaena ochrospora, 156!
Perkins, S. B., gift, 142
Phifer, R. S., gift, 1411
Pholiota aggericola retirugis, 167?
caperata, 1822
explanation of plate, 1933
squarrosoides, 1831
explanation of plate, 1935
var. faginea, explanation of
plate, 193
Phoma pustulata, 156

INDEX TO REPORT OF THE STATE BOTANIST I9Q00O.

Plants, list of contributions, 1317, 1386
499 :

species added to collection, 1315,
1341-385
species not before reported, 1319,
143-57 .
Plates, explanation of, 187-95
Pleurotus subareolatus, 1644
Pluteolus aleuriatus gracilis, 1494
Pluteus cervinus, 1813-822
explanation of plate, 1941!
var. albus, explanation of
plate, 1944
var. albipes, explanation of
plate, 1943
Polygonum douglasii, 1612
Polyporus admirabilis, 1541
distortus, 1691
simillimus, 1689
Prunella vulgaris, 161!
Psathyra conica, 1531
explanation of plate, 1898
Pseudohelotium fairmani, 1577
Psilocybe atomatoides, 1685
Pyrenopeziza tamaricis, 1576

Rhizopogon luteolus, 1559
Ricker, P. L., gift, 1397
Rolfs, F. M., gift, 1404
Rubus argutus, 1434
setosus, 1592
Rumex altissimus, 1613
Russula abietina, 1456, 1805-813
explanation of plate, 1928
atropurpurea, 1645
brevipes, 1788-796
explanation of plate, 1925
integra rubrotincta, 1647
nigricans, 1782
explanation of plate, 1926
purpurina, 1646
rugulosa, 145°, 1797-804
explanation of plate, 1931

199

Sabbaton, F. A., gift, 140?
Salmon, E. S., gift, 141?
Scirpus atrocinctus, 144?
pedicellatus, 1441
Septoria carpogena, 1566
piricola, 1567
Sherwood, Samuel, gift, 1422
Solidago canadensis glabrata, 159°
Sphaerella asterinoides, 1578
Spiraea salicifolia latifolia, 1591
Staplin, George, gift, 1424
Stereocaulon nanodes, 1445
pileatum, 144¢
Stereum sulcatum, 1547
Stevens, G. T., gift, 140
Stevens, R. H., gift, 140°
Stewart, F. C., gift, 142!
Stropharia johnsoniana, 168?
Sturgis, W. C., gift, 142°

Tapesia rhois, 1575
Tin cases, 1331
Tin evaporator, 1327
Trametes, synoptic table of N. Y.
species, 1703
abietis, 1545—
piceinus, 1698-702
Tremella mycetophila, 1727
Tricholoma equestre pinastreti, 1627
flavescens, 1629
nudum, 1451

Van Alstyne, Mrs R. B., gift, 138°
Viola blanda, 1588

sagittata, 1587

villosa, 1432

Webster, Hollis, gift, 1408
Welch, R. L., gift, 1408
Wells, C. G., gift, 1428
Williams, B. C., gift, 1418 :
Woodwardia areolata, 1621

2 an

of New York —

e

P BULLETIN

-

OF THE

York State Muse

_ Freperick J. H. MERRILL, Director

No. 32 Vol. 7

February 1900

BORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF
Po | NEW YORK. ~

Z BY
2 _ WILLIAM M, BEAUCHAMP S.T.D.

ALBANY
__‘ UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK

Beene Xe)

| University of t le

‘REGEN TS s

With years of election as

ANSON » Joon Upson L.H.D. D.D. LE. D.

1874

1892 WILLIAM CROSWELL Doane D.D. LL.D:
Vice- Bei Alban
1873 Martin I. TowNseND M.A. LL.D. - =
1877, CHauncEy M. Depew Li..D; <4. Seo
1877 Cuares E. Fircw LL.B. M.A. L.H.D. is
1877 Orris H. Warren D.D. Ss en eee
1878 WaireLAw. Rem. LL.D." 52" 22 ee
1881 WILLIAM. .H. Watson M.A. M.D. — = =
1881 Henry EL TURNER O92 ye ae
1883 StCrarr McKetway L.H.D. LL.D. D.C.L. —
1885 HamILtton Harris Ph.D. LL.D. = -
1885 DANIEL BeacH Ph.D. LL.D. -— — ~ = Ms
1888 CarRoLt E. Smirx LL.D. — = Erg (
1890 PLiny T.Sexton LL.D. —- - ~ — —
1890 T. GUILFORD SmitTH M.A. LL.D. C.E. - =
1893 Lewis A. Srimson B.A. M.D. - - -
1895 ALBERT VANDER VEER Ph.D. M.D. -- =
1895 CHARLES R. SKINNER M.A. LL.D. = ns Oe
Superintendent of Public Instruction, ex
1897, CHEester S. LoRpeM: Abels hoe ce
1897 TimotrHy L. Wooprurr M.A. Lieutenant-Governor, a
1899 THEODORE RooseEvELt B.A. LL.D. Governor, ex officio ae Ss
1899 JoHnN T. McDonoucu LL.B. LL.D. Secretary Se gs: ex,0

ree

One vacancy

Secretary

Elected by regents >

1900 JAMES RussEL Parsons JR M.A.

>

DIRECTORS OF DEPARTMENTS

JAMES RUSSELL PARSONS JR M.A. : ) ye

Administrative, College and Hi cSt hi
Metvi, Dewey M.A. State Library and Home : Y ucatio
FREDERICK J. H. MERRILL Ph.D. Séate museum rs

“of aC eial nations of Nee York.... Pena pe cain teen rp Shia wins Maes
Wal occupation omivewoWork!... 22. 6r toatlec cee bey ans 2 Se oon 2. een
eve aeons of sites by counties: | es

Chautauqua Fare ee aa ne ea iad enV aha iar peed sen ne
RR ee a eens ce et en rete s eM teeta ee erala ns eh hone
eee Gs aM ht Ns cae erate Sa dc oracinee oan aie mais aap r mize es mee Oop

rina poets ers Sera Rend ese pinnae ticles ha wa aneeteetnapea ee are

ae $e BERR Sy eer Mariah et Cugstusen ones ger

x

renee es es ere lath pute ay te. ee ate
WRT yamine onion rea nd Ae Sy ey es ee
meenesee se ea eS
eer ee haart ee che oe ate Ee oie ee ge Ce er
i Mamilton :... 2.2...
: ee ays he oe nde ese ater tee
- Jefferson Sen eae iene ae ieee

| LL pin et ie & Egg IN ail bo) 9 es ae aaa cc PR i dene ee sep weee nese sees

@ eer ees wwe Ses Hee wwe gees Ce we tt eet rte ewe er wee tee eee ct eeees

Monroe oe ESTE ANS RSE Sag aN hc RL OR IRN a a ane ae ss Gea ue ATRL CON ge er is ate gots

* Montgomery

Oia eara ee

Oneida .. Ee SRE ARN Se GUE Wa OA re Pea yas a
Onondaga aialaterere Ee PRES Set Be NS 2 eee RT se DIR ae ieee

Ontario

ee a ae
Bs Rte ia eeanet terete ae 7 Moy i. Se wes

Pa

Richmond
Be EA ee, ss a
St UPARUR GTC GN ers amen die me ee c ken gS LS aCe Oia Sacre fe Se

Reet eg eat a ee ae eee ck eR Se ae ai Eel a ae

pecWericctady.<2 2ia:5.22..
Schoharie
Ps “SICA TI cy RIS ie Ac aia UN

et eee eee Coes cee es ces ewe

«seer ez ee ce eeese emcee ee est we ee see ewes eee ew eee ew eee ew ees wees ee ee

Be ee aA ee cea Mee oe ere he CN i pee eel an 15
Ret ry ie eee re Pie TO OS ANS Lato Tai NFP g,

ae ap rd Cea ea PEN pene Seat REM hice SL) ATLL Ak ate er Shr Meee tr: hs a Sear a ae

Ree ee De eer aa en oe Oe wie the es Ges See Dares Liet ute oo eae ce
a Ulster

wees een we cece eee Pe wees Pe ee ws we ee ee wt ee eee ee Be eee se ee ee Cee eee ee eee

ESTA Sag SIC EGS UN TA an adn age ke eg pa ae ee oe

Washington .. AD ue
ee ae

eres eee eee eee

ct te et ww ee eee en te we ee hee eee ee we ew we ee eer fF wee em ee te wwe eee eee eee

- ees e See eet ee ee ee He ee eee eee Bee wee ee ee eee

in the left. margin.

A. A. A. &.

Amer. ant.
Amer. arch.
Auringer

Bailey

Baird

Barber
Bayles

Beach
Beauchamp

Bolton

Cheney

Child. Directory

_Proceedings. 1887. Camb. Mass. 1887. .
Adams, William. History of Cattaraugus ae
Syracuse 1893. <
American antiquarian; a bi-monthly journal. eee
American archeologist. 1898. : sag

-Auringer, O. C.

Of Troy, N. Y.. Personal letters to Dr Beauchamp.
Bailey, W. T. Richfield Springs oa

Richfield Springs, N. Y. 1886.
Baird, C: W. History of Rye. (see Scharf, ES
History of Westchester county. 1886. a

709).

tions eS ee York. N. Y. 7ak eee
Bayles, R: M. Historical and descriptive s E
of Suffolk county. Port Jefferson, L. I. 1874.
Beach, Lewis. Cornwall. Newburgh, N. Y. 18
Beauchamp, W: M. (see Onondaga’s centennial, 3

3)
Bolton, Robert. History of the COM, of Westch

ter, ING: Y .. 18885. |

Cheney, T. Apoleon. Ancient monuments in west: -
ern New York. (see 13th report of State cabin
of natural history. 1859. in Senate documents 1
“no. 7: fe])

sates of:
Albany and Schenectady counties, N. Y. 1870-71.
Allegany county, N. Y. 1875 és
Broome and Tioga counties, N. Y. 1869-70, 1872-73, D. 32-7
Cattaraugus county, N. Y. 1874-75 .
Cayuga county, N. Y. 1867-86
Chautauqua county, N.Y. 1873-74
Chemung & Schuyler counties, N. Y. 1868
Chenango county, N. Y. 1869-70 £
Columbia county, N. Y. 1871-72
Cortland county, N. Y. 1869
Crawford county, Pa. 1874 ~
Erie county, Pa. 1873-74
Franklin and Clinton counties, N. Y. 1862-63 -
Genesee county, N. Y. 1869-70 ‘oa
Herkimer county, N. Y. 1869-70

2 Volume and page numbers are separated by a colon; e. g. 2: 643 means volume 2, pa

: | REFERRED TO

4 alts county, WW, Ye copie uige
Lewis county, N. -Y. 1872-73 :
; Madison county, N. Y. 1868-69
Monroe county, N. Y. 1869-70
Montgomery & Fulton counties, N. Y. 1869-70
Niagara county, N. Y. 1869 :
Oneida county, N. Y. 1869
Onondaga county, N. Y. 1868-69
Ontario county, N. Y. 1867-68
Orleans county, N. Y. 1869
Oswego county, N. Y. 1866-67
Otsego county, N. Y. 1872-73
Rensselaer county, N. Y. 1870-71
‘Rutland county, Vt. 1881-82
St Lawrence county, N.Y. 1873~74
Saratoga county; & Queensbury, Warren county, N. y. 1871
Schoharie county, N. Y. 1872-73 7
Seneca county, N. Y. 1867-68
Steuben county, N. Y. 1868-69
Sullivan county, N. Y. 1872-73
Tompkins county, N. Y. 1868
Wayne county, N. Y. 1867-68
Wyoming county, N. Y. 1870-71

‘Clark, J. V. H. Onondaga; or, Reminiscences of
earlier and later times. . Syracuse 1849. _

Cleaveland, Stafford C. History of Yates county.
Penn Yan, N.Y. 1873.

Comley, W. J. History of the state of New York.
N. Y. 1877. : ;

Cowles, G: W. Landmarks of Wayne county.
Syracuse 1895. dy

Delafield, John. General view and agricultural
survey of the county of Seneca. (See New York
agricultural report, 1850) Albany 1851.

Documents relating to the colonial history of the
state of New York, arranged by E. B. O’ Caeanee ee
v.1-15. Albany 1853-87.

Doty, L. L. History o Livingston county, Gent
seo 1876.

Dudley, W. R. Cayuga flora. Ithaca, N. Y. 1886.

Eager, S: Ww. Outline history of Orange county.
Newburgh, N. Y. 1846-47.

French, J. H. Gazetteer of New York. ae
1860. R. P. Smith.

_ Frey, 8S. L. Were they mound builders? (sce SS
ican naturalist. _y. 13.. 1879)

_ Frothingham, ‘Washington, ed, History of Fulton
county. Syracuse 1892,

Furman, Gabriel. Antiquities of Long iylai: ed,
by Frank Moore, N, ¥, 3878,

os : Gay

| Goodwin

Hammond

ty ees Harper’s
‘Harris

Hatch

--«-Hildburgh

_- Hinsdale

Hist. mag.
‘Hist. Greene co.

- Hough

. Howell

-

REEL te

J ohnson
ne Jones

ee Larkin
i ‘Leclerq

Macauley

5, Jesuit relations

be. i SA Sion
rs Me “fie Z 2 Fae

Gay, Ww. B. Hisoriel gazetteer’ oF ieee county, Bi

1785-1888. Syracuse, N. Y. 1887. !

Goodwin, H. C. Pioneer _ history; or, Cortland:
county. and the border wars of New York, N. “
1859.

Gould, Jay. History — of Delaware county. Rox
bury, N. Y. [?] 1856.

Green, F. B. History of Rockland county. N. ne
1884.

Hammond, Mrs L. M. _ History of Madison county. :
Syracuse 1872. ee

Harper’s magazine. . pk,

Harris, G: H. Aboriginal eae of the gir’ =

Genesee country. Rochester 1884. é
First issued in Sesmiz-centennial history of Rochester, ch. 1-1§
1884. :

Hatch, Joel, jr. Reminiscences, anecdotes and sta-
tistics of the early settlers and the ‘‘ olden time”
in the town of Sherburne. Utica 1862. ae

Hildburgh, W. L. . | ot,

Personal letters to Dr Beauchamp. _ af *

Hinsdale, W. G. ae

Personal letters to Dr Beauchamp. | <e)

Historical magazine. Morrisania. N. Y. 1873. :

History of Greene county. N. Y. 1884. J. B. Beers
& Co. 7 a

Hough, F. B: History of Jefferson county. Al-
bany 1854. ‘,

History of St Lawrence and Franidia ee
counties. Albany 1853. 7

Howell, G: R. & Tenney, J onathan, comp. Bicen-
tennial history of Albany; history of the county
of Albany, N. Y. from 1609-1886. N. Y. 1886.

Jesuit relations and allied documents, 1610-1791; ed.
by R. G. Thwaites. Cleveland, O. ec ae

Johnson, Crisfield. Centennial history Gk Erie, -oom
county. Buffalo 1876. tgs aS

Jones, Pomroy. Annals and recollections of Oneida
county. Rome, N. Y. 1851. Baers * tae ee

Larkin, Frederick. Ancient man in America. n. pe
LOGO... One eee :

Leclerq, Chretien.
in New France. N. Y. 1881.

Macauley, James. History of New York, N. ee
1829.

I.
ao)

S
5

AS

= 2, <3 re PY a aan
as x 3 eng ae Pena pene cen
“LIST OF AUTHORITIES REFERRED TO ; 9

4 2%

“Mandeville, G. H: Flushing, Hat and present; a

historical sketch. Flushing, L. I. 1860.
Massachusetts historical society. Collections. 2d

series. “

Morgan, L: H: League of the Ho-de-no-sau-nee

or Iroquois. Rochester 1851. ~
Moulton, J. W. see Yates, J. V. N. & Moulton, J. W.
Perkins, G: H. Archaeology of the Champlain valley.
(see American naturalist. v. 13. 1879) :
Prime, N.S. History of Long Island. N. Y. 1845.
Randall, S. S. (see Historical magazine. 1873. D.

13)

Regents report. 1851. (see Senate documents.

1851. no. 72)
1859. (see Senate documents. 1860.

’

no. 89)

Reynolds, H. L. Mound ee plocicioma (sees USS

bureau of ethnology, Rep’t of. 1890-91. p. 512)
Scharf, J: T. History of Westchester county. Phil.

1886.

Schoolcraft, H: R. Historical and _ statistical in-

formation respecting the history, conditions and
prospects of the Indian tribes of the United States.
6v. Phil. 1851-57. Lippincott.

Bartlett and Welford.

Back title reads Report on the Iroquois.
‘Schoonmaker, Marius. ale of Kingston. N.Y.
1888.
Shaw, S: M. ed. Centennial offering. N. Y. 1886.

Simms, J. R. History of Schoharie county. Al-

bany 1845.

Smith, Harlan 7

- Personal letters to Dr Beauchamp.

Smith, H. P. History of Essex county. Syracuse
1885. .

Smith, James H. History of Chenango county.
1880. - : 4

“Smith, P. H: Gencral history of Dutchess county.

Pawling, N. Y. 1877.:

Smithsonian institution —— Regents, board of.
Annual report. -

Squier, E. G. Antiquities of the state of New York
with a supplement on the antiquities of the west.

Buffalo 1851. |

Stone, W. L. Reminiscences of Saratoga. N. Y.

1875.

Notes on the lroquois. N. Y. 1846.

Sullivan — sae ‘Boilivants Indian expedition, :
: Dep’ t of state.

A Sylvester Sylvester, N. B.
Boe ee : Phil. 1880.

: Thompson Thompson, B: F. History of Lae island, }
1839. 5 mes hoy faa “

Second edition 1843. ids set

Histon pe >

Towner Towner, J. A. Our county and its people;
‘of the sag and valley of Chemung.
1892. :
& Turner, P. & G. Turner, 0. History of the pioneer settiemenk of.
: Phelps and Gorham purchase. Rochester ©
Turner, Hol. —— Pioneer history of the Holland purchz

of Western New York. Buffalo 1849.

Second edition 1850. ie

U.S. bur. of eth. U. S. bureau of ethnology, Rep’t on 189
. | Report on the mound explorations of the 1 f

: . of ethnology. By Cyrus Thomas. |
ie Watson Watson, W. C. Military and civil histo Te)
Nee . county of Essex, N. Y. Albany 1869, ~~
a Weise — Weise, A. J. History of the city of Albany, 4

bany 1884. aa
Wilkinson - Wilkinson, J. B. Annals of Binghamton, ; No
1840. i ‘
Second edition 1872. - i
Wright Wright, Asher. (see French’s Gazetteer of I
York) .
Yates Yates, J: V. N. & Moulton, J. W. History: of t he

state of New York; including its aboriginal |

colonial annals; published by A. T. Good

N. Y. 1824 =

Young Young, A. W. History of Chautauqua, a
1875. a ;

NEW YORK

1e Ehlonists of New Vork found its territory occupied by two >
‘inct families of Indians having many local divisions but forming
pert groups as a as land was eet: From Lake Cham-_

This line on Lace Champlain G the Dene

8 great family.
ware crossed the Mohawk above Schenectady, and all west of this,
with most of Pennsylvania was occupied by Iroquoian nations.

os 9
Stes “Ses

They differed essentially from the others” in paeues as well as in

7 Be oteica ion soon affected the Palace of power. Near the coast
ee lands were bought and tribes dispossessed. In the interior the Iro-

ios Te eel

ee ae aes guns, conquered their foes and took their lands.

; a ay every oe and ee are feaed on many ae Field work, ie

pe | these. It must be poeeinpcred that a ie part of each

ay

_ maps and travels, topographic features, traditions and relics are _ :

Rees Coe oe

|

tae NEW YorK STATE MUSEUM
took the alarm and gradually withdrew their New York towns to
a safer position west of Niagara river. At one time they may have

- had a considerable population on the east side. The names of some

of these villages have survived. On the map illustrating the travels

of Marquette and Joliet we have here “Ka Kouagoga, nation

_ detruite.” Creuxius’s map of 1660 places Pagus Ondiasacus and P.

~~ Ondieronii just east of Niagara river and P. Ondataius west of the
Genesee. Eighteen Mile creek has its Seneca name from the Kah ~
Kwahs who were of the Iroquoian family also. This seems the
southern boundary of the Neutrals.

Another nation of the same family occupied the southern line of

New York, along the Susquehanna and its larger branches. On
very early maps they appear as the Gachoi or Gachoos: close —
to them were the Capitanasses. Their Iroquois foes gave them
scant room in New York but they were in close alliance with others
of the family in Pennsylvania.

The Five Nations were the Iroquois proper, forming a con-
federacy a little before 1600 A. D. Their western line was then
the Genesee river but in a man’s lifetime their conquests reached the
Mississippi. The Sonnontouan or Seneca territory lay east of the
Genesee river and reached the high land between Cayuga and

_ Seneca lakes. Originally it extended but little south of the more
‘western group of lakes. They were comparatively early occupants.

It is not unlikely that their territory may have included the

_ Genesee valley at that time, but they had no villages then west of
the river, which was practically their boundary line until the
Neutrals withdrew. .

_ The Cayugas, who had several names when first known, had

-Owasco lake on their east side. By right of conquest they at last

_ reached the Susquehanna. -

Ss. 2

hawt

The early Onondaga boundary on the east was Chittenango
e creek, and one of their earliest towns was little over a mile west of
__. Cazenovia lake. Following the creek the line crossed Oneida lake ‘i
~ and passed through Oswego and Jefferson counties, in the last of
__ which they claim origin. | . =

ey

Pie tos
2

es |

7 SB a othe ‘
cr ate as Rn
/
|

t a Eitory exiieeed east of Utica, following a generally

s a wilderness. Some place the boundary at Littlefalls.

r Thence to the Hudson was a border land always un-
Ehpied in time of war. During this war Saratoga came into
Mohawk hands as was stated when they sold it to the whites.

1ey considered Split Rock on Lake Champlain their northern

nit, but the whole west shore of the lake was practically theirs as
e east once had been.
: The Mahikans were the most northern nation of the Algonquin

mily in New York, occupying both banks of the Hudson and for

ne distance west along its upper waters. Saratoga was once in

i Ee ea. at sophie the eee in the highlands.
oe teas oe eaHly name i ihe Long Island tribes was the Matou-

A general eieetion will be given following Wood’s
ae of Long Island without discussing minor points. He

the Setaukets from Stonybrook to
ding River; the Corchaugs from Wading River through Southold

rae

3 north side; the Manhansetts were on Shelter Island; the Seca-

: i to Stonybrook;

a3 seeabeanaee Ssa pipty OF NEW YORK . 13

bh and south line as its eastern boundary. The northern half

oes were ebrut two a eae journey west of the Hudson

ey
¥

(8 ¥

_our predecessors has divested this subject of much of its embarrass-

selves upon both banks of the streams upon which they resided. . . es
oe hues were never divided by a boundary line; but ae ime ¢

Bi caeased by a ee nation. The natural limits which rivers an

14 ee hs YORK STATE | MUSEU Bey Ce
ce 5 - 3 a > eo Ape oe y lee > 1h ay

taugs oes from the Marco ‘o Patchosue: the Patchogues :
to Southampton, while the Shinnecocks dwelt from Canoe place
to Montauk, where the Montauks lived. There were other unim- —
portant tribes but little known. Bes a |
These territorial divisions are indicated by colors and confined
to one period. In every part there are traces of earlier nations more _
or less mentioned in the accompanying notes. The boundary line =
established in 1768 followed the Susquehanna up to Owego.
Thence it ran due east to the Delaware a little north of the present —
state line, and up the Mohawk or west branch of that river till it :
reached a point directly south of the mouth of the Unadilla. A line
due north and mainly along that stream struck Wood creek west ems
Fort Stanwix. Northward and eastward it was determined by pre- aM
vious purchases. | er:
Those familiar with Mr L. H. Morgan’s map of Ho- de-1i0- -sau-
nee-ga, or the territory of the people of the Long House after their eas
conquests, will observe that the boundaries on the small map show- 2
ing national distribution differ somewhat from his, partly from &
showing an earlier condition, but for other reasons as well. That —
eminent writer said, “A boundary line would seem at first to be ie
a difficult problem in Indian geography. But a peculiar custom of
ment, and enabled us to ascertain with considerable certainty the —
territorial limits of the nations of the league. The Iroquois jeanne
all natural boundaries, and substituted meridianal lines. This :
appears to have resulted from the custom of establishing them-_

lakes might furnish having been thus disregarded, and straight idle

substituted, the inquiry is freed from some of its difficulties.” _ eae

Mr Morgan, -however, forgot that irregular ridges instead of
streams, sometimes become boundaries, though straight lines might “i

be carried along or over these. Another matter was overlooked,

that national boundaries changed from time to time by mutual

~

a lea oe YORK _
Cty

: placed Sodus bay, well known as the Bay of the Cayugas, in the
5) Seneca territory. The Cayugas themselves at one time had villages
- north of Lake Ontario, and on the Susquehanna at a later day.

a edt will be seen, also, that the Mahikans are here placed on both
ef sides of the ETC Hs at Albany ant vicinity. a wrote

a e map of his patent will eg: very nearly oe western claims. At

‘they took ae in Pe They were -Algonquins, hadie close
family relations with those east and south of them. The Minsis or
_ Munseys were of the same stock, being a part of the Delaware
~ people. Though distinguished locally, the tribes from Kingston to
ip pe chester, county are often classed as Esopus Indians.

_ The Susquehanna river was held in Pennsylvania by the a

fey Of these the Gachoi, or Gachoos, alone had land in New

er a English as Siecuchenitts or Beas
A brief summary is given of the traces of aboriginal occupation
near the Bee of moe ees but outside of the = ‘South

; Beayugas, while the Onondagas had clearings west of it. He also

Beth sides of the river, eiiede? They alone sold Killian Van :
_ Rensselaer a tract of two days inland on each side of the river;

‘

-

‘ A *

a
<i ee
“yy 53

16

°
sent little of interest. |
eastern Pennsylvania. Mr Squier observed that abo ikea e
“ still further to the northwest, near the borders of New York and
forming an unbroken chain with the works of that state, are found — |
other remains.” These extended still farther south and passed into q
Ohio near Lake Erie. The line reached Toledo, and many of the ©
simple earthworks had double walls. West of Niagara river there
was a line of earthworks commencing on the east of Elgin | 3
county, Canada, and nearly reaching Detroit. Early and recent
ossuaries were frequent at the west end of Lake Ontario and |
northward into the Huron country. This was in Simcoe county, — 4
Canada, where Mr A. F. Hunter some years ago located 218 ©
villages and 122 ossuaries. Some have been added. since, and
in 1899 he published accounts of 49 villages and 24 ossuaries 4
in the town of Tiny and vicinity. On both sides of the Bay —
of Quinté was a group of curious mounds, usually arranged

in pairs and mostly built of stone. They reach from the a
east line of the early Huron territory to Deseronto. Mounds ;
of a different character are found on the banks and islands
of the St Lawrence, and another group of earthworks occurs near |
Prescott. These are of the Iroquois type. Scattered camps occur .
below these, and at Montreal the early seat of the Mohawks is ah

_ confidently placed. Relics are not numerous there. Some distance MS

below that city in 1636 the Canadian Indians pointed out spots By:
where the Iroquois had recently lived. Prof. George H. Perkins
said that on the Vermont side of Lake. Champlain “remains of ee
ancient settlements are very rare, and there is no sure evidence of
long continued occupation of any locality near the lake.” Atom
Swanton he found a cemetery with long stone tubes and native
copper beads, similar to those of the Mohawk valley. A
One excellent work has not been quoted, and yet deserves atten-
tion. This is the History of the Indian tribes of Hudson river, by
E. M. Ruttenber, 1872. This judiciously classifies these tribes, their _
homes and changes, and may be consulted with great advantage,
and in the main with full confidence. A single error of importance — s
is one on page 60, where he identifies the Minquas with the Minsis, 5 '
both names being Algonquin words, and thus easily confused.

61) s4. “foe ee

me

ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK
- Gov. DeWitt Clinton was the first to treat of the New York

a standard. His accounts are good, but necessarily brief and with
“journal. Rev. Thomas Robbins described an earthwork in Onon-
daga county in 1802, and Rev. John Taylor gave accounts and plans
tions of these are very regular in form and nearly all can be located.
3 mentary history.

Brief notes relating to this class of antiquities will be found in
other early journals, some being of much value. Others appear in

antiquities contains notices of a few, all at second-hand and with

Macauley’s History of New York. Joshua V. H. Clark’s Onondaga;

that his plans of these were not more carefully prepared, but for

often doubled, but his, accounts are of great value.

Mr Henry R. Schoolcraft gave notes on a few New York an-
tiquities in his report on the Iroquois, with plans and descriptions
in his well-known style. Something may be gathered from these.

His own careful field work stands every test, though limited by
means and time. His book gives a general view of New York
antiquities which is now of priceless value. The surveys were care-

earthworks in a prominent way, and his memoir on them was long
some natural errors. Rev. Samuel Kirkland had previously de-
scribed some forts in the Seneca country, often quoted from his —
of several forts in Jefferson county in the same year. The illustra-_ |

His journal appears in the third volume of the New York docu-

the various town and county histories published during the last
half century. Josiah Priest’s odd and popular work on American |

curious deductions. Some are grouped and described in James

| or, Reminiscences of earlier and later times, marked an era in the
illustration and description of early works. It is to be regretted —

some of them he depended on other men. His dimensions are

Then came Mr E. G. Squier’ s judicious work, devoted entirely to
the subject, and at once affecting prevailing opinions. He repro- |
duced Mr Clark’s matter, but wisely omitted some of his plans.

fully made and the conclusions sound, his opinions having changed

2 5 : : ; : ae: as Pry
tig Bes i Sasa ge as aN care ae
gad she 8 Sons < (PVRS Sa , oon r y Be
Ms f - © A : ¥ :
; ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION N OF NEW YORK SET oo

4
+

J

‘ ° * . 4 _ 5
after he wrote on the monuments of the Mississippi valley.
* — “oF

. se See 9 z aS

_F. B. Hough did good OnE in his Sees talk eps being
our fullest authority on the antiquities of northern New York. |
A. T. Cheney prepared a paper for the regents reports, on thee oar

earthworks of Cattaraugus and Chautauqua counties. All wish that
these reports had been extended. L. H. Morgan’s League of the
Ho-de-no-sau-nee or Iroquois has a map of their home territory with —

recent trails. Of the early homes and history of that great people

he said little, but as a record of later Seneca life in every phase his

work is priceless. It takes little note of any Indian towns before —

the revolution.

Dr Frederick Larkin’s Ancient man in America adds much from

his own field work to Mr Cheney’s account of Cattaraugus county.

Rev. Robert Bolton’s History of the county of Westchester has a

long list of sites, mostly of recent date. L. L. Doty’s History

of Livingston county gives an extended account of places occupied

in that part of the Seneca territory. George H. Harris has ably

and fully dealt with the still earlier occupation of the lower Genesee
valley, where he was a conscientious worker, and in Andrew
W. Young’s History of Chautauqua some additional matter will
be found. Onondaga’s centenmal contains a full account of that in-
teresting field by Rev. W. M. Beauchamp, in which the important
camp sites, so little understood before, have a place. S. L. Frey
has ably described notable sites in the Mohawk valley, the most

recently occupied of any part of New York. Valuable facts have

come from other authorities yet to be quoted. In the initial work
of showing the connection between abandoned sites and historic
events and times, great credit is due to Gen. John S. Clark of

Auburn. By actual field work and vigorous reasoning, he solved :

many mysteries, and traced back the Iroquois in their migrations

for nearly 300 years. The benefit was not merely in his own Pee

sonal investigations. He directed others aright and their work ©
became more definite and yielded better results. 2

A few years ago Cyrus Thomas was employed in preparing E

an account of the earthworks east of the Rocky mountains, and
engaged Rev. W. M. Beauchamp to report on the Huron-Iroquois

territory in general, but more particularly on that comprised within.

pe, "ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 19g

a 3

Se I ew York. a map Pamnica the manuscript report and out
e570 ) of this grew a more extended description, taking in the whole state,
: with: both Iroquois and Algonquin villages, and earlier towns,
camps and burial places. This has been gradually enlarged from
‘time to time, though still capable of expansion. Several counties

~ have been minutely explored and much material was thus prepared

Rear’ =
a

_ for publication, but other counties have had so little attention that
me no complete account can yet be given. _ A‘ few months’ field work
* pepeeht yield some Seren gah but eae arceeoe has been

There has been however a demand in the present work for at least
_ a preliminary map of the early aboriginal occupation of New York,
_ which may prove the simplest and quickest preparation for some-
3 thing more complete. The following notes are arranged by coun-

many works, usually with references, as a full transcript would
= often occupy too much space. Many uncredited accounts are the
result of the writer’s own field work or research, continued through
ay years. Other notes may be adopted according to the faith
| _ Feposed i in their authors.

garding New York earthworks. His words in regard to these may
es well be quoted here, as they appear in his Antiquities of New York
x and the west, published in 1851. On page g he says, in speaking
= of earlier writers whom he had mentioned, “ By none were pre-
. ss the state; a deficiency which, it is evident, could not be supplied
by descriptions, however full and accurate, and without which it
a been found impossible to institute the comparisons requisite

om
be: = to correct conclusions as to the date, origin and probable connec-
3 tions of these remains. It has all along been represented that some
ee of the inclosures were of regular outlines, true circles and ellipses,
i and accurate squares, features which would imply a common origin
= with the vast system of ancient earthworks of the Mississippi valley.
_ Submitted to the test of actual survey, I have found that the works

. which: were esteemed entirely regular are the very reverse, and

- ties, with proper numbers for each. Quotations are made from |

Reference has been made to Mr Squier’s change of opinion re-

a _ sented plans from actual surveys, of any of the ancient works of —

a

on.

20 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

7

that the builders, instead of constructing them upon geometric prin-
ciples, regulated them entirely by the nature of the ground upon
which they were built. And I may here mention, that none of the
ancient works of this state, of which traces remain displaying any
considerable degree of regularity, can lay claim to high antiquity.
All of them may be referred with certainty to the period succeeding
the commencement of European intercourse.”

In the main these statements are true. The nature of the surface
usually affects the outline of the work, but within a radius of a

few miles the writer has examined three earthworks and one stock- —

ade on level ground, where the inclosure was a true circle, and all
were prehistoric. But the Iroquois, whatever their ‘relations to
them, were descendants neither of the so-called mound builders, nor

of any of the earlier visitors in New York. A study of their relics P |

makes this evident.

In regard to the situation of New York earthworks, Mr Squier

says, on page 10, “ Mr Clinton was unable to learn of the occur-
rence of any remains upon the first terrace back from the lakes,
and upon the basis of the assumed fact of their non-existence, ad-
vanced the opinion that the subsidence of the lakes and the forma-
tion of this terrace had taken place since these were erected—a
chronologic period which I shall not attempt to measure by years.
This deduction has been received, I believe, by every succeeding
writer upon the subject of our antiquities, without any attempt to
verify the assumption upon which it rests. I have however found ~
that the works occur indiscriminately on the first and on the
superior terraces, as also on the islands of the lakes and rivers.” — .

On pages 138-40, he discusses the question as to the builders of
these works. The relics were “identical with those which mark
the sites of towns and forts known to have been occupied by the
Indians, within the historic period. The pottery taken from these
sites and from within the supposed ancient inclosures, is alike in
all respects, the pipes and ornaments are undistinguishable, and the
indications of aboriginal dwellings are precisely similar and so
far as can be discovered, have equal claim to antiquity. Near many
of these works are found cemeteries in which well preserved skel-

- ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 21

- Indians. _ . I am aware that the remnants of the Indian stock
. a which still exist in the state, generally profess total ignorance of

these works. I do not however attach much importance to this»

circumstance. When we consider the extreme likelihood of the
2 “forgetfulness of ancient practices, in the lapse of 300 years, the lack

of knowledge upon this point is the weakest of all negative évi-
ae dence.” ; :
a | The writer is fully in accord with Mr Squier on all these points,
a and can not forbear quoting a story from Schoolcraft’s report on
the Iroquois, page 211, “Abraham Le Fort says that Ondiaka was
& fe the great chronicler of his tribe. He had often heard him speak
i. ~ of the traditions of his father. On his last journey to Oneida he
ig accompanied him. As they passed south by Jamesville and Pom-
Z pey, Ondiaka told him that in ancient times, and before they fixed
‘a _ down at Onondaga; they lived at these spots. That it was before
_. the Five Nations had confederated, but while they kept up a

confederated, and then the fortifications were no longer necessary
and fell into disuse. This is the origin, he believes, of these old
__works, which are not of foreign origin.” They actually passed the
villages of 1654 and 1696. Other traditions were still farther out
Be of the way.

Mr Squier states his change of opinion on pages I1 and 140:

a _“ Misled by statements which no opportunity was afforded of veri-
a _ fying, I have elsewhere though in a guarded manner ventured the
a _ opinion that the ancient remains of western New York belonged
____ to the same system with those of Ohio and the west generally.

In full view of the facts before presented, I am driven to a conclu-

were erected by the Iroquois or their western neighbors, and
__ do not possess an antiquity going very far back of the discovery.”
He thought the small earthworks of northern Ohio belonged to

3 ae separate existence and fought with each other. At length they

sion little anticipated when I started upon my exploration of the ©
=. monuments of the state, that the earthworks of western New York

ye

ins

32 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM |

the same recent period and people. With one statement of the

“=
a
¥ ¢

result of his work, Mr Squier may be left for the present: “In “a

the short period of eight weeks devoted to the search, I was enabled

to ascertain the localities of not less than 100 ancient works, and
to visit and make surveys of half that number. From the facts

which have fallen under my notice, I feel warranted in estimating —

the number which originally existed in the state at from 200'to 250.”

Nearly the latter number of defensive earthworks and mounds alone

are now known. The total will not be far above his estimate unless
he included simple stockades.

It will be seen that the Iroquois sites formed distinct groups in ©

their early territory. Each of the historic Five Nations thus ap-
pears, but there are other groups as well. Nearly all the Algonquin
tribes were near the Hudson river or by the sea. In Jefferson

county is a very large group of the Iroquois type; near Buffalo”

is another of the same character and in Cattaraugus and Chautau-
qua counties still another. Camps and small hamlets usually follow

the less elevated lakes and rivers, where fishing was good and

travel easy. Few sites are found on Lake Ontario, because villages
there would have been too much exposed to enemies, and canoes
to frequent storms. Forts were usually on high land, remote from

large streams, but not invariably. Trails crossed rivers at well-
known fords, which became favorite stopping places. Paths

varied as villages were removed, and were determined by the nature
of the land. When long used they were worn deeply in the ‘earth,
and some still remain. | ;

The location of aboriginal dwellings depended on a variety of
circumstances. Ina certain way those nations termed sedentary and

agricultural were migratory, moving their towns every I0 or 12

years. When the land was worn out or wood was too far off, the
women gave the signal, and the town went elsewhere. Sometimes
it was but a mile or two, often much more.. Other migrations were
less formal. The Onondagas entered that valley a few at a time,
and gradually crossed to the west side of the creek, in the first

_ half of the 18th century. In times of war defensive positions were
chosen on the hills, and these were quite retired if the nation was

a 9”
Mew Ak eee

%
pA i> ?

“ed me {gle aah NS EB => = ae.
oe eee Pee eee
PAE ci . See A Le Pi a a ahg *
fs s > tek . :
ABORIGINAL OCCUPATIUN OF NEW YORK 23

‘

se ee scitie towns were built on istiet lands. This was notably the
% ease with the Mohawks and Onondagas. In any event due regard
pwas had to the soil. Highland or lowland, our aborigines always
aS _ shunned a stiff clay when possible, and chose a sandy or gravelly
, + loam. This was the common rule even in temporary camps. Shal-
low lakes and bays, or their shallow parts were preferred to deep
water as usually affording the best fishing grounds, and the fords
and rifts of rivers were chosen for the same reason. Around such
spots successive camps or village sites may appear, covering quite
zB an extent of time. In a similar way the Huron-Iroquois were af-
a fected by geological conditions. Fishing and hunting advantages
oo determined their camps, but their towns had regard to the culture
tater the fields.. A fertile soil, easily worked but in a secure situation,
a _ was one of the first requisites. Of course water must always be
“near.
~ Ancient erilworks. of which but two or three exist near the
Mohawk, increase in frequency westward, becoming numerous in
a: the territory of the Onondagas, and of their probable ancestors in
: _ Jefferson county. They are often of a generally elliptic or circular
form, more or less irregular according to the nature of the ground,
but sometimes a single straight or curving bank defends a point
between two ravines. Usually there is an outside ditch, and one
or more gates. It has now been definitely ascertained that some
ot these banks, at least, supported palisades. Of course there was
ie no ditch at the gateways. —
Mounds of earth are extremely rare in the eastern counties, and
esfhe few known seem much older than the Iroquois occupation.
- Only one of importance has been definitely reported east of Onon-
_ daga lake, and some small ones near the early trails on and about the
4 . ot Lawrence river. From Onondaga lake to the western line of.
“the state they increase in frequency. A few ossuaries occur in_Jef-
_ ferson county, but they are most common from Cayuga lake west-
_ ward, though not frequent in any place. Instances of a common

aes © ea
rors

~—_ ie es -* , bs —s e aa. @
: ° < 57 ORAS Fag re a ee ee aed
on aa * 7 iad mal a * X .
: aS ca es oP og
= < :

nt ’ * Bee
24 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM |

there anything indicating the great Huron feast of the dead. Burial .

customs varied greatly, nor were the changes far apart in time. — 2
Graves of the early Iroquois period often contain no relics, and

are generally marked by depressions rather than elevations. Open
grain caches have been mistaken for these.
In historic times defensive works were generally of palisades,

peculiarly arranged with upright and cross timbers. The quadruple

Oneida palisades attacked by Champlain in 1615 may have required
no holes, and extended into the shallow pond. Some Mohawk > ;
palisades were double and have left no traces. The single or triple ,
palisade required holes for the upright posts. In some, these holes ~
were from 18 inches to 2 feet deep. Galleries ran along the inter-
secting tops of the pickets. These were reached by ladders from
within and were useful in defense. The gates were sometimes sur- —
mounted by human figures or other fantastic designs carved in
wood. Carvings or paintings often adorned the gables of the long
houses, which were furnished with many fires. The outlines of

“many of these houses may still be traced, but the length was hardly

a national Iroquois distinction as some have supposed. Circular —
lodges were often used. Blackened or burned earth always appears

7

in an aboriginal camp or town of long occupation. The fireplaces
of these may be several feet deep, a hole being made at the outset —
for the fire.
When New York was first known, all the aborigines living near

the Hudson river and the ocean were of the Algonquin family, ~
using labials in their words, by which they were mainly distin-_
guished from the Iroquois. West of this territory all belonged to
the Huron-Iroquois family, which extended into Canada, Ohio and
Pennsylvania, without speaking of remote southern branches.
These used no labials, all words being uttered with the open mouth.
Part of these were the Five Nations, before whom the rest
soon disappeared. These nations still survive and are the historic
Iroquois, comprising the Mohawks, Oneidas, Onondagas, Cayugas
and Senecas. The Tuscaroras were added in 1714. ~Their terri-
tory shows the most abundant signs of occupancy, but their towns
were not of great age. It must be remembered that they built

‘ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK : 25

may a hundred cides or Patri worle in every century, so
_ that the time of their rule becomes a simple problem in arithmetic.
- After they became intimate with the whites they rae their towns
- somewhat longer.

Earlier than these resident lords of the soil-were the visitors from
many parts of the land. The historic importance of their camps
has been hitherto overlooked by writers in general, but they are
3 deserving of the most careful attention, and for this reason have
Oe prominent place here. Some of these early comers left curious
and beautiful articles, of which the Iroquois knew absolutely noth-
ing, and of the age of which we ourselves have no very clear idea.
Like our summer sportsmen, all however sought the fishing places,
for there they found abundant food. |

The arrangement of descriptions of sites by counties is somewhat

arbitrary, but this is a matter of convenience rather than taste.

ES _ The natural grouping would be by nations, alf the Mohawk sites
; o i being described in order, and the others in the same way. The result
ee would be confusion. The Onondaga territory is well known, but
Ee - during and after the revolution they had a large village near Buffalo.
ae _ The Tuscaroras once lived in Madison county, with villages else-

= _where.. Their home is now near the Niagara river. The Senecas
are and were in places far apart. As for the rest, the early comers
camped and traveled as they pleased. | :

Unless a map could be published on a large scale, as charts are

possible to represent all sites large and small, but several of those
in close proximity may be placed under one number. The com-

volumes and the addition of many others; will serve to perpetuate
and popularize the work of other laborers in this field, whether liv-
ing or dead. Most of such work is done in such an unselfish spirit
that we have little hesitation in availing ourselves of it. In fact so

already a proper claim upon it. The new plans have come from
many sources, professional or otherwise, which are more or less ac-
-curate in detail. In all cases they add much to our knowledge of

often prepared for private use in archeologic work, it would be im-

pilation and rearrangement of plans scattered through many |

Ee: much was done directly in the interest of the state, that there is

ae
My a

pear.

ag CD ACES AONE RI aia Pa
Mie

the sites represented. In nearly every part of New York, men have
readily responded to requests for new material, or corrections of the —

old. Much time and expense have thus been saved by correspond-
ence with persons familiar with local fields, whose knowledge must
have been sought in any case. The judgment of some of these is
that the work of investigation has only begun in the fields in which
they work, and in-the state at large this is more clearly the case.
The accompanying map and the following notes must be studied
with this understanding. It is a preliminary survey, full in some
parts, scanty in others, but preserving what is known and making

‘fuller and clearer knowledge possible in days to come. ~

It might have been expected that in a treatise on the early homes
of the aborigines of New York, more would have been said on the
details of those homes. There is no lack of material; in fact there

is so much that it would have its best place in a paper specially de-
voted to aboriginal life. How forts and houses were built, how

water was provided, how fields were cleared and tilled, how lands

were divided and owned, may have a definite relation to the dis- —
tribution of our early tribes, but all these things would seriously ~

encroach on the small space we can now give to the mere location
of forts, cemeteries, camps and towns.

Asa rule there is little difficulty in distinguishing Iroquois habita-
tions. The earlier ones invariably have brown.pottery, and usually
implements of bone and horn, with small triangular arrowheads.
The Algonquin settlements are restricted in range, and will be found
in their proper territory alone, which they entered almost simultane-
ously with the Iroquois. ‘Both were very recent comers. There will

be no attempt now to distinguish the earlier visitors by sites or

relics. The latter are generally scattered, the former were occupied

by several in turn. It is sufficient to say that the camp sites have
revealed many unsuspected facts concerning early life here.

Enough is known to show the character and tastes of these early
tourists, and often to indicate the places whence they came. With

greater care in investigation the sequence of their visits might ap-

ie” 2a,

bo ] i a, Avitiquities of New York Mr Squier spoke of the importance
ie i ae an earthwork near Elmira, as showing the presence of palisades
Be aA in these banks. Others of like character have been since noticed
rs ee in several places. Ina letter to the writer J. S. Twining said of
a Jefferson county earthwork that the ‘ ‘pickets had left their forms in
; # the sand on the inside of the ditch, and on top of the embankment.

Bit They had been brought to a blunt point, and were from six to eight
r inches i in diameter, and placed about Io inches apart. There were
3 - simply the holes left in the sand, which, as the pickets decayed, were
refilled with surface soil. * This on carefully digging from the side
: “3 would. show each post’s place, as the color of the sand differed from
oa the soil.”
Col. Charles Whittlesey, in describing Ohio works, doubted .
whether such traces ever appeared, and whether wood could be long
= _ preserved. In some cases it may. In examining post-holes in one
a ag fort to test their depth, the writer found no wood in the shallower
4 ones. The posts had been uprooted i in falling. Ina deeper one was
the charred end of a hemlock picket which had been there for 300
years. In another stockade, of 50 years later date, pieces of oak
A _ pickets about two feet long were taken out. In the peculiar early
Pe * ~ construction of Iroquois forts, holes were not always necessary, and |
seldom exceeded two feet in depth. The intervals depended on the
3 Pe and strength of the wall. Usually the holes are in a shallow
Ss trench, often described as a ditch, though this gives a wrong im-
‘pression.

‘<
oes
ce

Casvraphic distribution of sites

: ORthany county. Mr Schoolcraft thought the Normanskill, or

_ Tawasentha, a place of Mohawk burial, but knew of no graves there.-
ults mouth was not in the Mohawk territory; part of Albany county
ae having been purchased of the Mahikans. Tawasentha means a

Oral led from the Hudson to thewestern streams, and along these
~ scattered relics are found, but there were no villages of importance.
F: = In the state museum are arrowheads from Bethlehem, Guilderland,

Prone -. ee i * Py SreS <- Soe, fo 9 o8. 2 if (at ey Wit ani: BD Ee PARC
5 ee ia A ed: Sa TG ta Ch ee

Ls , : - . 3 7A " ar = ame =
Ciiess . é i : : < 1 ae E =
en “. P ine ~5

- = ieee’

28 NEw YORK STATE MUSEUM

Loudonville and Watervliet, and ceremonial objects from Albany
and Bethlehem. The principal trail was from Schenectady to
Albany, and surface finds have been made in the sand fields between
Schenectady and Karners.

1 The Unawat’s castle is on an island at the mouth of the
Mohawk, on Van Rensselaer’s map of 1630.

2 A large camp site is near the arsenal at West Troy, 100 rods | ty
from the river. Thick spears, arrowheads, scrapers, net sinkers, and
a few-ceremonial stones are found.

3 There was much cleared land at Albany. Father Jogues wrote |
in 1644 that the Dutch “found some pieces of ground all. ready,
which the savages had formerly prepared.”

4 The Mohawks afterward had a fishing place at‘Cohoes, accord-
ing to De Vries. :

5 A trail led across the picldadione: to the Schoharie valley.
The Indian Ladder was on the site of the present Indian Ladder
road, one mile from Guilderland station. In a niche where the
rocks were 20 feet high a tree was felled against them, the lopped
branches forming a ladder. It was in use in 1820.—Harper’s, Oct.
1869

6 There were many relics in New Scotland, with camps at Clarks- |
ville and on the Hotaling farms.—Howell, p. 908

7 Camps along the Oniskethau creek.—Howell, p. 908

8 Camps on the Slingerland flats —Howell, p. 908

9 “Mr Brayton says that in digging the turnpike road, in ascend-
ing Kiddenhook hill, on the road to Bethlehem many human bones,
supposed to be Indian, were found. . . at a spot where the
soil is light and sandy. On the hill above his house is a level field,
where arrowheads have been found in large numbers.’—School-

craft. Report, p. 226

10 In Coon’s meadows on Catskill creek and on the outskirts a
Preston Hollow the Stockbridges had recent camps. This is i ‘ae
Rensselaerville, where there were trails in 1711.

11 P. M. Van Epps notes some relics about the (ales in Knox >
and Berne. There was.a small camp on Thompson’s lake.

(t
“a
.

when the Dutch came there. Messrs Dankers and Sluyter visited
the remains of a fort at the end of an island, thought to have been
built by the Spaniards. This they did not believe but said “ That a
fort has been there, is evident enough from the earth thrown up.”
a Lt has been recently claimed that this was a French fort, built in
~ 1540.—Weise, p. 12. This is supported by a note found on the map
of 1614, thus translated: “ But as far as one can understand from >

what the Maquas say and show, the French come with sloops as
high up as to their country to trade with them.” There is no men-
tion here of a fort, and the reference seems to be to the visit of
Jacques Cartier to the Mohawks, in 1535, when they dwelt at Hoche-

laga in Canada. They came into New York late in that century.

Allegany county. 1 Caneadea, the last Seneca village on the

_ Genesee, was at the mouth of Caneadea creek —Morgan, p.436. In

the Smithsonian report for 1879, E. A. Byrnes reported a ceme-
tery near Caneadea and at the mouth of Black creek. FE. M..

_ Wilson of Belfast wrote in 1896, “Between 15 and 20 years ago Mr

Byrnes and I visited an old Indian cemetery which had been opened
at that time near the village of Houghton in Caneadea. With the
exception of one stone pipe nearly everything found in the shape
of implements was made by white men.”

2 The Seneca village of Karathyadirha in 1766 was at Belvidere,
on the Genesee and at the mouth of Van Campen’s creek.—Doc. hist.

Woe 72723. =e. M. Wilson furnished the plan of fig. 14, on a

scale of 200 feet to the inch. It is an earthwork in Angelica, one
and one half miles north of the N. Y. L. E. & W. railroad station of
Belvidere, 80 rods west of the Genesee river, and on a partly inclosed

plateau. A stream is on the west, and the river flats.on the east. It

is a half circular bank, with a gate in the center and an outside ditch.
The plateau is about 60 feet high, and the wall 450 feet long. It is

: ran early site, with stone implements and pottery.

3 Near Phillipsville, now Belmont, and in Amity, not far from
Belvidere were three forts. On the largest of these were eight old
trees, on one of which was painted a turtle over a canoe.—Barber,
p. 86. Mr Wilson knew of only one work near Belmont. Drie.

30 oe NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ~~° = > ~ =e

Hyde, of that place, remembered the pickets of the fort north of that
village and west of the river. They were set deep in the ground in

parallel lines, and burned off close to the earth. The two lines were
several feet apart and 20 rods long. He mentioned a mound.

te
as

=
— =

% =

Fig. 7 is from his sketch, on a scale of 300 feet to the inch. North

of the railroad bridge were caches on both sides of the river, but far _

from the fort. There were many relics near.

4 Mr Wilson reported “a work of a different class, known to the
settlers of the town of Wirt, in the southwest part of the county:”

s Owaiski was south of Portage, near the junction of Owaiski
creek and Genesee river. |

Broome county. 1 Recent village on the west side of the river
at Chenango Forks, and forth of the bridge. The cemetery was on
the east bank.—Smuith. Chenango, p. 193 aes.

2 Village site south of the Susquehanna, and east of the most
western creek in Vestal. In an area of two acres are found flakes,

several other sites in Vestal and Union. This is east of Tracey
creek.

3 On the north side of the river and northeast of the last named
is a similar but very much larger site, with fireplaces, celts and
hammers. These are found over 15 acres of land. It is west of a
creek flowing west of Union. 7

4 A similar site on the south side’ of the river, and west of the
creek at Vestal.

5 Round Top hill is west of Union and east of the creek before
mentioned. The site is at the base of the hill and north of the river,
extending over many acres. Very large celts and other common
relics have been found. |

-arrowheads, hammers and pottery. A. F. Barrott reported this and

6 Chugnutts was a large, recent town on the south side of the Sus- _

quehanna, at the village of Vestal and was burned in 1 779.—S ullilvan,
p. 24. Some Oneidas, Tuscaroras, Skaniadarighroonas, Chugnutts

and Shawnees, settled at Chugnutts in 1756.—Doc. hist. N. Y. 7:50

7 A bluff on the north bank of the river east of Union contains
a cemetery.

—<

WS

¥
=
x
3
a
3
Se

wes?

dey

RB On An island of about 10 acres in ee Choconut creek, southeast
of Vestal, has earthenware and a few arrowheads.
10 Chenango, or Otsiningo, was four miles north of Binghamton,

" 1758 there lived three nations at Otsiningo, the Shawnees, Nanti-

cokes and Mohickanders. Doe. hist. aN Ve 7-250. <Gastle. creek;

castle at its mouth—French, p. 181.. Many silver ornaments were

e found near Binghamton.—Wilkinson, p. 143. An Indian oven was
~ washed out there, on the Susquehanna.—_Wulkimson, p. 220

- Ii Onoquaga was on both sides of the Susquehanna, eight miles

below Conihunto, and near the present Onoquaga. It was

- found at Oquaga.—Wilkinson, p. 155-56. At Oquaga, now
- Windsor, are old apple-trees and earthworks.—French, p. 180.
_ Valuable trinkets and human bones were plowed up under the
= ~ apple- -trees. The remains of a recent fort were seen by the first
_ settlers. —Child. Directory, 1872-73 |

. river between Chenango Forks and Whitney’s Point.
Cattaraugus county. The principal authorities to be cited on
oe Cattaraugus are A. T. Cheney, whose interesting account and plans
_ appeared in the regents report for 1859, Dr Frederick Larkin, who
_ published Ancient man 1m America, in 1880, and Mr Marcus Sackett,
_ who described some works in an address before the Chautauqua

historical society in September 1888. He has sent later notes to
4 the writer.

3 os miles from Lake Erie and a quarter of a mile below Big Indian

The sides are high and abrupt, except at one place on the north
s side, along this a wall was built for 15 or 18 rods, completely
_ closing the gap. At the northwest end the wall bends to the west.
‘The ridge is very narrow there. Fig. 84 is from a sketch by Mr

5s - = Me, 5 ae
om] Tt pace . cia wae ASE A —
ye IS oe ei a3 < n*
we >) ee “4 th mo :
ae ih Mg ABORIGINAL OccuPATION OF NEW YORK = Si

Sain’ the town of Chenango and on that river. —Sullivan, p. 24. In g

on the west side of Chenango river, was so called from the Indian.

destroyed in 1779.—Sullivan, p. 23. A deposit of brass kettles was

12 -W. L. Hildburgh reports camp sites. along. the Tioughnioga:

1 A work on a high ridge on ihe south side of Cattaraugus creek,

- creek. The bluff is parallel with the first creek, pointing up stream.

ee Se tae Ay a

32 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Sackett, showing the relative position of this and the next earth-—

‘ -

work. !

2 A work between a small stream and the Cattaraugus occupied
the top of a high and steep bluff on the reservation in the extreme
northwest part of the county. A wall, 24 rods long, crossed this.

Early relics were found.—Cheney, p. 39, pl. 2, no. 1. Mr Sackett

gave farther particulars. The small stream was Big Indian creek.
Streams entered Cattaraugus creek between the two sites. The
area was nearly three acres, and there was a sunken path to the
streams. Some excavators found iron axes and human bones in
1838. Fig. 15 is Mr Cheney’s plan on a scale of 500 feet to the

inch. The writer visited the work at Big Indian creek in September

1899, with Dr R. M. Evarts of Silver Creek, to whose aid in in-
vestigation along Cattaraugus creek, thanks are due. In the deep
covered way a flint scraper and a grooved stone were found. There
was little pottery and perhaps no long occupation. The wall of
about 160 feet runs directly across the ridge, and has a gate at
the east. In places it still has a hight of five-or six feet from the
bottom of the ditch.

3 A large earthwork several miles farther up, may be that at

Point Peter.—Cheney, p. 40. On the west side of the stream Point —

Peter reaches Cattaraugus creek in an abrupt bluff, on top of which
is a half circular work, the open side being on the high cliffs above

the creek. This work of three or four acres is on a level plateau,

back of the narrow point. This is near Gowanda, and in Persia,

where there are relics for miles around. Some pits are on John S. —

Ackerly’s farm.—Adams, p. 20, 270

4 A burial mound in Dayton, 120 feet around and to feet high,
was explored in 1889 by H. L. Reynolds, but the exact spot was
not given. .

5 “In the towns of Leon and Conewango a number of burial
mounds have been explored. On either side of Conewango valley
a chain of fortifications may be traced for more than 20 miles, inter-
spersed with numerous mausoleums.’—Larkin, p. 4. He ‘gives a
figure and uescription from Cheney. This interesting valley should
have fuller exploration. The mound described was on a hill above

: » a, ny ee a fea a Sa ; 3 es wi eer ise “s ED mA = a ss hase ‘
r —e * . 28 ris 5 aa «% — Sr a ‘a mY al ons > . - , y « ,
5 ee ale 9p Fa a ae as ;
ee RSE en oe oe ee a | ae
ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK ee e.
oe = % ~ ee.
> o, “ i ; ; gi e ‘
the v alley. The | interior mound approached an ellipse being 61 Ba a
eS :: i : <
cars y 65 feet, with an altitude of 10 feet above the lower mound, which -3¥

a “was three feet high. Eight sitting skeletons formed a circle within,
"a and there were fine relics. The fields around showed ancient culti-
= vation —Cheney, p. 40, pl. 3. This plan is given in fig. 8, on a
4 scale of 500 feet to the inch. : ;
ee 6 In the town of Napoli, half a mile west of the Narrows, there x
4s a mound i20 feet in circumference, on a high hill, 600 feet above
Be ene Conewango.—Larkin, p. 16-17. On the west side a stream ty
flows to the Allegheny. : a2
= 7 Mr Cheney reported two rectangular excavations on lot 49,
_ Leon, now considered natural, but there were relics, hearths, and
_ traces Of ancient cultivation —C heney, p. 40

8 In Randolph village, west of the Conewango and partly in-
Be Aosed by it, was a bank across the level terrace, 60 rods long. ie
ae — Over 30 caches were formerly seen.—Cheney, p. 41, pl. 4. Cheney’s oat
plan i is given in fig. 18, on a scale of 1400 feet to one inch and he
3 also mentions a mound. Dr Larkin adds notes of interest, it being ia
.. his home. Blocks of mica and stone hearths were found, and ee :
= _ thousands of relics occurred within a mile around.—Larkin, p. 10 |

She

9 A nearly circular work, a mile east of this group, is about 1000
on around and has four gateways each 12 feet wide. There are
hearths and caches.” It is included in the last plan —Cheney, p. 841.
__ The work is near the home of J. E. Weeden, and has an area of
_ three acres——Larkin, p. 10
: Io A circular work on Elm creek, near East Randolph, is 287
feet wide with many caches.—Cheney, p. 40, pl. 2, no. 2. This plan 3
appears in fig. 10, on a scale of 250 feet to one inch. Larkin says é 4
that hundreds of relics have been found. Mr Reynolds thought
_ this a work of one acre, on J. N. Metcalf’s land.
= Ss 11 Two miles from the Allegheny up Cold Spring creek were two ~ >
E _ sepulchral mounds about Io feet high.—Larkin, p. 27 Re

12 A mound in Cold Spring 500 feet west of the Allegheny river f
_ was 20 feet high and 200 feet around. “ Cart-loads” of bones were ~ S:
taken from it with fine copper and stone articles——Larkin, p. 22 a

¥
™
|
Tt ORL

° “ , . i —
354: NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

13 A circular work on the south side of Allegheny river in Buck-

tooth township (now Red House) is on a steep hill above Red
House creek. -It is not quite circular and is 1060 feet in circum-
ference.—Cheney, p. 42, pl. 5. His plan appears in fig. 16 ona scale
of 260 feet to one inch. Larkin adds a little. |

14 Several miles from this was a burial mound on the north side
of the Allegheny, which was Io feet high—Cheney, p. 42 :

15 Several miles below this was a circular work on the east bank
of the Allegheny, 300 feet in diameter which seemed recent. Relics
are found all along the river. Several other works are reported to
exist at some distance from it—Cheney, p. 42

16 Genesinguhta now Old Town was a Seneca village of the last a

century on the Allegheny in Elko.—Adams, p. 41

17 Tunesassa an Indian village at the mouth of Cold Spring
creek.

18 There was a council house at Horse shoe bend on the Alle-
gheny, in Great Valley, and two miles above was Killbuck a de-
serted village——Adams, p. 690 .

19 In Carrollton nearly opposite the village of Limestone is a
circular work about 1000 feet around, in the valley of the Tunaeng-
want. A large gateway, with breastworks led toward a stream on
the north. Large quantities of bones were found, with hearths
and caches.—Larkin, p. 29-30, fig. 8. His plan*appears in fig. 22.
French describes a work on the flats, in the form of a figure 8,
which may be the same. Larkin adds, “ The valley of the Tunaeng-
want, together with that of Great Valley, Wright’s creek and in

fact nearly every stream that is bordered by fertile lands, were once

occupied by the mound builders. Vestiges of ancient works are
numerous, such as military fortifications, sepulchral mounds, flint
arrowheads, mica and copper relics. As we pass up the Allegheny,
from its junction with Tunaengwant, we find the faded remains of
the ancient people at every step.”—Larkin, p. 31

20 At Olean the canal passed through a burial mound, 40 feet

wide by 60 feet long and 10 feet high.—Larkin, p. 31. There was a_

group of small mounds at the confluence of Olean creek and Alle-
gheny river—Macauley, 2:113

tnd

2 ies ‘occurATION OF NEw WORE 35:

Bae of the poe was a circular fort of pide three : ACTES.) ce wom 5
ond it were abundant relics—Larkin, p. 3t. This was on

: “De Beier yarts the, writer as A double-walled fort near
the Jackson schoolhouse. The walls are about 20 feet.apart) and<').<-- ‘)
: 12 rods long. The outside or eastern ditch is deep, and the in-. :
terior one broad and shallower. The outside wall is now five or a ae
S six feet high from the bottom of the outer ditch, and about four
feet above the inner one. The gate is at the northeast end. An- :
other fort is at the mouth of Castile creek, a mile nearer Versailles. ly ae
i 23 The Indians report four forts between Versailles and Gowanda,
: _ within as many miles. |

: _ 24 On N. E. G, Cowan’s land, near Rutledge, was a mound 6 ae
| feet high and 20 feet in diameter, in which were stone relics and ak a
ae ‘Nine skeletons sat in a circle, back to back.—U. S. bur. of

eth, 1890-91, p. 508.

Cayuga county. The northern part of the county has few sites, | |
_ the Cayugas living south of Seneca river and mostly between _ es
- Cayuga and Owasco lakes, except a few villages in Seneca county

_ where they may have had earlier homes. . Squier mentioned ‘a fort re
ae Brutus, which was really near Jamesville, Onondaga county. In ae
prague Jesuit relations Cayuga was called Onoien in 1654. The three ee

3 great villages of 1668 were Cayuga at the lake, or St Joseph, es
_ Thiohero or St Stephen, four French leagues from there; and
- Onontaré or St René, two leagues below on the river. There are ee

other notices in the Relations. In 1677 Greenhalgh said that the ee
: Cayugas had three open towns, a mile apart and two or three miles ne
- from Lake Tichero. In 1763 Sir William Johnson reported one ¢ a
large village at Cayuga lake, and several thence to the Susquehanna, a ae

ae

Wer ni
ee ig Any
‘ite SS

as f ee
PR rhe |

Ae a a PS

\

i.
‘4
ee

~

+ =A ile

36 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

1 Many arrowheads and other articles are found around Spring
lake, in Conquest. They would naturally occur along the trails
leading to Lake Ontario. Some small burial mounds were a mile

south of this village, and there were also fireplaces and shells *

P.

toward the river.—Hmsdale
2 There were camps on Howland island, in the Seneca river,
and many relics have been found.

3 J. V. H. Clark says that the Onondagas “ had also cleared off —

what is called the salt fields, in the town of Cato, and had a small
settlement there.”—Clark, 2:328

4 On the west shore of Cross lake just north of the Seneca river
there is an early site with rude relics.

5 A burial place was found at Bluff point east of the Seneca river
and near Fox Ridge in 1894. The relics were modern. The point
s “about 20 rods north of the Central Hudson railroad tracks, a
marsh separating them, and is parallel with the east bank of Seneca

river. It contains about 27 acres of gravelly soil.” The skeletons —

were found at the extreme south point. This was probably the

burial place of Onontaré.

6 Squier described a small work six miles northwest of Auburn . —

and'three miles from Throopsville in the town of Mentz, and by
the road to Port Byron. Fig. 11 represents the plan on a scale
of 200 feet to the inch. “The work is built upon the crest of a

narrow ridge, which extends nearly north and south, and along —

which the main road passes.” The walls were then two or three
feet high. Some comparatively recent relics had been found,
as well as skeletons within and without the walls. There was one

gate. He thought this might be a work mentioned by Macauley

at Montezuma, which is four miles northwest and in the next town. —

That work has not been found.

7 There is a site of two acres in lot 28, Sennett, two miles north- .

east of Auburn, with relics of earthenware and stone.

8 The work at Fort Hill, Auburn, has been figured by Squier ©

and Schoolcraft, of which a small part remains in the cemetery in
front of the Logan monument. Fig. 1 gives Squier’s plan which
differs slightly from the other. The wall was not continuous and

Pee :

3

4

ej
es
oe

és ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK ahd: 37

ns : ay never have been so. This plan is 200 feet to the inch. James

2 —H. Bostwick furnished Schoolcraft’s plan which will be found in his

Iroquois report. The north and south axis from the outside base
of the bank was AIO feet, and the east and west 416. He made
five openings, and Mr Squier eight, two of which are narrow. "The
latter said of these, “ It has been conjectured by some that the walls
here have been washed away, but it is clear that there was slight
necessity for defenses at this point, and that none ever existed
_ beyond what may be traced.” The descent was abrupt on all sides,
and there were caches. The bank was two or three feet high in
- 1850, with a corresponding ditch.—Squier, p. 49, pl. 5, no. 1

9 Macauley described another fort in Auburn, two miles north-
east of this, containing two acres, with a bank, ditch and gateway.,
It was on North street, near the present railroad crossing. When
the land was cleared about 1790, the bank was 7 feet high, and

Fe gate to the northeast. Hammer-stones, earthenware and trian-
2 gular flint arrowheads were found. Not far off was a mound filled
with skeletons, probably a natural elevation. DeWitt Clinton more
correctly said it was a mile north of the last, but he may have
overestimated the area. He also stated that it had a north gate, the
entrance of which must have been from the west on account of
the overlapping of the wall.

land three miles north of Cayuga. It is covered by an orchard.

— ir North Cayuga, St Stephen’s or Thiohero, was two miles north
of Cayuga village, on lot 24, Aurelius.. The site occupies three or
four acres east of the canal and north of the highway. Jesuit rings
and European articles are found. In an early cache near by was
ARES found a plate of mica and other curious articles. This and most of
the following sites were reported by W. W. Adams of Maple-
ton. Gen. J.-S. Clark said that Choharo “was the Tichero
_ (Thiohero) or St Stephen’s of the Jesuit relations, said to signify the
me place-of rushes, at the foot of Cayuga lake on the east side,
a at the exact point where the bridge of the middle turnpike left
the east shore. The trail across the marsh followed the north bank

the ditch 10 feet wide. It was 350 paces in circumference, and had

10 There is a cemetery, etc. with modern relics on John Morse’s —

Fs < Pals
a Se ik A We le:

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

of an ancient channel of the Seneca river. ; at sat springs -
mentioned by Father Raffeix in 1672 were on the west side of the ae
marsh about half a mile north of the N. Y. C. railroad bridge.” ee

12 In a burial place on Frontenac island, Cayuga lake, skeletons —

were found on the rock two feet under ground.

13 Stone relics alone are found on a site of Io acres on Yawgers
' point, north of Union Springs, lot 92, Springport. Lodge sites _
appear over the whole field. ee

14 An early site on lot 85, on the same point, occupies two-or 2
three acres. The graves occupy 40 or 50 feet, each having from
one to 20 skeletons. Long shell beads are found but nothing * :

European. ed

15 J. W. Kales found bones of men, women and children. in re *
a pit a mile north of Union Springs and near the lake. There were e
no relics—Smithsonian report 1881. Gen. Clark also mentions =
“ Gewauga, a small hamlet on the present site of Union ig :
. . . on the east side of Cayuga lake.” | a

16 There are several early sites on Farley’s point, south of Union *
Springs, and on lot 7, Springport.. Mr Adams thought part of e.
Cayuga Castle was on this point but found only early relics. The Saas
site comprises 8 or IO acres and the graves occupy two or three — x
rods. The relics are of stone and shell with clay and stone pipes — a
and pottery. ie <

17 Fig. 12 is a stockade in Ledyard, four miles southeast of
Union Springs. It is still mostly undisturbed and was described __
by Mr Squier, whose plan is used on a scale of 400 feet to the inch. ~~
It seems recent and is on a point between two deep ravines. A
somewhat pyriform space is inclosed at the end of the point which __
is about 300 feet in diameter. The curving stockade takes in about EY i
half of the outline; the holes are eight inches in diameter. There a
are caches within. From the extreme point of the plateau the 2
“Indian path” follows a narrow spur to the water. The banks ee
of the streams are 175 feet high—Squier, p. 88, pl. 13.- Morgan a
says that Gayagaanha, the principal village, was on Salmon creek, ~ :
three miles south of Union Springs, one and one half miles from Zs
the lake-—Morgan, p. 423. It should read Great cule brook. In z

i, ré Bre *
Line® >, P w fy
ot, ciditelg Ate PGR x Ova 3
ib ages 2 re Bee a ed ae
oo <4 EO Re PAS y bit Soha
aed re - s or 4 ts eee eS 4 ay se
(ae ge og fe ee oo oe : sys
." Ter a a*s ere a = = ;
Fite: ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK -s! 39

SS <

a

the south line of Springport . . . on the north bank of
a brook, and from one to two miles from the lake.”

. . . on the south bank of Great Gully brook and
pas appears on the map between one and two miles from the lake.”
The distance is greater. 3
19 East Cayuga, or Old Town, was a. quarter of a mile west
of Mapleton, on lot 95, Fleming. Area, 10 or 12 acres east of the
_ «reek. The relics are recent. Clark notes that “ East Cayuga, or
| - Old Town, contained 1 3 houses, in the southeast corner of the town
¥ Eo Springport as indicated on the map from three to four miles from
"the lake. A site in the southwest corner of Fleming was a site of
_ this town at about this time,” which was 1779.

20 Cemetery of half an acre on lot 9, west of Fleming village.
“Modern relics.

-_ at Site of 10 to 15 acres at Seminviltc. with recent relics. Nearly
= evel ground. There was a burial place.

houses on the site of the present Aurora; ere to George
Grant’s journal it contained 1500 peach trees.”

it _ 23 Stockade found on Isaac Carpenter’s farm near the north line
: of lot 67, Ledyard, in 1887. Area two acres with potsherds, pipes,
_telts and broken bones and skeletons. It is a level point between
two ravines; the general form is given in fig. 2. There was a

z a small stream on the other.

24 Macauley mentioned a similar work near Aurora. It was
ote Bs “two miles from the village, in a southwesterly (southeasterly)
fe direction, the area triangular, containing two acres. Two of its
_ sides were defended by precipitous banks, the third by an em-
~ bankment and ditch. Fragments of earthen vessels and the bones

22 Clark says that “ Chonondote was an Indian town of 14 .

sc simple stockade 100 feet long from Payne’s creek on one side to.

'

*

° Ee
Si AS

-

t

|

jit v
aga, (RE Fd

~

Sanat

Rog
r
thks:

iy

+4 ie iy
Pa
ga 6. OV!

Mad

re Pant Mrs
tame: ane

5 ee

nie ae o"
1 a hae

of seas had ieee ioaad: pies pas te in “ashes.” , Ht is oO

R. Stewart’s farm, lot 68, Ledyard, and also on Payne’: s creek. Part. oe
of the ditch remains. There are stone relics and earthenware but.

no graves appear on either of these two sites.

25 A cemetery of half an acre is two miles south of Ledyard post-
office, on lot 83. The village site is a quarter of a mile farther’
south. Earthenware occurs.

26 A cemetery in P. Stafford’s woods, west of the road and half
a mile north of Kings Ferry. Nothing was found with the skele-
tons, which were in rows.

27 The Sterner site is a mile south of Genoa, occupying one or

two acres on both sides of Salmon creek. It is on lot 17, with —

recent relics and occupied with graves.

28 A village.siteis on the west side of Big Salmon creek, lot 74,
Venice, two miles south of Venice Center. The cemetery is-
east of the creek, on a small knoll one eighth of an acre in extent.

Shell gorgets and European articles are found there. The village —

is on level land on the other side and farther south.

29 The Indian fields commence on the Hull farm, lot 88, Scipio,
and extend across Venice five miles into Genoa, being about a mile
wide on the west side of the creek, while Myers is the only place
of importance on the east. Recent relics are found on almost every
farm, and in early days large quantities of brass were taken from
them. ,

30 A stockade has been reported on a site of Io or 12 acres east
of Myers station, but not definitely. The village was south of the
creek, on lot 97, Venice. The cemetery is east of the railroad on
a sandy knoll. Early and recent relics. French mentions the fort
_ east of the creek.

31 A site of two or three acres in Locke, half or three fourths.
of a mile west of Milan, is usually reported as a stockade, buf Mr
Adams in his hasty examination found no traces of this. It em-
braces a space in the woods on a point between two streams. Such
positions were rarely without defense. Earthenware is found.
Child, Directory, 1867-68, says that “Traces of an Indian burial

ground are still visible, covering about two acres of ground between ©

two deep g » half a mile west of | M. haw The ¢ graves are ie Z
ty 2 eS 4 are j ; \ 7
at ‘rows east and west. nes Pei. . : 7 ee

Macauley says, “On the east side of te: Seneca river near
ontezuma, there are still to be seen the ruins of a small fort. A aa
3 small mound occurs not far from the fort; it is artificial.” : 3
aa9 33 -There is a site on lot 15 Scipio, which yields no European pare
Behl. It embraces two acres south of the creek. The cemetery
he slightly raised.
34 Graves on the hillside about a mile west of Venice Center.
35 Mr Hildburgh reports the sTowine. Recent graves two and
& a half miles north of Genoa.
* 36 Obliterated gy ae in the town of Niles, a little north of
* _ the Moravia line and a mile east of Owasco lake, on M. B. Duryee’s _ ae
farm. f
37 Camp on the flats at the south end of Owasco lake.
38 In October 1899 an early cemetery was opened a little west eee
_— of Throopsville station. oa
= ‘Chautauqua county. Most of the sites reported in Chautauqua
ee, ‘ county are east of a meridian line through Chautauqua lake. Most
ye of them may be referred to the Eries of an early day or to some
kindred people, but there are traces of those much farther advanced
in the arts. Some work was done by H. L. Reynolds in 1889, =
which appears in the report of the U. S. bureau of ethnology, ie
: 1890-91. The southwest part of the county might be expected to re- a3
pay examination, for all this region is a border land between the Iro- ee
quoian family and the earlier race a little farther south, for con-
venience termed mound builders. All the plans given are from ay
: Mr Cheney’s brief but interesting report published by the regents

. 's many years ago. It is to be regretted that he gave so little in- 4
s = _ formation on the relics occurring there, but these seem to have i 2a ;
interested him little. He chose rather the more impressive mounds | 2

__ and forts. | : Shag
Artificial roadways were reported by Dr H. C. Taylor, in his Cs” ;
History of Portland. They were near Brocton, but prove to be =
natural beds of gravel as is the case elsewhere. Grooved axes are ee
sometimes found. Arrowheads, gouges, etc. often occur along or “i

near Chautauqua lake. James Sherrard mentions fragments of pot-_

tery in Stockton, and a cache in Sheridan of “as much as two
bushels of flint spalls or chips, and a number of arrow and spear- —
heads.” Many fine and rare relics are found in various places. ar
Rev. Samuel Kirkland Said of the north part of this county, “On
the south side of Lake Erie are a series of old fortifications, from : 7 |
Cattaraugus creek to the Pennsylvania line, a distance of 50 miles.
Some are from two to four miles apart, others half a mile oon,

a
Some contain five acres. The walls or breastworks are of earth, es ;
and are generally on ground where there are appearances of creeks pees
having flowed into the lake.” Little attention has been given to a

these works near the lake. ae

The Jesuit relations of 1648 says, “ This lake named Erié was a

formerly inhabited on its southern coast by certain peoples whom ~ a

‘we call the nation of the Cat, who have been obliged to withdraw
inland in order to get away from their enemies who are more toward — Bes

. the west. These people of the Cat have a number of fixed villages, S..

a for they cultivate the ground and are of the same language as y

a our Hurons.” They knew little of Europeans and their downfall a
came in 1654-55. ee :

: 1 There were remains of extensive works in Westfield. _- Voi . #

p. 18. There was a-bank in the village of Westfield, half a mile
south of West Main street, on Hugh Neil’s land.—Reynolds, p. 512 :
2 There were circular works and old roadways in Portland.— eee
Young, p. 18. An elliptic work was on the west bank of Fay’s ~~
creek Portland, on the central part of lot 38, T.5. The Erie railroad
runs through the north part of the fort and clay and stone pipes ‘2 Se
| have been found there.—Reynolds, p. 512 ae.
oe eee 3 A bank in Portland opposite the home of John L. Coon—_
3 Reynolds, p. 512
4 Two circular works not connected with the Fredonia series
were noted on the first terrace of Lake Erie.—Cheney, p. 4% Loca~ ~ 4
tion not specified but presumably near Fredonia. TE oan
5 A work near the east line of Fredonia was on an abrupt emi-_
-nence of 30 feet and was 190 feet long. It intersected the steep a
banks of the creeks on either side. The wall was semicircular. e 4

“The t trace z a shite large pit occurs in front of the embankment.
** The

es os of arin ae Soomticctis, some of eas were com- ~-
_ posed of copper, together with a quantity of charred corn, were

| ae found in the pit.
me Ss human bones have been disclosed in such an advanced stage of
2 decay that they whitened the soil.”—Larkin, p. 37. This was on
‘Dr A. P. Phillips’s land a mile east of Fredonia and on the bank of -

-Canadaway creek in Pomfret.

Adjacent to this intrenchment fragments of

Reynolds makes it circular, with an
area of one acre.—Reynolds, p. 511

3 6A circular bank on the farm of Joel Button in the same town,
_two- miles east of Fredonia on the Forestville road, is on both
sides of a stream. It has yielded pottery, pestles and celts.—Key- —
BSP. Flat land. :

rg & mound in the village of Fredonia was 7 feet high. Skeletons

Area 3 acres.

and stone articles have been found.—Reynolds, p. 511

Bs — 8A circular work in the south part of Sheridan was on high
= _ ground and near a small stream. The diameter was 495 feet, and
_ there were once several gateways. Pottery is found.—Cheney, p. 46
; 2 _ 9 A mound in Fredonia, 30 feet high and 90 paces around, might ©
be artificial, but Mr Reynolds thought it natural.
the Indian mound.—U. S. bur. of eth. p. 511

10 There was a large circular work near the Erie railroad cross-

It is known as

ing on the road from Fredonia to Forestville. In and around this

were stone relics and many pits, in pairs. In a large grave many
human skeletons of all ages were mingled—Young, p. 18. Mr
: tency said this work was the largest he saw, having a diameter of _
860 feet and inclosing 1 35 acres. The road passes through it
; nearly east and west. There were two pits of unequal size without
A ES the wall. the

last among the series of ancient fortifications which once extended

Pottery and entire skulls occurred. This work is

along the Cassadaga and Canadaway creeks, and thence upon
Many had
This work is on lot 35,

a the hills bordering upon the waters of Lake Erie.”
been obliterated—Cheney, p. 47, pl. 11.

1 ee ie
a
bab “by Byala

’

it ¥ V¥G
i tae

r
4,
Ss,

Leh
oe

{

yy
Wega )
igo a faas XN a N :
cts ih Fe)

b,
yes

ise

ftw
a

oe ee ee it, ae Mr Gheney s plan i is given i in 1 fig. 6 ona scale of 5
- feet to the inch. A Rees sea

a 11 Mr Reynolds reported a ‘circular work on J. G. Gould's ae
: 3 miles from Forestville on the Dunkirk road. It occupied about —

= 3 acres on a bluff above Walnut creek, and there were 40 or 50 .
pits on the opposite side of the road.—U. S. bur. of eth. p. 511. f a
Mr Sherrard also referred to walls and ditches near that farm. ea

“These fortifications are somewhat numerous and extensive, reach-

eS ing over into the town of Pomfret, where a hill wy as Fort hill
gives unequivocal testimony of the work of man.’ i ae
12 Mr Reynolds reported a bone pit in front of Mr Cree tg

gia house in Sheridan. In this ossuary were human bones of persons ese
| of all ages and without arrangement. In a grave near this were
5 skeletons in a circle, with the feet outward—U. S. bur. of eth.
Pp. 511 ; 2
13 A circular mound, 30 feet in diameter and 7 feet high, is 40 —
rods from the east.shore of Cassadaga lake. Decayed skeletons
were removed in 1822. Many hearths were near the mound, which
had an average breadth of 30 feet. The large stones showed intense —
heat. There were numerous caches, 4 feet broad and2 feet deep—
Cheney, p. 46 ste tS Saat pS, z

14 Not far off was a line of fortifications across a peninsula on

the south shore, inclosing a large area. He described what he a aa
thought a gravel road. The numerous relics were of fine pottery, rr

celts and iron implements.—Cheney, p. 46, pl. 10. Mr Cheney’s a

plan of these two sites is given in fig. 20, on a scale of 500 feet 4

to the inch. : Ba a

| | 15 Dr Larkin described a curious oblong mound on a point in ~ a
the lower lake. It was on the southwest side, and had a long %

axis of 7 and a short axis of 5 rods. It was probably natural, but a

had abundant relics. On the edge of the plateau, 12 rods from ae
this, was a bank 20 rods long, and in the rear of it another running ‘g

from shore to shore. o

16 A mound on the west shore of Chautauqua lake, on John F. ;
Morton’s land, is two miles above ,Lakeland. Several fireplaces 4

‘
a
a.

‘and piles of flint were near.—Reynolds ries Z

— 3
4

* ne

~

ere Oe,

; “
4 Linete f
‘ Fo
city :

ak ee aor,
ie ae ee ea

mac aor at haar A

- was without other relics. It was on the line of the town of
i armony. There were over 20 skeletons arranged in rows.—
~ Young, pe1g |

18 Two mounds were south of Fair point and west of Chautauqua
Riis. One was on Whitney’s and the other on Billings’s land. One

was 4 feet high by 25 feet in diameter, and contained flat stones,
~ human bones, flint knives, clay and stone pipes. The other was

aT by 38 feet in diameter. Ashes and-a gorget were found in it.—

U.S. bur. of eth. Pp. 505

19 Not far from the mounds at the NGEcows east of the lake was
an old cemetery at Dewittville. Dr Larkin reported vast quanti-

ties of relics in the vicinity and a cache of arrowheads.—Larkin,

p. 58

20 On Bemus point are old and recent sites. Some were found
_ by the writer at the end of the point. .

21 An obliterated bank was on the lowland nearly half a mile

back of Long point, two miles above Bemus ie —kReynolds,

Pp. 506 |
ee At Griffith’s point in Ellery, east of Chautauqua lake, are two
mounds.—Young, p. 20. Mr Cheney placed them near the Nar-

rows and 100 rods from the shore, directly in the rear of the point.
_ They were 5 rods apart, 66 feet in diameter and 6 feet high. Fig.

21 is his plan reduced to 1000 feet to the inch.— Cheney, p. 47, pl. 12.
They were afterward examined and reported as 40 feet in diameter.
Three human skeletons were found, also one of a wolf, besides
copper articles and mica. Still later Mr Reynolds described them
as near Bemus point. One was 6 feet high and 39 feet in diameter.
This contained copper articles and mica. The other was 5 feet
high and 65 feet across. There were traces of an earthwork back
of the point—U. S. bur. of eth. p. 505-6 :

23 There was a circular work one and a half miles south of Sin-

_ clairville on lot 46, Gerry, with an area of 3 acres. It yielded skele-
tons and rude stone implements. A large cemetery was 130 rods

. northeast of this, out of which 50 skeletons were taken in 1825 and
_ 25 about 30 years later. They were in a sitting posture, the alternate

ch pee in iesamant in Teer 4 was Shull * Fen bones,

46 _ NEW-YORK STATE MUSEUM Neate

‘rows facing each other.—Young, p. 19. This was on B. F. Denni- ; ig
son’s farm, on the Jamestown road neaf Sinclairville—U. S. bur.

of eth. p. 510. There was also a nearly circular work 60 rods ~
north of this and on William Scott’s land. It had a depression in
the center and a gate at the north. It is on lots 30 and 38.—U. S.

bur. of eth. p. 510. There are cinder heaps on the farm of John ‘ ee
- Phelps, a mile south of Sinclairville.
_-24 There were two breastworks on the north and south hatndare ; a
ries of Sinclairville, with a large circular work between them. The oe

gate was on the south side. Six or seven acres were inclosed in Eve
the heart of the village. On a high bluff above Mill creek on the _ : é
west was a circular work with deep excavations—Young, p. 19-20. | 3 ts
_ Aslightly curved bank, without gateways and 100 rods long, crosses og
Sinclairville from bluff to bluff, precipices defending the other sides.
The area is nearly square.—Cheney, p. 45, pl.g. Mr Cheney’s plan a
is given in fig. 3, on a scale of 1000 feet to the inch.

25 There are two works on the farm of John Almy, South Stock- +
ton, a mile across the Cassadaga valley and nearly 60 rods from
the dividing lines of Gerry and Ellery. The larger and southeast-

ern one is in the shape of the letter D, the straight line fronting
the eastern edge of the bluff. A northwest gateway connects with
a ravine, across which is the gate of the smaller, opposite and —
circular work about 6 rods away. The latter incloses half an acre.—
Larkin, p. 50, fig. 11. Dr Larkin’s plan appears in fig. 17. There
was a circular work 60 rods south of this, on the farm of S. M.
Tower. It “was a true circle, facing the south and divided in
the center by a straight line.’ This was on a plain on the west
side of the Cassadaga valley. From the western side of the fort
a ditch, 20 rods long, reached a stream at a hight sufficient to
carry the water within the walls, inside of which .were hearths, ~
caches, pottery and arrowheads.—Larkin, p. 53. Mr Reynolds re-
ports these rather differently. The one on the Tower farm is 80 —
rods south of the others, and is a circle,inclosing two and a half %
acres. The others are in South Stockton, 4 miles southwest of —
Sinclairville, and both are called circular works. The smaller fort —
has a north and south axis of 1 32 feet, and an east and west axis of — 3 :

~

ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 47

Pie «
=

; te. aK thousand feet should be taken from this. The other
is 163 feet away and has a north and south axis of 184 feet, the east
is being 151 feet. They are west of the valley—U. S. bur.

ind with a gateway 10 feet wide. A ‘rail leads to the stream
| and i in the center of the work is a large and deep pit—Cheney, p. 44,
di pl. 8, fig. 1. Mr Cheney’s plan appears in fig. 9, on a scale of 250°
feet to the inch. |
a 27 Another work is on high land 160 rods from Cassadaga creek,
i with a small stream on the southern side. Many skeletons within
pe= Thad horizontal burial. Within and without were vast quantities of
_implements and large caches were near. From the gate in the
northeast part a trail led toa cemetery 50 rods away. Here were
three large rectangular graves with from 30 to 60 skeletons in a
sitting posture —Cheney, p. 45, pl. 8, fig. 2. Mr Cheney’s plan is
: _ given in fig. 4, on a scale of 500 feet to the inch. :

28 In “ the village of Bucklin’s corners was an ancient cemetery
. _ where a ‘great number of human skeletons have been exhumed.”—
) rariin: | p. 50. Bucklin’s corners, or Gerry center, is now in the
, village of Vermont. Three quarters of a mile south of this was an
elliptic work of 7 acres, on high ground overlooking the Cassadaga .

valley. Much of this was visible in 1880 according to Dr Larkin.

29 Two miles southeast of Sinclairville was a circular work—
Young, p. 19

_ 30 An oval work was 3 miles south of Sincluicyille, on Shepard-
son’ s farm. —Reynolds

_ 31 Two semicircular works on eles creek were reported by Mr

ee “Thatcher. They were 3 miles west of Ellington and a mile above
gs ‘no. 34. They were on bluffs and each had an area of one and one
etait: acres. One was double-walled, the walls turning out at the
; pastors, in front of which was a small mound.—U. S. bur. of eth.
Bp509 ~

32 Two nore, on Capps sides of Clear creek are 56 rods avate

48 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

angles, having indications of bastions or towers on them. The gate a “

was at the south and the area was less than two acres. The other is
circular and about 800 feet around. The relics are of an early type.
They are one and one half miles farther up the valley than the next.
—Cheney, p. 44

33 An angular work is on a precipitous hill 125 feet high. It is

the south wall is a wide gateway, “ with elevated mounds upon each

side to guard the entrance. . . Along the buttress, extending _

upon the northern side of the hill, were vast masses of stones,” ap-

‘in the form of a parallelogram, 290 by 627 feet. In the center of ©

parently for defense. Great quantities of relics have been found—

Cheney, p. 43, pl. 7. Dr Larkin places this a quarter of a mile from

Ellington village, but Mr Reynolds assigns it to the Boyd farm, two —
miles above Ellington. -There are stone relics—U. S. bur. of eth. —

p- 508. Mr sete s plan appears in fig. 19, on a scale of eae feet
to the inch.

34 Two circular works 52 rods apart, are one and one half ‘iit
above Ellington. Each is about 650 feet- around, and the ditch
seemed inside.—Cheney, p. 43. Two circular works were on the
north side of Clear creek two miles above Ellington, on F. Law-

rence’s farm. One was Igo feet in diameter. Opposite these, on
the south side of the creek, was the large parallelogram work last
described, two miles above Ellington. Mr Reynolds gave a

plan of one of these circular works, which is essentially reproduced

in fig. 90. Another fort was almost beside it—U. S. bur. of eth

‘p. 508, fig. 334

35 The “ Old fort” is an elliptic work in Ellington on the novi

bank of Clear creek, on a hill, the top of which it- surrounds. —

The area is 175 by 320 feet and the two gateways, each 6 feet wide,

are on the north and southeast sides——Cheney, p. 43, pl. 6, fig. 2. —
Mr Cheney’s plan appears in fig. 5, on a scale of 250 feet to the

inch. It is on Sect’s farm, just north of the village of Ellington.
Mr Reynolds saw but one gateway and gives a plan. It contains 3
acres. Remeasurement makes it 170 by 270 feet. A handcuff and

part of an iron kettle have been found. He alsoreportedacircular
-work of two acres in the village. This was south of the last, and on 7

ag?

cS = a ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 49
ee

____§. G. Baldwin’s bottom lands east of Clear creek.—U. S. bur. of eth.
pe -P- 507 | |
SS 36 An elliptic work in Ellington, on Clear creek, is 168 by 218

feet. There is no trench and the wall is wide. A stone mound, 4

%

feet wide and 5 feet high, is 70 rods away and toward the creek.—
Cheney, p. 42, pl. 6, fig. 1. This plan appears in fig. 13 on a scale

fear

of 250 feet to oneinch. It is on Charles Gapleson’s land, south side
of Clear creek and 2 miles east of Ellington.—U. S. bur. of eth.
p. 508
bt: 37 Two bone mounds were in Ellicott. One was near Dexter-
ville and the other on any sfarm. Near the latter were fortifica-
tions.—Young
38 There were two mounds on Albert Tiffany’s farm on the line

, ‘dhe Ww) i ran! wads Lee | a ye Pi

of the Holland purchase, one and one half miles east of Jamestown
u on the Ellington road. A gorget was found in one.—U. S. bur. of

eth. p. 505 an

C. 39 There was a semicircular bank near Falconer’ s, on the James-
___ town and Ellington road. It was near a stream and was 540 feet
aa long —U. S. bur. of eth. p. 505

a 40 An artificial mound containing large French knives and other

relics, was opened near Jamestown a few years since.
41 Skeletons were found under a large stump in Frewsburg.
; 42 Large numbers of human bones have been found near Fen-
___ tonville.—Larkun, p. 60
4 | 43 While digging a cellar on the lake front at Chautauqua, Sep.
2 2: | 27, 1898, the workmen exhumed 12 skulls and other bones.
44 Marcus Sackett reports a half circular fort near Hanover
* Center, through which the highway passes. Obliterated. A few
arrowheads are still found.

Chemung county. This county seems to have been occupied
about the time of the discovery by a nation of the Iroquois family
___at war with the Five Nations. They are thought to have been the
E people whose aid Champlain expected in his attack on the Iroquois
= - fort in 1615. Gen. J. S. Clark has no doubt that they were those
_ mentioned in the description of Champlain’s map as “ Carantouanis

= a nation to the south of the Antouhonorons in a very beautiful and
i aieh Sneery where they are strongly lodged, and are friends with

ae

+

ogy Sr eee =. a ee

i pe

,

mye i
whe —
ld fe iP

PY ae

all the other nations except the ‘Antouleaiibee rong ioe they A ;
are only three days distant.’ He thinks Spanish hill was ee 3
stronghold. The Antouhonorons were the Upper Iroquois or per- Ge
haps more strictly the Senecas. The Dutch had some early knowl

edge of these dwellers on the Susquehanna. On the maps of

1614 and 1616 they appear as the Gachoos or Gachoi, south of the’

Senecas, the common Dutch term for all the Upper Iroquois. The

Iroquois and their dependents had villages there before the revolu-—

tion. .
1 Runonvea was a village at Big Flats burned in 1770.

2 Site on the Weston farm about 3 miles north of Horseheads —

and on the ridges both sides of Catharine creek. Pottery and
arrowheads. A trail followed the ridge.

3 Site west of trail and east of the Northern Central railroad a
quarter of a mile north of Horseheads. LEarly relics. ae

4 Large site on Arnot estate a mile southeast of Horseheads.
Pestles, celts and arrowheads. Trail and arrowheads on east bank.

A number of these sites were furnished by Ward E. Bryan of

Elmira.

5 On Latta brook road near the end of the ridge and two miles

south of Horseheads was a site with fine relics and numerous pestles.

6 A mile southeast of Big Flats and northwest of the mouth of

Sing Sing creek is a site with pottery, pestles and articles of stone.

7 Near the last and much like it. The trail ended here and graves ~

~

have been found.

8 Site of one acre where a bridge from Big Flats ciosses the

river. Flint flakes, pottery and small arrowheads.

9 Fort Hill, Fort Henderson and Mount Zoar are names for an

eminence southwest of Elmira and south of the tiver. A work
there has been described and figured by several. Thomas Maxwell’s

plan and account are in Schoolcraft’s North American Indians. He ~

describes it as three miles west of Elmira and south of Chemung

river with a bank 270 feet long, 3 to 4 feet high and 6 to 9 wide on >
top. There was a row of holes two feet apart east of the bank, with —

a vacancy of 12 feet in the center for a gateway. A larger post was
on each side of this, which is a frequent thing. Prof. Horsford re-
ported it for Mr Squier and his plan is given in fig. 23. -There was.

es ae about 200 feet aes 14 feet broad at the base and 34 feet e
- high, A double line of holes about a foot deep extended along the ,
_ top. There were several parallel furrows inside the bank partially

gr we ta" ~~ ; 2m, iE. ws ea
7 Vie ae tee ex Sat i aa 4
a 2 Bie at aie ws kOe ee

Z
e crossing the area. It is on a ridge washed on one side by the

io ee —
iS

x. | ~ Chemung. — Squier, p. 53-54 > :
a 3 Ss 10 Kanawlohalla, burned in 1779, was in Elmira at the vider of . ES
“a Newtown creek with the Chemung. Two other villages have been b:
2 “mentioned in Elmira, one near the Rathbun house and one near S y
- Wisner park.—Towner, p. 24 3 ?

= _ ir A small-village called Middletown between Newtown and Ka- ae 3
. ~nawlohalla was burned in 1779.—Sullivan, p. 128 a
et: ae & On the Nichols farm opposite the Sullivan monument is a : ah
Bs : - considerable site with many relics, but there are fewer abonetan . 2 3
= traces south of Elmira than north. ae
a E 13 Chemung a town burned in 1779 having 50 or 60 houses. On 5 aan ss
=a the left or north bank of the Chemung west of the Narrows and ee
three miles from the present Chemung village.—Sullivan, p. 127. Meek.
a Old Chemung on the same bank half a mile above the present vil- ; aa
a - lage was also burned.— Sullivan, p. 125 4 ea
BS 14 A small and new village on both sides of Baldwin’s creek and _ | ae
= northeast of the battle field was burned in 1779. Another village
__—swas near this—— Sullivan, p. 127 . | es
§ _. 15 Newtown on the left bank of the Chemung was five miles eet
below Elmira and a mile above the battle field of Aug. 29, 1779.— o
‘Sullivan, p. 127. The battle was near Lowman’s. Be =
a 16 A small village near the river on one of its tributaries and two SS
: _ miles above the battle field —Sullivan, p. 127 : a
4 a 17 The remaining Chemung ‘sites were reported by Percy L. z “g
es Lang. A village southwest of Lowman and another one and one . a
half miles east on the river. aS
18 Camps on both sides of the river at Chemung. 3 4
a Ig Camps_and a village north of the river, near Wynkoop creek. 8
ee Chenango county. 1. A horseshoe-shaped _ gravel bank, four >
miles north of Sherburne and a mile west of Handsome brook with ee

/

ee: a curious extension seems a natural formation, but arrowheads
occur in the vicinity—Hatch, Pp. 74

bi has
fot sexe Ah

52 - NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

2 West of the river and opposite Sherburne were four or five open
caches, close together and four to six feet deep and wide. Ina field

north were stone chisels, pestles, axes and arrowheads.—Haitch, p.
74. This was one and one half miles northwest of the village.

3 Human bones were also found in digging the canal on the west
side of the river.—Hatch, p. 75

4 In the present burial ground on the south boundary of Nor- |

wich were human bones in great abundance, the skeletons buried
nearly upright, on the farm of C. M. Rouse. Near the residence of
the late Abel Chandler in Norwich was a mound much like western
ones.—Kandall, p. 13

5 The Indian fields a mile below the creek bridge at Norwich was
a favorite Indian residence, and also the plain now occupied by
Norwich. Large flint arrowheads have been found near that village
and stone axes on the Unadilla—Child. Directory, 1869-70. Mr
Squier quotes from Clinton: “ There is also a place at Norwich on
a high bank of the river called the Castle, where the Indians lived
at the period of our settlement of the country, and where some
vestiges of a fortification appear, but in all probability of much
more modern date than those at Oxford.”—Squer, p. 47. Randall
says there was a recent work on the east side of the river a mile
south of Norwich called the Castle, much frequented by the Indians
when the whites came. There were traces of Indian villages near
this.—Hist. mag. 1873, p. 13. On the west of the river, he adds,
opposite this, was a space of a mile from north to south much fre-
quented and called the Indian fields. |

6 Skeletons were found in digging the Chenango canal four miles
north of Oxford, near the old Gates tavern or Halfway house.—
Hist. mag. 1873, p. 13. West side of the river. Along the river are
found earthenware, drills, arrowheads and flakes. |

Takk semicircular bank and trench in the village of Oxford oc-
cupied an eminence three or four acres in extent. The river is on
the west side of this eminence, which rises abruptly from the flats,
and the descent to the water is precipitous. The bank was the base
of the half circle and there were narrow openings at the ends for
gateways. The area was three fourths of an acre. Mr Clinton says

rai

ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK. 53

or it was densely wooded when first known to the whites. “ The In-

dians have a tradition that the family of the Antones, which is sup-
posed to belong to the Tuscarora nation, is the seventh generation
from the inhabitants of this fort, but of its origin they know noth-
3 ing. . . No implements or utensils have been found, only
some fragments of coarse pottery roughly ornamented.”—Squier, p.
46. S. S. Randall says there were many Indian relics at this
point and in the fort, as stone axes, chisels and flint arrowheads.
_ The absence of such things is a curious feature of some earthworks,

8 On the east side of the Chenango four miles south of Oxford
on Padget’s brook, were 25 distinct old embankments adjacent to
each other. There were also traces of graves near by, lined above
and below with cobble stones. The upper stratum of these had
fallen in Hist. mag. 1873, p. 13
9 In the township of Greene about two miles below the bridge
_and 30 rods from the river, was a circular burial mound which was
originally 6 feet high and 40 in diameter. It was opened in 1829
and abundant human bones were found, and much deeper beneath
them were others which had been burned. It was not an orderly
burial, and the bones crumbled on being exposed. In one part
were about 200 yellow and black jasper arrowheads, and 60 more
in another place. “ Also a silver band or ring about two inches in
diameter, wide but thin and with what appeared to be the remains
of a reed pipe within it. A number of stone gouges or chisels of
different shapes, and a piece of mica cut in the form of a heart, the
border much decayed and the laminae separated, were also dis-
covered.”>—Wilkinson. This account is quoted by many. Much of
the material discovered was a secondary burial. It is near the
mouth of Geneganstlet creek. |

10 An Oneida village has been described at Chenango Forks.
~The cemetery was on the east side of Tioughnioga river, on the site
_of the present village. It is reported that crouching bodies, covered
with stones, were found. Modern relics.
11 “In the town of New Berlin adjacent to the Indian fields of
_ Otsego county, gun barrels, stone tomahawks and human skeletons

wee ee

54 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

have been plowed up.” This was on the farm of Mr Scribner.

Child. Directory, 1869-70

12 Conihunto was four miles below Unadilla on the west side of

the Susquehanna, and was also called Gunnygunter. It was de-

stroyed in 1778.—Sullivan, p. 23. But for the situation this might

be supposed a corruption of Oneonta. There was also a Mohawk
village farther down but north of Oquaga, called Wauteghe and sug-
gesting the later Otego. oa

13 A few hut rings one and one half miles north of Greene were
on the river bank. Relics all the way to Greene.

14 Mr Hildburgh reports a camp site about three quarters of a
mile north of Greene and on a hill near the east side of the river.

15 Fishing camps along the river between Greene and Chenango
Forks. |

16 F. H. Williams, of Greene, writes, “ There were many camp
sites here, about 20 within five miles of Greene. In fact at any place
along the Chenango river where a spring is or was found, you can
be fairly sure of a camp site.” He describes a very large one on
Indian brook, two and a half miles south of Greene on the
west side of the river. The site is a mile from the Chenango, and
there are about 70 hut rings arranged in three groups. Those

farthest down the brook are in two lines, eight to 10 feet apart in —

the rows. The. next group is similar and about 30 rods away.
These might be long houses quite as well. The third is in the form
of a crescent, and there are also a few scattered fire places. The
relics are early.

17 There is a large camp at Stillwater flats, about five miles south
of Greene on the east bank of the river.

Clinton county. Though the place where the French and Iro-

quois first met in battle, little was known of the aboriginal occupa-—

tion of the west side of Lake Champlain until 1878. Dr D. S. Kel-
logge of Plattsburg then commenced investigations, and within four
or five years located “ 21 other dwelling sites in the Champlain valley
from Ile Aux Noix in the River Richelieu, to Ticonderoga on Lake
Champlain.” He had just described a Plattsburg site, and the quo-

Cae io
“ ate ©
ee
a ae
ors

ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK =s~ ee og
tations to be made are from a paper in Proceedings of A. A. A. S.
1887, p. 308.

He knew of others on the east side of the lake and thought there

“were others as yet unknown. There are no earthworks or mounds
_ and few graves had been found. The stone relics were of the usual
kinds and at that date over 20,000 had been collected. ‘“ Grooved
_ axes and nicely grooved hammers, pestles and ornaments are rare.

The material of which the chipped implements were made is found
throughout the whole region. The so-called flint is abundant in the
limestone of the locality. On Butler’s island in Lake Champlain
detached pieces of the dark and striated flint, a foot or more in
diameter, are so driven against each other by the action of the waves
that their surfaces resemble the roughened surfaces of ordinary flint
hammers. Of copper spearheads, hatchets and gouges, about two

_ dozen have been found. These have been entirely surface or field

finds. Not a copper relic has yet been obtained from a dwelling

site. Bone awls, punches and harpoons are found only in connec-

tion with broken animal bones and other remains in some of the fire-
places. Pottery, entirely in fragments, is abundant. In fact I
should hardly claim a place to be a village site unless a considerable
amount of pottery were found in it. Pipes, both of pottery and of
stone, plain, ornamented, and sometimes representing the head of a
bird or of some other animal, are not very rare.”

Some of the aborigines however did not use pottery, but vessels

of bark. The occurrence of naturally worked flints may be com-

pared with the Jesuit account of the collecting of these near Crown >

Point in 1668. The occupation of Lake Champlain before the
Huron war is attested by the French explorer. He saw four beauti-

ful islands, 10, 12 and 13 leagues in length formerly inhabited, as
well as the Iroquois river, by Indians, but “ abandoned since they —

had been at war the one with the other.” Looking at the Green

‘

Mountains, he “asked the Indians if those parts were inhabited.

They answered me, Yes, and that they were Iroquois, and that there
_ were in those parts beautiful valleys and fields fertile in corn.”’ On
the Dutch map of 1616 the east side of the lake is termed Irocoisia..

J

te
a:
$
a:
at
&
¢
eoshs
f
Fitg
ey
pe
i

56 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

-

Dr Kellogg gave an account of a Plattsburg site as a sample of ;

others. The following list he sent without notes. They are mostly
on the lake. ea eke

1 West side of the county on the south line of Ellenburg at Mer-
rill’s north end of Upper Chateaugay lake, east side of the outlet.

z On the east shore of Lake Champlain north of Rouse Point.

3 At Coopersville in the same town and east of Chazy river.

4. Two sites on the lake shore at the commencement and end of

Pointe au Fer. :
5 In the same town and on the lake shore, four sites from King’s
bay to the south line of the town.

6 Near the north line of Chazy on the lake shore and north of .

Little Chazy river.
_7 In Beekmantown and near the north line. Two sites on the
south shore of Monty’s bay.

8 In the same town, on the north shore of Tredwell’s bay.

9 A site north of East Beekmantown.

10 In town of Plattsburg near the north line. A site west of
Woodruff pond and two between it and the lake.

Ir Four sites at the head of Cumberland bay in the same town.

12 A site about half-way along the outside shore of Cumberland
head.

13 One in the city of Plattsburg on the shore north of the Saranac
river. :

14 One in the same town a mile east of Morrisonville and on the
northeast side of Saranac river. ;

15 At Fredenburg falls south of the river.

16 On the lake shore in the same town is a site south of a small
creek and north of Bluff point. There are also two sites between
Bluff point and a stream on the south.

17 A site is on the lake shore on a small creek at the south line of
the town of Plattsburg. Soa | > Sea

18 A site on the west shore of Valcour island south ofa projécting
point.

19 A site in the town of Saranac near the east line. It is south of |

the Saranac river, and one and one half miles southwest of Elsinore.

+
ey

: We as Tee
“ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 57

20 In Schuyler Falls, one and one half miles southwest of Mor-
risonville.

21 Near the south line of Schuyler Falls and on the Salmon river -

a mile east of the village of Schuyler Falls. .

22 On the lake shore at Port Jackson in Peru.

23 In the same town near the mouth of Little Anisilite river.

24 Three between this and Bagg’s on the Ausable.

25 In Peru on the end of Ausable point.

26 In Ausable near the north line on the Little Ausable, half a
mile north of Harkness. /

27 In the same town southeast of Ausable station, a mile north of
the river and two east of the railroad. Another south of Arnold
hill. : | |

28 There is a workshop of half an acre a mile north of the Little
Ausable, and about four miles from both Ausable Forks and Clinton-
ville. Flint chips are abundant, with a few arrowheads.

_ There is a site on the west shore of North Hero island at the south
end and opposite Long point. Another is toward the south end of
South Hero on the west shore and northeast of Providence island.
Some remarkable relics have been found on the northeast shore of

the lake.
Columbia county. This was in the Mahikan territory and the
title was early extinguished. There were some small villages of

river Indians, but little has been reported.

1 A spring on tlie side of Mount Tom in Copake was called Tagh-

kanick, and was a favorite Indian resort.
2 “A place called by the natives Wawanaquassick, where the

heaps of stone lie, being near the head of a certain kill or creek

called Nanapenahakan, which comes out of a marsh lying near the
said hills of the said heaps of stones, upon which the Indians throw
One upon another as they pass by, from an ancient custom among
them.” —Doc. hist. N. Y. 3 :693. This was on the north line of Liv-
ingston Manor and on the north line of Taghkanick also. Such
heaps have been found elsewhere in New England and in New York.

3 In the state museum are arrowheads from Stuyvesant.

4 S. L. Frey reported a village site at Catskill station.

-sylvania. ~An account of some curious caches in Homer has an ex-

Geo, < NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Few sites have been répasied in this seule but from the many
Indian names and favorabie places there should be more.

Cortland county. Cortland county was little more than a 3
thoroughfare for the aborigines, nor was it much used in this way
until after 1700, when the Iroquois had frequent business with Penn- 4

travagant sound, but others have been found between Cortland and .:
the Tioughnioga river. [Flint arrowheads have been found im- __ e.
bedded in trees on the west bank of this stream. Mr Goodwin
opened a mound in 1855, which contained charcoal, “ fragments of
mouldering bones and singularly wrought impressions on the sur-
face of dark, slatish colored stones.”—Goodwin, p. 141. The-
locality was not given.

1 A small site on the west bank of the river north of Blodgett
Mills, with arrowheads and other articles.

2 Dr Hunt built a house in 1794 a mile south of Marathon on ©
the east side of the river. It was on a knoll where there were many
circular depressions near together. About 1850 these graves were : E
opened, and earthen vessels and human bones were found.—Good- — a
win, p. 226

3 A camp in Lapeer south of Mr Genung’s house on a bluff = —
near and overlooking Big brook.—Goodwin, p. 259 a

Delaware county. 1 There was an Indian fort at Sidney Plains, :
of three acres inclosed by mounds and surrounded by a ditch. It ae
was on the Susquehanna in the northwest corner of Sidney. “From _ ee
early times the place has been called the fort grounds.’—French, :
p. 264. This may be the fort of which David Cusick spoke as the | i
second home of the giant, the first being at Oxford.

2 There was an Indian village at the mouth of Cole’s brook, on
the north side of the Delaware in Colchester. Some apple-trees re-
mained.—French, p. 260 5,

3 “ Near the mouth of Mill brook and on the ion: of the Dela- =
ware are certain remains which bear a strong resemblance to works if
of art. Many suppose them to have been ancient fortifications or
works of defense. In the vicinity was once found what was sup- pa}
posed to have been a stone battle axe, and arrowheads existed in |

ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK _ 59

2 in number, each of a circular form, and they were surrounded by a
high embankment protected by a deep ditch. The one on the east
‘side of the river has been passed over many times with the plow,
ES ‘but much of its original form and symmetry are still visible. The
_ Other, on the opposite side, farther down the stream, is still sur-
a rounded by a deep ditch, filled with growing trees and underwood,

the antiquarian.”—Gould, p. 50, 51. Mr Gould’s. plan appears in
+ fig. 24. This may be the one to which Schoolcraft alluded in his
a report (p. 208) “On branch of the Delaware a fort one thousand

ee . _ but has less regularity and will not so soon attract the attention of
nae

re

fe, years old by trees.” —

“se 4 T. L. Bishop reports this and the following. Relics occur
near a large boulder at Ouleout postoffice, a traditional feat
pe z place for Indians.

5 Several banner stones were found at the Vlie on the mountain
-~ three miles south of Oneonta.

6 An old Indian orchard is on the north side of Charlotte river,
E a2 west of West Davenport, and an old trail. t

7 Village of Adiquatangie at West Davenport.

4 There were. trails in this county and some Delawares lived near
: the head of the. east branch of the Susquehanna.—Doc. Mist. N. Y.
7:50. +The Susquehanna valley is said to be rich in relics between
a ~ Otego and Afton.

a Dutchess county. This county lies south of the Mahikan terri-

; tory, though at one time some of this tribe were on Wappinger
an creek. The Wiccopees were above the Highlands on the east side
4 5 _of the river, and the Wappingers lived on Matteawan creek and east-
ward to the Taghkanick mountains. The Sepascots were at Rhine-
beck, but of the exact location of their villages we have no definite
notes. A few Esopus Indians were also on the east shore of the
: Hudson in 1663, opposite Magdalen island.

1 A recent village two miles south of Bethel or Pine Plains, was
“the Moravian mission of 1740.—Smith. Dutchess, p. 302. French

- Places this in-the town of Northeast, “at an Indian mission house at

_ the north end of Tas lake. The remains of this old mission house
ourare eae visible on the farm of Pauses Clark.”—French, p. 273

y ad gn

: great abundance in that immediate locality. . . They are two

~

60 — ~NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

2 Cemetery on lands of Myron P. Benton and also near Aniase D. : = :
Coleman’s in Amenia.— Smith. _ Dutchess, p. 113, ey
3 Council grove at the Nook, by the river in South Amenia, and

some cabins at the outlet of Smith’s pond—Smuth. Duichess, p.

113

4 Some recent graves on Apple Sauce hill in Dover were probably _ |
Pequots.—Smith. Dutchess, p. 155 | |

5 In October 1882 six skeletons were exhumed at Fox’s point, .
Poughkeepsie. All the relics near these were early. Some were
found east of the railroad — Smithsonian report, 1883 as ae

6 A village with recent relics at Noxon meadow in Beekman.— om
Smith. Dutchess, p. 135 |

7 A cache of flint was found at Green Haven, in the west part
of Beekman.—Smuthsoman report, 1877, p. 307-8

8 In the same original town, but in the part now. called La ¢
Grange, “On the Sprout creek, which rises in this town a great |
quantity of bones have been accidentally discovered, lying promis- -
cuously as if a vast pile of human bodies had here been made and
left to rot.”—Barber, p. 133

g There were several cemeteries and orchards in Fishkill—Smuth.
Dutchess, p. 175. A recent village was at Fishkill Hook.

10 J. W. Nelson of Cold Spring located many, sites from
Denning’s point, Dutchess county to Croton point, Westchester co. __
He did most at Denning’s point, at the mouth of Matteawan creek, —
There he found early fireplaces and graves, of which he sent in-
teresting notes to the writer. A large grooved stone was obtained
there and also a broken one. 7

11 This and the next are reported by S. L. Frey. Village site
at Tivoli. |

12 Village at Staatsburg.

13 Village at Milton Ferry.

Erie county. Three Neutral towns were east of the Niagara
river in 1626 but may have been in Niagara county. Two of them
were Onontisaston and Ouaroronon, one of these being near the
Seneca towns. In 1640 the most eastern Neutral village was On-
guiaahra, probably. west of the Niagara river. After the overthrow

ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 6p

of. this nation the Senecas held their territory though the others

had a common right to it. One early map has east of the Niagara

_ river, “ Ka Kouagoga, nation detruite.” On Creuxius’s map of 1660
there are placed west of the Senecas, and between them and the
Niagara river, Pagus Ondataius and Pagus Ondiasacus as names

of the land, and. also P. Ondieronii. These names may more
properly belong to Niagara county, though it is yet disputed

whether the Neutrals or Eries occupied most of Erie county. A
discussion of this would be out of place here.

Dr A: L. Benedict of Buffalo has kindly furnished a number of
local sites but without notes. Those in Buffalo are mainly in two
groups, one about Forest Lawn cemetery, and the ‘other on both
branches of Buffalo creek. Most earthworks however are from
Mr Squier’s valuable work, which yet comprises but a part of what
once existed here.

1 A site in the town of Tonawanda almost opposite the head of
Grand island. :

2 One:on the river bank at Buffalo opposite strawberry island.
Many open air workshops occur along the river.

3 A large grave was found near the river in Black Rock. The
skeletons were “in a circle, with their heads radiating from a large
copper kettle which had been placed in the center and filled with
bones.” There were other early and modern articles—Squier, p.
100. One of Dr Benedict’s groups lay east of this and embraced
eight sites.

4 A small mound, called Dah-do-sot or artificial hill by the
Senecas, was toward Buffalo creek, and a mile nearer the center
of the city than the old fort on that stream. It was originally 5
feet high, and nearly 40 feet around, with a corresponding depres-

- sion on one side.— Squier, p. 74, 75

5 An earthwork on Buffalo creek near the city is of about
four acres. Red Jacket and Mary Jemison were originally buried
there. It was near the old mission house; the council house
was a mile away toward Buffalo. It was somewhat semicircular
and had one gateway. Lodge sites and broken pottery were found

within. It was the reputed scene of the last battle between

apa

be
wy

~

62— _ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ene

‘the Kahkwahs and Senecas.—Squier, p. 73-75, pl. 9, no. ESS Mr -

‘Squier’s plan is given in fig. 29, the area being about four acres. _

6 Site on Smoke’s creek on the north side and west of the rail-—
road. Pee

7 Site near West Seneca station with some more camps to the
northeast. sy

8 A burial mound on Grand island has been explored and -re-
- ported by H. L. Reynolds. ;

9 North of the group in Lancaster, and five or six miles distant
on the limestone plateau, was a series of works passing through -

~
é
ap Mo

Ape -

f
“as

Clarence and a mile or two apart. The first was two and one half —

miles south of Clarence hollow (Clarence postoffice). It was a

curved bank across a promontory, with two gates and broken pot- —
tery.—Squier, p. 78, pl. 10,.no. 2. Openings of a few acres each”

were found at the settlement, west and south of Clarence hollow’
and along the Lancaster line—Johnson, p. 133. Squier’s plan
is in fig. 32. A circular work in Clarence was a mile north
of the last, and about 300 by 400 feet in diameter. Flint flakes,
pottery and caches were within. A cemetery was reported between

this and the last, and also an ossuary half a mile northwest, 14.

feet square and 4 or 5 feet deep.—Squier, p. 78, pl. 10, no. 3. His
plan appears in fig. 28. Mr Reynolds reported this cemetery as
large and two miles south of Clarence hollow. :

1o A circular work was on the terrace two miles off, not
far back of Clarence village——Squier, p. 79. Another a mile beyond
contained less than an acre. The bank and ditch were irregular
in size and there were caches within. The work is on “a sandy,
slightly elevated peninsula, which projects into a low tangled
swamp.” The outline is elliptic and a cemetery was near. On
- the plate it is said to be one and one half miles southwest of Clarence
hollow, but the text seems to place it northS quier, Dp: 79; PLitas=
no. 1. His plan is given in fig. 33. A mile eastward was an
ossuary with 400 skeletons, and in the same field were recent and
early relics. A rude sepulture was in the rocks Squier, p. 79

11 A few miles from Clarence the Batavia and Buffalo highway

passed through the last of the Clarence works. It was on the

‘Vandewater farm. Cieae works are now obliterated. ‘“‘ Some
bone-pits, in addition to those already mentioned, occur in ee
township.’ ’— Squier, p. 80, 81
3342 Five miles east of the last mentioned fort was one at Fisher’s

a ~ falls in Newstead, on the south side of Murderer’s creek. It was

4 ere oval and had caches. Squier thought it a work men-

tioned by Kirkland in 1787. —Squier, p. 80; plerz “no. 2. Fig. 30
__ represents this fort.
13 A small work on lot 2, Lancaster, was supposed to be the

nearest to no. 4. It was four miles southeast of Lancaster village

and near Little Buffalo creek. Almost circular, with four gates

and several large caches. Area less than an acre.—Squier, p. 7,
ipl 9g, n0. 2. All Lancaster sites are obliterated. Fig. 35 is from
panics plan, on a scale of 200 feet to 1 inch. Another was half
a mile southeast of this, on or near lot 6 Lancaster. The outline has

been called a curving triangle with five gates. The area was over an

acre and there were large caches.— Squier, p. 76, pl. 9, no. 3. His
plan is-given in fig. 27 on the same scale. On the north side of

_ Little Buffalo creek was a circular work, with five gateways,

Ss _inclosing an acre. A mound was across the stream.—Turner.

ae |,

ig sepsis eta

_ Hol. Be 35: Apparently the same.
14 On the south side of this creek, opposite the fort mentioned,

Ee ae between the creek and a small stream entering it, is a wall

across the point—Turner. Hol. p. 35
15 In Lancaster, probably on lot 3 of the late reservation, was

(a curious work on the south bank of Little Buffalo creek. It is
_ ona bluff nearly 200 feet high, and is not large. It was rectangular,
but there were wide gaps between the perfect sections of banks.—

— Squier, p. 77, pl. 10, no. 1. The plan is given in fig. 36.
16 Two miles southwest of this, on lot 29 of the same range

os on the south side of Big Buffalo creek, was a similar work

about 800 feet around, having three gateways, as well as an
open space 10 rods wide at the southwest corner. Other works

= were reported at various places on the south line of the reserva-

aes

— =

_ tion. —S quer, p. 77
17 Hundreds of French axes have been found on Cazenovia

< ee and on the adjacent hills a mile south of East Aurora. Many

i he hage ow % Pa
ee PL ae ls. Loe ae Se ede v
PE ct Pret bm ee ed be a

ivbye

gi Hie

PR es
we Em

A
rye

p any, |
Ait)
GLa*

pea

ser
> Ais

Nt
FR Hin

oD

wi :
big he

Woe &

U >. &
>. a *
7 F. v £3
Pe er Oe

le

Ce cme ohn Be Pa OE
y t “ i hase Oe k-Mgaciien Nf
= N va o/
Ret > =
»

64 - NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM — +.

also in Hamburg, Boston and elsewhere. There were also copper

implements and several stoned-up springs.—Johnson. 28, 29 DP.
L. W. Calver adds items of interest on East Aurora sites from his
explorations in 1882. A large recent-village was two miles from
the village of East Aurora. Venetian beads were so abundant as

to give one spot the name of Bead Hill. Brass kettles and medals —

were found and many graves. 3

18 Two hills in the north part of Aurora had circular works.
Large human bones were near, and iron axes and pottery—_W right,
p. 283. North of East Aurora and close to, the north line of the
town were abrupt hills and muddy ponds. Two hills had circular

works.—Johnson, p. 124. Another account speaks of burial mounds.
19 Turner says there were more relics in Aurora than in any

similar space in western New York. There were many in the
village both old and recent—Turner. Hol. p. 30, 31. Relics and
some skeletons are found in digging most cellars in East Aurora.—
Comley. Mr Calver found early relics on Fort Hill, not far from
the main street of East Aurora. Clay pipes occurred elsewhere.

20 There were several clearings near Boston Center. A fort in
one inclosed two and one half acres, and an artificial roadway ran

thence to Hamburg. Celts were abundant.—Johnson, p. 121. The-

roadway was probably natural.

21 “ Eighteen Mile creek. Here are vestiges of the Indians, old

forts, town sites, etc. Time and scrutiny are alone necessary to
bring out its antiquities.”— Schoolcraft. Report, p. 224. The
writer found some ‘slight traces at the mouth of the creek and
learned of nothing more then. Afterward he saw early flint articles
and gorgets from Hamburg and Idlewood.

22 A mound, probably natural, was at the mouth of Cattaraugus
creek. It was quite large and when it was washed away in 1844
skeletons and recent relics were found. Marcus Sackett of. Silver
Creek described this and neighboring sites. |

23 A semicircular work on the north bank of Cattaraugus creek
one and one half miles from the lake and about 1 7 rods long. Area
less than an acre. Recent.—Cheney, p. 38, pl. 1, fig. 1. His plan

es On) ee Gee aes Se Ce Sore
Meloy DAR ee ae ye wn Tag WL yk (
PEW GE) DUS rage ea oe
ow i Pi ia ree ey r
7 2a S

-

ae

‘
eed

a

on

ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK. 65

Seg ey neti in fig, 21. Mr Sackett found many iron axes there but

no bank.

‘24 A point with a bank 15 rods long near H. Silverheel’s house
east of Cattaraugus creek with bone pits and European relics. Fig.
Be | is a sketch of this by Mr Sackett.

25 Mr Sackett reported a mound a mile farther south, and Mr

_ Cheney gives others or perhaps the same. His plan is in fig. 25.—
_ Cheney, p. 38, pl. 1, no. 2

26 Forest Lawn group in Buffalo, east of Black Rock, embracing

eight small sites.

27 At some distance north of the mouth of Cattaraugus creek,

where a road approaches the shore, was an early village. Another _
‘was near the creek, northeast of Irving. Visited by the writer
with Dr R. M. Evarts in 1899.

28 Near schoolhouse no. 1 was a village between the creek and -

road. Southeast of this was another near the creek, possibly

ie

=

fortified.
29 Due east of the last was an earthwork on the edge of the bluff

and half a mile from the creek.

30 Another fort was half a mile farther east, and half a mile

beyond i is a remaining mound about five feet high. It is in a level
field. Dr R. M. Evarts, of Silver Creek, was the writer’s guide

through this interesting group. Mr Cheney reported a mound and

excavation in this es p. 39, pl. 1, no. 3. Fig. 26 is taken from

this.
31 L. W. Calver found a large workshop in the village of Will-

, iamsville, with local and foreign materials.

Some supplementary remarks may be made on Fee county,

% founded on the local collections of the Buffalo society of natural

sciences. A string of rice shells, tinged with copper, came from
a grave on Barnard street. Village sites east and southeast of
Buffalo had early flint articles. Similar sites were north of the city,
and others in the Parkside district and on Seneca street and on the

Abbott road. A site on the Indian Church road was of a mixed
z character. The articles were mostly of the Iroquois type but there

were early scrapers in the refuse. At this place and one other,
perforated Melantho shells were found.

_ have heretofore been found only at Canajoharie. Among the early By:

66 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM =
At several places on Smoke’s and Cazenovia creeks were early
sites and fine serrated scrapers occurred on some of them. They —

articles near Buffalo are bird amulets and gorgets, with many oa
articles of bone and some pottery. No native copper has been
collected and no stone tubes. With one prominent exception the 4
Iroquoian sites-are at a considerable distance from the lake and A
river. The flint used was mostly of a light color and many very ~ z e
small and slender triangular arrowheads are found. This is a
marked feature of the vicinity. Ne §
Essex county. There are no important sites in this county, but __
many traces of early and late passage. On early maps the New Be
York wilderness is called the hunting grounds of the Five Nations, =
and it was their tradition that it had never been otherwise used. — a
The locations given will be of a general nature, though Dr Kellogg :
has examined some small sites along the west shore of Lake Cham- | =
plain. Split Rock was the northern boundary mark of the Mo- a
hawks. Crown Point has been considered the scene of Cham- __
plain’s battle with them. They collected flints for use nearly two 2
miles north of Ticonderoga. : ie _
1 “ The vestiges of Indian occupation in North Elba and the Be:
territory around the interior lakes leave no doubt that at some __
former time they congregated there in great numbers.”—Watson, “
p. 216. A supposed recent village has been reported at North ~
Elba.—Smith. Essex, p. 467 . ie S
2 Arrowheads, etc. were abundant at Elizabethtown.—Smith. a:
Essex, p. 467 ; : A
3 Large arrowheads, pestles, mortars, chisels, gouges, knives, eo

axes and pottery, occur in the north part of Ticonderoga, “along a
the creek, the flats of Trout brook, and especially near the rapids 3

at the head of the outlet.’’ Recent articles were also abundant.— _ =
Smith. Essex, p. 381 =

Franklin county. Burial mounds occur on islands in the St

Lawrence, and camps along its banks, but settled towns were usually

inland.

\

fs 1St Regis is on the boundary line on the St Lawrence; the
inhabitants are mostly of Mohawk, Onondaga and Cayuga lineage.

The band has been recently taken in by the Six Nations of New
York to supply the place of the Mohawks. A burial mound on
St Regis island was opened in 1818. The upper deposits of bones

were well preserved. The lower ones were charred.—Squier, p. 15;

Hough, p: 25
2 Near this on the east bank of St Regis river another was after-

_ ward opened.—Hough, p. 25

Fulton county. 1 It is said that there were two Indian villages
in Garoga before the revolution, one near Garoga and the other
near Stink lake. Flint arrowheads, etc. were found.—Frothingham,
p. 567. | |

2 A site of four acres on Indian hill in Ephrata is on an oblong

and steep sandy hill east of Garoga creek. Originally the palisade

holes could be seen, but not when the writer explored it after it

had been long cleared. Mr S. L. Frey says that the pits from
which the clay for pottery was taken, are abundant along the

foot of the hill near the small stream on the east side. It is the

4 oldest Mohawk site having pottery with human figures upon it,

and one long brass bead has been found. It was well described

by Mr Frey in the American naturalist in 1885, and was probably
occupied about 1600.

3 An early stockade of about the same date on the east bank
of Cayadutta creek a mile north of Sammonsville, was found in
1892. A trench across a ridge about 349 feet long, inclosed a
triangle between two ravines. This was 369 feet long. Relics as
in the last, even to the long brass bead. Fig. 34 is from R. A.
Grider’s measurement and plan. One by Robert M. Hartley,

in Popular science news, June 1896, is-somewhat different. Area
- two and three fourths acres. Unio shells abundant.

4 There are many arrowheads on Summer house point, and on

e Sacondaga Vly town of Broadalbin—Frothingham, p. 491

- Genesee county. The state museum has articles from this
county early and recent. Mr Squier said there had been many
interesting sites, but they were then hard to trace and some could

snot be defined.

ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK OF

68 | NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM meee

\

“In the town of Alabama in the extreme EN of the |

nee were once three of these works all of small size. . . S

This town adjoins the town of Shelby, Orleans co.-on the south, .
and touches Newstead, Erie co. on the west. It will ultimately be oe
seen that its ancient works constitute: part of a chain extending o :
from the lake ridge on the north, to Buffalo creek on the south- fi
west, a distance of 50 miles. Not less than 20 ancient i ybies are
known to occur in this range.”—Squier, p. 64

2 Tonawanda is a modern Seneca village on that Jae
and along the Tonawanda creek. It seems to have been near here
that Mr Kirkland came to another fort on his way toward Buffalo,
but farther east. “On the south side of the Tanawande creek
at a small distance, are to be seen the vestiges of another ancient
fortified town.”—Vaites, p. 18

3 “ The old fort in Oakfield, has a ditch and bank inclosing to
acres.” —French, p. 327. It is half a mile west of Caryville, and was
the best preserved of these works which Squier saw. There are
five gateways, and a graded way to the water. The general outline ©
is oval and the lodge sites were plainly seen. Broken pottery was
found, as in all such works. There had been traces of palisades
by one of the gates. It was 800 feet long by 600 wide.—S$ Koes |
p. 65, pl. 8, no. 2. His plan is in fig. 38. . | is

4 A mile northeast of this was a large work called the Bone fort, Rt
because a mound was inside “6 feet in height by 30 at the base,
which was entirely made up of human bones slightly covered with i
earth.” Squier thought this certainly one of the works described
by Rev. Samuel Kirkland in 1788. Six miles west of Batavia “he
rode to the open fields and arrived at a place called by the Senecas |
Tegatainedaghque, which imports a doubly fortified town or atown
with a fort at each end. Here he walked about half a mile with
one of the Seneca chiefs to view the vestiges of this doubly fortified
town. They consisted of the remains of two forts, the first con-
tained four acres of ground, the other, distant about two miles at
the other extremity of the ancient town inclosed about eight acres. °
The ditch around the first was about five or six feet deep. A small a
stream of water and a high ce circumscribed nearly one third |

"ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK Bhi SO

aN A
ferns te i a ( \

| “ings, i néar ‘the center a way was Bone to the water) Rr oeAt

| Bec < or more in the soil, from which Scaneiiee he concludes
hat the ditch was originally much deeper. Near the western (?)

fortification which was situated on high ground, he found the re-
mains a a taeais pile, where the slain were buried after a great

e at the surface, projecting in many Hides at the sides.”—
ya p. 66, 67
Mr pars se from Yates and elas es account of

is a change from * “northern Fe uation ? in the original, to “ west-
ern.”—Yates, p. 16, 17. . It will be noticed also that Kirkland
“s Beats of the bone mound as being near the fort, as is probable,

ge instead of inside.
. 2 Fort hill in Le Roy is three miles Boe of Le Roy Maras

| ce oy high. The peninsula is 1300 feet from north to south and _
A bank and ditch at the broadest part were 1500 feet

4 "Skeletons, pottery, fiekd pipes, stone axes and arrowheads were

oe

f= found. Baked clay beads are mentioned.—Squier, p. 69, 70, fig. 7

Be: Dewey sent a similar plan to Schoolcraft, given in the latter’s re-
f port but having some arbitrary features and variations. He made
the north trench 60 rods and the east line 30 rods. At the north-
west corner was a cemetery—Schoolcraft. Report, p. 246-49. It

te been described by others, but while there are plain signs of par-

“ _ tial occupation the supposed work is now conceded to be natural.
| ‘The clay beads “are long and coarse.”

>

ea f° NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

6 “On what is called the Knowlton farm about one mile south Ss

of the town of Batavia is a small natural elevation which was used

as a burial place by the Indians. It has been mistaken for a mound. —

Various relics have been discovered in plowing over it.”—Squier, —

p. 71. “There are still traces of a mound on Knowlton’s farm a
mile from Batavia up the Tonawanda. Bones and glass beads have
been plowed out of it.”—Schoolcraft. Report, p. 215. It was about
50 rods from the creek, and eight feet above the general level.—
Schoolcraft. Report, p. 282. This seems the one mentioned by
Macauley as north (?) of Batavia, and originally 100 feet around
and 10 or 12 feet high.— Macauley, 2:113

7 One similar, two miles south of the last, and on high ground.
It was “of circular form and with a radius of about one rod.”
Both were discovered about 1810 and nothing was found in them
but human bones.—Schoolcraft. Report, p. 282 | “ou

8 “Two miles beyond the second was discovered a burial ground.
At that place were plowed up shell, bone or quill beads.
Beads of shell, bone or porcupine quills have often been found.”—
Schoolcraft. Report, p. 282. It is the tradition of the Onondagas
that their first wampum was of bird quills, but this is the only
statement the writer has seen of finding quill beads. If correct they
could hardly have been old. ;

On his way to Buffalo Mr Kirkland left the hights and came —

to a barren plain with “one very remarkable spot of nearly 200
acres, and passed a steep hill on our right in some places nearly
50 feet perpendicular, at the bottom of which is a small lake afford-
ing another instance of pagan superstition. The old Indians affirm
that formerly a demon in the form of a dragon resided in this lake,
and had frequently been seen to disgorge balls of liquid fire, and
that to appease his wrath many a sacrifice of tobacco had been
made at the lake by the fathers. . . At the extremity of this
barren plain we came again to the Tanawande river and forded
it about two miles above the Indian town called by that name.”—
Yates, p. 18, 19 : .

9 W. L. Hildburgh reports a small village site about a mile

north of Le Roy.

ae et ee eg er
+ “a os © a
eee =: ao ae

a doubted.

ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK rege Oke

zo A cemetery in a gravel bank six miles south and east of
Bergen, has skeletons in a sitting posture, with and without early

relics. There are fireplaces near. Reported by C. F. Moseley.

Greene county. 1 There are sites near Leeds about four miles

northwest of Catskill, on Catskill creek and on the plain. For notes

on some sites thanks are due George H. Chadwick of Roches-
ter. Others were furnished to Beer’s History of Greene county, by

Henry Brace.

2 The southwest corner of Jefferson flats, called Castle hights,

overlooks an old cemetery. On the plain below was a rude stock-

ade. On the flat between the Catskill and Kaaterskill was another

village, and on the hill nearly 600 feet north stood a fort. An
Algonquin tribe lived on the plains below the junction of the creeks ©

two miles from the river. There was a cemetery.—Hist. Greene co.
Pp. 89, 90

3 On the south side of aie Catskill spare half a aile from the
river and south of the town, was a hamlet at the foot of the Hope-
nose with abundant early relics. A work shop was a little south,
and a cemetery was on the east side of the hill—Hist. Greene co.

p, 106°

4 On the north side of the creek at Femmen Hook was a ceme-
tery with early relics. Also a village half a mile west of Catskill.
5 A heap of Unio complanatus shells on the river bank three

_ miles below Catskill also contained traces of the aborigines. There

were lodge sites for a long distance.
6 There were traces of a camp under a ledge near the old Cats-

_ kill mountain house with pottery, etc.

7 “Old fort” is placed near High peak on a West Shore railroad
map of 1893. This is in the town of Hunter, and may be incorrect.
On the same map, Indian graves are placed near Sleepy Hollow,
two miles northeast of the mountain house, but their existence iS .

8 Mr Chadwick locates an aboriginal battle ground on the meee

- side of Rogers island in the Hudson just above Catskill.

_g A site on the plain on the northeast tr of the Catskill near

South Cairo.

Me
” yr ey

A

Se Ascoyg

a af

72 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM |

10 W. H. Conkling Aes reported a camp on 1 Hog island in

Bingate’s creek south of Catskill village.
Hamilton county. There were no known villages

in this county, —

only camps on lakes and rivers. Herbert M. Lloyd, of New

York city, furnished the following notes of sites. He said, “ I have

examined the shores of a number of Adirondack lakes with only

negative results, excepting in the cases of Lakes Piseco, Pleasant,

Sacandaga (usually called Round lake) and Indian lake.”

1 On the northwest and west shores of Piseco lake along Ironde- —

quoit bay and near the outlet, are a dozen places where early relics

have been found. Ona large rock on an island at the outlet, “ are

three parallel grooves about six inches wah and half an inch apart ;

» evidently of artificial origin.”

2 At the angle and the bay of the outlet below, were two camps

yielding relics.

3 Three similar camps on the south shore of the lake between

Benton’s and Rude’s points.
4 Eight camps at the northeast end.

5 In H. P. Smith’s Modern babes in the woods, p. 276, it is said iy |
“traces of an Indian fortress are Lee apparent on Pine island,”

Smith’s lake.

6 On an island and on the’ main land on the east side of Sacan-

daga lake there are two camps.

7 There are three camps on the outlet of the same lake. One

of these is on the lake shore and the others on Lake Pleasant.

8 Another camp is on the north shore of Lake Pleasant at its

inlet. These were reported by Herbert M. Lloyd. A camp

on each side of this stream, on the north shore of Lake Pleasant.

Another at the northeast angle of the lake, north side of the outlet.

As the entire wilderness was but a hunting resort, the Iroquois -

thought it was not intended to be inhabited. On one early map

it appears as “ Cough-sa-ra-ge, the dismal wilderness.”

On another

it is “ Cough-sa-gra-ge, or the beaver hunting grounds of the Six

Nations.” This name may come from Koh-sa-ke, winter, in allu- ~

sion to the cold climate. On another map it appears as “ Tysch-

sa-ron-dia, where the Iroquois hunted beaver.”

An intelligent — ;

Ss

x

< yeaY.

AS Beier county. Most of this county is like ane . BE
. ees belonging to the Mohawks it was west of their earlier oe
a towns. - Macauley says, " Kowogconugharie-gu-harie, at present ae
German Flats and Herkimer, was abandoned some time before ; ‘ime

Beyadace (Indian Castle). It contained several villages. The —

a largest was on the south side of the Mohawk nearly opposite the ae
‘ i village of Herkimer. Its site is still discernible from the number <9
a

Macauley, p. 297. This is very positive, but there certainly seems

rv

of holes which they dug to bury their corn during winter.

It extended a mile or more, as these excavations would indicate.” —

er. mistake of sites, as there were no Mohawk villages so far west,
eS nor could the writer learn of any Iroquois remains there. The
name used seems that of Canajoharie. ?

1 On the north side of South lake, one of the sources of Black
: river, 20 miles east of Boonville, was a camp yielding relics with
a burial place near. _

x 2 Very early relics have been found near Mohawk village.

me 3 Indian Castle in Danube was so named from the upper ‘Indian
castle or fort, built in 1710 on the flat just below the mouth of
ou, i

et, -Nowadaga creek. There was a mission church there in 1768;
: pe, it was the home of Joseph Brant and King Hendrick.
Jefferson county. 1 A traditional fort on French creek near
Clayton, taken by the Oneidas.

2 A small burial mound opened in making the railroad to Cape

* _Mincent. -

: -3 Many graves and camp sites were at the portage at Point

‘s SP aula

4 4 Many graves were also on the Hoover farm at the head of
_ Chaumont bay.

x 5 A fort and cemetery at Be aril. These three were reported
aoe aby. Mr Twining. .

Be _ 6 Circular mounds, with depressed centers about 30 feet across,

. are frequent on both sides of Perch lake and on Linnell’s
, island. —H. Hough, p. Io. They are circular raised lodge sites

74 . ‘NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

with burned stones and camp refuse around the edge. 13 s.

Marvin reported about 200, sometimes almost touching. There

have been no graves found and but little pottery.

. 7 A work of the usual type in Hounsfield on the shore of Black ; aie

River bay, between Muskallunge creek and Storr’s harbor.—Hough,
p. 11. It was two and one half miles from Sacket Harbor.

8 A work in Hounsfield two miles from Brownsville——Hough,
Pp. 13 : fF

g An ossuary near Brownsville on Black river, 12 feet square
and 4 deep.—Squier, p. 29. Hough mentioned this and said they
were frequent.

10 A natural mound in East Hounsfield on Elmer Everett’s farm,
used for burial. It is two miles from Brownsville.

11 A bone pit in Rutland three miles east of Watertown was on
a hillside and covered with large stones. Below these was a pit,
6 feet square by 4 deep filled with human bones.—Squmier, p. 29

12 Half a mile west of Black River village and north of the
river was a fort nearly square but with rounded angles. There
was one gate and the area was one and one quarter acres. This
was in Le Ray. Skeletons were found and the usual relics.—
Squier, p. 25, pl. 3, no. 3. His plan is given in fig. 45. One figured
and described by Mr Hough is said to be the same and is on Aaron
Poor’s land. The diameter is 14 rods. There are fireplaces within
and without and a cemetery.—Kegents, 1851, p. 101, fig. 1. His
plan in fig. 46 differs much from Mr Squier’s.

13 Hough describes one on Matthew Parkison’s land, a mile
north of this, south of West creek. There are fireplaces within
and without the walls.—Regents, 1851, p. 101, fig. 2. His plan is.
given in fig. 52. :

14 In the same town of Le Ray and four miles northwest of no.
12, was a lozenge-shaped work, the most regular Mr Squier had
seen in New York. There were two gates, and a considerable
interval along a steep bank. Skeletons were found, and the usual
relics— Squier, p. 26, pl. 4, no. 1. His plan appears in fig. 53.

15 A larger and similar work was three miles west of the last
and near Sanfords Corners. There were graves and relics.—

? ee

he jaa a

mig & ee

iy Aeh eae es

of te «|
t

- ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 7s

zt : Squier, Dp. 27, pl. 451 no. 2. This work appears in fig. 54. It is now

a garden.

16 Another work was on the edge of the pine plains a mile east
of the road from Sanfords Corners to Black river.

17 Several other obliterated sites were known in Le Ray. One
was near Felts Mills.—Squier, p. 27. There was a cemetery a mile
south.

18 J. S. Twining reported a village site on a hill in Carthage.

: . : 19 An open village was nearly a mile north of Burr’ s Mills, with

stone hearths.—Squier, p. 23. This was on the Woodruff farm.
Another of eight circular lodges was on the Gifford place two —_
northwest of Burr’s Mills.

20 A village of 15 circular lodges on O. Butterfield’s place a

mile west of East Watertown and on the north side of Rutland

hollow. Village sites in this vicinity were reported by Henry
Woodworth. There was a village on land of Mrs Woodworth and
Mr Stewart a mile southwest of East Watertown. Stone and clay
pipes and beads.
21 A cemetery and an irregular work are on the terrace two and
one half miles southeast of Watertown.—Squier, p. 22, pl. 2, no. 2.
His plan appears in fig. 43. Hough reported two works on lot 29

& - half a mile farther.and another quite near. The one on Asa Good-

- notigh’s land had three gates. A few rods off was a smaller cir-
cular work.—Regents, 1851, p. 104, fig. 7. This is given in fig. 44.
22 A curving bank-across a ridge on lot 31 half a mile east of
Burr’s Mills was a quarter of a mile from the Rutland line.-—Hough,
p. 11. It was on the Lampson farm <Kegents, 1851, p. 104, fig. 6.
_ The plan appears in fig. so.

23 A village of 15 circular lodges half a mile north ef Hast Water-.
town. A similar village on the Howland place a mile east of the

same village. Also clay pits and fireplaces on the Durham place
one and one quarter miles east. Another village on the Fulton
place one and one half miles east, and another on the Normander

farm a mile east of East Watertown. This had 30 lodges.
24 A slight work on the Allen place south side of Rutland hol-

_ low with many skeletons suggesting recent occupation.— Squier, p.

Ws

ae Ae ee Te - Se ee tre oe es ee en eet a es ee ee ee en oe
ir i Lee * Te ey eee LE A Sse oe ed Bae Sone 8.)

; Pea CBA : fa. ayaa yer WF et A :

i POT

76 : NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM.

24, pl. 3, no. 2. This is given in fig. 39. This was on the old

Tamblin farm.—Hough,-p. 13. The site has been referred to several am
owners.—Regents, 1851, p. 102, fig. 3. Hough’s plan appears in

fig. 47. 3

25 There was a work near Tylerville, (South Rutland postoffice)
in Rutland.—Hough, p. 13

26 A work on a bluff half a mile west of Burr’s Mills has bone

and stone beads, with the usual relics. There is a bank across the

bluff.—Squier, p. 22, pl. 3, no. 1. This is shown in fig. 42.

27 A partly circular work on Dry hill, town of Watertown, is
five miles southeast of that city and two miles north of a work near
Appling. The area is eight acres. It was of long occupation and

relics were abundant. A cemetery lay a little north.Squier, p. 20,
‘pl. 2, no. 1. His plan is given in fig. 49. . Really south of Water- |

town.

28 A work on a high terrace in Adams has seven gates and
many caches. It is in the northeast part of the town and there
were graves just outside the walls— Squier, p. 17, pl. 1. This plan
appears in fig. 40. Near Appling on D. Talcott’s farm.—Hough,
p. II .

29 A large work is one and one half miles southeast of this on
a hill, one side of which is steep. A semicircular bank protected
the sloping side. . :

30 At the head of Henderson bay is a curved stone bank just
above the water called Indian wharf. A trail ended there.—French,
p- 358 | ;

31 A work on Heath’s farm, lot 25 near the west line of Rodman
contained three acres. It was on the north bank of North Sandy
creek above the forks.—Hough, p. 12

32 A work two miles north of Adams.—Hough, p. 12

33 A semicircular work was over half a mile northwest of Adams
village on W. Benton’s land and was 500 feet wide. The open
part was toward marshy land and there were two or three gate-
ways.—Squier, p. 28, 29. ° This seems one mentioned by Rev. John
Taylor in 1802.

34 Hough reported several ossuaries in Ellisburg, and Mr Squier
said that several old works once existed there. He figured one,

pee >
Mar

ei < —

ade one half acres. It was mainly an ellipse except where an

: 5 “opening was defended by a stream. There were two gates.—Squier,

a ap. 27, pl. 4, no. 3. This plan is given in fig. 41. There was also

a similar but larger work three quarter's of a mile east of the last,
and two and one half miles northwest of Pierrepont Manor. Caches

f-and ‘skeletons were found —Squier, p. 28, pl. 4, no. 4.. The plan

ae appears in fig. 51. .

Bi. 35 About a mile south of this group was another. work on Mr
Mendall’s land.—Squier, p. 28. He mentions. another at Clark’s
settlement.

36 There was an open village near Pierrepont Manor with pot-
tery and many skeletons having horizontal burial.

ee. 37 There was a fort with several gates near Belleville on

: ae : P. Durfy’s farm. This is in Ellisburg, on North Sandy creek,

- One side is naturally defended.—Hough, p. 12.

On South Sandy creek’and near J. W. Ellis’s house.—Hough, p. 14
te _- 39 On the south bank of Sandy creek three miles from the lake
__was a fort with one side naturally defended. There. are several

‘40 An irregular crescent-shaped work of two acres was in the
cemetery at Ellisburg four miles from the mouth of south Sandy
creek.
Pe pA There was a stockade on Snowshoe island outside of Sacket
iy } Harbor.—S quier, p. 29

42 A work five miles from Watertown on the road to Evans

- Mills was nearly circular and had several gates. It was at Sanfords
ie ~ Corners, on a branch of West creek.—Regents, 1851,-p. 103
| fy _ 43 A work on lot 2 in the northwest corner of Rodman is near
: ese Freeman’s. There is a double bank inclosing a crescent-
. ~ shaped area. It is about six miles from Watertown on a stream
eacat. the source of Stony creek.—Regents, 1851, P. 103.) firs 8.1.1 Pe
a e Pe otan 3 is given in fig. 48. |
i: im 44. A work described by Rev. Wee Taylor was in the forks of
__ the Sandy creeks and near the lake.

38 There is a bone-pit in Ellisburg nearly opposite the old fort

if CF ‘small sites in the town and undescribed open villages.—Hough, p. 13 3

78 | NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Some additional sites were furnished by Dr R. W. Amidon of
New York and Dr A. A. Getman of Chaumont.

45 An Iroquoian prehistoric village at the mouth of Per river
on the west side occupies several acres but is scattered. The
ashes were quite deep in spots. Few stone articles were found,
but many of bone and much pottery. Near the water were es
camps of a different character. :

46 A similar village is on the west branch of French creek, about
80 rods south of St Lawrence village. Pottery is abundant and the

/

47 On two points west of Chaumont and south of Chaumont

ashes deep. Few stone articles.

river were fishing camps of mixed character. Pottery with conven-
tional faces is abundant. One small fragment has a face like thase
of Onondaga and is an important discovery. ‘

48 Camps occur on Long point on the north side of Point Penin-
sula. The pottery is old and crude.

49 There is a large site at the west end of Pillar Point, with
ashes and pottery.

50 Flint knives and arrowheads are found east of the stream:
and half way between Chaumont and Depauville.

51 Arrowheads and broken pottery have been abundant on the
Indian river in the village of Theresa. In 1898 a fine and perfect
clay vessel was found. It had no peculiar features.

52 Fishing camps near the mouth of Perch river.

53 Large village on west branch of French creek, a quarter of
a mile south of St Lawrence village. Pottery and bone imple-
ments, with few stone articles. Across a small stream are refuse
heaps, in which a small double-pointed bone harpoon was found
by Dr R.,W. Amidon. On the other side Dr A. A. Getman found
a barbed bone fish-hook without a knob. Nearly a mile northeast
was a camp site on which arrowheads and pottery ,were formerly j
found. This is on the north side of the road. A similar site was
less than a mile beyond, but south of the road.

54 Hamlet on the end of Point Salubrious, near Chaumont. Pot-
tery and pipes.

ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 79

Be Camp on Long point. The pottery is mostly old and crude,

but the writer found here some so indented within as to, produce

a boss without.
56 Fishing camps on south shore and southwest of head of
“Long carrying place.” Old and crude pottery.
57 Hamlets near Three Mile point. .
58 Flint knives and arrowheads between Chaumont and»Depau-

. ville, east of the creek.
;

No county is more perplexing than this in locating sites from
descriptions, partly from their number and partly from the number
of authorities and their varying accounts. It will be seen that
Messrs Squier and Hough did not always agree in their plans as
has been the case elsewhere with others. That there are omissions
is certain, that some errors will be found is probable, as there was
time for but slight personal examination.

It is an interesting field and mainly prehistoric. While many
things are like those of Onondaga, ossuaries show Huron ideas
not prevalent among the New York Iroquois, who traditionally

_came out of the ground here. Mounds are more frequent, and the’

circular lodge sites of Perch lake are of a type unusual in New
York. Their true relations are partly known but will not be con-
sidered now. Local collections reveal peculiar articles while others
are absent, and we gain some definite historic ideas from those
called prehistoric. With slight exceptions the interior sites and all
the forts are Iroquoian in character, while most of those near the
St Lawrence and Lake Ontario are of earlier nations.

Kings county. Few of the antiquities of this county have been
reported except, in a very general way, nor were they ever conspicu-
ous. The Canarsies occupied this county and part of Jamaica. In
Notes geographical and Instorical relating to the town of Brooklyn, p.
27, (a reprint of the edition of 1824) it is said, “ Heads of Indian
arrows, beds of oyster and clam shells, denoting the former re-
sidence of the re org are frequently found in cat parts
of this town.”

I A few feet below the surface at the Narrows about 1837, “ more

than a wagon load of Indian stone arrowheads were found lying

ae “J

80 | NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

together. . . They were of all sizes from one to six inches _

long, some perfect, others partly finished. There were also a
number of blocks of the same kind of stone found in the rough
state.” —Furman, p. 31 ss

2 A barren sand hill in Brooklyn in 1826 was covered with
vitrified and decomposed stones. From one and one half to four
feet below the surface was a layer of ashes and cinders with broken
clay pipes, coarse pottery and arrowheads.—Furman, p. 98 -

3 There are immense shell heaps at Canarsie or Flatlands, and
on Bergen island.—Thompson, p. 66

4 An old cemetery was found-in South Brooklyn in 1897, on

Avenue U, and near Ryder’s pond and Sheepshead bay. Deep
beds of oyster shells had the outer side of the shells uppermost.
Pottery was found and over a dozen skeletons. There were a few
other shells and fragments of bone-—Amer. arch. 1898

Lewis county. Few sites have been reported here but the state

museum has a few relics from Martinsburg. J. S. Ris .

furnishes the following notes.

I On the Kinsman farm, Martinsburg, skeletons and pipes, one
of these having orifices for stems. |

2 On the east bank of Black river across from Deer River sta-

tion are many very old hut rings with stone gouges, arrowheads

and spears. ‘
3 Another site at Gates’s mill yard is two miles above.
Livingston county. This was the later territory of the Senecas
and they may have partially occupied it at an earlier day.. Most
of. the sites however are recent.

1 Dynneganooh a recent village on the northwest margin of the

great spring in Caledonia. Besides hatchets and copper kettles,

curious pottery has been found there——Doty, p. 82-83. This was
one of the magic springs of the Senecas.

2 Three miles south of the Wheatland forts on the Genesee and
probably in Caledonia, was a mound once 8 feet high and filled with
unarranged human bones.—Squier, p. 60

‘3 In surveying the Kanawageas reservation in 1798 Judge Porter |

found an old fort on the open flats which included nearly two acres.

is _ village, perhaps of later date than that on Boughton hill. It was

% ws ’ RB Gihers Sich I have seen in this part of the country and which seem
ee bear a high antiquity.”—Squicr, p. 61. On the west side of.

Genesee river, nearly opposite Avon springs, was Canawaugus thre
"birthplace of Cornplanter. Iron axes, flint arrowheads and stone
hammers are found there.—Doty, p. 75. There was a work in Avon
on the flats of the Genesee, and not far from Avon springs, described
Se by W. H. C. Hosmer.—Squier, p. 61. An‘inclosure on the flats 30
_ rods north of the residence of the late Col. Jones.—Doty, p. 75 -
“4 A similar work existed in the northeast part of Avon about two
and one half miles from the village of Lima.—Squier, p. 61.. This
would be northwest of Lima and close to the town line.

ate W. L.. Hildburgh reports a cemetery two and one half miles

north of Lima with European articles. This or one nearer Honeoye
) Falls seems the Keinthe of Greenhalgh or the Gandachiragou of the
Jesuits:

- 6 Sgahisgaaah, a recent Seneca village, was at Lima. European

articles are found. ‘“‘ There were traces of an old fortification on the

2 ridge where the Indian village had been located, the west end of the

ditch crossing the present highway on the ridge, a short distance
west of the center of the modern village, and remained visible for
several years after 1798.”—Doty, p. 100-2. A separate site, but
perhaps belonging to this, is a cemetery a mile north of Lima vil-
lage where hatchets and knives occur with skeletons. Some skele-

tons were found here in 1822, with earthen pots in their laps filled -

with squirrel bones and corn. Reported by Mr Reynolds who took

_ his account from Doty. Of the first site, the latter says that the
- pipes had human faces, deer and other heads. This is supposed by ©

some to be Greenhalgh’s Keinthe of 1677. Squier. says that the
_ cemetery was large and partly covered by the present village.
~ Raymond Dann describes a village on the electric road, half way

— between Honeoye Falls and Lima.. The cemetery was on a knoll

_.fising from a swamp. The relics are modern, but include an uv-

usual number of discoidal beads. A place west of this is called Fort
Hill, and has modern relics in small numbers.

is! 7 There was a stockade in Livonia two miles northeast of Livonia

- Aor
a. os

cea 3c :
ad <r pat hte
‘ee

ee

_ The spot was covered with shrubs at the settlement by the whites

82 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

on a broad swell of land not commanded by adjacent hights, and’a
fine spring had a basin of loose stones. There were large cemeteries
on the north and west with recent articles. The area was I0 acres
and length to5o feet.—Squier, p. 91-92, pl. 14, no. 2. The plan is
given in fig. 55. Doty seems to describe this as in Avon two miles
north of Livonia center and on the farm of John Caton and Jolin
Clary, but that town is too far west for his location if this was in-
tended. Beads, stone axes and hammers are yet found. He calls
this the early Gannounata (Dyudoosot), which is commonly as-
signed to Ontario county.—Doty, p. 72

8 Three miles eastward was a large work now obliterated witeh
is said to have been octangular.—Squier, p. 93 |

g There was a work of at least 16 acres on a commanding hill in
Livonia, three miles northeast of Livonia village on Mr Haddock’s
farm. It was a long oval earthwork with four gates, one opening
toward a fine spring, and was one and one half miles northward of
no. 8.—Squier, p. 62, pl. 8,no. 1. The plan is given in fig. 58.

On James Haydock’s farm, and the timber on it was quite small
in 1806.—Doty, p. 71

10 On Fort hill, 30 rods northeast of Bosley’s mills and by the
Avon road near the outlet of Conesus lake, was a line of banks.

and European articles occur.—Doty, p. 73. Apparently the site of
1779 but occupied earlier.

11 Conesus or Gahnyuhsas was a small Seneca village half a mile
south of the head of Conesus lake. Pouchot called it Onistade.—
Doty, p. 96

2 “It is said that a mound containing a large number of human ~
bones occurs near the head of Hemlock lake in the township of r
Springwater. At various places in the county large cemeteries are
found, but most, if not all of them, may with safety be referred to_
the Senecas. Indeed many articles of European origin accompany
the skeletons.”—Squier, p. 63. Southeast of the lake two and one:
half miles.—Doty, P. 72

13 Dyuhahgaih, an Oneida village which adhered to the English
in the revolution, was on the east bank of the Genesee a mile below
North’s mills——Doty, p. 97-98

~

poe ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK ~ | 83
ar ‘a ;
‘+4 On Austin Wadsworth’s Big Tree farm were two early burial

mounds of interest. They are described in the Report of the U. S.
bureau of ethnology, 1890-91, p. 515.

eae Ohagi was a Tuscarora village of 1779, on the west side of the
: _ Genesee river two or three miles north of Cuylerville——Morgan, p.
ee 454-
__river.—Doty, p: 84. A note to Sullivan’s Campaign says, “ Several
writers claim that Canawaugus on the west side and Ohadi and Big
Tree on the east side of Genesee river were destroyed in this cam-
*paign.
af ing on the east side of the river, nor is mention made of any portion

It was a mile north of Big Tree town on the west side of the

No villages are-mentioned in any account as exist-

of the army being on that side— Sullivan, p. 133
16 Gaundowaneh or Big Tree was a Seneca village on a hill one
mile north of Cuylerville—Morgan, p. 434.
- of the river on the farm of E. P. Slocum in Leicester, and was the
last town occupied by the Senecas.—Doty, p. 85-86
17 Deonundagaa or Little Beard’s town was a Seneca village west

It was on the west side

of the Genesee at Geneseo. Ga-nah-da-on-twa was another Seneca
village near this.—Morgan, p. 434. Genesee Castle was the great
village of the Senecas, between Cuylerville and the Genesee in the
town of Leicester. It is Chenandoanes on Evans’s map of 1776, was
mentioned as Chenandanah in 1754 and is often called Little Beard’s
town. Sullivan said that it had 128 houses, mostly large and ele-
gant.— Sullivan, p. 133. Dyu-non-dah-ga-seh, Steep Hill creek, is
best known as Beardstown and was in the east part of Cuylerville.
There was a cemetery a mile south on Hiram Jones’s farm. Relics
are still found on the old village site—Doty, p. 87-88. After
De Nonville’s invasion the Senecas had a large town at the mouth of

Canaseraga creek. It was moved near Cuylerville and 100 years
p= ago was called Little Beard’s town and Genesee Castle—Harris, p.
P33 |

18 Geneseo, or Chenussio, is a recent village in a way, and Gen.
J. S. Clark makes it the successor of the town above mentioned at
the mouth of the Canaseraga. Sullivan, p. 132. Gath-she-gweh-oh,
-a Seneca village near Williamsburg at the mouth of Canaseraga
creek.—Doty, p. 99. At the confluence of the Canaseraga and

=

_ ie aor 3 ;
ie ey SS Ae we, ee

“.

2. eas

< Ae +
one 4

ee =." ; J
a Sy Se ae S ag PS y' +
en Le ee a eS ee ee ee ey

——
ele

ae

cS

=

sles Se es ee ee
6 et ee a. ee Coe ee

= aera ane
ae _

84 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Genesee and east of the latter. In old maps and journals it appears :

as Chenussio and Zonnesschio, and was the home of the trouble-
some chief Gaustarax.—Doty, p. 132 :
19 F. H. Crofoot, of Sonyea, says the old Seneca council- house

was on the east side of the river, half a mile south of Geneseo. A -

mile farther was a large village at a spring. This had early relics.

Half a mile farther, at Fall brook, is a recent site of 30 acres.

20 On the farm of Mr Brimmer west of the Geneseo and Mount
Morris road and 20 rods south of the road to Jones’s bridge is an
inclosure of two acres.—Doty, p. 77... Two parallel banks across a
ridge between two ravines two and one half miles south of Geneseo
and 60 or 70 rods west of the Mount Morris road leading to Jones’s

bridge across the Genesee.—Keynolds, p. 515. Apparently the same. —

There are no relics. The site at the mouth of Canaseraga creek
F. H. Crofoot describes as the largest but one near the Genesee
river. It has a frontage of half a mile on the creek and river, and
extends back 50 rods. The relics are of a recent nature. A mile

south of this and on the east bank of the creek is a similar site of.

about five acres. Still another is a mile farther south, on the same
side with an area of six to eight acres.

21 Ganundasa was a village at Moscow in Leicester.—Morgan,
Pp. 435. A site of 10 acres, one and one half miles south of Fall
brook, has both early and recent relics, and some pieces of steatite
vessels. che

22 Squakie Hill is on the west side of the river opposite Mount
Morris, and there was a council house there. Also a cemetery.—
Doty, p. 89. “The White Woman’s spring” was unearthed there
Aug. 18, 1898. The stone which covered it had many figures on it.
This is near White’s canning factory.

23 At Mount Morris an old mound was opened in 1835, which
contained skeletons and early stone and copper articles. Some were

of polished slate—Barber, p. 248. Doty however says it was re-
moved in 1820 and was on the site of Gen. Mills’s residence. It was
100 feet in diameter and 8 or Io feet high. Skeletons, arrowheads,
brass kettles and knives were found. The place was not called
Sonojowauga after the chief but from a large brass kettle used in

Cae ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 85
Bae
es - distilling —Doty, p. 95. . It was the only recent Seneca town on the
east bank of the Genesee—Morgan, p. 437. Judge Porter knew of
~ two earthworks on “ Smith and Jones’s flats,” near Mount Morris.—
in S quier, p. 61. Works on flats are elsewhere rare. A slide east of
the Genesee exposed many human bones when Mary Jemison first
came to the valley.
_--—s-.24:- “ Gathsegwarohare was seven miles directly west of Kanagh-
saws on the east side of Canaseraga creek about two miles above its
confluence with the Genesee.” It is at present occupied by the
“Hermitage ” and was the home of the Squakie Indians in 1779.—
Sullivan, p. 132. On the east bank of Canaseraga creek, 2 miles
_ from its exit from Groveland, Mr Crofoot reports camps on both’
sides of aravine. There are early relics but no pottery. ay
25 Ganasegago was at Dansville——Morgan, p. 435. Kanuskago te
was the door of the Six Nations, (1756) whence none before had
come to Fort Johnson.—Doc. hist. N. Y.7:57. Many metallic relics
¥ were found there.—Doty, p. 93. “ Before the revolution, according
to tradition, a battle took place on a hill a few miles distant, between

the Canisteo Indians and those living in this vicinity, during which Rye
a chief of the latter was killed. When the whites first settled here : np

_ the spot where he fell was marked by a large hole dug in the earth ae N
_ -in the shape of a man with arms extended. An Indian trailled by | a

the place and the Indians on passing were always accustomed to s
clear away the dry leaves which had blown in. This chief was ‘ i

buried in an old Indian burying ground, which stood on the vite of ~ | aa

the present Lutheran church which was thickly covered with graves Mg ;

to the extent of two or three acres. His monument consisted of a |
large pile of small stones, gathered from time to time by the natives
from a hill a mile distant, who, on passing, were accustomed to take
one in their hand and add to the heap.”—Barber, p. 250-51. Two
rows of parallel holes, possibly for palisades, were two miles north

of Dansville—Doty, p. 79. Half a mile west of Dansville, south of

_ the Ossian road, was a fort where clay vessels and pipes, ashes, o ae
" skeletons and articles of stone and horn have been found.—Doty,
_ p.75. It was west of Canaseraga creek, and fig. 88 shows Mr Doty’s
eo) plant | ,

es ee AC ee URN 2 Oe TR ie aye 4 7 eae -, Aes ~ £ ry, ex ¥ ed 4% Vat i, ch ee ety ee “i oy,
raha Po a oi a Kean ‘ i Wadena aa hu Pain hue SL RSE ERA nig i! ei ny pate ae BE:
anes ap orat te Si Bes a
iit pian ; : : Ry by

Byes : . tee oe

ee » ; }

86 _ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM | RP hic, ane ble
26 A circular mound of black earth and cinders once stood a few _
rods east of the Havens’s tavern, on the road from Dansville to 3

Groveland. The earth was scraped into a ee pit near by. —Doty,

Pp. 76
27 Another similar but smaller mound was on the road between

Dansville and Scottsburg in Sparta.——Doty, p. 77

28 The remainder are reported by Mr Crofoot, three being on the
east side of Canaseraga creek. One of seven acres is five and a
half miles from the town line of Groveland, measured along the
creek, and seems Bes! old. Fragments of worked steatite are found
here. ;

29 Close to the creek and two and one half miles south of the
last is a site of half an acre, and 2 miles farther is another of four
acres. ‘

30 A mile south of the Groveland station of the Delaware, Lack-
awanna and Western railroad is a site of 15 acres, on both sides ofa a

ravine, with early implements, including steatite.

31 The remaining sites are on the Craig Colony lands, near Son-
year station: they were reported by Mr Crofoot. Here he places

* Sonoyawa, on the west side of Kishaqua creek, and near the Erie
s railroad station. The relics are early and the ashes deep. The

Senecas camped there recently, which may account for some modern.
ay articles. The site contains more than 20,acres. The bluff above
| the new laundry building was occupied for summer camps, and
another camp was at the new industrial building. Flint implements.
occurred from the old sawmill to the railroad station.

Madison county. The early homes. of the Oneidas were in this
county and most of the later ones. They were near Munnsville, and
just east of Oneida creek when Van Corlaer visited them in 1634.
His is our first account of their town. They received the Tuscaroras
, into their ample domain early in the 18th century. David Zeis-
oe j berger gave the names of several Tuscarora villages on the main
| trail, one of which has survived. :

1 A small burial and fishing place at Oneida lake on the east bank
of Chittenango creek. Bone relics.

2 A camp with flint implements and flakes on the east side of
Chittenango creek, east of lot 15, Manlius. A little north of this —

Far» Nowy TUN ye it em vay # te he ors Kas Roo Tol ied ee yf: PY te ide mi =» +
“st APRA? Ree Ce a ‘4 me nr “hee ws ate * : rt

Tit ; ay atye an

/ : : fy, ;

,

ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 87

was a stockade on a high bluff at a bend of the stream, perhaps the

one built by Sir William Johnson for the Tuscaroras, this being then

called Tuscarora creek. The Turtle tree was there.

3 A trail from Oneida to Chittenango crossed the creek a little
above the turnpike bridge and passed by an old stockade and

orchard on Col. Sage’s farm near Chittenango village——Clark,
-1:384. The farm was once known as the Moyer and later as the

‘Osgood farm.—Hammond, p. 602. Perhaps the Zeniinge of Zeis-
berger.

4 Acemetery north of Cazenovia lake sac two miles east of Oran,
on the Hitchcock farm. Recent articles. There are lodge sites

Nalse:

5 Many small camps at the head of Cazenovia lake and many

signs of recent tillage.

6 The plan of the stockade west of Cazenovia village in Clark’s

~ Onondaga and copied by Squier, is too large and wide. Fig. 60 by

the writer represents the actual form, It is on the Hunt farm and
is on a narrow ridge between two deep ravines. It was occupied

_ not far from 1600 but no European articles have been found. A

barbed bone fishhook suggests some knowledge of Europeans.

- Pottery with human forms and faces as ornaments, and some

peculiar clay pipes are among the relics. The post holes across the
ridge at either end from north to south are yet (1898) distinct. The

east line is about 330 feet long and the length from east to west

about 790 feet, rapidly descending the ridge. Nearly midway the
width is about 100 feet. There is one gate near the northeast
corner and two at the west end. The total area is about four and
one half acres. There are caches at the west end.

7 Lodges and relics occur near the village at the foot of Caze-
novia lake and there was a fish weir in the outlet. There are also

| confused stories of a fort in the village. x
ve LW. Ledyard reported a fort on the Swetland farm nite
four miles southwest of Cazenovia village whence he had a fine

grooved stone. ‘He could give no farther account of it, but it has

_ since been reported to the writer as a circular earthwork four miles

oe > , Pe a

88 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

south of Cazenovia and one and one half miles east of Delphi. It |
has flint arrowheads. . Cee |

9 Mr Ledyard said there were graves on Quarry hill two miles
southeast of Cazenovia. This may refer to a place on the Jackson
farm one and one half miles southeast of Cazenovia village where
A. G. Richmond got a large grooved boulder in 1897. This lay a
little west of a comparatively modern Indian village site.

10 Mr Ledyard reported an inclosure three miles northeast of
Cazenovia village, east of Bingley and near the quarry. This or
another has been described a mile west of Fenner. In the History
of Madison county, p. 200, a breastwork with early relics is men-
tioned east of schoolhouse no. 5. A skeleton was found in 1861
while placing a flagstaff at the school.

11 The Nichols’s pond site in Fenner three miles east of Perry-
ville, has been thought the fort attacked by Champlain in 1615 and
has more points of agreement than others. The identification is
due to Gen. John S. Clark of Auburn, but the site is in the Oneida
territory, not the Onondaga. A limestone boulder on the site and’
near the pond and which is over 12 feet long, is probably the original
Oneida stone. The usual Iroquois articles are found but no traces.
of a palisade. Four lines of pickets may have furnished their
own support without holes. The stockade must have extended
some distance into the very shallow pond, now sometimes dry, im
order to secure an abundant supply of water. This is but a few
inches deep. Ridiculous estimates have been made of the size of
the village, which was not more than 500 by 700 feet, not including”
the pond. The site is a low plateau, extending over 800 feet from
the road on the east to the inlet and low Jand on the west. Relics.
‘occur only on the west side; nothing appears in the stony ground
eastward. The northern part is a thin woodland, and no traces were
found in a plowed field south of this and 500 feet from the west
~ bank. The village was confined to that part:east of the inlet. Not
far from the mouth of this the outlet leaves the pond, flowing east
southeast. Some caches appear on the northeast bank. The site
is secluded, with no natural defense. The low lands on the west are
subject to overflow, but the site fairly agrees with Champlain’s ac-

”

te 2 ~
. . hy DD
‘ Saint ee
i Le at Woh i

iyo

ee hae pwerse “Sal ‘ ad ily he co. te DD AWE pd Cn ne ne’ vey. ef gg
ARENA iia On iy ney mee Te een Beene ieee ne, ant
\ te ; MER ASA wh MK
f ise ae eet vel oe Ws Lae aye AMY Ee aay) “yy 7
o* / os ’ q < »,
f iene, ‘’

ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK | 89

count. The Onondagas were then living near Limestone creek.
Fig. 59 is a general plan of the site by the writer, who has carefully
examined it twice. Till recently only prehistoric articles have been
reported there, but in 1899 several French iron axes were found,
confirming its reputed date.

12 Clay and stone pipes are found along the ridge in Lenox, a
little farther north, but it is impossible to locate a work described
and figured by Mr Schoolcraft. He places it in Lenox 10 miles
northwest of Oneida Castle, which would be in Oneida lake. It
should read southwest. He adds that it was on a stream a few
miles above an iron cupola, probably Lenox furnace. He thought
it a French fort, but his plan is unsatisfactory and the real traces
seem aboriginal. It may have been near Merrillsville or on the
other branch of the creek. |
13 Near Wampsville in Lenox there was an Indian village since
the white settlement.—H ammond, p. 489

14 The Oneidas moved northward in the 18th century, but still
clung to their ancient valley and its vicinity. Canowaraghere, or
Kanoalohale, the present Oneida Castle, was new in 1762, the old
castle being still retained. This was 12 miles from Oneida lake, and
a fort was built there. There were then two villages one being near
the lake. The fort seems to have been east of the creek.

15 On the hills directly south of Oneida Castle, and two or three
miles distant, is a reputed battle ground from the abundance of
arrowheads and which is probably a village site.

16 Canaseraga was the principal Tuscarora town, but may not at
first have occupied the present site. In 1792 it was west of the-
creek, and so many Oneidas lived with the Tuscaroras that it was
often called the Oneida town. There were many houses there when
the whites came, 10 or more on the hill west of the creek.

17 A large deposit of human bones is on Dunlap’s farm in the
northeast part of Stockbridge and there are graves on William
Smith’s farm.—Hammond, p. 733

18 A fort in the southwest part of Stockbridge.—French, p. 393.
This seems one reported by Gerritt Smith. A curved bank and
ditch are said to remain, but the accounts given the writer indicate

go NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

a natural formation, with actual relics and some possible occupation _

ona hillside.

19 Near Munnsville and east of Oneida creek the Oneidas lived a
long time, removing short distances as occasion required. They were
in that vicinity when Van Corlaer visited them in December 1634.
This is the first record of them as a distinct people. Gen. James
Grant Wilson accidentally discovered his journal a few years since
and had it translated and published. From this a few notes regard-
ing the town are given. “ Before-we reached the castle we saw
three graves, just like our graves in length and height; usually their
graves are round. These graves were surrounded with palisades
that they had split from trees and they were closed up so nicely that
it was a wonder to see. They were painted with red, white and
black paint; but the chief’s grave had an entrance, and at the top of

_ that was a big wooden bird, and all around were painted dogs and

deer and snakes and other beasts. We marched boldly to
the castle, where the savages opened to let us pass, and so we

marched through them by the gate, which was three and a half feet

wide, and at the top were standing three big wooden images like
men, of carved wood, and with them I saw three scalps fluttering in
the wind. . .This castle has two gates, one on the east and
one on the west side. On the east side a lock of hair was also hang-

ing, but this gate was one and a half feet smaller than the other one

. This castle is situated on a very high hill and was sur-
rounded by two rows of palisades. It was 767 paces in circum-
ference. There are 66 houses but much better, higher and more
finished than all the others we saw. A good many houses had
wooden fronts that are painted with all sorts of beasts. There they
sleep, mostly on elevated boards, more than any other savages.”

In 1677 Greenhalgh said that Oneida was “about 20 miles from
a small river which comes out of the hills to the southward and runs
into Lake Teshiroque, (Oneida) about 30 miles distant from the
Maquaes river, which is to the northward. The town is newly
settled, double stockaded, but little cleared land.” 20 miles should
be two from Oneida creek. In 1696 De Vaudreuil encamped on
Oneida creek “within a (French) league of the village.” Next

»

‘ ane:
te °s
eae 2) ed
ye » t
“ie iain)
ave Ar , a at Se

ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK gt

Pe: morning he crossed to the east side of the stream and destroyed the

town. The sites in the vicinity will be described under one number.

According to Schoolcraft the Oneida stone was of syenite and ~

stood on a commanding eminence in Stockbridge. The White

stone at the spring was also known as this. This had been placed in

a fence by Job Francis, the owner. Another noteworthy stone of
limestone was on Gen. Knox’s farm a mile or more south.—School-

craft. Report, p. 46-48. The truth is that there were several of these
stones, and some were portable. There is a tradition that the

Oneidas carried one to Wisconsin, but this is denied there. French
describes it as a boulder of gneiss on the farm of James H. Gregg in
Stockbridge, and now at the entrance of Utica cemetery.—French,

p. 458. Mr Kirkland said it was a stone which a strong man could.

carry, standing by a chief's door but sometimes placed in a tree.
None of these seem to agree with the Council rock east of the

_e¢reek and southeast of Munnsville. It is said to have been carried

away piecemeal. ‘Thomas Rockwell settled on East hill in Stock-
bridge in 1813. The Council rock was on, his farm which has

been known as Prime’s hill. 50 acres of this, including the council

ground, were sold by him.”—-Hammond, p. 745. Prime’s hill council
ground in 1805 was a clearing of half an acre with an entrance
through the bushes on the east. In the center was a circle, 20
feet in diameter and two feet above the general level, covered with
fine coals. Within a radius of three miles around were many
graves, with iron axes, brass kettles, pipes, ete Hammond, p. 102

“ There are evidences that the whole range of high hills east of

Oneida creek was once thickly peopled. . . Their burial grounds
have been discovered in several places, from the south line of the .
town (Stockbridge) to the north on this range.” The farms of

Taylor Gregg, Ichabod Francis and William Smith are mentioned.
The articles are mostly recent.—Hammond, p. 731-33. The Council
spring is on the farm of Mary Doxtater at the foot of West Hill—
Hammond, p. 743 :

20 Under this is placed a group of sites northeast of Munnsville.
French says there was a burial ground a mile southeast of that
place on the hillside. There is a small one there, but the reference

~ a
4
as

PR SN ee ee aE ntl poner A ee

rey

at
e

G2 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

is probably to a site two miles northeast examined by the writer
in 1892. It is northeast of Mr Ellenwood’s house and has abund-
ant modern relics but no brown pottery. Skeletons are rarely
found but it seems a long peopled and rather recent village. A
little south is the Hog’s Back where some have located a stockade,
perhaps doubtfully. Half a mile farther south are old corn hills
in Mrs Cummings’s woods.

21 There were Indian cornfields near Madison lake in Madison,
and an Indian opening in the same town.—Hammond, py 602

22 Woodman’s lake and Leland’s ponds belonged to the Oneida
fisheries when their villages were near. These are in the pine woods
in Eaton.—Hammond, p. 281

23 Many relics have been found at Earlville and Poolville—
Hammond, p. 431

24 The Windfall party built a church in Lenox, three miles south
of Oneida Castle on the road to Knoxville-—Hammond, p. 114.
St Peter’s church also stood on a hill in Vernon, southeast of the
butternut orchard near Oneida Castle. A cemetery was opened
west of the West Shore railroad depot, where the head of each
skeleton rested on a modern brick.

25 In 1794 the Christian party were at the foot of Stockbridge
hill near the Five Chimneys tavern. A few Oneidas remain.

26 At one time 40 families lived near Hatch’s lake and swamp
in the southwest corner of Eaton.—Hammond, p. 293

27 Two miles below: Hamilton was a recent camping ground.—
Hammond, p. 414

28 As late as 1810 some Oneidas lived at Canastota. Some
mounds were reported at Owen’s point, Chittenango creek.

Monroe county. Mr George H. Harris has given an excellent
account of the sites and trails of Monroe county in the first 15
chapters of the Semu-centennial history of Rochester, 1884. Before
his death these were issued separately, and entitled the Aboriginal
occupation of the lower Genesee country. He spared no pains to
make this full and accurate. Mr Squier also did some good work
there.

> - “ft y
ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 93
¢

1 In the town of Greece the Erie canal forms the northern

boundary of George H. Lee’s farm. In digging it in 1820 or

1822, 20.skeletons were found, but no articles with them.—Harris,
Pp. 27

2 Mounds and burial places have been found at various spots
along a supposed trail westward from Hanford’s landing below

Rochester. Large skeletons, copper ornaments, etc. were found in

these. Half a mile east of the Lee farm on that of Samuel Trues-
dale in Greece, several skeletons were exhumed in 1878, one of
these being very large. This was separate from the rest under a
low mound and with a piece of mica and an arrowpoint.—Harris,
p. 26 Le, eee |
3 A mound was reported in Chili a few miles northwest of Scotts-

~ ville.—Squier, p. 60
4 E. P. Clapp reports an early village site half a mile north

northwest of the river-bridge between Scottsville and Henrietta,
east of the river. There are many mussel shells. but no graves.

There is also an old cemetery west of and near Scottsville, in a .
gravel pit. The skeletons are drawn up, but no articles are found
_ except a flat stone at the feet of each. There is another cemetery

80 rods south of the last, with large bones. The faces turn down
and the hands are under the heads. A grave was found half a mile
southeast of Scottsville, a fine pipe lying with the skeleton. Some
pottery occurs farther east.

There was a Seneca village at Scottsville below Ohagi—
Morgan, p. 434

5 Southwest of Rochester and within three miles of Scottsville
in the town of Wheatland were four old works.—Barber, DowerE.
Others say two, and Kirkland visited two in 1798. The first he
found “ about two miles west of Allen’s residence, which was on an
extensive flat at a deserted Indian village near the junction of a

creek (probably Allen’s) with the Genesee, eight miles north of

the old Indian village of Kanawageas and five miles north of the
magic spring, so called by the Indians, (Caledonia) who believed

its waters had the power of petrifying all things subjected to their -

influence. This work inclosed about six acres and had six gates.”

Ee 5 Ae Se sti
a> > al Act

ene ait ae
Sek ale WA:

E;

— Q4 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

.

It was nearly half circular with a natural bank on the fourth
side. There was a covered way to the water—Y ates, p. 15-16.
Squier also quotes this and adds that the usual relics were found.
Half a mile north of this on higher land Mr Kirkland found a
smaller and stronger work. Both had Allen’s creek on one side.
Mr Squier said that nothing indicated these spots “except the

greater abundance of stones on the line of the former embank- .

ments.”—Squier, p. 59-60

6 Frank Kingsbury three miles east of Mumford plowed up
bones in 1898 and then dug up five well preserved skeletons.

7 At the upper Charlotte ferry and near by have been found
arrowheads and stone pestles, bullets, etc—Harris, p. 43

8 A break in the cliff on the east bank of the Genesee, half a
mile below the lower fall, makes a natural landing place which was
a great camping ground. There were two mounds not over 100
feet from the edge of the bluff, which have been levelled, but skele-
tons and relics have been found. This is Brewer’s landing, half
a mile north of Hanford’s which is on the other shore.—Harris,
Pp. 23-26 ;

9g Squier vainly searched for a work between the river and Iron- |

dequoit bay, five miles north of Rochester.—Squier, p. 58. Harris
found this. “An ancient fortification stood near the ford of a brook
which rises in the little vale southeast of Rattlesnake point. It
was the ruins of this fort for which Mr Squier searched in vain in
1848.”—Harris, p. 42

-~

10 Traces of a town and cemetery were found on Daniel Leake’s

farm on the east side below Brewer’s landing.—Squier, p. 42

11 Most of those in Rochester are grouped under this number.
There was an old fort in front of Mr Hooker’s house near Hooker’s
cemetery and North avenue. A large settlement was on the sand
Knolls half a mile west of the Culver farm and near North avenue.
Another large town was on the top of the hill over which Lake ave-
nue passes, and all the slope thence'to the river and north to Han-
ford’s landing was used for camps. Work shops for flint were
numerous toward the river end of Frauenberger avenue. There
were camps at the Indian spring, at the corner of Spring street
and Spring alley, and all the way thence to Hanford’s. Near Elm-

4) Sonn

| ‘ re ad
» wag ss
a” i ha SPRL eS

Pv

ie
!

Ly

rietta.

“ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 95

* ‘wood avenue an early town covered all Oak hill. Stone relics

were found all the way from the feeder down to Red creek. Indian
huts were scattered about the bluff near Franklin and North

- St Paul streets until 1819.—Harris, p. 39-42

az A work at Hanford’s landing then three miles north of

Rochester was “a semicircular embankment the ends of which

extended to the very edge of the immense ravine. . .It had
three narrow gateways placed at irregular intervals.” —Squier, p. 58.
There was no cemetery and the nearest known west of the river
was two miles away.—Harris, p. 41

13 There was a cemetery at the sand cut of the New York Go
tral railroad east of the Allen’s creek embankment. Many skele-
tons and recent relics were exhumed in 1876. “ Between the ceme-

tery and the Pittsford road quantities of stone relics have been

found indicating the site of a prehistoric town. West of this is
located the great cairn of limestones.” —Harris, p. 43. Mr Harris

_~ adds that the Senecas used to fish in some large ponds north of

Mendon Center and many signs of camps occur along Allen’s

creek.—Harris, p. 61

14 Dr A. L. Benedict of Buffalo opened some graves six miles
south of Genesee junction near Rochester. Mr Clapp reports a
site at West Henrietta, near Red creek.

15 There was a village at the present East Rush cemetery.—
Harris, p. 60. Stone implements occur on the Thomas farm, one
and one half miles southwest of East Rush. This is south of
Honeoye creek and near the mouth of Stony brook.

16 Northwest of this and half a mile southwest of West Hen-
rietta Corners was another on Marvin Williams’s farm.—Harris, p.
60. Mr Clapp reports a camp two miles southwest of West Hen-
rietta, just east of Sauger creek. There are fine arrowheads, and
pottery. Half a mile southeast a large stone was found, laid on
a good stone foundation. The stone was 5 by 8 feet across,
and a foot thick. It was covered by eight inches of soil. An old
camp was half a mile southeast of this. A fine pipe and other
relics came from a gravel pit half a mile southeast of West Hen-

a

~ 8s br ~~ al A: Dee } a
3 . =A Kare eae
d~ :

aad io Ph sinc Wee
Gn | NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM —

rods southward. Each was of four acres and had caches and
broken pottery.—Squer, p. 60. Piles of stones of uniform size,

a little larger than a hen’s egg, were found on Isaac-Cox’s farm, ©

one and one quarter miles northeast of West Rush.

Skeletons were found a mile northwest of West Rush. Many iron
tomahawks and war arrowheads have. been found in a slight gully
three fourths of a mile northwest of West Rush, and 12 skeletons
were exhumed in digging a cellar about the same distance north
of that village. Across the road others were found. These were
on the land of Peter Martin and J. B. Hamilton. A little east of
these were early traces of an earthwork. Similar traces have been
reported north of Honeoye creek, over a quarter of a mile north
of West Rush. At another village site half a mile west of West

“Two distinct races have been found; the platyenemic man and

17 Two considerable inclosures were in Rush near the village _ s
of West Rush and on the banks of Honeoye creek, which defended
one of these on one side. The other was on higher ground 100

Rush, between the N. Y. C. railroad and the creek, Mr Clapp says.

also another race. There are many relics in the graves of the

latter. Also pottery, pipes, etc., on the surface.”

18 “On the shore of Lake Ontario on a high bluff near Iron-
dequoit bay in 1796 the bank caved off and untombed a great
quantity of human bones of a large size.”—-Turner, P. & G. p. 428.
It was a natural sand mound west of the present west angle of
the bay. “As late as 1830 human bones of an unusually large

size were occasionally seen projecting. from the face of the bluff -

or lying on the beach.”—Harris, p. 22. Others are placed under
this number. “Two mounds occupy the high sandy grounds to
the westward of Irondequoit bay where it connects with Lake
Ontario. They are small, the largest not exceeding five feet in
height.” They had been opened and only charcoal and pieces of
bones remained. Early relics were on this hight—5Squwier,, p.
50-57, pl. 7, no. 2. Squier’s plan is given im fig. 57. They were
on the hill south of the Sea Breeze hotel about 30 feet northeast
of the observatory. Harris was told that W. H. Penfield opened
them in 1817 and found a “ sword scabbard, bands of silver, belt

re

‘

=

ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK “OF

es “buckles ” and like ornaments.—Harris, p. 46. There was a gully

east of these and a cemetery a few rods beyond. Harris says that
the small island on the west side of the bay on which the Schneider
house stands is of artificial origin. It was elliptic and 17 feet high,

built of alternate layers of clay and sand, which were removed.

In the center 15 feet below the surface was a bushel of fine stone
implements.—Harris, p. 46. The French built Fort des Sables neas
the Sea Breeze site in 1716.—Harris, p. 63 | ,

19 From Irondequoit landing to the lake all is historic according

to Harris. There was an Indian cemetery just north of the float

bridge road with 200 grave mounds in rows. There were great
corn hills in the woods near by and there was a landing place on
Plum Orchard point just below.—Harris, p. 45 |

20 A trail ran near the lake to Sodus. “The village last occu-
pied by Seneca Indians in Webster was located on the ridge near
this path about one mile east of this bay, and the latter day Mis-
sissauges camped on the same ground.” Near this and in a hollow
north of the landing 12 skeletons were found in a circle like the
spokes of a wheel with feet to the center, where were rude stone

telics. Modern relics occur all about Rochester on high lands.

Graves in hollows or ravines have early ones. A mound on a
bluff north of Dunbar hollow yielded many stone iis

_ Harris, p. 45

21 On the east shore of the bay opposite the mounds on the
west side was a large sepulchral mound. Squier, p. 57

22 A trail ran to a salt spring one and one half miles east of
the bay and half that distance from the lake. There the Indians
camped and made salt.—Harris, p. 45

23 Squier could learn nothing of a fort in Penfield mentioned

by Macauley.—Squer, p. 58. Harris identified it with an oblit-
_ erated fort on the sandbar trail north of the ridge and quite large.

The arrowheads were large and broad.—Harris, p. 45

24 Capt. John Schuyler built a trading post at the noted Indian
landing on Irondequoit creek in 1721. The foundations were

found in 1798. This was a place of resort—Harris, p. 67. Half
a mile south of this landing at some springs were many camps and
relics—Harris, p. 39 -

i as a aaa Eat er tk

Si ine sgl wy
‘he = ap |

aay oe
a

ih

fe alg NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

25 There were springs and camps on the west side of this creek aa

near a rift famous as a fishing place.—Harris, p. 43

26 On a sand ridge in the town of Pittsford south of the Iron-

dequoit valley and a mile east of Allen’s creek is a heap of lime-
stone boulders with no others near. The Indians looked on them
with reverence.—Harris, p. 21

27 Greenhalgh said that Tiotehatton was 30 ee west of Cana-
gorah and had about 120 houses mostly large. Harris says
“ Totiakton was distant from Gannagora just 11 miles in a north-
west direction. Its former site was located by O. H. Marshall in

1847.” Its name alludes to the bend in Honeoye creek, on the.

west bank of which it stood. Part of Mr Harris’s general plan
of the site is given in fig. 61. “It is in the town of Mendon on
the northeasternmost bend of the Honeoye outlet two miles north
of Honeoye Falls exactly 12} miles in an air line due south
of the center of Rochester. The ground has been under culti-
vation 75 years, yielding an annual harvest of antiquities. . .
Three cemeteries have been discovered. . . all skeletons
unearthed have been found in a sitting posture facing the east.”
Mr Sheldon found a square stockade of half an acre on the edge

of the bluff and near the creek. It was “built of logs 12 feet

long, set closely together in the earth to the depth of four feet.”
This is a very modern style, though Mr Harris thought it was
made just after De Nonville’s invasion.—Harris, p. 58, 59. This
was La Concepcion of the Jesuits which was burned in 1687. Ac-
cording to George S. Conover it was removed to the vicinity
of Canandaigua and called the second Seneca castle. It was visited
by La Salle, and may have been abandoned soon after.

28 Half a mile east of the village of Penfield on the bank of

Irondequoit creek was a sepulchral mound once about eight feet

high. There was a depression near showing whence the earth had
come.—Squier, p. 57, pl. 8. no. 3

29 A few rods southwest of Rush Junction were many skeletons
ofa large race. There were many pipes and other relics. An
early cemetery half a mile southwest of this had hardly a perfect
skeleton, and no relics. A similar spot is half a mile directly south

ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 99

oe of the last and a few rods from the river. These three are north
of Honeoye creek, and were reported by Mr Clapp. An early
: cemetery was at the mouth of Honeoye creek. Early relics are
scattered along the river thence to Avon and probably farther.
30 The age of this site is somewhat confused. G. S. Conover
thought it.the early Keinthe, and placed it a mile southwest of
“Honeoye Falls. Gen. J. S. Clark gives it nearly the same location, |
_ but more to the north, and calls it the Totiacton of 1687. He identi-
fies Sonnontouan and Totiacton, of missionary days, with a site in
Mendon, one and one half miles north northwest of Honeoye Falls.
He adds, “A second location, and probably the one occupied in
1687 when destroyed by fire, was on the Ball farm, a mile west
of Honeoye Falls village. Here, on a space of about 20 acres,
a great abundance of relics have been found, of copper, glass and
iron, brass crosses, medals and rings, and hundreds of iron axes
Rains evidence of having passed through the fire.” Raymond
Dann, on whose father’s farm the site is, says it is on a little
_ stream flowing into the Honeoye creek near Sibleyville. The site
is of about 20 acres, and he had explored about four acres of the
cemetery. A local story was that this was a Totiacton built after

Be ° °
_ 1687. The writer has carefully examined Mr Dann’s very fine col-

lection of relics and feels certain the village could not have been
built after De Nonville’s invasion. This is the view of both
Conover and Clark, though they differ in identifying the village.
Many of the articles found passed out of use among the Mohawks
and Onondagas before 1650, but others are of a later type. On
the whole it seems reasonable to suppose it one of the villages
destroyed by the French.. A later examination by the writer phoned
two cemeteries and also some neighboring early camps.

31 A cemetery about seven miles southeast of Bergen has some
early relics.

32 A cemetery in Churchville is by the West Shore railroad, and
there are arrowheads toward the creek.

33 All of the following were reported by E. P. Clapp. A camp
west of the river, and 200 yards south of the bridge between Scotts-
ville and Rush. Many flint implements. Many fine arrowheads

100 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

have been found on the Warren farm, one and one half miles south

of Scottsville. Some are serrated.
34 Bony hill, in Wheatland, has its name from the human bones
which covered it when the country was first settled. In digging

the Valley canal in 1839-40, many bones were found, which seemed |

buried in trenches. They were very large. The hill was north
of the Lehigh, and west of the W. N. Y. & Pa. railroad.

went Skeletons were found in a sand pit 150 feet north of the town

line in Henrietta, and 200 feet from the river. A skull and kettle

were plowed up 200 feet east of these. Some skeletons were also.

found on the line of the Erie railroad 200 feet north of the town line.

36 A series of camps occurs on the upper waters of Red creek,

two miles from West Henrietta. |

37 The following are in Rush. A fireplace was found two and a
half feet underground in the river bank, three fourths of a mile north
of the bridge between Scottsville and Rush. A skeleton was found
in a gravel knoll a quarter of a mile north of Scottsville station. Mr
.Clapp says of this, “ Found in a lying position, on right side, head
to the south, hands and feet drawn to the chin. Facial angle of
the lowest type; scarcely any forehead, retreating chin, protruding
teeth. A fireplace was 30 feet from this, under 20 inches of un-
disturbed soil.” A large early village was 80 rods south of Scotts-
ville station, but produced only flint implements and chips.

Another early village was half a mile south of the last. A large

_ village site and cemetery are just west of the Colt pond, one and one
fourth miles south of Scottsville station. .

A cemetery two miles from the river and just south of the
town line between Henrietta and Rush. _

Montgomery county. The Mohawks seem to have entered their
historic valley late in the 16th century, having a few predecessors
at intervals. At first, being refugees from Canada, they sought
retired positions on tributaries of the river, drawing nearer to that
as they acquired confidence and strength. Like all the Iroquois
they moved often and a wide border land separated them from
their enemies on the Hudson river. At one time they had a castle
east of Schoharie creek but were driven from this in 1626 and

Mo te ae alae St alee Se |
i) Ae

| doe Pie tu 7" ‘ple ae o 2 Pst. | Ce ae ’

aI yeaa + ee ae OS a Tu Sh hal" ae re
Ste Leite $450, hte ee ny

4 ork

; be ~

yea

ses ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK IOI

found that stream on the east and the Mohawk on the north con-

_-venient barriers against their foes. Arent Van Corlaer found them

thus grouped within a space of about 14 miles when“he visited
them in 1634. A careful computation makes each of his miles

average about two English miles, and his itinerary, based on this,

is interesting. The first day he traveled 16 miles and lodged near

' Vyoge (Oiogue) a Mohawk word for “at the river,” mentioning

it as a stredm which ran past their castles. Next morning they

went about two miles and crossed this river, following its course ©
westerly for 20 miles farther. When morning came the river was -
-recrossed and they were soon at Onekagoncka, the first castle of

the Mohawks, a mile farther on or about 39 miles from Albany.

‘They then went to Canowarode a mile farther. Senatsycrosy was

passed at the end of another mile and another three miles brought
them to the second castle Canagere, 44 miles from Albany. Two

miles beyond this they forded a deep stream swollen by heavy rains.

A mile beyond was the third castle Sohanidisse, 47 miles from
Albany. A mile farther was Osguage, and another swollen stream
even more dangerous. Cawaoge was-at the end of the next mile.
Two miles beyond was the fourth castle Tenotoge, about 51 miles
from Albany and east of the present Canajoharie. In this space
were four castles and four villages.

That this estimate is approximately correct appears from the
farther itinerary where the miles may have been less exact. They
_ left the river, as was customary, and took the direct but more hilly

trail to Oneida, then a little east of Munnsville on Oneida creek.
The five days’ journeys were respectively 14, 15,15, 16 and 9
English miles on this basis, or 69 miles, making a total dis-

_ tance from Albany to Oneida of 120 miles. The N. Y. C. railroad
distance to that stream is 122 miles. Others make different esti-

mates, but the writer has carefully considered the matter and

believes his statement correct. °

The return march is summarized but the party followed the same
route, finding the cabin burned where they had hoped to lodge
after leaving the lower castle. Four miles by guess, east of that

castle, the savages pointed out a high mountain where they had

Re

102 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM on

had a fort nine years before. Presumably this would be seen to the

southeast, looking across the river from somewhere near Amster-

dam. This was east of Schoharie creek. By retiring to the other ~

side of this and drawing their other villages to the south side

of the Mohawk they were defended by two large streams, which ~ :

was a very great advantage.
Both field work and history testify to these sequen changes.
The castles and villages shifted from side to side of the valley.

They were south of the Mohawk at this time and for many years |

later. In 1677 all were on the north side. When the Mahikan
war was over they lived less compactly and spread up and down
the river. No attempt therefore will now be made to follow these
changes though occasional allusions will be made. | |
Dominie Johannes Megapolensis (1642-70) said that the Turtle
tribe had “ made a fort of palisades, and they call their castle As-
serue. Those of the Bear are next,to these, and their castle is
called Banagiro (Kanagiro). The last (the Wolf) are a progeny
of these and their castle is called Thenondiogo.” In 1677 Went-
worth Greenhalgh said they were all on the north side of the river
and their villages were called Cahaniaga, Ganagora, Canajorha
and Tionondogué. The French knew these by several names. On

Adrian Van der Donck’s map (1656) three castles appear on the

south side of the river. The first is Carenay, the second Canagero,
the third t’Ionnontego. Above the latter and north of the river

is the word Sehanatisse and above the first appears Ounjune or
Assereawe. The maps of 1614 and 1616 place them north of the .
Yiver but they were on both sides at an early day. |

1 A cemetery two and one half miles west of St Johnsville. ta |

2 A modern village and cemetery a mile northwest of Palatine
Church on the Nellis farm.

3 A recent cemetery two and one half miles northwest of Nellis-
ton and north of the river on thé Smith farm formerly Lipe’s.
Northeast were about 20 caches and 50 rods north a village of two
acres with recent relics. This is east of Palatine Church. _

4 A fine and elevated village site east of Garoga creek over-
looking Wagner’s hollow. It is about five miles northwest of

cath isa BAL yr A Ty i hae Otel, Re ET Re
~ ‘ Vr’ a . ie Pr £ - | % ye “at as ne, —w <
x to. ‘ ive al ie ’ : ; ‘ >

es: ae ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 103

_ Canajoharie with an area of several acres and contains recent
articles. :

5 A recent village site in Jonas Rice’s woods two miles east of
Stone Arabia. .

6 About six miles northeast of Palatine Bridge 40 or 50 large
caches are closely grouped in England’s woods. Lodge sites are
near, with early and recent articles.

7 Small recent village on the old Frey farm one and one half
miles west of Palatine Bridge.

8 Recent village on Dewandalied’s om two miles north oF the

same place. | .
9 A curious cemetery fully described Ne 8.9L. (Frey: an te

American naturalist for 1879, p. 637-44. It was explored by him
and A. G. Richmond in 1878. Copper and shell beads were
found and several stone tubes. The graves were all lined with
flat stones and in several graves large stones were placed above.

_ This is a mile east of Palatine Bridge. Prehistoric camps on the

river flats and ridge at Palatine Bridge and for two miles east.

Io A small village twd miles northeast of Palatine Bridge on
the Sitterly farm. Coarse flints and rude pestles.

11 A village at Schenck’s gulf four miles east of Palatine Bridge
and two miles from the river. Perhaps the Canagara of 1723.

12 Another near Yost’s station three miles east of last.

13 A prehistoric site four miles north of Yost’s.

14 In 1667 Gandawagué was the nearest Mohawk village to the
Mahikans, sometimes called Mohegans, who attacked it in 1669.
Gen. J.'S. Clark placed it north of the Mohawk on a high plateau
on the west bank of Cayadutta creek and north of the road to
Stone Arabia. Relics are found. L. H. Morgan said that Gano-
wauga was a small village north of the river at Fonda.

15 There was a recent village at Tribeshill.

16 P. M. Van Epps reported a cache of 100 flints in a bed

of ashes in Amsterdam. They were of the usual cache pattern -

and he knew of similar finds. This was near the east line of the
town and one.and one half miles north of the river.
17 There was an early work in the town of Minden four miles

south of ee ort Plain on the Otstungo creek, a branch of the

oe

SS

104 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM |

Otsquago. A rocky precipice bounds the stream and defends the 4

fort on one side. There is a ravine on the other. About 700 feet

from the point was a bank from side to side, about 240 feet long ©

and slightly curving at the ends. The area was about six acres.
Squier reported European articles but later explorers find none.
His plan is given in fig. 73 but is there reduced. Squier, p. 82, 83,
pl. 12. The articles are fine and of the best Iroquois types. Few
graves have been found.

18 There is a small recent site a mile southwest of Fort Plain.

19 Canajoharie, the middle castle in 1730, was on Prospect hill
in Fort Plain and on the east side of Otsquago creek. ‘There are
many recent graves and relics. This was described in the survey
of 1723 as “the Cassel of Ta-re-gi-o-rus.”” There were one or two
earlier Canajoharies.

20 There are two sites in Happy hollow on Brown’s farm two
miles west of Canajoharie and on the south side of the river. They
have small cemeteries, one old and one recent, with corresponding
burial. Pottery with human figures occurs here as in several other
places. te

21 A fishing hamlet on the south side a quarter of a mile above

‘Canajoharie. Also a large village and cemetery on the hillside

just west of Canajoharie, with recent articles.

22 A recent cemetery on the Van Alstine farm just east of the
east corporation line of Canajoharie. .

23 A small village at Sprakers on a hill south of the river.
Gen. Clark thought this Theonondiogo, the western castle of 1642.
This would correspond with the writer’s estimate for 1634.

24 A small village two miles southeast of Canajoharie.

25 A recent village at Lasher’s two miles east of Sprakers.

26 A village site and cemetery at. or near Auriesville where
Gen. J. S. Clark locates the most easterly town of 1642, on the
south side of the river and half a mile south of Auriesville. “The

_ site is a quarter of a mile from the river on the farm of Victor A.

Putnam 130 or I50 feet above the river.” Here a shrine is a
memorial of the death of Father Jogues. Recent relics are found.
There was a recent village of a temporary character on the hill

' west of Auriesville.

: 27 Tehondaloga, the lower Mohawk castle, was on the west side

~ of Schoharie creek at its mouth—Morgan, p. 416. There was a

modern village at Fort Hunter and relics occur all the way to

- Auriesville, with some graves.

28 Gen. Clark thought Andagoron, the Bear castle of 1642,

was on the south side of the river half way between Sprakers”
_and Auriesville or two miles west of Fultonville. Mr Frey how-
ever placed it at Fultonville in 1666. ,
29 On the north bank of the Mohawk at Amsterdam were paint-

ings on the rocks mentioned by many writers.

30 Four or five miles east of the first castle, a castle was pointed
out on a hill on the south side of the river, where the Mohawks
had lived in 1626. This was in 1635. This hill was east of the

_ Schoharie creek and may be one on which is an angular earth- :

work described by W. Max Reid. Its character is doubtful. —
31 A cache of celts was reported by Isaac Swart north of
the river and about two miles from the east line of the town of
Amsterdam. |

32 A village was on the east side of Kauderback creek in Palatine

and about. 3 miles from the river. A quarry or deposit of flint
chips was a mile south of this.

33 A village near the west line of Mohawk was on the south

side of Briggs’ creek. Another was north of this in the forks of °

Briggs and Wemple creeks. A prehistoric village was on the west

side of Wemple creek and farther north than the last.

34 A village was on the north side of the river, opposite the west
line of Glen.

35 A village on the east side of Martin’s creek was near the river.
Another was two miles northwest of this.

36 A village near Mill Point was west of Schoharie creek. These
five sites were reported by G. W. Chapin, who gave more exact
details of some others.

Nassau county. 1 W. W. Tooker places a fort of the Marsapea-

gues one and one half miles west of Amityville. Lodge sites extend’

westward to Bellmore.

ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK : 105

106 -_ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ©

2 An old village and a single grave were reported at Port Wash= —~?

ington in 1889.

3 Corn fields on Oyster bay had been abandoned in 1650. There ae

are large shell heaps near the shores.

4 Judge Samuel Jones said that when that part of Long Island

was first settled there were two Indian forts on Fort Neck near

Oyster bay. The one on the south part was a square earthwork.

The other was a palisade on the meadow.—Squer, p. 94. One
was stormed by the whites in 1653. Prime says this was built in
1649, and measured 30 by 50 yards.—Prime, p. 96

5 The Rockaways lived in the south part of Hempstead and
left large shell heaps. They had several villages but were prin-
cipally at Near Rockaway. Some were at the head of. Maspeth

. creek and others on Hog island in Rockaway bay.—Thompson, —

p. 67

6 The Merikokes had _a large settlement on Hicks neck and
on other points between there and Merrick.—Thompson, p. 67

7 Warlike implements have been found at Success pond, near
~ Lakeville—Mandeville, p. 94

New York county. Alexander Chenoweth’s discoveries about
Inwood and Harlem excited interest in 1890, and he collected some
good articles. L. W. Calver and J. B. James of New York have
summarized these. and other sites now grouped under a few

numbers. Peedi

1 A large site of about 14 acres in Van Cortlandt park, west of
‘the lake. The relics occurred mostly in bowl-shaped fireplaces two
to three feet deep and wide. Shells were packed in these and four

skeletons were found in them. Nine were buried elsewhere. Pot-_

tery, bone and stone articles were found. These were discovered
in grading in 1890. A shell heap was on the topmost knoll south-
_ east of the lake. SG

2 Shell heap east of Fieldston road and north of W. 247th street.

_. Another north of same street and west of Pascal avenue.

3 Shell heap on the Hudson north of Riverdale station.
4 Shell heap on the Hudson opposite W. 240th street. Others
opposite W. 235th and 232d streets. Fea

Ki ‘ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK _ 107 see .
cat he
5 Chenoweth’s Cold spring site near Harlem river with horn oe Ms
articles and pottery. Cave shelters near on south side. a

6 Wooded knoll with graves northeast of Inwood near Seaman 1 igae
avenue. / ieee ‘fi
Another of these occurs near Dyckman street, and various shell i
heaps are found on the west side of Harlem river near the former Re ‘
site of the Fordham foot bridge. : nea iat

There are shell heaps near Columbia university, below In- pet
wood station, and at the mouth of Spuyten Duyvil creek.

» In. the notes to Denton’s New. York, p.. 26, it is said that eo
the village of Warpoes was on Chatham square and that of i.
Lapinikan at Greenwich. Excavations on Pearl street also reached Ms
old shell banks. In the Goede vroww of Mana-ha-ta, p. 39 Mrs ee
John K. Van Rensselaer speaks of a castle on a hill called Catie- Nea ts

-muts overlooking a small lake near Canal street. The neighbor- i a
hood was called Shell Point. Ve
Niagara county. This county was once occupied by the Atti- Be
wandaronks or Neutral nation of Canada.. Father de la Roche © ose
d’Allion visited them in 1626 and seems also to have been in New | : Rs.
York. He was at Onontisaston and was visited by those of Oua- es
roronon living a day’s journey from the Seneca border.—Le Clerq, p. *
268. There was a town near the Niagara called Onguiaahra. When } ee
the Jesuits visited them in 1640 the New York towns are referred _ per
to again. “On this side of the river (in Canada) and not on the ra. i
other, as some map marks it, are the greater number of the towns : St
of the Neutral nation. There are three or four beyond, arranged if bs
from east to west toward the nation of the Cat or the Erieehro- . 4
_hons.”—Jesuit relations, 1641, p. 71. This accounts for European : -,
relics toward Niagara river. Afterward it became Seneca territory. mete “a
1 There was a small Seneca village near the mouth of Niagara ie i
Tiver in 1718.—Doc.. Hist. N.Y. 9:885:. This was Oniagara but cca s
they frequented the river much earlier. Early relics occur. | i a
2 The rocky fort of Kienuka is on the Tuscarora reservation \ %
three and one half miles from Lewiston, on a spur of the mountain ®)

ridge. “A burial ground and two elliptical mounds or barrows’
that have a diameter of 20 feet and an elevation of from four to

{

Ay >

DTV ee > Sa eed geen gate ae
ae aa wits <i er ate zh De eat ’
ae tec sf a tar § Pa Be .

ae eae

‘

108 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

five feet. The sites of habitations are marked by remains of pot- |

tery, pipes and other evidences.”—-Turner. Hol. p. 26. Schoolcraft
gives a plan and description but it may refer to a mere rocky ledge
with a village site. Gen. Lincoln gave an account of the two
Tuscarora villages at that place in 1793. Land had been cleared
and they found “a wall around it, the banks of which were visible
at this time.” Stone axes were obtained.—Mass. Must. 5:127. This
may have been the work examined by Mr Reynolds on the north

line of the reservation. Its area was one and one half acres and.

there was no wall on the north. A recent monumental stone heap
was near it—U. S. bur. of eth. p. 512

3 A quarter of a mile west of this fort were 118 pits.—U. S. bur. |

of eth. p. 513

4. Three ossuaries half a mile west of the fort, with 100 skeletons
and three copper rings in one. This was 9g feet in diameter.—U. S.
bur. of eth. p. 513

5 Near Tonawanda creek and two miles east of Hoffman’s sta-
tion was a camp site.

6 Several skeletons were exhumed at the Lewiston end of the
. electric road in April 1895. Pipes and arrowheads were found.
Mr Larkin mentioned two large burial mounds in this town.

7 There are traces of Indian graves on Goat island.—French,

P. 450

8 A mound in the town of Wilson contained human bones, and
was I0 or 12 feet high and 100 feet around. It was three quarters
of a mile from the lake-——Macauley, 2:113 ; |

g A mound, fort and cemetery were on a ridge in Cambria, eight
miles. east of the reservation. ‘Turner saw the mound opened in
1823. Six acres were occupied, with a wall in front om the circular
verge of the mountain. In the center was an ossuary four or
five feet deep “filled with human bones, over which were slabs
of sandstone. Hundreds of both sexes and all ages seem to have
been thrown in promiscuously. Numerous barbs or arrow points
were found among the bones and in the vicinity. . . Rude frag-
ments of pottery, pieces of copper and iron instruments of rude work-
manship have been plowed up within the area; also charred wood,

Sa
Mart
rome of 3.

.
ey

ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 10g

corn and cobs.”—Turner. Hol. p. 27. Compare this with the ac-
count of Huron burial in Jesuit relations and allied documents.
Schoolcraft and Squier quote this, the former adding that the pit
was 24 feet square.

to Mr Reynolds examined a stone mound in 1889 on Mr Sharp’s
land a mile west of Lockport—U. S. bur. of eth. p. 512

1m Also a mound at Gasport.

12 A circular mound was once on the upper end of Tonawanda
island. Bones, arrowheads and beads were found.—Turner. Hol. p.
34. A larger mound once 15 feet high was opened by Squier in
1848. Below was
within which were small heaps of bones each comprising three or

‘

“a circle of stones perhaps Io feet in diameter,

_ four skelétons. The bones are of individuals of all ages and had evi-
dently been deposited after the removal of the flesh. Traces of
fire were to be discovered upon the stones. The skulls had been
crushed by the superincumbent earth.”” There were bone and horn
articles—Squier, p. 97

13 Open air workshop opposite Tonawanda island at the mouth
of Tonawanda creek. About an acre strewn with flint—Turner.
Hol. p: 34. Others occur on the river. ; :

14 Dr A. L. Benedict furnished the following without notes.
On Cayuga island south of La Salle station Niagara Falls.

15 Near the railroad and river a little northwest of North Tona-
wanda. :

A ring fort was reported in the Pioneer history of the Holland
purchase of western New York p. 29 at the head of a deep gorge
a mile west of Lockport. On examination Mr Reynolds thought
this natural. |

Oneida county. Very little of this county was occupied at first
by the Oneidas whose homes were mostly in Madison county. —
Some later villages were in the western part. North of the Mohawk
river are a few small villages and camps of earlier tribes.

1 There were Indian camps toward Oneida lake on Wood and >
Fish creeks and specially on the ridge where the Royal blockhouse
stood. These were early. In August 1899, Dr Hinsdale made
some explorations near Sylvan Beach and found a large workshop,

ILO } _ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

and a fishing hamlet well provided with flat sinkers. An ordinary

village site had early relics. A large site was found on the south
side of Fish creek near the mouth, with a cemetery, and he reports

another cemetery.

2 Graves with European articles were found in 1891 near the —
shore of Oneida lake. A fort and burial place were two miles
south of Oneida lake on Oneida creek of which the writer has |

often heard. Schoolcraft said that traces of the fort still existed.

It was on the farm of James Sterling a little south of Oneida Valley,
near the southeast angle of the lake. On the east side of the ©

creek skeletons and recent relics occur. This may have been the
village at the lake. mentioned in Belletre’s expedition.

3 Indians lived in Annsville quite recently. At the forks of.
Fish creek hearths were exposed by the washing of the banks and ~
large potsherds were found three feet under ground. Stone im-

plements occur in the town.—Jones, p. 82. The Oneidas held their

annual fishing feast here in the spring, using hurdles.—Jones, p. ration
4 W. S. Valiant reported many camps and relics as well as
burial places in and about Rome. The finer relics do not appear, —

as the tide of early travel did not set that way. Some banks near
Rome are of doubtful origin.

5 Burial place of whites and Indians west of Fort Bull and south

of the canal.

6 Camps on Canada, Mud and Whittle’s creeks and on Brandy
brook near Rome. Small sites are frequent and were explored by
Mr Valiant.

7 An early village site on Steuben creek, six miles northeast of
Holland Patent, near the mouth of the creek. The sites in this
prehistoric group average about an acre and were reported by
H. A. Pride of Holland Patent. |

8 One west of Steuben and north of the creek.

9 One at Trenton village four miles east of Holland Patent and is

on Cincinnatus creek.

10 A village east of Holland Patent and quite near it on the south

side of the creek.
11 A village west of South Trenton.

beara Gey sie oss. OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK : IIt

12 One near Stittville on the east side of the creek and half way

between the next and Holland Patent.

i a 13 Two small hamlets west of the Nine Mile creek and near its

_ mouth in Marcy. One was quite near the creek, the other farther

me west and opposite the Oriskany monument. There are othefs in

this town not definitely located.

3 14 In enlarging the canal in Oriskany in 1849, 10 or more skele-

, tons were found in logs hollowed out by burning. They had
~ medals and ornaments. One medal of George 1 was dated in 1731.

The others were dated from 1731 to 1735. In two instances the

heads of three or four-skeletons were placed together and the bodies

radiated from these. There are ear and nose ornaments of red

slate and some pipes.—Jones, p. 829
+» 15 A recent cemetery on the north side of the Mohawk opposite |

eerie mouth of Oriskany creek. The tradition is that the Indians
who fell at Oriskany were buried there. The relics Mr Pride found
~ there however were all early. | |
_ 16 On the north bank of the Mohawk, in Marcy and half a mile
east of Oriskany, .a spot on the table-land was called the castle. On
_ this was a second growth of timber.in 1796. Iron axes were found
_ there and from 20 to 30 deep caches. A low mound was 18 inches ©
“high and from 8 to Io feet across.—Jones, p. 244
17 A line of lodge sites extends all through Marcy to Deerfield
on the terrace north of the river. All but one are early. One is
midway and none have pottery. Articles rude. :

18 Three skeletons were exhumed near Hamilton college. The
middle one lay in an opposite direction to the others and had a
metallic cross on the breast.—Jones, p. 829 |
19 After the revolution the Oneidas left Oriskany and part came

_ to the Mile square in Augusta, which had long before been occupied
a By them.—Jones, p. 96
' 20 Near Oriskany creek on both sides in Marshall ad Kirkland
lived 400 Brotherton Indians mostly near Deansville.—Jones, p. 247
| 21 Hatch’s mound, west of Rome and near Green’s Corners, is
me reputedly of Indian origin but this is more than doubtful. A small
mound and excavation near may be artificial.

112 - NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

22 There was a recent fort on Cranston’s farm at Oneida castle —

east of the creek, probably the one built by Johnson in 1756. St
Peter’s Indian church was there also before the Oneidas went to

Green Bay. The cemetery west of the station was cut into by the

West Shore railroad.

23 “At the orchard the first Methodist mission house was built.
The orchard is an old and very large one situated in the southwest
corner of Vernon. It was set out by the Indians long before the
arrival of the first white settlers, it being apparently an old orchard

in 1794.” The noted Orchard party had its name from this.— .

Hammond, p. 114

24 Dr Hinsdale reported a large site less than a mile west of the

village of North Bay, with stone relics.

25 He found a large straggling site near the mouth of Oneida ©

creek, and another large village half a mile from the mouth, with
early articles of bone, clay and stone. Net sinkers are common
near the mouth of the creek.

Onondaga county. This county was the historic center of the
powerful Iroquois league and there the great council fire burned,
though not always in the same place. For nearly or quite a cen-
tury the Onondaga towns were on the hills bordering the valley of
Limestone creek. About 1690 or a little earlier they shifted to the
east bank of the Butternut creek, a mile south of Jamesville. The

next half century found them in the Onondaga valley east of the |

creek, but by 1750 nearly all were on the west side. Their.present
location is quite recent. While part of this nation seem to have
been immigrants but little over three centuries since, it is probable
that they united with some of the same family who had preceded
them, settling near Seneca river. Another group of this family was
in Elbridge but may not have united with them, their natural as-
sociations being farther west.

Preceding the Onondagas and their kindred, and mainly in the
northern towns, were those visitors who left so many interesting
relics on the Seneca and Oneida rivers and the adjacent lakes and
streams. These came from many places, but when, we can not

tell. In this field the writer has worked for many yéars with the

Wat 1.” ee = aed OY © SA eee sy PF >* = ae =a... 10te' © @ an * 5. OS ee
ce ras aa We Mo ic ; ; .
~ é

- ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 113

- hearty aid of conscientious collectors, and perhaps no part of New

York has been given more thorough and systematic study, though

a vast amount yet remains to be done. Its navigable rivers and

abundant fishing places drew many here at an early day, while

others found safety in its hills. °,

1 Camps with the usual early relics in Lysander, lot 42, on the

west side of the Oswego river at Phoenix. There was also a

fishing village there in 1654 at which Father Le Moyne stopped.
2 Two camps or more on the land.of D. Porter and A. Haikes,
lot 71, on the west bank of the Seneca river. Early relics and a

little pottery. At this rift the first English military road crossed —
the river. ;

32 A hamlet on a bold hill on A. Start’s farm, lot 70 Lysander.

Arrowheads and pottery.

4 Two hamlets on and by the Adams farm on the west side of
the Seneca river and another north of the mouth of the state ditch,
lot 96. Flint arrowheads and rude stone implements and but little
pottery. ©

5 A village on the Hickey farm, lot 75 with’ fine stone inplements
but no pottery. It is a little back of the river. Just northeast of

this on sandy land are fireplaces with a few arrowheads, drills and

coarse pottery. A small hamlet lies farther west by the Voorhees
brook on lot 74, and near this a cache of flints was found.

6 The above camp on sandy land is on lot 75, formerly U. M.
Kelly’s land. Just below it is a stone eelweir with three bays of
unequal length reaching up the river as it tended toward the north
shore. It was built of field stone and was about 1200 feet long.
It reaches the surface now only in very low water. Part of another

is below the Jack’s reef bridge, and others are fourid elsewhere,
‘as the Onondagas built many within historic times.

7 Ywo hamlets of considerable size on J. Adsit’s land, lot 76
close to the river and on both sides of a brook. They seem dis-

‘tinct and have the usual relics but no pottery. There are several

camps between this and the last.
8 Apparently a stockade town on’ the hilltop back of what was
Charles Emerick’s house and high above the river road on lot 78

“#
os
F,
iy
. \

oe _ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

north of the Seneca river. All the usual relics and abundant pot- os
tery but no drills or scrapers, which are absent from all Iroquois ©
forts. A fine spring on the terrace below. Shells of Unio com-

planatus abound. A bone fishhook was found.

9 Two hamlets and a cemetery on G. A. Bigelow’s land on the.

hill in the north part of Baldwinsville. In the hamlets were pipes,

arrowheads and celts. There were no relics with the skeletons —
which lay horizontally, with the knees drawn up. There were

camps all through the present village.

10 Extensive hamlet on the south side of Float bridge, lot 86
on the east bank of the river. A great deal of pottery with other
relics but no scrapers or drills.

11 A camp south of the railroad bridge and east of the river
on lot 87 with early relics and pottery. On the opposite bank were

fireplaces with pottery. There was another small hamlet. at the —

Red rock rift, lot 93 half a mile below. .
12 A circular earthwork on lot 89 of about three acres is now

obliterated. It was about 360 feet in diameter and the road passes -
through the center. Pottery is abundant with the usual Iroquoian —

articles. It is about three miles from Baldwinsville and one and

one half miles from the river on either side, but flat sinkers are

found, suggesting a question of use. Clark reported a ditch around
it four feet deep with a bank on each side of this, and a gateway.
A man who cleared the land told the writer that there were merely
two broad depressions. It is on level land and there is a small
site half a mile away.

13 Two or three hamlets near the north end of Cold Spring

‘bridge, lot 100 on both sides of the road with abundant relics and

with pottery on the east side. |
14 Three hamlets on the south shore of Cross lake, on ee ais
32 and 33 Elbridge. Stone relics but no pottery. |
15 Three hamlets and scattered lodges on lot 34 mostly on the

Elliott farm. The central one was long occupied and yielded many

fine relics but scarcely any pottery.

16 There was a camp on the river just west of Carpenter’ s brook |

and several east on lot 35. One hamlet was at the mouth of the

ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 115

ae .
* Be ie

ie brook and two farther east on the Bidwell farm. The cemetery

& ; for the latter place was south of the road with both early and recent

oar relics. Clark ‘says, “At Jack’s reef when the whites first settled

e. this town the Onondagas had a large settlement with an extensive

_ clearing and a valuable ‘orchard.”—Clark, 2:328. - No early travelers
mention this. ;

17 Northeast of these on the Somes farm, lot 16 Van Buren
is a hill where relics are said to have been abundant and where
an old settler of good judgment remembered a palisade line. The

__writer found no traces of occupation on the hill but there were
small camps toward the river.

18 Besides scattered sites farther down the Seneca river there
was a hamlet on lot 4 and west of Dead creek. It was an early

i site but not long occupied.

Fe 19 Iwo hamlets were east of Dead creek on the river bank.
These were on the Wright farm, lots 4 and 5 and were quite dif-
ferent in character, the eastern one having rude relics. The west-

ern one probably represented several camps.
; 20 An extensive stockade was on the Crego farm, lot 6 near the
- south bank of the river. The area is about 400 by 500 feet and the
usual relics are found, among the rest the sharp barb of a bone
fishhook and a flat Unio bead. Another stockade was directly
across the river.
| 21 Two hamlets and several camps were on the river bank on
the west line of Baldwinsville, town lot 7. One camp was recent.
_ Others occur at intervals along the river as far as the island. These
‘ are mostly early.
- 22 On the south side in Baldwinsville a village and cemetery were

a little southeast of the village cemetery. Relics are found with
the skeletons. Another village was mostly on the east side of

Syracuse street. A few lodges and graves were on the west side.

All these were on land sloping to Crooked brook. A few rods

southeast was a cemetery in sand loam out of which the writer

saw 20 skeletons taken at one time. No special order was observed
__ in burial but the knees were generally drawn up. Under almost
Ba very head was a small pebble, the loam being free of stones. In

—

position of these mounds west of the outlet.

pe eos ss NEW YORK STATE ayeteee a

laying pipe a few rods southeast of the brides in Tens an extended
but small skeleton was found between two layers of cobblestones. _ She
No articles were in the grave. e | : a

23 There was a circular stockade on L. Tallmage s ink lot 13,

and one and one half miles south of Baldwinsville, south of a small =

stream and west of the road to Warner. A plan is given in fig. — :
75. It occupied a low broad hill, commanded by a higher one
across the stream. It had a gate on the north side, and the —

diameter was about 300 feet. The postholes were a step apart. — a
24 A small hamlet was on Mrs C. Lamerson’s farm, lot 41.
Arrowheads, etc. are found. ~ e x
25 On lot 17 there are lodge sites near the river. z =
26 There are also camps on the farms of Messrs Spore and Pel- a
ton on lot 3 near the river. : A
27 Others occur on H. B. Odell’s farm on lot 2 aaa all along © =
the valley of Dead creek implements are found. *
28 There are lodges near the river on Lester’s and ia s o
farms, lot 14. | - “3
29 In E. L. Tallmage’s woods, lot 21 were two larpe s stone heaps ; =
covering human bones. a
30 Two mounds and two or more hamlets were near the Onon- ~ ee
daga outlet in Geddes. One hamlet now lies east of the present a
outlet. One is on the top of the hill west of this and on the south

ta Ath

side of the road. Camps lie westward of this along the bluff.

The relics are all early. One burial mound in the woods at Long eg
Branch was 12 feet long and 3 feet high when examined by the cae
writer, but was once larger. Six skeletons and some early relics ~~

‘
% Je

nee ee

were afterward taken out. This mound was oblong but the other
was circular and much farther southeast at the base of the sandy __
bluff. In it were skeletons and stone relics. Fig. 89 shows the

31 There were several camps about Pleasant beach near the west ss

shore of Onondaga lake, yielding fine relics and extending from —_
. : ee

the outlet nearly to Nine Mile creek. No Iroquois traces are found -
on the west side of Onondaga lake and but few on the east. . ae
a

32 The Kaneenda site of 1700 is the only recent site near Onon= Sa 2

daga lake except about the old French fort south of Liverpool.

= »* te ar +e
sek eat ices Geta ea ae
. + .

=~ re ee
ety
‘e+ >
.

117

e I a was on the ‘ocak aa here of ie lake, within the city
: ., An early site may be placed with this on an elevated spot
in the marsh west of the creek where Dr Hinsdale has discovered
much 2 Pasha There is also a small early site with see imple- —

3 Pittete: was a recent village as well as a Se aK: not far from the
present high school.
33 There were early and late camps at Brewerton on both sides

of the river and many stone plummets and bone harpoons are
found. Burial places are also found on both sides, the one on the:

hamlets were mentioned by early missionaries.

a

Be. aan 34 There were small camps on lots 32 and 33, Cicero about South
“Bay on Oneida lake, and another farther east on the Eastwood
5 farm lot 46. |

ae 35 A little west’ of Bridgeport was a hamlet on lot 73. zi
es ee 36 Another was on the lake shore, lot 47 and east of the present

& ely and another on the same lot near Chittenango creek. :
SS Te may be added that there are other small camps, as on the

~

het
Be “Gelade | in Cicero swamp and on Frenchman’s and Dunham's islands

se

Ad in Oneida lake. ? |
> 37 There was a cemetery with some lodge sites on the Childs

ee

es ae lot 22, Clay. Earthen vessels were found with the skeletons

« _ near the Seneca river. :

oo 38 Cemetery and hamlet on lot 16, Clay east of Scheoenneke ae
: ’ bridge on a bluff south of the river. Early and fine relics. Camps :

a also on the north side. ,
39 Hamlet on the Walters farm, lot 23 and north dda ok the te
- road. Many fireplaces but rude articles.

a 40 Another on lot 74 has afforded fine relics. There are other
be scattered camps of little note.

San

a 41 South of the canal in Elbridge was a group of nate ae.

works now obliterated, which seem to belong to the Cayuga group.
2 “In early notes these are referred to Camillus but the division of
= the town placed all in the present town of Elbridge. The one on
Ee es hill, lot 70, Elbridge was first mentioned by Rev, Thomas

mi f RA
ch i ws
¥

south side being in the present cemetery. Not far south some =

ie
ft
Reka

t
ily

ree CRIS

i

eg eee ee a ee
Mic N Stith
:

ude rss

‘*3

a - *

om
~sa ee

sel

es et ihe han?

a > pa

<a? 2 Sa ea

se!

~ sree
4,

nee
118 . NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Robbins in 1802, in his recently printed journal. ‘He deaceee

it as “nearly four square, the corners a little rounded, facing

very nearly the cardinal points. It is a little more than 20 rods

from north to south and from east to west a little less.””’ He differs

from others in describing two gates on the west side with one on
the east, biit was probably correct. He said, “On the west side
are evident marks of violence, places in the wall being thrown
down into the ditch.” . |

De Witt Clinton described it as “elliptical in shape” and said
that it covered three acres——Squmer, p. 32.. Mr Clark made it a
square of four and one half acres. He adds that “on the south

side were numerous holes about 2 feet deep and 6 feet apart as.

if an intrenchment or circumvallation had been commenced and
not finished.” In his plan these appear in a straight line. They
were probably caches.—Clark, 2:326. The ‘writer examined the
spot with Mr Hunter, who had owned the place since 1840, and
part of the results appear in fig. 64. The work was on a broad
elliptic hill and extended some distance down the sides. The long
axis was from north to south and the area about two and one haif
acres. Relics much as usual with fresh water shells. It was an
earthwork.

:

There proves to be an account of the forts on lots 70 and 81,°

Elbridge, in a journal kept by Lieut. Col. William Stevens, who
visited them in October 1791. In Onondaga’s centenmial, p. 685,
these are incorrectly located on lot 84. The description is good,
but has few details regarding the smaller work. The timber seemed
a second growth in and around the fort. The work on lot 70 was
elliptic, the longest diameter being north and south, inclosing about

two and three fourths acres. There was a gate in the east as well as —

the west bank. “The butments on each side are plain to be seen.”
In both cases the trees on the wall were larger than the others, but
this was due to the more rapid growth in made soil.

42 The writer also gives his own plan of the small fort on lot

81, half a mile southeast of the last, and a mile west of Elbridge ~

village on the old Squire Munro farm. Fig. 62 represents this.

ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 11g

Mr Clinton described this as half as large as the last and of the
same form. Unio shells are also found here.—Squier, p. 32

Mr Clark said the bank and ditch could easily be traced in 1793
and that the area was one and one half acres. It seems less than
this. He said there was a gateway on the west side about 12 feet
wide. His figure makes this wall slightly convex and all the others
straight.—Clark, 2:325. There is an abrupt descent on the west
side into a deep ravine and on the south there is a quick slope to
the Munro house. The east and north walls were on level land.

43 Mr Clark also described a fort on lot 73 a little east of El-
bridge village. “On the site of Mr Caleb Brown’s house and
garden, including a portion of the highway, was an ancient circular
fort, containing a little over an acre of ground, within which were
evidences of a blacksmith shop,” and many common relics.—Clark,
- 2:327. All Elbridge forts, however, were prehistoric.

44 The same writer says, .“ On lot 84, on the farm now owned
by Caleb Brown, esq., (1849) about 4o rods south of the road was
a circular fort which covered over three acres of ground.” There
was a wide gate on the west and a smaller one on the northeast
side. A cache was mistaken for a well and near “the western
gateway were found several pieces of timber, having the marks of
iron tools upon them.” Pottery and shells were abundant. Mr
Clark’s plan appears in fig. 65.

45 He also described an open village on lot 83 south of Elbridge
village where he said hundreds of grooved stone axes had been
found, and numerous arrowheads as well as a stone for sharpening
tools.—Clark, 2:324. Grooved axes are so rare in New York that

the writer made special inquiries and found that this was an error. |

None are known there. |
-- 46 Two or three camps occur on lot 62, Salina near the north-
east angle of Onondaga lake and scattered lodges toward the out-
let. The spot shows no permanent occupation and relics vary
greatly in character. |

47 Farther south there are camps and hamlets toward the north- |

line of Liverpool and east of the lake and on both sides of the

120 _ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM _

stream on L. Keith’s farm. Relics of an early character occur at ag

intervals all along this shore. | a ie
48 The French fort and mission of 1656 were on lot 106 north *
of the railroad bridge in Salina. Early and recent relics are found ~ an:
there. The plan of the fort in Clark’s Onondaga, however, ‘is of a
‘that erected by Frontenac in 1696. The plan was made by Mr %
Geddes in 1797. Clark erroneously said that some of the pickets 4
remained in 1794, adding that the work embraced half an acre. =
Rev. J. W. Adams said that traces of this fort could still be seen
in 1834, and that Dr Holbrook, a settler of 1795, told him that there _ oa
was a picket of four acres, with a fort of one, having a blockhouse i a
in the northeast corner, and a bastion at one angle. It is probable “
all these accounts are somewhat confused with the fort of 1756, =a
built at Onondaga Valley by Sir William Johnson. Frontenac’s — Re

fort seems to have been built on the old mission site. Around the
latter some Onondagas lived. : ‘ =

49 Early relics have been found all along the line of salt vats on
the bluff. Clark. reported a large cemetery at Green point but — .
gave no details. It was at the base of the bluff. s

50 North of the marsh and half a mile east of the lake is a
recent camp or hamlet. | i
51 There were no villages in Skaneateles but small camps and “3
occasional relics appear, some being of early types. One camp =
was on the farm of Henry Moses, lot 20. a
52 Relics were frequent on R. Curtis’s farm, lot 22. =
53 There was quite a camp on the east side of a stream and =
south of the direct road to Marcellus on lot 29. Early relics. A |
few articles have been found near Skaneateles village and Mandana. =
54 20 skeletons were taken out of a gravel bed in 1878 on lot — : a
42, De Witt now East Syracuse. Early relics were found. pe
55 The Deep Spring of early note is on the county line east of :
Fayetteville. Tradition places a stockade there but there are no
traces of permanent occupation. Arrowheads -and recent relics 3
were once frequent. | es
56 A hamlet on the Mason farm, lot 68 Soafiord was ape a ae
mile east of Five Mile point on Skaneateles lake. The relics there ie
and near by are early. : :

"ANORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK
A few years since some graves were ‘opened on lot 72, Otisco
1 contained several long stone. tubes. This was near Amber
of Otisco lake, and several caches of flint pieces have been
und i in that vicinity. Arrowheads occur all along Nine Mile creek |
| ito. ‘Onondaga lake.

58 A little north of Onondaga Hill village there was a large
ey with hundreds of graves.—Clark, 2:136
59 Half a mile south of Onondaga Valley village, on Webster's
3 Cale square and on the first terrace west of Onondaga creek, was
| the stockade built for the Onondagas by Sir William Johnson in
1756. It was 150 feet square with blockhouses on two corners.
It was burned in 1779 but traces were found by the first settlers. —
o oe stone graded way to the creek remains. |
s 60 A village was burned.a mile farther south and another beyond

-

=

_ 61 There are several burial places on the east side of the creek,
| _ where the Onondagas lived from about 1720 to 1750. The relics
2 are mostly recent of course.

y 62 Many early articles occur near the old ayeewal on the east
side of the valley, lot 121 Onondaga.

— 63 A small site on the Henderson farm, lot 161. This was an
‘early hamlet having pottery and arrowheads. Lodges were farther.
64 Council house aA village on the present reservation. Some
ei _ relics appear along Onondaga creek and in South Onondaga but

no villages.
65 Near the east line of the reservation and on lot 1 3, La Bayette

- was a recent village with an orchard. This was visited by John
.. Bartram in 1743 when it had 10 lodges. The graves were very
eectanly arranged.—Clark, 2:270

i — 66 There was a cemetery west of Butternut creek and about a
mile south of Jamesville in the same town. Recent relics.

367 The stockade burned at Frontenac’s invasion was on the Wat-

kins farm a mile south of Jamesville and east of the reservoir.
— ‘This: was on lot 3, La Fayette, and the change in the town has
2 occasioned much confusion. Squier quoted an account from the

jae

122 ~NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

New York magazine for 1792 and was led to place it in Cayuga :
county. It has been described as two places, one in Pompey ,
and the other in La Fayette. According to the French. it was a
triple stockade built under English supervision. _Clark’s plan
which appears in fig. 63 indicates an earthwork, almost rectangular
surrounded by an elliptic double stockade intersected by a cross
line at the short axis. At the white settlement the lines were
distinct. At the northwest corner was a bastion and there were ~
several heaps of refuse. A curving ditch 40 rods north was a puz-—
zling feature. There were caches and abundant recent relics.
Frontenac described the fort as large and strong. The town ap- —
pears on Romer’s map of 1700 on the east side of Kiechioiahte
creek. |

68 A recent site on the Gates farm, lot 5 Pompey is known as
Bloody hill. It is two and one half miles southeast of Jamesville,
and is largely a cemetery. . 3

69 A large early village on a hill on J. Christopher’s farm, lot 6,
a mile east by south of the last. Iroquois relics.

70 A smaller early village on the Reed farm half a mile north-
west of Watervale on lot 19.

71 Recent and early cemeteries on the Sedgwick farm, lot 27,
two miles northwesterly from Pompey Hill. Mostly recent relics.

72 Recent cemeteries on lots 28 and 29 a mile west of Water-
vale.

73 Cemeteries on Luke Fitch’s farm near the road to Watervale
and on adjoining land on lot 19. There was also a recent village
site here a little farther north. This seems the village mentioned
by Greenhalgh in 1677.

_74 From a recent site on the Hibbard farm, lot 6 great quanti-
ties of iron and other articles were taken. Circular elevations sup-
posed to be for lodges were reported regularly arranged in rows.
Clark says also that “On the late Dr Western’s farm could be
distinctly traced the remains of a small fortification with a burying
place. . . Not far from this last, on the farm of the late John
Clapp at an early day were plainly traceable the lines of an earthen
fortification.” All relics were recent. i

ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 123°

J ;
_ hoe ,

__ 75 Indian hill is on lot 9 north of the road and was described
ae by Clark as the farm of Isaac P. Jobs. The French who came
5 ‘there in 1654 and in following years speak of the palisade and gates.
In 1677 Greenhalgh said it had no defence. Clark said that early ©
settlers remembered distinctly an earthwork there with walls four

2 =

or five feet high, which had one gateway and was circular with a
diameter of from 300 to 350 feet. The writer traced the general
site under favorable circumstances and made the village an ellipse
about 1050 feet long by 450 feet wide. It is two miles south of
Manlius village occupying the full width of the hill. The large
cemetery is farther north and on the edge of. the east ravine.
Recent relics. There are many memorials of the French missions
_ and a boulder remains on which the Onondagas sharpened their
% implements. :
_ - 76 Clinton said that there was a cemetery of three or four acres
-amile eastward. This was on the Scoville farm, lot 11.

77 Indian fort is in Pompey, on lot 23, not lot 33 as usually
stated. A bank and ditch crossed it, running in a southeast line
according to Clark, but really southwest. This was 300 feet long
and there were lodges on both sides. It has always been called
a recent site but the writer found no evidence of this fact and defers ©

to others. The large grooved boulder has been removed. :
78 There was a cemetery near Hill’s, lot 33. South of this, but
in Madison county, was the stockade already described, but which
was an Onondaga town. é .
79 A stockade was on the Indian knolls, on the Lawrence farm,
lot 68, a mile south of Pompey Center, east of the creek. In- |
dian and European articles are found but no French. KH was re-
_ ported at an early day as an oblong stockade of two.acres. It is
somewhat triangular as represented in fig. 77 and is about 675
feet long with a width of 360 at the broad end to the south. No
council wampum appears and but few shell beads. It may be dated
about 1640.
80 East of this and of the road is Indian spring on a small stream.
On either side of this stream were the two grooved boulders now

“NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

rr. mee Soy ; = Bie

cae in the state collection. F arther east on the hillside was. a . scat a a
: early site with eee

: ‘stone creek. The bluff is nearly or quite 300 feet high, precipitou
2 Fe “on the north side with an abrupt slope on the east and south.
: There isa depression on the west. The summit is a plateau of
: about 450 feet from north to south with a width of 350 feet
a at the north end and of 230 feet at the south. It was occupied _ “5
ee for some years and recent articles are found. There is higher land i
ee beyond the western depression. The probable date is about rpm a
aie Fig. 87 shows this site, the town covering the whole plateau. _ gt aa
oe. :

82 A mile south of Delphi was a stockade between two ravines — aa
on -H. Chase’s land, lot 99 with a cemetery on the south just over :

4c

the Fabius line. Clark located it on lot 100 which it almost reaches. k ‘

His plan is too large and broad; a better one is given in. fig. 74 i 2
- Most of the fort is now obliterated, but it was long and narrow, | a
about 250 by 750 feet. Most of the lodges were near the north —
end. The two grooved boulders in the southeast corner have
been removed. Postholes yet remain in a shallow trench, eraeel :

hy

ing about two feet from center to center, half the distance stated — naa 3
by Clark. He said that bodies were buried here “one row with =
their heads to the west and the next row with their heads to the
east.” Another odd statement of early settlers was that “the pali-
sades were set in the bottom of a ditch which was in some places
6 feet deep.” Recent articles are found. pea? Soe

83 On the south line of Pompey, lot 98, extending into lot a
8, Fabius was a circular stockade on a hill of which fig. 76 is a plan: |

Nearly a quarter of ‘the fort is still im woodland and it had a a

diameter of about 225 feet. Some European articles are found —
but it was an early village located two and one half miles south-
west of Delphi. e.

84 About a mile riers of he last, on sii 97, west re Car |
penter’s pond was a cemetery with brass kettles. :

ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 3 125

re a: beta
%

‘ Many small sites have been omitted, others are not distinctly
known at present. Clinton said there were 80 cemeteries in Pom-

oi defence and burial were very numerous in the township of Pompey.

g _ There are not less than 15 which have been pointed out to us and

os
ee which we have visited. They are scattered through several of the
= ‘neighboring towns.” Nearly all of these are of the historic period,
i Pompey being the early home of the Onondagas till after 1700.

bs Most of the sites in this county were described by the writer in Onon-

ss

_ daga’s centenmal.
= Ontario county. When first known the Senecas lived entirely
Be in what is now known as Ontario county and in a small part of
Monroe county, occupying several villages and having two con-
- spicuous divisions. Tradition points to Yates county for their
origin and it is probable that forts in that direction may have been
ia _ occupied by part of the nation. :
One of the most important local maps yet issued is that prepared
by Gen. J. S. Clark, whose painstaking work is well known. It
=> Hawley, D. D. It gives the Seneca castles and mission sites from
1650 to 1750, and may be briefly summarized. In Mendon are
- placed Sonnontouan of 1669, and southwest of this Totiacton of
Ba 1687, both near the west line of the town. In Avon is Duy-do-o-sot
_ on the east line, and Gah-nyuh-sas on the south. Gandachioragou
: Z is at Lima, and two villages appear in the northwest corner of the
6 town. Another is toward the south line. Two contiguous villages
are near the north line of Livonia. The village in West Bloomfield
is southwest of the present village, and in thus locating it at first
_ the writer followed Clark. South of Victor village is. Gandagaro
: _ of 1687, and just west of it the small fort of the same year. Gan-
se dougatae of 1657 is on the north line of East Bloomfield, and
By another village is in the center of the town. Honeoye of 1779
_ is at the foot of that lake, and in the north part of Bristol are the
burning springs visited by La Salle in 1660. Kanandaigua of 1779
is southwest of the present village. Another is northeast of this,
> another on the west line of the town, and a fourth near the north
& line. Onahee of 1700 is near the west line of Hopewell, with

> pey. Clark was much more moderate saying, “These places of

oe will be found in the Early chapters of Seneca history, by Rev. Charles’

whe
ure ae wy hj
Me Re Nine

Wee

{4

‘
ye * Waa Veter ean iy Yi al ura

‘ ita,
1 oy

\
¢
Ea eS
Sa!
Sie APN Sigh

~ £

ee
Shes

‘jake
TskeS a
ie SER aie he ete:

126 . NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

another village a little farther north. West of Geneva is the Kana- _

desaga of 1779, with two villages northwest of this. Ganechstage :

of 1720 is south of Kanadesaga, and to the southwest of this is

the Ganechstage of 1760. Gothseunquean of 1779 is on the west

bank of Seneca lake. :
1 Irregular work on Boughton hill a mile south of the village

_ of Victor, which was destroyed in 1687 by De Nonville. The small

fort of that year was on Fort hill over a mile west. Squier’s plan

is given in fig. 78, showing a work nearly 1500 feet long with

an area of 20 acres. This was Canagora, the St Jacques of the
missionaries. Greenhalgh visited it in 1677 and said it was much
like Onondaga. The village site is on R. B. Moore’s farm, and
there is a cemetery less than a mile south of this on the farm of
George Ketchum, which has European articles. Turner also men-—
tions articles at Victor Flats. |

2 Fort hill a mile west of Boughton accurately corresponds with
De Nonville’s account of the “picket fort at the top of a little
mountain scarped on all sides.” : |

3 Canaenda was also called Gandougarae or St Michael and
was a village of adopted Hurons. Hon. George S. Conover said
that it is usually located in East Bloomfield, three and one half
miles from Boughton hill near Mud creek, but thought it needed
farther investigation. He thought the village was moved into the
town of Seneca after 1687 and placed on Burrell creek about two
miles southeast of White springs. W. L. Hildburgh had European
relics from the former place. Greenhalgh placed Canaenda four
miles south of Boughton hill. ,

4 There was a burial place on lot 98, Manchester.

5 Rev. J. W. Sanborn explored a recent burial mound at Clifton
Springs in 1889.

Irving W. Coates reports an any village site just south of Clif-

ton Sarines,: nearly a mile south of the Canandaigua outlet. It-

occupied a little over two acres, with fireplaces very numerous and
close together. It seems to have been long inhabited and was of .
early date. There are fragments of decorated pottery, fine celts
and arrowheads. Articles of bone have been found, but none of
shell. | | | rt a Bet Lk Cee ae

r A

* ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 127

eS -

‘There is an early village reported by Mr Coates, which is one
x and a half miles west of the one at Clifton Springs. The relics are
similar, excepting that no bone articles have been found. It was a
small village, but the few fireplaces are large and deep. The site is
a mile south of the Canandaigua outlet, a quarter of a mile west
of Fall brook.

- 6 On his map of the Seneca country Gen. J..S. Clark placed an

Indian village almost in the center of the town of East Bloomfield.

_ Mr Hildburgh reported a cemetery there. A village site and ceme-
_tery are on Mud creek, east northeast of East Bloomfield village, 5
with European articles. A similar site a mile west of this, is near . ea

the bank of a small creek. | nage =

7 Gen. Clark placed another village near the north line of the =

_ town of Canandaigua. fark B:
8 He also locates another just south of the village of West Bloom- ; :
field. This was east of Honeoye creek and had two cemeteries” ba
early and recent. Both long and discoid shell beads were found. ty. a

_ This may be the one reported a little west of West Bloomfield, =
__ which should be placed farther north on the map. It is on the road et
from West Bloomfield to Lima, and the cemetery is on the east ss
bank of Honeoye creek. The village was on a steep hillside. 2 3

- 9 N. W. Randall reported a village eight miles south of ae

__ Victor and as much westerly from Canandaigua, a little east of Mud
_ creek. It seems the site placed by Gen. J. S. Clark near the town
line. The village was recent but there was a prehistoric cemetery ee
half a mile away. Clark located the Gandougarae of 1657 near the 9 :
northeast corner of East Bloomfield. This seems the village men- 2
ES tioned by Turner with European relics. There are several ceme- |
- teries with early relics in the vicinity. | ee
10 A small cemetery was three miles south of Canandaigua,
west of the lake. - ae
II Honeoye, at the foot of Honeoye lake half a mile east of the ie
outlet and south of Mill creek, was burned in 1779.—Sulhivan, p. Be -
BAT 30. There were recent articles on Phelps’s flat near the old Indian <a
castle at the foot of the lake-——Turner. P.& G. p. 199, 203. Clark
placed the village on his map west of the outlet. The name of
_ Honeoye may have come from Onaghee.

~

é i Fa ee Veli ae SP es
co FS on

aaa tes

~ = Rig y a iad 3 oy a

128 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Fz

12 Randall reported a small cemetery ibvee Se west of Carian .
daigua on a flattened ridge. a ne eam

13 Macauley quoted a reference to tree old forts near Canan- =
daigua——Macauley, 2:113. A mile east of Canandaigua. was an
oval work on a hillside overlooking the lake, with one gateway and a

half the wall remaining. The turnpike road from Canandaigua to a

a

Geneva passed through it. An early cemetery also.— Squier, p. 55s 4
pl. 6, no. 2. This appears in fig. 66. Schoolcraft placed it on Fort
hill a mile north of Canandaigua and 1000 feet around. Scho |
craft. Report, p. 109. Judge Porter mentioned another which Squier 2
could not find. Mr Hildburgh located a village and cemetery on _
Fort hill half a mile west of Canandaigua, also a village or camp <f
at the north end of the lake near the outlet and camps along that he
stream. ‘There was an early site on the east side of the lake a little i
south of this. .On the west shore, just south of Canandaigua, was at,
another early site with caches. Graves have been found near the ae
court house and a cemetery just west of the village. ‘
14 In the valley of Mud creek at Bristol were many early sag s

recent camps.

7) sed) 3

15 A large recent village in Bristol was reported by Mr Randall.
No cemetery was found. It was half a mile south of no. 12.

16 “ Nun-da-wa-o-no was the name of their oldest (Seneca) vile ee
lage, situated on a hill at the head of Canandaigua lake near Naples, —
where according to the Seneca fable they sprang out of the ground.” | :
—Morgan, p. 51. Schoolcraft called this Fort hill but nothing es
definite can be learned of remains there and the fort seems mythic, _
probably referring to the one east of the lake. Relics are likely to x.

occur.
17 A curious grave of burned clay was icp on the east side ofe2
Canandaigua lake in July 1893. It was four miles south of Canan- _ S

daigua and half a mile east of Gage’s landing. Many early rae -
were found in the vicinity. .

LM
Pe: of

18 Onaghee was several times removed. Mr Conover said it
was at one time on Darwin McClure’s farm, lot 20 Hopewell, three - <
miles southeast of peice) half a mile north of the turnpike. ee

A recent cemetery is not far away, and modern relics abound.

_
M
a
—
e

# -
¥ pee AS ee
2.

F NEW YORK

*

Pern through oe the peal ran, on one side of
the post holes remained. There were caches and early
—Squier, p. 87, 88, pl. 13, no. 2. His plan is given in fg. 68.

ed fort ‘was bade by Sir William Johnson and had modern fecal

z 3 e site and cemetery are carefully preserved one and one half miles
BE vest of Geneva. Squier’s plan is given in fig. 69. Mr, Con-
over thought the people of Canagora moved to White springs and .
thence to Kanadesaga i 41-1732.

21 There was an earthwork two miles Ged the last or three
and « one half miles northwest of Geneva, east of the Castle road.
It was 800 feet long and an early site on high ground. —Squier, p. 55,

3 pl pl. ce no. I. Squier’s plan -is ue in fig. 79. There are graves

ag in the southern part.

22 A small cemetery was opened near Melvin Hill in “1806. The
eS heads of skeletons were to the west.

, _ 23 Among the pine barrens on Mr Swift’s farm three miles north | |
of Geneva i is a small site with early relics. Dr-W. G. Hinsdale re-

“i.

rted this and some of the following sites. There is a scattered

site with early relics on the farm of John Laws on the county line
“north of of the Wier. road.

Birrell tae wea are here placed under one number. The creek
is ety pokes and the lots are not in is order. There was an

: E; was a recent village iS cemetery on the old. Wheadon farm

Near the north line of lot 36 east of the creek was an
A recent cemetery

m
:

fo) rchard with a recent foe ee prepiiecs:

~ lot. 9, south of the. creek A eal from the southeast came to the
center of the old Brother farm on which there was a village. It

ES MCS hi ores 3 mst ae et See * ws 7 ie 2 TCO AS SES On oi baie De eae eee Le me Nicks be Oe ace cae Sie
-— % RE yee k mee 4 Ce OS rae Dig ah Ae ay ee SN
ial ate x

he AES jee hae ee
Fy ae Lai Te ) Mies? |
4 " eeE SS
eae r
. »

130 _ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

followed the highway northwesterly. Canaenda was removed to ee
lot 32 on Burrell creek where there was a large cemetery mostly on

N. A. Read’s farm about 25 rods southwest of the creek. On that
farm and east of the creek was one of the principal sites of the town.

On lot 31 west of the creek was another recent cemetery. Lodge —

sites and a cemetery were on the iariet farm, lot 37, west of
Burrell creek.

26 Kashong, on Kashong creek, seven miles south of Geneva,
was burned in 1779, but the recent site is hardly well defined. A
recent cemetery was opened near the lake in 1889.

27 Camps on Canandaigua outlet.

28 Relics have been reported from Squaw island, at the foot of
Canandaigua lake. Early implements occur on a site on a hill
west of this. :

29 A small village was west of Manchester Center, on the south
bank of Canandaigua outlet, nearly two and a half miles north-
west of the village west of Clifton. Earthenware and articles of
stone occur. It was probably a fishing camp. Mr Coates reported
this and the following.

30 A large fortified town was in the town of Phelps, on a bluff

facing the Canandaigua outlet, on its south side. A wall has
been described there. No recent articles have been found and all
are of stone or clay. The site is northwest of the village of Phelps.
31 Skeletons have been exhumed and.relics found at Littleville,
a hamlet on the creek south of Shortsville. Some of the latter indi-
cate early visitors, and several trails converged at the ford there.
32 Three fourths of a mile south of Chapinville near the

/ 5

creek was a workshop. Flint chips, unfinished weapons and fine —

stone articles were once frequent there. Some other reputed Indian
sites which he had not personally examined, Mr Coates did not
describe.

Orange county. The notes on this county are mainly from

Outline history of Orange county, by Samuel W. Eager.

1 There was a hamlet abandoned in 1755 on Mr Mould’s farm
on the main road from Montgomery ‘to eae Other sites were
" traditional.—Eager, p. 277

| | ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 131
‘ 2 shes recent settlement on the flat above Wallkill HARE 2 in
oY —Eager, p. 277
3 Indians owned an eel weir on the creek at Henry Crist’s.—-
: * Eager, p.,277 |
4 An Indian village and orchard on the east bank of the Wallkill
Se on the town line between Wallkill and Montgomery.—Eager, p. 277
oe i ~5 Indian spring is east of the village of Michigan. Bushels of
ag _arrowheads have been found there.—Eager, p. 352
a eh 6 “ Maringoman’s castle” was on the north end of Skunnemunk
mountain and on the south side of Murderer’s creek, Blooming
Grove. The cemetery was a little south of this.—Beach, p. 7

7 “ Maringoman’s wigwam” was on the north bank of the creek

in Hamptonsburg at the junction of Otterkill and Greycourt

7 eee Fe

2 _ creek. Early relics are found in many places near.—Beach, p. 7
- 8 There was a recent village and cemetery in Minisink on
Samuel Dolsan’s farm.—Eager, p. 213 : sy aa

ed

_ abundant arrowheads.—Eager, p. 418
10 On the Welling farm in Warwick was a village and orchard
| called Mistucky.—Eager, p. 423
fs _. 11 A cemetery on Sugar Loaf mountain hai about 30 graves
before the revolution, with palisades around the mounds.—Eager,

Pp. 517

Newburgh where the Esopus Indians met for religious dances,
hence the name. De Vries mentioried these in 1640. Mr Frey
os | had a site reported to him on the point. | :
| 13 Another site was at Penn point below Newburgh.

The Algonquin inhabitants shifted so often that there are few
prominent sites. |

Orleans county. 1 There were burial mounds and other ancient

temains in the town of Ridgeway—Macauley, 2:113. Josiah”

e. Priest in his. American antiquities (p. 327) speaks of forts in this
_ town, which has since been divided, Carlton being taken from it
in 1822. Dr F’. D. Snyder reports finding two mounds on the north

a

9 On Jogee hill was another village with small images and

12 Dans Kammer is a cove in the north part of the town of

re

: ‘

ata

rope 5
oS ae Ds

works were known.

county,

‘ river, and there was a fishing village there in 1654 and the following

132 _ NEW YORK SUS TE URE

bank at Oak Orchard creek two miles from the i. No other *

2 Thete was a circular work one and one half miles west of

Shelby Center, of which Turner gives an account without mention- a.
ing the double wall or more than one gateway. Squier quotes 2 2
his account which has many features of interest. F. H. Cushing
described it in the Smithsonian report for 1874, with its-double _
walls, gateways and boulders. Some have ascribed to it a great a
antiquity. It is simply a prehistoric Iroquois fort with the usual —__
relics, but it includes some Ohio shells. Dr Snyder furnished a
plan, given in fig. 67, divided into quadrants by fences, two sections
being under cultivation. In one of these the inner wall curved to
avoid two large limestone boulders. The passages through the :
outer and inner walls are not quite opposite. | i
3 Half a mile west of this was once a large cemetery. Mr Squier
says “it is*not known that many ancient remains occur in this
” and these are all reported. Schoolcraft speaks however
of an old fort in a swamp at Barnegat now Shelby Center which is
noted above. : | -
Oswego county. As a rule few important works or sites are :
found near Lake Ontario, as there was little security there except —
where there were rocky banks as on the Genesee river. Temporary ~
fishing villages were more frequent and some should yet be found |
where streams of some size enter the lake, though the traces are bY

“Trale: >

I Otianhatague, or Canohage, was at the mouth of Salmon

year. It does not seem to have been of long continuance as no ~
one was there in 1656. Few relics are found. |

2 In Crisfield Johnson’s History of Oswego county, p. 60 is an ac- 2
count of a mound near Trout brook in the north part of Albion, ‘
which rose from the midst of level land. It was probably a natural
elevation but many relics are reported close beside it. On the top

of a hill near by was a circular bank inclosing about two acres. It
had a ditch. See ee

ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF “NEW YORK

133

*.

. Bone hill was a pared place at Oswego Falls west of the river,
but. ‘was probably natural. Human bones were frequent there but
| few were found when it was leveled. Around Lake Neatawantha
> are scattered.camps with arrowheads and a little pottery.

4A small early hamlet was on the west side of Oswego river a
mile south of Fulton.

4 : 5 There was a hamlet of some size on the west side of the river,

~ less than a mile north of Hinmansville with arrowheads, pottery, and

= camps near the mouth of Ox creek. Nothing has been learned of a
aa fort on Ox creek mentioned by Squier though there were oe on
= that stream. :

6 There was a circular work of less than an acre and with two
gates on lot 24, Granby. This is on the hill east of South Granby
- station, ‘and what remains appears in fig. 71. The removal of

fre

gravel has obliterated a considerable part of the work. The
diameter is 240 feet. The descriptions in Clark and Squier are
incorrect. Scarcely anything is found except a few ee Mier of

«pottery. It was occupied a very short time.
: 7 Another similar fort once existed on level land on lot 32. It

was occupied much longer and yields the usual relics. This also
has been-incorrectly described.

8 There was a semicircular work on the east side of the river at_
a ~ Oswego Falls. Supposing it once to have been circular, the
a _ western side was removed in cutting the canal. Mr Clark says it
3 was about 10 rods across. This seems the fort which Squier men-
ia tions near Phillipsville. Probably only semicircular.

Be % 9 There were camps on the Oneida river at Caughdenoy, where
ee othe Onondagas and Oneidas had eel weirs, as well as elsewhere.
aa Early travelers described these. There were small camps toward
__ Brewerton. |
= _ 10 There were camps on the mainland and on the island in the.
- Oswego river at Phoenix, mostly early, though some are very
i “recent. It was a favorite fishing place and fine relics have been
, _ found, many hundreds coming from the island.

_ I1 There were camps, hamlets and cemeteries at Brewerton, a
~ davorite early and recent resort. Harpoons and other bone articles

ny,
Wy

me
ete

wes

yee
feomgtt

Le i

oll
qj
s ¢
4

rere cole

4)
-

Se iat a Ne te a
Fil a Pelt 7

N

SS ik
ile
4 #4,

-
ty
>

eon
id

t A
7 ‘

& i. aie
<

-: ie s:
“he Se
<5 cr
be a
es Z oe

ae

bate ey NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM |

ad

are abundant, with some bone fish hooks. Clark’s account of a

_

large cemetery is exaggerated. —

12 A small village on a point on the north shore of Oneida lake —
half way between Brewerton and Constantia. Early relics but no
pottery. | |

13 There are camps and relics on the lake shore west of Oswego,
near the mouth of Eight Mile creek. They are rare in such situa- —
tions, but a small camp has also been observed two miles east of
Oswego on the shore. Many arrowheads.

Mr Clark reported remains of old fortifications on both sides of
the river near Battle Island but diligent inquiry reveals none. A
cache of flint articles was found east of the Battle Island dam. A
curious earthwork reported by the writer on the east bank near
Hinmansville seems not aboriginal and may not be military. It
may have been a camp of Frontenac’s army. |

14 Camp on the lake shore 2 miles east of Oswego. Early relics. —

Otsego county. 1 The Iroquois had little to do with this county
till recent times and the few sites are of minor importance. Most.
of those about Richfield Springs may be placed under one heading,
and are taken from Richfield Springs and vicinity, by W. T. Bailey.
An oblong mound, often visited by the Oneidas, was reputed to be

the grave of a chief and was in Mr Hopkinson’s orchard in that

town.—Bailey, p. 27. A recent cemetery was on a ridge opposite
the lake house.—Bailey, p. 37. Three skeletons were found near
that house and a cache of flint articles near the lake. Several places
on Oak ridge, west of the lake, half a mile from the head, had
early articles—Bailey, p. 39. In grading near the bridge east of |
this ridge skeletons were found with flat stones over the faces.—
Bailey, p. 40 | Z
2 Francis W. Halsey says that the first settlers in Coopers-
town found arrowheads and stone axes in great abundance. This
is the statement in J. F. Cooper’s Chronicles of Cooperstown, p. 5.

Rey. Richmond Shreve writes that there is a supposed sepulchral _

mound at that place on the east side of the Susquehanna.
3 Garrett C. Pier reported several camp sites with early relics
at the northwest end of Otsego lake.

a

' ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 135

= =H The only mound of which he knew was at Oneonta.
5 Mr Halsey says that on the Susquehanna west of the mouth of

+ the Charlotte river was an Indian orchard, and a mound on an

adjacent island was called the grave of Kagatinga, a chief. Vetal
Winn reports an early site of thrée or four acres in the angle
| made by the south side of the Charlotte river with the Susquehanna.
Pottery is found there. Articles from this spot were in the fine
collection destroyed in the burning of the Oneonta normal school.

6 The ancient Unadilla was burned in 1778, and was at the junc-

_ tion of the Unadilla with the Susquehanna on both sides of the
river.— Sullivan, p. 23. It was inhabited in 1753 by Stockbridge
Indians and was mentioned by the Rev. Gideon Hawley.

7 “ It is stated upon very good authority that an ancient earth-
work once existed near Unadilla.”—Squier, p. 46. It is also stated
that an Indian monument of a conical form Io feet high once
stood in this town.—Barber, p. 447. Mr Halsey also mentions this,
a mile below Unadilla on the north side of the river, as a heap of
stones on which the Indians cast a stone as they passed.

8 He says that there was also a mound in which relics were found,
but which was probably natural, on the north side of the river.

9g Arather large village with an apple orchard was at the mouth of

& Otego creek. Arrowheads and sinkers are found.
-10A large site between Schenevus creek and the Susque- —

hanna river, reported by T. L. Bishop, is thought by him to have
been Towanoendalough, the first Mohawk town on the Susquehanna,
- visited by’ Rev. Gideon Hawley in 1753. It is near and a little
east of Colliersville. The prehistoric relics far outnumber the recent,
so that there were at least two occupations. It is on the north side
of Schenevus creek and covers from Io to I5 acres. On the west
side of the river arrowheads, hammer stones and flint chips occur.
11 A camp site is two miles north of Colliersville and east of the
tiver. Triangular arrowheads and broken and perfect earthenware
are found. |

12 A recent site is one fourth mile south of Portlandville, east

of the river. It has rude and early implements.

13 A small site three miles north: of Portlandville, east of the

river has also early relics. . ‘ a

14 Early relics are scattered about near the confluence of Cheran

Valley creek and‘the Susquehanna a mile east of Milford.

15 Early relics are also found on a camping ground of five acres ; %

a mile north of Milford, west of the river.
16 Arrowheads are found on camps one half mile below Phoenix

",

Mills, east of the river.

17 Niskayuna rock is a fied boulder two miles north of Middle-
field on the west side of Cherry Valley creek. A reputed rendez-—

vous, with some relics.
18 An early camp is on the Coats farm one half mile south of
Roseboom, on the west side of the same creek. Coe |

19 Camp with abundant arrowheads at Schenevus lake 2 mile.

southwest of Schenevus.
20 A small camp a mile west of Maryland, north of the creek.

21 A.camp on the west side of the river two miles below Colliers-.

ville. Rude implements and an engraved banner stone.

22 A large camp three miles above Oneonta on the west side
was an early site. A similar camp is opposite. These are above the

camp at no. 5. ;
23 An early and extensive camp two miles below Oneonta,

north of the river. Arrowheads and pestles occur as on most local

early sites.

24 Perfect pottery has been found near Otego on the east bank of
Otsdawa creek.

25 A large camp two miles north of Otego, east of and near

the creek.

26 Camp on the Matlin farm one and one half miles north Se
Garrettsville, east of Butternut creek. Early relics.

27 A camp with early relics on the west side of the same creek
two miles south of Morris, is on Jerome Lull’s farm. All the

sites from no. 9 inclusive though not unnoticed by others, were re-

ported by T. L. Bishop of Portlandville. Pestles are found on,
nearly all.

bes

ie"

at
Sats.

Md ‘
22 a 3 2
eee ey atl

Ba
SS aid

2

a,

afiprs

Gy 44st
/
Ae i 30
ea |
Weefen et

ae

ae’
E dis &
oy say

>
it oe

¢

4

3

<<;

- . +
SoM gi TA ob

i. 2
AF og ats .

Anes

ie Ba xe

th oh) a i ae Pees

Seu

es

‘a
I Pap

F
0 ce
7 Deets Pe ee Sa ©

«eo

fe.)

re

sie he

gts “

wand re 8 a

é
re
i 6 oo

*

r,
Gra

a5
ae heb
a. a oa

2

Bay te

Sees ork ‘eT = 5 x

ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 137

colt and aes and though ach on streams es attracted

+ little attention. L. W. Calver said in Popular science news of

November 1896, “The Indian village sites of the highlands are

‘well known to those interested and have been explored time and

again for such relics as occasionally come to light. The finds con-
_ sist principally of arrow and spear points of flint or other hard stone
Be and are of almost every known shape.” All he mentioned were near
‘Cold Spring, and had previously been reported by Dr James S.
Nelson. The Canopus and Mahopac Indians lived in. this county.

1 A recent site is the Indian field two miles south of Cold Spring,
_ directly. opposite West Point. |

2 A camp a mile north of this where a copper Gale was fora

3 Acamp on the outskirts of Cold Spring. Curious articles have
"been found near that place.
- Queens county. Shell heaps are frequent throughout Long

Island, the natives not only feasting on shell-fish in the summer but_

drying large quantities of oysters and clams for winter use. In

_ their own tongue the island was the land of shells. In another form
_ it was the place of shell beads. In many places shell heaps con-
‘tinuously line the shores of the bays, and often reveal more than the
village sites. The latter are few in comparison. Within well de-

fined territories the people were in constant motion.

1 11 skeletons were found in the Linnaean garden in Flushing
in 1841. All the heads were to the east—Furman

2 A cemetery was opened on Thomas P. Duryea’s farm, a mile

from Flushing in 1880. Stone relics were found in this. The

_ Matinecocks had large settlements at Flushing, Glen Cove and Cow
_ Harbor. There were other villages of this tribe in Suffolk county.—
~ Thompson, p. 67. All will not be numbered.

3 There were many relics and shell banks about Little Neck.

~ Douglass point was the most interesting spot among these—Mande-
= ville, p. 93 :

4 The Jameco Indians had a village on a creek a mile south of

: the present village of Jamaica—Thompson, p. 382

ook

ee en
Ae

i.

‘ Pn, eae
# = heal 7 8

a

i

*
¥

PrP td
*

Vege}
whe. eo

Vuyeeey,

rls Nese a

ayant

el

bd

baa” deen | ey Ls

a

= ey he

t. rota rs
at, ke we ae

=,
bet

é

0

3

138 ' NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

5 Indian corn grinders, axes and arrowheads were often plowed

up at the Maspeth hills—Furman. The Maspeths lived at the head a

of Newtown creek.—Thompson, p. 410
6 A small shell heap was at Sanford’s point, ‘Astoria, opposite

the north end of Blackwell’s island. There were early and quite

modern relics.
Rensselaer county. This is mainly, perhaps entirely, Algonquin

territory as both sides of the Hudson were outside of the early Iro- |

quois limits here.

1 Old Schaghticoke is near the mouth of the Heck river. The
Mohawks gave the Schaghticokes a home here. The Knicker-
bocker cemetery is the site of an Indian burial place. Near by is
the Wittenagemote or Council tree——French, p. 559. This is a
Dutch name applied to an Indian custom and place.

2 A site has been reported near Buskirk Bridge on the Tyoshoke
creek with relics thence to Schaghticoke.

All the following except the last two, were reported by Rev. O. C.
Auringer of Troy, who has done much thorough work. He found
few celts but many scrapers. Until recently he had found little

earthenware which is generally rare east of the Hudson. Now he —

has large fragments.
3 There is a site on Crooked lake east of the source of the

Wynantskill in the town of Sand Lake. This has scrapers and

grooved axes.

4 A recent cemetery was opened in nceinehiane in 1897, but a | &

neighboring camp was of an earlier type.

5 There was an early camping spot of three acres with signs of
two occupations on Green island. There were no gouges or
pottery.

6 Early site and cemetery at South Troy.

7 Vandenburgh’s hill. A varied and successive occupation over

five acres, with finest articles near the surface.

8 East Troy (Albia). A group of small sites extending over a
hundred acres. Very rude articles. Remarkable for having no
arrowheads, spears, knives, polished work or pottery.

g The Moenemines’ castle was on land bought by Van Rensse-
laer in 1630 of the Mahikans east of the river. He also bought land
of them on the west side.—Doc. his. N. Y. 14:1

ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 139

ee % e 10 Some Stockbridge Indians lived at Brainard’s in Nassau in
1760, where Mr Hoag’s orchard stands. The place was called On-
as _ti-ke-ho-mawck.—French, Pp. 557

¥: Richmond county. 1 A few implements: and shell heaps with
a A some graves have been reported near Tottenville at the south end of
e _ Staten island.
* : Rockland county. There are probably many small camps in this

eS: county, but none have attracted much attention.

5 _ I A heap of stones on the Cheesecock patent, 1700.—Green, p. 20

x - . St Lawrence county. This county was in the early Iroquois ter-

: -titory though it was visited by others. F. B. Hough says there

are many open sites and that pottery is abundant by the low lands of
tributaries of the St Lawrence. None of these have been definitely
teported. There occur stone gouges, arrowheads of many materials,
steatite beads and ornaments, bone needles and other implements.

ee Not infrequently a rude resemblance to the human face is noticed

= on these fragments of pottery.”—Hough, p. 18. The important

sites were reported by him.
. 1 A fort on a hill is half a mile southwest of the railroad bridge at
_ the village of Racket River in Massena. It was an irregular in-
28 closure like an ox-bow. The open side was toward the river and
z - hada ditch. There were no bastions, and Mr Hough said a pre-
: vious description he had given was erroneous.—Hough, p. 21. At

a late hour Dr O. McFadden, of Massena, sent a careful plan of

this. It was a stockade rather than an earthwork and had the usual —

trench in which pickets were set. The west line is 116 paces long.
_ The opening is less and has some peculiar features. There are
many pits about the open part and outside of the west line. Fig.
gi is reduced from Dr McFadden’s large and carefully made plan.
2 There was a remarkable work on the farm of H. C. Holbrook,
Ee ‘on or near mile lot Io in the northeast part of Potsdam. It was

semicircular, and was west of the river and half a mile north of the

Se ” railroad bridge at Raquetteville. There were several gates, fire-
places within and without, and the usual relics. Graves were found
- ona neighboring island.—Hough, p. 21

a

3 There was a village near the Narrows = Blacks lake, a on a
hill east of Edwardsville. It was half a mile long and had the usual =
relics.—Hough, p. 27° ns

4 There were obscure and perhaps recent paintings on the shores
of Black. lake between Hammond and the Narrows. Similar _
pictures occur on the — side of the St Lawrence.—Hough, im
ip. 26 ae

5 Father Picquet founded the mission of La Presentation on the <a
site of Ogdensburg. Many Onondagas. and Cayugas went there. .
The fort became a thorn to the colony of New York.’ Sir Wil- —
liam Johnson said that the Oswegatchies were mostly Onondasaean
in 1763. These were at La Galette or Indian Point three miles”
below Ogdensburg. ;

6 The road passes through a semicircular work on B. Paks sland
in Oswegatchie. This is on lot 20 near Ogdensburg. Contrary to
custom the ditch was on the inside.—Hough, ee 22. This is shown ae
in fig. 70. eae

7 Fred Howlett found Indian relics on the shore of Cran- ER
berry lake in 1892. . af >a

8 There are several sites with fireplaces in Macomb not described —
by Hough. Some forts he includes in his history and gives two
plans in the regents report for 1850. One is on the farm of William a a
Houghton and is north of the road near the east bank of Birch Reyes:
creek. He called it semicircular, with the ends of the bank resting —
on the'creek. His plan in fig. 72 is very different. The area was
one and one half acres, with’ pottery, steatite beads and stone imple-
ments. The northern counties are remarkable for these beads.—
Hough, p. 19 :

Q There was a semicircular work on a hill not far from his: Ee
was credited to Capt. Washburn’s farm in Gouverneur before the ~
change in town lines. The account of rude sculpture is in- ye =
correct.—Hough, p. 19-20 eo |

10 Half a mile northeast of no. 8 was a work on the land of W.P.
Houghton and J. Sweet. It was irregularly oval and reached a
stream. Some ash- beds were 5 feet deep. A village site was near.
—Hough, p. 20

DOs eR ee Ce ct ME
ON OF NEW YORK a 14

~ ABORIGINAL OCCU gon :

ale

ei 12 Dr McFadden reported a small fort a mile southwest of Rises
ma. It was like that at Racket River and on high land. _ :
43 A village site near the east end of Long Sault island yields. |

abundant pottery. Seven skeletons were found in a mound south of
this, a large pitcher-like vessel, four gouges, and “ some very coarse
cloth, which looked like our hair cloth, only very coarse. Also.
seven strings of beads.” The other mound, was half a mile from.

—

~

; . 4 Early relics are rina on the camp sites on the flats at Sara-
w+ lake.—S tone p. 80.

S tie Erte and the “ old Milligan place.” —Stone, p. 89
: a “ Camp sites along Fish creek from Saratoga lake to Schuyler-

ville. One very large one is near the mouth.”—Hildburgh
= Large camp four miles from the mouth. —Hildbur gh
ag ao: A recent camp or village site on “ pe: farm.” This is

&

‘There are smaller sites on the inlet—Auringer

‘one and one half miles from the river, a camp and cornfield have

over a space of half an acre. Hanford Robison reported these

442 . NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM.

10 Large and long occupied: site at ‘Round lake vith carly relics,

11 Cache of flints j in Charlton on the east side of Consalus Vlaie.. a s.
Pottery is found on most sites. Arrowheads occur on all plowed =

land from Bemis Heights to Wilber’s basin. The Mohawks fished }
at Cohoes but had no village there. _ ae

Schenectady county. Macauley says that between 1616 and 1620 es :

the Dutch bought land at Ohnowalagantle, now Schenectady, where

there was then a large Mohawk town and some hamlets. The

principal village was within the present city and the lands were cuf-
tivated. Traditionally the town occupied the site of Con-nugh-
hharie-gugh-harie, the ancient capital of the Mohawks.—Macauley,

2:284. This is quoted only to say that no part of it has any founda-
tion though it has been naturally adopted by several writers.

1 Camp near the Mohawk in Glenville with triangular arrowheads
of yellow jasper. Another site a mile away, had arrowheads of all
forms.—Amer. arch. 1894. Near the west line of Glenville about .

been reported by P. M. Van Epps. Also a camp site north of the

river near Hoffmans Ferry and small camps east of that place.

2 A small camp a mile farther east noted for its triangular arrow-

heads. The three following sites were also reported by him.

3 A cemetery with curious relics was opened in a gravel bed in
1874. There were bone tools and a hook, slate tubes, copper axe,
perforated shells, a gorget and 135 copper beads.—Amer. ant.
1894. This was about five miles northwest of Schenectady.

4 A cemetery nearly a mile northeast of Sanders lake.

5 A grave with relics in the northwest part of Rotterdam near
Pattersonville, south of the river.

6 Village site near Rexford Flats and the river. It is a mile west

of that place on the east side of Alplaus creek four and one half

miles northeast of Schenectady. Early relics occur over about five

acres and there are fireplaces and abundant shells.

7 Village site on the south side one and one half miles below - |
Rexford Flats at the mouth of asmall creek. Early relics are found:*=sa9

two, and he has surface finds from Schenectady to Karner, seven
: miles southeast.

In the spring of 1899 some large flint knives and a long stone tube
_ were dug up near Hoffmans Ferry. These must be given an early

date.

e oa Schoharie county. 1 The former stone heap near Sloansville
oe was noticed by Rev. Gideon Hawley in 1753. Every Indian cast a
stone on it in passing and his guide did the same. The heap was

four rods long, one or two wide and from 1o to 15 feet high. It has.
been obliterated.— Simms, p. 632
2 A mound on Shingler’s land, near the cemetery south of
- Sloansville was on the east side of the road to Central Bridge. A
workshop extended into the cemetery. There is also a recent Indian
_- cemetery on the same side, on Albert L. Fisher’s farm. This
has headstones. A village site and workshop are on the east
toward the creek.— Smith : ,
. 3 Workshop at the base of the lower Helderberg group 50 rods
~ west of the bridge over Schoharie creek. In this are perfect and
unfinished knives and arrow and spearheads.—Smithsonian report,
1879. Workshop north and west of the depot at Schoharie and
ae another west of the creek and fair grounds——$ mith
_ 4 At Grovenor Corners was a recent camp by a ledge of rocks.
—Smithsoman report, 1879
5 A square stockade was built for the Indians on Vrooman’s land
by Sir William Johnson. It had two blockhouses at opposite

corners. There is a burial place. A village and stockade were east

of the creek and opposite the next mentioned. The Schoharies had
a village and'stockade west of the creek on Henry Vrooman’s land.
—Simms, p. 31-32 | : ;
6 Another village had a cemetery and was on the Snyder farm
several miles south of the first mentioned fort—Simms, P92
7 A recent cemetery on the river near Fultonham.—Simms, p. 32
8 A Mohegan village was at the mouth of Little Schoharie creek

in Middleburg. This had a stockade and all four forts were within ©

ie four miles of the courthouse.—Simms, p. 32. The Mohawks made
friends of their former foes and gave some of them land.

“ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK | 143

et | NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

9 There was a small village at Breakabeen. It had d comity :
~and was west of the creek.—Simms, p. 207 a :
Schuyler county. 1 Peach Orchard was a small village. baated es

‘in 1779 and was on the east side of Seneca lake. Condawhaw was ey.
a village in North Hector in that year. The name suggests Ken-'= 3
-daia.— Sullivan, p. 129 ‘ 4 eS:

2 Dr George J. Fisher found a small boulder with five artificial : me
grooves in 1845. This was in North Hector, three and one half z =
miles south of Mecklenburg. Another small one was found 40 years “3
later one and one half miles north of that village. They are rare es
‘outside of the soe territory. a

3. There was “a village site and cemetery at the south end of be:
Seneca lake in Watkins. European articles were oun ae ee
‘burgh : ; a

4 Catharine was a little south of Havana and_ three rallies 4
from Seneca lake. It was a Seneca town of 50 houses and was ac

‘built on both sides of the inlet. The Indian name was Sheoquaga. |

*, , 2 é
° 4
Ade stg Mt -
De Ee oe i, HEL BP be!

—Sullivan, p. 29 5
5 Dr S. H. Wright reports mounds at Lake Lamoka.
Seneca county. This county was occupied by both Cayugas and

Be th axe os,

|

=A Z *
eg eo

Senecas. De Witt Clinton spoke of several earthworks in it toward —

‘Cayuga lake but described none. Delafield also said “ Other ruins — fe
of fortified mounds or elevated points exist in this county, too indis- — <
tinct for description; every town affords abundant evidence of the ae
long continued residence of the natives.”—Delafield, p. 389. Many __
of the following were reported by Dr W. G. Hinsdale, among them ~ 3

the first six numbers including 13 sites. .

1 A lodge site on lot 90, Waterloo, with early relics. A similar.
‘one on lot 92 half a mile from this and north of Seneca river. A-~
small site at R. McCurdy’s, lot 91. Another on lot 92 north of the Be
canal was a large site and once a marsh near the northeast angle of e.
Seneca lake. It was plowed in the dry season of 1878 and several RSs
bushels of pottery with bone and stone articles were found. Be:

' .
lee geht
pt

2 From the site on lot QI early and recent relics are scattered -
along the river to Waterloo. : |

am ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 145

3 e Sky vase was a village of 18 housés at Waterloo burned in

eS 1779. There were fishponds of stone. —Sullivan, p.. 143.-. There

Bay was a large mixed site at Waterloo on lots 2 and 4, Fayette, south

cof the river. Early and recent relics. West of this were two small

oa sites on lot 2.

- 4 A small site at the srenth of Kendig’ s creek, lot 1, Fayette.

5 A straggling early site on the river bank, lot 10. There was a
Baca village near there in 1750. A large site on the farm of
4 _R. J. Swan is continuous with this and is on Seneca lake. Most of
B atis.on lot 11. Early and_recent relics.

6 A small mixed site on lot 18, F ayette, on a bluff near the lake.

_ A small early site on lot 24. :

zx 7 An early site was on the Lawrence farm, lot 99, Seneca Falls,

northwest of that village.

8 A hamlet on Shankwiler’s a lot 15. Burned in 1779.—

Sullivan, p. 76. This is in Fayette.

\ eG Skannayutenate a small village 40 rods from the lake on the
south bank of Canoga creek half a mile northeast of the present
Canoga. Burned in 1779. A monument to Red Jacket now marks

his birthplace at Canoga. A town of Io houses at the northeast

33 5 ‘corner of Fayette, one and one half miles from Canoga was burned

z in 1779. Newtown was also destroyed. It was on L. Disinger’s

_. farm by the lake a mile south of Canoga.— Sullivan, p. 76

10 Camps are frequent near East Varick, lot 74, Varick.

11 A small site on lot 64, Romulus. Few relics.

) 12 An early site toward Kendaia is on Van Vleet’s farm, lot 79,

- Romulus, four miles southwest of Romulus village and two from

3 ~ Seneca lake. A village site on lot 67 half way between this and

: gk Romulus. Abundant pottery. Kendaia was also on lot 79 and

a was burned in 1779. It was half a mile from the lake on the north

side of the stream above the forks. Gen. J. S. Clark says it was

on the farm of Edward Van Vleet on both sides of the stream.

‘Oné of the tombs was particularly described. “The body was laid

_ on the surface of the earth in a shroud or garment; then a large

< s “casement made very neat with boards something larger than the

_ body and about 4 foot high put over the body as it lay on the

earth; and the outside and top were painted very curious with a

be ereat many colors. In each end of the casement was a small hole

Jeet et Bh cal VS Comte

FAG S NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM”

where the friends of the deceased or any body might see the corpse i
when they pleased. Then over all was built a large shed of bark -
so as to prevent the rain from coming on the vault.’ eee ve,
p. 129. Two others were much like this. _ : ee

13 An early site west of Kendaia on either oie of the mouth of — a
the ravine with hearths and relics. European relics near. :

14 On lot 93 of the same town in the forks of Rising’s ravine “Ag
a quarter of a mile from Seneca lake was once “a distinct wall with |
holes along the center which passed from one branch of the ravine
to the other,” inclosing a triangular spot 50 feet above the stream.
Recent. Also a small site in front ofthe Willard.asylum.—Hins-
dale. ‘He also reported a small site on lot 94 on a high —

north of the steamboat landing. Sinkers, etc.

15 Fishing hamlet on lot 1, Ovid, at the mouth of a deep ravine. a
Others occur at similar places as far as Goff’s point. 2 Re
16 Swahyawana was a hamlet on E. J. Dean’s farm in the north- 5
west corner of Romulus, on the north bank of Sinclair Hollow —
creek. Burned in 1779.—Sullivan, 77. Caches on the farm of | “g

D. D. Johnson, lot 78, a mile south and three east of Romulus.
About 20 caches with fireplaces.

17 An earthwork on lot 29, half a mile from the south line in
Ovid, on the lake ridge. It was an irregular ellipse with several
gateways.—Delafield, p. 389. His plan is given in fig. 56.

18 A recent cemetery at Goff’s point on the bank of Mill creek,
lot 26, Lodi. European relics.—Delafild, p. 388

19 Charles S. Hall, of Geneva, N. Y., describes*a village site
on a branch of Kendig creek, lot 36, Havens, It had pottery.

20 He also describes a considerable village on the east shore of »
Seneca lake, lot 23, Fayette. Pottery was found. eo

21 In the center of lot 33, Fayette, was a fortified town of —
which little is known. It proves to have been circular with an 4
area of two acres. Brass kettles and gun barrels have been found 4

there.

In his Centennial historical sketch of the town of Fayette, p. 14, just
published, Diedrich Willers gives a more satisfactory account of the —
work on lot 33, Fayette. A nearly circular bank inclosed several — ; 3
acres of elevated land. It was thick and high, with an outside ditch. 4
The trees growing within and on the walls were as large as those .

ABORIGINAL OccuPATION. ‘OF NEW YORK 147

“without. The two cabewage were 5 ‘feat wide and large stones pro-
F. tected | the wall on either side of these. The principal gate was at
the southeast and the smaller one at the northwest corner. An
ancient cemetery was nearly a mile southeast of this fort, “ where
fa” human skeletons of unusually large size were found in mounds of
= ee Ea th. ” The character of the “ mounds” is uncertain. _

Steuben county. But few notes could be secured in this county
See Sd some of these are indefinite. Some unlocated Delaware towns

“ot S
=~

destroyed in 1764 may have been here. At that time there was a

-_
“
es

and another at Canisteo.—Doc. hist. N. Y. 7:625
= Except as specified the following notes are from M. F. Roberts’s
Listorical gazetteer and directory of Steuben county, 1891.
1 When Avoca was first settled, there were 50 Indian huts on
the Haskins farm. Early relics occur there. From 50 to 100 huts
s - were on the flat below Abram Towner’s house. These numbers
2 are certainly too high. Location indefinite on the map.
2 There are small camps and arrowheads at Hammondsport.

3 At the settlement there were two square stockades of an acre
each at Canisteo, one being on the bank of the river in the neck
os of a defile opening into the valley on the east. In early documents
- Canisteo is described as a village. made up of stragglers in 1762

-and as a Delaware town of 60 houses in 1764. The stockade had
a bank. The other similar work was at an opening into the valley
from the south on Col. Bill’s creek.

4Gen:4- 0. Clark thought the tory settlement mentioned in Sul-

livan’s campaign was at Painted Post. Many relics have been

found in that vicinity and there are some large sites. An effort
__by the writer to obtain information on these, from local collectors
was not successful.

5 A Monsey town called Assinisink was near the Craton of
the Canisteo and Tioga rivers in 1764. On the Pennsylvania his-
i s torical map it is placed at the forks in the town of Erwin. “

ae 6 As late as 1804 there were temporary camps along the north

7

bank of the river in Cameron. Location indefinite.

_ 7 Ward E. Bryan reports that he has found many relics along
Post creek which reaches the Chemung at Corning. On the east
_ side of the creek there, a dike was cut through a site having arrow-
_ heads and parery,

-. town of 30 good houses on the Cayuga branch with four villages

vat
hb ee. Sr

eee")

cae

}

TAs ee _/ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

8 A cache of pieces of sea shells blocked out for disks was found Pac die
in Lindley near the state line and east of the Tioga. This wason q
the farm of Curtis Guiles, about a mile from the forks of. aa
Cowanesque and Tioga rivers.. Mr poy presented some of .
these to the writer.

Suffolk county. The eastern end of Suffolk county had an early z
celebrity as the seat of the wampum trade which continued there ——
till the middle of the 19th century. The refuse shells are abundant 4
about Gardiner’s bay and those opened for food form large heaps :
almost everywhere on the shore. Furman remarked that the shell
banks in the western part of the county were larger than those in — sq
the eastern. W. W. Tooker who has kindly revised the list i
of sites says of the natives, “Shell heaps, wigwam sites and other om
evidences of their footsteps are found near swamps, at springs of A
running water, on the southern slopes of hills, banks of ponds,
shores of the bays and creeks and in other sheltered spots from the
eastern extremity, of Montauk to the western line of Southampton.”
To his labors we owe much of our definite knowledge and sites not
otherwise credited are to be assigned to him. .

1 Wigwams and shell banks were frequent along the west shots
of Lloyd’s neck.

2 There are lodge sites along the southeast shores of Hance
bay, and Thompson said that the Matinecocks had settlements at

¥
an

i
Sp eS a Seen ee

Cold Spring and Huntington.—Thompson, p. 67. There were set- 4
tlements all about Cold Spring Harbor. The writer finds some a
confusion about Martin Gerritsen’s bay. Early accounts would a
seem to place it west of Oyster bay and some identify it with 3
Schout’s bay which according to Van Tienhoven was on East river.

His description of Gerritsen’s bay in 1650 is evidently of Hunting- d
ton bay. Schout’s bay had one river and Oyster bay divided into 3

and wider than Oyster bay and runs in, westward divides into three
rivers, two of which are navigable; the smallest stream runs up 5
in front of the Indian village, called Martinnehouck where they 7
have their plantations.”—Doc. hist. N. Y. 1:366 og

3 Five cemeteries at St Johnland were mentioned in the New
York Sunday star, Nov. 28, 1880. There are shell heaps about
Nesaquague. . ?

:
.
two. “ Martin Gerritsen’s bay, or Martinnehouck, is much deeper _ “a

149

oe A At Stony Brook were immense quantities of shells.— Bayles,
a P. 234
+5 At Wading River there are many shell heaps.
6 There was a cemetery near the shore southeast of Aquebogue.
7 A recent stockade on Peconic bay was south of Cutchogue,
on the east side of Fort neck. The lines of earth are distinct and
__ inclose half or three fourths of an acre.
aa Lodge sites near the shore east of Cutchogue.
. : 9 Cemetery with pottery half a mile east of Southold village.
% _ Lodge sites on the opposite shore southward.
| 10 Lodge sites and shell heaps along the south shore of the
point east of Greenport.
1m On Shelter island was the Indian fort of 1639, shell mounds
now indicating the site. Mr Tooker places four villages on this
— island.
12 Shell banks on the west side of Gardiner’s island.
13 Great quantities of white quartz arrowheads have been found
on the east side of Lake Ronkonkoma. They are common east-
award.
14 Wigwams and shell heaps from Brookhaven westward near
the shore. |
15 Village of the Secatogues about a mile southwest of Islip near
: Olympic. Thence there are shell heaps westward to the county
line.
16 Unkechaug village on the outer angle of the point three miles
southeast of Brookhaven. Thence lodge sites and shell heaps

extend east and west. Thompson says that the Secatogues had >
their chief village on Secatogue neck and that the Patchogues had.

their principal settlements at Patchogue, Fireplace, Moriches, Mastic
and Westhampton. Mr Tooker says that the Patchogues were
properly Unkechaugs.
: 17 Passing over scattered shell heaps along the shore there was
z a fort and a cemetery about midway between Southampton and
_ Shinnecock Hills. West of this are numerous lodge sites for some
_ miles along the shore,

ae
<> , ' ‘ 5
— ‘ :
“ ae

ea ‘
oy are

mI

ee ea 2 ak My he cok EA Lae ad, ie he es : ars
is be Le yes ihe ‘ wi % , 2 Pd + aie -_. uP reer f > ’ % ~ - ios oo: vo
ae Ae PO A Pe sae i a > ee is aan pa R Sp At LE Ra BENE ag a A

as

Tho (5- NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

18 Lodge sites on two small coves on the south shore of Peconic mek
bay. | co
19 Large village site with graves at Sag Harker, Pact : ae
20 Fireplaces and a refuse heap at Hogonock a little northwest :
of Sag Harbor. Bone implements and pottery. 4
21 Not far southwest of Sag Harbor was a large village site: 2
where all kinds of arrowheads were found. On a lodge site one — 2
and one half miles away all were triangular. On another two miles
off all were stemmed. : iam

22 At Three Mile harbor the earth on the west side is white with
shells which were used in making wampum. There are some on — i:
the east. | 5 -

23 The Sachem’s hole half way between Sag Harbor and East
Hampton marked the spot where Poggatacut’s head rested in 1651 — is
when his body was set down on the way to the grave. The hole
was 14 feet deep and wide and was kept clear by the Indians for
nearly two hundred years. ‘ |

24 A recent cemetery in the southeast part of East Hampton
village. |

25 Indian well southeast of Amagansett and near the shore.

26 Fort of 1661. This was on Nominick hill near Napeague.

27 Two workshops south of Fort pond.

28 Earthwork and ditch on the northeast side of Fort pond on
Fort hill in Montauk. It-was 100 feet square with a round tower
of earth or stone at each corner.—Prime, p. 91-92. Mr Tooker
reported this as 180 feet on each side and as very recently obliter-
ated. There was a cemetery near and thence ‘came a stone foot- ‘%
mark now in the collection of the Long Island historical society. *

Sullivan county. As in much of the Algonquin territory there —
are no large sites here and few of the smaller have been reported. —

It is supposable that the name of Indian Field pond in Bethel refers

to marks of occupation. French in his gazetteer says there were — =
frequent traces of occupation, including trails, early and recent i
relics.

1 There were Indians at Mamakating hollow in 1700. French

p. 642

«
7
> 2 3S

a
a

{ AOE el a I eS el

— Pris place of which traces are Reeionally plowed up at the pre-
ise sent day.”—French, p. 644.
. 3 Indian cemetery and village near Burlingham.—S choonmaker,

3

_p. 40. Abandoned Oct. 4, 1663. Near the county line.
Tioga county. For nearly all the sites along the Susquehanna

thanks are due A. F. Barrott of Owego. Le ‘Roy J. hanes of

BY Newark Valley furnished several on Owego creek.

a . I A site of two acres on Peter Caryl’s farm northwest of Candor
i ~ and on Catatonk creek. Pottery and stone articles.
=. 2 Camps on G. H. Thomas’s farm west of creek half way between

s - Weltonville and West Newark. Early relics.

: rE: 3 Camp on west bank of See creek two miles north ug Newark
f Valley. |

x - 4 Camp a mile north of the same place on both sides of the
creek. Many fireplaces and early relics. Long occupation.

5 Mr Tappan reported many mounds near Newark Valley which
he hoped to explore. Fine relics were found five miles from there.

6 Mound one mile south of Newark Valley near the east bank
____ of Owego creek with early relics in and around it.

‘ 7 Early camps on Luke Fleming’s farm east of Flemingville and
s on the south bank of East Owego creek. Potstone dish and
-__ earthenware.

aA? 8 Camps on George Burt’s farm north of Catatonk and east of

Catatonk creek. Pottery and early relics. In the Historical gazet-
____teer of Tioga county it is stated that the Onondagas had a fort on
. this creek at the settlement of Candor. This may be doubted.

‘ _ son in the town of Tioga on the top of the cliffs on the west bank
Beas oof Owego creek.—Gay, p. 476

east of the creek. Abundant pottery.

Ir Camps on Bert Farnham’s farm north-of Scandlesville and
Ba east of the creek. Early relics and pottery. Camps on land of
a 3 James Nelson south of Scandlesville and in forks of Catatonk and
os Owego creeks. Early relics. Old cemetery on George Brown’s
Z : : land southwest of the same place. Pottery and shells.

: hy: 9 There was a cemetery on the lands of J. Platt and C. F. John-

Io Hamlet on John Fleming’s farm south of Flemingville and

152 - NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

12 Early camps on G. H. Pumpelly’s land, north of Owego and —
east of the creek. Pottery and stone relics.

13 Recent relics and skeletons west of Owego creek and village.
Also the whole of Owego from the upper end of Front street to
the D. L. & W. railroad bridge. Stone relics, potstone and earthen-
ware. Piles of mussel shells also. Some recent relics. There were
graves and a burial mound. The village of 1779 was west of the
creek. : |

14 Spanish hill is at Waverly but on or over the Pennsylvania“
line and is nearly obliterated. Accounts are conflicting, some claim-
ing an outer and inner line. There was a cemetery at the base of
the hill. Gen. J. S. Clark thought this the town of Carantouan
occupied in 1615. It has been mentioned by many.

15 Camps west of Smithboro and north of the river. Flakes and
earthenware over several acres. Also a village site on Coreall’s
flats north of the river. Recent relics.

16 Village on Mr Middaugh’s land southwest of Smithboro and
south of the river. Fireplaces and potstone.

17 Camps east of Smithboro and north of the river, with others
south. Early relics. Also west of Nichols and south of the river —
many fireplaces were unearthed by the washing of the bank. Fine
pottery and some bone articles.

18 A cemetery and village site on Mr Johnson’s land’ south of
the river and northeast of Nichols. Stone implements and orna-
ments with pottery.

19 Village site on George ieee ite land south of Tioga Ferry
and the river. Fireplaces, stone implements and soapstone orna-
ments. On the south side of the river opposite no. 24, is a large
village site probably with camps. Early articles with pottery and
soapstone. On William Lounsberry’s land east of Tioga Ferry
is another site with grooved pebbles. _

20 On Charles Smith’s land are camps east of Canfield and south
of the river. Ground flint articles. Camps on William R. Louns-
berry’s land east of Lounsberry and south of the river. Grooved.
pebbles and celts. Others south of Canfield and the river with

: great quantities of flakes and little else.

ee river. Early relics. Also others on his land southeast of Owego.
i Between the D. L. & W. railroad bridge and the creek were early
___ articles with two copper implements. On George Nichols’s land
ee east of Owego and south of the river are camps with arrow and
ae spearheads and great quantities of flakes.

iS - 22 Large and early village site on Serene La Monte’s land.
a ‘Many relics. Mr Barrott says, “50 years ago tent rings could be
seen the entire length of three fields.” 3 .

ae 23 Early camps on Mr Brown’s land north of Nichols and the

| river have a little pottery with stone relics.
‘ 24 A camp southwest of Tioga Center and north of the river
j has early relics and abundant earthenware.
‘ ___ 25 There was a camp similar to the last northeast of Tioga Center.
Some camps are included in this number on Hardman Cole’s land
. on the north side of the river and northeast of Canfield, with-others
on George Ferguson’s land north of that place. On the former
; were stone mortars and soapstone vessels. | |
-—- 26 Camps on Mr Bauer’s land west of Canfield and north of the
river. Early relics with earthenware.
27 A large village site on Henry Tillbury’s land north of the
river and east of Nanticoke creek. Many relics and some gouges.
Another farther west. Camps on Frank cee s farm north of
| river and Apalachin ferry. Early relics. |
- __-«- 28 ~Two sites north of the river and east of Apalachin ferry with
many and varied early relics.
29 South of Hiawatha island and near Nanticoke creek.
Earthenware. Also a camp east of Hiawatha ferry and the creek.
Like the last. :
30 Opposite Campville and west of the ferry on Gen. B. F.
“Tracey’s land. Much earthenware with clay pipes.
31 Village site on Mr Catlin’s land east of the mouth of ass
alachin creek. Abundant earthenware and some glass beads.
32 The remaining sites were reported by Percy L. Lang and are
in the west part of the county. A camp half a mile northwest of

-

Waverly. There are several villages and cemeteries near Waverly

ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 153.

i or Camps on’ G7 ie Pumpelly’s land south of Owego and the

| raped ¢ ich? Whe ee es ed

and south to Tioga Point. | Lies Nea Renee pe yaay en ee hy

—- Payot
& - o> wit Se.

~
Se wt ¢
. A ie

+>

SG
3
%.“eyi-

x
a ey

or as!
ae ne Peer soe “
ree ae ee ae ane

»

Bar ast

mn ve

a

154 ° ‘NEW VORK STATE MUSEUM = «=i (ss

33 Two cemeteries, a village and camp are north of the river and :

near the state boundary line. These are above Waverly.

They range from the state boundary line to two and one half miles"
north of it.

35 There is a camp site on the east side of Cayuta creek, three
miles north of Waverly. . |

36 A camp west of Cayuta creek is at the mouth of Miller run. —

37 A camp east of this creek is half a mile north of Lockwood.

38 There are two camps south of the river at Barton and a ceme-
tery half a mile west of the village. Two miles southwest are two

34 A village and two camps are on the south side of the river. _

ts
main

-

PS ak”

villages and a camp. : : oe

Numbers 39 to 41 are omitted through an error in adding the

following notes which were sent by Percy L. Lang.

_ 42 A village east of the river and north of the state boundary line
had stone implements. There was also a camp farther north con-
taining pottery, and an early village and cemetery were on the west
side of the river. | |

43 There was a village at the north end of Manghatamanga flats
and east of the river. Another camp was farther down the stream.
44 A cemetery north of the river was half a mile west of Barton.
Some camps were on the same side of the stream and east of that
village. |

45 There were camps south of Barton and others farther south-

west. The general indications are of a shifting population all along -
-the Susquehanna. [Ease of access to the soapstone quarries of

Pennsylvania accounts for frequent articles of that material, while
some articles which occur in the northeastern counties of New
York are almost unknown there. Frequent grooved axes show
also the presence of southern visitors, in Tioga county.

Tompkins county. 1 In the winter of 1883-84 13 skeletons were
reported to have been exhumed in Groton. They were placed in

a circle with their feet to the center, a comparatively recent mode. A

Pipes and shell beads were found but the location was indefinite.
2 There were graves on Fay Townley’s farm in South Lansing
but no relics were with the skeletons.

pet, °¢ gee Oe ee a

in, FOG EPO

es tion of Sullivan’s men and also one six miles southwest near Water- _

26
aS :
a
om
a

aca
ou

ay

EM chal pb
vo

a x S
a
-

_-s
Pa]

Eh fa his Hi istory of C orileaed Mr Goodwin said there was a Sapilt-

Piece at the mouth of Taghkanic creek which escaped the atten-

burg.

4A fort and cemetery were reported by Daniel Trowbridge in
Ulysses half a mile from Waterburg. There was a bank and three
‘rows of palisades. The relics were early Iroquoian—Smithsoman

_ report, 1864. This was half a mile west of Waterburg the bank

being on the north side of the road. The cemetery was on the

south side. A skeleton was dug up a mile east of Waterburg.—

Child. Directory, 1868-69. It is in the west part of Tompkins

county half a mile east of the county line and a mile northeast of.

Perry City on the farms of Messrs Hart and Sherwood. The road
passes through it—Amer. ant. 1897. Fig. 81 is F. E. Her-
rick’s plan in that paper. It is singular in its combination of a
wall and lines of palisades and seems to be about 500 by 350 feet. _
5 A. F. Barrott reported another fort on a bluff on Parker
Wixom’s land, with a wall crossing the bluff east and west. This

__. was nearly three miles southeast of the last.

6 Another fort was two miles south of no. 4, east of the creek

~~ and opposite Caleb Wixom’s house. Mr Barrott reported this as
- eircular but with a prolongation of the wall 15 rods southerly from
at 2tDe south gate. It is on a bluff. Mr Herrick described it as an
_ immense early village. Besides no. 4, Mr Trowbridge spoke of |

three other forts within three miles, which he did not describe. One
is unnoticed here. Fig. 86 is from a sketch by Mr Barrott.

7 Coreorgonel was a small village burned in 1779, west of Cayuga
inlet on high ground and two miles south of Ithaca.—Sullivan, p.

_ 77. There are recent burial places at Coreorgonel and also north

—~ =

- of Buttermilk falls and on the bluff near Dr Parker’s, East hill.—

Dudley. “Where Ithaca now stands were found cleared fields

__ which had previously been cultivated by the Indians.” —French, p.

— ~The Tedarighroones were adopted by the Cayugas in 1753
and settled at the head of Cayuga lake which thence had the name

of Totieronno. It has been thought that Poney Hollow was a

: _ contraction from the Saponies who may have lived there.

GY

wea ye Sk
“ ¥ ee,
4A eae Tay

-
+

7<e.
oé
age

oe NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM _

~ Ulster county. S. L. Frey says of this county, Lt saa ie
country of abundant streams and that it was occupied for a long Be a
time by aboriginal tribes is clearly shown by the abundant relics.
The indications however are that there was no long residence at
any one point. There are no beds of debris, ashes, coal, bones, _
etc., such as are found on the sites of Iroquois villages.” The
people were Algonquins and of different habits from the interior =
nations. They raised corn but often changed their homes. There © |
were several bands of these called by various names but generally _
known as the Esopus Indians, who lived in the valleys or near
the Hudson river. They are famous for their wars with the Dutch.
1 On a map of the Catskill region issued by the West Shore
railroad in 1893 Indian graves are indicated between West Sauger-
ties and Quarryville. | ea
2 Rev. Dennis Wortman reports two village sites near Sauger-
ties. | a.
3 There were cornfields near Wagondale and Sagerskill—
Sylvester, p. 57 . es
4 Several clearings and orchards were known in Olive at an
early day. On the farm of Benjamin Turner was a cemetery. =
Early relics are frequently found—Sylvester, p. 301 ~
5 ‘Site at Glasco. a
6 The Esopus Indians around Kingston were sometimes called = 55
Warynawaucks.—Schoonmaker, p. 3. There was an inscribed stone ~
~ at Esopus Landing and a village site near Kingston Point. a

——

7 There was a village and cemetery at Ponckhockie.

fi

=) ® J hs cay 7
ripe whe Ss ‘

{Sy 4 S ay?
oy Weg a ea

8 An Indian fort called Wiltmeet is supposed to have been in
Marbletown.—Schoonmaker, p. 15. In that town Mr Louis Bevier
has fine relics found on his farm.—Frey ONG

9 There was a town at the junction of Rondout and Vernoey |
kills at Wawarsing. Arrowheads, etc. were found there—Schoon-

maker, p. 35. The grand council house of the Esopus Indians was
there and thus several trails met.— Sylvester, p. 22

10 In the Esopus war of 1659 the Indians had corn at Le Fevre’s
falls in Rosendale. This was on the flat owned by Timothy F.
Tilson.—Sylvester, p. 42 |

=
~ t
os

5

rae

> i

ae
;

“%
oe
a .
places this in Rosendale at the same distance.—Schoonmaker, p. 17

+ 11 There was a village in a strong place nine miles above this
either in Rochester or Wawarsing.—Sylvester, p. 42. Schoonmaker

_ 12 The fort of 1663 was at Kahanksen in Wawarsing four miles

east and near the Rochester line. It was on the south side of :

- _ Rondout creek just north of Shurter hill—Schoonmaker, p. 36
13 Henry Booth reports an early village site with relics a

~ mile south of New Paltz, on the Wallkill.

14 Another is at Libertyville.

15 Another is on the Wallkill near Tuthilltown.

16 The new fort in the Esopus war was in Shawangunk on the
east bank of Shawangunkkill two miles south of Bruynswick post-
office. It was on a sandy plateau on Matthew Jansen’s land 75 feet
above the river. Arrowheads, etc., are found.—Schoonmaker, p. 37.
A two hours’ march from the site of the Shawangunk church ibaa
the Hooge Berg.—Sylvester, p. 56

Warren county. This was mainly a land of passage with many

. ‘camps and few villages.

1 Toward the head of Lake George on Dunham’s bay was a small

a camp and another on Van Wormer’s bay with but few relics. Most

of these sites are mentioned in the H istory of the town of Queensbury,
by A. W. Holden but more definite notes were furnished by Rev.
O. C. Auringer of Troy, N. Y.

2 Abundant relics occur at “ Old Bill Harris’s camp,” Harrisena.

_ There are several small sites along the creek leading to Dunham’s
bay. Early relics, but Holden says that they are mostly recent

in Queensbury. -
3 Queensbury or Oneida, and Round pond. Several small sites

- along a small creek and pond extending over a square mile. Early

relics and an unexplored mound in a creek bottom.

: 4 Glen lake or Long pond and outlet. Several sites in an area

of one and one half miles east along the outlet. Early relics. One
small site on the south side of the pond. |

5 Head of Glen lake and inlet, Meadow run. Large site on high ©

- ground. ©

ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 157

ae
ae |

a

Fragments of pottery abound. Fig. 82 is a plan of this small work,

Mle, iene a Seana
‘NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM _

6 Meadow run and Glendon pres. A large and early vill
site with some smaller ones. . Bay
7 Big bend at the rifts of Hudson river. Two Ae
historic and prehistoric, covering about six acres and having many
relics. Fragments of pottery are scattered all over the county on
both sides of the Hudson. A copper spear and stone implements —
were found at West mountain. ee:
Washington county. Like the last, this was a land of passage _
and there are many trails and scattered implements old and recent.
Relics have been found in or about Cambridge, Salem and Fort | 3
Miller but without notes of sites. ‘3
1 Site east of Cossayuna lake with fine relics. © .
2 A similar small site near Cambridge. ae Be
3 Several interesting sites near Smiths Basin south of Fort Ann, <3
with much debris and some large caches of chipped implements. ine
Wayne county. Few distinct sites have been found in this —
county but articles occur along the trails near Lake Ontario and ay | ‘
elsewhere. pret
1 An oval earthwork inclosing about five eighths of an acre is =i
on Fort hill, a conspicuous spot a mile south of Savannah village.
The gate is at the north end and there is a large cache within. .

the long axis of which is about 256 feet from center to center Oh
the ditch. It has not been before described.
2 Many articles occur along Crusoe creek.
3 There were one or more Indian villages in Galen. There are
several fireplaces on Joseph Watson’s farm near Clyde and many _
relics have been found.—Cowles, p. 252. A large mortar half a
mile east of the last on A. Snedekar’s place near the Roman catholic.
cemetery. Arrowheads are found. These are near the ‘Clyde river.
4. Arrow and spearheads are found in Butler. |
5 An early site of some size three miles northeast of Wolcott
village and near the railroad. . me ee
6 A few arrowheads and celts have been found at Sodus Point. a
On W. E. Sill’s land half a mile south of this the writer found two
lodge sites and some relics but nothing was seen all along the bay. ..

2 3 DBakin: I a epee,
fe Save He: Kitchawanks were near the Giiton and north to the Hise
lands. In Cortlandt at the entrance of the neck proper was the

castle of Kitchawan. —Bolton, 1 :84. This was on Senasqua neck,
w called Croton poy The castle was west of the Van Cort-

“and on the neighboring shores. a sli 1:180
5 4 The principal village in Yorktown was on Indian hill, toe
: feet above the north bank of Lake Magrigaries now Mohegan 5

S lake, on the east side of the hill. ee 2:661. The cemetery was

: 3 There was a village on Crane’s lake or on the rocky ridge of
‘roton river in Somers, with lodges on most streams and high
_ Some were on the east mide of Angle Fly brook.—Bolton,

% 2 if cemetery at Wood’s bridge at the junction of Plum brook
tae nd Croton river in this town.—Bolton, 2:252 ;
a ee on the road from Boutonville to Bedford beyond

9 Nanichiestawack was on the south side of India hill, Bedford. —
It was the scene of the fight of 1644 and mounds existed there in
1765.—Bolion, 1:7. A traditional burial place was in the present Se
Bedford cemetery.—Bolton, 1:40. :

10 Cemetery on an island in a swamp northwest of the road from
Ridgefield to Bedford but in Lewisboro. The Indian well is on &
the east line of the town.—Bolton, 1 :395. At Cohansey in Bedford,

Indians lived during the colonial period. Potamus ridge near

Beaver Dam river was occupied in 1692.—Bolion, 1:4
Ir Pequot mills are in the woods on Smith’s ridge. There are

many circular mortars in the rocks and a stone mound is near.

Early relics are frequent on Lake Waccabuck in the north part of
Lewisboro.—Boliton, 1:396. Farther north in North Salem was a
village of 1656 and a cemetery northwest of the manor house. Vast

quantities of spear and arrowheads are found on the high eroaa —_— i. z 4

_

Bolton, 1 734
12 There was a village in Lewisboro near the state line—Bolton, —

1: 395. Many relics have been found about Cross pond, on the east ; ad ;
side of which there was a stone mound.—Bolton, 1:394 |

13 Indian pound was at the foot of a high ridge south of the
present village of Poundridge. It was an inclosure for game.—
Bolton, 2:103. There was an old cemetery at the foot of Stony
hills—Bolton, 2 :124

14°A village on Chappaqua hills i in New Castle and another on
the south bank of Roaring brook. An Indian cemetery was near
the last with early relics.—Bolton, 1:565

15 Recent lodges and cemetery on the south side of Kirby’ S Saud
at New Castle Corners.—Bolton, 1:566

16 Stockade in North Castle a little south of Armonck.—Bolton,

1 :697 |
17 The principal village here was on the north side of Rye pond.

Extensive shell beds with many relics. Villages also on Armonck — ie

and Byram lakes and a cemetery near Wampus pond.—Bolion, 1:698

18 The Sint Sincks lived in the town of Ossining and had a vil-
lage at Sing Sing in the 17th century.—Bolton, 2:9. There was a
village in this town between Sing Sing and Croton.—Bolton, 2:2

at ay Hollow were several peunds and a fort.—Bolton, 1:506
Bo; 20. The village of Alipconck in 1659 was at the south end of
‘Tarrytown on a hill where there were deep shell banks.—Bolion,

oe:
a .
ai

1294

- was at the mouth of the stream at Dobbs Ferry and in the vicinity.
ag There are deep shell banks. But one castle remained in 1663.—
ig Bolton, 1:259
a _ 22 In 1746 there was a village in Greenburg on Mr McChain’s

Fre
hs

_ farm and one on Indian hill—Bolton, 1:260

23 There were lodge sites and a cemetery in White Plains and

also a mortar cut in the rock.—Bolton, 2:535

Pao 24. In Yonkers there were village sites on the Nepera.—Bolton,
“ie -2:576. A cemetery two miles north of Yonkers on Blackwell's hill,
and another at the entrance of Sprain valley, with scattered graves
elsewhere. —Bolton, 2:577-78,
: ee A: Mohegan stockade on Berrian’s ncel and a cemetery.—
Bolton, 2 578.
G _ 26 Extensive shell beds in West Farms on the East and Harlem
Ee. Tivers with burial mounds near Gouverneur Morris’s residence.—
ae Bolton, 2:451

27 In the town of West Chester the principal village was on
Castle Hill neck and at Bear swamp. There was a cemetery on the
_» southeast side of Spicer’s neck and many shell heaps on the East

_ river.—Bolton, 2 :264 :
if _ 28 The castle of the Sinamon Indians was on a hill in the village
of East Chester and there were lodges on a neighboring stream.

_ Vast quantities of early relics have been found in the town.—Bolton,
-1:202. There are supposed stone foot marks in the southeast part.

s _—Bolton, 1 :247. A village site with graves has been reported north-
east of old East Chester church on the banks of East Chester creek.
- —Smith . |

_ 29 Vast numbers of shell beds and stone relics have been found
sf - in Pelham. The favorite burial place of the Siwanoys was at the
_ €ntrance of Pelham neck. Numerous mounds occur but most are
4 recent. Some are early and have quartz arrowheads and pottery.—

er sh PY Bercian’s neck is now in New York County.

TOs

.° A
= hie
meee et

« < 3
s et os iy
ots Rae

Seee2t Three castles were described at Wetqueschek in 1642. This

.
os ah ol

ee

sy.

*

a ! 3

bd Soyer
ADS ae

eee

ha
‘rts

ee
peter.

feo Van

a eX
NP a Ee

5

ee

Bolton, 2:36. On the extreme point in Pelham was seater cemetery
with quantities of arrowheads. There was a venerated stone on

-Hunter’s island and a large workshop west of Pelham Priory.- =
Bolton, giny Lik =

30 Davenport’s neck in New Rochelle was covered with wigwams —
in 1746 and there are extensive shell beds along the shore with E

scattered hamlets elsewhere. There is a quartz quarry and curious |
relics in the north part of the town.—Bolton, 1 :581 ~ 3
31 In Mamaroneck was the village of Kitchawanc on the project-
E: ing rocks opposite Heathcote hill near Mamaroneck bay. The —
me | cemetery was northeast of this. There were extensive works on the a
: high ground north of the hill forming long ridges with correspond-
ae ing depressions. There were four circular pits and a mound on the ~ 5
= | south with other works on the west side of the hill——Bolion, 1 464. 3
| 32 The principal Mohegan village was at or near Parsonage- >
ie point in Rye. A cemetery was near this on Burying hill and there —
bs : were many scattered graves and sites in the town.—Bolton, 2 :128.
: Abundant remains and shell heaps occur on Peningoe neck in this 3
ey town.—Baird, p. 20. A cemetery was opened on the bank of Blind ri
3 brook in 1855 and other graves in 1867 on the other side. These
were old.—Baird, p. 193. Several small villages, rock mortars and ~
early relics occur along the shores of Rye.—Baird, p. 194 ek
ey: 33 There was a village with shell heaps at the south end of -

a> Manursing island.—Baird, p. 193 oe
Ss 2 A village has been reported at Bullock’s landing and probably —
s ‘ many have never been distinguished. There is very little earthen-
es as ware, but shell heaps are too numerous to be specified. The

abundance of sea food and the ease of communication made this a _
very populous district. | 23

34 A shell heap at Throgs Neck near Schuylerville i in the town of
West Chester. Both early and very modern relics. 2

35 Small triangular arrowheads are frequent near the shore at ;
Larchmont park. The additional notes were supplied by M. — :
mond Harrington of Mount Vernon, N. Y. ae

36 Camp at the forks of Mamaroneck river. Another northeast — a
of this, on the same stream and near a high rock, four miles north o of
Be ees station. Arrowheads at both. B

Va is hy! 4 Te eee Pow wh pete‘ Cm ee ve TT wa 2. a
Ma ON 4 Haye Be Ee oe iA Ph ae a y og +a a Oe eae = aw ito 6
ie Ay Boek we “ ip ae Ay 4 eye ody. 4 “
“oh as Bae PUA ee 7 et rated
ae ; _ '

.
7 ©

ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 163

a va 27 David’s Island has yielded many arrowheads. A grave or pit

on Hunter island had some fine articles, including a circular orna-

‘ment of mica. On this island are several shell beds, one of which is

covered at high tide. Arrowheads are frequent.

38 A small village site at the end of Davenport’s neck, had

_ grooved axes, celts, arrowheads and mortars and a little pottery.
39 There are many shell beds along Hutchinson river and Pel-

ham bay, on the east shore. One of these is some distance up the

river. A group of six is a quarter of a mile above the railroad |

bridge, and they are about 12 feet across and a foot high. Another
group still farther south, extends along the east shore of the bay
below the foot bridge, for about 200 feet.. The group includes a
village site. - South of a cove in the bay is an unexplored shell bed.
_ Beyond this a small one with arrowheads and pottery. At the end
of the point is a cemetery. Much farther north and on the east side
of the point is another cemetery, three fourths of a mile south of
Bartow station. The graves were on two knolls, about 50 feet in
diameter. A shell heap, 4o feet across, lies behind the largest. A
field by a small stream, half a mile north of Bartow station, has
several shell beds. A great variety of relics has been found there.
A small field, south of this and near it has many relics, and a shell
bed. ae,
40 On the west side of Pelham bay, at the mouth of a brook one
and one half miles south of Bay Chester station, are shell beds.

41 Camp of 2 acres on Hutchinson river, a mile south of Pelham--

ville station. There are but few shells, but many stone relics. A
very small but similar site is opposite.
ae A shell bed, 50 feet in diameter, is a mile south of Rye station,
on the west bank of Blind brook. It has pottery and argillite arrow
and spearheads. : i
Mr Harrington furnished notes on some sites already mentioned,
but these may be summarized in order. At Dobbs Ferry (4) and
_ Irvington he had seen’shell beds. Byram lake (22) has been raised
and some land overflowed, but arrowheads still occur. Rye
pond has also been raised, while Kirby pond has been drained: On

_ Teller’s point, at the end of Croton neck, were two very large and

aS

rus ae | ae SALI SEEN na
3: 2 Ee a aes
mg

BAR 7

ee

ry ? NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

deep shell beds, the larger with few relics, and the smaller with —
many. There was a village on the Bronx river, a quarter of a mile

south of Bronxville station, (28) which had fine relics, including
pottery. A large shell bed was west of and opposite the south end
of Hunter island, (29) and had many interesting relics. A series of
shell beds, forming a large village site, was north of this, and op-

posite the north end of Hunter island. A great variety of relics. A

large shell bed (31) is on the north shore of Delancey’s neck, Mamar-
oneck. Another similar bed is northeast and opposite, on Rye
neck, in Rye. A village (33) was between Beck’s Rye beach and

Oakland beach. Pottery and arrowheads. Another camp on the
_ neck just south of Parsonage point, with similar relics. On these

sites pottery is frequent, as well as hammer stones and net sinkers.
Polished stone is not common, and many articles are entirely lack-
ing. Pipes are very rare, but fine articles were not likely to be lost
in shell beds or heaps. The use of shells in graves has features of
interest. |

Wyoming county. 1 On the northwest side of the Genesee a

mile or two above the falls was a work on a small but high hill first
described in 1808. The small hill south of Portage mentioned by
Squier is the same.—Squier, p. 63. Mr Reynolds described itasa

circular work four and one half miles south of Portage. A mound
was on the flats 25 rods north of this. J. S. Minard of Fillmore

furnished the writer with plans of this, one of which is given in fig. .
83. The work is oblong, inclosing one and three fourths acres,

and is on lot 107 of the Cottringer purchase, town of Genesee Falls.
A plan appears in a report of the U. S. bureau of ethnology, 1890-91.

2 Gadao was in Castile near the outlet of Silver lake-——Morgan, °

p. 435. It was commonly called Gardeau.
Yates county. 1 A noted work was on Bare hill, lot 70, Middle-

sex. It was about 1000 feet above the east shore of Canandaigua

lake. It has never been figured and but slightly described. ‘The

fallen stones of the wall have been scattered, but the ditch remains *

inclosing one acre. The fort is a little north of Vine Valley. It is
the early fort of Seneca traditions but there are few indications of

occupancy. The great serpent ate all the people. It seems the fort

usually referred to Naples at the head of the lake.

, ae

vey: The “ Old fort ” in Shearman’s hollow was a prehistoric earth-

work near the schoolhouse on lot 48, Jerusalem.—Cleaveland, Pp. 449-

50. It was near Friend on the north line of the town and was a

i"

rectangle of two acres. Pottery occurs there and a large stone
ek mortar was found. Dr S. H. Wright however reports it as a stock-

ade with two trenches and many openings. There was a cemetery

Pomenr.

3 A valley southeast of Italyhill was much frequented and three
artificially grooved boulders were found on Mr Paddock’s farm.

This was a mile southeast of that village.

4 An Indian village and orchard were a few rods south of Italy
Hollow. Another village and orchard were a mile north of the

Big Elm in the same valley.

5 Grooved boulders occur in Guyanoga valley about one and one

‘ half miles from Branchport. A cemetery is near these on D. W.

cv

- MN

So

_ Dickinson’s land.

6 There are graves on the Ellsworth farm half a mile northeast
ot Branchport. :

7 A burial mound and cemetery with mostly modern relics near,
have been described on the west shore of Lake Keuka. Several
circular structures of sandstone were on the east side of the outlet

_ near the lake-—Cleaveland, p. 715

8 Graves on lot 43, Milo, on the Thayer place near the lake are

mentioned in this. Early and recent relics. Probably the same as

an old work on lot 34, which is three and three fourths miles south
of Penn Yan and less than a mile east of the lake. It occupied about

_ six acres and had one trench. There was a large cemetery toward
the lake. : |
9 Bones and mica were feat in a mound on the west side of |
- Bluff Point about two miles from its southern end.

to Dr S. H. Wright fully described and illustrated some curious

me remains on lots 5 and 6, Bluff Point, eight miles south of Penn Yan.
A He called it a system of graded ways but so unlike any New York

. ABORIGINAL: OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 165,

A
a BPS iit Pe te

£32 = mE
~ a tS
Sa —_——a

=
ie as
—t

is
pee
we

Son ee
eS

Be

nine

ee Deets ee
eet I) Paes oe

=
ae

. +>
=

ie
%)
Dy
'¢
*
Fi 4
7
+f
ey
ST

NE Sick Mash PRN AGN AREER FR POs cahee Ney Aa RO NUR AUER aaie re ee MA ey Nard Ree Ral Pe Te
‘ : ol

166 , NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

work that farther examination should precede opinion. The area

is seven acres and there are no relics.—Regents, 25th report, p. 193
tr An old work was on lot to4, Benton, four miles northwest of
Penn Yan.

12 The Kashong site is near Bellona on the line of Ontario —

county and near Seneca lake. There are early and recent ceme- —
teries. An early one is north of Earl’s station and toward the lake. —

13 Early and recent cemeteries occur at Dresden on Seneca lake.
14 An early site is reported at the mouth of Big. Stream on the

same lake.

These notes were partly furnished by Dr S. H. Wright and’

Miles A. Davis. With few exceptions the relics are [roquoian.

y

Mr Squier gave 37 plans in his account of the antiquities of New
York. Over 50 more are included here and others might be

obtained by prompt action. It is to be regretted that the descrip- °

tions of these had to be made so brief. Many deserve much fuller
treatment, such as they may receive at a later day. On so smalla

scale the location of sites could not be precise, nor could appro-.
priate symbols be used. For future and enlarged work of this kind :

it is fortunate that there is now much material available in notes and
larger charts.. Could all the notes of local antiquarians be even now
placed together they would form a collection of incalculable value.
It is hoped that this preliminary survey may stimulate work of this
kind. Town and county maps of Indian sites are greatly desired —
from all parts. Simple and accurate descriptions will greatly in-
crease their value. It is a work worthy of the attention of every
scientific and historical society in New York, and of every earnest

antiquarian.
A few words on this important work may be said in conclusion. —

In giving the location of sites of any kind, a county atlas will be
found useful, as the town plans allow the assignment of all to farms

as well as town lots. This seems the best way to make a personal

record of field work when it can be done. In some cases topo-

graphic maps of the New York surveys can be had at Albany, which

will be found well adapted for such work. /Where the atlas is 3

Aes:

‘<

nS - ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 167
Ris |
be. “employed a tracing or a transfer to a map on a smaller scale may
Pe? ae used for transmission. Where mere descriptions are made it
will be well to note the town lot, the distance and direction from
a some village, stream or road, the space occupied and the length
of occupation, which is often indicated by the depth of fireplaces
and the blackness of the soil. The character and abundance of
articles are also often matters of the highest importance. The
position of bodies in sepulture may be noted, and*the absence or
_ presence of articles of any kind. In some cases peculiar stones
alone were placed with the dead, and the mode of burial varied
greatly. Instances of overlying or inclosing stones should be
particularly described.
_ In either descriptions or surveys of defensive works it should
be stated whether they were stockades, or had a bank and ditch.
Much confusion has arisen from lack of care in this, many stockades
| thaving been described as earthworks, the narrow and shallow
trench in which the pickets were placed appearing as a ditch.
Dimensions should be given of all works when possible, and in
earthworks it should be specified whether the measurements are
to the ditch or wall. The number, position and width of gates are

»:

‘matters of importance.

In examining mounds or graves it is well to have a camera at »

hand, to photograph sections of the mounds or the arrangement of

bodies or bones in burial. Some of the very few remaining -

mounds in western New York should be thus carefully examined
by an expert. The work should not be superficial but excavation
_ should be carried down to undisturbed earth, and every point of
interest noted. With similar care many old village sites may yet
yield valuable results. The plow throws out much for a time but
_. does not reach the bottom of long used fire places. These may
_ have a depth of several feet, and in the ashes, fine and early bone
implements are often preserved in all their pristine beauty. In
fact very few of these will be obtained without the use of the spade.
Where there are steep banks near a fort or village one or more

ae

dumping places of refuse will usually| be found. Amid the bones,
ashes and coals, many broken or perfect articles may appear.

-
a ;
Pry

—— Le
be Pa re a ee >
ee ee ee eee

~ ety x
~ ad -

: “” ’ 7

eto ae

oar St

‘ hap,

NT aK Ate

in «
eee ct tee

“a
«

~)

vs A
i Sa ee Sn es

ow

» \ ‘

~~.

1
Nay a
o
ee ees it #5. +
ay ere eee On we Te

- — e- ]
og ag he Se

PE Racer Pome geet ae,
- a at
Ee Sah ee een sagt 2

, -
1.
-

Pte?) Ry
’ ah =
ee ee

i Aw ht
a . of oes -
at pu as pan

v)
aA
coi
— -

Cia
a » ,
% iw
=< nf

ei
<

A
A

a

et

;
7
-
»
,
4
‘

e putes as ae ane Seen as slices A ‘The sea
antiquarian will not require them in his wider knowledge. — op:
and easily understood they will be found helpful by many |
~ have had fewer opportunities. When practised they will trans
the mere collector into a promoter of historic science. He
no longer be execrated by some leaders in the field as a hindr
‘rather than an‘aid to clearer knowledge, but he will become .
of the helping hands without which wise heads can do
or nothing. The knowledge gained will be accurate and wi
spread, and in the end will lead to valuable results. How m
such workers are needed may be seen in the very limited rep
from some counties. How much can be accomplished by men
are busy in other ways appears in some of those found elsewh
For ag pas aid wey, have given him, others may well a \

helpers in the task of obtaining a clearer haus tate of aborig
history.

occuramox ¢ OF NEW YORK is é

EXPLANATION OF PLATES
, Page numbers refer to fuller descriptions in bulletin.

) Plate 1
Nork in Auburn, Cayuga CO ee eee eee en
Be ccce fe Ledyard, ee Te ace Ses
+ Be Betciwitc in Sinclairville, Chautauqua co..
Work near Cassadaga creek, hy cae ac ae dele a

4 E lliptic work in Ellington, ‘Sess hie dane ene Mala
rge circular work between Fredonia and Forestville,

“6 Bet. work on south fide of Allegany river, Catta-
Ree ee is Sore an So
ot iad ‘Works in South Stockton, (Chautawgua.co.'s..... rye

oi, 2 Earthwork in Randolph village, Eeeeeuett COUR sna.

“ : Plate 4 .
19 Bagules work near Ellington, Chautauqua EO Ras o's

oe 7 Line of fortifications near east shore of ee a lake,

ee CO ee enieaa ila die cs She aeheg s' {6 oy es) eae
meine
es work in Carrollton, EE GOS -hia2s ends ral 34
Work southwest of Elmira, Chemyme, "3 Pree ate |

im “Weed

:

170 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

FIG,

A . ny owls
it da 8 Hines

Plate 5 ;

24 Works near the mouth of Mill Brook, Delaware beet

25
26

_ 27

28
29

30

49
50

er

Mound near Cattaraueus -creek, Erie .cot......ge0nee =e
Mound and excavation near Cattaraugus creek, Erie co..
small work near Lancaster. village, Erie co. 0 os see
Edrthwork near Clarence Fnie boc. Soo). eee ee
Earthwork on Buffalo creek near Buffalo, Efe cases

Plate 6
Fort in ‘Newstead: Erie te.ok 20% ait wc oes oe oie ween
Semicircular work on Cattaraugus creek, Erie co.......
Barthwork ‘near Clarence, “tie Co. 2. ot ee eee
Circtilar work near .Claretice; Brie tesla! -. viscose eee
Stockade near Sammonsville, Fulton co........... 200.
Small work near Lancaster village, Erie co.......s.6-0

Curious work’ in Lancaster, Brie; ca. 4 esc ye ee ;

Plate 7

Fortification at Fort Hill, near Le Roy, Genesee co..... .

Old fort m Oakfield? Getiesee Coils. 7. Saak cs oe
Small work on south side of Rutland hollow, Jeffer-

Work in Adams, Jefferson co............. Bs ; obs eae
Earthwork in Ellisburg, Jefferson cO.......0..0.00+208
Work near Burr's Mills, Jefferson ico. 0. ).%65/0%, fisiec/e mind

Plate 8
Earthwork near Watertown, Jefferson coO..............

ce cc

Circular work ooo) er Oe ee GR ase is ann as eta
Fortification in Le Ray 5 Fa et ere

cc 66

oeseoeveeeeee eevee

Small work on south side of Rutland hollow, Jefferson co.

Earthworks, northwestern part of Rodman, Jefferson co.

Plate 9
Earthwork in the town of Watertown, Jefferson co......
Earthwork near Burr’s Mills, Jefferson co..........++.
Earthwork near Pierrepont Manor, Jefferson co..... wae

- ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK 171

“S? FIG. : PAGE

: Bay ortification in Le Ray, Jefferson co...........0005 BEN 74
@eeeee VWork in Le Ray, Jefferson co........ Saale sae a ae ee 74.
eae Ork near Sanfords Corners, Jefferson co... ...0.....6. 75
Bay: Plate 10
| 55 Stockade near Livonias: Livingston co. 1... 2.66. oo 82
56 Elliptic work on lot 29, near Ovid, Seneca co.......... 146

57 Mounds on the shore of Lake Ontario, Monroe co...... 96
58 Fortification near Livonia, Livingston co.............. 82
59 Stockade near Perryville, Madison co.............005: 89

60 Stockade west of Cazenovia village, Madison co........ 87

: | Plate 11
61 Village in the town of Mendon, Monroe co............ 98

62 Small fort on lot 81, near Elbridge, Onondaga co...... 118

Saestockade near Jamesville, Onondaga co...... :......:.. as 122

64 Earthwork on lot 70 in Elbridge, Onondaga co........ 118

65 Fortification on lot 84 near Elbridge, Onondaga co..... 119

Plate 12
Meee aear Canandaicua, Ontario. co... ........-+.. en 128
67 Circular work near Shelby Center, Orleans co.......... 132
68 Stockade on Fort hill, 5 miles northwest of Geneva, On-
| RetRM Oks cae as stay gs ths Sk les e (pte ESE ERR tr 4 c 129
| Mempeieewage ncar Geneva,Ontario CO. 0... se eles 129

70 Semicircular work near Ogdensburg, St Lawrence co.... 140

71 Circular work on lot 24, Granby, Oswego co.........- 133

72) Fortifications in Macomb, St Lawrence co........-.i.- 140

- Plate 13
: 73 Earthwork in the town of Minden, Montgomery co...... 104

maeeotockade, near Delphi, Onondaga co:...... 0220s. eee: 124

75, Stockade near Baldwinsville, Onondaga co..........-. 116
_- 76 Circular stockade near Delphi, Onondaga co.......... 124

77 Stockade near Pompey Center, Onondaga co... Rate 123

Meee ore icar VICEOT,. ONLATIO 1€O\. ss ois oe isic ac ee ole os vt Meaty

7a -Pattiwork tiear Geneva, Ontario CO... eo. oc eee ot | 129

ot!

an 8 Earthwork, Rossie, St Lawrence co. or Aas aa an eke , -

Anniver

8I Fort in Th near Waterburg, Tompkins CO: gee, " vee ae
82 Oval earthwork near Savannah village, Wayne COves eee Gn
83 Mu 44 miles south of Portage, Wyoming COn nes eae

pe t

Plate, 1a! as oe !
84 Tndian earthwork near Cattaraugus creek, Cattaraugus co.
- 85 Earthwork east of Cattaraugus creek, i eo OR UM oa).
86 Fort in Ulysses 2 m. s. w. of Waterburg, Tompkins. C0... é
p87 Fortification near Pompey Center, Onondaga CON keene

i

| Plite 16 Se ak ae
“88 Fort near, Dansville, Livingston’ co..s 3.50... 05 oan
89 Mounds near the Onondaga outlet in Geddes, Onondaga —

CO PRR yt aR co ga ale Bn Oc

90 Circular work in Ellington, Chautauqua COV dines a :

&

gt Fort at Racket River near Massena, St Lawrence co.... 1

aN

Bhat fh ph

3
twy,

VY, F
plo Maps sly lf sdf
! ee

Zeyififll'

%

GIN Us phi)

4
42

Vif
Zn

Portrait Pet tte

apieaes

\\

ity

Ay
\’\ Mga ys wT TAT TT TRS ss ZNSTLS TI uy 11,
UAW Ay IANO M77, VYITIVWS

TD» oe
A

ANyigti w/e Ly

XY
>
=
=
2
—

RNY /

NARS

Vi
7 yn.

N

iy Wy) R

Av AYa wy
AL pentte

| Wy
att

owilth “Why
‘“

=
S
v

%
(7) Iw,
%

aw hitifiias Why,

Yaa.
“TYAN,
WINN,

.
e
ry
2
<
e
e
Py
<

OS PD reeenre Geeg Ts VesaNa caeeaTe ears a saan cae
Road

4,
,
= = =
2 . fy NYM
= \ ‘ gyn! Ay
= 2
Z < ,

FE

we
ips ot sey
TAIN ar ft \

~ *
ys Cee
=
ae ~~
ZS yn & e
Z = keg
aoe aN ts Zz
Z aIX = 53
4 = x
4% Ty, aus =) cf :
dar, “Pn Sete
.

<<

aE PTT ae

een el ee ] Mtiladgy

\) ww wis <a se

4
+ >
Wf! =a

li 1),

LSE
7

wh

Nu
7 MNny mT

hy yk

7

4

\\ »\ A

N
7 My, se

Chautaxn ie

Lake,

i
Wi Mi igi,
i ug Me Ce Za
age = L tig “Wigs gg =
‘ ay yey
Ary, LA ce Wy YA
eZ ee
NN
\\ Sy)! TR IS
i AY Vea AND rit WO
Fe at tne wif Mt \
[0AM
ize “itl iS 23

(/
ints

NOSES

my Inwhatygy

s

ahs

payee PMMA CL,

att FF meee
»
4

yh
LL nnoiho®
\\

=

pp

' wy
ny a WAii'\\

.\) b>

Wy wd Vy

a
“-eeaav = ©

Claches

‘
© e

of.

WMA LA

Mb iy)

L

ay

‘ YY {
wily, te
PUN NYY ‘\
"My

\

yebAAk lilly,
» WAAbvw Y,

\W
(wild \ ga, Ys

-
Zz

oe
Y

Vs

wh
JW J Gary
Ny

mupalys™

/
Y]

Wr Wiprrry,

*.
<
—
=
=
=
=
>
+
-
=
=
—
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
>
>
2
=
=
=>
=
=
~
—~
™~s
>
5
=
~
~~
=
SN
SN

7h

'y,
Sy ae
Moya sq |

Ly yy “iy,
t "i

Fd) (1

Foy, :

eoeeaecceeoteooe

‘obseure,

Sable WA Wi

Wd audypy

Llain 30 fe. eee

the viver.

tae,

oli stinet-

oor tt ee,
cy

eererwnece

aft:
ZIVepirnviypO~slE J

-
See egteto
7

>.

he ee

‘a? Li
stip meses, Pe uate oe Seem

Y

\

a\iasbiilibh/bbld Ws

>
=
=
=
=

\
Ni /ry aw th
\ @

VF oBolder

>
Ss

|

y oy’
Vy i)

{vil Wl MWY,

ul Wool TAM

7
(a

en ad

pietanicaipace:

a

Sass fe

Ss
N

Sy

W/

Uz,
z
ie

Ws

JANN 471) LN IN

y,

LETT ys
LATTA ARUN A

°
Wf

= .
LTT TT IT\ Laos

pageant
rh ilifrvulf

popernsthy
will yt

Oo shi]. sth, Wy,

es
e
e
s
e
®
e
s
.
«
e
6
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
®
®
®
®
e
e
®
®
®
e
®
®

aK Sol ft.

Cece rere ee eerco sere

=

“74,
[eras

ee AAO

ZATION

1
&
7,

Ny ——

PS 1, ‘eZ =
eae

EE

aN
yn Mh tran AU 7

wo

We traces here

Fence.

Baad aa era ca ae a A - a > e f

Ocewpé ca Mp oe Dust
ere

awh IIh vhs

ull AAW ih ll youl i\ yd
Rin thls My Th :

\\ /
ry aes al Waly vy wh stay i ss

Wie

"py nyt in - Sia
CE pin SM i

Ai « Wij». e

. a ife Cree
eT

“t,

Uy

EE —————— =.

=
=
—
=
=
=
=
—
=
ay
=
—
&
AE

Ty

-eee

veeerd comes
ts

Sg
.
os
Ct aay ee eee
aa er Be Be Idd

thf, f liy, TD

YAN)
ONO wi

rae fetes hgh vg
iy “a

/ Woods i Cultévatecdt

| Stumps

anal

Se eS Ss
os ie il a
—— ee, Te

Mawr ay ye ne ng
eee Et,

PP A dada

“es

selene eer ts

posers etetee
es

Tite

~—<W
AS Notuabfel Aahlida Malali/ fondly), wlil| jy" Mis

°
ne oe OOOO mnt ear eveceresce C000 e

i) wih aut WI
Ils *

®ececeegcoe®

: ) :
ee at ah ssw
2H f
eats :
; SS by Wt
My ote Apyy yi sue si \Z
Feppee''’s 2 LUI pymynagaipeoseccis . & RU \s \N | Vy J f 1
SLL YY Yy, ath \\ RS a LE 9
wes eZ \\N >
aalulil Auihulabl s\vedag{y we AWS || te
= oot te, oA RS

ae
a
Me es ee en
2a .
"Ore eee comes

\

\
NN

\\\

72) Sie aH
z \ wi © a
Sle eee
25 =o a
S S FEO Se
= /= -”- ale ———
—“ A SS s -
XS )S 6
S =e :
SS (Ne :
Wess -
= 8 6g o
=e \HeR Te
=— =
ag (SS a
0972 )= e@ aS
Ne )S 0 °
x S - BE rd
S =} S "wees? Myo

Corr

ee

~
= Ss
<3 S
= ~~!
Ss SS
Mae S S
e ar =
¢ = =
= S
=
=
a

RUTITAYIAW

coulis

OP the.
Ny

(|

fd
Wy)

WA

Mee
ull \\) ual HAY
Vasil Wy,
ARN AYA ogy Wilt,
Z

“0017 Tyoyeur Wey “I

c E e- O . 4 Ws ht
nt Mal fp ALS
| ite Se aM Meg WS
ol mmm
Hie
~ “s. Marsh. s
Oges Petrie Ne2
- oe SR Mer ae ae SO , t".
Aannel 6 ¥

—
Duy, avy apt

jy nT

wo"
AV \’ |

A Se SH viir,

S % * \ / hhh !
= Soo wh, Wily Wh jv whi) yy!
sf Sythe alle
x 3 S Ny, op “je, -,
33 . a
ee Pe! 2S =
3S x a
“nye 23 Ps >
4 == =e
TM yy 3S x ZS
‘ /' / = J Bea Q aS :
ih WA S35 “v ==
Wie wh yw 45 A
ie i. at bhi Whit (i 34 ;
\\\ i\ & 5
» \ (nl \ ih I hi iY $3 ¢ |
\ \ >-=
33 \
=3 AINA “oy

jk! ny 4

7
7

\)
<<

SPAT TRRS Cr
yaoutthe ne MUTT Pi

SS

LW WW
nyo pipnn~wonds

w\
yw

HA Pn.
By

Y/
resp

PNY,

WY hy
My yy '
}'

Uk Aa)

i) NV

mn '

~

&

Ancien

’ : ~ i

OT tt are Lon
ey a. Aa

s page I, beginning in the third ninth of the ‘Page, i, e. about one

of the way down.

8, “S in, 76%.

uatangie, 50°.
idack lakes, sites near, 72”.
msacks, SantDe, grounds of

n, relics soit 3 in, ae

Pets territory occupied by,
15°, 22*, 24°, 26’; in Greene
71*; in Rensselaer co., 138°; in

er, relics found near, 121°.
nia, cemetery, 60°.

Dron nios, 50°.
bogue, Sauptay near, 149°.

. Authorities referred to, 6-10.

Assereawe, 102’.

Asserue, 102.

Assinisink, 147°.

Astoria, relics found in, 138.

Attiwandaronks, territory occupied
Hy, Et, 107"; .

Auburn, works near, 36°-37°.

Augusta, sites, 111°.

_ Aurelius, site of Indian village, 377.

Auriesville, village site, 104°.
Aurora, site of Indian village, 30°5
stockade near, 30°. :
Ausable river, 57°.

Avoca, site, 147%.
Avon, work in, 81’.

Baldwin’s creek, 51°.
Balwinsville, sites, 114?, 1157.
Banagiro, 102°.

Barton, camps, 154°.
Batavia, sites near, 68’, 70°.
Bear castle of 1642, 105”.
Beardstown, 83’.

Beauchamp, W. M., Onondaga’s cen- a :

tennial, 18°; report on Huron-Iro-
quois territory, 18°.

Bedford, cemetery, 159°; sites, 160%

Beekman, relics found in, 60%.
Belleville, fort near, 77*.
Bellmore, lodge sites, 105°.
Bellona site, 166%.

_ Belvidere,

3 Belmont, fe 29°.

f0rtS, 20657.

Bemus point, sites, 454 = 3 = :

- Benton, site, 166°.

Bergen, cemetery, 71°, 90°.

Bergen island, shell heaps, 80°.

Berne, relics found in, 28°.

Bethel, village near, 58°. :

Bethlehem, arrowheads from, 27°;
ceremonial objects from, 28".

Bibliography, 6-10.

Big Choconut creek, 31’.

Big Flats, Indian village, 50°.

Big Indian creek, 31°, 327.

_ Big Salmon creek, village site, 40%.

Big Stream, site, 166°.

Big Tree, 83°.

Binghamton, relics found near, 3x".

Birch creek, 140°.

Black lake, 140},

Black river, 80°.

Black river village, fort near, 74°.

_ Blodgett Mills, site, 58*.

_ Blooming Grove, site, 131°.

Bluff point, relics found at, 364

Bolton, .Robert, Historye of West-
chester co., 18%.

Boston, French axes found in, 64’.

Boundaries, 14°.

Boutonville, cemetery, 159°.

Brainard, site, 139°.

Branchport, cemetery near, 165°.

Brant, Joseph, home of, 73°.

Breakabeen, site, 144°.

Brewerton, camps, 117°, 133", 133°.

_ Bridgeport, site near, 117°.

Bristol, sites, 128°.

Broadalbin, arrowheads found near,
67°.

Brocton, roadways near, 41°.

i. Brookhaven, and

i heaps, 140°;
Brooklyn, relics found in, 80’.

»

wigwams

-Seneca village” sie 20°; At

shell.

Brutus, supposed fort i in, oS eae Se

Bucklin’s corners, 47°. |
Buffalo, sites, 61°; relics, 65
Burlingham, cone and
1517. : re
cies creek, 126, sek “30. ax

Buskirk Bee site near, Pp :

Butler, arrow and spearheads, ‘159

Butternut creek, 112°, 136°.
Byram lake, 160°, 163°.

Cahaniaga, 102°. :

Caledonia, 93°; relics found in, &

Cambria, mound, fort and cemete
oh

Cameron, oe 147°.
Canadaway creek, 43°.
Canaenada, 126°, 130°.
Canagara, 103°.
Canagere, 101*, 102°
Canagora, 126°, 129°.
Canajoharie, Indian sites,

102°-3', 104°. ~
Canajorha, 102°.

ae lake, 128°, 130", 164°

79. a ere
Canaseraga, af

Bo. Beye cere
Canastota, site, 92".
Canawaugus, 81°, 83°.
Candor, sites ia IST.

Gane site, 147°; oie
Canisteo Indians, 85°. i
Canisteo river, 147°.

' Canandaigua, sites, 127%, am fee . Ss $

, | Cazenovia eeu. 63°, 66,
- Cazenovia lake, sites near, 87°,
Cazenovia village, sites, 87° -88*,
Cemeteries, 16", 20°-21", 24°.
Champlain, fort attacked by, 88°. a
Champlain valley, dwelling sites, 54°.
Chapinville, relics found at, 1307.
Charlotte ferry, 94°. .
Charlotte river, 59°, 135°.
Charlton, cache of flints, 142°.
Chaumont, fishing camps, 78°.
Chautauqua lake, 42’, 44°, 45°.
Chemung, location, 51*; sites near,

Co

Chenandoanes, 83°. ) ee
Chenango, aboriginal occupation,

2

an
Chenango canal, 52’.
Chenango Forks, Indian village, 30" A
53°; camp sites, 31°. ee
Chenango river, 53°, 54°.
Cheney, A. Te Eons on ‘earthworks,
18.
Abo 83°.
Cherry Valley creek, 1367, 136°
Chili, mound, 93*.
Chittenango creek, 86°, 92”, 117°.
| Choharo, 37°.
Chonondote, an Indian ee 30°
‘Chugnutts, location, 30°.
Churchville, cemetery in, 99".
Cicero, camps, 117%.
Cincinnatus creek, 110°. 3
Clarence, works near, 62-Gz a6 age
‘Clark, J. S., credit due, 18°; maps.
prepared by, 125°. ne
Glark. "Viens description of earth
works, 17°.
Clarksville, camps, 28°.
HS © Gt 140°, 144°; one of the Clayton, fort near, 73.

Nations, 24°; in St Lawrence Clear creek, works on, 47°-48", ie ne
3 “

ear Seneca co., 144°. 49. ¥
. Clifton Supiairs: sites, 126°-27°. —

pee Niche | sgn RAE ERS ae ep Set tae eae a, Saree rea
Soe - : =

Ee. yig6

a Clinton, Gov. De Witt, memoir on
ies N.Y. earthworks, 17’.

Paar 3) Clinton, skeletons found near, 111".
ite Clyde, site, 158.

Cochecton, burial place near, 151°.
Cohoes, Mohawks’ fishing place, 28*,

:
Re 142°. :
aaa Colchester, Indian village, 58°.
; ts Cold Spring, mound in, 33°; sites
x ie near, 137°; Matinecocks at, 148°
: ; Cold Spring creek, 33°, 34*.

Cole’s brook, 58.
a Colliersville, sites near, 135’; camp,
; 136°.
a Condawhaw, 144”.

by Conestogas, 15°.

Conesus, location, 82’.

; Conewango, burial mounds, 32°.
Bt Conihunto, location, 54°.
Con-nugh-harie-gugh-harie, 142°.
a; Conquest, relics found near, 36%.
= Cooperstown, relics found in, 134°.
Bs Copake, site in, 57’.
re: Corchaugs, territory occupied by,
a; 13°.
ae Coreorgonel, 155”.
ay Corlaer, see Van Corlaer.
ep Corning, relics found near, 147°.
a Cornplanter, birthplace of, 81.
ea: Cortlandt, site, 159°.
de at Cough-sa-ra-ge, 72°.
ae Craig colony lands, sites on, 86°.
bas Cranberry lake, 140°.
er Crane’s lake, 159’.
Sie . Crooked lake, 138°.

Cross lake, 36°, 114°.

Cross river, 150°.

Croton point, earthworks, 150.
Crown Point, 66°.

Crusoe creek, 158".
Cutchogue, sites, 149°. |
Cuylerville, site, 837-83*.

Dans Kammer, 131°,

a 5 U ss ny =a i : ie ¥ : v
NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM =s

rok

Dansville, site, st,

= t= oe
Danube, Indian castle, 73°. pee
Davenport’s neck, 162”, 163”. _ Ae Oe
David’s Island, 163'. oe.

Day, cemetery, 141°.
Dayton, burial mound, 32%. "3
Deansville, Indians in, 111°.
Deerfield, lodge sites, 111°.
Defensive works, descriptions and ~—
surveys, 167%. lees
Delaware river, 58°-50°.
Delawares, territory occupied i
59°; in Steuben co., 1477.
Delphi, sites near, 88;

124°.

stockade, im!

‘Denning’s point, relics found at, 60".

Deonundagaa, 83°.

Depauville, fort and cemetery, 73°;
relics found near, 78°.

Descriptions, suggestions for, 167%.

Dewittville, cemetery at, 45°.

Ditches, descriptions, 167*. ae

Dobbs Ferry, 161’, 163° .

Doty, L. ‘L., History of Livingston
county, 18.

Dresden, cemeteries, 166°.

Dwellings, location of, 22’-23°. “Ae
Dynneganooh, site, 80". a
Dyudoosot, 82°. ee as

Dyuhahgaih, location, 82°.
Dyu-non-dah-ga-seh, 83’.

Earlville, relics found in, 92°. ts.
Earthworks, near boundaries of —
New York, 16°; of northern Ohio,
21°-22'; 4
of N. Y., antiquity, 20°, 21°;
builders, 20’-21*; erected by Iro- ‘
quois, 21°; form, -19°-20', 23°; in-
crease ‘n frequency westward, 23°; “4
number, 227; number built in a Be
century, 25’; situation, 20°; pub- se
lications on, 17’, 19°. =i

ria oe

ae cO., 41°.
_ Erwin, site, 147°. .
; Esopus Indians, TSO Ig ESO.

Fabius, stockade, 124*.

Fayette, sites, 145°, 146"-47’.
Fayetteville, Deep Spring near, 120°.
| Fenner, sites in, 887.

-human bones found

ive Nations, 24°; territory eceupied
A Bs 72. 22°.

eae ies in, ae

+ F ort Hunter, village at, 105%.
Fort Miller, relics found in, 158°.

Fort Plain, site near, 104°.

Fox Ridge, relics found near, 36*.

Fredonia, works near, 42°-43°.

French creek, 73°, 78°.

French fort and mission of 1656,
1208> +? ; .

Frewsburg, skeletons found in, 49°.

Frey, S. L., description of Mohawk
valley sites, 18°. ayes NE

Frontenac’s fort, 120’.

Fulton, site near, 133%.

Fultonham, cemetery near, 143°.

Fultonville, site near, 1057,

Gachoos, territory occupied by, 12,

15), 503.
Gadao, 164’.
Gahnyuhsas, location, Bor

Galen, site, 158".

Ganagora, 102°.
Ga-nah-da-on-twa, 83°.
Ganasegago, 85°.
Gandachiragou, 81‘.
Gandawagué, 103’.
Gandougarae, 126°, 127°.

~Gannounata, 82°.

Ganowauga, 103’.
Ganundasa, 84°.
Ganundesaga, 129°.
Gardeau, 164".

Gardiner’s bay, 148°.
Gardiner’s island, 149°.
Garoga, Indian villages, 67".
Garoga creek, 102°,
Garrettsville, sites, 136°.
Gasport, mound, 1097.
Gathsegwarohare, 857.
Gath-she-gweh-oh, 83?.
Gaundowaneh, site near, 83°.
Gaustarax, home of, 84’.
Gayagaanha, location, 38’.

~ Genoa,

173i 7: “<) ANEW. YORK-STATE MUSEUM =" > 2 303

Geddes, sites, 116°.

-Geneganstlet creek, 53".

Genesee Castle, 83°.

Genesee Falls, site, 164".

Genesee river, 29%, 817, 94*

Geneseo, 83°; sites in, 83°.
Genesinguhta, a Seneca village, 34°.
Geneva, sites near, 129°.

Sterner site, 40°;. Indian
fields, 40°; graves near, 41°.

‘Gerritsen’s bay, 148’.
' Gerry, description of site, 45°-467.

Gerry center, 47°.

Gewauga, location, 38.

Glasco, site, 156°.

Glenville, site, 142%.

Gowanda, relics found near, 32’;
forts near, 35°.

Granby, circular work in, 133%.

Graves, 16’, 20°-217, 24*; examina-
tion, 167°.

Great Gully brook, 38’.

Great Valley, council house, 34°.

Greece, skeletons found in, 93’.

Green Haven, cache found at, 60°.

Green mountains, inhabited by Iro-
quois, 55°.

Greenburg, site, 161°.

Greene, burial mound, 53‘; relics

found near, 54°; camp sites near,
4
54.

Greenport, sites, 149*.

Groton, skeletons found in, 154°.
Groveland, sites near, 86°.
Grovenor Corners, camp, 143°.

_ Guilderland, arrowheads from, 27°.

Gunnygunter, location, 54”.

Hamburg, relics found in, 64", 64".

Hamilton, camping ground, 92”.

Hammondsport, camps and arrow-
heads, 147°.

Hamptonsburg, site, 131%.

Hanover Center, fort near, 49’.

Harkness, site near, 57°. eg
Harris, G. H., aboriginal occupation | ~ a
of lower Genesee valley, 18. “i i
Havana, site near, 1444. ere”
Hemlock lake, 82’. Pores
Hempstead, shell heaps, 106%. - of P
Henderson bay, 76°. 4
Henrietta, site near, 93"; : skeletons
found in, 100°. : OrEsek
Herkimer, site, 737. SSea
Hermitage, 85°. ae
Hinmansville, site near, 133°; carne hee
work, 134°. .
Hinsdale, circular fort, 35%.
Hoffmans Ferry, camp site, 142°;
relics found near, 1437.
Hogonock, relics found .at, 1507.
Holland Patent, site near, 110°.
Homer, caches in, 587.
Honeoye, sites, 127°.
Honeoye creek, 96°, 98", 90°, 127',
Honeoye Falls, sites, 81°, 99°; ceme-
tery near, 81%.
Hoosick river, 138°.
Horseheads, sites near, 50°. re
Hough, F. B., work on N. Y. an-— ~
tiquities, 18". . ‘

Houghton, Indian cemetery near,
20.
Hounsfield, works, 74. ag

Hudson River, history of Indian
tribes, by E. M. Ruttenber, 16%.
Hunter, Old fort, 717. oa
Hunter island, 163%. > ae
Huntington, Matinecocks at, 148°. ar
Huron-Iroquois, see Iroquois,
Hutchinson river, 1637. 4

Indian Castle, 73%, 73°. Re

Indian fort, location, 123°. ioe
Indian hill, 1237, hae
Indian ladder, 28%. 4

t’Idnnontego, 102% | eee
Trocoisia, 55°.

tory occupied ‘ (<a TE
or 24"; date of con-
; 12°; - boundaries, 14’, 14°;

ogee of ne build-

lesville, fort near, 35’.
ison, Mary, burial place, 61°.
: relations, referred to, 35°, 37°,

aa 07

on ; ass fort built by, 1297.

was F
i, Se,

giro, 102°,
unawageas reservation, 80°-81'.

a ee eeotion: 130°, 66.
Kauderback creek, 105°.
| Keinthe, 81‘, 99%.

Kirkland, Samuel, description of

forts in the Seneca country, 17?

Kirkland, Indians in, 111°.

Kitchawanc, 162°.
Kitchawunks, 159%.

Knox, relics found in, 28’.
Kowogconugharie-guharie, 737.

La Concepcion, 98’.

La Fayette, site, 121°.

Lake Champlain, aboriginal occupa-
tion, 54°-57°; occupation before
Huron war, 55’; sites, 66°.

Lake George, sites, 157°-58.

Lake Keuka, 165°.

Lake Lamoka, 144°.

Lake Magrigaries, 159°.

Lake Neatawantha, 133%.

Lake Ontario, 158°; sites near,

Lake Pleasant, 72°.

Lake Ronkonkoma, 149°.

Lake Tichero, 35°.

Lake Waccabuck, 160%.

Lancaster, works near, 62°, 63°.

Lansingburg, site, 138°.

Lapeer, camp in, 58°.

Lapinikan, 107°.

La Presentation, 140°.

Larkin, Dr Frederick,

in America, 18°.

Ledyard, stockade in, 38, 307;
30°; cemetery, 407.

Leeds, sites near, 71’.

Leicester, sites in, 83‘, 83°, 84°.

Lenox, relics found near, 89°;
church in, 92*.

Leon, burial mounds, ge
found in, 33°. |

ancient

Helis

_ Le Ray, sites in, 74°.

Le Roy, fort hill, 69°; site near, 70°.
Lewisboro, cemetery in, 1607.
Lewiston, sites near, 107°-8.
Libertyville, site, 157°.

Lima, works near, 81°.

| Limestone creek, 112°,

‘Lindley, pene ee

Little Ausable river, ign

- Little Beard’s town, 83°. owe

Little Neck, relics found in, 137

Little Schoharie creek, 143°.

Littleville, relics found at, 130’.

Liverpool, sites near, 116°, 119°.

Livonia, stockade, 81°-82°;
near, 82‘.

Lysander, camps at, I13°.

Locke, description of site, 40°-41°.

Lockport, stone mound, 109°; ring
fort near, 109’.

Lockwood, camp, 154°.

Lodi, cemetery, 146’.

Long Island, aboriginal occupation,
79'-80'; sites, 106°, 137°, 148”.

Long Island tribes, 13’.

Longpoint, bank near, 45°.

Loudonville, arrowheads from, 27°-
28". .

Lounsberry, relics found near, 152”.

Lowman, village near, 51°.

works

Macomb, sites, 140°.

Madison lake, 92°.

Mahikans, territory occupied by, 137,
15*, 57°, 59°, 138; lands sold by,
15°, 27°; fort at Albany, 20’.

Mahopac Indians, 137’.

Mamaroneck, site, 162°.

Manchester, burial place, 126".

Manchester Center, village near, 130°.

Manhassets, territory occupied by,

Manhattans, territory occupied by, |.

13°. i
Manlius, camp, 86°; site near, 123°.
-Manursing island, 162°.

Mapleton, site, 30%.

- Maps of Huron-Iroquois territory,

19; showing aboriginal occupa-
- tion of N. Y., 25°-26°; prepared by

J. S. Clark, 125°; of Indian sites,

‘town and county, desired, 166".

Marcy, siltaee 3 ‘site, PLE ge}
Maringoman’ Ss castle, Br s a

5 Be of, ee Aes
Marshall, Indians i in, Z3a5

_ Martin Gerritsen’s bay, 1487.

Martinsburg, relics from, 80°.
Maryland, camp, 136%.
Maspeths, home, 1387.
Massena, sites, 139°, 1417.
Massena Centre, relics found nea!
141‘, | a
Matinecocks, territory occupied 1 by
13°, 137°; on Long Island, ck:
Matouwacks, 13’.
Matteawan creek, 59", 607.
Mecklenburg, site, 144°.
Mendon, site, 98.
Mentz, earthwork in, 36%
Merikokes,
13°, 106%.
Michigan, Indian spring, 131’. =
Middleburg, site, 143°. og
Middlefield, relics found near, 5 13.
Middlesex, site, 164°. me
Middletown, Indian village, 51°. a
Milan, site near, 40°. |
Milford, sites, 136°.
Mill brook, 58°-59°.
Milo, grave, 165". %
Milton ferry, village site, 60°. _ %
Minden, work in, 103°-4°. a
Minisink, village and cemetery, 1
Minquas, territory occupied by, 1
Minsis, territory occupied by, 15! z
Mississauges, 97*. 5

We

-Mistucky, 131°.

Moenemines, 138’.
Mohawk Con 42".

73.

territory occupied by, hs

ft e Fiv Taio 245
n, 135°; in Chenango Co.,

POS. 4 = ee:

zuma, earthwork, 26°; fort

‘is, sites, 136°.
‘ow, village in, 84°.

ee seteak: found near, 94°.
nsville, home io Oneidas, 86",

4

icokes, in Chenango, 31°.
es, site, 128°, .
li, mound, 33%.

au, site, 139".

ston, cemetery near, 102",
ague, fort, 150°.

13', | N essaquagues, territory occupied by, 7

Neutrals, territory neednien by, a, ci

107°; towns, 60°,
New Berlin, relics found in, 53" “34
New Castle, site, 160° fe
New Paltz, site, 157°.
New Rochelle, Davenports neck,
162, ‘I03":
New Scotland, relics found in, 28°.
New York city, sites, 106'-74,

Newark, stone mortar found near,
1

> 159 Z : bs
Newark Valley, mounds near,
Newburgh, sites, 131’.

Newstead, fort, 637.

Newtown, location, 51°.

Newtown creek, 138’.

Niagara Falls; 109%.

Niagara river, 107°.

Nichols, site, 152°.

Niles, earthwork, 41°.

Nine Mile creek, 121’.

Normanskill, 27’.

North Castle, stockade, 160°. ©
North Cayuga, location, 37’.

North Elba, Indian occupation, 66°
North Hector, site, 1447. |
North Tonawanda, 109°.

Norwich, sites near, 52°.

Nowadaga, 73”.

Nun-da-wa-o-no, 128°.

Oak Orchard creek, 132'.
Oakfield, fort, 68°.
Ogdensburg, sites, 140°.
Ohagi, location, 837.
Ohio, earthworks, 21°-22".
Ohnowalagantle, 142°.
Old Town, Cattaraugus COR te ®
Seneca village, 34°. . \
Old Town, Cayuga co., location, —
39. | ;
Olean, burial mound, 34’.

~

‘ , : HS ; ze 5 s a a at
182 es _ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM >

* Olive, site, 156°.

Olympic, sites, 149°. -

Onaghee, 127°, 128°.

Oneida, location, go*, 101".

Oneida Castle, 112; location, 89°.

Oneida creek, 112*.

Oneida lake, 86°, 110°, 117*, 134°.

Oneida river, 133’.

Oneida stone, 91’.

Oneidas, territory occupied by, 13’,
15; one of the Five nations, 24°;
at Canastota, 92’; in Chenango co.,
53°; in Chugnutts, 30°; in Livings-
ton co., 82°; in Madison co., 86’,
go"; in Oneida co., 109"; in Oswego
coi, 133°:

Onekagoncka, 101°.

Oneonta, mound, 135’; relics found
near, 59°; sites, 136°.

Onguiaahra, 60°, 107°.

Oniagara, 107°.

Oniskethau creek, camps, 28°.

Onistade, location, 82’.

Onoien, old name of Cayuga, 35”.

Onondaga lake, 116°, 119°.

Onondagas, territory occupied by,
12°, 15°, 25°; one of the Five
nations, 24°; in Cato, 36°; in Frank-
lin co., 677; in Madison co., 89'; in
Onondaga co., 112°, 121°, 121°; in
Oswego co., 133°; in St Lawrence
co., 140°.

Onontaré, burial place, 36°; Indian
village, 35°.

Onontisaston, 60°, 107°.

Onoquaga, location, 31°.

On-ti-ke-ho-mawck, 139%.

Oquaga, relics found at, 31°.

Oriskany, skeletons found in, 111°.

Osguage, ror.

Ossining, 160°.

Ossuaries, 16°, 23°, 44°, 62°, 74°, 76°,
108*.

Oswegatchie, work in, 140‘.

Oswegatchies, 140°.

Oswego, camps and relics, 1347, |
Oswego Falls, Bone hill, 133'; work aed

at, 133° 7 eee
Oswego river, 1137, 1337, 133°. in
Otego, 54°; sites, 136’. , aie

Otego creek, 135°.
Otianhatague, 132’.
Otisco lake, 121°. ag
Otsdawa creek, 136’. ;
Otsego lake, 134°.
Otsiningo, aboriginal occupation,
31°. ae
Otstungo creek, 103’.
Ouaroronon, 60°, 107°. ~
Ouleout, relics found near, 59*.
Ounjune, 102°.
Ovid, site, 146°.
Owaiski, location, 30°.
Owasco lake, camp on, 41*.
Owego, camps, 152’, 153°.
Owego creek, 151°, 152°.
Ox Creek, site near, 133°.
Oxford, sites near, 52’-53°; home of
the giant, 58". |
Oyster bay, corn fields, 106°; sites, .
106°. : ‘i

Pachami, territory occupied by, 13°.

Pagus Ondataius, 61°.

Pagus Ondiasacus, 61°.

Pagus Ondieronii, 61’.

Painted Post, relics found at, 147". .

Palatine, village, 105°. “ats

Palatine Bridge, sites near, 103”. ie,

Palisades, 24”, 27°. :

Patchogues, territory occupied by,
14) SADE: ait ei.

Pattersonville, relics found near, 142",

Peach Orchard, 144’.

Peconic bay, 149”, 150’.

Peekskill, site, 159°.

Pelham, relics found in, 161°.

Pelham bay, 163’. ee

Penfield, fort in, 97°; site near, 98

“3

et” A. 2 i te

© ABORIGINAL occu? viet OF NEW yore”

a

2 , ae enor. yo he
/ Pine Plains, village near, 50°.

ates, description of, see ane ws

sburg, sites, 54°-55', 56°.
rgatacut, 150°.

jem - Point Peter, earthwork, 32°.
Be - Pomfret, sites, 43°, 44°.

: Pompey, site, 122", 123°;
‘Taq’; cemeteries, 125".

apey Hill, relics found near, 122°.

- Poncktocke village and cemetery,

stockade,

site, 164°.
spans works and old

—

Post Bel a
sites, 139".

o: Pen Hollow, camps.

Red House, circular woe 34

Red Jacket, birthplace os 145°3 -
burial place, 61°. .
Rensselaerville, camps, 28°.

Rexford Flats, site near, 142°.

Rhinebeck, Sepascots at, 59°.

Richfield Springs, sites near, 134°.

Ridgeway, remains in, 131°.

Robbins, Thomas, description of
earthwork in Onondaga co., 17°.

Rochester, sites near, 93°-95°.

Rockaways, territory occupied by,
13°, 106°.

Rodman; works near, 76°, 77°.

Rome, camps and relics, 110°.

Romulus, site, 145’, 146°.

Roseboom, site, 136°.

Rosendale, site, 157°.

Rotterdam, relics found in, 142".

- Round lake, site, 142°.

Runonvea, 50°. - ;

Rush, sites in, 96°, 100°; camp near,
99". | ;

Rutland, bone pit, 74°; works, 7.

Rutledge, mound, 35°.

Ruttenber, E. M., Histoes of the
Indian tribes of Hudson River, 16.

Rye, site, 162°.

Rye Pond, 160°.

Sacandaga lake, camps near, 72°.

Sacandaga river, 141°.

Sachus, I 50°.

Sackhoes, 159°.

Sag Harbor,
hole, 150°.

St Jacques, 126°.

St Johnland, cemeteries, 148’.

St Johnsville, cemetery near, 102".

St Joseph, Indian village, 35°.

St Lawrence river, 66°.

St Lawrence village, 78.

St Michael, 126.

site, 150°; Sachem’s

¥ 2. 7
, a J >
bk wets wand tre

| St Regis, inhabitants, 67’.

ae: ene. Andi vie 35°. cane 56s
St Stephen’ s, Indian village, 35°, 37.
ion, relics found in, 158
- salina, camps in, 119°.

Salmon creek, 38’, 40°.

Salmon river, 57’, 132’.
Sammonsville, stockade, 67°.
Sand Lake, site, 138°.
Sanders lake, 142’.
Sandy creek, 77°.
Sanfords Corners, works near, 74’-

75°:
Saponies, 155°.
Saranac, site in, 56°.
Saranac river, 56°.

Saratoga, purchase, 13°, 15°; sites,
Saugerties, sites, 156%,
Savannah, earthwork, 158’.
Scandlesville, camps, 151°.
-Schaghticoke, location, 138°.
‘Schenectady, sites, 142°, 142".
Schenevus creek, 135°.
Schenevus lake, 136°.

Schoharie, site, 143°.

Schoharie creek, 100°, 105°.
Schoharies, territory occupied by,

Schoolcraft, H. R., notes on N. Y.
antiquities, 177; quoted, 21°.
Schuyler, Capt. John, trading sas
built by, 97°. -
Schuyler Falls, site in, 57’.
Scipio, Indian fields, 40°;
lot 15, 41’.
Scipioville, site, 39°.
Scottsville, sites near, 93°, 100°; camp
near, 99°. _

site on

Secataugs, territory.occupied by, 13°-
§ “ahs ;

14’, 140°.

_ Sehanatisse, 102°.

- Senatsycrosry, 101%.

Seneca, sites, 129°.

_ Seneca castle, second, 98".

_Shawnees,

_ Skaneateles, camps in, 120°.

“Seneca lake, 144"

; TOS Fite é

Seneca river, , 36, ar,
me

144".

24°; battle with Kahlewahs, ¢
council house, 84°.

territory occupied by:
25°; in Allegany pete

ne county, ae in a
county, 144°. See also Antouh
orons. mrtg
Sennett, site, 36°.
Sepascots, territory occupied jae
Setaukets, territory occupied by, ‘
Sgahisgaaah, location, 81°. .
Shawangunk, site, 157%.
in Chenango, ~
Chugnutts, 30°.
132, 2
Shelter island, 149%.
Sheoquaga, 144°. id
Sherburne, relics found near, 5r°
Sheridan, circular work,_ 43°; relics
found in, 42*; ossuary, found i in
Shinnecock Hills, sites near, 149

Shinnecocks, territory occupied by,
1

TA
Sidney, Indian fort, 58°.
Sinamon Indians, 1617. |
Sinclairville, description of sites, 4
46%, 477. | 4
Sing Sing creek, 50°.
Sint Sincks, 160°. ~

25°.

Siwanoys, 161s 24. Sere ee

: ed |
e.-

a a

INDEX TO ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK

Skaneateles lake, 120°.

Skaniadarighroonas,
30°.

Skannayutenate, 145°.

Skoiyasé, 145°.

Sleepy Hollow, Indian graves, 71°.

Slingerland flats, camps, 28°.

Sloansville, stone heap near, 143’.

Smithboro, camps near, 152°.

Smith’s Basin, sites, 158".

Smoke’s creek, 66°.

Sodus, sites, 97%.

Sodus Point, arrowheads and celts,
158.

Sohanidisse, 101°.

Somers, site, 159".

Sonnontouan, 99°.

Sonojowauga, 84’.

Sonoyawa, 86°.

South Lansing, graves found in, 154”.

South Salem, cemetery, 150’.

South Stockton, description
works, 46°-47’.

Southampton, sites near, 149°. .

Southold village, sites, 149°.

Spafford, site, 120°.

Sparta, mound, 86.

Sprakers, village at, 104°.

Springlake, relics found near, 36.

Springport, sites, 38’-39*.

Springwater, mound, 82’.

Squakie Indians, 85°.

Squier, E. G., work on N. Y. an-
tiquities, 17°; on situation uf N. Y.
earthworks, 20°; on builders of
earthworks, 20'-21°; opinion re-
garding N. Y. earthworks, 17°, 19°%-
20°, 217-22",

Staatsburg, village site, 60°.

Staten island, relics found on, 1397.

Stedman, skeletons found near, 45°.

Steep Hill creek, 83°.

Stillwater flats, camp, 54’.

Stittville, village site, 111°.

at Chugnutts,

of

185

Stockades, description, 167%.

Stockbridge, relics found in, 89°;
sites near, 91°.

Stockbridge Indians, territory occu-
pied by, 28°, 135°, 130°.

Stockton, relics found in, 42".

Stone Arabia, village site, 1037.

Stony Brook, shells found at, 149°.

Stony Hills, cemetery, 160°.

Stuyvesant, arrowheads from, 57’.

Sugar Loaf mountain 131°.

Susquehanna river, 58°, 59°, 134°, 135,

995,030 ; ISP:

Susquehannas, I5°.

Swahyawana, 146°,

Syracuse, sites, 1177.

Taghkanic creek, 1557.
Taghkanick, location, 57’.
Taghkanick mountains, 59°.
Tarrytown, site, 161°.
Tawasentha, 27’.

Taylor, John, accounts of forts in

Jefferson co., 17°.
Tedarighroones, 155°.
Tegatainedaghque, 68'-60%.
Tehondaloga, 105°.
Tenotoge, ror®.
Territories of aboriginal nations of
N. Y., 11-16.
Thenondiogo, 102°, 104’.
Theresa, relics found near, 78°.
Thiohero, Indian village, 35°, 37’.
Thomas, Cyrus, account of earth-
works, 18”.
Thompson’s lake, camp on, 28”.
Three Mile harbor, 150°.
Throopsville station, cemetery near,
Al’.
Ticonderoga, relics found in, 66°.
Tioga, cemetery, 151".
Tioga Center, camp near, 153%.
Tioga Ferry, site, 152”.
Tioga Point, sites, 153°.

e se | Seba ita epi Ao eer gar
Ms ‘ Tioga river, 147°, 1487. es

- Tionondogué, 102°.

Tiotehatton, 98°.

Tioughnioga river, 31°,

‘Tivoli, village site, 60°.

Tonawanda, site, 61°; modern gs
village, 68°.

Tonawanda creek, 108°, 100°.

Totiacton, 99°.

Totieronno, 155°.

Tottenville, relics found near, 139°.

Towanoendalough, first Mohawk
town, 135°.

Traditions, of Indians, 21%.

53 58°

' Trenton, village site, 110°.

Tribeshill, village at, 103°.
Tunaengwant valley, 34°.
Tunesassah, an Indian village, 34°.
Turtle tribe, 102%.
Tuscarora creek, 87°.
Tuscaroras, added to Five nations,
24°;
territory occupied by; 25°;
Chugnutts, 30°;
county, 837; in Madison county,
86°, 89"; in Niagara county, 108”.
Tuthilltown, site, 157°.
Tyoshoke creek, 138%.
Tysch-sa-ron-dia, 72°.

Ulysses, sites, 1557.

Unadilla, sites, 135°.

Unawats’ castle, 28’.

Union, sites, 30°.

Union Springs, stone relics found
near, 38.

. Unkechaugs, 149".

Upper Cayuga, location, 39”.

popper Iroquois, 50°.

Van Corlaer, Arent, di ilet 86",
08, LOT, :
Van Rensselaer, Killian, land pur-
_ chased from Mahikans, 15", 138",

in Livingston

Vcnoae cemetery in, 147"

Vernon, church in, 92°; < set
mission house, TAZ, aX ee

Versailles, fort near, 35".

ae SHEE. ip

ton hill, 126,
Visitors, oe historic import
25°, 260’.

Wading river, 149°.
Wallkill, 157°. | '
Wampum trade, seat of, 148% aE
Waoraneaks, territory occupied by,
13°. | te
Wappinger creek, 59”.
Wappingers, eas occupied
13°, 50". "
Warpoes, 107°.
Warwick, site, 131°.
Warynawaucks, 156°.
Waterburg, sites, 155°.
Waterloo, sites, 144", 145°.

Watertown, bone pit near, 74°; sites Q ,

near, 75°; works near, 76.
Watervale, site near, 122°.
Watervliet, arrowheads from, 28.
Watkins, site, 144°. si
Wauteghe, location, 54”.
Waverly, Spanish hill, 152°;

153°. | ee
Wawanaquassick, location, 57’.
Wawarsing, site, 156°-57%. _
Weltonville, sites near, 151°.
West Bloomfield, sites, 127*.
West Chester, sites, 161°, 162°.
West Davenport, sites, 59°.
West Henrietta, site, 95°.
West Newark, BER near, se ie

Westfield, remains of works in, 42°.

Wetqueschek, 161’,

Wheatland, works in, 93’; Bony hill,
100°.

White Plains, ‘sites, 161°.

White springs, 126", 129°.

Whitney’s Point, camp sites, 31°.

3

Wiccopees, territory occupied by,

50".
Williamsville, relics found in, 65’.
Wilson, mound, 108°.
Wiltmeet, fort, 156’.

6

Wilton, sites, 141°.

(Pages 189-90

INDEX TO ABORIGINAL OCCUPATION OF NEW YORK

,

187

5

Windsor, relics found at, 31°.
Wirt, work near, 30°.
Wolcott, site, 158°, 159°.
Wynkoop creek, 51°.

Yonkers, sites, 161°.

Yorktown, site, 159°.

Young, A. W., History of Chautau-
qua, 18°.

-Zenunge, 87°.

Zonnesschio, 84

were bulletin cover pages)

SE TS OES Se Nh SSS Oe aa EN 2
7 ee " . , ates ?

Aa eS SEE ST - a
ews 3 = a oo hn

AHOL WA’ iO) ATAT? AHT AO
MIAH ATATS AAO SR

HTT 10 GTAKW

ie

“ehNOTCIVIdG LATHOS

AANOY WAY TO et

PIOH4

Cc AMAHDUAAS
eCeG!

" esl to slead
are . a
See

|
|
;
;
}
;
|
;
|

A I

nb ve at en el. geal as

BULLETIN No.3] NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM,

UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK a
- —————————
_78° 5 a
2 Z|
vy 5 Th ——

79°

Leonouins

Prescot

Z 4
Ee a a

N
Ss

A 2
ANS ee ES

NEW JER SYR

Galpien q
3 tot

li

AAAI
i ‘

ee a
. ee a

LAS

DIOGA

Fig nt TR TN A LOE

University of the State of New York

BUGLE TIN

OF THE

New York State Museum

FREDERICK cf H. MERRILL Director
No. 33 Vol. 7

April 1900

CHECK LIST

OF

NeW VORK BIRDS

By
MARCUS S. FARR D. Sc.

ALBANY
UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK

1900

Yet, Mea tee
or ig? Rate ta

Oe ae wo eet 5 Samii pine stemgte ly gepinemat oe /

eS Ags oct 4 mt
Pe Fen Ty, Mies oe

i

geet

ORR

4

we ln
et &
eer

PREFACE

This list was originally prepared for use in collecting data for a bulletin
on the birds of New York, but, inasmuch as no check list of the birds of
the entire state is available for the student of our avi-fauna, it has been
thought advisable to publish it in this form, hoping that it may be of
some use to students in ornithology and serve as a convenient means of
keeping notes on the various species.

My purpose has been to include all the birds known to occur or to
have occurred in our state, and only those forms have been admitted
that have actually been taken in New York. Thus the list contains not
only our regular summer and winter residents and migrants, but also
those that occur as irregular visitants or stragglers. A number of the
species recorded have been taken only once or twice in the state and
this is in nearly every case indicated in a foot note with the proper
reference. It is believed that nearly, if not quite all the birds of our
state, that have been recorded, are included; but for any corrections or
additions the author will be grateful.

The list is divided into two parts, the first containing those birds that
have actually been taken in New York, the second including those of
which we have no satisfactory state records, but which, having been

taken in adjoining states, may be looked for in New York. |

Strict adherence is given to the nomenclature of the American
ornithologists union check list of .1895 and the supplements of January
1897 and 1899. ‘The number of the species in this list is followed by
_the American ornithologists union number in parentheses or brackets,
and as the pamphlet is designed for the use of students rather than ad-
vanced workers, the common name is given first.

My obligations are due to Dr F. J. H. Merrill, whose kind aid and
criticism have been a source of inspiration in my work. Also to
Dr J. A. Allen and Mr William Dutcher of New York, Dr William
Brewster of Cambridge, and Dr A, W. Butler of Indianapolis, who have
been so kind as to give me notes and suggestions on several species.

Marcus S. Farr
Lew York state museum Assistant zoologist
& Feb, 1900

.
Pf eS ee

ve
Lien

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS

PART I
Order Pygopodes * Diving birds
Family PODICIPIDAE Grebes

1 (2) Holboell’s grebe
Colymbus holboellii (Reinh.)

2 (3) Horned grebe
Colymbus auritus Linn.

3 (6) Pied-billed grebe
Podilymbus podiceps (Linn.)

Family GAVIIDAE _Loons

4 (7) Loon
Gavia imber (Gunn.)

ry
? ld Let}

8 i , Seon ea pu Ot ene
(9) | throated loon?
- Gavia artica (Linn.)

.

| 6 (11) Red-throated loon
ay Gavia lumme (Gunn.)

*
=

t

‘ Y ‘

Family ALCIDAE Auks, murres and puffins

: as (13) ‘Puffin :

Fratercula arctica (Linn.)

8 (27) Black guillemot
ss Cepphus grylle (Linn.)

.

1 One New York record, Long Island. See Auk, 10:265-66.

.

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 201

g (31) Briinnich’s murre
Uria lomvia (Linn.)

Io (32) Razor-billed auk
Alca torda Linn.

11 (34) Dovekie
Alle alle (Linn.)

Order Longipennes Long-winged swimmers

-

12 (35) Skua?
Megalestris skua (Brunn.,)

1 Long Island record, Auk, 3 :432-33. Niagara river, spring of 1886. See Auk, 6 :331; also Berg-

Family STERCORARIIDAE Skuas and jaegers
told’s List of the birds of Buffalo and vicinity, P. 3.

202 . NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 203

13 (36) Pomarine jaeger
Stercorarius pomarinus (Temm.)

14 (37) Parasitic jaeger
Stercorarius parasiticus (Linn.)

15 (38) Long-tailed jaeger
Stercorarius longicaudus Vieill.

Family LARIDAE Gulls and terns

16 (39) Ivory gull?
Pagophila alba (Gunn.)

LE

1 One Long Island record. See Auk, 12: 290-91.

z f
ae Bae ar

) Glaucous gull
Larus glaucus Briinn.

Iceland gull |
Larus leucopterus Faber

Great black-backed gull _
Larus marinus Linn.

r matin

ree

ra
eh,

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 207

' 21) (51) Herring gull’
Larus argentatus Briinn,

22 (51a) American herring gull
Larus argentatus smithsonianus Coues

23 (54) Ring-billed gull
Larus delawarensis Ord

_ 24 (58) Laughing gull '
Larus atricilla Linn.

1 Dr J. A. Allen writes me that this species is occasional in winter in Long Island sound and
adjacent waters, and that several specimens taken in that locality and referable to this form have
come under his observation.

£

2
A®
ae
¥
.
al

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 209

25 (60) Bonaparte’s gull
Larus philadelphia (Ord)

26 |60.1] Little gull?
Larus minutus Pall.

. 27 (62) Sabine’s gull*
Xema sabinii (Sab.)

28 (63) Gull-billed tern
Gelochelidon nilotica (Hasselq.)

ee
1 There is one American record of the occurrence of this European species. It was taken at
Fire Island, Long Island. See Awk, 1888, 5: 172.
2 Anarctic form. Two Long Isiand records. See Giraud’s Birds of Long Island, 1844,"p. 363;
Baird, Brewer & Ridgway’s Water birds, 2 :272; Auk, 1900, 17:63.

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 211

2g (64) Caspian tern
Sterna caspia Pallas

30 (65) Royal tern
Sterna maxima Bodd.

31 [68] Trudeau’s tern*
Sterna trudeaui Aud.

32 (69) Forster’s tern
Sterna forsteri Nutt.

1 One representative of this South American bird has been recorded from Long Island. See Aud.
Orn. biog. 5:125; Aud. Syn. birds N. A., p. 319; Giraud’s Birds of Long Island, p. 354; Baird,

Brewer & Ridgway’s Water birds, 2 :291.

amgh RAST

—

34 4 (71) Arctic ten
| Sterna paradisaea Briinn.

Sterna. dougalli Montag.

35 (72) Roseate tern _

36 (74) Least tern
Sterna antillarum (Less.

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS

37 (75) Sooty tern
Sterna fuliginosa Gmel.

38 (77) Black tern
Hydrochelidon nigra surinamensis (Gmele)

Family RYNCHOPIDAE — Skimmers

39 (80) Black skimmer
Rynchops nigra Linn.

Order Tubinares Zube-nosed swimmers
Family PROCELLARIIDAE Fulmars and shearwaters

40 (88) Cory’s shearwater
Puffinus borealis Cory

215

VW
Fe a A aha by i
: » 4 - Ves ‘Ti
ee ’ eR VeLit eb AS, Gb Seen reeks
s % 5 tg jose iE Ss ES
, Z, t : se

ho Meter

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 217

41 (89) Greater shearwater
- Puffinus gravis (O’ Reilly)

42 (92) Audubon’s shearwater
Puffinus auduboni Finsch

43 (94) Sooty shearwater
Puffinus fuliginosus Strickland

44 [98] Black-capped petrel!
Aestrelata hasitata (Kuhl)

1 Long Island record, Ann. lyc. nat. hist, N. Y., 5: 220. Also Oneida lake and Ulster co. records,
Auk, 11: 162-63; 12:179.

rar, Oe

ed be
Saas Geienet Pd os tse om
f r 1

: 5 (106) Leach’s en
e Oceanodroma leucorhoa (Vieill )

Bi dey “Wilsons petrel
_Oceanites oceanicus (Kuhl)

Si Order Steganopodes Totipalmate swimmers

_ Family PHAETHONTIDAE Tropic birds

8 ( Be 12) Yellow- billed tropic bird?
eo eibou americanus Grant

single specimen fake in Livingston co. in 1880 is unique, as.it has not been taken |

opical form has once ee iazen at caowlesviile, Orleans co. See Bul. Nutt. er aioe. o
BiBhoets Birds of ca New hkl _ Also Langille’s, LD birds in their haunts, Ne

Se ¥ =
WL me a a ea te ete an ere a li A al mm a i ng pe ee acer eee HR
. = :

ee ee ra

aris > t, a roe aes HR
; Rint eae : a ie See :
ea ht ® Pbisie&

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 221

Family SULIDAE Gannets

49 (115) Booby?
Sula sula (Linn.)

50 (117) Gannet

Sula bassana (Linn.)

Family PHALACROCORACIDAE Cormoranis

51 (119) Cormorant
Phalacrocorax carbo (Linn.)

52 (120) Double-crested cormorant
Phalacrocorax dilophus (Swain.)

1 SR SSS SS RD

1 Acciijental on Moriches bay, Long Island. See Awk, 10: 271.

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 223

Family PELECANIDAE Pelicans

53..(125) American white pelican
Pelecanus erythrorhynchos Gmel.

Family FREGATIDAE Man-o’-war birds

54 (128) Man-o’-war bird?
Fregata aquila Linn.

Order Anseres Lamellirostral swimmers
Family ANATIDAE Ducks, geese and swans

55.(129) American merganser
Merganser americanus (Cass.)

56 (130) Red-breasted merganser
Merganser serrator (Linn.)

1 There are two Long Island records. See American naturalist, 9 :470; Auk, 5:173.

?

Pa ee ee
eek dan
A aE a =e ely

a ba : " ~~ .

oa

3
eA
i af x :

Big He p Pa ee

(SA ipl se aH

Ane tet Se ete atte
: er we ek

<. <(ieb oe
ue hae ah

eee

| cay Mallard
d Anas boschas Linn.

33) Black duck

Anas obscura Gmel. ;

\: 7

s

60 (135). Gadwall
ee Chaulelasmus streperus (Linn.)

.
iat!

taht ee ewe;

OY Ea) Sat ee

eee Aone,

r 5 7 de®
ap A Pe BOAT De aN ah eA
SELEY BW See eter hea ae ins ny
‘ ee ” pth — = bat ie als 2 bY, tg :

rc 37) Baldpate
_ Mareca americana (Gmel.)

-

39) Green-winged teal
Nettion carolinensis (Gmel.)

(x40) ale. winged teal
~ Querquedula discors creat)

Ee

<1

| 66 (143) Pintail |
Dafila acuta (Linn.)

a
+

(144) Wood ae
: Aix ye (Linn. ;

me
Paid

q
‘oS
“

4

Sedat So Bel

)

duck
inn,

_ Aythya marila (L

=a
ue
3

erican scaup

Aythya vallisneria (Wils.)
Aythya affinis (Eyt.)

8) Am

14
49) Lesser scaup duck

47) Canvas-back

(a

ie

* * U
ea eae he
MP Wet

Nes

.* att ae Ne *
) » 4; ‘ ty

at

(15 , eine saterticiige © et
‘f Laas collaris ees

16 G 53) Buffle-head |
Charitonetta albeola (Linn

CHECK LIST. OF NEW YORK BIRDS 235

77 (154) Old-squaw
Harelda hyemalis (Linn.)

78 (155) Harlequin duck
| Histrionicus histrionicus ( Linn.)

79 (156) Labrador duck*
Camptolaimus labradorius (Gmel.)

80 (160) American eider
Somateria dresseri Sharpe

1 Formerly a winter visitant to Long Island from the arctic regions. Now supposed to be extinct.

‘I

i

4

a
So
=e
oe
+
iz
ae

~ Somateria s spectabilis (Linn. es ta

'

2 (163) American scoter
Oidemia americana Swains.

‘

2 (x65) | White. winged scoter

Oidemia dope Bonap.

f (166) ‘Surf scoter te
Oidemia perspicillata, (Linn.)

tha ie ere ee

ange

y

(171) ‘American white-fronted goose
_ Anser albifrons gambeli ee

f Yad Muh eeaes

Ts

90 (1724) Hutchins’s goose ;
Branta canadensis hutchinsii (Rich.)

92 (274) Black brant.
_ Branta nigricans (Lawr.)

Of

Eh SPORE REG Ses

4

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 243

93 [175] Barnacle goose?
Branta leucopsis (Bechst.)

94 (180) Whistling swan
Olor columbianus (Ord)

Order Herodiones AHerons, ibises, ete.
‘A , Family IBIDIDAE Tbises
95 (184) White ibis
Guara alba (Linn.)

96 (186) Glossy ibis
Plegadis autumnalis (Hasselq.)

aan ne RnR UEenemememneeneeeeeeeeciememeeecneee er en

1 One Long Island record of this European species. See Bul. Nutt. orn.cled , 2:18.

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK PIRDS 245

97 (187) White-faced glossy ibis?
Plegadis guarauna (Linn.)

Family CICONIIDAE Storks and wood ibises
98 (188) Wood ibis
Tantalus loculator Linn.

Family ARDEIDAE Herons, bitterns, etc

99 (190) American bittern
Botaurus lentiginosus (Montag.)

too (191) Least bittern
Ardetta exilis (Gmel.)

. 1 There is a specimen (no. 205) of this species in the New York state museum, taken on Grand
island, Niagara river, Aug. 1844. See 3d ann. rep’t N. Y. state museum, p. 22; also Auk, 1887,
3 : 253-54.

a) As

——— eee eee eee

4

hoe

“
.
- ag

bs Say a ;

uf
er
RNG I
y

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 247

ror (194) Great blue heron
Ardea herodias Linn.

102 (196) American egret
- Ardea egretta Gmel.

103 (197) Snowy heron
Ardea candidissima Gmel.

104 (199) Louisiana heron? -
Ardea tricolor ruficollis (Gosse)

—

1 One Long Island record. See DeKay, 1842, p.223. Seealso Giraud’s Birds of Long Island, 1844,
p. 281-82.

eae |
eon

ape

Rh. OL ies

boy eS *

. baat £.

: a he
7 ¢

) Little t blue, eto
_ Ardea caerulea Linn.

6 (201) Green heron
Ardea virescens Linn.

}

a
a>

4

08 (203) Yellow-crowned night heron
| Nycticorax violaceus (Linn.)

x‘

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS

Order Paludicolae Cranes, rails, etc.
Family GRUIDAE Cranes
10g (204) Whooping crane?
Grus americana (Linn.)

110 (206) Sandhill crane?
Grus mexicana (Miill.)

¢

_ Family RALLIDAE ~— Rails, gallinules and coote
zr (208) King rail
Rallus elegans Aud.

112 (211) Clapper rail
Rallus crepitans Gmel.

1 Historic in New York.

251

ee ee ee ee eee a a ae Bee eee a

a ——e————————eEeEeee—e_e_eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eae SaaS...

I oy

4
i

_ Porzana carolina (Linn.)

- Porzana noveboracensis eee )

.

16, ee lnc ail
- Porzana j jamaicensis (Gmel.)

7

ae >
“saa hi ’ fe aoe eae
LS ee be Bey

xc 18) Purple gallinule —
_ Jonornis martinica (Linn. i

ag Florida gallinule

- Gallinula Belrars (Licht.)

oe 2) ‘American coot.
_Fulica americana a Gmel.

ey

5

+
x
Oa ae,

Fee Na
Pi, P) ‘s

*

(ee

an

ee
icolae 3 "Shore birds

ey ‘Northern Are aee
r ae oes lobatus (Linn.)

“Fam ily RECURVIROSTRIDAE aupbets and stilts

as s) American avocet |
sah
: * Recurvirostra americana Gmel.

-# 7

een Tae

Vee i
Sa RS

i“ oles

APR DEO Dea ete

~

_ Family SCOLOPACIDAE hii eas sandpipers, ete.

*

id ’

¥

5,

et

Y 233) Stilt sandpiper
Micropalma ee (Bonap. )

(23 5) Purple sandpiper —
Tringa maritima Brunn.

it

*
a
Pray
Cie

wees
Sans
ent

4 ’

41) Baird’s sandpiper |
_ Tringa bairdii (Coues)

a).

(242) Least sandpiper
. _ Tringa minutilla Vieill.

a

® Pye

aptly

Rae Ne;
Bh ORNS te

138 aks id oekcd sandpiper
; Tringa alpina pacifica (Coues) |

(244) Curlew sandpiper?

‘Tringa ferruginea Brinn.

a (248) Sanderling
_ Calidris arenaria (Linn. i

*

haemastica (Linn.

}

sein

Paty SO etree

; . ty
Ny

(256) Solitary sandpiper

Helodromas solitarius (Wils.)

5 J

‘

" Symphemia semipalmata (Gmel. ye

¥ ‘

" Pavoncella pugnax (Linn)

= -

’

(262) Buff-breasted sandpiper eee
Tryngites subruficollis (Vieill. a

7 s? (263) Spotted sandpiper. |
| Actitis macularia (Linn.) —

Bua 3)

ws; ie Island records. See Ann. lyc. nat. hist. N. Y. 5: 220.

2

aye),
bog BPP we

ROE NAS.

sieve Sagres tise

a y soa tel 4 i? i Wee ar ¥ ;
yet Bi) pate ae wi Pat ahd. vet

rae Sr GD
re aah ‘ Bi ¥ he ;

: ; ;
eR
ig /
Tha ae ako

i

(264) Long-billed curlew

ant i -

Be pies is Wils.

(265) Hudsonian curlew
pv umenius hudsonicus Lath.

N umenius borealis (Forst.)

. /
}

a Ge. L 11.1) European curlew!
at Numenius arquatus (Linn.)

a
Claes

4
4 % "
. PWG

is

>

’

Verne Fo, sae Winn kom ara

8 (270) Black bellied plover
Squatarola squatarola (Linn.)

Ve

272) Braeical golden plover.
Charadrius dominicus Mull.

of this European form has been taken on Long Island. See Auk, 1886, 3: 438.

Pe SReLe teety

apie

’

LALO T Wart ees

274) Semipalmated p plover

77) Piping plover
Aegialitis meloda (ed)

7) Belted piping plover
_ Aegialitis meloda circumcincta Ridgw. %

(280) Wilson’s plover
aang wilsonia (Ord)

" 7

ed ae sie Rye es
e. Yea RaN

nese OR ara Seah i Bec pon

“"
y?

.

;

rea

Se ah

‘

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS | 279

Family APHRIZIDAE = Surf birds and turnstones

q 165 (283) Turnstone
Arenaria interpres (Linn.)

cing eS

Family HAEMATOPODIDAE Oyster-catchers

166 (286) American oyster-catcher
Haematopus palliatus Temm,

Order Gallinae Gallinaceous birds i
Family TETRAONIDAE Grouse, partridges, ete.

167 (289) Bob-white
Colinus virginianus (Linn.)

\

168 (298) Canada grouse
Canachites canadensis (Linn.)

s a
ELEY

nT a 4
Le

ie) : i
‘ , ae Riis bh

Sil Aan ilee> eg ein,
be - 3 ma"

Su eh

Fe EEO

ate

ae

‘ ree

Ve rary
X<

oe umbellus (Lien ‘ee

.

(301) Willow ptarmigan!
Lagopus lagopus (Linn.)

rie op (306) Heath hen? ;
Tympanuchus Eagide (Linn.)

headin: See Bul. Nutt. orn. club, 3: 41; 6: 233.
ie in New York state 2

Laat
ee

ae

PE ARNG
TERS eu Famer

7

eke
4

Pda ah

+

oe WAGE

(Aan benign Wie lee

Re ee cyor a tae
(g10a ) wila turkey? » ek 3
ay _ Meleagris eae fera abs )

7

»

Order Columbae Aigeons
‘Family COLUMBIDAE. Pigeons

( 31 a4) Passen ger pigeon
| Ectopistes migratorius ( Linn.)

Zenaidura macroura (Linn.)

Order Raptores Birds of prey
a CATHARTIDAE. American vultures

*

petit, ae See rate

25 } woe ae, ¢ koe =

) Bamnily FALCONIDAE Vultures, falcons, hawks, eagles, ete.

os (327) Swallow-tailed kite.
Elanoides forficatus (Linn.)

» (330) Marsh hawk
Circus hudsonius (Linn.)

é

‘180 (332) Sharp-shinned hawk
Meet pe velox (Wils.) _

*

} = Pata a oh!
Pay oh Ra et rare ge whe
¥ ‘ ,

i
r

<= fa es
, “le
oe he pik ettiees

an tr TO a ert Lik mae)
‘TG See Cea Rip ah 3 Ss

\

2 (334) 2 es goshawk
Accipiter atricapillus (Wils. 1

31) Red-tailed hawk
Buteo borealis (Gmel.)

\

G 39) Red-shouldered hawk.
-Buteo lineatus (Gmel.

) (343) Broad-winged hawk
&- +) Buteo latissimus (Wils.)

" Archibuteo eases sanctijohannis (Gmel.) |

\

Bald ea eagle ae :
3 Haliaeetus leucocephalus ( Linn.)

192 (354b). Black gyrfalcon

bi Falco rusticolus obsoletus (Gmel.)

¢

al ous taken on Long staid in 1856. See Auk, 10: 274-75; Ann. lye. nat. hist N. Y. 8: 280,
“Aone land, fall of 1875.—Lawrence

4

. v% Ae a .
Fal Wek silees roy

5). American ba
Strix pratincola fa

Family BUBONIDAE Horned owls, eto.

(366) American long-eared owl
Asio wilsonianus (Less.)

( (367) Short-eared owl
Asio accipitrinus (Pall.)

(368) Baba ae ie,
Syrnium nebulosum (F orst.)

3

» Scotiaptex cinerea (Gmel)

> (372) Saw-whet owl.
Nyctala acadica (Gmel.)

x

SAF Rat By
’ td Ph, bye,
CP je ‘

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS

205 (376) Snowy owl
Nyctea nyctea (Linn.)

206 (377a) American hawk owl
Surnia ulula caparoch (Miill.)

207 (378) Burrowing owl!

Speotyto cunicularia hypogaea (Bonap.)

Order Psittaci /urrots, etc.

Family PSITTACIDAE Parrots
208 (382) Carolina paroquet?

Conurus carolinensis (Linn.)

1 One New York record. See Forest and stream, 12 Aug. 1875, 5: 4.
2 Historic in New York state.

wie 2

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 301

Order Coccyges Cuckoos, etc.
Family CUCULIDAE Cuckoos, ete.

209 (387) Yellow-billed cuckoo
Coccyzus americanus (Linn.)

210 (388) Black billed cuckoo
Coccyzus erythrophthhalmus (Wils.)

Family ALCEDINIDAE Kingfishers

211 (390) Belted kingfisher
Ceryle aleyon (Linn.)

Order Pici_ Woodpeckers, ett.

Family PICIDAE Woodpeckers

212 (393) Hairy woodpecker
Dryobates villosus (Linn.)

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 303

213 (394c) Downy woodpecker
Dryobates pubescens medianus (Swains.)

214%(400) Arctic three-toed woodpecker
Picoides arcticus (Swains.)

215 (401) American three-toed woodpecker
Picoides americanus Brehm

216 (402) Yellow-bellied sapsucker
Sphyrapicus varius (Linn.)

si

eg ATS

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS

217 (405a) Northern pileated woodpecker
Ceophloeus pileatus abieticola Bangs

218 (406) Red-headed woodpecker
Melanerpes erythrocephalus (Linn.)

219 (409) Red-bellied woodpecker
Melanerpes carolinus (Linn.)

220 (412a) Northern flicker
Colaptes auratus luteus Bangs

395

306

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS

Order Machrochires Goatsuckers, swifts, etc.
Family CAPRIMULGIDAE Goatsuckers, etc.

221 (417) Whip-poor-will
Antrostomus vociferus (Wils.)

222 (420) Nighthawk
Chordeiles virginianus (Gmel.)

Family MICROPODIDAE = Swifts

223 (423) Chimney swift
Chaetura pelagica (Linn.)

Family TROCHILIDAE Hummingbirds

224 (428) Ruby-throated hummingbird
Trochilus colubris Linn.

307

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS ; 309

Order Passeres ferching birds
Family TYRANNIDAE Tyrant flycatchers

225 (444) Kingbird
Tyranuus tyrannus (Linn.)

226°(447) Arkansas kingbird
_ Tyrannus verticalis Say

227. (452) Crested flycatcher
Myiarchus crinitus (Linn.)

228 (456) Phoebe
Sayornis phoebe (Lath.)

hs CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS

229 (459) Olive-sided flycatcher
Contopus berealis (Swains.)

230 (461) Wood pewee
Contopus virens (Linn.)

231 (463) Yellow-bellied flycatcher
Empidonax flaviventris Baird

232 (465) Green-crested flycatcher
Empidonax virescens (Vieill.)

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 313

233 (466a) Alder flycatcher
Empidonax traillii alnorum Brewst.

234 (467) Least flycatcher
Empidonax minimus Baird

Family ALAUDIDAE - Larks -

235 (474) Horned lark
Otocoris alpestris (Linn.)

236 (474b) Prairie horned lark
Otocoris alpestris praticola Hensh.

che RS ;
pee tah! Ae
7 oe

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 315

Family CORVIDAE Crows, jays, magpies, ete.

237 (477) Blue jay
Cyanocitta cristata (Linn.)

238 (484) Canada jay
Perisoreus canadensis (Linn.)

239 (486a) Northern raven
Corvus corax principalis Ridgw.

240 (488) American crow
Corvus americanus Aud.

x A * é hex ha:
sif agus Wits cs

‘

Family ICTERIDAE Blackbirds, orioles, ete.

99) Bobolink
. _ Dolichonyx oryzivorus (Linn.)

pe oebids
_ Molothrus ater (Boda. De

498) Red- -winged lueknted
; peels phoeniceus (Linn.)

‘Sturnella magna (Linn,)

(506) Orchard oriole :
Icterus Sas (Linn.)

:
: er ae Ty
re: Pie a DAE

50 (5 tb) ae! grackle
Quiscalus quiscula aeneus (Ridgw.)

ae Family FRINGILLIDAE Finches, sparrows, ete.

(514) Evening grosbeak
; Coccothraustes vespertinus (Coop.)

Pine arches:
-Pinicola enucleator canadensis (Cab.) -

Ley

i; ry
ao ae
easy Cal

Ay +5 aie

ey Oe

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 323

253 (517) Purple finch
Carpodacus purpureus (Gmel.)

254 (521) American crossbill °
Loxia curvirostra minor (Brehm)

255 (522) White-winged crossbill
Loxia leucoptera Gmel.

256 (528) Redpoll
Acanthis linaria (Linn.)

ns

eyed OAs aed

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS

257 (528b) Greater redpoll
Acanthis linaria rostrata (Coues)

258 (529) American goldfinch
Astragalinus tristis (Linn.)

259 (533) Pine siskin
Spinus pinus (Wils.)

260 (534) Snowflake
Passerina nivalis (Linn.)

325

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 327

261 (536) Lapland longspur
Calcarius lapponicus (Linn.)

262 (538) Chestnut-collared longspur?
Calcarius ornatus (Towns.)

263 (540) Vesper sparrow
Pooecetes gramineus (Gmel.)

264 (541) Ipswich sparrow
Ammodramus princeps (Mayn.)

1 Long Island record. See Awk, 6: 190,

s

1) Fe i? as ae es,
Brats Co nf A eA Oe

BAC eter Ne sie iie

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 329

265 (542a) Savanna sparrow
Ammodramus sandwichensis savanna (Wils.)

266 (546) Grasshopper sparrow -
Ammodramus savannarum passerinus (Wils.)

267 (547) Henslow’s sparrow
Ammodramus henslowii (Aud.)

268 (548) Leconte’s sparrow!
Ammodramus leconteii (Aud.)

1 This is included on the authority of Mr Louis Agassiz Fuertes, who reports the capture of a
young bird of this species at Ithaca, 11 Oct. 1897. See Awk, 1898, 15: 188-89.

eve i: a

LR ear

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRD3

269 (549) Sharp-tailed sparrow
Ammodramus caudacutus (Gmel.)

270 (549.1) Nelson’s sparrow
Ammodramus nelsoni (Allen)

271 (549.1a) Acadian sharp-tailed sparrow
Ammodramus nelsoni subvirgatus (Dwight)

272 (550) Seaside sparrow
Ammodramus maritimus (Wils.)

Jot

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 333

273 (552) Lark sparrow
Chondestes grammacus (Say)

274 (554) White-crowned sparrow
Zonotrichia leucophrys (Forst.)

275 (558) White-throated sparrow
Zonotrichia albicollis (Gmel.)

276 (559) Tree sparrow
Spizella monticola (Gmel.)

1 On Long Island. See Bul. nutt orn. club, 6: 58.

334 | NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Slate-colored junco —
_ Junco hyemalis (Linn.)

#

a aaa

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS. 337

281 (583) Lincoln’s sparrow
Melospiza lincoln (Aud.)

282 (584) Swamp sparrow
Melospiza georgiana (Lath.)

283 (585) Fox sparrow
Passerella iliaca (Merr.)

284 (587) Towhee .
Pipilo erythrophthalmus (Linn.)

338

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 339
285 (593) Cardinal
Cardinalis cardinalis (Linn.)

286 (595) Rose-breasted grosbeak
Zamelodia ludoviciana (Linn.)

287 (597) Blue grosbeak?
Guiraca caerulea (Linn.)

288 (598) Indigo bunting
Cyanospiza cyanea (Linn.)

1 See De Kay, 1842, p. 146; Bul. Nutt. orn. club, 3:1382; Auk, 10:276.

j 4 . Tr fe
f ‘ Woh fy eae’ zn

Ce ss See ae

» CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 341

289 (601) Painted bunting?
Cyanospiza ciris (Linn.)

290 (604) Dickcissel
Spiza americana (Gmel.)

291 (605) Lark bunting?
Calamospiza melanocorys Stejn.

Family TANAGRIDAE Tanagers

292 (607) Louisiana tanager3
Piranga ludoviciana (Wils.)

1 See Bul. Nutt. orn. club, 3: 132; Forest and stream, 1884, p. 424.
2 This western species has once been taken on Long Island. See Awk, 6: 192, 1889.
3 One New York record. See Auk, 1890, 7: 55. ’

Puy Lae
er

bigs tay Ga)

m1 ’

‘ Babi ahs Mee
MO i Beles cst

ri
vs

hy; PAROLE et orale

we

:

S ny
9 pte’ pal SB St

(61 0) ‘Summer tanager :
Piranga rubra (Linn.)

a)
1

" Progne subis (Linn.)

y

. 6 (61 2) Cliff shat
ve - Petrochelidon lunifrons (Say)

eA el CCE

}

shoud
E ‘.. pe eee Chae nse
& SRT Pirie

.
Day |

RATE IS Ee

, ne.

yt

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 345.

297 (613) Barn swallow
Hirundo erythrogaster Bodd.

‘298 (614) Tree swallow
Tachycineta bicolor (Vieill.)

299 (616) Bank swallow
Clivicola riparia (Linn.)

300 (617) Rough-winged swallow
Stelgidopteryx serripennis (Aud.)

a Sr

o if 7
hertt
aN

aula

coer! |: AM ; DAB Wazwinge, BN

ae :

3 - (6x8) | Rohenian waxwing .
_Ampelis garrulus Linn.

Family LANIIDAE! — Shrikes

x (621) Northern shrike
_ Lanius borealis Vieill.

4 (622) Loggerhead shrike
5 -Lanius ludovicianus Linn.

e species of shrikes have been recognized in New York state, but the status of the forms
Al understood, it often being a matter of difficulty to assign individual specimens to their
ecies. William Palmer, after an examination of 176 specimens, proposes to “ relegate
to the plains region west of the immediate Mississippi wooded drainage area,

$ sb: the south Atlantic and gulf coasts, and Florida, and to recognize a new form

- been deferred by the American ornithologists aunion for aoe for material, and soit
for the present to let the species.stand as giveni in Awk, 15: 244-58; also 16: 133.

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 349

305 (622a) White-rumped shrike
Lanius ludovicianus excubitorides (Swains.)

Family VIREONIDAE _ Vireos

306 (624) Red-eyed vireo

Vireo olivaceus (Linn.)

307 (626) Philadelphia vireo
Vireo philadelphicus (Cass.

308 (627) Warbling vireo
Vireo gilvus (Vieill.)

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS

309 (628) Yellow-throated vireo
Vireo flavifrons Vieill.

310 (629) Blue-headed vireo
Vireo solitarius (Wils.)

311 (629b) Plumbeous vireo!
Vireo solitarius plumbeus (Coues)

312 (631) White-eyed vireo
Vireo noveboracensis (Gmel.)

1 One New York record. See Auk 1894, 11:79.

351

oi eta

e i

i gaits? 3
ie soa S Why

nt \ sae Ya
> S Se et. oh On oe
BE STNG ay yee us|

2

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS

Family MNIOTILTIDAE Wood warbdlers

313 (636) Black and white warbler
Mniotilta varia (Linn.)

314 (637). Prothonotary warbler
Protonotaria citrea (Bodd.)

315 (639) Worm-eating warbler
Helmitherus vermivorus (Gmel.)

3t6 (641) Blue-winged warbler
Helminthophila pinus (Linn.)

3

3

354 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 355

317 (642) Golden-winged warbler
Helminthophila chrysoptera (Linn.)

318 (H.L.20) Lawrence’s warbler*
’ Helminthophila lawrencei (Herrick)

319 (H.L.21) Brewster’s warbler’
Helminthophila leucobronchialis (Brewst.)

320 (645) Nashville warbler
Helminthophila rubricapilla (Wils.)

1 These forms are included in the hypothetic list of the American ornithologists union chec
list, as they are supposed to be hybrids between H. pinus and H. chrysoptera. Both have been
taken in New York, and are here included to learn more of their abundance and status in our state
See Awk, 1888, 5: 427; Bul. Nutt. orn. club, 4: 234, 1879; Auk, 1892, 9: 306. :

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 357

321 (646) Orange-crowned warbler
Helminthophila celata (Say)

322 (647) Tennessee warbler
Helminthophila peregrina (Wils.)

323 (648a) Northern parula warbler
; Compsothlypis americana usneae Brewst.

324 (650) Cape May warbler
Dendroica tigrina (Gmel.)

358

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS

325 (652) Yellow warbler
Dendroica aestiva (Gmel.)

326 (654) Black-throated blue warbler
Dendroica caerulescens (Gmel )

327 (655) Myrtle warbler
Dendroica coronata (Linn.)

328 (657) Magnolia warbler
Dendroica maculosa (Gmel.)

360

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS

329 (658) Cerulean warbler
Dendroica rara Wils.

330 (659) Chestnut-sided warbler
Dendroica pensylvanica (Linn.)

331 (660) Bay-breasted warbler
Dendroica castanea (Wils.)

332 (661) Black-poll warbler
Dendroica striata (Forst.)

361

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 363

333 (662) Blackburnian warbler
Dendroica blackburniae (Gmel.)

334 (663) Yellow-throated warbler
Dendroica dominica (Linn.)

335 (667) Black-throated green warbler
Dendroica virens (Gmel.)

336 (671) Pine warbler
Dendroica vigorsii (Aud.)

As

SV SIRE Dee cone Bhs ROAR yk SPP ic
BIE FOS EDS sh Mere Cr phn Servet -
fh . Te. etn i Me ay CN dO ee

Aiton be ueeatu a 1

L

ite pe te ‘ , y
yi fy poy -

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS

337 (672) Palm warbler
Dendroica palmarum (Gmel.)

338 (672a) Yellow palm warbler

Dendroica palmarum hypochrysea Ridgw.

339 (673) Prairie warbler
Dendroica discolor (Vieill.)

340 (674) Oven-bird
Seiurus aurocapillus (Linn.)

Sekt

SV

Boe
re"

va
S

.
af

pat

A!

4

fe BF

G

J
S|

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS

341 (675) Water-thrush
Seiurus noveboracensis (Gmel.)

342 (676) Louisiana water-thrush
Seiurus motacilla (Vieill.)

343 (677) Kentucky warbler
Geothlypis formosa (Wils.)

344 (678) Connecticut warbler
Geothlypis agilis (Wils.)

367

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS

345 (679) Mourning warbler
Geothlypis philadelphia (Wils.)

346 (681) Maryland yellow-throat
Geothlypis trichas (Linn.)

347 (683) Yellow-breasted chat
Icteria virens (Linn.)

348 (684) Hooded warbler
. Wilsonia mitrata (Gmel.)

369

- iF >
gest

pr seh OF Lig ep sade *

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS

349 (685) Wilson’s warbler
Wilsonia pusilla (Wils.)

350 (686) Canadian warbler
Wilsonia canadensis (Linn )

351 (687) American redstart
Setophaga ruticilla (Linn.)

Family MOTACILLIDAE Wagtails

352 (697) American pipit
Anthus pensilvanicus (Lath.)

371

B72 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 373

Family TROGLODYTIDAE Wrens, thrashers, etc.

353 (703) Mockingbird
Mimus polyglottos (Linn.)

354 (704) Catbird
Galeoscoptes carolinensis (Linn.)

355 (705) Brown thrasher
Harporhynchus rufus (Linn.)

356 (718) Carolina wren
Thryothorus ludovicianus (Lath.)

v

uf

ee
Ades tose

- Py ade iy Ba ec ’
e ‘
CPA

n

we
Pas
aa

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS

357 (721) House wren
Troglodytes aédon Vieill.

358 (722) Winter wren
Anorthura hiemalis (Vieill.)

359 (724) Short-billed marsh wren
Cistothorus stellaris (Licht.)

360 (725) Long-billed marsh wren
Cistothorus palustris (Wils.) ©

375

baht , fie iva 1g
MST boar

«

re

Cite ALA a Ei

ny

¢ c

: hey
¥

oR A

a

y Ch as
Ht paca y 49
oF api i obi, Ye

> "
Pe

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS. , 377

Family CERTHIIDAE Creepers

361 (726) Brown creeper
Certhia familiaris fusca (Barton)*

Family PAR]DAE Nuthatches and tits

362 (727) White-breasted nuthatch
Sitta carolinensis Lath.

363 (728) Red-breasted nuthatch
Sitta canadensis Linn.

364 (729) Brown-headed nuthatch’
Sitta pusilla Lath.

1 Oberholser has recently shown that this name is untenable and that the former c. f. ameri-
cana (Bonap.) must be restored. See Awk, 16: 185.
2 One New York record. See Awk, 1888, 5:432.

"

a | . ee Lay
‘el reer
ih"? i
iy ?
A FS fas
i rok ,
6, Sa a ¥.
By ae

ECS
«Phat p sehr

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 379

365 (731) Tufted titmouse
Parus bicolor Linn.

366 (735) Chickadee
Parus atricapillus Linn.

_ 367 (740) Hudsonian chickadee
Parus hudsonicus Forst.

Family SYLVIIDAE Warblers, kinglets, gnatcatchers

368 (748) Golden-crowned kinglet
Regulus satrapa Licht.

a . : '

ula tary s

VOOR nea

ST ke _

} ‘

Roby eR epee

iA

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 381

369 (749) Ruby-crowned kinglet
Regulus calendula (Linn.)

370 (751) Blue-gray gnatcatcher
Polioptila caerulea (Linn.)

Family TURDIDAE Thrushes, stone-chats, blue-birds,' ete.

371 (755) Wood thrush
Hylocichla mustelina (Gmel.)

372 (756) Wilson’s thrush
Hylocichla fuscescens (Steph,)

1 4) Petes Kf p 4

pay
is ua

eee ao
Poe dS ee

Peat
yore saat

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS

373 (757) Gray-cheeked thrush
Hylocichla aliciae (Baird)

374 (7572) Bicknell’s thrush
Hylocichla aliciae bicknelli Ridgw.

375 (758a) Olive-backed thrush
Hylocichla ustulata swainsonii (Cab.)

376 (759b) Hermit thrush
Hylocichla aonalaschkae pallasii (Cab.)

383

fit age he

oh her Gee aY
GAY ch Chet eR

€! ts et
ye ‘ a kerb «- eee
Ppa ae

Ary’

‘. 1 .%
1 By j

‘CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 385

377 (761) American robin
Merula migratoria (Linn.

378 (763) Varied thrush*
Hesperocichla naevia (Gmel.)

379 (765) Wheatear?
Saxicola oenanthe (Linn.)

380 (766) Bluebird
Sialia sialis (Linn,)

1 “There are no less than three valid records for this species near New York city.’’ See Dwight.
Auk, 12:70; Proc. Boston soc. nat. hist. 1848, 3:17; Ann. lye. nat. hist. N. Y. 1867, 8:281; Coues’s}Birds
Colorado valiey 1878, p. 19; Baird Brewer and Ridgway’s Birds, 1874, 1:29.

2 Long Island records. See Auk, 3:490; also 10:277; Ann. lyc. nat. hist. N. Y. 8: 282, 1867.

.

east
x Lamy! q A aET a,
Roe: vig

”

-
7

AY

+ ded Fe ee eee ee

igreec

Dajte w Ra

Yi

SN. 0, De eee ais ae ie

r —

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 387

INTRODUCED SPECIES?‘

: Family ALAUDIDAE Larks
381 [473] Skylark?

Alauda arvensis Linn

Family STURNIDAE _ Starlings

382 [493] Starling?
Sturnus vulgaris Linn.

Family FRINGILLIDAE finches, sparrows, ete.

383 European goldfinch
Carduelis carduelis (Linn.)

384 House sparrow
Passer domesticus (Linn )

1 Exclusive of game birds.

2 This European form is accidental in Greenland and Bermuda. Has been introduced in this
country and in 1887 was found breeding at Flatbush L. I. .See Auk, 5: 180; 12:390.

3 See Awk, 15: 55-56.

.

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS ~ 389

PART 2

HYPOTHETIC LIST

Including those forms, of which we have no satisfactory record, but which, having been taken
in adjoining states, may be looked for in New York.

1 (28) Mandt’s guillemot
Cepphus mandfii (Licht.)

Arctic regions... south... in winter, to Mass.—American ornithologists
: !
union

2 (30) Murre.
Unia troile (Linn.)

Southward on the coast of North America, in winter, to southern New Eng-
land.—American ornithologists wnion. This species has been reported from our
state, but it seems probable that the specimens taken were immature individuals
of U. lumme.

3 (67) Cabot’s tern
Sterna sandvicensis acuflavida (Cabot.)

South Atlantic and gulf coasts of the United States, north, casually, to
southern New England.—American ornithologists union

4 (86) Fulmar
Fulmarus glacialis (Linn.)
North Atlantic, south on the American side to the coast of Massachusetts,

casually to New Jersey.—American ornithologists union. Accidental in northern
New Jersey.—Chapman

AD)
eins Yeo

aa
ft

cee beri eePhsg

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 391

5 (86a) Lesser fulmar
Fulmarus glacialis minor (Kjaerboelling)

North Atlantic, south on American side to coast of Massachusetts.—American
ornithologists union

6 (126) Brown pelican
Pelecanus fuscus (Linn.)

Occasionally strays to Illinois and Massachusetts.—Chapman, Birds of east-
ern North America. De Kay (1842), mentions this form as ‘‘ an occasional visitor
to the coast of our state,” but gives no records.—Birds, p. 294

7 [138] European teal
Nettion crecca (Linn.)

¢

Occasional in eastern North America.—American ornithologists union. New
Jersey, Connecticut, and Massachusetts records.—Abbott, Geology of New Jersey,
p. 792; Treat, Auk, 8:112; Mackay, Auk, 7: 294

8 (141) Cinnamon teal
Querquedula cyanoptera (Vieill.)

Accidental east of the Mississippi.

ie ae Aaah ae p

‘

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 393

9 (1738) White-bel lied brant
Branta bernicla glaucogastra (Brehm. Me

This subspecies has been recognized in America by Sees See Auk, 14: 207-8.
This form may be looked for in our state, though I ean find no records as yet.

o (191.1) Cory’s least bittern
Ardetta neoxena Cory

Michigan and Ontario records. Will undoubtedly be found in our state.

11 [227] European woodcock
Scolopax rusticola (Linn.)

Accidental in the United States. There are New Jersey, Pennsylvania and
Rhode Island records; and we may expect to find this form in New York.

12 (371) Richardson’s owl .
Nyctala tengmalmi richardsoni (Bonap.)

South in winter into the northern United States. American ornithologist
union. Rhode Island record. See Awk, 3: 271

CHECK LIST OF NEW YORK BIRDS 395

13. (395) Red-cockaded woodpecker
Dryobates borealis (Vieill.)

‘“‘A southern United States form has been taken as far north as Hoboken, New
Jersey.” See Lawrence, Ann. lyc. nat. hist. N. Y., 8: 291.

14 (443) Scissor-tailed flycatcher
Milvulus forficatus (Gmel.)

A southwestern United States form that has occurred accidentally in New Jer-
sey and New England.

15 (475) American magpie.
Pica pica hudsonica (Lab.)

De Kay (1842) mentions it as having occurredin the northwestern part of the
state near Niagara, but does not give any records.

16 (497) Yellow-headed blackbird
Xanthocephalus xanthocephalus (Heinee)

Accidental in Ontario and the Atlantic states, Massachusetts, ete.—American
ornithologists union

;

Pre he, Poem sad

ae Tite ac bl

© me iig

Fyrcaraey et fo BS arse Menace es
Bi i RA TLR PLE Ht Darl aitaage &
i ee 8 Ee oP a tes

‘
7

if J ae ‘-
: 4 iy a f } oat he

t

: igrk

i

‘N. J, is usually considered its northern limit. SeeZScott’s The ‘
hee eee fe aA isha secs

INDEX

The superior figures tell the exact place on the page in ninths; e. g. 201°
means page 201 beginning in the third ninth of the page, i. e. about one
third of the way down.

Acanthis linaria, 323" Anas boschas, 225°
rostrata, 325° obscura, 225°
Accipiter atricapillus, 287° Anatidae, 223°-43°
cooperii, 287° Anorthura hiemalis, 375°
velox, 285°

Actitis macularia, 271° Anser albifrons gambeli, 239°

Aegialitis meloda, 277°
circumcincta, 277°
semipalmata, 277°
vocifera, 275°
wilsonia, 277"

Anseres, 223°-43°
Anthus pensilvanicus, 371’

Antrostomus vociferus, 3077
Aphrizidae, 279°
Aquila chrysaétos, 289’

Aestrelata hasitata, 217° Archibuteo lagopus sancti-johannis,
scalaris, 219° 289”

Agelaius phoeniceus, 317’ Ardea caerulea, 249°

Aix sponsa, 229° : candidissima, 247°

Alauda arvensis, 387° egretta, 247°

Alaudidae, 313°, 387° herodias, 247°

Alca torda, 201° tricolor ruficollis, 247’

Alcedinidae, 301° Rinescena) 245)
Alcidae, 199°-201° Ardeidae, 245-40.
Alle alle, 2or° Ardetta exilis, 2457
neoxena, 393°
Arenaria interpres, 279°
Asio accipitrinus, 295°
wilsonianus, 295° -
Astragalinus tristis, 325°
| Auk, razor-billed, 201°
Avocet, American, 257°

Ammodramus caudacutus, 331°
henslowii, 329°
leconteii, 329°
maritimus, 331°
nelsoni, 331°
subvirgatus, 331°
princeps, 327”

sandwichensis savanna, 329° Aythya affinis, 231°

. 2 1

savannarum passerinus, 329° americana, 231
Ampelidae, 3477 collaris, 233°
Ampelis cedrorum, 347° | marila, 231°

garrulus, 347° | vallisneria, 231°

‘

A400. NEW ‘YORK STATE MUSEUM

Baldpate, 227°
Bartramia longicauda, 271°
Birds of prey, 283’-99°
Bittern, American, 245°
Cory’s least, 393°
least, 245°
Blackbird, red-winged, 3177
rusty, 319"
yellow-headed, 395’
Bluebird, 385°
Bobolink, 317°
Bob-white, 279°
Bonasa umbellus, 2817
togata, 281°
Booby, 221°
Botaurus lentiginosus, 245
Brant, 241°
black, 241’
white-bellied, 393°
Branta bernicla, 241°
glaucogastra, 393°
canadensis, 241°
leucopsis, 243°
hutchinsii, 241°
nigracans, 241"
Bubo virginianus, 2977
Bubonidae, 295°-99°
Buffle-head, 2337
Bunting, indigo, 339°
lark, 341°
painted, 341°
Buteo borealis, 287°
latissimus, 289°
lineatus, 287’
Swainsoni, 289°

5

Calamospiza melanocorys, 341°

Calcarius lapponicus, 3277
ornatus, 327°

Calidris arenaria, 267°

Camptolaimus labradorius, 235

Canachites canadensis, 279"

Canvas-back, 231°

Caprimulgidae, 3077

Cardinal, 339°

Cardinalis cardinalis, 339

5

Carduelis carduelis, 387°

Carpodacus purpureus, 323°
Cathind)4373"

Catharista urubu, 285°

Cathartes aura, 283’

Cathartidae, 283"-85°

Ceophloeus pileatus abieticola, 305°

-Cepphus grylle, 199"

mandtii, 389°
Certhia familiaris fusca, 377°
Certhiidae, 377°
Ceryle alcyon, 301°
Chaetura pelagica, 307°
Charadriidae, 275*-77°
Charadrius dominicus, 275°
Charitonetta albeola, 2337
Chat, yellow-breasted, 369°
Chaulelasmus streperus, 225
Chen caerulescens, 239°
hyperborea nivalis, 239°
Chickadee, 379°
Carolina, 397°
Hudsonian, 379°
Chondestes grammacus, 333
Chordeiles virginianus, 307°
Ciconiidae, 245°
Circus hudsonius, 285°
Cistothorus nalustris, 375"
stellaris, 375°
Clangula clangula americana, 233
islandica, 233°
Clivicola riparia, 345°
Coccothraustes vespertinus, 321°
Coccyges, 301°
Coccyzus americanus, 301”
erythrophthalmus, 301°
Colaptes auratus luteus, 305’
Colinus virginianus, 279°
Columbae, 283°
Columbidae, 283°
Colymbus auritus, 197*
holboellii, 197°
Compsothlypis americana usneae,
357°
Contopus borealis, 311°
virens, 311°

7

1

8

hooping, 2517
eper, brown, 377’

s

-pilled, 273!
A cristata, 3r &

Egret, American, 247°

Falco columbarius, 293°

Dendroica vigorsii, Spek
virens, 363°

- Dickcissel, 341°

Diving birds, 197?~201°

Dolichonyx oryzivorus, 3177.

Dove, mourning, 283 3

Dovekie, 201°

Dowitcher, 259°

long-billed, 261°

Dryobates borealis, 3957

pubescens medianus, 303° :

villosus, 301°

Duck, American scaup, 231°

black, 225°

harlequin, 235°

Labrador, 235°

lesser scaup, 231°

ring-necked, 233° aero

ruddy, 239° ik

rufous-crested, 229"

wood, 220° oR ae

Dunlin, 265°

Eagle, bald, 291" ee Ag
golden, 280° ae
Ectopistes migratorius, 283°

Eider, American, 235’ . a
king, 237° 2s ee
Elanoides forficatus, 285°
Empidonax flaviventris, SUL aan
‘minimus, 313° ‘ =
traillii alnorum, 313°
virescens, 311" pec
Ereunetes occidentalis, 267* ~
‘pusillus, 2657

Erismatura jamaicensis, 239°

islandus, 291° et
peregrinus anatum, 293°
rusticolus gyrfalco, 291°

obsoletus, 2917 boas
sparverius, 293°
Falconidae, 285*-9s*
Finch, purple, 323° |
| Flicker, no northern, 3087 yup.

sone Flycatcher, Biden. 313°
s crested, 300°
green-crested, gir oe if
- least, 313° . bs Galle | ed
olive-sided, 311° 7 Z purple, 3265 2
scissor-tailed, 395° xf Ciche: Holboell’s, 197
yellow-bellied, 311° horned, 197
Preabctoula arctica, 199° pied-billed, 197°
Fregata aquila, 223° ae __ | Grosbeak, blue, 339°
Fregatidae, 223° evening, 321°
-Fringillidae, 321 *-41°, 387° _ pine, 321’
-Fulica americana, 2557 © rose-breasted, 330°
Fulmar, 380° Grouse, Canada, 279°
: lesser, 391° Canadian ruffed, 281°
f- seo Fulmarus glacialis, 389° | ruffed, 281"
: minor, 391° . Gruidae, 251° sD
Grus americana, 251°
~ mexicana, 251°
Guara alba, 243° S
Guillemot, black, 199"
Mandt’s, 3897
Guiraca- caerulea, 330°
Gull, American herring, 2077
~ Bonaparte’s, 209° nae
glaucous, 205°
great black-backed, ici
herring, 2077

— lumme, 199°
Gaviidae, 197*-99° Iceland, 205°
ivory, 203°

Gelochelidon niloticay 209" cet hs
_ Geothlypis agilis, 3677 Recaro
f iittle-209"*"“%e2
ormosa, 367° “pill ai oy
philadelphia, 360° pee ee
E ‘ Sabine’s, 200°
trichas, 369 .
Gyrfalcon, 291°
_Gnatcatcher, blue-gray, 381° :
-Godwit, Hud eat black, 291
odwi u poney 207 white, 291"
_ marbled, 267°
Golden-eye, American, 233° Haematopodidae, 279° ;
Barrow’s, 233° Haematopus palliatus, 279
Goldfinch, American, 325° Haliaeetus pave 2a
Ry European, 3875 Harelda hyemalis, 235°
_ Goose,. American white-fronted, -Harporhynchus rufus, 373°
as 230° . Hawk, American rough-legge
barnacle, 243: . American sparrow, 293
“blue, 239° aes broad-winged, Sas
: Canada, 241° Sieh *” Cagiper ic aes

Gadwall, 225"
- Galeoscoptes carolinensis, 373°
Gallinae, 279°-83°
_ Gallinago delicata, 259°
~ Gallinula galeata, 255°
~ Gallinule, Florida, 255°

purple, 255°

=

oe - Gannet, 221°

- Gavia arctica, 199?
imber, 197°

te

: chrysoptera, 355°
lawrencei, 355
__ leucobronchialis, 355°

. e ‘peregrina, 357°

a: elmitherus vermivorus, 353°

telodromas solitarius, 269°

: He le srodiones, 243°-49°

ad Heron, black-crowned night, 249°
egg "great blue, 247*
green, 249°

Gs get blue, 249°

a z fons mexicanus, =
“is Se 343 45°

trionicus panies: 235°
‘um amingbird, ruby-throated, 307°

~,

tod BT

locichla aliciae, 383
: bicknelli, 383°
- aonalaschkae pallasii, 383°
- fuscescens, 381° :
ae mustelina, 381°

"| Icteridae, ger z ye i %
: Icterus galbula, 319°

ydrochelidon nigra surinamensis,

“a

-spurius, 319° ‘
Ionornis martinica, 255°

Jaeger, long-tailed, 203°
parasitic, 203° of)
pomarine, 203° .

Jay, blue, 315°
Canada, 315°

Junco, slate-colored, 335°

Junco hyemalis, 335° ,

Killdeer, 275"

Kingbird, 309°
Arkansas, 309°

Kingfisher, belted, 301°

Kinglet, golden-crowned, 379° _
ruby-crowned, 381°

Kite, swallow-tailed, 285°

Kittiwake, 205*

Knot, 261°

Lagopus lagopus, 281°
Laniidae, 347°-49° |
Lanius borealis, 347° yO
ludovicianus, 347° Ra 2 tf
excubitorides, 349°
Lapwing, 275° | Soest
Laridae, 203'-15° ;
Lark, horned, 313°
prairie horned, 313°
Larus argentatus, 2077
smithsonianus, 207°
atricilla, 207° Pey
. delawarensis, 207° Say
glaucus, 205°
leucopterus, 205°
marinus, 205°
minutus, 209° .
- philadelphia, 209°
Limicolae, 257-79"
Limosa fedoa, 267°
haemastica, 2677
-Longipennes, 201-15°
Longspur, chestnut-collared, 327°
Lapland, 327*

Machrochires, 3077
Macrorhamphus griseus, 259°
scolopaceus, 2617
Magpie, American, 395°
Mallard, 225°
Man-o’-war bird, 223°
Mareca americana, 227°
penelope, 227*
Martin, purple, 343°
Meadowlark, 319°
Megalestris skua, 201"
Megascops asio, 297°
Melanerpes carolinus, 305°
erythrocephalus, 305°
Meleagris gallopavo fera, 283
Melospiza fasciata, 335°
“ georgiana, 337°
lincolnii, 337*
Merganser, American, 223°
hooded, 225°
red-breasted, 2237
Merganser americanus, 223°
serrator, 223°
Merula migratoria, 385°
Micropalma himantopus, 261°
Micropodidae, 307°
Milvulus forficatus, 395*
Mimus polyglottos, 373'
Mniotilta varia, 353°
Mniotiltidae, 353-71"
Mockingbird, 373
Molothrus ater, 317°
Motacillidae, 371°
Murre, 380°
Brtinnich’s, 2017
Myiarchus crinitus, 309°
Netta rufina, 229°

_ Nettion carolinensis, 227°
crecca, 391°

1

ey “ Cele tee = Re Ta edt Tee nice
= , j a ; es cy a ras
j : . ‘ 5 é as “ : : = . ; | : me , ’ ia £ is as = 2s
464 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM =
Loon, 197° Nighthawk, 307 a
black-throated, 199° Numenius arquatus, 273° pe
red-throated, 199° : borealis, 273° a ei. |
Lophodytes cucullatus, 225° hudsonicus, 273° ape
Loxia curvirostra minor, 323° longirostris, 273° _ > eas
leucoptera, 323° Nuthatch, brown-headed, 3777 Fe ee:
red-breasted, 377° ee

white-breasted, 377° oi
Nyctala acadica, 297° em
tengmalmi richardsoni, 303" oy
Nyctea nyctea, 299° eee
Nycticorax nycticorax naevius, 249°
violaceus, 249" ) aa

Oceanites oceanicus, 219° ae
Oceanodroma leucorhoa, 219” ~ ; .
Oidemia americana, 237° |
deglandi, 237°
perspicillata, 237°
Old-squaw, 235°
Olor columbianus, 243° -
Oriole, Baltimore, 319° |
' orchard, 319°
Osprey, American, 293° Seog
Otocoris alpestris, 313° ;
praticola, 313’
Oven-bird, 365’ Me
Owl, American barn, 295° Sea
American hawk, 299° ea
American long-eared, 295%
barred, 295°

burrowing, 299° pee

great gray, 297° nye ce
great horned, 297" :
Richardson’s, 393° eee a
saw-whet, 297° ta
screech, 297° a

short-eared, 295°

snowy, 299
Oyster-catcher, American, 279°

Pagophila alba, 203"
Paludicolae, 251*-55°
Pandion haliaétus carolinensis, 29
Paridae, 377°-79" :
Paroquet, Carolina, 299° | Re.
Parrots, 299" t

on ae

ccaaiie: 379° dee xin
_ bicolor, 379°
zi "carolinensis, 397"

eS deta cations 3877
tof ‘Passerella iliaca, 337°
Passeres, 309'-85°

Pp. Paracel eres gtr

i ttae, 223°
Pelecanus erythrorhynchos, 223°
~fuscus, 391"

B ae 391°
%: Ecos. birds, 300-87"
; risoreus canadensis, 315"

Leach’s, 219°
scaled, 219°.
Bien 219°

-Phaéthon americanus, 219’

su Phaéthontidae, 219°

EL Bes aa
eon S257.)

ee oe 283°
a Philohela minor, 259°

_ Phoebe, 309"

Pica pica hudsonica, 395°
as.

Pici, 301 (:

oides americanus, 303°
_arcticus, 303°

Pigeon, passenger, 283°

cola ae canadensis, 321°

:
o

- Rail, black, 2537

-Rallidae, 251°-55°

_ Raptores, 283—99° Wee

eiAnies SepLieteeicase 343°
_ ludoviciania, 341"
rubra, 343°
Plegadis autumnalis, 2437
_ guarauna, 2482
Plover, American golden, 275°
belted piping, 277°
‘black-bellied, 275°
piping, 277°
semipalmated, 277*
Wilson’s, 277"
Podicipidae, 197°
Podilymbus podiceps, 197°
Polioptila caerulea, 381°
ooecetes gramineus, 327°
Porzana carolina, 253°
jamaicensis, 253°
noveboracensis, 253°
Procellariidae, 215-19° -

Progne subis, 343°
Protonotaria citrea, 353°
Psittaci, 299" ;
Psittacidae, 299° Apes
Ptarmigan, willow, 281°
Puffin, 199°

Puffinus auduboni, 217°
borealis, 215°
fuliginosus, 217° ee
gravis, 2177 :
Pygopodes, 197 =-201

Querquedula iepinlOpteres 391°
discors, 227’

Quiscalus quiscula, jar"
aenetis, 321°

clapper, 251”

king, 251°

Virginia, 253°

yellow, 253°

Rallus crepitans, 2517
elegans, 251° 7
virginianus, 253°

Raven, northern, 315°

; “Recurvirostra_ americana, 257"
_ Recurvirostridae, 257 59°
- Redhead, 231°
P Reapoile 323°
greater, 3257
‘Redstart, American, 371°
Regulus calendula, 381°
satrapa, 379°
Rissa tridactyla, 205°
Robin, American, 3857
Ruff, 271°
_ Rynchopidae, 215°
- Rynchops nigra, 215°

' Sanderling, 267°
eee ‘Baird’s, 263°
Bartramian, 271°
buff-breasted, 271°

curlew, 265°

least, 263°
pectoral, 263°
purple, 261°
red-backed, 265°
semipalmated, 265°
solitary, 269°
spotted, 2717

stilt, 261° -
western, 2677
white-rumped, 263°

Sapsucker, yellow-bellied, 303'

Saxicola oenanthe, 385°
Sayornis phoebe, 309’

- Scolecophagus carolinus, 319"

Scolopacidae, 259°-73°
_Scolopax rusticola, 393°
Scoter, American, 237*
surf, 237°
white-winged, 237°
Scotiaptex cinerea, 297*

= Seiurus aurocapillus, 3657

motacilla, 367° —_-
| noveboracensis, 3677
Setophaga ruticilla 371°
Shearwater, Audubon’s, 217°

Shore birds, eS a

Shoveller, 2293 ar
Shrike, loggerhead, 347°
- northern, 347° a

white-rumped, 349°

Sialia sialis, 385°

_ Siskin, pine, 325°

Sitta canadensis, 377°
carolinensis, 377°
pusilla, 377"

Skimmer, black, 215°

Skua, 201°

Skylark, 387*

Snipe, Wilson’s, 259°

Snowflake, 325 —

Somateria dresseri, 235°
spectabilis, 237°

Sora, 253° _ ey

PPMTOW; Acadian sharp-tail =

chipping, 335°
field, 335°.
fox, 337°
grasshopper, 329°
Henslow’s, 329°
house, 387"
Ipswich, 327°
lark, 333°
Leconte’s, 329°
Lincoln’s, 337°
Nelson’s, 331°
Savanna, 329°
seaside, 331"
sharp-tailed, 331°
S008; B3B <a h
swamp, 337°
tree, 333°
vesper, 327° —
white-crowned, che
white-throated, 333°.»
Spatula clypeata, 229°

Speotyto cunicularia pane

Sphyrapicus varius, 303"

Spinus pinus, 325° |

Spiza ane 34r F
; ¢ = te ;

pus tricolor, 257°
dopteryx ee 345°

Baie caparoch, 299°
eee
ow, bank, 345°

p ‘Tac
: - Tanager, Louisiana, 341"

Tern, arctic, 213° YF aT Pin

Trochilidae, 3077

ew,

iveinots: bicolor, us ad

scarlet, 3437 # ye >
summer, 343° 2
Tanagridae, 3417-43” 3
Tantalus loculator, 245" 2 a: Ps Ae
Teal, blue-winged, 2277 4
cinnamon, 391° ; Sa) ats 4 a7
European, 391° = hiss 7 eae
_ green-winged, 227° . abe :

black, 215° ae Sus oles
Cabot’s, 380° PDT eae
Caspian, 2117 yaa eee ra
common, 213! : aka es
_Forster’s, 2117 . i Sopt tee oe
gull-billed, 2097 Ro tsp
least, 213" ¥ i Sey bhe Op ea hae
-roseate, 213° 3 BS a ay ae
royal, 211° acta eR ee
sooty, 205° - ic Spesg, eee =
Trudeau’s, 211° ie eee ee oe
Tetraonidae, 279°-81° | : aah
Thrasher, brown, 373° SED TAS aes e ea aie
‘Thtush, Bicksell’s; 383° «= yee iene ae
gray-cheeked, 383? ce
hermit, 383° i a
olive-backed, 3835 = ears.
varied, 385° ee z es
Wilson's, 381%.) ~a52e epee te ae
wood, 381° | SO a 7 ee
Thryothorus ludovicianus, age ; tie
Titmouse, tufted, 379°
Totanus flavipes, 260°
melanoleucus, 269+
Towhee, 337"
Tringa alpina, 2657
; pacifica, 265°
bairdii, 263°
canutus, 261°
ferruginea, 265°
fuscicollis, 263°
maculata, 263+
maritima, 2617 oe)
minutilla, 2637

408 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Trochilus colubris, 307°
Troglodytes aédon, 375°
‘Troglodytidae, 373°-75°
Tropic bird, yellow-billed, 219°
Tryngites subruficollis, 271°
‘Tubinares, 215"-19°
Turdidae, 381°-85°
Turkey, wild, 283°
Turnstone, 279°
Tympanuchus cupido, 281°
Tyrannidae, 309-13"
Tyrannus tyrannus, 300°
verticalis, 309°

Uria lomvia, 201°
troile, 380°

Vanellus yanellus, 275°

Vireo, blue-headed, 351°
Philadelphia, 349°
plumbeous, 351°
red-eyed, 349°
warbling, 349°
white-eyed, 351"
yellow-throated, 351°

Vireo flavifrons, 351°
gilvus, 349"
noveboracensis, 351°
olivaceus, 349°
philadelphicus, 349°
solitarius, 351°

plumbeus, 351°

Vireonidae, 349°-51°

Vulture, black, 285°
turkey, 283’

Wagtails, 371’

Warbler, bay-breasted, 361°
black and white, 353°
Blackburnian, 363°
black poll, 361"
black-throated blue, 350°
black-throated green, 363
blue-winged, 353°
Brewster’s, 355°
Canadian, 371°
Cape May, 357’

5

a

Warbler, cerulean, 361°

chestnut-sided, 361°
Connecticut, 367°
golden-winged, 355
hooded, 369’
Kentucky, 367°
Lawrence’s, 355°
magnolia, 350°
mourning, 369°
myrtle, 359°
Nashville, 355"
northern parula, 357°
orange-crowned, 357°
palm, 365°
pine, 363”
prairie, 365°
prothonotary, 353°
Tennessee, 357°
Wilson’s, 371°
worm-eating, 353°
yellow, 359°
yellow palm, 365°
yellow-throated, 363°

Water-thrush, 367°
Louisiana, 367°

Waxwing, Bohemian, 347'
cedar, 347°

Wheatear, 385°

Whip-poor-will, 307"

Widgeon, 227°

Willet, 269°

Wilsonia canadensis, 371°
mitrata, 369°
pusilla, 371°

Wood warblers, 35371"

Woodcock, American, 259°
European, 393°

Woodpecker, American three-toed,
303°
arctic three-toed, 303°
downy, 3037
hairy, 301°
northern pileated, 305
red-bellied, 305°
red-cockaded, 395°
red-headed, 305"

1

1

.-billed marsh, oe :

or billed marsh, 375

-

xanthocephalus, |

Eielipe-shtons Maryland, 36h

Czaielodia. ludoviciana, 330°”

Zenaidura macroura, 283"

Zonotrichia albicollis, 333°
leucophrys, are

University of the State of New York

BULLETIN

OF THE

~ New York State Museum

FREDERICK J. H. MERRILL Director

No. 34 Vol. 7

May 1900 —

LOWER SILURIAN SYSTEM

EASTERN MONTGOMERY COUNTY, NEW YORK

EF. R. CUMINGS

NOTES ON STRATIGRAPHY

OF

MOHAWK VALLEY AND SARATOGA COUNTY
NEW YORK

BY

_ CHARLES S. PROSSER M. S.

ALBANY
UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
1900

1874
1892

1873
1877
1877
1877
1878
1881
1881
1883
1885
1885
1888
1890
1890
1893
1895
1895

1897
1897
1899

1899
¥g0O

1888

University of the State of New York |
REGENTS

With years of election

Anson Jupp Upson L.H.D. D.D. LL.D.
Chancellor, Glens Falls —

WILLIAM CROSWELL Doane D.D. LL.D.
Vice-Chancellor, Albany

MarTIN I. TownsenpD M.A. LL.D. -— =" = Proy
CuauncEy M. Depew LL.D. = = = New York
CHARLES: EB. Fircu L,8) (M.At La, = — Rochester
Orris H. WarrREN D.D. - - - - Syracuse
WHITELAW Rep LL.D, = “ = = — New York
WittiamM H. Watson M.A. M.D. — = = Utica

Henry E. TurNER — eT Wi = _ _ — Lowyville
St CLAIR (McKepway (44H dh. Bie De Brooklyn

HAMILTON Harris Ph.D. LL.D. - ~ — Albany
DANIEL BeacH Ph.D. LL.D. = = = Watkins
CaRROLL E. SmitH LL.D. - - - — Syracuse
Purny T. Sexton LL.D. — _ ~ ~ Palmyra
T. GUILFORD SMITH M.A. LL.D. C.E. = — Buffalo
Lewis A. Stimson B.A. M.D. = = = New York
ALBERT VANDER VEER Ph.D. M.D. - - Albany
Cuares R. SKINNER M.A. LL.D.

Superintendent of Public Instruction, ex officio
CHESTER S. Lorp M.A. LL.D. = -—- —- — Brooklyn
TimotHy L. Wooprvurr M.A. Lieutenant-Governor, ex officio
THEODORE ROOSEVELT B.A. LL.D. Governor, ex officio
Joun T. McDonoucH LL.B. LL.D. Secretary of State, ex officio
Tuomas A. Henprick M.A. ~ - = — Rochester

SECRETARY

Elected by regents

Ig00 JAMES RUSSELL PARSONS JR M.A.

DIRECTORS OF DEPARTMENTS

Metvit Dewey M.A. State Library and Home education

1890 JAMES RUSSELL PARSONS JR M.A.

Administrative, College and High school dep’ ts

1890 FREDERICK J. H. MERRILL Ph.D. State museum

PREFACE

The accompanying papers by Mr E. R. Cumings and Prof.
Charles S. Prosser embody the results of work prosecuted by or
under the direction of the latter in connection with his duties as
professor of geology at Union college. Both present some im-
portant additions to our knowledge of the lower Silurian forma-
tions. Prof. Prosser and Mr Cumings have found and delineated
a clear line of division between the Utica and Hudson river forma-
- tions in Montgomery county, a feature which has heretofore been
obscure. Prof. Prosser gives with detail and precision a number of
sections of the early Silurian strata in the Mohawk valley and
Saratoga county, some of which have been less accurately recorded
and others are here placed on record for the first time. The work
of these gentlemen has been freely contributed for publication as a
bulletin of this.department.

Joun M. CLARKE
State paleontologist
Albany 26 April 1899

CONANT oS

Lower Silurian system of eastern Montgomery co.

Introduction) 250. |i Jseaests ao. Dope Ae eae ee 419
Historical sketclt, 2.0225 soc sce acne Chee eed ace eee eee eee ee eee 419
Caleiferous sandrack «oo ooo dace ccae coun ee enelen= on See ee 419
Birdseye lamestone. |... 055 sco voosen wee eee ee ee ee it: 421
Black: river limestone .. .........,.@oes GSS soseck tec s cteule ee tae ce eee 423
Trenton limestone <5. ..c% = 268 caches 6 oe cee ee eee 424
Dipbtees Shaan aise icra ern rege wg bees alo ee ym agi epee ie pis = po 426
Hhudson. xiver-SHale .ii03 6<,sicesp pated » app bist eet = dae saree Eee 428
Topography... 22220 FAL teemes tiveds Wiles 22h wai. Joe. ee 430
Stratigraphy ...... Pearce ne cnind oa eee Ean eee Tee Cen 432
North side of Mohawk. ...550206=<.eps0ecemus cous oot oss Seen 432
Hoffman ferry fanlt _. -. .ipgccqinwt oes ap Seb eee md ace ee ee 449
South side of Mohawk» .0dnrcanisenap- nape ~d0nkm ens Seas epee: aaa 457
Conclusions s..3./.asbehilisad peso Resin <peeteenboe sepia pie eee ee 464
Discussion of ‘maps and sections J... 220i. JIS 1 0- O 467

Stratigraphy of Mohawk valley and Saratoga co.

Mohawk valley 2.3. ./os2e. «betes. sce. <2 3.35 Sede Pees =e eee ee 469
Sections at Ingham Mills ...-... .2---. -- +--+ 2222 ee ee eens ee eee cee ee eee 469
Schohatle creek) Section . 21. sees Joe ces ob ee wee an he oer eee ee 470
Bean hill Schon... o2n- se sede sacmee deomw bie alee ace ie ee ee 471
‘Swartstown creek. section 12.4.2. sccesdu o ances suman ce She oe eee ee 472
Amsterdam Section +..36. <- 26s seeses= ease rer en a i eee 474
Pattersonville Section. 22.63 «oes » aoakes aan ae = oe ee eee ae See 474
Hoffman fault .. 026 .n0 hee phason ee eee Oe a eee 475

pardtoga county <..5-24 5-244 peo ee eee A BE 476
Rock City falls section. 1.2 ooe5ob i ele ee eee eee lela Bore hata nen 476
Saratoga Springs sections . 4220 c..cenct. wees cee mae eee ea eee Salk 477
Glens Falls sections... 25. cece ues 6 pow le del Ue seed a See eee eee 480

LOWER SILURIAN SYSTEM OF EASTERN MONT-
GOMERY COUNTY, NEW YORK

BY
E. R. CUMINGS!

Representatives of all the rocks of the typical American lower
Silurian system, with the exception of the Chazy stage, may be seen
within a radius of five miles of Amsterdam, in the eastern part of
Montgomery county, New York. The city of Amsterdam is sit-
uated on the easternmost of the series of uplifts that intersect the
valley of the Mohawk river between Hoffman ferry and Littlefalls,
all of which have thrust the lower rocks of the system through the
upper. The present paper deals with the lower Silurian system as
developed in the vicinity of Amsterdam in Perth, Amsterdam and
Florida townships of Montgomery county, and Charlton, Glenville,
Rotterdam, Princetown and Duanesburg townships of Schenectady
county. In order that the following part of the paper may be less
cumbered with footnotes? a brief historic sketch and description of
the system is here given in the following order:

Historical sketch and review of previous work

Calciferous sandrock. In his report on the Geological and agricul-
_ tural survey of the district adjowming the Erie canal (1824) Prof. Eaton
named the Calciferous sandrock, describing it as “an
aggregate of quartzose sand and fine grains of carbonate of lime. . .
The quartz-is generally in the largest proportion” (p. 32, 33). He
states in another place that “the most perfect locality as well as
the most accessible to those who travel the canal is Flint hill in
Florida township and its continuation two or three miles west. In
this locality we find dark brown and pearly hornstone, brown and

1This thesis was submitted by Mr Cumings for honors in geology which were granted
him by the faculty of Union college in June 1897. The accompanying geologic map
of the Amsterdam sheet is the result of the work of Messrs Prosser, Cumings and
Fisher.—C. 8. Prosser

"Where volume and page references are given, the numbers are separated by a

colon; e. g. 3:21 means volume 3, page 21, Where reference is to “ part’’, pt 2, p. 401
is the form used.

420 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

pearly calc spar, very large masses of coarse agate, quartz passing
into chalcedony, petrosilex and quartz crystals ” (p. 73).

Substantially the same description of the Calciferous sandrock is
given in Prof. Eaton’s Geological nomenclature (p. 12-13).

In the First report on the geological survey of the third district Mr
Conrad says “ The general inclination [of the Calciferous sandrock]
is 4° or 5° to s. w. which causes the rack to be generally lost to
observation to the south of the Mohawk except upon the immediate
bank of the river and that of the canal whilst it rises with the hills
on the opposite shore, frequently however concealed by limestone.””?

In the Second report of the third district, Vanuxem restates the
features of the Calciferous sandrock, remarking that “this rock is
very variable in character and composition, . . . and appears to
contain more carbonate of lime in its composition at Tribeshill
and in the small streams between Amsterdam and Crane’s village
than on the western side of Montgomery county.2” <A few fossils
are mentioned as occurring in the upper layers of the rock (p. 283).

In Vanuxem’s final Report on the third district, the Calciferous
sandrock is said to embrace three masses. The first is siliceous,
compact, the second is a “ mixture of fine yellow siliceous sand and
carbonate of lime” and is the mass from which the name of the
stage was derived, the third mass is a “mixture of Calciferous ma-
terial which is usually yellowish, very granular and sparkling when
fresh broken and a compact limestone which resembles the Birdseye
limestone.’’ These constitute the Fucoidal layers. The latter
rock is more fully described as follows: “ These layers are . . .
readily distinguished from the calciferous rock by their disposition in
thick strata, many parts of which when long exposed show a struc-
ture as if formed of numerous thin ones. The mineral composition
is more varied, showing frequently a mixture of Calciférous sand-
rock and Birdseye limestone . . . It often presents ramose
forms usually composed of the Calciferous portion (p. 35). The
peculiar mode of weathering of this rock is also mentioned by
Emmons.

In the 13th annual report of the state geologist (1893) five pages are
devoted to the consideration of the Calciferous formation int the

1Loc. cit. Assembly doc. no. 161, p. 160.

2Loc. cit. Assembly doc. no. 200, p. 259.

®Geology of New York, pt 8, p.30.

‘Geology of New York, pt 2, p. 105; see also Ayriculture of New York, 1846, 1:119.

LOWER SILURIAN SYSTEM OF EASTERN MONTGOMERY CO. 421

Mohawk valley (p. 417-22). The formation is said to have a thick-
ness of “ 200 to 250 feet on the Mohawk” (p. 418). It is also
stated that “the fucoidal layers are near the summit of the forma-
tion.” Speaking more in detail of this member of the Calciferous
the author Mr Darton says “ The fucoidal layers of Vanuxem are
a characteristic member of the Calciferous over a wide area. They
are well exposed in many of the quarries along the Mohawk, where
they are worked extensively for building stone. . . The member
consists of a fine grained, thick bedded limestone intermediate in
character between the typical Calciferous and Birdseye deposits with
intercalated streakings, blotchings, reticulations and sprinklings or
mixtures of coarse sand and Calciferous materials of light color in
greater part but weathering dark. The alternations are in thin
layers at varying but frequent intervals, and the bedding of the fine
grained material is usually more or less disjointed into a partial .
breccia. The coarse materials are disposed in forms suggesting
fucoids, and this resemblance has given the name to the member.
Fossils are usually present and constitute a limited but characteris-
tic fauna. This member appears to have a thickness of about 15
feet in the Mohawk valley ” (p. 420, 421).

Birdseye limestone. The name “ birdseye ” or “ birdseye marble ”
was a popular designation of limestone containing cylindrical tubes
which in cross section on the polished surface bore a fancied resem-
blance to birdseye maple. Prof. Eaton uses the term in its popular
sense in the following mention of the rock now known as Birdseye,
“when it [metalliferous limerock=Trenton] is compact and con-
tains numerous stylastrites, as on East Canada creek it may be
wrought into a beautiful variety called birdseye marble.’ In the
Geological nomenclature of North America birdseye marble becomes
a designation of the subdivision of the metalliferous limerock (Tren-
ton) in which “the natural layers are pierced transversely with
cylindrical petrifactions so as to give the birdseye appearance when
polished” (p. 13). In another place he speaks of these vertical
tubes as “ vertical encrinites ” (p. 23).

In the First annual report on the geological survey of the third district
(1837) by Mr Conrad, the Birdseye limestone is called “gray sparry
limestone of the Mohawk valley.” Its thickness is given as 30 feet
at Littlefalls and it is said to thin out and disappear to the east along

1Geological and agricultural survey, district adjoining Hrie canal, p. 32.

422 NEW’ YORK STATE MUSEUM

the canal. Amsterdam is among the localities at which the rock
was noticed.}

In the second report Mr Vanuxem mentions the fossil F uc 0id-
es demissa (Stylastrites of Eaton) as characterizing the
Birdseye and names among the localities of the rock “Amsterdam
on both sides of the river near Evakill, Marcellus quarry [Rock-
ton] between the kill and Chucteronde creek [Chuctanunda of the
present report]; and again, “this rock contains fragments of the
Calciferous at Marcellus quarry near Amsterdam” (p. 283).

In Vanuxem’s final report a full account of this rock is given
with a woodcut exhibiting the fossil Fucoides demissa
(=Phytopsistubulosa, Hall). He says “the Birdseye
limestone of the Mohawk is readily distinguished from the other
rocks by its light dove-color, which by long exposure to the weather
becomes of a light ash gray or white. It is usually in thick layers
which are straight, having very little interposed matter between
them, with vertical joints which are so straight and even as to
give to the rock where quarried the appearance of a wall. In its
grain it is very compact, fracture smooth, and from being brit-
tle, is an easy rock to work.’* Among the localities mentioned for
the Birdseye are a “ small quarry back of Amsterdam ” where “ the
layers are few in number and of no great thickness’ and “in two
insulated hills between the [Marcellus] quarry and Chucteronde
cheeks Apiearg=

Emmons in his final report of 1842 figured the fossil Fucoides
demissa considering it as an animal of the class of Polypes,
and also figured and described a peculiar anastomosis sometimes
seen on the surfaces of layers of Birdseye. In his volume on agri-
culture he states that the Orthoceras multicameratum
is equally characteristic with Fucoides demissa®

In Darton’s paper on the Geology of the Mohawk valley (1893)
the Birdseye is described as a white-weathering rock contain-
ing fucoid stems and represented about Amsterdam by “from 3
to 5 feet of very compact, gray to black, thin bedded limestone

1Loc. cit. Assembly doc. no. i61, p. 162, 163.
4Loc. cit. Assembly doc. no. 200, p. 259.
®Geology of New York, pt 8, p. 38.
“Geology of New York, pt 2, p. 109, 110.
5Agriculture of New York, 1:122.

LOWER SILURIAN SYSTEM OF EASTERN MONTGOMERY CO. 423

with very rare birdseyes” sharply separated from the underlying
Calciferous.t

Black river limestone. In the earlier works on New York geology
the Black river limestone was either not separated from the succeed-
ing mass or was confused with other rocks. In the final report on
the first district (1843) Mather gives the following synonomy of
the Black river limestone: “ Mohawk limestone, Birdseye limestone,
base of the Trenton limestone, Bald mountain limestone, Blue lime-
stone, Chazy limestone, Black marble of Isle la Motte, Seven foot
tier, and perhaps the Neeleytown limestone, of the geological
reports of New York, Metalliferous limerock, Transition chequered
and sparry limerocks of Eaton, No. 2 of the Pennsylvania survey.”

In the final report of Vanuxem the Black river limestone is clearly
distinguished and described at its type locality, Black river in Jeffer-
son county. The description is in part as follows: |

The cliff which forms the western margin of this river con-
sists generally of a limestone in thick layers, the upper ones
unusually thick. . . The mineral character is generally the
_ same with the Birdseye, specially the layers below the upper surface
one, being rather brittle and breaking with a smooth and
flat conchoidal surface. . . The upper part is intermixed
irregularly with black shale and exhibits the characters) and
position of the mass intermediate to the Birdseye and the Trenton
limestone of the Mohawk which position it also holds. . . The
large and handsome chambered Columnaria sulcata
[Columnaria alveolata Goldfuss], the same which is found
in the thick layers resting upon the Birdseye at Tribeshill, etc. is
often seen in the exposed surface of this rock.

In reference to the rock having the stratigraphic position of the
Black river limestone in the Mohawk valley he says:

On the Mohawk there are several quarries opened in a mass of
limestone which rests upon the Birdseye as may be seen in three
of them, and in two of which it is followed by the well characterized
Trenton limestone. This mass therefore holds the same position
as the upper division of the Black river limestone and contains some
of the same fossils, but the mineral character is different, resembling
more the gray limestone of the upper mass of the Trenton limestone.
These quarries are Stanton’s on the south side of the Mohawk about

"13th annual report N. Y. state geologist, 1893, p. 422, 423.

7Geology of New York, pt 1, p. 402.
*Geology of New York, pt 8, p. 42.

424 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

a mile below Amsterdam. . . Some of the layers at Amsterdam
are referable to this mass as well as a large portion of the rock
quarried at Schelpintown [Rockton]. In all these localities the
color of the rock is gray, lighter or darker in some than in others,
has a crystalline grain, rather tough. -. . Some portions contain
knobs, the result of accretionary action (p. 43).

Then follows a detailed description of the “rock at Stanton’s

quarry” (p. 44).

In the final report of Emmons the Black river limestone receives
the name of “Black marble of the Isle la Motte” and is characterized
as the mass between the Birdseye and Trenton limestones, separated
into several layers and having a total thickness of about 12 feet.
It is often known as the Seven foot tier and is often lumpy. The
fossil Columnaria sulcata is said to be quite abundant
at Watertown, Glens Falls and Chazy. In the volume on agri-
culture the designation of this rock is “ Isle la Motte marble,” and
its thickness is given as “25 or 30 feet” at Isle la Motte ‘and
“7 or 8” at Watertown where it is said to be lumpy.?

‘Mr Darton makes very little mention of the Black river lime-
stone but states that:

In a small area near Amsterdam and in the Glens Falls
region the Black river beds appear to be represented together.
with a heavily bedded member at the base of the Trenton. In
a small stream emptying into the Mohawk opposite Amsterdam
there is a three foot bed of coarse limestone of dark gray color
containing corals, including Columnaria alveolata which
I believe represents the Black river horizon.

Trenton limestone. Prof. Eaton in 1824 described this rock mass
under the name of “ metalliferous limerock” as a compact, gray,
sometimes slaty, frequently cellular rock containing calcareous spar
in scales and abundant fossils.4 The region under consideration is
mentioned among the localities of rock (p. 81).

In the First annual report on the geological survey of the thrd
district the Trenton is called “ Blue fetid limestones and shales of
Trenton falls’ with a thickness of about 400 feet. It is evident that
part at least of the present Utica formation is included under the

1Geology of New York, pt 2, p. 110, 111.

7Agriculture of New York, 1:128.

513th annual report N. Y. state geologist, 1898, p. 424.

#Geological and agricultural survey district adjoining Erie canal, 1824, p. 33.

LOWER SILURIAN SYSTEM OF EASTERN MONTGOMERY CO. 425

above designation. Three miles north of Amsterdam it is said to
be “ quite pure, compact and durable.”

In the Second annual report by Vanuxem the Trenton is definitely
spoken of as “ Trenton limestone’”’ with the statement that “ South
of the Mohawk the Trenton limestone both in Herkimer and Mont-
gomery counties rarely exceeds a thickness of 10 feet nor much
beyond that thickness in any part of the latter county.’* The
faunal character of the rock is stated as follows:

This limestone is readily distinguished from all the other rocks
by the numerous individuals of the Leptaena alternata [Rafines-
quina alternata (Con.) Hall and Clarke], Delthyris striatula
Poetnis(Dalnvanella)testudtnaria Dal.?], Orthoceras
striatum, Bellerophon apertus, Favosites , Calymene blumen-
bachii [C. callicephala Green], Cryptolithus tessellatus
[Trinucleus concentricus Eaton], Isotelus gigas [A s-
aphus platycephalus Stokes] and cyclops [same as pre-
ceding] (p. 283).

In the Fourth annual report Vanuxem says that on the Mohawk
river the Trenton is in no place 30 feet in thickness,? but again
“On the Mohawk its thickness rarely exceeds 30 feet” (p. 371).
In his final report this statement is repeated with the addition that
“it is not so thick at the east as at the west end.”4 Here also he
says that “the gray variety of limestone does not appear upon the
Mohawk.” | 7

In Mather’s reports the occurrence of the Trenton in Schenec-
tady county near Amsterdam is several times mentioned specially
in the final report,’ and in this report a section is given made by
Cadet T. Seymour at “ Marlit & Denham’s quarries, near Hoff-
man ferry” which foots up 20 feet, 10 inches (p. 400). This may
be the Weatherwax quarries of the present paper.

In the 13th annual report (1893) the Trenton is said to comprise
three principal members, a “thick bedded, coarse grained, light
colored crinoidal limestone. . -. underlaid by a series of thin
bedded, dark limestones, with more or less intercalated black
shale. . . Then there is a very massive, dark, coarse limestone
which begins as a basal series near the Mohawk in the eastern

1Zoc. cit. Assembly doc. no. 161, p. 163, 164.
2Zoc. cit. Assembly doc. no. 200, p. 275.
5Zoc. cit. Assembly doc. no. 50, p. 365.
*Geology of New York, pt 3, p. 49.
5Geology of New York, pt 1, p. 397, 398.

426 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

part of Montgomery county and extends to the southeastward,
coming out in great force at Glens Falls where it is extensively
quarried for black marble. . . The lower massive series appears
to be an older member of the formation overlapped westward and
apparently to some extent near its southern termination by the
thin bedded series.”4 This massive series is developed “in the
region about Amsterdam and eastward to the Hoffman ferry
fault. . . becoming somewhat thicker and coarser grained in
the easternmost exposure. In the quarries and stream cuts north
of Amsterdam there are exposed 17 feet of the coarse grained mas-
sive series, here rather thinner bedded than usual. At the exten-
sive quarries [Weatherwax] two miles northwest of Hoffman ferry
the lower member is very coarse grained, soft, massive bedded,
highly fossiliferous limestone and has a thickness of about 20 feet”’
(p. 426).

Utica shale. This mass is included with the Transition Gray-
wacke of Eaton as in part at least the slaty variety.2 Mr Conrad
included the Utica in part with the Trenton, for he says “the rock
is chiefly a fissile slate, but as it passes north it assumes as at T'ren-

ton Falls the character of a dark blue, very hard fetid limestone. .

The slate is frequently traversed by veins of calcareous spar.’

Vanuxem first spoke of the Utica as the black shale which appears
from under the rubblestone (Hudson river) and extends from east
to west throughout the county (Montgomery).*

Mather calls the Utica the Mohawk slate group and says that
it “ passes into the Trenton by gradual interstratification.”®

In the Fourth annual report of the third district Vanuxem says
“there is no mineralogical difference between the shale which
separates the dark colored layers of the Trenton limestone and this
rock, but though in many localities it contains thin beds or flags
of limestone in the lowest part of its mass, yet we often find above
these thin beds a thickness of two or more hundred feet without
any limestone whatever.’®

In Vanuxem’s final report this rock is designated “ Utica slate,”

and is described as “of a deep bluish black, generally fissile, ex-

113th annual report N. Y. state geologist, 1893, p. 424, 425.

“Geological survey district adjoining Erie canal, p. 91.

®’First annual report third district (N. Y.) Assembly doc. no. 161, p. 163.

Second annual report third district, Assembly doc. no. 200. p. 258. See also p. 283.

5Fifth annual report first district, Assembly doc. no. 150, p. 91, 92.
*Zoec. cit. Assembly doc. no. 60, p. 371.

LOWER SILURIAN SYSTEM OF EASTERN MONTGOMERY CO. 427

hibiting a brownish or dark chocolate color by alteration or long
exposure to the weather. . . It is associated with thin beds of
the same kind of colored impure limestone which are usually found
in the lower part of the mass. . . The slate often presents thin
veins of white lamellar carbonate of lime. . . [It has] a thickness
whose maximum is about 250 feet.’

Of this mass Emmons says, “It would do no violence to geo-
logical classification to incorporate it with the Trenton limestone
below or with the Lorraine shales above”; however, “ this mass
is well developed in the valley of the Mohawk.’”?

In Mr Darton’s paper it is stated that “Its Utica characters
are quite unmistakable throughout the Mohawk valley. They are
very dark, even bedded slates and shales, with alternating slabby
beds at most localities.’

The following estimates of the thickness of the Utica formation
are given because of their bearing on the estimates which will
be given in a later part of the present paper, though some of them
do not apply to this region. Vanuxem’s estimate of 250 feet in
Montgomery county has already been quoted. In a summary of
the thickness of the formations of the “ Champlain division ”
Emmons estimates the Utica shale at 100 feet,* and in another place
he says “ The slate [Utica] in the gorges of Lorraine and Rodman
is about 75 feet thick; it is at least less than 100 feet.”® Dana
gives the thickness of the Utica formation as 250 feet in Mont-
gomery county.6 Other estimates are those of Mr C. D. Walcott
and Prof. C. S. Prosser, derived mainly from well records.
Walcott gives the thickness of Utica passed through in the Camp-
bell well near Utica as 710 feet,’ and in a diagram in the latter paper
indicates that the formation thickens eastward (p. 350, diag.). In his
section along the south branch of Sandy creek in Jefferson county
Walcott gave 180 feet of Utica shale with 100 feet of transitional
beds composed of “alternating bands of shale and gray, fine
grained, calcareous sandstone, the shale predominating ” (p. 348 and
diag. p. 350). Prosser gave the thickness of the Utica shale in the

1Geology of New York, pt 3, p. 56.

2Agriculture of New York, 1:128, 124.

813th annual report N. Y. state geologist, 1893, p. 429.

4Agriculture of New York, 1:127.

5Geology of New York, pt 2, p. 118.

SManual of geology, ed. 4, p. 494.

TAm. ass’n adv. sci. proc. 35:212; also Geol. soc. Amer. bul. 1890, 1:347.

428 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Chittenango well, 32 miles west of Utica, as 233 feet, below which
are 60 feet of transitional shale and limestone. In this well are 640
feet of blue argillaceous shale and sandstone referred to the Hudson
(4:99). In the Rochester well the thickness of the Hudson and
Utica together is given as 598 feet.1 In the Altamont well about
17 miles west of Albany the drill started 595 feet below the base of
the Helderberg limestone which caps the Hudson river formation
in that vicinity, and passed through 2880 feet of sandstone and shales
before reaching the Trenton limestone.2, Mr Henry M. Ami says,

“By some of the early writers it [Utica formation] was spoken of |

as consisting of shaly strata whose total thickness exceeded goo feet,
whilst by others the very humble yet perhaps truer estimate was
given ‘of about 75 feet in thickness.’ ’’

Hudson river shale. This rock is the Second Graywacke of Eaton
which is well developed in the vicinity of Schenectady and in large
areas of the state.t Mr Conrad named the terrane from its western
exposures the “ Gray sandstones and shales of Salmon river.’”® In
the Second report of the third district Vanuxem states that the rock
appears “as a dark coloured ‘sandstone in Montgomery [county],
with but little shale.” In the Fourth annual report of the first dis-
trict (1840) Mather uses the term “ Hudson river slate group”
which he says consists of “slates, shales and grits with interstrati-
fied limestones.”7

In the same year Vanuxem described under the name of Frank-
fort slate “the rock or mass [which] is the successor to the black
slate, the one changing to the other by imperceptible gradations,
the dark or black color of the lower rock disappearing in the
lighter color of the upper rock.” He also substituted the term
Pulaski shales for the shales of Salmon river and added the term
Salmon river sandstones for the arenaceous rock above the Pulaski
shales (p. 374).

In his final report Vanuxem clearly states the distinction between
the Utica and Hudson river (Frankfort) shales. “The Utica,” he

?Ashburner Am. inst. min. eng. trans. 16:951, 952.

®Reprint from Can. rec. sci. Oct. 1892, p. 3.

*Geological and agricultural survey district adjoining Erie canal, 1824, p. &.
5First annual report third district, Assembly doc. no. 16, p. 164.

®Loc, cit. Assembly doc. no. 200, p. 267.

“Loc. cit. Assembly doc. no. 50, p. 212.
8Fourth annual report third district Assembly doc. no. 50, p. 372.

LOWER SILURIAN SYSTEM OF EASTERN MONTGOMERY CO. 429

says, “alternates at its lower part with thin beds of dark colored
impure limestone and is connected by alternation and by organic
remains with the Trenton limestone. . . The Frankfort slate on
the contrary alternates with a peculiar sandstone to which Prof.
Eaton gave the name of rubblestone. The slate is wholly destitute
of calcareous particles and its great thickness in the first district,
though it diminishes going west and north, entitles it to a distinct
. appelation.”?

In the final report of Emmons the name “ Lorraine shales” is.
used as the designation of this terrane.” In the Report on agricul-
ture, Emmons gives the thickness of this formation at the northern
termination of the Helderberg range where he says “it probably

forms the thickest mass of any other locality in the state” as “not
less than 700 feet” (p. 125). This is also the estimate given by
Dana.? |

In Hall’s final report it is stated that “where the strata are
undisturbed a well marked line of division usually separates this
group [Hudson river] from the Utica slate.” Here the name
Hudson river group is used as is also the case in the final report
of Mather, the latter designation appearing in place of Hudson river
slate group (pt I, p. 367).

C. D. Walcott says, “In many instances it is difficult to indi-
cate the line of demarcation between the latter [Utica] formation
and the strata above or below, while in other localities the limits
of each formation are clearly defined.’® In an address before the
first Montreal meeting of the American association for the ad-
vancement of science, August 1857, Prof. James Hall said, “ The
Hudson river group presents us on the one hand with a series of
soft shales becoming coarser and alternating with sandstones above,
and on the other. with irregular masses of limestone and finally

‘ce

immense masses of coarse sandstone or conglomerate with great
bands of shale.” In an address before the Geological society of
America (Dec. 27, 1889) Mr Walcott gave a historical sketch of
the term Hudson river group and added the results of recent in-

1Geology of New York, pt 3, p. 61.

2Geology of New York, pt 2, p. 119.

3Manual of geology, ed. 4, p. 494.

*Geology of New York, pt 4, p. 30.

5Utica slate and related formations, Albany, 1879, p. 4.

*Contributions to the geology of the American continent, Salem, 1882, p. 41.

430 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

vestigation. In connection with a brief description of the Alta-

mont well (already mentioned) he says, “If the geologist follows
along the contact of the Hudson series with the Lower Helderberg
to the Schoharie kill and then proceeds down stream to the valley
of the Mohawk he will pass over a large portion of the section
penetrated by the well, and in the valley of the Mohawk find that
the series rests conformably upon the Trenton limestone, and that
the base is formed of dark Utica shales.”

Topography

Topographically the area under consideration may be divided

into three regions accurately corresponding to as many types of.

geologic formations. These regions are 1) the limestone region
comprising all the area of the outcrop of the Calciferous-Trenton
formations; 2) the region of the outcrop of the Utica shale and
3) the region of the outcrop of the Hudson river shales and sand-
stones. Besides these there are slight modifications of the typical
topography of these formations due to glacial drift.

The first region, that of limestone, is characterized by a low rolling
relief and shallow stream valleys, except where the streams have
been forced to cut new courses through morainic material or
because of the obstruction offered by such material have been
turned aside to make new rock cuts. The latter is probably the
case with the lower courses at least of the North*Chuctanunda and
Evakill, for while they are at present making rock cuts their
banks show deep cuts through boulder clay and their beds are in
no respect those of mature streams, both from the abundance of
waterfalls and the irregularity of their slope. The northwestern
portion of this region is heavily covered with drift and the topog-
raphy is more angular on this account.

Along the eastern border of the limestone belt the topographic
features are determined by the presence of the Hoffman ferry
fault, and along most of this line there is a distinct escarpment as
described in another part of the present paper. At its northern
end this escarpment is dissected, leaving only a number of isolated
hills with their longer axes in a northeast-southwest direction. The
southern end however stands out in a bold cliff just back of Hoff-

1Geol. soc. Amer. bul. Ap. 1890, 1:346.

— te ee oe

Plate 1

RAILROAD CUT IN CALCIFEROUS SANDSTONE AT HOFFMANS

-
Bale [,
ere
me
-
.
7 .
‘
-
- <
-
» >
+" ¢
’
Ff .
¥* a
Ya Sx .
.
E =
re
ay
“

LOWER SILURIAN SYSTEM OF EASTERN MONTGOMERY CO. 431
\

man station. South of the Mohawk the Calciferous sandstone
appears in low ledges along the greater part of its outcrop. The
Trenton limestone produces a gentle topography with scarcely any
ledges or sharp lines.

The second region, that of the Utica shale, is characterized by
rounded hills rising at their maximum to an altitude of 1062 feet
A.T. or about 800 feet above the Mohawk river. Here again there
are no deep glens. The formation is very homogeneous, there
being few hard layers to form waterfalls or steep slopes by the
more rapid disintegration of underlying shale. The highest parts
of this region are near the parting of the Utica and Hudson river
shales. After the removal of the latter formation the Utica shales
are rapidly reduced to base level. |

The third region, that of the Hudson river formation, furnishes
by far the most interesting topography, being characterized by bold
relief; the very soft shales interstratified with firm layers of sand-
stone produce an abundance of deep and very narrow glens and
steep hillsides. Waterstreet hill back of Rotterdam Junction rises
to an altitude of 1400 feet A.T., nearly 1000 feet above the level
of the Mohawk river. Its northern slope is steep and with the
southern slope of the Glenville hills across the river forms the
Notch, so conspicuous a feature of the northwestern horizon from
the vicinity of Schenectady 10 miles to the east. Eastward the hill
plunges abruptly to the bed of the Plotterkill, forming one of the
finest glens in the eastern part of the state. The streams empty-
ing into the Mohawk in Rotterdam township form a series of beauti-
ful and characteristic waterfalls. Almost every heavy sandstone
layer has its fall. Normankill in the southern part of this region
flows for the greater part of its course in a deep narrow valley
often amounting to a gorge with precipitous sides. This stream,
it will be noted, empties into the Hudson river near Albany. The
divide between the Mohawk and Normankill drainage reaches an
altitude of over 1400 feet A.T. and extends with little variations
from this amount through Rotterdam, Princetown and Duanes-
burg townships. It will be seen that Mariaville pond and Feather-
stonaugh lake are situated only 100 feet below the summit of the
divide which is less than half a mile south of the latter.

The hills of these Hudson river strata rise abruptly along the
Hudson-Utica parting. The valley of South Chuctanunda rapidly

432 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

narrows on reaching this line but expands again into a swampy
tract which has probably been caused by glacial damming of its
headwaters. The same explanation of the Mariaville pond and
Featherstonaugh lake is offered. To the east the Poentickill heads
within a quarter of a mile of the Plotterkill which stream it must
eventually tap.

The peculiar basin shape of the upper valle of the Sandseakill
very strongly suggests that this stream had matured before the
coming of the ice sheet during that period and that its lower course
has subsequently been cut through glacial debris and has not yet
affected the gradient of the upper valley. The presence of large
amounts of till throughout the lower course which has nowhere
reached the rock tends to substantiate this interpretation of the
topography.

Stratigraphy

North side of Mohawk. In order that the areal distribution of the
formations to be described in the present paper may be considered
along with the more detailed description of particular sections, the
order of treatment of the latter will be determined by their geo-
graphic distribution beginning with the most meray on the north
side of the Mohawk river.

Just west of the highway bridge across the Mohawk river at
Amsterdam is an excellent exposure in the north bank of the river
of the lower members of the Trenton stage. This point is imme-
diately beneath the yard of a large brick dwelling house that stands
near the river bank. The following layers are exposed.

45A% Section just west of Amsterdam highway bridge

A® Level of yard. Massive crystalline lime-
stone, dark to grayish blue, weathering gray.
Highly fossiliferous. Abounding in Rafines-
quina alternata (Con.) Hall and Clarke.

Trenton. 8/14" 107
A8 Irregular dark drab layer. 6/== 6, 107
A’ Light to dark drab of irregular lumpy struc- :

ture. 9), 05744

aThe system of recording localities employed by the department of geology of Union
university was as follows: when a new locality is visited it is given a station number.
as 45 in the present case, which number indicates the order in which the locality was
first studied. Thus Amsterdam was the 45th locality visited under the present system.
The sections studied in any given locality are each given a letter, as A in the present
case, in the order of their study, and the various divisions of the section are num-
bered in the ascending order by primes, as A}, A5, etc.

LOWER SILURIAN SYSTEM OF EASTERN MONTGOMERY CO. 433

A® Massive or weathering to thin irregular
layers. Dark drab; contains corals (Strepte-

lasma). gl sf
A® Thin distinct layers at base but seeming to

coalesce above into thicker layers; dark drab. Vee Se
A‘ Grayish blue, very smooth, compact lime-

- | a Tiers IN
A’ Thin layers of light drab blue limestone. GF eae
A2 Compact drab blue with smooth joint faces.

Birdseye. _ — a

Al Thin layers of arenaceous limestone to
river level. Calciferous.

The above section affords an excellent opportunity to study the
lithologic characters, color and weathering of the lower divisions
of the Trenton stage. The layers are under water at the flooding of
the Mohawk river and are thus freed from soil stains so that they
clearly show the normal weathering of the rock. The difference in
color between the massive Trenton and Black river and Birdseye
beds (A*8) is very conspicuous and the line between the Black
river and Trenton is sharp. The line between the Black river and
Birdseye substages is not so distinct but may probably be drawn
at the top of A?. The Birdseye is very variable in thickness through-
out this region. 3

Above the section just described the Trenton limestone is ex-
posed at several places in the lower part of Amsterdam west of
the Chuctanunda creek, and specially in the northwestern part of
the city at an altitude of 90 feet above river level. The layers
exposed at the latter point are highly fossiliferous and dip strongly
to the south and west. They belong to the lower part of the
Trenton substage. Along Spring street in the western part of the
city the Trenton thins out, and at one or two points the Calciferous
is again exposed. At the head of one of the streets crossing Spring
street about a mile west of the Chuctanunda is a small quarry
recently opened. In this quarry a three foot layer of Birdseye lime-
stone of excellent quality for construction stone is worked. The
stratum of Birdseye rests on very arenaceous limestone and is
capped by a few feet of extremely lumpy, black, somewhat fossilifer-
ous limestone. Not far west of this point the Calciferous is again
exposed and extends up the bed of the creek half way between

434 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Amsterdam and Aiken to the first branch of the creek, where the
Trenton limestones are again exposed and may be traced to the
forks of the creek. The higher part of the city of: Amsterdam is
mainly composed of clay, and no rock is exposed higher than go
feet above the river except along Chuctanunda creek and its
branches.

North Chuctanunda creek, as it is called on the Amsterdam
topographic sheet, has its head waters in Perth and Galway town-
ships and after pursuing a southwesterly course empties into the
Mohawk river just west of the present Amsterdam railroad station.
From Hagaman’s mills to its mouth the stream flows over a large
number of low escarpments formed by the unequal erosion of the
limestones which compose its bed, and almost every one of these
waterfalls has been utilized for water power. Thus for a distance
of several miles the water of the little stream is handed from one
. mill to another. Near the Sanford carpet mill the main creek
receives a branch from the north. This branch rises by several
head branches in the township of Perth and pursues an almost
due south course. The most eastern of these head branches receives
the water of the Amsterdam city supply system from the Amster-
dam reservoir pipe line (the reservoir itself being in Galway) at
a point near the Fulton-Montgomery county line, and the city
water thus flows together with the water of the ‘creek into the
secondary reservoir just southwest of Rockton. Both branches of
the Chuctanunda are of considerable geologic interest.

Near the mouth of the Chuctanunda just below the depot the

upper layers of the Calciferous sandrock are exposed as follows —

(45C):

_ C* Shaly, fucoidal, thin bedded layers weathering ash-

white. This rock is in general composed of a matrix

of rather pure limestone, with fucoid-like fillings com-

posed of arenaceous material which gives the weathered

surface a mottled or reticulated appearance. yp 5
C? Grayish blue mottled fossiliferous layer to some

extent resembling the compact mottled layers sometimes

seen in the Trenton limestone but more arenaceous.

Specimens of Ophileta are fairly abundant. Baa |
C? Massive, arenaceous irregularly jointed fucoidal

limestone weathering light gray. 11/=15"

LOWER SILURIAN SYSTEM OF EASTERN MONTGOMERY CO. 435

C1 Covered with soil and debris to river level.

From no. 3 of this section good specimens of Ophileta
complanata Van. were obtained in considerable numbers and
also a few specimens of Lingula (Glossina) acuminata
Con.? and several well preserved specimens of two small
lamellibranchs. The layers of this section correspond closely in ©
stratigraphic position to those exposed in the mouth of Chucta-
nunda creek. Calciferous sandrock is exposed in the bed of the
creek to the gorge above Sandford’s carpet mill. Just north of
the dam at Sandford’s mill are 44 feet of thick bedded, grayish,
fossiliferous limestone weathering lighter gray. The base of the
exposure is 10 feet above the Calciferous sandrock exposed in the
creek bed below the dam. Near the large warehouse on Willow
street are 64 feet of dark blue, light-weathering limestone contain-
ing corals and Rafinesquina alternata (Con.) Hall and
Clarke. On the upper surface of this exposure is a beautiful ex-
hibition of glacial striae. The striae run N7o°W. The rocks —
at this point dip about 3° S, 24° W. Following the branch of the
creek from this point the Calciferous sandrock is again exposed
in the creek bed, the layers being in the main thinner than those
farther down stream. At approximately 60 feet above the ex-
posures at Sanford’s mill the course of the creek becomes more
easterly, and on the north side of the creek at this point there is
_ a quarry in Trenton limestone in which the basal layers are mas-
sive, thick bedded and aggregate about 104 feet in thickness, while
the upper layers are thin, irregular and somewhat distorted and
also aggregate about 104 feet in thickness. The dip here is 4°N,
60°W. Where the course of the creek again becomes southerly
the rocks are thin bedded, highly inclined and distorted and con-
tain immense numbers of fossils. The creek flows in a trough
formed by a small synclinal fold. These layers are separated by in-
tercalations of black shale, specially noticeable in the highest layers.
In the west bank of the creek at the dam of the reservoir just
below the plank road were found loose fragments of Utica shale in
such abundance as to suggest that they came fro6m rock in place.
Layers were not found however and it may be that the shale was
placed there as ballast for the road, a supposition which would be
perfectly in accord with methods of highway construction in this
part of the country. All exposures of rock are cut off by the

436 - NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

reservoir, but above the pond thin, black, fine grained to coarse
grained, richly fossiliferous layers of Trenton limestone are again
exposed in the bed of the creek. The fossils Trinucleus
concentricus Eaton, Monticulipora (Prasopora)
lycoperdon Say and ~Ratinesquina “alt eunaee
(Con.) Hall and Clarke are specially abundant. These layers
belong to the very top of the Trenton substage and are typical of
it. Opposite the northwestern part of Rockton the rock again dis-
appears and is not exposed again till the Amsterdam water supply
pipe-line is reached. Along this line are loose pieces of rock which
were thrown out of the trench during the excavation and show
by their sharp angles that they were blasted from rock in place.
Near where the pipe-line crosses the Fulton-Montgomery county
line is a small exposure of very fine grained, dove limestone con-
taining bivalve crustacea, and of slightly coarser grained similar
limestone containing corals (Streptelasma). This rock, there-
fore, belongs to the Birdseye and probably Black river substages.
Fragments of similar rock occur along the pipe-line to near the
branch of Chuctanunda creek northwest of Hagaman. Heavy
bedded arenaceous limestone is exposed in the bed of this creek.
Northwest of Hagaman and just north of the Fulton-Montgomery
county line is a farm house standing well back from the road, and
known as the “Old Bunn place.” The rock here is for the most

part typical Calciferous but some of the upper layers are of a rather ©

peculiar character. On fresh fracture they closely resemble Birds-
eye limestone, but the weathered surface shows knobs and reticula-
tions composed of arenaceous material weathered dull yellow. The
matrix weathers nearly white. Similar rock clearly referable by its
stratigraphic position in connection with its lithologic characters to
the fucoidal member of the Calciferous stage may be seen below the
quarry back of Crane’s village, in the ledges along the West Shore
railroad opposite Crane’s village and in the river bank below the
Amsterdam depot and at Pattersonville.

Along the valley of the Chuctanunda between Sanford’s mill and
Rockton are several fine exposures of the Trenton stage. In the
small gorge below the large pond east of Sanford’s there is an

1This place is called Cranesville on the U. S. geological survey Amsterdam topo-

graphic sheet but is known locally as Crane’s village and is so on the N. Y. C. &
H, R. railroad time cards.

| LOWER SILURIAN SYSTEM OF EASTERN MONTGOMERY CO. 437

exposure of 5 feet of Birdseye limestone resting on an irregular
surface of arenaceous Calciferous sandrock and covered by a foot
or two of thin very lumpy black limestone, which is in turn suc-
ceeded by more compact semi-crystalline limestone. The sharp
break between the Birdseye limestone and Calciferous at this point
is mentioned by Darton, as also the dip, which is very noticeable.t
At the foot of the next small pond is a fine exposure of nearly the
entire Trenton stage.

45F Section at Smealee’s paper mill

F® Thin bedded, dark colored, richly fossilifer-
ous limestone becoming shaly in the upper layers
and covered by a thin layer of soil. These layers
are somewhat crushed and folded. Base of this

division forms the floor of the quarry. Trenton. LQ en
F> Medium to thin bedded dark blue fossilifer-
ous limestone abounding in brachiopoda. Trenton. 10’ 25 4,

F* Heavy bedded dark blue coarse to fine

grained limestone weathering light gray with rough

lumpy surface. Contains corals. Black river in

part. 10! 4//=18" 4”
F’ Three layers, two thin and one thick, dark

drab to bluish, fine grained to coarser at top,

smooth vertical cleavage, weathering ash-white.

Separated from no. 2 by a thin layer of shale.

Somewhat pyritiferous. Birdseye limestone. ee alt
F? Two layers of fine grained drab limestone

weathering very light bluish gray. Lower layer

with smooth weathered surface, upper rough.

Somewhat pyritiferous. | 2a = 2F OF

Ft Arenaceous steel-gray limestone, irregular angular surface of
brownish color, characteristically furrowed.2 Calciferous sandrock.
_ This section may be compared with profit with the one almost
exactly two miles due south at Morphy’s. The measurements are °
strikingly alike and the differences in appearance are largely due to
difference in the degree of weathering. Layers corresponding to

The upper surface of this rock wherever freely exposed to the weather is almost
invariably furrowed so that it has a decidedly checked appearance.

438 A NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

the upper layers of the present section are worked in the quarry!
extending a short distance farther up stream.on its western side, for
sills, a purpose to which they are well adapted by their thickness and
grain. Many of the layers however are useless for the purpose
owing to the numbers of fossils which they contain. Rock is ex-
posed at many points between this place and Rockton where the
creek has again cut through the entire Trenton stage. At the large
quarries (Marcellus of Vanuxem?) just below Rockton the lower
middle layers of the Trenton are worked and the quarry in the

lowest layers has been abandoned. A section was measured be-

ginning at the floor of the abandoned quarry.

45G Section of Rockton quarries

G> Extensively worked quarry. Medium thick

bedded highly fossiliferous crystalline limestone

nearly continuous with the upper layers of the

lower quarry. Trenton. 10'=en
G* Compact dark blue medium fine grained

limestone, containing sparkling crystals of calcite.

Fairly abundant fossils. Trenton. gaat a a
G? Medium fine grained dark and medium dark

blue massive layers of limestone separated by thin

shaly layers, weathering with ragged surface,

studded with projecting corals (Streptelasma)

and crinoid stems. Near the top a fine specimen

of Columnaria alveolata Goldfuss occurs

in place. Black river. O’==154 4"
G? Slightly coarser than no. I with more of a

blue tint. Contains crinoid segments. Weathers 3

grayish blue with pitted surface. Black river. 1” Ae

1This is no doubt the Thomas J. Donlon quarry mentioned by Prof. J. C. Smock. He
says, ‘‘On the west side of the stream [Chuctanunda] Thomas J. Donlon quarries
limestone on the Vanderveer farm. . .The working face has a length of 500 feet,
parallel with the creek and is 15 to 20 feet in hight. . -The beds are from two inches
up to two feet thick, and the bedding surfaces are rather rough and uneven. The stone

e« is blue limestone of Trenton epoch. WN. Y. state museum bul. 3, Mar. 1888, p. 106.

2Second annual report third district, Assembly doc. no. 200, p. 283. This quarry
is also described by Smock as follows: ‘ The quarry of D. C. & N. Hewitt is on the
left side of the Chuctanunda creek and east of the Rock city road. At the south
opening which was made many years ago the rock is a dense, blue limestone ...
it is the largest and deepest excavation here. The new quarries are about 20 rods
northward and on the same side of the road.’ A section of the quarry follows which
foots up from 12 to 16 feet. WN. Y. state museum bul. 3, Mar. 1888, p. 106, 107.

————

LOWER SILURIAN SYSTEM OF EASTERN MONTGOMERY CO. 439

G! Massive, thick bedded, very fine grained,
drab limestone with smooth nearly vertical joint
faces. Weathers light bluish gray to ash-white.
Fracture conchoidal. Birdseye limestone. 44!
From no. 5 of the above section the following species were col-
lected from the thin layers which are stripped from the upper part of
the quarry.

_ I Rafinesquina alternata (Con.) Hall and Clarke (a)
2 Orthis (Dinorthis) pectinella (Emm.) (c)
3 Orthis (Dalmanella) testudinaria Dal. (c)
4 Plectambonites sericea (Sowerby) Hall (c)
5 Zygospira recurvirostra Hall (r)
6 Rhynchotrema capax (Con.) Hall and Clarke? (r)
7 Asaphus platycephalus Stokes . eer)
8 Leperditia fabulites (Con.) (r)
9 Monticulipora (Prasopora) lycoperdon Say (r)

10 Schizocrinus nodosus Hall (a)
II Stictopora acuta Hall (r)

No. 1 of this section undoubtedly belongs to the Birdseye horizon,
nos. 2 and 3 to the Black river and nos. 4 and 5 to the Trenton.
The lower layers of the upper quarry can not be far above the upper
layers of the lower quarry if they are at all above them. The speci-
mens of Orthis pectinella found in the upper quarry are
the clearest specimens of that species obtained from any exposures
in this region and the species is also more abundant here than else-
where. In fact I have not seen the species in abundance anywhere
in the Mohawk valley except here and at the Cook quarry north of
Littlefalls. Some of the specimens of Rafinesquina alter-
nata are very gibbous and have the radiating striae subequal and
the concentric striae prominent and crowded.

North of this quarry are many exposures of the Trenton stage
about Rockton. Slightly northeast of Rockton the Trenton lime-
stones disappear and the Calciferous comes out in force toward
Hagaman.

In the eastern part of Amsterdam the Calciferous sandrock is ex-
posed in the south slope of the hill below the cemetery at an altitude

Relative abundance of species is indicated as follows: a, abundant; aa, very abun-.
dant; c, common; cc, very common; r, rare; rr, very rare, where only a single specimen
is found.

440 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

of approximately 100 feet above river level. The rock here is some-

what thin bedded. A small quarry has been opened in medium

thick layers of Calciferous in the side of the hill back of the streets
about three quarters of a mile east of the depot, and the rock is
rather dark blue and fine grained. Near the point where the high-
way crosses the small creek a short distance east of this quarry is a
larger quarry in the same rock in the bed of the creek. Following
the course of this creek northward the lower members of the Tren-
ton stage are seen in the creek bed and banks at an altitude of about
220 feet above river level. Nearly due east from this point the
lower beds of the Trenton are again exposed in the bank of the
next creek east of the last mentioned creek, and at this point have
been quarried to some extent. Certain portions of the rock are
covered by a stalactitic incrustation.

Near the southern bank of the same creek just east of the highway
which runs through Mannys Corners! is a small quarry in which the
following section was measured (46B):

B®? Thin bedded to shaly layers of limestone.

‘Trenton. : V=13,

B? Bluish gray, thick bedded limestone divid-

ing into thinner layers on long exposed surfaces.

Contains corals, brachiopods and crinoids. Tren-

tony o/==12"
B1 Massive, dark gray, thick bedded limestone

abounding in corals (Streptelasma). Black

river? i an i

No. I may belong’ to the Black river horizon, but is not referred
definitely to it inasmuch as the characteristic fossil (Column-
aria) of that horizon was not found. ‘ Not far east of this quarry
is a larger quarry in Trenton limestone of medium thin layers, dark
blue, semi-crystalline and showing very black on the upper surfaces
of the layers owing to the deposit of carbonaceous shale between
successive deposits of calcareous material. Such a black film of car-
bonaceous material is often to be seen on the surface of layers of the
Trenton limestone. About one half mile east by southeast of this

point the Trenton limestones form the cap of an insulated hill or

1This place is given on some of the earlier state maps and atlases as Mannas
Corners.

ee

LOWER SILURIAN SYSTEM OF EASTERN MONTGOMERY CO. 44!

point which drops off abruptly to the east but has very little slope
to the west. On the northeastern corner of this hill are extensive
quarries and the place may well be called Quarry hill. <A section
was measured extending from the river level at Crane’s village one
mile south to the top of the hill.

46A Section from Crane’s village to the top of Quarry hill
A® Thin bedded, dark blue limestone often of

crystalline structure. Abounds in fossils including

Asaphus platycephalus Stokes and

Rafinesquina alternata (Con.) Hall

and Clarke. Trenton. 5 — Are
A’ Grayish blue limestone containing Col-

umnaria alveolata Goldfuss and an abund-

ance of crinoid segments. Near the top frag-

ments of rock in all respects similar to Calciferous

sandrock are imbedded in the limestone. Trenton. i. 62-499"
A’ Dark blue fine grained, lumpy, thick bedded

limestone containing Columnaria alveo-

lata. In the western part of the quarry the same

layers become more crystalline in grain and grayish

in color. Black river. 7/-0/=41 14’
A® Dove colored limestone, fine grained with

conchoidal fracture. In thin layers weathering

somewhat unevenly. Birdseye. 24’—=402}’
A® Mostly covered but exposed at the top in the

side of Quarry hill and in the floor of the eastern

part of the quarry, and at the base in the highway

near the Evakill+ Somewhat arenaceous lime-

stone; less arenaceous at the top. -120’==4007
A* Medium to thin bedded shaly arenaceous

limestone with fucoidal markings specially near

the top where the color is dark blue and the

weathering very light ash-gray. Contains iron py-

rites. Base at level of Evakill. Fucoidal mem-

ber of Calciferous. 130’==280’

1This creek is left without any name on the Amsterdam topographic sheet, but
the creek which empties into the Mohawk at Crane’s village is known as the Eva-
kill.

442 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

A’ Partly covered. Heavy bedded massive,
very compact arenaceous limestone. Calciferous

sandrock. 60’—=150’
A? Covered with soil except at top. 60’—= 90’
At Covered. Gravel and boulders at the mouth

of the Evakill. River level. 20'—1 aa)

The following species were identified from the Black river (Col -
umnaria) zone:

1 Columnaria alveolata Goldfuss (a)
2 Monticulipora (Prasopora) lycoperdon Say? (r)
3 ?Phytopsis cellulosua Hall ) (a)
4 Streptelasma profundum Hall © (c)
5 Rafinesquina alternata (Con.) Hall and Clarke (r)
6 Murchisonia bellicincta Hall (r)
7 Crinoid segments | (c)

This section presents a number of points of interest. The upper
part of no. 4 representing the fucoidal member of the Calciferous is
of unusually dark color and weathers nearly white. It abounds in
the so-called fucoidal markings. These layers are doubtless near the
top of the Calciferous stage both from considerations of dip which
would bring the Trenton due a few feet above them and from their
lithologic character. The rocks on Quarry hill present several
points of special interest. As one ascends the steep eastern slope
of the hill a gradual transition in the lithologic character of the
Calciferous sandrock, which is typical at the base of the hill, is
noticed, the layers at the top being thin, finer grained, lumpy and
less arenaceous. The weathered escarpment of Calciferous appear-
ing at the southern end of the main escarpment of the hill does not
look different superficially from the Black river and Birdseye beds
which form the northern end of the escarpment. The Calciferous is
however arenaceous and lighter colored. Above the Calciferous and
forming as was stated the northern part of the escarpment or ledge
(for the superincumbent rocks have been for the most part re-
moved from the Calciferous at the southern part of the ledge) are
layers belonging to the Birdseye and Black river horizons. The
Birdseye at this point has a thickness of 24 feet. Just over the edge
of the hill in the northeastern part of the quarry the coral bearing
lumpy layers of Black river limestone are seen resting immediately

LOWER SILURIAN SYSTEM OF EASTERN MONTGOMERY CO. 443

on arenaceous rock (Calciferous) which forms the floor of the
quarry at that point. Apparently the Birdseye limestone has thinned
out entirely in a distance of two rods. In the western part of the
quarry the Calciferous is not reached and the lowest layers exposed
have the characters of Birdseye though there is here no sharp line
between the Birdseye and Black river limestones. In the central
part of the quarry there are apparently from 7 to 9 feet
through which the Columnaria alveolata ranges.. The
rock at this point is compact and thick bedded. In the western part
of the quarry the same layers are coarser grained and even more
massive. In fact they resemble the lower massive member of the
Trenton substage in lithologic characters, but their fauna as will be
seen from the above list is characteristically Black river. No. 8 as
seen in the western part of the quarry presents most peculiar
characters. Portions of it are almost entirely made up of fragments
and pebbles of brownish arenaceous rock quite similar to the Cal-
ciferous sandrock. The matrix is somewhat crystalline and contains
a few small specimens of Columnaria alveolata which
from their general appearance and association may be regarded as
derived from the subjacent Black river beds in a manner similar to
that in which the arenaceous pebbles were derived from the Cal-
ciferous sandrock. In some parts of the quarry, specially the
southern part, the Black river limestone contains an abundance of
iron pyrites and in some cases pockets lined with crystals of calcite.
The upper surface of the rock at this point is striated, the striae
running N 85° W. The dip of the strata in this quarry is about
24° S, 20° W. Vanuxem mentions pebbles similar to the ones
occurring in this quarry, at Tribeshill and about Amsterdam.t

The Trenton limestones are exposed at several points between
Quarry hill and Mannys Corners, and both north and south of the
highway one half mile east of Mannys Corners are small quarries in
the Black river and Birdseye beds. In the exposure south of the
highway are 8 feet of dark lumpy limestone ‘and 1 foot of
compact fine grained limestone at the base. North of the highway
the Birdseye limestone is exposed and contains excellent examples
of Phytopsis tubulosa Hall, with the surface reticula-
tion mentioned by Emmons (pt 2, p. 110).

Between Quarry hill and Van Epp’s hill (the high hill just north-

1Geology of New York, pt 3, Pp. 44.

444 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

west of Hoffman ferry station) the Calciferous forms the surface
rock and the superincumbent beds have been entirely eroded away.
At Van Epp’s hill however both the Trenton and the lower part
of the Utica are present. A section from the level of the Mohawk
river at Hoffman ferry to the top of Van Epp’s hill is as follows, in

ascending order.

2A Section of Van Epp’s hill

A! Massive, thick bedded, steel-gray, arenaceous,
buff-weathering limestone. The lower 20 feet
covered beneath the railroad and 48 feet im-
mediately succeeding, exposed in the N. Y. C. &
H. R. railroad cut. Above cut mostly covered.
Rock contains calcite and chert. Calciferous sand-
rock.

A? Base consisting of dark blue, moderately fine
grained, arenaceous limestone containing fucoid-
like markings which on weathered surface are yel-
lowish in conspicuous contrast with the grayish-
weathering matrix. Fucoidal member of the Cal-
ciferous sandrock.

A? In open field east of highway at an elevation
of 350 feet above river level, small exposure at
spring, at top 3/11” gray crystalline limestone
(Trenton) underlaid by 2’ 6” ash-white-weathering
limestone (Black river), then 7” gray crystalline
limestone, finally 24’ compact light-weathering
limestone. Across the highway from this point are
5 feet in one layer of compact limestone con-
taining Columnaria alveolata. Black
river.

A‘ In the field west of the highway opposite a
house are 5 feet of thick bedded blue crystalline
limestone containing Rafinesquina alter-
nata (Con.) Hall and Clarke, in abundance.
Trenton.

A® In top of fault escarpment a short distance
northeast of no. 4 are 25 feet of thin, fine grained
layers of dark blue limestone containing Trinu-
cleus concentricus Eaton. Trenton,

290’==290’

60’—=350"

Shores

5/=360"

25/385’

LOWER SILURIAN SYSTEM OF EASTERN MONTGOMERY CO. 445

A® Black calcareous shale seen mainly in brown-
weathered fragments in the slopes of the upper part
of Van Epp’s hill, and in a few places only is evi-
dence of stratification preserved. Utica shale. 220/614’

This section has been studied by several field parties from Union
college and the measurements above given are for the most part
the result of several careful surveys of the section. The

VAN EPPS HILL

WILLIAM L. FISHER.

TOP OFHILL

UTICA

COVERED

EY oa rer ET OF BLACK RIVER AND TRENTON

TOP OF CALCIFEROUS

FUCOIDAL BY ROADSIDE

PARTLY
COVERED

CALCIFEROUS CLIFF

COVERED
AIVER LEVEL

thickness of Calciferous is 350 feet measured in a nearly vertical
line so that the error from dip is slight. As the gneiss does not
appear in this region the total thickness of Calciferous here can not
be ascertained. It is however much thicker than any previous
estimates have indicated though probably not so thick as at

446 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Sprakers, 25 miles to the west. Nos. 4 and 5 of this section are
at some distance from each other but their lithologic and paleon-
tologic characters clearly show them to belong to distinct parts of
the Trenton substage. The layers of no. 5 are highly inclined but
as their parallelism with reference to each other has not been de-
' stroyed the thickness given for them is fairly exact.

Northwest of Van Epp’s hill the lower Trenton rocks are ex-
posed near their junction with the Calciferous in a small quarry
north of the highway between Glenville and Crane’s village at a
point not far west of the Schenectady-Montgomery county line.
The layers here are as follows in descending order (2G):

G’ At top very thin layer of granular highly fossiliferous rock
adhering closely to next layer below.
G® Drab, fine grained limestone with some
crystals of calcite. Weathers ash-white. Contains -
fragments of a trilobite, probably Asaphus
platycephalus Stokes, and crinoid segments
on upper surface. Q’==5’ 9”
G> Two layers weathering ash-white, of drab
color, fine grained. Contain corals (Strepte-
lasma) and Gastropoda. 1/5"
G* Thin lumpy layers of dark color, containing
fragments of a trilobite. ;
G® Layer weathering very light gray, smooth
fracture, very fine grain, drab. Contains Stic-
topora and Rafinesquina alternata
(Con.) Hall and Clarke. 63" 4”
G’ Light colored gray-weathering limestone with
smooth fracture. Contains Ofthoceras;
Stictopora and fragments of a trilobite. 1. 10°-=2" 10
G1! Thin bedded, dark blue, fine grained lime-
stone showing occasional crystals of calcite. Ir-
regular lumpy structure with slicken-sided masses.
Weathers light gray. Contains Stictopora,
corals and fragments of trilobite. iia

8’— 4’

This entire section probably belongs to the Black river horizon
though the characteristic fossil, Columnaria alveolata,
was not found. The limits of the exposure are small.

LOWER SILURIAN SYSTEM OF EASTERN MONTGOMERY CO. 447

East and north of this quarry the Trenton is exposed in the road
toward Glenville. One half mile east of the Schenectady-Mont-
gomery county line, some distance north of the highway between
Glenville and Crane’s village, is a quarry formerly extensively
worked but now almost abandoned. A section was measured here
with the following results (2D):

D‘ Coarse grained, dark blue, semi-crystalline

limestone, layers seen in southern part of the

quarry. Trenton. 1/7) SY
D® Dark colored to drab fine to medium grained

with numerous crystals of calcite. Contains

Rafinesquina alternata (Con.) Hall and

Clarke. 1'==67 8”
D* Lumpy, dark blue, fine grained limestone

with occasional small sparkling crystals of calcite.

Columnaria alveolata Goldfuss, occurs

in place at the top of the northern part of the

quarry, and at the base in the southern part. Black

river. 7 | ; 33/=5/ 8”
D! Dove colored to grayish blue, very fine

grained limestone with smooth fracture. No fos-

sils. Birdseye. a a
The Calciferous sandrock is not reached in this quarry, so that

the 2’ 2” of Birdseye does not represent the whole of that formation.

This is the farthest north of any clear section of the lower portion

of the Trenton. The following species were collected in about an

hour’s search from the Black river limestone. No. 2.

1 Columnaria alveolata Goldfuss (c)
2 Streptelasma sp. | (c)
3 Monticulipora (Prasopora) lycoperdon Say (r)
4 Stictopora cf. acuta Hall (r)
5 Stictopora elegantula Hall (r)
6 Stictopora cf. ramosa Hall (c)
7 Leperditia fabulites Con. (c)
8 Asaphus platycephalus Stokes (r)
9g Ceraurus pleurexanthemus Green (rr)
10 Rhynchotrema capax (Con.) Hall and Clarke (r)

11 Zygospira recurvirostra Hall | (c)

448 a: NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

12 Small gastropod, too imperfectly preserved for farther identi- |
fication.

The junction between the Trenton and Calciferous stages is shown
at the fault line to the northeast of this section. Where the Glen-
ville road crosses the fault line are extensive quarries known as
the Weatherwax quarries.

2E Section of Weatherwax quarry
E3 Very thick, massive, dark blue crystalline

limestone weathering grayish, and readily disin-

tegrating. Contains Brachiopoda and Monti-

culipora (Prasopora) lycoperdon

Say, in abundance. Trenton. 3° Baga
E? Layer similar to no. 3. ' 2? Sago”
E! Layers exposed in the bottom of the quarry

and ledge in side of road east of quarry. Thinner,

fine grained, dark blue toward the base. About

8 feet in quarry and ledge. S58"

The exceptionally crystalline structure and great thickness of no.
2 and 3 are unique. They resemble to some extent the gray
crystalline limestone which caps the Trenton formation at Trenton
Falls but are darker and less crinoidal. The loose fragments of
the rock about the quarry seem to disintegrate rapidly. They
become spongy and the fossils they contain are rendered obscure.
The following species were identified from no. 2 and 3 of this
section:

1 Monticulipora (Prasopora) lycoperdon Say (aa)
2 Bryozoan, probably Escharapora recta Hall (r)
3 Protarea vetusta Hall (r)
4 Rafinesquina alternata (Con.) Hall and Clarke (aa)
5 Plectambonites sericea (Sowerby) Hall (c)
6 Orthis (Dinorthis) pectinella (Emm.) Hall (c)

Southward from this point these upper massive layers may be
traced for some distance along the fault line. Near the point where
the Chuctanunda creek meets the fault line there is an exposure
of nearly 30 feet of thin bedded, dark blue, fossiliferous limestone
with some intercalations of black shale and containing immense

LOWER SILURIAN SYSTEM OF EASTERN MONTGOMERY CO. 449

numbers of Trinucleus concentricus Eaton. The fol-
lowing species were obtained in about an hour’s search (2F):

1 Escharapora recta Hall (r)
2 Monticulipora (Prasopora) lycoperdon Say (r)
3 Lingula quadrata Eichwald (r)
4 Orthis (Dalmanella) testudinaria Dal. (a)
5 Rafinesquina alternata (Con.) Hall and Clarke (c)
6 Plectambonites sericea (Sowerby) Hall (c)
7 Rhynchotrema capax (Con.) Hall and Clarke (r)
8 Trinucleus concentricus Eaton (aa)
9g Asaphus platycephalus Stokes : (a)
10 Calymmene callicephala Green (r)
I1 Stictopora elegantula Hall? (r)
12 Crinoid segments | (r)

_ Similar layers are exposed at several points along the fault scarp

toward Hoffman ferry but in general no accurate section can be
measured on account of the derangement of the rocks produced
by the fault which will now be described.

Hoffman ferry fault. By referring to the accompanying geologic
map it will be seen that the group of limestones on which the city
of Amsterdam is placed is abruptly sheared off along a line running
nearly straight from the western central part of Charlton township
to a point about one mile southwest of Pattersonville. From these
points the line curves westward in its southern extension and is lost
in the western declivity of Princetown hill. Northward it gives off
several branch faults and has been traced by the early geologists of
the New York survery and more recently by Mr Darton and
Prof. Prosser to the Archaean mass northwest of Saratoga. The
most interesting part however both from the standpoint of geology
and of topography is at the deep glen north of Hoffman ferry,
known as Wolf’s hollow, where there is an escarpment on the
western side of the glen forming a mural cliff of over 100 feet in
places almost perpendicular. The glen has been cut presumably
by the creek which may now be seen as a diminutive stream flow-
ing by the roadside through the glen, where the soft shales of
the Utica(?) and Hudson river formations lie inclined at a high
angle against the hard resisting wall of Calciferous sandrock. One
may see therefore on the one hand a wall of massive calcareous

450 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

sandstone rising in beetling cliffs, or more or less hidden by its
own talus from which spring forest trees and a remarkable variety
of ferns, and on the other hand a slope composed of black friable
shales, with an occasional seam of smooth jointed sandstone, in-
clined at a sharp angle away from the precipitous cliff across the
way. Lying almost perpendicularly against the foot of the lime-
stone cliff are layers of very black, slaty shale undoubtedly belong-
ing to the Utica though the shales seen in the slope across the high-
way are from the presence of layers of sandstone and their general
lithologic characters, Hudson river. If the approximate base of
the Hudson river is near the foot of the escarpment then taking
the thickness of the Utica stage as 1200 feet there is a displace-
ment here of over 1300 feet.

Northward from the “ hollow ” the escarpment becomes less pro-
nounced though quite distinct for some miles farther. To the north
the Trenton has been eroded from the Calciferous and the country
to the east of the fault line is flatter so that there is not the decided
contrast of formations. One may however see at various points
the shales of the Utica or Hudson in fairly close connection with
the massive sandstone of the Calciferous. A case of this sort
occurs at a point 4.2 miles north of the Mohawk river. South of
the river the line is nowhere as distinct as on the north side. It
is however to be determined within a fair approximation as will
be seen in another part of the present paper. The course of the
Sandseakill may be in part determined by the presence of the fault,
a supposition which is at least suggested by the topography of the
locality. |

East of the Sandseakill rises the high hill back of Rotterdam
Junction. This hill is a conspicuous object to one looking at the
sunset from the campus of Union college, its summit rising more
than 1000 feet above the Mohawk at its foot. Just east of this hill
flows the Plotterkill, a stream heading near Mariaville and reach-
ing the Mohawk through a deep glen a mile and a half east of —
Rotterdam Junction. A short distance west of the mouth of the
Plotterkill is the mouth of a small creek which flows down the
northeastern slope of Waterstreet hill1 The shales and sandstones
of the Hudson river stage are exposed in this creek for several

10n the U. S. geological survey’s Amsterdam topographic sheet a triangulation bench
mark is indicated on the northwestern brow of the hill at an altitude of 1279 feet A. T.
and denominated Waterstreet.

LOWER SILURIAN SYSTEM OF EASTERN MONTGOMERY CO. 45I

hundred feet up the steep hillside. The lowest exposure is just
beneath the arch of the West Shore railroad bridge where crumbling
shale is exposed in the creek bed. Beginning at this point a sec-
tion was measured by means of tape and Locke level.

2I Rotterdam section

I? Near the railroad arch in the bottom of the
creek 8 feet of very thin, fragile, dark grayish to
bluish black, argillaceous shales with occasional
very thin sandy layers, one near the middle of the

stratum being about 1 inch thick. Sone
I? Heavy, compact sandstone of grayish to

greenish blue-color, weathering gray to brown. 10'== 1 18%
I? Mainly grayish, friable shales with thin layers

of sandstone. 12/=59:307
I* Heavy sandstone with intercalated shale. |) es 1867
I Dark crumbling shale. Yaa?
I§ Shale with mainly thin, but some heavy layers

of sandstone. 37/ ==» 8H
I’ Heavy stratum of sandstone. Al BRS
I8 Shales with some thin layers of sandstone. L5/==, 1007
I? Thick to thin and broken layers of sandstone. 10/=>) 110”
T° Fine shale. 5) DLY.
[1 Thin broken sandstone with crumbling shale. 45/—=, 1607
Shale. . 5A) 1657
I'8 Thin sandstone and shale. Base of high .; Los

waterfall. 5’, 1707

_ I Thin friable blackish shale by excavation of
which from beneath the sandstone above, the fall

has been formed. Sie tate"
I+ Two layers of massive sandstone over which

the water falls. 8’ 1907
['6 Thin sandstone layers. 2f=='T92%
I? Clear dark shale. 4’= 1067
[38 Apparently heavy bedded sandstone weather-

ing to thin often lenticular divisions. BG '===\- Sar?
I4® Shales and thin sandstones. 10/==5231/

120 Medium thick layers of sandstone with mas-
sive 2 foot layer at base and some thin beds of
shale, and shaly partings. 26° 270"

Ase 0; NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

121 Mostly covered. Highly inclined layers of
sandstone exposed in the creek banks 120 feet

above no. 20. 120/== 390’
I Covered to top of hill but with an occasional
exposure of sandstone. 680 feet by barometer. 680’==1070

In this section the shales are in general disposed in very thin
irregular laminae so that they weather quickly to small angular
sharp edged fragments. The joint structure of both sandstone and
shale is well shown in almost every part of the section and specially
at no. 20 where there is a vertical wall of 39 feet of sandstones and
about 10 feet of shale. At the base of the section the dip is about ©
78 feet a mile to the south, but a little farther up stream it is
reversed and a short distance farther up is again reversed and from
thence is in general southerly and quite pronounced. It will be
seen that the shale predominates in the lower half of the 270 feet
of continuous exposures and sandstone in the upper half. In the
first 160 feet there are 85 feet of shale and 75 feet of sandstones
while in the remainder of the 270 feet there are 31 feet of shale and
79 feet of sandstone so that the total 116 feet of shale and 154 feet
of sandstone shows that on the whole the sandstone predominates.
Furthermore the higher in the section the more arenaceous are the
shales themselves. The base of this section is probably not far
above the top of the Utica stage. For less than two miles east
of this locality about 200 feet of shales, graptolitic in the lower
part, are exposed in a ravine a short distance west of the new
Schenectady waterworks, which shales are probably the same pas-
sage bed noticed in the Minaville section (q. v.) The section also
indicates that at least 1160 feet (from the elevations of the topo-
graphic sheet) of the Hudson river stage are present at this locality.

Descending the west side of Waterstreet hill into the valley of
the Sandseakill, thin bedded sandstones with scarcely any shale —
are passed over till the bed of the creek is reached at the point
where the road running on the eastern and northern slopes of
Princetown hill crosses the creek. Here occurs an outcrop of
blackish graptolitic shales, again closely resembling the passage
bed of the Minaville section, and dipping strongly down stream
and westerly. This exposure extends dowi the Sandseakill for a
short distance when the creek bed becomes filled with debris largely

LOWER SILURIAN SYSTEM OF EASTERN MONTGOMERY CO. 453

of glacial origin. In its lower course the creek flows between high
banks of boulder clay.

The above section shows conclusively that the Hudson river ter-
rane has its base below the present level of the Trenton formation
which outcrops a short distance to the west. There is certainly
a displacement in the strata at this point represented by the thick-
ness of the Utica stage and probably in addition by a portion of
the lower part of the Hudson river stage. The writer is also of
the opinion that the graptolitic shales exposed on the Sandseakill
are very near to if not coincident with this fault line. For the
layers of this exposure are not only disturbed as indicated by the
reversal of the dip, but they are apparently 300 feet lower than cor-
responding layers in the less disturbed strata west of this locality.
Furthermore they are almost immediately succeeded by thin sand-
stones belonging to the upper or middle Hudson river stage, ex-
posed in the northern slope of Princetown hill.

A short distance west of the Sandseakill one half mile south-
west of Pattersonville the Trenton limestones outcrop and are ex-
tensively quarried. A section was measured at this locality begin-
ning with the Calciferous in the bottom of the canal at the long
cut on the West Shore railroad west of Pattersonville station.

2B Pattersonville section
B! At the level of the bottom of the canal, com-
pact, thick bedded layers of steel-gray, arenaceous
limestone, weathering yellowish and containing
abundance of flint. 30 feet in canal cut and 18 feet
in railroad cut. Dip at western end of railroad cut
4° N, 55° W and at eastern end 4° in the opposite
direction. Calciferous. | | AG 4:

1JIn Smock’s report these quarries are described as follows: ‘‘ There are two quarries
in the town of Rotterdam, Schenectady co. near Pattersonville station which are
worked at intervals. They are opened in limestone on the hill 200 feet above the
Mohawk river and half a mile south of Pattersonville station (West Shore railroad) and
the Erie canal. That of James Walker was opened a few years ago when the New
York, West Shore and Buffalo railroad was built. The face has a south 55° east course
and a length of 150 yards, and has been worked back 75 feet from north to south.
- - -the beds which are quarried range from 4 to 18 inches in thickness and the
total thickness of the quarry beds is from 10 to 15 feet. At the west end there are two
beds each 2 feet thick, of gray, semi-crystalline limestone. The dip is to the south-
southeast at a small angle. . . Mrs Moore’s quarry adjoins that of Walker’s on the
east, and with it makes really one continuous opening. . . It is 10 to 15 feet deep.
The dip is 3° south-southeast. . . Here also the top strata are thin and the thick
beds are at the bottom. . .Both these quarries are in the Trenton limestone.’’—W. Y.
state museum nat. hist. bul. 3, Mar. 1888, p. 105, 106

454 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

B* Thick massive limestone fucoidal specially at
the lower part. Fucoidal member of Calciferous.

B? Just north of the Walker quarry in a small
quarry at the head of a run south of an old lime-
kiln, one foot of bluish drab, fine grained, compact
limestone which weathers ash-gray. The outlines
of several obscure fossils are visible on the upper
surface of the layer, which rests on Calciferous
sandrock. Birdseye.

B* Above no. 3 are about 5 feet of thin, blue-
black, fine grained, irregular, lumpy layers weather-
ing light ash-gray, and fossiliferous specially
abounding in Columnaria alveolata
Goldfuss. In eastern side of quarry the rock is
in thicker layers, the lower containing Colum-
naria. In the larger opening to the east the
Columnaria bearing layers are capped by
gray crystalline rock. Black river.

B® In the Walker and Moore quarries the lowest
rock exposed is dark bluish to grayish, crystalline,
massive and weathers bluish gray. It is very fos-
siliferous. Trenton.

B® Thin, irregular, dark blue, fine grained lime-
stone layers with much intercalated black shale.
Highly fossiliferous. Trenton.

B’ The nearest exposure of shales occurs about
50 feet above no. 6 in an open ditch on the northern
slope of the hill. The sandstones of the Hudson
river stage are exposed at an altitude of approxi-
mately 1200 feet A. T. The lower limit of the
Hudson river at this point is probably nearly 1100
feet A. T. From highest exposure of Trenton to
probable base of Hudson river, 888 feet. Utica.

_ The fauna of the Black river, no. 4, is as follows:

1 Stromatocerium rugosum Hall

2 Stictopora ramosa Hall

3 Stictopora labyrinthica Hall?

4 Monticulipora (Prasopora) lycoperdon ce

135’—= 183!

’= 184’

6’= I go’

= I 98’

14’, ara

888’—1 1007

(r)
(c)
(r)
(c)

LOWER SILURIAN SYSTEM OF EASTERN MONTGOMERY CO. 455

5 Streptelasma profundum. Hall (c)
6 Streptelasma corniculum Hall? (r)
7 Columnaria alveolata Goldfuss (aa)
8 Zygospira recurvirostra Hall (c)
9g Rafinesquina alternata (Con.) Hall and Clarke (r)
10 Asaphus platycephalus Stokes (r)
11 Lepertitia fabulites Conrad (a)
12 Orthoceras, sp. (r)
13 Crinoid segments (a)

The fauna of the Trenton, nos. 5 and 6, is as follows:

1 Monticulipora (Prasopora) lycoperdon Say (a)
2 Streptelasma, sp. (r)
3 Stictopora elegantula Hall (c)
4 Stictopora ramosa Hall? (r)
5 Subretepora reticulata Hall (rr)
6 Tetradium columnare Hall (rr)
7 Schizocrinus nodosus Hall (aa)
8 Rafinesquina alternata (Con.) Hall and Clarke (aa)
g Plectambonites sericea (Sowerby) Hall a ey
10 Orthis (Dalmanella) testudinaria Dalm (c)
1m Orthis (Dinorthis) pectinella (Emm.) Hall (r)
12 Rhynchotrema capax (Con.) Hall and Clarke (r)
13 Cyclospira bisulcata (Emm.) Hall and Clarke (rr)
14 Raphistoma lenticulare Emmons? (r)
15 Murchisonia bellicincta Hall (r)
16 Murchisonia gracilis Hall (r)
17 Murchisonia, sp. (r)
18 Asaphus platycephalus Stokes (c)
19 Trinucleus concentricus Eaton (r)
20 Dalmanites callicephalus Hall (r)
21 Leperditia fabulites Conrad (c)

The above section is of interest from the fine exposure of
the Trenton limestones excellently adapted to the collection of
fossils, and from the fact that it affords an excellent opportunity
for determining the south dip of the strata by comparison with
the exposure of Van Epp’s hill exactly one mile to the north.
The base of the Trenton on Van Epp’s hill is approximately 590

A5G. 0) NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

feet A. T. while in the present section it is 450 feet A. T. which
gives a dip of 140 feet a mile to the south. F

The thin bedded appearance of the Black river limestone (no. 4)
is apparently due to weathering. Almost uniformly the Black
river in this region appears massive in fresh exposures, but after
long exposure it exhibits an extremely irregular, lumpy structure,
giving the general impression of irregularly thin bedded layers.
The same is true of this limestone at Newport south of Trenton
Falls and seems to be a very constant character. i

Westward from this point the Calciferous is exposed in ledges
above the West Shore railroad and the Trenton is exposed at inter-
vals at an elevation of between 200 and 300 feet above the river.
Along the highway passing through the small hamlet of Scotch
Church are a number of exposures of the Utica shale, the highest
being at an altitude of 1040 feet A. T. at a point .8 of a mile north-
east of Scotch Church. The shale at this point is strongly cal-
careous, dull black with an olive tint, brown streak and weathers
greenish brown. It is disposed in thin even laminae with smooth
surfaces. Graptolites occur in moderate abundance but no other
fossil was found. Similar shale is exposed at a point one quarter
of a mile north of Scotch Church at an altitude of 1000 feet A. T.
Slabby calcareous layers of several inches in thickness occur in
the latter exposure. About one mile south by southwest of Scotch
Church the fragile shales and brown-weathering sandstones of the
‘Hudson river stage are exposed in the deep glen just west of the
highway between Scotch Church and Mariaville. This exposure is
at an altitude of about 1100 feet A. T. or 860 feet above the level
of the Mohawk at Pattersonville. If the dip is 140 feet a mile
this would indicate a thickness of 950 feet of Utica shales.

The Trenton is traced by its frequent outcrops in a narrow belt
nearly parallel to the Mohawk but gradually approaching it to the
westward. In both branches of the creek which empties into the
Mohawk two and one half miles west of Pattersonville are fine sec-
tions from the Calciferous to the Utica, and west of this creek a
series of quarries have been opened in the Trenton limestones and
afford an excellent opportunity for any study of these rocks. A
section was measured beginning at the level of the canal at the cut
on the West Shore railroad nearly opposite Crane’s village.

ATIANOSUMLLVd LV SHIYUUVNO WOU TIIH-Sdd NVA

6 %}CId

a

a
hh

Pe

am
x

LOWER SILURIAN SYSTEM OF EASTERN MONTGOMERY CO. 457

46C Section opposite Crane’s village on the south side of the
Mohawk river
| Ct Medium to thin bedded, irregular layers of
calcareous sandrock, to canal level. In cut and

creek east of cut. S245 2"
C? Heavy bedded massive sandstone exposed in

cut and bed of creek just east of cut. 2a
C? Mostly covered. Steel gray arenaceous lime-

stone containing flint. 80’==155"

C* Dove colored, very compact, even bedded,
fine grained limestone with conchoidal fracture
and weathering ash-white. Contains abundant
examples of Phytopsis tubulosa Hall.
Seen in lower quarry east of creek. Birdseye lime-
stone.

C® Dark bluish-black, massive, compact light-
weathering limestone, containing Black river
corals. Black river. Large quarry just east of
creek. |
C® Very compact dark blue limestone weathering
light bluish gray. Thick bedded, even and of
good quality for construction stone. Contains
Rafinesquina alternata (Con.) Hall and
Clarke, and other Trenton fossils. Large quarry
east of no. 5. Trenton. f Q—1 74.

C’ Irregularly bedded thin layers, highly fossil- 7
iferous, resting upon those of no. 6. Trenton. 12’==186"

2’-4’/==1 59”

6’=165/

. C8 Black smooth shale resting on the Trenton in the bed of the
creek, and as fragments occurring in the soil of the hills to the
south. Utica. }

At the railroad cut where no. 1 and 2 are exposed the layers of
no. I exhibit a rather abrupt bending amounting almost to a slight
fault. Near the eastern part of the cut the dip is about 10° E
and in the western part the dip is about 1° to the west. This sec-
tion furnishes the best outcrop of the Birdseye limestone to be
found in any part of this region. At this place the Birdseye pre-
sents its most typical characters. It is dove colored, impalpably
fine grained, with flat conchoidal fracture, smooth joint faces, and

458 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

weathers ash-white with a delicate bluish tint. The peculiar plant-
like reticulation of Phytopsis tubulosa MHallis very
conspicuous in the rock at this locality since the former weathers
buff whereas the matrix weathers nearly white. The vertical
columns are larger than in the rock of this horizon near Newport
and Littlefalls where they are quite small and composed of calcite,
while in the Birdseye of the lower Mohawk they are composed of
argillaceous or pyritiferous material. |Within the limits of the ex-
posure, a small quarry, the limestone varies from 2 to 4 feet
in thickness, both delimiting terranes being in place. The upper
surface of the subjacent Calciferous is uneven and hence the line
between it and the overlying Birdseye is very sharply drawn.
Above, the Birdseye seems to pass into the superjacent Black river
without any sharp line of demarcation.

The following species were obtained from the Black river lime-
stone, C®:

1 Monticulipora (Prasopora) lycoperdon Say (aa)
Branched form
2 Streptelasma corniculum Hall . (c)
3 Streptelasma profundum Hall? (r)
4 Stictopora elegantula Hall | (r)
5 Stictopora cf. ramosa Hall (r)
6 Phytopsis tubulosum Hall? (r)
7 Columnaria alveolata Goldfuss (c)
8 Zygospira recurvirostra Hall (c)
g Plectambonites sericea (Sowerby) Hall and Clarke (r)
10 Rafinesquina alternata (Con.) Hall and Clarke (c)
11 Asaphus platycephalus Stokes (r)
12 Hormoceras tenuifilum Hall (r)

13 Crinoid segments

The base of the Trenton stage in this section is 380 feet A. T.
and in the Quarry hill one and one half miles to the north the base
of the Trenton stage is 600 feet A. T. ‘This gives a south dip of
1.47 feet a mile. By barometer the former point is 175 feet above
the level of the Mohawk and the latter 400 feet, which gives the dip
as 150 feet a mile to the south-southwest. )

Along the creek which empties into the canal one and three-
tenths miles due west of Crane’s village station the following sec-
tion was measured (46E):

LOWER SILURIAN SYSTEM OF EASTERN MONTGOMERY CO. 459

E5 Medium bedded in the lower layers, dark
blue, fine grained limestone becoming thin bedded
and shaly in the upper part. Contains large
fumbers of _Trinucleus concentricus
Eaton, and Monticulipora (Prasopora)

lycoperdon Say. Lot Lo’
E* Soil filled with boulders. ao 02
E’ Thin warped layers of arenaceous limestone

weathering buff. Calciferous sandrock. 7 O02"
TE? Heavy, very compact layer of sandy lime-

stone. a 5
FE! Partly covered. Sandrock exposed in bed of

creek near railroad. 52. 52”

No. 3 of the above section is doubtless the thin bedded member
often occurring at the summit of the Calciferous stage. Perhaps
the 30 feet belong entirely to the Trenton stage. The thin layers
of no. 5 are excellently adapted to collecting fossils and contain the
two representative species of the upper Trenton of this region in
abundance. A short time was spent in collecting at this point with
the following result:

1 Monticulipora (Prasopora) lycoperdon Say (c)
2 Stictopora acuta Hall? oy (Ae)
3 Rafinesquina alternata (Con.) Hall and Clarke (c)
4 Orthis (Dalmanella) testudinaria Dalm. (c)
5 Rhynchotrema capax (Con.) Hall and Clarke? (rr)
6 Modiolopsis cf. arguta Ulrich (rr)
See Geol. surv. Minn. v. 3, pt 2, pl. 36, fig. 6
Z Asaphus platycephalus Stokes (c)
8 Leperditia fabulites Conrad | (r)
9g Trinucleus concentricus Eaton riya)
10 Raphistoma cf. lenticulare Emmons (rr)

11 Crinoid segments

_ Westward from this point the Calciferous is well exposed along
the railroad, and an excellent section from the Calciferous to the
Utica is afforded by the small creek half way between Crane’s vil-
lage and Port Jackson. The exposure of the Trenton in this sec-

460 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

tion is in a quarry in the bed of the creek on the estate of Ben-
jamin Morphy. The section extends from the canal southward
along a line passing near the next creek east of Morphy creek, at a
point 1.3 miles south of the Morphy quarry, and thence through

Adebahr hill.

46F Section from Morphy’s to the top of Adebahr hill

F! Canal level. Thick bedded, steel gray are-
naceous limestone with thinner mottled layers near
the top which contain Ophileta com-
planata in abundance. Calciferous sandrock.

F2 Medium dark, dove colored, very compact
fine grained limestone with conchoidal fracture and
containing occasional examples of Phytopsis
tubulosa Hall. Birdseye limestone.

F3 Dark blue, fine grained limestone, somewhat |

lumpy, weathering to an ash-gray. Contains
corals. Base of Black river limestone.

F4 Dark blue fine grained limestone with oc-
casional small crystals of calcite. Contains corals
and Rafinesquina alternata (Cons)
Hall and Clarke. |

F> Dark blue, fine grained, compact limestone
with small sparkling crystals of calcite. Fos-
siliferous.

F6 2 feet covered, then 1 foot of dark blue
fine grained limestone with sparkling crystals of
calcite. Fossiliferous.

I? Somewhat crystalline, blue
layer. Base of Trenton substage.

fossiliferous

F8 Compact, fine grained, bluish gray layer |

with glittering surface on fresh fracture.
abundant Trenton fossils.

Ff Blue-black, fine grained massive limestone
_ weathering bluish gray with yellowish fucoid-like
markings on the vertical and horizontal faces.
Well preserved specimens of Rafinesquina
alternata are fairly abundant.

Fairly

34’= 34’
4’= 38’
6
tag ees

cH ee 8
3’°= 43”
cd
i’= 44’

2 6’= 47’

HNOLSHWIT AARSCUIG
‘
GNV MOOUGNVS SNOUNAIOIVO JO NOILONAL LV SLNACALS UAMOT ‘MAHUO S,AHAUOW NI AMUvil0 MOOUGNVS SNOUMAIOTVOD

6 981d

LOWER SILURIAN SYSTEM OF EASTERN MONTGOMERY CO. 461

F10 Uneven, dark, compact, fossiliferous layer
with crystalline lenticles, the fossils mostly in the
lenticles.

_F#4 Dark blue, fine grained layer with crystal-
line fossiliferous lenticles which by weathering
darker and yellowish give a mottled appearance
to the weathered surface. |

Fl Grayish blue, crystalline, fossiliferous layer.

FB Dark blue, fine grained with crystalline len-
ticles and weathering asin no. 11. Fossiliferous.

Fl Medium light colored, weathering with yel-
lowish streaks as in no. 11. Abounding in Trenton
fossils.

F Thin irregular, dark blue, fine grained layers
with intercalated very black carbonaceous shale,
contain great numbers of fossils specially Mon-
ticulipora (Prasopora) lycoperdon
Sayands yirinucheus. “concentficus
Eaton.

F16 Utica shale exposed in creek bed, in con-
tact with Trenton. Covered to first creek east of
Morphy creek. _

Fl Black strongly calcareous slaty shale con-
taining veins filled with calcite and occasional
compact fine grained layers with conchoidal frac-
ture.

F8 Covered.

FW Black, carbonaceous, calcareous shale with

thicker compact layers in bed of creek and to first —
branch not far below the highway north of Adebahr |

hill.

f20 Fragments of shale in soil of hillside, be-
coming specially abundant in knoll on northeastern
declivity.

Ft Top of Adebahr hill. Black crumbling, cal-
careous shale, with thicker compact layers, ex-
posed in open pasture on southern brow of hill.

1 ~— 48’

1’ 2%== 40’
7

2’—= 53’

Fay be 80’

270/==350’

50’==4007
40’—=4407

*,00/==500/
180’—=680/

140/==820'

The bench mark on the southern crest of Adebahr hill is 1062
feet A. T. and-the level of the Mohawk river at the base of the

462 ie NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

section is 260 feet A. T. giving a difference of 800 feet which cor-
responds closely with the result obtained by the barometer. The
members of the Calciferous and Trenton stages of this section were
measured by Mr Darton with a somewhat different result from
that obtained by the writer No. 2-15 of the present section were
measured very carefully with a tape. In Darton’s section the
Birdseye is given as above the Black river. There does indeed
seem to be a peculiar blending of the lithologic characters of the
massive member of the Trenton and the Black river in no. 8
and 9, so that there is not a sharp line between the two substages.
The Birdseye is well defined however in its proper stratigraphic
position, being sharply separated from the subjacent Calciferous
and less sharply but distinctly from the superjacent Black river.
The upper, thin bedded member of the Trenton substages is well
shown and seems to pass gradually into the Utica though the
faunal line between the two is distinct enough. The Utica shale
is exposed at intervals from Morphy’s to the top of Adebahr hill,
a vertical distance of 740 feet. The distance from Morphy’s to
the bench-mark on Adebahr hill is three miles, hence if the south
dip is 140 feet a mile the Utica in this section has an actual
thickness of 1160 feet.

The next exposure of Trenton west of Morphy’s is at the Stan-
ton? quarries a mile and a quarter east of Port Jackson. A section
at this quarry is as follows (451):

I* Dark blue limestone of somewhat crystalline

structure. : Oo ae
I? Darker blue limestone containing corals
(Streptelasma), very massive and compact 3’ O'S=17

I? Bluish drab, very compact, fine grained lime-

stone. Lithologic characters substantially those

of the Birdseye limestone. 2/212"
I+ Covered to level of West Shore railroad. 12/12"

118th annual report N. Y. state geologist, p. 426, 427.

*Vanuxem mentions this quarry in several places in his report. His description of
it is as follows: ‘‘ The rock base of the Trenton at Stantons is a very solid mass
with very few divisions or layers, of a light gray color and crystalline. Some of the
layers or portions are over 6 feet thick. The lower layer is nearly 7 feet thick,
the next 4, the upper about 2. The rock is of good quality with fewer knobs or
accretions than in some other localities and with more of the Birdseye character than
in the other quarries. The surface of the rock is water worn, being quite smooth in
some places, and scratched, the direction of the scratches nearly east and west.”
(Geology of New York, pt 3, p. 44) and again ‘‘ The upper mass of the Black river lime-
stone, of which the Birdseye forms the lower part embraces the greater part of the
gray limestones at . . . Stanton’s quarry at the east end of Port Jackson’’. (p. 250).

SHNOLSUWIT NOINGUL GNV HAAIN MOVIG AO LOVEINODO NO DNIGNVLIS INACILLS ‘MHHUO S,AHGUOW NI ANOLSHWIT NOLNGYL,

b PE

464 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

transition from the typical lithologic characters of the Utica to
those of the Hudson. The Utica at the lower part of this exposure
is black with brownish streak and weathers brown to dark brown
with a greenish tint. It is strongly calcareous and disposed in
well-defined layers which usually split into laminae having smooth
flat surfaces. These in turn crumble to square edged fragments.
In some cases there are coherent layers of several inches in thick-
ness, quite hard and breaking with conchoidal fracture. The shale
in the upper part of this exposure is blackish to dark olive or
grayish, very fragile and weathers dirt brown. It is not sufficiently
calcareous to effervesce with cold acid, and is disposed in layers
which break up into irregular laminae with uneven rounded sur-
faces which in turn weather to small, thin, sharp-edged, usually
quadrilateral scales that readily pass into soil. No fossils were
found in the shales above the graptolite bed though they probably
contain some graptolites, and no fossils other than graptolites were
found in the graptolite bed.

Conclusions

The writer has made no special study of the Calciferous stage.
It is everywhere easily recognized. Its greatest thickness in this
region is at Hoffman ferry (section 2A) where there are 350
feet without reaching the base of the stage. The two lamelli-
branchs from no. 45C* have not been identified and may prove to
be new species.

The Birdseye is not difficult to recognize in this region. It is uni-
formly a compact, very fine grained, dove colored, dolomitic lime-
stone. In most cases the fossil Phytopsis tubulosa Hallis
rare, but in one or two places, as section 46C and the small quarry
on the north side of the highway two miles north of Crane’s vil-
lage, this fossil fills the rock. If the lithologic characters of the
Phytopsis tubulosa horizon in section 46C be care-
fully studied and the basal member of the Trenton stage in the
other section be compared with it, there will be very little hesitancy
in accepting the statement that the Birdseye limestone is present
as a basal member throughout the region, but with variable thick-
ness and apparent uncomformity with the Calciferous. Its thick-
ness varies from less than a foot to 5 feet and is less in the eastern
part of the region than in the western part.

LOWER SILURIAN SYSTEM OF EASTERN MONTGOMERY CO. 465

With the Black river limestone the case is more difficult. In
truth it is only under favorable circumstances that the Black river
can be clearly distinguished from the overlying Trenton. In sec-
tion 46A the Columnaria zone has a thickness of from 7
to 9 feet and is followed by a conspicuously darker-weathering,
semi-crystalline limestone with an appreciable stratigraphic break.
In section 2B the contrast between this zone and the basal member
of the Trenton substage is even more marked, since in the latter
section the Trenton is looser grained and weathers darker than in
the western part of the region. In section 2D there is a decided
contrast in color between the Columnaria zone and the sub-
_ jacent Birdseye, but no stratigraphic break. The two appear to
constitute one layer, a fact which is also very noticeable at Newport,
N. Y. in the quarries about two miles north of the village. The
thickness of the Black river in 2D is apparently only 34 feet,
and it will be noticed that in this part of the region the massive
member of the Trenton substage is unusually thick. The lumpy
structure mentioned by the early New York geologists as a charac-
ter of the Columnaria horizon at Watertown is its most con-
stant lithologic character in the present region. The fauna of the
Black river limestone is of interest. The three fossils Stro-
matoceriumrugostum, Streptelasma profundum
and Columnaria alveolata never pass above it. The
brachiopoda so abundant in the immediately overlying Trenton are
very poorly represented in the Black river. The most common
brachiopod of the latter rock, Zygospira recurvirostra,
is uncommon or lacking in the former. Rafines quina al-
ternata may usually be found in small numbers in any exposure
of Black river well adapted to collection. The obscure bryozoa of
the genus Stictopora are usually present. Monticuli-
pora (Prasopora) lycoperdon occurs associated with
the Columnaria but is invariably the branched form, while in
the upper member of the Trenton substage where that fossil is
so abundant it is the hemispheric form that is common. These
faunal differences between the Trenton and Black river substages
are constant throughout the region in spite of variations in
lithologic characters. The affinities of the Black river limestone
are howeyer with the Trenton limestone and not with the Birdseye,

466 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

The Trenton substage is composed of two members, a lower,
massive, crystalline and an upper, thin bedded, fine grained member.
The lower member is usually about 8 feet in thickness and the
upper probably not far from 30. In section 46F where the Utica
is present the thickness of this upper member is 27 feet. Trinu-
cleus concenttTicus and Monticulipora (Prac.
pora) lycoperdon are the characteristic fossils of this mem-
ber and the former is scarcely found below it. It is interesting to
note that at Trenton Falls and Rathbone brook these two fossils
are found similarly associated in the lower layers of the Trenton.
This would lead us to conclude that the massive member at the
base of the Trenton in its eastern extension is related to the Black
river limestone, and does not correspond to the massive member
at Trenton Falls which occurs at the summit of the stage. The
greatest thickness of the Trenton stage measured in this region
is 46 feet, at Morphy’s, 46F.

The accompanying chart illustrates the distribution of the species
listed from the Calciferous and Trenton‘stages. In the vertical
columns the relative abundance of the species for any locality, as
indicated at the heads of the columns, is given by a letter opposite
the name of the species. The meaning of the letters is the same as
explained in another place. The starred localities are those from
which no extensive collection was made.

The lithologic characters of the Utica and Hudson river shales
were described in some detail in the discussion of the Minaville
section, for the purpose of showing that in this region at least the
two formations may be separated by a fairly definite line. The
transition is not marked till within 165 feet of the Hudson sand-
stones and after the sandstones are reached they tend soon to pre-
dominate as seen in the Rotterdam section. The Utica stage has
a thickness in this region of between 950 and 1260 feet composed
entirely of black calcareous shales and thin layers of limestone.
The hill back of Rotterdam, reaching an elevation of 1200 feet
above the Mohawk, is entirely composed of argillaceous shale and
sandstones without any appreciable amount of calcareous material.

A maximum section for this region is as follows:

6 Argillaceous crumbling shales and sandstones.

Hudson river. 1200’—=2802’

5 Black slaty calcareous shales and thin lime- :
stones. Utica. 1200’—=1602’

pod poe tae
fa £ eed
Lita oe a lo

*
*
»-
-

Ss eaten et’

sao} 4 ;
baka pee

;

:

Srtes ee 0%

HA ae be ee &
ie eh a
wae "68 i

+

. i
es ce ace get

Rowers epr es es

Rs cas Coe

Perey + ae 1

AS eae:
a7 oie i i

Pht eae | Wes

= eae aah St rosie te a +

j ;

ROTA Ay abe

ro 44 6s eRe pak bp

ee oe ie ane @ Fla

* a-oF8 Sat 8 WED eg. Oe «

ee ee ae a o*
Fg ee eae ee Sts ie

a -
eg ete + 24 64 ~ ee 4 « ae Cc beta
ea a: i Few wo KFS
BA sah ee fy a ee a
ot bee dele a y .

>
?
¥
-
«

43!
gaa
— ta
- 25
+>
se

.

«.

>

4 tne pa ee i oe nas

| SS eer ens Sn Poe ee Pee oer se bbe)

p
e-? 4
-
}
on 2
-
he ee
5
“ate «
> - « a
- h ;
ie ee : Pa}
k ."
44
‘2-2 4 7
a
ste a
tL ae
a3
@ SiS acs...
. i
¥ . 4
Sars (6 “
f
BAe Mer : - '
iat. Enid 4
el ee 9 y
Se ok ie a
= < 25 v4\
a i ’ «\,
a
aig , ae
Se ta .
oie Preis: & ,
“ a > r |
Foe 7S!
1 eS Re

ne et
= ¢

ain
a

“
a
= ‘
.
‘ ws TF
ie F
i #
os
y
*
ee z So ie ————

— &. 7 = 5 * —— ste ‘

DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES

Plantae ?
Phytopsis tubulosa Hall........--.+seseseeee
Phytopsis cellulosa Hall.. ....+-------++-

PROTOZOA P

COELENTERATA
Streptelasma corniculum Hall..
Streptelasma profundum Hall...
Columnaria alveolata Goldiuss. Sel aed
Tetradium columnare Hall.....-...++2++++2+*
Monticulipora (Prasopora) lycoperdon Say. sale
Protarea vetusta Hall.......---+. +--+ +> obo srane Bhoed heboce eoges

ECHINODERMATA
Schizocrinus nodosus Halln.....+-ssesecerees eect ee eeceetelee cers

ARTHROPODA
Leperditia fabulites (Conrad) .....1----eeeee sete cere rsfere ees lereees
Trinucleus concentricus Eaton..
Ceraurus pleurexanthemus Green.
Calymmene callicephala Green...
Dalmanites callicephalus......
Asaphus platycephalus Stokes ....------++-+ Beer obeor Caeeeo pecenn

MOLLUSCOIDEA
Bryozoa
Escharapora recta Hall.......-+-+se+e+eseeerreers
Stictopora acuta Hall.......
Stictopora elegantula Hall...
Stictopora labyrinthica Hall.
Stictopora ramosa Hall..........- lew Hossa ise
Subretepora reticulata Hall.......-----eserereeecerdeeceesieseees

Brachiopoda
Lingula acuminata Conrad .....+--+++ pew cc cc cecereeteccscolaccers
Lingula quadrata Eichwald .......-- Snes Io
Orthis (Dinorthis) pectinella (Emm.) Hall... -
Orthis (Dalmanella) testudinaria Dalman....----|,...-- F
Rafinesquina alternata (Con) Hall and Clarke.
Plectambonites sericea (Sowerby) Hall.....--
Zygospira recurvirostra.Hall........-+--+++
Rhynchotrema capax (Con.) Hall and Clarke ..
Cyclospira bisulcata (Emm.) Hall and Clarke....- > d banned

MOLLUSCA
_ Lamellibranchiata

Modiolop

sis cf. arg

Gastropoda
Murchisonia bellicincta Hall ...------+-+-
Murchisonia gracilis Hall.....--
Murchisonia sp..--.--- Aeon ania =r
Ophileta complanata Vanuxem

Raphistoma lenticulare Emm..

Cephalopoda
Orthoceras SPp-----eereeererrserrr ett onl ssjn sleisie siete pin ine se
Hormoceras tenuifilum Hiall.....-------+-- Bhannon:- | baaoae

~
-
~N
Pah
> mara a
an | A
Ga 4 +.
7
x
£
i
4
~—
‘
ie
+ * > .
'2-e .
AUAO t
ce
. ct > ' bat {

cs -crseeee USM otulpotni0s smeatsigs tte

‘Bil mubwutoig anestotasrie Rok
r blow) sialdtevise sitsamplod> se
Res «pa RA Msi giamorlos muibaiie tos
L149 ¢ i (stoqoze tT) stogilgortneM |

Seas (ier diver veneers BE SIGS S7 HeVetese!

oe

ATAMSSCOWUIADA fcr ects
eee ere JjisH: gueaobon aunitsosidogd |

AGOWVORUTHAHA taka)
Sali satiate eters (hao) s9tiluds) sijibteaqe tT. .
ot Sy OMA 209fTIg8 99003 efslountit |
ieee) Wises ties ab Oepean odd exe xyodg eae iM
Pretsee Se Phew svt hs Ldqootllas 2H omnmghs
nee rss s Sepceneheteg 99 iiss eottoe mig Gd
a bein tin nk ck pace ee ated tp eudqae& —

| PSS)" BOLE ey
' he aarti BS LION ‘ * try ity ye 3 2 iu “3 ens ‘s
‘ : : : pee oe

: ERMC HE: oe snare cae mils 64999 s10q¢siedoed
Pena sit ee Hh; gh 2B, staeo pte:
(RES. ic ccs akuiaaysis rep ahh,
St.) ) Soe Che | soidiniryd al croquiaie
(PPE PPA 0:0 aria, TE Bee eres S#OqgOTS. ina :
i ESOS Oras |". stp lu obser i bece) .
ae | 3 eRe ahaqoisontts » aera
1 ae) orpeammpeeen EG ee eS x alg ¥
He a apueha fueled 2» Bliaedail Bisibsup ging.
. Hadts GmmenSihen | fautid > oan €e i dty9 ad Gh
emg piiani bit1299< (eli 9 a mrmd: .
(alee bait beaibuh Cs 4) eae 19 Lm hota.

———— ———— oeseoner oe

LOWER SILURIAN SYSTEM OF EASTERN MONTGOMERY CO. 467

4 Thin to thick bedded limestone, characterized
by abundant individuals of Rafinesquina

meter miata. ‘Trenton. Scuba egy: (8
3 Dark colored lumpy limestone, characterized
Bee Golumnaria alveolata. Black river. G'=' 304!

2 Dove colored very fine grained limestone,
characterized by Phytopsis tubulosa.

Birdseye. = 4557
1 Thick to thin bedded, flinty, arenaceous lime-
stone. Calciferous. 550’ — ae

Discussion of maps and sections

On the geologic map of the state of New York published in
1844! the Califerous is shown as extending northeasterly from
Rotterdam and westerly along the Mohawk on the south side of
the river, extending a mile or more to the south. On the map
which accompanied the New York mineral exhibit at the Colum-
bian exposition,? the Calciferous and Trenton stages are not separ-
ately mapped. The eastern and southern boundary of the lower
Ordovician is indicated as extending from Hoffmans to West
Charlton and northward, and on the south side of the Mohawk
for two miles south of Pattersonville and thence westerly along
the Mohawk joining that at Tribeshill. The Utica~-Hudson river
terrane adjoins the Calciferous-Trenton along this boundary line
and also covers the region west of Amsterdam and north of Aiken,
between Amsterdam and Tribeshill. On the large map recently
published? the Calciferous and Trenton stages are separately
mapped. The Calciferous extends from Hoffmans (not from Hoff-
mans as located on the above map for it is there wrongly located,
being too far east) north to Galway and northward, and westerly
in a narrow belt along the south side of the Mohawk to opposite
Aiken (three miles west of Amsterdam). The Trenton forms a
small patch north of Hoffmans and extends along the southern

1The full title of this map is, ‘‘Agricultural and geological map of the state of New
York by legislative authority 1844.”’

2Hconomic and geologic map of the state of New York showing the location of
its mineral deposits, by Frederick J. H. Merrill, director New York state museum,
1894,

8Geological survey of the state of New York. Preliminary geological map of New
York exhibiting the structure of the state so far as known, prepared under the direction
of James Hall by W. J. McGee. Published by authority of the legislature of the state
of New York. Printed by the U. S. geological survey. J. W. Powell, director, 1894.

BOS NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

boundary of the Calciferous in a very narrow belt crossing the river
at about Aiken and extending thence eastward in a broad belt to
north of Crane’s village, with an outlier about two miles north of
the latter place. The lower part of Amsterdam is colored as Cal-
ciferous. The belt of Trenton on which Rockton is situated is
represented as skirting the western bank of the Chuctanunda pass-
ing near Hagaman, and to the west passing under the area of
Utica to the west of Amsterdam and north of Aiken. A small
patch of Utica is mapped north of Hoffmans. :
Accompanying the present paper is a map based on the Amster-
dam sheet of the U. S. geological survey, and several profile sec-
tions. One is a section along a direct line passing through
the summit of Van Epp’s hill, Quarry hill, the Donlon quarry and
a point just south of the Amsterdam secondary reservoir (Hoff-
mans). The nature of the Hoffmans ferry fault is well shown and a
slight syncline in which the Chuctanunda creek flows. This syn-
cline is probably the cause of the peculiar distribution of the Tren-
ton rocks in the city of Amsterdam. Another is a section along
a line through the Moore-Walker quarries, reaching the Mohawk
at a point one half mile west of Aiken. Some of the sections de-
scribed are illustrated by the sketched position along this profile.
This also shows the relations of the Utica and Hudson river terranes
to the lower Silurian, specially the south dip of a strata poe its
effect upon estimates of thickness.

A wae 4

*

Fabs
:
A x
ie

on

netsh mace

oer re

alisha

Oe le ey
aa e "a ae Ere:

=< BS a allo
a =
ae re.

7s

; - ~~ ; =

aed ‘ ] iS aa © War

- :
4
\
iG
b
‘
7
'
i i
in
_ Se
a ws
a, Ae
* ts ae
‘ aA -
i
\
¥
a >

Y00#8 ANNOS,

714 HILLOT S|

nod
ITA IVW

NITYD VININFL INN,

Tin w78

N73

th
|
THY K2SaNVS, Ie

IVI NMOL SLIYAS

hi

ss
re Net Oe Br es

3 2 3 Sewn ets WSs, oS Sices
SENSES PES SE Ges

SEA LEVEL

LEGENO

SCALE

A secriov across THE AMSTERDAM SHEET JUST SOUTH OF
THE LM OHAWK R/VER AND A PARALLEL SECTION FIVE AND ONE:

HALF MILES TO THE SOUTH.

K
u
s
Ss
x
y
=
=
S
ic
i
4
>

HORIZONTAL Aim 1MILE.

HUDSON

TRENTON CALCIFER OVS

UTICA

BY WILLIAM L, FISHER,

esd Macine

*s

we

3

/ 4

*

‘ bs >

‘ ;' 3
ag . rat

Sp ale Ae eo.

Nap tered thee nego ieony

‘
> semen hey

some, Set

me 4,

ah ee

As

ho

ec BT.

Ft nn @

ws git aah

art am 2 ot “* “hog lh Ge ,
4 c : ; .

" » eb wad , ea 4 ’ ’ ‘ em
ene 7 eo Sarak nate pipes SA aa on x RL REG wor ANd

ile tay

that ee ae

=. ag

ret

ee ee tee ee

has i 5 us " ’

nt eK phate et ANIC Re POE iD Sie Say F aval,

.

A,
a: pee.

os

an aid

a

i ae

rr,
& Pe hs
* ine
- .

aH Seed

) \

LEGEND

SCALE

A SECTION ACROSS THE AMSTERDAM SHEET FROM

THE NORTHEAST CORNER, TO DELANSON

UTICA

HUDSON

w
Qe
Se
SS
S
aR
Ss
NW
x
8
Si
ve
RW
ce
Ys
rs

ay Wiziam L. F/SHER.

ee conn el
nel sks Se he

ot

et

=

epics:

i ae
x

Sarees Gin

Ht.
'
‘ 1 ay

t

. f
.

gy

}

5

..
i.

7

-

t

.

-

A

>

-

7

|

ne A

“4
a

a te oe
<o

7 +
2
‘
.
“ine
~
-
’
i
a*
vy
t
.
' - «
.

a ® toed
}
\
_
“se
’ ~~’
<
¥
Mi)

ba Maka

y ae hy
ne. + Pier |

¥

=

te

OO ME, 8H

ta5a

.

*
“eg

}
bf

iri

ae
a’:

HILL SOUTHWEST OF MINAVILLE
1200 FT..A.T.

ADEBAHR HILL
1062 FT.,A.T.

#
°o
<
2
3
z
8 :
Fa y QUARRY HILL esd
E 800) hd
i Ss g a ~
| 000 Ze & +
| = wy >
‘baoo ei
he eeene SECTION THROUGH ADEBAHR HILLQUARRY HILL : :
Becme DEON UTA ae AND MINAVILLE HILL She ae : ; : Z - oe ZZ PTAs TEA = zi
: LEVEL OF MOHAWK

Ee oe Ea GRANES VILLAGE

+} Black river [Stet] een] oiRDGEVE

fie CALGIFEROUS

[sour Maem & A N 2-Mi 3-Mi

REN 5-MI 5-Mi Lome Vv E fe ret

Liceno
7 unica
=i TRENTON
[1 13) tack river
ie [eee] onvseve

a a

z

é 5

GSejeatcrernous
ry a

2} a

SECTION 460
SECTION 45D
SECTION 45E
SECTION 46F
SECTION 45)
SECTION 458
CHUCTANUNDA CREEK

encodes PORT JACKSON~45
LEVEL OF MOHAWK RIVER

“SECTION FROM PATTERSONVILLE TO PORT JACKSON
"SOUTH SIDEOF MOHAWK RIVER

BY &. A, CUMINGS

1M ty E Aa oN

QUARRY HILL-46q

LA : al reap ee en Ale Teo oerecnael MRE TE

sail i aan er soak Seon ti 2 ‘a ; Seman COSTS

es eee jase 1 Ee Hs OA EOS sarah CRBS OE sca (EI
palawraes ] ; . eee!

MOHAWK

SUMING

PROFILE SECTION NO.|

“MI

- eng
ete
-

Sey ew aS

: 3
e <<. :
4 W -
y © . \ - ‘ >
7 yer 5 ¥ 5 Ly
5 y # A "y
t a

~e
x

ie .

eg eee et my toe
ee

at a pm,

2

Pe a
? : 3

2 ear

“i

rab ath
Ae ee
ain

a

NOTES ON THE STRATIGRAPHY OF THE MOHAWK
VALLEY AND SARATOGA COUNTY
BY
CHARLES S. PROSSER
. MOHAWK VALLEY.
Sections at Ingham Mills

Along the East Canada creek at Ingham Mills are interesting
exposures of the lower Trenton formation which show a recurrence
of the lithologic characters of the Birdseye limestone above the

_ Black river limestone. The following section is shown on the bank

of the creek and in the quarry just above the highway bridge at
the mills:

Feet

77B1 Somewhat arenaceous limestone which ex-

tends to the creek level. In some of the layers are

markings like great fucoidal stems. The rock is like

impure Birdseye limestone. Sie Sits
B? Drab colored typical Birdseye limestone. 1038;=16
B? Black lumpy limestone having the lithologic

appearance of the Black river limestone. 5 las
B* Light gray to drab layer having the lithologic

appearance of the Birdseye limestone. 12,223

On the highway above the mill this stratum is 2 feet, 5 inches in
thickness with vertical markings like Phytopsis. Mr Darton
has described a section at this place! but I was ee to locate
it or its divisions precisely.

_ By the highway above the mill another’ section was measured
which gives higher rocks than the one just described:

Feet
77C1 Massive limestone layers which are quarried
and at the same horizon apparently as the quarry at
the mill. | 673 = 649
C? Birdseye-like stratum | 25—= 9.3,
C? Non-Birdseye-like stratum att

113th annual report N. Y. state geologist, p. 422, 423.

470 ss NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Feet
C* Birdseye-like stratum “yi==122
C®> Thin bedded Trenton limestone containing
Trenton fossils, with some shaly layers. 123254

The interesting thing in this cliff is the occurrence of the two
strata, C? and C*, with the lithologic characters of the Birdseye
limestone above the massive limestone. of C1 which is apparently
the Black river limestone.

Schoharie creek section

In a recent paper the writer and Mr Cumings described a section
on Bean hill southwest of Minaville where the transition from the
Utica slate to the Hudson river formation is clearly shown.t Since
then the writer has discovered a cliff on the Schoharie creek where
the transition is beautifully shown and is almost as marked as that
between any other two formations in eastern New York. This cliff
is on the western side of the creek opposite the house of William
Bega, three miles south of Mill Point, about seven and one half
miles southwest of Amsterdam and seven and one fourth miles
south of Tribeshill station. The section beginning at the level
of Schoharie creek near the northern end of the cliff and extending

nearly to the top of the hill is as follows:

; Feet
45X1 Clear black shale from the water to the base ‘9

of the lowest sandstone stratum in the cliff, 114’ by

level and 105’ by barometer. At the sandstone stra-

tum there is a decided lithologic break from the black

argillaceous shales below. Utica slate. 1T4AS=o a:
X? Grayish sandstones alternating with bluish

argillaceous shales to the top of the cliff. Hudson

river formation. 195309
X3 Mostly covered from the top of the cliff to the
highway. 15=324

_X* Occasional ledges of sandstone show on the side ©
of the hill from the highway nearly toitstop. Hud-
son river formation. 120—=444

In this cliff the Utica shale is all black and highly argillaceous up
to the base of the Hudson river sandstones. The lowest sandstones

are thin bedded with some blue shales; but a little higher are thick,
ee
115th annual report N. Y. state geologist, 1898, p. 650.

HAOGV UAAIN NOSGNY ‘ASV LV WIVHS VOILN ‘MNRUO AIMVHOHOS NO AIO §,voadd

STRATIGRAPHY OF MOHAWK VALLEY AND SARATOGA CO. 471

massive sandstones and still higher are thinner sandstones alternat-
ing with bluish shales. The line of division between the Utica
and Hudson river is clear and sharp and there is no question in refer-
ence to the separation of these two formations as seen in this cliff.
A fairly good idea of its geological appearance may be gained
from the accompanying picture taken from the eastern bank of
the creek. The Utica shale shows near the southern end of the
cliff, a little farther south than the Bega house, while the Hudson
river in the bank above is mostly covered.

About a mile and a quarter down the creek from the Bega cliff
is another conspicuous one on the western bank, opposite the Over-
baugh farm and a short distance below the ford. This cliff is com-
posed of the Utica slate which is finely exposed for at least 160
feet. Lhe dip is about 34° S, 20° E.

On the eastern bank of the creek just north of Mill Point there
is a splendid exposure of till or boulder clay. The lower part of
the bank is composed of blue clay containing numerous boulders,
some of them of large size, while the upper part is somewhat yel-
lowish in color. The barometer gave a thickness of 130 feet for
this deposit. Along the middle course of many of the streams en-
tering the Mohawk river from the south is a deposit of boulder
clay but in no other locality has such a thick and fine exposure
been found.

3 Bean hill section

Near the northern end of Bean hill several fair exposures near
the contact of the Utica slate and Hudson river formation have been
noted. In the upper part of the small creek on the eastern side
of the hill and near the highway crossing its northern end are good
outcrops of the Utica slate in the glen above the Bussing farm-
house. The section from the level of South Chuctanunda creek
at the highway bridge to the sandstones near the summit of the
highway is as follows:

Feet

45Y1! Covered from creek level to shale in creek i
above Bussing’s house. go—= 90
Y? Black argillaceous Utica shale to fork of creek. 70—=160

Y? Similar black shale along eastern fork of creek
for 167 feet when a slightly arenaceous stratum
occurs. — 167——327

472 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

ra Feet
Y* Black argillaceous shales nearly to the head of

the creek. 56383
Y® Partly covered, but in the upper part at the

head of the glen are iron-stained shales which weather

yellowish and are somewhat transitional from the

Utica to the Hudson river. 19402
Y® Mostly covered in the field southeast of glen; .

sandstone in terrace at top which is perhaps not in

place. 19421
Y7 Covered, but at top conspicuous ledge of Hud-
son river sandstone. 24==445

On the western side of Bean hill the contact of the Utica slate
and Hudson river formation is shown on the Charles Overbaugh
farm in a gully on the northwestern side of the highway a short dis-
tance south of the house. There is a pominent sandstone stratum
just below the road below which are black argillaceous and calcare-
ous shales. Mr Fisher found this black shale for 50 feet below the
sandstone some of the joints in which had been filled with calcite;
_ but saw no indications of sandstones or arenaceous shales. Again
in the gully by the house on the south side of the highway is
another exposure of the contact of the black Utica shale and Hud-
son river sandstone. The black carbonaceous shale is shown in
the run about opposite the house, and a little higher is a heavy
sandstone stratum.

Swartstown creek section

An excellent section from the upper part of the Calciferous sand-
rock through the Trenton formation to the base of the Utica slate,
is that along Swartstown creek on the south side of the Mohawk
river about three fourths of a mile below Crane’s village. This
section is an interesting one to compare with the one already

described opposite Crane’s village.1

Feet
4611 Covered from river level to the base of the zi

first cascade in Swartstown creek. | 7a oe
I? Arenaceous, light gray, massive limestone.

On one of the layers, 64 feet above the base of the

lower part of the first cascade, are specimens of

Ophileta complanata Van. The top of this

43th annual report N. Y. state geologist, p. 654, 46C.

VLIOTIHdO DNINIVINOO UEAVT DNILVYOIGNI SINACOALS “MAHMUD NMOLSLYUVMS NI MOOUGCNVS SNOUMAIOTVD

9 91BPId

; jal eee

'
‘
4
oh
vf ‘ ay
~
+ f

STRATIGRAPHY OF MOHAWK VALLEY AND SARATOGA CO. 473

Feet
part of the cascade is formed by a massive layer 4 feet,

8 inches in thickness extending to the base of the

upper part of the cascade. The rocks forming the

upper and lower parts of this cascade have a thickness

of 264 feet. Calciferous formation. Q2—=164
I? Drab colored limestone under highway bride:

Birdseye limestone. The base rests on top of the

Calciferous impure limestone in the bed of the creek

and the top is shown in the vertical ledge of rock

under the bridge. 54-1694
_I* Dark gray to blackish lumpy limestone about
7% feet thick. Black river limestone. 75-177

_ I> Thin bedded, dark blue limestone extending
above the house of Mr John Swarts. Part of the

layers are very fossiliferous. Trenton limestone. 43==220
I® Some 2 feet of black argillaceous shale in the
creek just above the Swarts barn. Utica slate. 2-222

To the north of the creek on the Swarts farm is a small quarry
in the Birdseye where 54 feet of this limestone is shown capped by
the Black river. Along this terrace for one mile from Swartstown
creek to that opposite Crane’s village there are quite frequent
outcrops of the Birdseye and Black river limestones in which a
number of quarries have been opened. The Birdseye limestone
is shown in this ledge to better advantage than at any other locality
in the lower Mohawk valley, specially in the woods about south
of Crane’s village near the old Phillips quarry. The limestone
is light drab in color, very compact and fine grained and contains
numerous and beautiful specimens of Phytopsis tubulosa
Hall; in every respect this is typical Birdseye limestone. The
southern wall of an old quarry in this terrace about south of Crane’s
village gives the following vertical section:

46K! Lower part of quarry wall apparently rest- shi

ing on the Calciferous limestone. Birdseye. 74 74
K? Very dark gray or blackish lumpy limestone.

Black river. Vea ee

K? Very fossiliferous, thin bedded, blue limestone;
5 feet, 10 inches in the eastern and 8 feet, 10 inches in
the western part of the aunty wall. Trenton lime-
stone. 8$=24%

474 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Amsterdam section

On the northern bank of the Mohawk, not far above the river
bridge at Amsterdam the Birdseye and Black river subformations

of the Trenton are shown. .
Feet

45Z' Arenaceous limestone to the river level.

Calciferous formation. 5=='5
Z* Drab compact limestone of the Birdseye. Not

typical in appearance. | 813
Z? Very dark gray, somewhat lumpy limestone.

Black river. 8—21
Z* At top of the ledge about 1 foot of lighter

gray limestone containing Trenton fossils. Trenton

limestone. I==22
Pattersonville section

Since the description of the Pattersonville section appeared,! the
Moore quarry has been worked extensively for the Erie canal, so
that the character of the Trenton limestone is shown to better advan-
tage than formerly. The following section from river level to the
top of the Moore quarry is given for comparison with the former

section. |
: Feet

2D1 Covered from river level to ledges in the

woods SSW of Pattersonville. 140140
D? Partly covered. Some ledges of rough cal-

careous sandstone in which is some flint. Calciferous

sandrock. 70==210 »
D * Drab, somewhat lumpy limestone in which are

large masses of Columnaria alveolata

Goldf. This is best shown in the little run below the

Moore quarry where, in the small fall, are 7 feet, 6

inches. : 74==2174
D* Massive rather light gray limestone forming

the lower part of the Moore quarry. Trenton lime- |

stone. 103282284
D® Shaly quite fossiliferous dark blue Trenton

limestone. 6=2344

—<°

113th annual report N. Y. state geologist, p. 656-57, section 2B.

SWART ZTOWN CREEK

AND

BEAN FILL

WILLIAML. FISHER

950 TOP OF BEAN HILLEL
[40
HUOSON
5/0
UTICA

570

MOSTLY COVEREDO

“UTICA
TRENTON

BLACK RIVER
BIROSEVE

CALCIFERSGS

COVERED

AIVER LEVEL

STRATIGRAPHY OF MOHAWK VALLEY AND SARATOGA CO. 475

D® Boulder clay in which are boulders of various ie:
sizes. The thickness varies in different parts of the
quarry from 5 feet, 10 inches to 8 feet. 82424
D’ Soil to top of the quarry. 112432

The dip varies in different parts of this quarry from 2° to 5° S,
40° to 45°F. The Birdseye limestone does not appear to be
represented in this section but it occurs at the eastern end of an
old quarry below the highway a mile northwest of the Moore
quarry. This is the most eastern outcrop of the Birdseye lime-
stone that the writer has seen on the southern side of the Mohawk
river. ie .

‘Hoffman fault

The section on the northern side of the river from Hoffman to
the top of Van Epp’s hill and the fault have already been described
by the writer! and by Mr Darton.2 The gorge known as Wollf’s
hollow has been excavated for three fourths of a mile along the
line of this fault. At its southern end near the point at which the
highway turns to the east the foot wall composed of Calciferous
sandstone forms a high cliff, the top of which is 150 feet above the
creek level; while on the eastern side is the lower hanging wall
of the Hudson river formation. Mr Darton referred the country
to the east of the fault to the Utica slate; but at the lower
end of the gorge there are heavy sandstone strata alternat-
ing. with blackish to bluish shales which in Montgomery
county mark the Hudson river formation to the lower part
of which the writer refers these rocks. In places near the top
of the Calciferous cliff, or foot wall, are exposures of Trenton lime-
stone and farther up the glen apparently of Utica slate which dips
very steeply to the east, having from all appearances dragged on
the Calciferous sandrock when the displacement occurred. The
fault scarp is again well shown to the north of the glen near the
Weatherwax quarry at the corners a mile southwest of Glenville.
At this locality 94 feet of Trenton is shown on the eastern side and
just to the east of the quarry along the fault scarp 12 feet, 2 inches
of this limestone. The direction of the fault to the south of the

113th annual report N. Y. state geologist, p. 655-56, section 2A.
214th annual report N. Y. state geologist, p. 49, 50. :

476. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Weatherwax quarry is N30°E and at the southern end of ae! gorge
N between 40° and 41° E.

There seems to be no published estimate of the throw or amount
of displacement of this fault. If the thickness of the Utica slate
along the line of the fault be as great as it appears to be south of
Amsterdam, six miles to the west, then it must amount to some
1600 feet; since it would comprise the 1440 feet of the Utica slate?
and the footwall of Calciferous sandstone 150 feet or more in hight.

SARATOGA COUNTY
Rock City falls section

At Rock City or Mill on the Kayadarosseras creek, six ie
west of Saratoga Springs is an exposure from the upper part of the
Calciferous sand rock well into the Trenton limestone. The section

is as follows: :
: : : Feet
12H! Massive Calciferous sandrock forming the

falls. There are rolls in the upper part of the sand-

stone, and the top of the Calciferous on which the

superjacent limestone was deposited is irregular. 124124
H? Light dove colored limestone in which are a |

few small vertical fucoidal markings, probably .

Phytopsis tubulosa. Birdseye limestone. I=13}
H? Texture similar to that of H? but most of the

fucoidal markings are irregular, lateral shaped to

horizontal. In the end nearer the creek, however,

there are a few vertical markings which extend to the

top of the 2 feet, 10 inches of dove colored, compact

limestone. This stratum probably belongs in the

Birdseye. I =153
H* Thin bedded, blocky limestone which is a sort
of transitional Black river limestone. I==164

H® Thin bedded Trenton limestone extending to

the top of the cliff and containing plenty of specimens

of Rafinesquina alternata (Con.) Hall and

Clarke associated with other fossils. 8425
H® Thin bedded limestone which becomes more

massive in the upper part. 374 feet of Trenton lime-

stone exposed. ~ | 29054

115th annual report N. Y. state geologist, p. 650.

AAOAVY ANOLSAWIT NOLNGUL HLIM dOL SLI NO DNIGNVLS LNAGOLS ‘MOOUGNVS SNOUMAIOIVO WAAO STIVA ALIN MOOYW

STRATIGRAPHY OF MOHAWK VALLEY AND SARATOGA CO. 477

On the eastern side of the creek the Trenton limestone is the

| lowest rock exposed occurring along its bank both below and

above the bridge and below the falls though not on a line with
them but at a level from 8 to Io feet lower. Mr Darton reported
3 feet of Birdseye sharply separated from the Calciferous sandstone

which was the farthest east that he saw this limestone.1 The Tren-

ton he reported as 28 feet thick, “thin bedded members below with

heavier bedded and slightly coarser grained beds above” (p. 427).

Saratoga Springs sections
Three miles west southwest of Saratoga Springs on Ellis creek
at Rowland’s mills is the Wing quarry where a considerable ex-
cavation has been made in the Trenton limestone. The section of
this quarry is as follows:

12E! Massive thick bedded limestone, some of aah

the layers containing numerous fossils. Trenton

limestone. 14-14
E* Shaly Trenton limestone. 519
FE? Boulder clay varying in different parts of the

quarry from 7 to Io feet in thickness. 7==26
E* Champlain sand. 5—29
E5 Soil.

In the accompanying picture the students are standing on top
of the shaly Trenton limestone and back of them is the boulder
clay. Darton in his Geology of the Mohawk Valley mentions this
quarry when he states that 20 feet of the Trenton formation was
exposed at this locality which was called Howland’s Mill (p. ‘427).

The stratum which forms the floor of this quarry and is better
shown on the eastern side of the highway contains numerous and
beautiful specimens of Cryptozoon proliferum Hall.
This is the locality described by Prof. Hall when he states that
“At a single exposure on the farm of Mr Hoyt, the surface of the
limestone is covered by these bodies for many rods in extent”?
and the limestone was referred to the “Calciferous sandstone”.
Later Mr Walcott referred a considerable thickness of so-called
Calciferous in the vicinity of Saratoga Springs to the Potsdam
stating that “ This limestone was referred to the Calciferous forma-

113th annual report N. Y. state geologist, p. 428, 427.
336th annual report N. Y. state mus. nat. hist. 1883, description of pl. 6.

AGS NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

tion originally; the great Stromatopora-like bodies of Hoyt’s
quarry, four miles west of Saratoga, occurring in it.”1 The reasons
for this correlation were given more fully by Mr Walcott at a
later date.”

On the Geologic map of New York the line of division between
the Potsdam and Calciferous at this locality is represented as fol-
lowing the highway with Calciferous on the western side. It was
found, however, that from the foot of the bank on the eastern side
of the road for 45 feet to a ledge seen on the western side of the
road the rocks contain specimens of Lingulepis acumi-
nata Con. associated with fragments of Potsdam trilobites. The
old Hoyt quarry is in the midst of this 45 feet and gives the fol-
lowing section:

12D! Massive impure limestone in lower part of abi:
quarry containing specimens of Lingulepis
acuminata Con. and trilobites. 1010

D? Not well exposed. 2-12

D? Massive rock in layers, the upper part containing
Lingulepis and trilobites. | 44163

The Cryptozoon stratum is light gray, strongly calcareous
and contains large numbers of this fossil; some of them were elon-
gate, others somewhat circular and one by the side of the road had a
diameter of 2 feet, 2 inches. This stratum is exposed by the side
of the road just north of the three corners a short distance north
of the Hoyt quarry and then is finely shown for some distance in
the field to the northeast. The layer immediately below the
Cryptozoon one in this field contains specimens of trilobites
and other fossils.

In the southern part of Greenfield township not more than 4
mile northeast of the three corners north of the Hoyt quarry and
24 miles northwest of Saratoga Springs are three cuts along the
Adirondack railroad in the Potsdam sandstone. The most eastern
one (12C), where the east and west highway crosses the railroad,
shows a massive stratum of white quartzose sandstone varying
from I foot, 9 inches to 2 feet in thickness. There are also shaly
layers in which are fucoidal markings.

Science, 1884, 3:187.
2U. S. geological survey, bul. 30, 1886, p. 21, 22, and ibid. bul. 81, p. 346.

|

dOL NO 4v10 UMAINO HLIA ‘STIIW S,GNVIMOY LV AUMUVNO ONIM NI ANOLSAWIT NOLNGUL

8 81d

STRATIGRAPHY OF MOHAWK VALLEY AND SARATOGA CO. 479

12M! A short distance farther west is the second at
railroad cut at the base of which is a dark gray rather
massive sandstone. Fossils occur 14 feet below the
top of this zone. | 73,== 7 8;
M2 Lighter gray sandstone. _ | 4i==iI 5
M® Light gray sandstone. 2=13 3;
M* Very dark gray sandstone. 23152
M® Lighter gray sandstone. 34==19

The average dip in this cut is about 34°W; but a dip Or 555, 70°
W was recorded. Some of the layers are somewhat shaly and the

rock weathers to a rusty brown color. |
Feet

12N? A little farther west and just beyond a farm-

house is the third railroad cut. At the base is a dark

gray massive sandstone. 4p =4 fy
N? Light gray massive quartzose sandstone which

in the accompanying picture of the northern side of

this cut is shown back of the three students. 3a 7-2,
N’ Dark gray thin bedded sandstone. 2i=— go}
N‘ Stratum containing numerous specimens of

Cryptozoon. ~s==104
N® Gray sandstone. =108

- N®& Zone of oolitic sandstone. | A, =a05

A number of specimens of Lingulepis acuminata Con.
were found in the rock, apparently thrown out of this cut. The
greatest dip noted is 3° S 70° W;; but perhaps 2° is nearer the aver-
age dip.

12B More than a mile north of Saratoga Springs on the Adiron-
dack railroad is a cut near the Davis brickyard known as the Lime
Kiln cut. The rock is a light gray calcareous sandstone; 154 feet
of which are shown in the cut. A few rods to the south the rock

was formerly quarried to some extent and then burned for lime.
‘The rocks forming the upper part of the cut contain fossils as
Cryptozoon and trilobites and in one thin layer numerous

specimens of Lingulepis acuminata Con. were found.

. Feét
12A1 In the northern part of Saratoga Springs to :

the east of Broadway is a quarry of considerable size in
the Calciferous sandstone and from its base to a small
run partly covered ledges of this sandstone occur. 40—=40

480 _ NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Feet
A? About 15 feet of light gray calcareous sand-

stone shown in the wall of the quarry which separates

into three beds; the lower one 7 feet, 6 inches in thick-

ness, the middle one 4 feet and the top one 3 feet.

There are masses of calcite and flint in the rock, also

quartz crystals. The wall of this quarry is well shown .

in the accompanying picture. 15==55
A? Calciferous ledges partly covered to the edge of

the woods. 30=85
Glens Falls sections

Along the banks of the Hudson river at Glens Falls are ex-
cellent exposures of the Trenton limestone, which has been ex-
tensively quarried. The Finch and Pruyn quarry on the northern
bank of the river affords an excellent opportunity to study the
different zones of this limestone as may be seen in the following

section:
: ‘ Feet
54B! A calcareous sandstone 2 feet of which was

above the river level at the locality measured. This

has usually been referred to the Calciferous formation

but Mr Walcott has stated that in the vicinity of

Glens Falls he is “inclined to think that it is impos-

sible to recognize, by lithologic characters, the Cal-

ciferous formation as distinct from the Chazy lime-

‘stone horizon; and at Glens Falls Maclurea

magna [a Chazy species] and great numbers of

an Ophileta likeO. compacta [a Calciferous

species] are found in the same stratum of rock but a

little distance beneath the Trenton limestone, an oc-

currence that renders it very difficult to state what is

to be assigned to the Calciferous horizon in this

region.’ | 22

B? At the base of this zone is a shaly parting, then |

a limestone in which is a large specimen of Colum-

naria alveolata Goldf. and above is thin to

thick bedded dark blue lumpy limestone, the thicker

layers of which contain fossils. The Colum-

naria in this zone is apparently at the same horizon

as that noted in Darton’s section (p. 428). 25 2272

113th annual report N. Y. state geologist, p. 424. See base of section on p. 428.
2U. S. geological survey, bul. 30, 1886, p. 22,

aGVOUTIVU MOVGNOHIGY NO 1nd ,g§ NI ANOLSGNVS WvdsLod

STRATIGRAPHY OF MOHAWK VALLEY AND SARATOGA CO. 481

B3 Drab colored stratum similar in lithologic ap-
- pearance to the Birdseye. |
-- Bt Massive dark gray limestone forming the
floor of the quarry. This stratum contains numer-
ous specimens of Columnaria alveolata
Goldf. and Buthotrephis succulens Hall
which are specially well shown.

B® Dark blue rather thin bedded limestone thicken-
ing toward the western end of the quarry. It is not,
however, used for “marble” but burned for quick-
lime as is some of the rock from the next zone.

B® Massive, fine grained, dark gray, compact lime-
stone, the “ black marble” of the quarrymen. This
zone which is in the Trenton limestone divides into
three beds; the lower massive one 4 feet, 3 inches in
thickness, the middle massive one 5 feet, 6 inches and
the upper one composed of three thin layers 3 feet 2
inches. |

B’ Thin shaly limestones extending to the top of

the quarry.

Feet

228 +

I=294

12 2==452

12$—=581

The dark gray compact limestone of zone B® when sawed is
capable of taking quite a polish and this has suggested the name of
marble. The characters of the Black river and Birdseye subforma-
tions appear to be so blended in this quarry that it becomes diffi-
cult to separate them. The following section was measured on the
south bank of the Hudson river immediately below the street bridge

between Glens Falls and South Glens Falls:

54A! Drab colored limestone with vertical mark-

ings like Phytopsis tubulosa Hall. 11 in-
ches measured at the water’s edge and possibly 1
foot in thickness. The rock is very compact and fine
grained but darker in color than the Birdseye lime-
stone in the Mohawk valley though it weathers to a
similar light gray color. The equivalent of zone B*
on the north bank.

A? Dark gray to bluish, lumpy limestone contain-
ing Columnaria alveolata Goldfi, Strep-
telasma and some other fossils as well as black

Feet .

==) (

482 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Feet
chert. The beds are thinner than those of the over- :
lying limestone. Apparently the equivalent of zones .
‘Bt and B® on the north bank. «56

A? Massive light to dark gray crystalline limestone

varying in thickness from 11 feet, 6 inches to 12 feet.

It contains numerous crinoid segments and is in the

Trenton limestone. Represents the “marble” béds

or B® of the north bank. 1218
A* Thin bedded, dark blue limestones containing

Trenton brachiopods. Under the highway bridge

and equivalent to zone B’ of the north side. The

dip as measured on this bank varies from 4° to 5$°S

80°W. Another dip of 2°S 10°E was measured. 1836

On the south bank of the river below the paper mill are quar-
ries, the lower ones being worked for “ marble”? and the upper for
massive limestone. The section of the bank at this locality is as
follows:

54C! Thick bedded, dark blue limestone. The ae
same zone as B® on the north side and with the
same thickness. ig = 313
C? The “ marble” beds of the old quarries. 12164
C? Thin bedded limestone with Trenton fossils. 14=30,'5
C* Thicker bedded, more crystalline layers in )
which are the upper quarries. 13 -=44

C® Thin bedded limestones to the top of the cliff. 194634

Correction. In the paper on the Sections and thickness of the
Lower Silurian formations on West Canada creek and in the Mohawk
valley, published in the 15th annual report, a mistake was made in the
plates so that pl. 10 is stated to represent the “ Falls in Flat creek,
Sprakers, over the Calciferous sandstone,” when in reality it repre-
sents a view of the falls in the Oniskethau creek, Albany county,
over Esopus shales.

VOOLVUVS AO LUVd NYBHLYON NI AYUVNO ANOLSGNVS

OT 81d

—_— ——

SNOUGAIOTVOD

INDEX

The superior figures tell the exact place on the page in ninths; e. g.
424° means page 424 beginning in the third ninth of the page, i. e. about

one third of the way down.

q ‘Ami, H. M., on thickness of Utica

shale, 428°.

Amsterdam, situation, 419*; strati-
graphy, 482°-41°. —

Amsterdam section, 474*.

Bean hill section, 471°-72°.

Birdseye limestone, 421°-23'; thick-
ness, 421°, 483°, 442°, 464°; expos-
ures, 483°, 4364, 437, 437°, 439%,
441°, 4475, 454°, 457‘, 457°, 460°,
473°, 474, 4757, 476°; quarries, 433’,

_ 478°; conclusions regarding, 464°.

- Black river limestone, 4237-24"; thick-

ness, 424°; exposures, 433°, 436°,
437°, 4387, 440°, 4415, 4447, 447°,
454°, 4567, 457°, 460%, 473°, 473%,
4747, 476°; conclusions regarding,
465".

Calciferous sandrock, 419'-21°; thick-
ness, 420°-21', 445°, 464°; expos-

‘ ures, 483%, 433°, 484’, 435°, 436°,
437°, 439°-407, 441°, 4421, 444* 4537,
456°, 459°, 460°, 472’, 4747, 474°,
475°, 476; quarries, 4407, 479°;
chart illustrating distribution of
species, 4665. _

Chuctanunda creek, 433°.

Conrad, T. A., on Calciferous sand-
rock, 420?; on Birdseye limestone,
4218; on Utica shale, 426°; on gray
sandstones and shales of Salmon
river, 428°.

Crane’s village, 486°.

Cumings, E. R., Lower Silurian sys-
tem of eastern Montgomery
county, 419-68.

Dana, J. D., on thickness of Utica
formation, 427°; on thickness of
Hudson river shales, 429*.

Darton, N. H., on Birdseye lime-
stone, 422°, 4777; on Black river
limestone, 4245; on Hoffman
fault, 475‘; on Ingham Mills gec-
tion, 4697; measurement of Cal-
ciferous and Trenton stages, 4627;
on Utica shale, 4274; on Wing
quarry, 477°.

Eaton, Amos, on Calciferous sand-
rock, 4197-207; use of term Birds-
eye, 421°; on Trenton limestone,
424",

Emmons, Ebenezer, on fossils in
Birdseye limestone, 422°; on Black
river limestone, 424°; on Calcifer-
ous sandrock, 420°; on thickness
of Hudson river shales, 429*; on
Lorraine shales, 429°; on Utica
shale, 427°; on thickness of Utica
shale, 427°.

Evakill, 430".

Featherstonhaugh lake, 431°.

Finch and Pruyn quarry, 480%.

Glens Falls section, 480*-82°.

Hall, James, on Calciferous forma-
tion in the Mohawk valley, 420°-
21°; on Hudson river group, 429°,
429’; on Trenton limestone ex-
posures, 477°.

Hoffman fault, 449°-56°, 475*-76?.

Hudson river formation, contact
with Utica slate, 428°-297, 463°-
64°, 470°, 472‘; topographic fea-

484

tures of region, 431°; exposures,
450°, 470", 475°.

Hudson river shales, 428*-30?; thick-
ness, 429°.

Ingham Mills section, 469*-70*.
Kayadarosseras creek, 476°.

Lower Silurian system of eastern
Montgomery county by E. R.
Cumings, 419-68.

Maps and sections, discussion, 467°-
68°.

Mariaville pond, 431°.

Mather, W. W., on Black river lime-
stone, 4237; on Trenton limestone,
425°; on Utica shale, 426"; on Hud-
son river slate group, 428°.

Minaville section, 463°-64°.

Mohawk river, stratigraphy of north
side, 482°-49°; stratigraphy of
south side, 457'-60?.

Mohawk valley, notes on stratig-
raphy, 469-76.

Montgomery county, Lower Silurian
system, 419-68; topography, 430*-
32‘; stratigraphy, 432*-64*.

Moore quarry, 474°.

Normankill, 481°.
North Chuctanunda creek, 430°, 434’.

Pattersonville section, 453°-56’, 474*-
ae

Plotterkill, 450°.

Potsdam sandstone, exposures, 477°-
18.

Prosser, C. S., on thickness of Utica
shale, 427°; Notes on stratigraphy
of the Mohawk valley and Sara-
toga county, 469-82.

Pruyn quarry, 480°.

Pulaski shales, term, 428°.

Rock City falls section, 476°-77.

Rockton quarries, 438?-41?.

Rotterdam section, 451?-53°.

Salmon river sandstones, term, 428°.
Sandseakill, 450°.

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM

Sandseakill valley, 432?

Saratoga county, notes on the
stratigraphy, 476-82. |

Saratoga Springs section, 477°-80°.

Schoharie creek section, 470*-71°.

Smock, J. C., report on quarries,
438°, 453°.

South Chuctanunda creek, 431°, 463°.

Stanton quarries, 462°.

Swartstown creek section, 472°-73°.

Trenton limestone, 424'-26'; thick-
ness, 4257, 466%; exposures, 432°,
4334, 4367, 436°, 4877, 440°, 441%
443", 444°, 447°, 448°, 454° 455%,
457°, 459°, 462° 4634, 469%-705,
473*, 473°, 474*, 474°, 475°, 4764,
480°-82*; quarries, 485°, 488°, 4467,
453°, 456%, 459°-60', 462°, 477°, 4808;
conclusions regarding, 466'; chart
illustrating distribution of species,
466°.

Utica shales and slates, 426*28*;
thickness, 427‘, 4567, 466°, 4767;
contact with Hudson river forma-
tion, 428°-29?, 463°-64°, 470°, 4747;
topographic features of region,
431'; exposures, 4457, 454°, 456%,
457*, 463‘, 470°, 471’, 473*, 475’.

Vanuxem, Lardner, on Birdseye
limestone, 422?; on Black river
limestone, 423*; on Calciferous
sandrock, 420°; on Frankfort slate,
428’; on Hudson river shale, 428°;
on Stanton quarries, 462°; on
Trenton limestone, 4257; on dis-
tinction between Utica and Hud-
son river shales, 428°; on Utica
shale, 426°, 4267-27.

Walcott, C. D., on thickness of
Utica formation, 4277; on Utica
formation, 429°; on Hudson river
group, 429°-30?; on formations near
Saratoga Springs, 477°-78?.

Weatherwax quarries, 448’.

Wing quarry, 477°.

(Pages 485-6 were bulletin cover pages)

tle

——

‘*. 4
- iS
» ry
a7

1 BULLETIN 34 STATE MUSEUM
=r WORK

UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YOr-

ohn M, Clarke, State ze

NN

Yy tH

NG

Uigeae

ij;
YY

BULLETIN OF THE NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM No3I

LAKE

fi
| sisrcon
|

Beta

“UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEWYORK.

Note: Numbers in red indicate abonginal sites

NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM a EAR

3 9088 01300 5806

wi